iWI' 
 
 
'lifRA; 
 
 
 tfuiuijt$iiij af Caliljciiiua. 
 
 ,No 
 
 Division 
 
 /^ 
 
 Ran^e 
 
 n. 
 
 Received ^-y^Arr^ /^y 187^, 
 
 / 
 
^o^^ tDt^ /f^^ 
 
 % 
 
nnoii^t ^t^vint^^ 
 
 A Harmony 
 
 OF THF. 
 
 ESS A VS. ETC. 
 
 OF 
 
 FrAxNcis Bacon. 
 
 Viscount St. Alban, Baron Verulara, &c. 
 
 Anti after my manner, I alter rrer, n'hen I add. So that nothing is 
 /JHisJiid, till all be /tniiheiL— Letter of Sir Francis Bacon to Mr. 
 Tobie Matthrw, dated Graies Jnn, Feb. 27. 1610. 
 
 ARRANGED BY 
 
 K L) W A R I) A R B E R. 
 
 AJjfociate, Kings College, London, F.R.G.S., &»c. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 c 
 
 5 VUK.KN s()| \RK. P.l/x >MSRURV. WW 
 F.nt. Stat. Hall. \ I J uly , 1 8 7 1 . \All rights re/erved 
 
f r I n ! n— I IP 
 
 ^nsim ^tmnti. 
 
 Carefully Edited by 
 EDWARD ARHER, 
 
 A^ociatt, A'ing't ColUgt, London, FRGS., ^c 
 
 A Harmony of 
 LORD BACON'S 
 
 
 LONDON: 
 c 
 
 5 (,>L:EF..V SOUarf; HLOOMSHfRV. W.C. 
 
 Ent. Stat. Halt \ iS^, it 
 
A? 
 
»:^' 
 
 "t^ - 
 
 Zl)t (Bn^Vml) JSeprinU 
 
 MAY I:E obtained IN THREE FORMS. 
 
 Fcp. 8vo. 
 
 I — The ScrinI I<;suc, in stiff covers, uncut edges ; chiefly in Shilling 
 or Eighlccnpcnny Works. See Catalogue. 
 
 .". Handsome and durable Cas.es for preserving copies in this form 
 
 may \x obtained One Shilling each. 
 
 H. — In bevelled green cloth, red edges, &c., two or three Works 
 making up into occasiunal Volumes, generally Half a Crown or Three 
 Shillings and Sixpence each. 
 
 '*- 
 
 4- 
 
 3 
 
 7- 
 
 ^ 
 
 . 9- 
 
 r 
 
 lO 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 'J 
 
 «3 
 
 1 
 
 • 15 
 
 t. 
 
 i6 
 
 /h chth. 
 Two Shillings. 
 Half a Crown. 
 Haifa Crown. 
 
 ALREADY ISSUED. 
 /« stiff" covers. 
 MiLjON. Cd. • 2. LaYimer . 6d. • 3. GossoN . 6d. , 
 Sidney . 6d. • 5. Webbk .. 6d. ■ 6. SeiIden. 6d. 
 
 AscHAM. IS. 8. Addison., is , 
 
 LtLV ..4s Five Shillings. 
 
 V.uuERSxs. „. GASCO.CNE.S. ^^. EAK..E.. is..{J„^J«;;;i'i^^^^^ 
 
 Latimer IS. 6d. .14. Moke, is Three Shillings 
 
 PuTTENHAM 2S Haifa Cruwn. 
 
 Hn'wKLL . 6d. 17. Udall . 6d ( Three Shillings 
 
 18. Monk OF Evesham, is. 19. James VI. is. .. 1 and Sixpence. 
 
 ao. Nai'nton . 6d. 21. Watson, is. 6d Haifa Crown. 
 
 V "cj 22. Harington . IS. 23. AscHAM . IS. Half a Crown. 
 
 ', 24. ToTTV.i.'^ Afiscellany . 2s. 6d Three Shillings 
 
 -.' *, 25. Lever, is. 6d. 26. Webbe . is Three Shillings 
 
 V (2 *^- A Hakmunv OF Bacon's £"«rt>i s?-. . Six Shillings. 
 
 j Fcp. 4to. 
 
 III.— LARGE PAPER COPIES, in stiff covers, uncut edges; in 
 
 which are already issued each 
 
 I. Milton 2. Latimer 3. Gosson 4. Sidney 5. Webbe i$. 6d. 
 
 6. Selden 7. Asciiam S.Addison 2s. 6d. 
 
 9. LvLY ys. od. 
 
 10. ViLLIERS II. GaSCOIGNE 12. EaRLE 2S. 6d. 
 
 i^. Latimer » 4s. od. 
 
 14. More as. 6d. 
 
 15. Puttenham 5s. od. 
 
 16. Howell 17. Udall is. 6d. 
 
 18. Tmp. Revelation to the Monk of Evksham . . . . . . 2s. 6d. 
 
 19. James VI 2s. 6d. 
 
 30. Nai'nton IS. 6d. 
 
 21. Watson 4s. od. 
 
 22. HaIIINGTON 2^. ASCMAM 2S. 6d. 
 
 24. Tottbl's Miscellany 6s. 6d. 
 
S Uh^^i~^< 
 
^Ky^ 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 III. OF THE COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL. 
 [A Preliminary Note. . . . . . . 132-134] 
 
 Of THE Colours OF Good AND Evil, A fragment. . . J35-154 
 
 Contents., . . . . . • . . , . 137 
 
 [Preface]. ......... 138 
 
 1. Situe all parties or sects challenge the pre-eminence of the first 
 
 place to tliemselz'es, that to which all the rest ivith one consent 
 give the second place, seems to be better titan the others : for 
 ei'cry one seems to take the first place out of self-zeal but to 
 gizc tlu second ivhcrc it is really due. . . . .139 
 
 2. That kind is altogetlier best, ivlwse excellence or pre-etniftence 
 
 is best. ........ 140 
 
 3. That 7vhich hatha relation to truth is greater than that which 
 
 refers to opinion : but the measure atid trial of tliat which 
 belongs to opinion is this : It is that which a 7nan would not 
 do, if he thought it would not be known. . . . .141 
 
 4. Tltat which keeps a matter safe and entire is good; bjtt wJiat is 
 
 destitute and -unproz'ided of retreat is bad: for whereas all 
 ability of acting is good, not to be able to witlidraw one's self is 
 a kind of impotency. . . . . . .1-2 
 
 5. That which consists of more parts, and those divisible, is greater, 
 
 and more one t/ian what is made up offetver:for all things 
 when tJiey are looked upon piece-tneal seetn greater ; when also 
 a plurality of parts more strongly if tJiey be in no certain 
 order; for it then resembles infinity, and hinders the compre- 
 hending of them. . . , . , . .14^ 
 
 6. That whose privation [or the want of which) is good, is tn itself 
 
 evil; that wliose privation {or Hie want witereof) is an evil, is 
 
 in itself good. ....... 146 
 
 IVhat is near to good, is good; what is at a distance from good, 
 . IS ez'il. 
 
 which a man hath procured by his own default is a greater 
 schiefipr evilj : that which is laid upon him by others is a 
 
 '•!7 
 
 M9 
 
 8. That 
 
 miscniej (or evUj : that which is laid upon I'liin by , 
 lesser ezil. ....... 
 
 9. That which is gotten by our own pains and itidustry is a greater 
 
 good: that which comes by another man's favour, or by the in- 
 dulgence of fortune, is a lesser good. . . , .151 
 10. The degree of absolute privation scans greater than the degree of 
 diminution : and again, the degree of inception (or beginnino) 
 seems greater than the degree 0/ increase. . . ^ 152 
 
 IV. A HARMONY OF THE SECOND GROUP OF 
 
 TIVENTY-FOUR ESSAYS . . ,55 
 
 Four texts to an opening. 
 
 Jii^fi'P^geofHarleianMS. 5106. . . ,„ 
 
 Draft Dedication to Prince Henry of Wales, S^ane MS. 4259. '. 581 
 
 14. Of Goodness and Goodness of 
 Nature. . . . 198 
 
 15. Of Beauty 208 
 
 11. Of Friendship. . . .160 
 
 12. Of Wisdom for a Man's Self 1S2 
 
 13. Of Nobility. . . . i38 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 J- 
 
 19. 
 20. 
 
 23- 
 24. 
 
 25- 
 
 Of Seeming Wise. . .214 
 
 26 
 
 Of Ambition. . . .222 
 
 27 
 
 OfRicJies 230 
 
 28 
 
 Of Despatch. . .. . 242 
 Of Defo7-viity. . . . 250 
 
 29 
 
 30- 
 
 Of Youth and Age. . . 256 
 
 31- 
 
 Of Marriage atid Single Life. 264 
 
 32 
 
 Of Parestts ami Childi'en. , 272 
 
 33 
 
 Of Great Place. . . .278 
 
 34- 
 
 Of Ef)ipire. . . 294 
 
 
 PAGES 
 
 Of Counsel. . . . 310 
 
 Of Atheis)n. . . . 330 
 Of Superstition . . .342 
 
 Of Praise 350 
 
 Of N attire in Men. . . 358 
 Of Custom and Education. 366 
 Of Fortune. . . . 374 
 
 Of Death 382 
 
 Of Seditions and Troubles. 390 
 
 V. A HARMONY OF THE THIRD GROUP OF 
 
 SIX ESS A YS . . . . 417 
 
 Three texts to an opening. 
 
 Second Authorized ^ Title Page. ..... 419 
 
 AND Reviskd Text, \ Dedication to Sir John Constable. . . 420 
 
 1612. (The Table. ..... 421 
 
 35. Of Religion. . . . 422 38. Of Judicature. . . . 450 
 
 36. Of Cunning. . . . 434 39. Of Vain Glory. . . . 462 
 
 37. Of Love 444 50. Of Greatness of Kingdoms. 46S 
 
 VI. A HARMONY OF THE FOURTH GROUP OF 
 EIGHTEEN ESS AYS . . .495 
 
 Third 
 E 
 
 IRD AND Final ( -r^ 
 NGLisH Text, < 
 1625. I^^j 
 
 Tivo texts to an openijtg. 
 
 Title Page. . . . 
 
 edication to George Villiers, ist Duke 
 Buckingham. . . . . . 
 
 The Table. . . . . . 
 
 of 
 
 41. Of Truth 499 
 
 42. Of Revenge. . . . 502 
 i,Z. Of Adversity. . . . 504 
 ^i,\^Of S imulation and Dissim- 
 ulation. . . . sob 
 
 45. Of Envy 511 
 
 46. Of Boldness. . . .518 
 
 47. Of Travel. . . . -521 
 
 48. Of Delays 5=4 
 
 49. Of Innovations. . . . 526 
 
 497 
 
 498 
 577 
 
 50. Of Suspicion. . . . 528 
 
 51. Of Plantations. . . . 530 
 
 52. Of Prophecies. . . . 535 
 
 53. Of IMasques and Triumphs. 539 
 
 54. Of Usury 541 
 
 55- Of Building. . . -547 
 
 56. Of Gardens. • . -555 
 
 57. Of Anger 565 
 
 58. Of Vicissitude of Things . 569 
 
 VII. THE FRAGMENT OF AN ESSAY, OF FAME . 579 
 
 Aduitional Notes, dr=r. 581-584 
 
PROLOGUE. 
 
 literature as well as Drefs has its fafliions, its varying modes 
 ' of exprefling the Tafle of the clay. Since printed Eng- 
 lifli books have been, one kind of Subject or one Style 
 of writing, rather than all others, has been in favour 
 both with writers and readers : jufl as it was confonant with the 
 intelligence and movements, the focial, political, and religious life 
 of the Age. This Subject or Style has maintained its pre-eminence 
 until fome change in the national life or the advent of fome new 
 flrong writer has created interefl in a frefh topic or occafioned delight 
 through fome new phafe of expreffion. So that as time wore on, 
 not only have books multiplied immenfely, but the Literature 
 has vaflly increafed in fpecies, claffes, and kinds of writings. To 
 quote a few late examples. In the lafh century, the exifling flyle 
 of Effay writing was initiated by Addifon and Steele ; Englifli 
 Romances of Travel were founded in De Foe's Rohinfon Crnfoe\ 
 our earlieft modern Novels were written by Richardfon, Fielding, 
 and Goldfmith ; and Dr. Johnfon compiled the fn-fl of our prefent 
 recognized Dic1:ionaries. Quite recently alfo, we have feen that 
 fungus variety of Ficliion — the Senfation Novel — live its day and 
 pafs away. ' To every thing there is a feafon, and a time to 
 every purpofe under the heaven.' 
 
 2. \Vithinthecentur>-nnceCaxtonhadeftablifhed the ufe of print- 
 ing in England, there had come into vogue ALLEGORICAL Verse 
 in Stephen \\-x\\t%' Pajlime of Plcafure, which kind of compofition 
 had recently been revived in Spenfer's Faery Qiieme. Another 
 clafs of poetr>', Pastoral Verse, had been reprefented by Bar- 
 clay's Egloges, Spenfer's Shepheardes Calender, Lodge's Phillis, 
 Watfon's il/r///^av^j (in Englifli), and Earnfield's Affeclionaie Shep- 
 heard. The Reforming fpirit fometimes had ufed the lafh of 
 Satirical Verse, as in Roy's Rede me and be uott ii<rotIie, and 
 the many unprinted Ballad Inveclives and Complaints that have 
 come down to us. Then Claffical literature had come in like 
 a flood, and there had arifen a fchool of fevere CRITICISM in 
 Greek, Latin, and Englifh, including fuch fcholars as Sir J. 
 Cheke, \Valter Haddon, and Roger Afcham. Then there had 
 been the almofl univerfal habit among Gentlemen of Son NETT- 
 ING, of which no one knows the entire exifling remains. Then 
 had arifen the fafhion of- Plays : Comedies firft, arifing out of 
 the Miracle, Myftery, and Morality plays : afterwards Tragedy, 
 in imitation of the Dramas of Seneca. Then had come the 
 fafhion of collecting the Sonnets and kindred verfe into Poeti- 
 cal Miscellanies. So much poetrv' occafioned Discussions 
 and Controversies IN THE Artof Poetry, begun by Gafcoigne 
 and which were deflined to continue, with hardly a break, beyond 
 tlic time of Dryden. Soon after came up the EurilUiSTlC OR 
 
vi PROLOGUE. 
 
 Witticism Romances of Lyly, Lodge, Greene and others. 
 Laflly, Hooker had recently introduced a New Style OF Prose 
 in his Ecclcfiajlical Polity. Such had been the growth in variety 
 of EngHfh Letters ; when Bacon added to it yet another form. 
 
 3. Whatever may be affigned as the caufes ; it is indubitable 
 that as our Literature grew to its higheft, it grew more 
 ferious. The National Mind had been in training all through 
 the century which was now drawing to a clofe. Under the in- 
 fluence of Claffical and Italian literature its ruftical (Irength had 
 been difciplined into a highly wrought elegance and refinement. 
 It had become endowed with great power of imagery, and, as it 
 were, its face had become refplendent with grace and beauty. 
 All that was aery and blithefome had culminated in the verfe of 
 Wyatt, Surrey, Spenfer, Lodge, Watfon, Daniel, Banifield, and 
 that new poet Shakefpeare, with many an other. At length came, 
 over Writers and Readers alike, a mighty change. Strength 
 fatiated with Gracefulnefs fought delight in Majefty. Thought 
 turned from idle toys to the full confideration and the perfedl 
 expreffion of the higheft Problems cognizant to Man : and to 
 that great Problem, Man himfelf. He who will conftraft the 
 general chara(fter of the books publiflied from the appearance of 
 Afcham's Toxophihis, 1544, till the firfl Edition of thefe .£^j^j' 
 in 1597, with thofe onward till the appearance of Paradife Lojl 
 in 1667 ; will reodily perceive that in each period there was mofl 
 excellent Strength and Cunning, but that the Spirit was different. 
 In the former, it was the breath of V Allegro \ in the latter that 
 of // Pcnferofo. 
 
 This being true of the whole literature it is more palpable and 
 evident in the works of recreation. In thefe, the Change was, 
 for the moft part, from Poetry to Profe, from Fancy to Ob- 
 fervation, from Imaginations of Ethereal Grace, Felicity, and 
 Beauty to Charadlers and Caricatures of men as they were. We 
 exchange Marlowe's Song 
 
 Come with me and be my Love, 
 for Earle's description of A Shee-Precife Hypocrite: and in like 
 manner, the Sonneteers of the firfl period are fucceeded in equal 
 number by the Characfter-Writers of the fecond. It was pre- 
 cifcly at this point of Change, that the Euphuiflic and Italian 
 Romances were fupplantcd by Effays. 
 
 4. Effays carne to us from France. Michel, Sieur de Mon- 
 taigne, publiflied the firfl two books of his EJJais at Bourdeaux 
 in 1580 ; when Bacon was about twenty years of age. Hallam 
 fpeaks thus highly of their originality, as a new flyle of writing. 
 
 The Essays of Montaigne, the first edition of which appeared at Bordeaux 
 in T580, make in several respects an epoch in literature, less on account of 
 their real importance, or the novel truths they contain, than of their influence 
 upon the taste and the opinions of Europe. They are the ixr'iXprovocatio ad 
 poJ>ulum, tlic first appeal from the porch and the academy to the haunts of 
 
PROLOGUE. vii 
 
 "busy and of idle men, the first book that taught the unlearned reader to 
 observe and reflect for himself on questions of moral philosophy. In an age 
 when every topic of this nature was treated systematically, and in a didactic 
 form, he broke out without connexion of chapters, with all the digressions 
 that levity and garrulous egotism could suggest, with a very delightful, but, 
 at that time, most unusual rapidity of transition from seriousness to gaiety. 
 It would be to anticipate much of what will demand attention in the ensuing 
 century, were we to mention here the conspicuous writers who, more or less 
 directly, and with more or less of close imitation, may be classed in the 
 school of Montaigne ; it embraces, in fact, a large proportion of French and 
 English literature, and especially of that which has borrowed his title of 
 Essays. Ititr. to Lit. cf Europe [from 1550—1600] ii. 169. Ed. 1839. 
 
 Each book of thefe E/J'ais (the word also came to us from 
 France) forms one of the two volumes. The chapters are fhorter 
 than they afterwards became ; and there are but few quotations. 
 The next edition was publifhed at Bourdeaux in 1582 ; Edition 
 fcconde, reneiie et aiigmentee, and was contained in one volume. 
 An edition also appeared between 1582 and 1587, but no copy 
 of it is now known. Another edition was publiflied at Paris 
 in 1587. A fifth edition appeared at Paris in 15S8. Montaigne 
 died on 4 December 1592: and the lafl edition of his lifetime 
 appeared at Lyons, with the date 1593. Dr. Payen tells us that 
 "Montaigne although he fays 'I add but I do not correct' he 
 did often correcT; even to very light fhadings of expreffions. " It 
 was his cuflom to note thefe corrections and additions in the 
 margins of his own copies. His literary fofterdaughter, Made- 
 moifelle Marie de Jars or Jards, daughter of Guillaume de Jars, 
 lord of Neufoi and de Goumay, and hence commonly called 
 Mademoifelle de Gournay, incorporated thefe corrections and 
 additions in firft pofthumous edition of 1595 ; which forms a prin- 
 cipal bafis for themodern criticaltext of Montaigne's greateft work, 
 5. Every excellent Author ^abliflaes a diflinct feclion or group 
 of literature in aftertimes, confecrated to the expofition and illuf- 
 tration of his Writings ; which create an ever-increafing com- 
 mentary through their contact with the frefh mind of fucceffive 
 generations. Juft as w^e have a Chaucer, a Shakefpeare, a Milton 
 literature : fo is there in France, a Montaigne literature. It may 
 be of affiflance to thofe who would become acquainted with this, 
 to notice a few works through which they may obtain an entrance 
 into it. -M. J. F. Payen, M.D. has been a great worker in this 
 field ; efpecially in his moft complete Notice bibliographique fur 
 Montaigne, Paris. 1837, and his Documents inedits, oti pen connus 
 fur Montaigne. Paris, 4 parts of which (250 copies only of fome 
 of them being printed,) have appeared, viz. in 1S47, 1S50, 1855, 
 1856. M. Alphonfe Griin's La viepublique de MicJid Montaigne, 
 Paris, 1855, (criticized by Dr. Payen in Vaxt. ^o[ Documents im'dits 
 i^c. ), will fupi)ly references to many of the French Writers who 
 have written on the great Effayifl of France. Two tradls Hkewife 
 may not be overlooked, ^'Montaigne chez hii. Vifite de deux 
 Amis a fon Chateau" by MM. E. Galey and L. Lapeyre. 
 
viii PROLOGUE. 
 
 Perigcux, iS6r. (150 copies printed) : which contains tranfcripts 
 of tlio 54 sentences infcribcd on the joifls of ceiling of the Library 
 which is fituated on the fecond floor of the Library Tower of 
 tlie Chateau. Also AL Gal ey's trad in continuation, Le Fatiteuil 
 de AJofitaigite, Perigeux, 1865. (200 copies printed). 
 
 6. The influence of ATontaigne on fome of the grcateft writers 
 in England is traced by the poffeffion of copies of John Florio's 
 tranflation of the Effaics in Englifli, in 1603, by our two chief 
 poets at that time. Both copies are in the Britifli Mufeum. 
 The one, with prefs-mark C. 28. m. 8., bears on its title-page the 
 ilgnature of Ben you/on, and a Latin note that he bought for 
 (liven/o/n/i {i.e. fliillings) in 1604. The other, with Prefs-mark 
 C. 28. m. 7., has on a fly-leaf oppofite the title-page, the figna- 
 ture I Film. Shakspeare. Sir F. Madden, a very great authority, 
 in his Obfei~i>ations on an Autograph of Shake/pear e, London, 
 1838, flates that this particular autograph ^^ challenges and defies 
 fufpicion, and has already paffed the ordeal of numerous compe- 
 tent examiners, all of whom have, withojit a fingle doubt, ex- 
 preffed their convidion of its genuinenefs,"/. 6. He further 
 adduces internal evidence from The Tenipejl, of Shakefpeare's ufe 
 of Florio's translation ; in which he has been imitated, at a more 
 recent date, by Monfieur V. E. P. Chafles in his Etudes fur W. 
 Shakefpeare, Marie Stuart, et VAretin. Paris. 1 85 1. 
 
 7. Bacon knew INIontaigne, not only as the great French Effayift, 
 but alfo as the friend of his only full-brother, Anthony. This 
 elder fon of the Lord Keeper, Sir Nicholas Bacon, by his fecond. 
 wife, the Philofopher's mother, was wandering about the conti- 
 nent, chiefly in France, for eleven years, between 1579 and 
 February 1592, during all the time England was rifmg to her 
 highefl; effort in the ftruggle with Spain. In November 1582, 
 within two years of the firft appearance of Montaigne's Effais, 
 and the year of their fecond edition, both at Bordeaux ; Anthony 
 Bacon came to that city, and there contracfled a friendfliip with 
 the Sieur de Montaigne. Without doubt this acquaintancefliip 
 refuhed in thefe French Ejfais being early brought under Bacon's 
 notice ; and notwithftanding that their endlefs ramblings from the 
 fubject, fo utterly diftafleful to him, the novelty of the ftyle of 
 writing no doubt recommended itfelf to him : and thus he came 
 to note down his own obfervations, after the method of his own 
 genius. So that on 30 January 1597 he could fay that he pub- 
 lifhed them ' as they paffed long agoe from my pen.' 
 
 Yet it is flrange that Bacon ignores his guide. There is no 
 allufion by him to Montaigne in these effays before 1625, under 
 whicli year he will be found quoted at/. 501. When, in 1612, 
 he was writing his dedication to Prince Henry of his fecond and 
 revifed Text, it pleafed him to go back to antiquity for a prece- 
 dent, and to find in Seneca's Epijlles of Lucillus the prototype of 
 the modern Effay, see/. 158. 
 
PROLOGUE. ix 
 
 8. At -u-hatever date tlie firfl of these EfTays were written, 
 they were certainly preceded in publication by another work of 
 like kind, wliich I take to be the earliefl publication in the techni- 
 cal form of Effay-writing in our language. It is a very rare little 
 book — for the infpeclion of which I am indebted to that benefi- 
 cent friend of this Series, Henry Pyne, Efq. — entitled ^^ Rcmediis 
 against Difcoiitcntment, drawen into feiierall Difcoiirfes frotn the 
 ivritinges of aiuicient PJiilofophers. By Anonymous. London. 
 Printed for Rafe Blower. An, Do. 1596." It was regiflered at 
 Stationers' Hall on 2 June 1 596. The entry {lands at the top of 
 fol. II. of Register C (1595-1620) as follows: — 
 
 1596. 38. Regni Rie Eliz: 
 Secundo die jjinij. > 
 Raphe Blower and_ ) Entred for their copie vnder hands of ^It^ 
 Tho: Purfoote Junior ) Hartwell and bothe the wardens a (^ .^ 
 booke intituled Anonymous his Rcjne- j ^^ ' 
 dies against discontenttnent. ) 
 
 Who * Anonymous ' was I haue no idea. He, however, dedi- 
 cated the Remedies, &c., to the Attorney General, Edward after- 
 wards Sir Edward Coke, which dedication is fucceeded by the 
 following, Anonymous to his Friend. 
 
 You earnestlie entreated mee to sende you those small discourses you tooke 
 view of in my studie, not longe since. You haue so great authoritie ouer me 
 that I can not (without breaking the league of friends! ippe make that iust 
 excuse vnto you, which I might \Tito others. They were onely framed for 
 mine owne priuate vse ; and that is the reason I tooke no great paine, to set 
 them foorth anye better, thinking they should neuer see the light. Imagine 
 not to find in them, those subtill questions, and profound discourses which 
 so waightie a matter requireth. It was not my purpose to enter so farre, 
 both in regarde of the weakenes of mine owne forces, as that I did likewise 
 knowe well, that the auncient Philosophers haue lefte \Tito vs manj- volumes 
 of the same subiect, whose perfection I am in no wise able to imitate. But 
 as they all with one accord doe acknowledge thus much, that wee do natur- 
 allye desire to bee happie, and that there is no meanes in this world to attaine 
 thereunto, but to bridell our affections, and to bring them vnto a sounde 
 temper, which is the onelye waye to set our mynde at rest: So did they 
 iudge it requisite, that wee should referre all our labour, watching, and 
 meditation to this end. And in deede it is the course which the best witts of 
 those times, haue taken : yea not onely they who haue been guided by the 
 obscure lighte of nature, but euen those whoe thorowe faith haue been 
 enlightened, by the cleare shining of the Sonne beanies. From these faire 
 flowers, whiche their labours haue afforded mee, I haue as I passed by, 
 gathered this small heape, and as my time and leasure serued me. distilled 
 them, and kept them as precious. Deeming that the lesser quantitye they 
 they did containe, so much greater shoulde their vertue and power be. For 
 I was lonsr since thus perswaded, that the receiptes which wee seeke, to 
 calme, and appease our mind with all, ought to bee gathered into the fewest 
 words, and shortest precepts that may be, that wee may alwayes haue them 
 about vs. Forasmuch as disquietnes, which stoppeth the passage of felicitie, 
 and with the which we are alwaies to combate, doth for the most part take 
 vs vnaw.ires, and keepe vs at that bay, that if wee haue not still some short, 
 and easie weapons about vs, which we may well handle, we should not be 
 able to defend our selues. I doubt not but your age, and experience, hath 
 long since prouided you those that are of better mettle, better forged, and tem- 
 pered. But sith that you haue a good opinion of mine, and desire to v-se 
 them (as you make me beleeue) I do answerable to your desire send them 
 
 b 
 
X PROLOGUE. 
 
 you. If they please you, it shalbe according to my wish : If they displease, 
 yet is it according to your coinmundenient. Fare you well. Yours ^ noniiniis. 
 
 'The Difcourfes contcyned in this liooke ' are as follows: — 
 
 I Howe ivce ought to prepare our selucs against passions. 2. 0/ the 
 
 choice of affaires. 3. Of foresight. 4. Of the vocation of eiiery man. 5. 
 
 Home "ivee ougJit to rtde oar life. 6. Of tlic diner sit ie of inens actions. 7. 
 
 Of the choice of friends. 8. Of dissevtbling, 9. Of va7iitie. 10. Of pros- 
 
 pe7-itie. it. A covtpariso7tof ourown estate, with the fortune of other men. 
 
 12. Of aduersitie. 13 Ofsorrowe. 14. Ofthea/j/Iictionofgoodfnen. 15. 
 
 Of other mens fanltes. 16. Of iniuries, wrongs, and disgraces. 17. Of 
 
 ponertie. 18. Of Death. 
 
 Of all thefe we may glue as a fample, the fifth Difcourfe. 
 
 How we ought to rule our life. 
 
 IN mine opinion it is necessarie to hould a certaine firme and staid 
 course of life without chaunging vppon euery slight occasion. You 
 shall see some who are so infected with this vice, that they alter tlieir man- 
 ner of life daily, being vnpossible to settle themsekies to any thing, like vnto 
 those who neuer haue been at Sea, who when they first set saile, remooue out 
 of a great Ship into a little, and from a little to a great, shewing plainely that 
 they mislike both ; being still Sea-sick and purging their stomack. It is euen 
 so with those who bring their passions with them in those matters they 
 vndertake, seeking dayly a new forme of life and neuer doe effect any thing 
 they begyn. Euerie thing maketh them sick, all things torment them : to 
 haue much busines, to be idle, to serue, to conmiand, to be maried, to leade 
 a single life, to haue children, to bee without issue : to bee short, nothing 
 pleaseth them, nothing satisfieth them, but that which they haue not: And 
 such kind of men line miserably and discontentedly, like vnto those who are 
 restrayned of their libertie, and fettered, liuing in a dayly torment. 
 
 There are another sort of men almost like vnto these, who can neuer stand 
 still nor stale in one place, they neuer cease going and comming, they inter- 
 medle themselucs in euery mans matter without any intreatic, they are won- 
 derfully troubled with busines, and yet they haue nothing at all to do. 
 When they come abroad, yf you demaunde of them whither they go, they 
 straight- waies make answere I know not, I haue some busines like as others 
 haue. They run about the streetes, and market places, and returne all 
 wearle and disquieted, hauing dispatched nothing at all. For there is 
 nothing that so much wearieth any man as to labour in vaine. It is like ants 
 who clinibe vnto the top of a tree, and when they are at the highest haue 
 nothing else to doe but to come downe againe, without reaping any other 
 profit. They goe with such a randome that they carrieall that they ineete before 
 them. The Exchange, Powles, and the market places, are ordinarily full of 
 such men. These forge and inuent newes, are deceauers, talking still of 
 men hues, and discoursyng vainely what charges and offices other men haue. 
 
 A wise mans actions tend alvvaies to a certaine end, he neuer burdeneth 
 himselfe, with more busines then hee can well execute. And to say the 
 troth, Hee which taketh much vppon hijn, giueth fortune tnuch poivcr ouer 
 hint. 
 
 9. Fourteen pages of entries intervene in the Stationers' Com- 
 pany' Register between the record of Remedies agaiujl Difcon- 
 tentment, &-'c., on the 2d June 1596, in 38 Eliz. ; and that of 
 EJfayes, Religious Jlledilaiions, &'e. on 5th of February 1 597, 
 in 39 Eliz., of which they were the forerunners: For though 
 not quite the very firft Englifli Effayifl, it was Bacon that 
 ejlablifhcd \xv England this new fpecies of writing. 
 
 Having thus brought the reader to the thrcfliold of the prefent 
 Reprint, we clofe our brief flcetch of the advent of the Effay 
 in our national Literature. 
 
Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. 
 
 Knowledge of the manhood of Bacon wonderfully illustrates the 
 drift and method of his Essays, and vice versa. We fortunately 
 possess an early and most authoritative account of him in the 
 following Li/e by his ' first and last Chaplain,' the Rev. 
 William Rawley, D.D., which first appeared in his Resusci- 
 iatio, 1657. fo'-> '^^■^s revised in the reprint of it of 1661, and is for the most 
 part, the best testimony attainable (viz., that of a credible Eye and Ear wit- 
 ness), expressed with great strength and clearness. 
 
 We must therefore accej t it, so far as it goes ; for Dr. Rawley omits all 
 allusion to Bacon's failings and fall, and touches but lightly upon the more 
 active political and judicial parts of his career. All which parts, however, 
 must be added to the account here given of him, if we would comprehend the 
 enduring and fertile activity of his great powers. It is well also to dwell on 
 such a bright side of Bacon's character as is here presented to us : in order to 
 do him justice : for the character here given is the general teno7ir of his long 
 life; even after dishonour a particular transactions had been incurred, though 
 not always detected and punished. The general character preceded, co- 
 existed, and survived each dishonour ; and so Bacon is in a measure, the 
 Solomon of modern times, endowed with wonderful powers, but still succumb- 
 ing to the temptations that most easily beset his temperament. 
 
 Dr. Rawley's narrative, as first printed, is so disfigured with capital letters, 
 and cut to shreds with commas, that, in this instance, we have modernised it. 
 
 Before the Life, in the edition of 1661, he placed an Epistle to the 
 Header, which begins thus : — " Having been employed as an amanuensis 
 or daily instrument to this honourable Author, and acquainted with his 
 Lordship's conceits in the composing of his Works, for many years together, 
 especially in his writing time. I conceived that no man could pretend a 
 better interest or claim to the ordering of them, after his death, than myself. 
 For which cause I have compiled in one, whatsoever bears the true stamp 
 of his Lordship's excellent genius, and hath hitherto slept and been sup- 
 pressed in this present volume ; not le.iving anything to a future hand which 
 I found to be of moment and communicable to the public, save only some 
 few Latin works, *hich, by God's favour and sufFrance, shall soon after 
 follow. 
 
 It is true that for some of the Pieces herein contained, as his Lordship 
 did not aim at the publication of thera but at the preservation only, and 
 prohibiting then, from perishing, so as to leave them reposed in some private 
 Shrine or Library. . . . 
 
 The Epistle thus concludes: "As for this present collection, I doubt not 
 but that it will verify itself in the several parcels thereof, and manifest to all 
 understanding and unpartial readers who is the Author of it: by that spirit 
 of perspicuity, and aptness, and conciseness, which runs through the whole 
 work, and is ever an annex of his Lordship's pen. 
 
 There is required now; and I have been moved by many, both from foreign 
 nations and at home, who have in price, and been admirers of this honourable 
 Author's conceits and apprehensions; that some memorials might be added 
 concerning his Lordship's life. Wherein I have been more willing than 
 sufficient to satisfy their requests, and to that end have endeavoured to con- 
 tribute not my talent, but my mite, in the next following discourse. Though 
 to give the true value to his Lordship's worth, there were more need 01 
 another Homer to be the trumpet of Achilles' vertues." 
 
Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. 
 
 The Life of the Honourable Author. 
 
 FRANCIS BACON, the Glory of his Age and Nation, the Adorner 
 and Ornament of Learning, was born in York House or York Place, in 
 the Strand; on the 22d day of January in the year of our Lord, 1560. His 
 father was that famous Councillor to Queen Elizabeth, the second Prop of 
 the Kingdom in his time; Sir Nicholas Bacon Knight, Lord Keeper of the 
 Great Seal of England : a Lord of known prudence, sufficiency, moderation, 
 and integrity. His mother was Anne, one of the daughters of Sir Anthony 
 Cook, unto whom the erudition of King Edward the Sixth had been com- 
 mitted : a choice Lady and eminent for piety, virtue, and learning ; being 
 exquisitely skilled, for a woman, in the Greek and Latin tongues. These 
 being the parents, you may easily imagine what the issue was like to be; 
 having had whatsoever Nature or Breeding could put into him. 
 
 His first and childish years were not without some mark of eminency. At 
 which time, he was endued with that pregnancy and towardness of wit, as they 
 were presages of that dee/ and imiversai AppreJiension which was manifest 
 in him afterward : and caused him to be taken notice of by several persons 
 of Worth and Place, and especially by the Queen ; who (as I have been 
 informed), delighted much, then, to confer with him, and to prove him with 
 questions. Unto whom, he delivered himself with that gravity and maturity 
 above his years, that Her Majesty would often term him 'The young Lord 
 Keeper.' Being asked by the Queen ' How old he was ?' He answered with 
 much discretion, being then but a boy, 'That he was two years younger than 
 Her Majesty's happy Reign.' With which answer the Queen was much taken. 
 At the ordinary years of ripeness for the University,_ or rather somewhat 
 earlier; he was sent by his father to Trinity College in Cambridge, to be 
 educated and bred under the tuition of Doctor John Whitgift, then master 
 of that College, afterwards the renowned Archbishop of Ca>.iterbury : a pre- 
 late of the first magnitude for Sanctity, Learning, Patience, and Humility. 
 Under whom, he was observed to have been more than an ordinary profi- 
 cient in the several arts and sciences. Whilst he was commorant in the 
 University, about 16 years of age (as his Lordship hath been pleased to im- 
 part unto myself;), he first fell into the dislike of the Philoa^hy oLAli stotle. 
 Not for the worihlessness of the Author, to whom he would ever ascribe an 
 high attributes; but for the unfruitfulness of the way ; being a Philosophy 
 (as his Lordship used to say) only strong for disputations and contentions, 
 but barren of the production of Works for the benefit of the Life of Man. 
 In which mind he continued to his dying day. 
 
 After he had passed the circle of the Liberal Arts; his father thought fit 
 to frame and mould him for the arts of State, And, for that end, sent him 
 over into France, with Sir Amvas Paulet, then employed Ambassador 
 Leger into France; by whom he was; after a while, held fit to be entrusted 
 with some message or advertisement to the Queen ; which having performed, 
 with great approbation, he returned back into France again, with intention 
 to continue for some years, there. ,. , , . 
 
 In his absence in France, his father the Lord Keeper died ; having col- 
 lected (as I have heard of knowing persons) a considerable sum of money, 
 which he had separated, with intention to have made a competent purchase of 
 land for the livelihood of this his youngest son ; (who was only unprovided for, 
 and though he was the youngest in years, yet he was not the lowest m his 
 father's affection) : but the said purchase being unaccomplished at his father's 
 death, there came no greater share to him, than his single part or portion of 
 the money divisable amongst five brethren. By which means he lived in 
 some straights and necessities in his younger years. For as for that pleasant 
 site and manor of Gorhambury, he came not to it, till many years alter, by 
 the death of his dearest brother, Mr. Anthony Bacon ; a gentleman equal 
 to him in height of wit, though inferior to him in the endowments of learning 
 and knowledge. Unto whom he was most nearly conjoined in aftection : 
 they two, being the sole male issue of a second venture. 
 
Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xii. 
 
 1 
 
 Being returned from travel, he applied himself to the study of the Com- 
 mon Law, which he took upon him to be his profcbsiim. In which he 
 obtained to great excellency: though he made that (as himself said; but as 
 an accessary and not as his principal study. He wrote several tractates 
 upon that subject. Wherein, though some great rrasters in the Law did out- 
 go him in bulk and particularities of cases, yet in the true science of the grounds 
 and mysteries of the law he was exceeded by none. In this way, he was, 
 after a wliile, sworn of the Queen's Counsell Learned, Extraordinary ; a grace 
 (if I err not) scarce known before. He seated himself, for the commodity of 
 his studies and practise, amongst the Honourable Society of Gray's Inn ; of 
 which House he was a member: where he erected that elegant pile or struc- 
 ture, commonly known by the name of Lord Bacoti's Lodgings, which he 
 inhabited, by turns, the most part of his life (some few years only excepted) 
 unto his dying day. In which House, he carried himself with such sweetness, 
 comity, and generosity, that he was much revered and loved by the Readers 
 and Gentlemen of the house. 
 
 Notwithstanding that he professed the law for his livelihood and subsist- 
 ence : yet his heart and affections were more carried after the affairs and 
 places of State; for which, if the Majesty Royal then had been pleased, he 
 was most fit. In his younger years he studied the service and fortunes (as 
 they call them) of that noble but unfortunate Earl, the Earl of Essex ; unto 
 whom he was, in a sort, a private and free counsellor, and gave him safe and 
 honourable advice : till, in the end, the Earl inchned too much to the violent 
 and precipitate counsel of others, his adherents and followers ; which was his 
 fate and ruin. 
 
 His birth and other capacities qualified him above others of his profession, 
 to have ordinary accesses at court; and to come frequently into the Queen's 
 eye : who would often grace him with private and free communication, not 
 only about matters of his profession oi business in law; but also about the 
 arduous affairs of state. From whom she received, from time to time, great 
 satisfaction. Nevertheless, though she cheered him much with the bounty 
 of her countenance ; j-et she never cheered him with the bounty of her hand : 
 having never conferred upon him any ordinary place or means of honour 
 or profit, save only one dry reversion of the Register's Office in the Star 
 Chamber, worth about ^1600 per annum : for which he waited in expectation, 
 either fully or nearly twenty years. Of which his X.ordship would say, in 
 Queen Elizabeth's time, ' That it was, like another man's ground, buttalling 
 upon his house ; which might mend his prospect but it did not fill his barn.' 
 (Nevertheless in the time of King Ja-nes it fell unto him.) Which might be 
 imputed, not so much to Her Majesty's averseness or disaffection towards 
 him : as to the arts and policy of a great statesman then, who laboured by all 
 industrious and secret means to suppress and keep him down ; lest if he had 
 risen, he might have obscured his glory. 
 
 But though he stood long at a stay in the days of his mistress. Queen 
 Elizabeth: yet, after the change and coming in of his new master King 
 James, he made a great progress ; by whom, he was much comforted in places 
 of trust, honour, and revenue. I have seen a letter of his Lordship's to King 
 James, wherein he makes acknowledgement : "That he was that master to 
 him, that had raised and advanced him nine times ; thrice in dignity, and si.\ 
 times in office." His offices 'as I conceive) were, Counsel Learned Extr.\- 
 oRDi.NJARV [25th August 1604] to his Majesty, as he had been to Queen 
 Elizabeth; King's Solicitor General t25th June 1607]; His Majesty's 
 Attornev-Gener.^l [27th October 1613]; Cou.nsellor of St.\te[/.<'., Privy 
 Councillor, 7th June i6r6], being yet but Attorney; Lord Keeper of t^je 
 Great .Seal of England [3d March 1617]; lastly. Lord Chancellor [4th 
 January 1619]; which two last places, though they be the same in authority 
 and power ; yet they differ in patent, height, and favour of the prince. Since 
 whose time none of his successors until this present honourable Lord [Lord 
 Clarendon] did ever bear the title of Lord Chancellor. His dignities were 
 first Knight [23d July 1603]; then Baron of Verulam [nth July 1618] ; 
 lastly, Viscount S.\int Alban [28th January 1621]; besides other good 
 
xiv Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. 
 
 gifts and bounties of the hand, which His Majesty gave him; both out of the 
 Broad Seal and out of the Alienation Office, to the value in both of ;£i8oo per 
 annum ; which with his Manor of Gorhanibury and other lands and posses- 
 sions, near there unto adjoining, amounting to a third part more, he retained 
 to his dying day. 
 
 Towards his rising years, not before, he entered into a married state ; and 
 took to wife Alice, one of the daughters and co-heirs of Benedict Barnham 
 Esquire, and Alderman of London : with whom he received a sufficiently 
 ample and liberal portion in marriage. Children he had none ; which though 
 they be the means to perpetuate our names after our deaths; yet he had other 
 issues to perpetuate his name: the issues of his brain. In which he was ever 
 happy and admired, as Jupiter was in the production of Pallas. Neither did 
 the want of children detract from his good usage of his consort during tlie 
 intermarriage, whom he presented with much conjugal love and respect, with 
 many rich gifts and endowments, besides a robe of honour which he invested 
 her withal [i.e., he made her a Peeress], which she wore, until her dying day, 
 being twenty j'ears and more, after his death. 
 
 The last five years of his life being withdrawn from civil affairs and from 
 an active life, he employed wholly in contemplation and studies. A thin;:, 
 whereof his Lordship would often speak during his active life ; as if he afiectud 
 to die in the shadow, and not in the light ; which also may be found in several 
 passages of his works. In which time, he composed the greatest part of his 
 books and writings, both in English and Latin. Which I will enumerate (as 
 near as I can) in the just order, wherein they were written. T/ie History of 
 the Reign of King Hetiry the Sevoith. Abecedariian Nattirce, or a Metaphy- 
 sical piece, which is lost. Historia VeJitonaii, Historiavita etfnortis; His- 
 toria dcHsi et rari; not yet printed. Historia Gravis, et Levis, which is also 
 lost. A Discourse of ./i Wariuith Spain. A Dialogue touching.,^;/ //^/j'^F<7n 
 The fable of the Neiv Atla7itis. A Preface lo ^ Digest of the Laws of England. 
 The beginning of the History of the Reign of King He?iry the F.igth. De 
 AiigViicntis Scientiamvi; or The Advancetnent of Learning, put into Latin, 
 with several enrichments and enlargements. Counsels Civil and illcral or 
 his book of Essays, likewise enriched and enlarged. The conversion of certain 
 Psalms into English verse. The translation into Latin ; of the History of King 
 Henyy the SeventJi, of the Cojmsels Civil and Moral, of the dialogue of 
 The Holy War, of the fable of The Nczv Atlantis; for the benefit of other 
 nations. His revising of his book De Sapientia Vetcrmn, Inqitisitio de 
 Magnete, I'opica Ingitisitionis de Luce et Liimine: both these not yet 
 printed. Lastly', Sylz>a Sylvarinn or the Natural History. These were tlie 
 fruits and productions of his last five years. His Lordship also designed upon 
 the motion and in\itation of his late majesty [Charles I.l to have written The 
 Reign of King Hony the Eigth; but that work perished in the designation 
 merely. God not lending him life to proceed further upon it than only in one 
 morning's work whereof there is extant an Ex Ufigue Leonem, already 
 printed in his Lordsliip's Miscellany IVorks. 
 
 There is a commemoration due as well to his abilities and virtues, as to the 
 course of his life. Those abilities which commonly go single in other men, 
 though of prime and observable parts; were all conjoined and met in him. 
 Those are Sharpness of Wit, Memory, Judgment, and Elocution. For the 
 former three, his books do abundantly speak them, which, with what suffi- 
 ciency he wrote, let the world judge, but with what celerity he wrote them, I 
 can best testify. But for the fourth, his Elocution, I will only set down, whr- 
 I heard Sir Walter Raleigh once speak of him, by way of comparison (whose 
 judgment may well be trusted). 'That the Earl of Salisbury was an excel- 
 lent speaker but no good penman ; that the Earl of Northampton (the Lord 
 Henry Howard) was an excellent penman but no good speaker ; but that Sir 
 Francis Bacon was eminent in both.' 
 
 I have been induced to think ; That if there were a beam of knowledge 
 derived from God upon any man, in these modern times, it was upon hiin. 
 For though he was a great reader of books, yet he had not his knowledge from 
 books, but from some grounds or notions from within himself ; which notwith- 
 
Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xv 
 
 standing, he vented with great caution and circumspection^ His book of 
 Itistauratio Magna (which, in his own account, was the chiefest of his 
 works) was no slight imagination or fancy of his brain ; but a settled and con- 
 cocted notion : the production of many years' labour and travail. I myself 
 have seen at the least twelve copies of the Ittstauration revised, year by 
 year, one after another ; and every year altered and amended in the frame 
 thereof; till, at the last, it came to that model, in which it was committed to 
 the pre-s : as many living creatures do lick their young ones till they bring 
 them to their strength of limbs. 
 
 In the composing of his books he did rather drive at a masculine and clear 
 expression than at any fineness or affectation of phrases; and would often 
 ask if the meaning were expressed plai7ily enough. As being one that 
 accounted words to be but subservient or ministerial to matter, and not the 
 principal : and if his style were polite, it was because he could do no other- 
 wise. Neither was he given to any light conceits, or descanting upon 
 words : but did ever, purposely and industriously, avoid them. For he held 
 such things to be but digressions or diversions from the scope intended, and 
 to derogate from the weight and dignity of the style. 
 
 He was no plodder upon books: though he read much; and that, with 
 great judgement, and rejection of impertinences incident to many authors. 
 For he would ever interlace a moderate relaxation of his mind with his 
 studies ; as walking, or taking the air abroad in his coach, or some other 
 befitting recreation. And yet he would lose no time : inasmuch, as upon his 
 first and immediate return, he would fall to reading again : and so suffer no 
 moment of time to slip from him without some present improvement. 
 
 His meals were refections of the ear as well as of the stomack : like the 
 Nodes AtticcB or Convivia Deip7io Sophistarutn, wherein a man might be 
 refreshed in his mind and understanding no less than in his body. And I 
 have known some of no mean parts, that have professed to make use of the:r 
 note-books, when they have risen from his table. In which conversations 
 and otherwise, he was no dashing man, as some men are ; but ever a counte- 
 nancer and fosterer of another man's parts. Neither was he one, that would 
 appropriate the speech wholly to himself or delight to out-vie others, but 
 leave a liberty to the co-assessors to take their turns. WTierein he would 
 draw a man on, and allure him to speak upon such a subject as wherein he was 
 peculiarly skilful and would delight to speak : and for himself he contemned 
 no man's observations, but would light his torch at every man's candle. 
 
 His opinions and assertions were, for the most part, binding, and not 
 contradicted by any : rather like oracles than discourses. Which may be 
 imputed, either to the well weighing of his sentence by the scales of truth 
 and reason; or else to the reverence and estimation wherein he was commonly 
 had, that no man would conte>t with him. So that there was no argumen- 
 tation, ox pro and con as they term it, at his table : or if there chanced to be 
 any, it was carried with much submission and moderation. 
 
 1 have often observed, and so have other men of great account, that if he 
 had occasion to repeat another man's words after him, he had an use and 
 faculty to dress thenxin better vestments and apparel than they had before : 
 so that the author should find his own speech much amended and yet the 
 substance of it still retained. As if it had been natural to him to use good 
 forms; as Ovid spake of his faculty of versifying, 
 
 Et quod tentabain scribere, versus erat. 
 [And what I was attempting to write, became a verse.] 
 
 "WTien his office called him, as he was of the King's Counsell Learned to 
 charge any offenders, either in criminals or capitals : he was never of an 
 insulting or domineering nature over them, but always tender-hearted and 
 carr>-ing himself decently towards the parties: (though it was his duty to 
 charge them home) but yet as one that looked upon the example with the eye 
 of severity, but upon the person with the eye of pity and compassion. And 
 in Civil Business, as he was Councillor of State, he had the best way of 
 advising : not engaging his master in any precipitate or grievous courses, but 
 
xvi Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. 
 
 in moderate and fair proceedings. The King whom he served, giving him 
 this testimony, ' That he ever dealt in business snavibzis inodis, which was 
 the way that was most according to his own heart.' 
 
 Neitfier was he, in his time, less gracious with the subject than with his 
 Sovereign. He was ever acceptable to the House of Commons when he was 
 a member thereof. Being the King's Attorney and chosen to a place in 
 Parliament ; he was allowed and dispensed with to sit in the House, which 
 was not permitted to other Attorneys. 
 
 And as he was a good servant to his master: being never in nineteen 
 years service (as himself averred) rebuked by the King for any thing relating 
 to his Majesty: so he was a good master to his servants, and rewarded their 
 long attendance with good places freely when they fell into his power; 
 which was the cause that so many young gentlemen of blood and quality 
 sought to enlist themselves in his retinue. And if he were abused by any of 
 them in their places ; it was only the error of the goodness of his nature : but 
 the badges of their indiscretions and intemperances. 
 
 This Lord was religious. For though the world be apt to suspect and pre- 
 judge great wits and politicians to have somewhat of the Atheist : yet he was 
 conservant with God. As appeareth by several passages throughout the 
 whole current of his writings. Otherwise he should have crossed his own 
 principles, which were, 'That a little philosophy maketh men apt to forget 
 God, as attributing too much to second causes; but depth of philosophy 
 bringeth a man back to God again.' Now 1 am sure there is no man that 
 will deny him, or account otherwise of him but to have been a deep philoso- 
 pher : and not only so, but that he was able to render a reason of the hope 
 which was in him, which that writing of his of the Confession of the Faith 
 doth abundantly testify. He repaired frequentlj', when his health would 
 permit him, to the service of the Church, to hear sermons, *o the administra- 
 tion of the Sacrament of the blessed Body and Blood of Christ: and died in 
 the true faith established in the Church of England. 
 
 This is most true. He was free from malice, which (as he said himself] he 
 never bred, nor fed. He was no revenger of injuries, which if he had minded 
 he had both opportunity and place high enough, to have done it. He was 
 no heaver of men out of their places, as delighting in their ruin and undoing. 
 He was no defamer of any man to his Prince. One day, when a great 
 Statesman was newly dead, that had not been his friend, the King asked 
 him ' what he thought of that Lord which was gone ?' He answered ' That 
 he would never have made his majesty's estate better; but he was sure, he 
 would have kipt it from being wor.se.' Which was the worst he would say 
 of him. Which I reckon not amongst his moral but his Christian virtues. 
 
 His fame is greater and sounds louder in foreign parts abroad, than at home 
 in his own nation : thereby verifying that Divine sentence, A prophet is 
 not without honour, save in his own country and in his own house. Con- 
 cerning which, I will give you a taste only, out of a letter written from Italy 
 (the Store-House of refined wits) to the late Earl of Devonshire {d. 1628.] 
 then the Lord Cavendish. " I will expect the new Essays of my Lord 
 Chancellor Bacon ; as also his History, with a great deal of desire : and 
 whatsoever else he shall compose. But in particular, of his History I pro- 
 mise myself a thing perfect and singular ; especially in Henry the Seventh, 
 where he may e.xercise the talent of his divine understanding. Ihis Lord is 
 more and more known; and his books here, more and more delighted in; 
 and those men, that have more than ordinary knowledge in human aftairs, 
 esteem him one of the most capable .spirits of this age. And he is truly 
 such." 
 
 Now his fame doth not decrease with days since, but rather increase. 
 Divers of his works have been anciently and yet lately translated into other 
 tongues both learned and modern, by foreign pens. Several persons of 
 quality, during his Lordship's life, crossed the seas on purpose to g:ain an 
 opportunity of seeing him and discoursing with him ; whereof one carried his 
 Lordship's picture from head to foot, over with him to France, as a thing 
 which he foresaw, would be much desired there : that so they might enjoy 
 
Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xvii 
 
 the imase of his person as well as the images of his brain, his books. 
 Amongst the rest, the Marquis Fiat, a French nobleman who came ambas- 
 sador uito Endand in the beginning of Queen Mary, wife to King Charles; 
 was taken with an extraordinary desire of seeing him ; for which he made 
 way by a friend. And when he' came to him, being then through weakness 
 confined to his bed, the Marquis saluted him with this high expression ; 
 • That his Lordship had been ever to him like the angels, of whom he had 
 often heard, and read much of them, in books, but he never saw theni.' 
 After which they contracted an intimate acquaintance : and the Marquis did 
 so revere him that besides his frequent visits, they wrote letters, one to the 
 other, under the titles and appelations of father and son. As for his many 
 salutations by letters from foreign worthies devoted to leaning, I forbear 
 to mention them, because that is a thing common to other men of learning 
 or note together with him. 
 
 But yet in this matter of his fame, I speak in the comparative only and not 
 in the exclusive. For his reputation is great in his own nation also, espe- 
 cially amongst those that are of a more acute and sharper judgement. Which 
 I will exemplify but with two testimonies and no more. The former, when 
 his History of King Henry the Seventh was to come forth, it was delivered 
 to the old Lord Brooke to be perused by him ; who, when he had despatched 
 it, returned it to the author, with this eulogy, ' Commend me to my Lord, 
 and bid him take care to get good paper and ink : for the work is incom- 
 parable.' The other, shall be that of Doctor Samuel Collins, late Provost of 
 King's College in Cambridge, a man of no vulgar wit, who affirmed unto me, 
 'That when he had read the book Of the Advance7nent of Learning, he 
 found himself in a case to begin his studies anew and that he had lost all the 
 time of his studying before.' 
 
 It hath been desired that something should be signified touching his diet 
 and the regiment of his health : of which in regard to his universal insight 
 into nature, he may, perhaps, be, to some, an example. For his diet, it was a 
 plentiful and hberal diet, as his stomach would bear it, than a restrained. 
 Which he also commended in his book of The History of Life ajtd Death. 
 In his younger years, he was much given to the finer and lighter sort of 
 meats, as of fowls and such like : but afterwards, when he grew more judi- 
 cious, he preferred the stronger meats, such as the shambles afforded, as 
 those meats which breed the more firm and substantial juices of the body 
 and less dissipable. Upon which, he would often make his meal ; though he 
 had other meats upon the table. You may be sure he would not neglect that 
 himself, which he so much extolled in his writings; and that was the use of 
 Nitre : whereof he took in the quantity of about three grains, in thin warm 
 broath every morning for thirty years together next before his death. And 
 for physic he did indeed live physically but not miserably. For he took 
 only a maceration of rhuburb infused into a draught of white wine and beer, 
 mingled together for the space of half an hour, once in si.x or seven days, 
 immediately before his meal, whether dinner or supper, that it might dry the 
 body less; which, as he said, did carry away frequently the g:rosser humours 
 of the body, and not diminish or carry away any of the spirits, as sweating 
 doth. And, this was no grievous thing to take. As for other physic, in an 
 ordinary way, whatsoever hath been vulgarly spoken, he took not. His 
 receipt for the gout, which did constantly ease him of his pain within two 
 hours, is already set down in the end of the Natziral History. 
 
 It may seem the moon had some principal place in the figure of his 
 nativity [! !] For the moon was never in her passion or eclipsed, but he was 
 surprised with a sudden fit of fainting : and that, though he observed not, 
 nor took any previous knowledge of the eclipse thereof. And as soon as the 
 echpse ceased, he was restored to his former strength again. 
 
 He died on the 9th day of April in the year 1626 ; in the early morning of 
 the day, then celebrated for our Saviour's Resurrection, in the 66th year of 
 his age, at the Earl of Arundel's house in Highgate, near London. To which 
 place he casually repaired about a week before ; God so ordaining that he 
 should die there of a gentle fever, accidentally accompanied with a great 
 
xviii Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. 
 
 cold; whereby the defluxion of rheum fell so plentifully upon his breast that 
 he died by suffocation. And was buried in St. Michael's Church at Saint 
 Albans : being the place designed for his burial by his last will and testa- 
 ment ; both because the body of his mother was interred there, and because 
 it was the only church then remaining within the precincts of old Verulam. 
 Where he hath a monument erected for him of white marble, (by the care 
 and gratitude of Sir Thomas JNIeutys Knight, formerly his Lordship's secre- 
 tary, afterwards clerk of the King's Honourable Privy Council, under two 
 kings) representing his full portraiture, in the posture of studying : with an 
 inscription composed by that accomplished gentleman and rare wit, Sir 
 Henry Wotton. 
 
 But howsoever his body was mortal, j'et no doubt his memory and works 
 will live, and will, in all probability, last as long as the world lasteth. In 
 order to which, I have endeavoured, after my poor ability, to do this honour 
 to his Lordship, by way of conducing to the same. 
 
 Ben Jonson's Testimony to Bacon. 
 
 In a collection of passages entitled, Timber; or, Discoveries made upon 
 Men and Matter; written after 1630. Ben Jonson writes : 
 
 " One, though hee be excellent, and the chiefe, is not to bee imitated alone. 
 For never no Imitator, ever grew up to his Author; likenesse is ahvayes on 
 this side Truth : Yet there hapn'd, in my time, one noble Speaker, who was 
 full of gravity in his speaking. His language, (where hee could spare, or 
 passe by a jest) was nobly censorious. No man ever spake more neatly, more 
 presly, more weightily, or suffer'd lesse emptinesse, lesse idlenesse, in what 
 hee utter'd. No member of his speech but consisted of the owne graces. His 
 hearers could not cough, or looke aside from him, without losse. Hee com- 
 manded where hee spoke, and had his Judges angry, and pleased at his de- 
 votion. No man had their affection more in his power. The feare of every 
 man that heard him, was, lest hee should make an end."/, iot. 
 
 " I hazie ever observ'd it, to have beene the office of a wise Patriot, among 
 the greatest affaires of the State, to take care of the Conunoji-ivealth of 
 Learning. For Schooles, they are the Seminaries of State : and nothing is 
 worthier the study of a States-man, then that part of the Rcpiddicke, which 
 we call the advancement of Letters. Witnesse the care of Iidius Ccesar; 
 who in the heat of the civill warre, writ his bookes of Analogic, and dedi- 
 cated them to Tully. This made the late Lord S. Aiba?ie, entitle his worke, 
 no7iuin Orga7inm. Which though by the most of superficial! men ; who 
 cannot get beyond the Title of Nomitials, it is not penetrated, nor under- 
 stood; it really openeth all defects of Learning whatsoever ; and is a Booke, 
 Qui longum noto scriptori porriget ocvum. 
 
 My conceit of his Person was never increased toward him, by his place, or 
 honours. But I have, and doe reverence him for the greatnesse, that was 
 onely proper to himselfe, in that hee seem'd to mee ever, by his worke one 
 of the greatest men, and most worthy of admiration, that had beene in many 
 Ages. In his adversity I ever prayed, that God would give him strength: 
 for Greatnesse hee could not want. Neither could I condole in a word, or 
 syllabic for him ; as knowing no Accident could doe harme to vertue, but 
 rather helpe to make it manifest. /. 102. Works, ii. Ed. 1640. 
 
Aubrey's Gossip. 
 
 Ohn Ai'RREY, in his MS. notes, the dedication of which to Anthony- 
 Wood is dated 15th June 1580, which are printed at tlie end of 
 Letters ivritten hy eminent persons, &^c. London. 1813. gives 
 us the following further information about Lord Bacon. 
 
 In iiis Lordship's prosperity Sr. Fulke Grevil, Lord Brooke, was his great 
 friend and acquaintance, but when he was in di>grace and want, he was so 
 unworthy as to forbid his butler to let him have any more small beer, which 
 he had often sent for, his stoniack being nice, and the small beere of Grayes 
 Inne not liking his pallet. This has done his memorie more di^honour then 
 Sr Ph. Sydney's friendship engraven on his monument hath donne him 
 honour. 
 
 Richard, Earle of Dorset, was a great admirer and friend of the Ld. Ch. 
 Bacon, and was wont to have Sr Tho. Baliingsley along with him, to re- 
 member and putt downe in writing my Lord's sayinges at table. Mr. Ben 
 lonson was one of his friends and acquaintance, as doeth appeare by his 
 excellent verses on his Lops birth day, in his 2nd vol. and in his I'nderujoods, 
 where he gives him a character, and concludes, '1 hat about his time, and 
 within his view, were borne all the witts that could honour a nation or help 
 studie. He came often to Sr John Danvers at Chelsey. Sir John told me that 
 when his Lop had wrote the Hist, of He7i. 7, he sent the manuscript copie to 
 him to desire his opinion of it before it 'twas printed. Qd Sir John, Your 
 Lordship knowes that I am no scholar. 'Tis no matter, said my Lord, I 
 know what a scholar can say ; I would know what ycic can say. Sir John 
 read it, and gave his opinion what he misliked (which 1 am sorry I have for- 
 gott) which my Ld. acknowledged to be true, and mended it. " Why," said 
 he, " a schollar would never have told me this." 
 
 Mr. Tho. Hobbes (Malmesbunen.sis) was beloved by his Lop., who was 
 wont to have him walke in his delicate groves, when he did meditate : and 
 when a notion darted into his mind, Mr. Hobbes was presently to write it 
 downe, and his Lop. was wont to say that he did it better than any one els 
 about him ; for that many times, when he read their notes he scarce under- 
 stood what they writt, because they understood it not clearly themselves. 
 In short, all that were great and go. d loved and honoured him. Sir Edward 
 Coke, Ld. Chiefe Justice, alwayes envyed him, and would be undervalueing 
 his lawe. I knew old lawyers that remembred it. 
 
 He was Lord Protector during King James's progresse into Scotland, and 
 gave audience in great state to Ambassadors in the banquetting house at 
 Whitehall. His Lop. would many time have musique in the next roome 
 where he meditated. The Aviary at Yorke House was built by his Lop ; it 
 did cost 300 lib. Every meale, according to the season of the yeare, he had 
 his table strewed with sweet herbes and flowers, which he .sayd did refresh his 
 spirits and memorie. When his Lop. was at his country house at Gorhambery. 
 St. Alban's seemed as if the court had been there, so nobly did he live. His 
 servants had liveries with his crest ;* his watermen were more imployed by 
 gentlemen then even the kings. 
 
 King James sent a buck to him, and he gave the keeper fifty pounds. 
 
 He was wont to say to his servant. Hunt, (who was a notaijle thrifty man, 
 and loved this world, and the only servant he had that he could never gett to 
 become bound for him) "The world was made for man ^Hunt), and not man 
 for the world." Hunt left an estate of 1000 lib. f>er ann., in Somerset. 
 
 None of his servants durst appeare before him without Spanish leather 
 bootes : for he would smell the neates leather, which offended him. 
 
 * A boa re. 
 
XX Aubrey's Gossip. 
 
 The East India merchants presented his Lop. with a cabinet of Jewells, 
 which his page, Mr. Cockaine, received, and deceived his Lord. 
 
 His Lordship was a good Poet, but conceai'd as appears by his Letters. 
 See e.vcellent verse sof his Lop's., which Mr. Farnaby translated into Greeke, 
 and printed both in his AvdoXoyia, sc. 
 
 The world's a bubble, and the life of man. 
 Less than a span, &c. 
 [As this translation by Lord Bacon is not generally known, we give it entire. 
 T. Farnaby's EMgrdinata Selectn, taken from various authors, with his 
 Greek translations of them upon opposite pages, was published at London in 
 1629, under the title H T^s avdoXoyias AvdoXoyia. Florilegium Efi- 
 gratninatjiin Gfcpcorinii, eo7-iaiique Latino versu d varijs redditorum. 
 
 Among the Eprigrams on ' Human life ' is one by John Gorraeus : after 
 which comes. 
 
 Hue elegantem viri clarissimi Domini Verulamij Trapudiav adjicere 
 adlubuit. 
 
 'T^He ivorld's a bubble, and the life of man 
 ■^ lesse then a s/>a7t. 
 
 In his cojiception -wretched, from the ivotnie, 
 so to the toinbe : 
 Cu7'stfrom the cradle, and brought vp to yeares, 
 
 ivith cares and f cures. 
 H^'ho then tofraile mortality shall trust. 
 But limmcs the water, or but writes in dust. 
 
 Yet since with sorrow here we line opprest : 
 
 wJiat life is best ? 
 
 Courts are but only siiperficiall scholes 
 
 to dandle fooles. 
 
 The rurall parts are turned into a den 
 
 ofsauage men. 
 
 And 7vJier''s a city from all vice so free. 
 
 But may be tervi'd the worst of all the tht-ce t 
 
 Domesticke cares afflict the httsbands bed, 
 
 or paines his head. 
 
 Those that Hue single take it for a curse 
 
 or doe things worse. 
 
 Some would hane children, those that luiue them, mone, 
 or 7vish them gone. 
 
 What is it then to haue or haue no wife. 
 
 But single thraldome, or a double strife ? 
 
 Our owne affections still at home to please, 
 
 is a disease, 
 To crosse the sea to any foreine soyle 
 
 perills and toyle, 
 IVarres with their noyse affright vs : when they cease, 
 
 IV 'are ivorse in peace. 
 What then rcmaities ? but that 7ve still should cry, 
 Not to be borne, or being borne to dye. ] 
 
 His Lordship being in Yorke house garden looking on Fishers, as they 
 were throwing their nett, asked them what they would take for their draught ; 
 they answered so tnuch : his Lop. would offer them no more but so much. 
 They drew up their nett, and it were only 2 or 3 little fishes, his Lop. then 
 told them, it had been better for them to haue taken his offer. They replied, 
 
Aubrey's Gossip. xxi 
 
 they hoped to haue a better draught ; but, said his Lop. Hope is a good 
 breakfast , but an ill supper. 
 
 Upon hi< being in disfavour, his servants suddenly went away, he compared 
 them to the flyinp of the vermin when the house was f;ilhng. 
 
 One told his Lordship it was now time to look about him. He replyed, ' I 
 doe not looke about me, I looke aboi'e me.' 
 
 His Lordship would often drinke a good draught cf strong beer (March 
 beer) to-bed-wards, to lay his working fancy asleep : which otherwise would 
 keepe him from sleeping great part of the night. 
 
 Three of his Lordship's servants [Sir Tho. Meautys, Mr. .... Eushell, 
 Mr. . . . Idney.] kept their coaches, and some kept race-horses. 
 
 .... His Favourites tooke bribe-, but his Lop. alwayes ga\e judgement 
 sccundem crquuin et bouum. His Decrees in Chancery stand firme, there 
 are fewer of his decrees reverst, than of any other Chancellor. 
 
 He had a delicate, lively hasel eie ; Dr. Harvey told me it was like the eie 
 of a viper. 
 
 [Aubrey in his Life of Hobbes. Vol. IL Part ii. /. 602 of the same work, 
 states. "The Lord Chancellor Bacon loved to converse with him. He 
 assisted his Lordship in translating severall of his essayes into Latin, one I 
 well remember is that, Of the Greatness of Cities : {< Ki)igdo}us\ the rest I 
 haue forgott. His Lordship was a very contemplative person, and was wont 
 to contemplate in his delicious walks at Gorhambeiy, and dictate to Mr. 
 Bushell, or some other of his gentlemen, that attended him with ink and 
 paper ready to set downe presently his thoughts "] 
 
 Mr. tlobbes told me that the cause of his Lp's death was tr5-ing an ex- 
 periment. As he was taking an aire in a coach with Dr. Witherborne (a 
 Scotchman, Physician to the Kingj towards Highgate, snow lay on the 
 ground, and it came into my Lord's thoughts, why flesh might not be pre- 
 ser\'ed in snow as in salt. They were resolved thej' would try the experi- 
 ment present]}'. They ahghted out of the coach, and went into a poore 
 woman's house at the bottome of Highgate hill, and bought a hen, and made 
 the woman exenterate it, and then stufied the bodie with snow, and my Lord 
 did help to doe it himselfe. 1 he snow so chilled him, that he immediately 
 fell so extremely ill, that he could not returne to his lodgings, (I suppose they 
 at Graye's Inne,) but went to the Earl of Arundell's house at Highgate, 
 where they putt him into a good bed warmed with a panne, but it was a 
 damp bed that had not been layn in about a yeare before, which gave him 
 such a cold that in 2 or 3 dayes, as I remember he [Mr. Hobbes] told me, he 
 dyed of suffocation. Vol. IL Part i. /. 221-7. 
 
INTRODUCTION, 
 
 RANCIS BACON, already pondering over the great 
 
 ' Inftauration,' wrote the following letter to Lord Burgh- 
 ley (who had taken Bacon's aunt for his fecond wife) 
 ill the year 1 59 1, fix years previous to the appearance 
 
 of the firft of thefe Effays. 
 
 It is a mofl able fummary of his life and purpofes up to that 
 
 time, and is expreffed with excellent power and earneflnefs. 
 
 hT T d A A7^^ "^ ^^ much confidence, as mine own honest, and faithfull 
 y or . ^ Y Devotion unto your Service, and your honourable Cor- 
 respondence unto me, and my poor estate, can breed in a Man, do I com- 
 mend myself unto your Lordsliip. I waxe now somewhat ancient; One and 
 thirty yenres, is a great deal of sand, in the Houre-glasse. My Health, I 
 thank God, I find confirmed ; And I do fear, that Action shall impair it ; 
 Because I account, my ordinary course of Study, and Meditation to be more 
 painfull, than most parts of Action are. I ever bare a mind, (in some middle 
 place, that I could discharge,) to serve her Majesty; Not as a Man, born 
 under Soi, that loveth Hoftour ; Nor under yiipiter, that loveth Business 
 (for the ContcDiplative Planet carrieth me away wholly,) but as a Man born, 
 under an Excellent Sov^eraign, that deserveth the Dedication, of all Mens 
 Abilities. Besides, I doe not finde, in myselt', so much Self-love, but that the 
 greater parts, of my Thoughts are, to deserve well, (if I were able,) of my 
 r' rends, and namelj' of your Lordship ; who being the Atlas, of this Cotn- 
 vronivealtk, the Honour of my House, and the second Fotinder of my poor 
 Estate, 1 am tyed, by all duties, both of a good Patriot, and of an unworthy 
 Kinsman, and of an Obliged Serz'ant, to employ whatsoever I am, to doe you 
 Service. Again, the Meanness of my Estate, doth somewhat move me : For 
 though I cannot accuse my Self, that I am either prodigal, or sloathfull, yet 
 my Health is not to spend, nor my Course to get. Lastly, I confesse, that 
 I have as, vast Contemplative Ends, as I have moderate Civil Ends : For I 
 have taken all Knowledge to be my Province ; And if I could purge it, of 
 two sort of Rovers, whereof the one, with frivolous Disputation^ Confuta- 
 tions, and Verbosities : The other, with blind E.xperiments, and Auricular 
 'J raditions, and Impostures; hath committed so many spoils; I hope, I 
 sliould bring in. Industrious Observations, grounded Conclusions, and pro- 
 fuable Inventions and Discoveries, the best State of that Province. This, 
 whether it be Curiosity, or Vain-glorj', or Nature, or, (if one take it favoura- 
 bly,) Philanthropia, is so fixed in my minde, as it cannot be removed. And 
 I doe easily see, that Place of any Reasonable Cojoitenance, doth bring 
 commandeniAit, of more Wits, than of a Mans own; which is the Thing 1 
 greatly affect. And for your Lordship, perhaps you shall not finde more 
 Strength, and less Encounter, in any other. And if your Lordship, shall 
 finde now, or at any time, that I doe seek, or aflect, any place, whereunto 
 any that is nearer unto your Lordship, shall be concurrent, say then, that I 
 am a mo.st dishonest Man. And if your Lordship, will not carry me on, I 
 will not doe as Anaxng^bras did, who reduced liimself, with Contemplation, 
 unto voluntary poverty; But this I will doe, I will sell the Inheritance, that 
 I have, and purchase some Lease, of quick Revenew, or some Office oi Gain, 
 that shall be executed by Deputy, and so give over, all Care of Service, and 
 b!-"Come some sorry Book maker, or a true Pioneer, in that Mine of Truth, 
 which (he said) lay so deep. This which I have writ unto your Lordship, 
 is rather Thoughts, than Words, being set down without all A«, Disguizing, 
 or Reservation. Wherein I have done honour, both to your Lordships Wis- 
 dom, in judging, that that will be best believed of your Lordship, which is 
 truest; And to yoin- Lordships f^ood nature, in retaining nothing from you. 
 And even so, 1 wish your Lordship all Happiness, and to my self. Means and 
 Occasion, to be added, to my faithfull desire, to doe you Service. 
 
 From my Lodgings at Grays Inne. [Resuscitatio, p. 95. Ed. 1657.] 
 
Introdudion. xxiii 
 
 2, No right judgment can be fonned of thefe Eflayi^ in relation 
 to Bacon's powers : tmlefs fome glimpfe, however brief ai^ im- 
 perfect, be obtained of the *vaft contemplative ends* to which he 
 chiefly confecrated his magnificent powers for the laft thirty-five 
 years of his moft bufy life. Mr. Hallam has given ns an excellent 
 iketch of that New Philofophy, which talked even the mighty 
 intelle(5l of the Lord Chancellor fimply to defign. 
 
 In the dedicatioii of die Namtm OrganMm to James in 1620, Bacon says 
 that he had been about some s»di worit near thirty years, " so as I made no 
 haste." "And the reason," he adds "«diy I have puWished It now, speoaJly 
 being imperfect, is, to speak plainly, because I number my days, and would 
 have it saved. There is another reas<m of my so doanqg, which is t o try 
 whether I can get help in one intended part 'of diis wwk, namely, the com- 
 piling of a natural and experimental Insttn-j, whidi must be the m^n founda- 
 tion of a true and active philosophy.'* He may be i»resumed at least to 
 have made a very consideraWe progress in his tmdertaldng, before the dose 
 of the sixteenth centory. But it was first {Komnlgatedto the woild by the 
 publication of his Treatise on the Adrancement of Le arnin g in 1605.^ In this, 
 ir.deei. the whole of the Baconian pliilasophy may be said to be imfAdtly 
 c r. :.i: -.ti. exceptperhaps the second book of tlw Namtm Orgaxum. In 162^ 
 he pu-^i-r.ed his more celebrated Latin tran«Jati<Mi of tins worl^ if it is not 
 radier to be deemed a new one, entided DeAi^mentis Saentianaiu I fmd, 
 upon comparison, that more than two thirds of this treatise are a Tersion, 
 
 ith slight interpolatum or omission, firom the Adaaxcemetit ofLeanuMgf die 
 
 wi 
 
 remainder being new matter, p. 16& ^ , 
 
 The Instauratio Magma, defeated to James, is £vided, aooordn^ to die 
 magnificent groand-plot of its audiar, into six parts. The first of these he 
 sn ri :Ies Partititmes Scientiarum^ compae he n d i ng a general summar y of diat 
 kno-a.-Iedge whidi inankind already jmssess ; yet -:: — =-: - —----5 this 
 ammxatively, but taking special notice tif whate. ;.- ; .-. u _ .ent or 
 
 imperfect; sometimesevensupplying, byillnstra.:; - -- vacant 
 
 spaces of science. The first part he declares to "-- 
 
 ii(j. It Bias been chiefly supplied by the treatise, 
 yet perhaps even that does not fully come up tc : 
 The second part of the Instauratio was to : 
 
 science of a better and more perfect use of re^.,. .^ .^ ^. ^ -. -• 
 
 things, and of the true aids of the undeistanding,** the new logic, or mdnciive 
 method, in whidii what is eminentlystyled die Baconian philosophy consists. 
 1 his, as far as he completed it, is known to all by the Maia/emU Nooum Or- 
 ganum. But he seems to have designed a fuller treatise in place of this; the 
 aphorisms into which he has d%ested it boi^ rather the beads or theses of 
 chapters, at least, in many places, that would have been further expanded. 
 (It is entitled by b^mq-lf- Pan secttfidte Summa^digata ix afktrrismm^ 
 And it is still more i mp or ta nt to obserre. diat he did not adiieve the whole 
 of this summary that he had pronnsed; but outrfninediviaans of his method 
 we only possess the fibst, wbuji he denominates /rirm^ii/nK? instantutrtaiu 
 Eisht oilers, of exceeding importance in logic, he has not tondied at all. 
 except to describe them by name and to promise more. "We will speak," 
 he says, " in the first place, of prerog^uive instances; secondly, of the suds 
 of induction; thirdly, of die rectificati<m of induction; fourthly, of varying 
 the investig?^on acconfing to the nature erf* the subject; fifthly, of preroga- 
 tive natrtres Tor object:], as toinvestigatioa, or the dioice of what shall be first 
 tnqmred into : ax^ly, of the boundaiies of inqtnry, or the synoptical view of 
 all natures in the world; seventhly, on the ap^icadon of inquiry to practice, 
 and what relates to man ; d^tfaly, on the pieparati<ms {J-arusceuis^ far ht- 
 qctiry; lastly, on the ascendii^ and descending scale irf" axioms." All thry, 
 after the first, are wantii^ with die exception of some, sightly han dled in 
 separate parts of Bacon's writings; and die drficimcy, wbimbsoimpwiant. 
 
xxiv Lifroduction. 
 
 seems to have been sometimes overlooked by those who have written about 
 the NozfUJit Or^amni:. 
 
 The third part of the Instauratio Magna was to comprise an entire 
 natural history, diligently and scrupulously collected from experience of 
 everj' kiud ; including under that name of natural historj' every thing wherein 
 the art of man has been employed on natural substances either for practice 
 or experiment; no method of reasoning being sufficient to guide us to truth 
 as to natural thbgs, if they are not themselves clearly and exactly appre- 
 hended. It is unnecessary to obser%e that very little of this immense chart 
 of nature could be traced by the hand of Bacon, or in his time. His Cen- 
 turies of Natural History containing about one thousand observed facts and 
 experiments, are a very slender contribution towards such a description of 
 universal nature as he contemplated. These form no part of the Instauratio 
 Magna, and had been compiled hcioTe[This is coitradictory to Dr. Raivhys 
 statement on next page\. But he enumerates one hundred and thirty particu- 
 lar histories which ought to be drawn up for this great work. A few of these he 
 has given in a sort of skeleton, as samples rather of the method of collecting 
 facts, than of the facts themselves ; namely, the History of Winds, of Life 
 and Death, of Density and Rarity, of Sound and Hearing. 
 
 The fourth part, called Scala Inteliecttes, is also wanting with the excep- 
 tion of a verj' few introductory pages. " By these tables," says Bacon, " we 
 mean not such exanples as we subjoin to the several rules of our method, 
 but t^•pes and models, which place before our eyes the entire process of the 
 mind in the discover^' of truth, selecting various and remarkable instances." 
 These he compares to the diagrams of geometry, by attending to which the 
 steps of the demonstration become perspicuous. 
 
 In a fifrh part of the Instattratio Magna Bacon had designed to give a 
 specimen of the new philosophy which he hoped to raise after a due use of his 
 natural history and inductive method, by way of anticipation or sample of the 
 whole. He calls it Prodcjni, sive Anticifiationes PhilosoJ>hi(B SecundtE. 
 And some fragments of this part are published by the names of Cogita et 
 Visa, Ccgitationes de Naiura Rerutn, Filufn Labyrinthi,2iViA. a few more, 
 being as nmch, in all probability, as he had reduced to writing. _ In his own 
 metaphor, it was to be like the payment of interest, till the principal could be 
 raised , tanquam foenus reddatur, donee sors haberi possit. 
 
 For he despaired of ever completing the work by a sixth and last portion, 
 which was to display a perfect system of philosophy, deduced and confirmed 
 by a legitimate, sober, and exact enquiry according to the method which he 
 had invented and laid down. "To perfect this last part is above our powers 
 and beyond our hopes. We may, as we trust, make no despicable beginnings, 
 the destinies of the human race must complete it ; in such a manner, perhaps, 
 as men. looking only at the present, would not readily conceive. For upon 
 this will depend not a speculative good, but all the fortunes of mankind and 
 all their power." 
 
 And with an eloquent prayer that his exertions may be rendered effectual 
 to the attainment of truth and happiness, this introductory- chapter of the In- 
 stauratio, which announces the distribution of its portions, concludes. 
 
 Such was the temple, of which Bacon saw in vision before him the 
 stately front and decorated pediments, in all their breadth of light and har- 
 mony of proportion, while long vistas of receding coluirins and glimpses of 
 internal splendour revealed a glor>- that it was not permitted to him to com- 
 prehend. . , ,, -, 
 
 In the treatise De Augmentis Scientianim and in the h ovnm Organitm, 
 we have less, no doubt, than Lord Bacon, under different conditions of life, 
 might have achieved ; he might have been more emphatically the high pnest 
 of nature, if he had not been the chancellor of James I. ; but no one man 
 could have filled up the vast outline which he alone, in that stage of the 
 worid, could have so boldly sketched.— /w/r*;. to the Lit. of Europe, iii. i68- 
 175, Ed. 1839. 
 
Intro dunion. xxv 
 
 Bacon did * get help' in his Natural History from his chap- 
 lain, Dr, Rawley : and among the many writings of his 'writing 
 time,' i.e. from his fall till his death, this work was completed. 
 It was publiflied after his deceafe imder the title of * Sylva Syl- 
 vartim: ox A N'atiirall Ilijlorie, in ten Centuries,' London, 1627. 
 fol., with the following dedication to Charles I. : — 
 
 May it please your most Excellent Maj'estie ; 
 
 The whole Body of the Naturall Historic, either designed, or written, by 
 the. late Lo. Viscount S. All>an, was dedicated to your Maiestie, in his 
 Booke De Vcntis, about foure yeeres past, when your Maiestie was Prince: 
 So as there needed no new Dedication of this IVorke, but only, in all hunible- 
 nesse, to let your Maiestie know, it is yours. It is true, if that Lo. had 
 liued, your J/aiestie, ere long, had beene inuoked, to the Protection of an- 
 other Historic ; Whereof, not Natures Ki7igdoine, as in this, but these of 
 your Maiesties, (during the Time and Raigne of King Henry the Eighth) 
 had beene the Subiect : Which since it died vnder the Designation meerely, 
 there is nothing left, but your, I\Iaiestics Princely Goodnesse, graciously to 
 accept of the Vndertakers Heart, and Intentions ; who was willing to haue 
 parted, for a while, with his Darling Pliilosophic, that hee might haue 
 attended your Royall Commandement, in that other Worke. Thus much I 
 haue beene bold, in all lowlinesse, to represent vnto your Maiestie, as one 
 that was trusted with his Lordships Writings, euen to the last. And as 
 this Worke affecteth the Stanipc of your Maiesties Royall Protection, to 
 make it more currant to the IVorld, So vnder the Protection of this Worke, 
 I presume in all humblenesse to approach your Maiesties presence; And to 
 offer it vp into your Sacred Hands. 
 
 Your MAIESTIES 7nost Loyal a7id Denoted Subiect, W. Rawley. 
 
 After which Dr. Rawley gives the following Epiflle to the 
 Reader, which ' is the fame, that fhould haue been prefixed to 
 this Booke, if his Lordfhip had lined.' Bacon was fingularly 
 fortunate in having fuch a chaplain : and we are ever indebted to 
 him for fuch a revelation, both of the fpirit and method of the 
 New Philofophy, as hereinafter follows : — 
 
 Hauing had the Honour to bee continually with my Lord, in compiling 
 of this Worke; And to be employed therein; I haue thought it not amisse 
 (with his Lordships good leaue and liking, 1 for the better satisfaction of those 
 that shall reade it, to make knowne somewhat of his Lordships Intentions, 
 touching the Ordering, and Publishing of the same. I haue heard his Lord- 
 ship often say ; that if hee should haue serued the glory of his owne Name, 
 hee had been better not to haue published this Naturall History: For it 
 may seeme an Indige.sted Heap of Particulars ; and cannot haue that Lustre, 
 which Bookes cast into Methods haue ; But that he resolued to preferre the 
 good of Men, and that which might best secure it, before any thing that might 
 haue Relation to Himselfe. And hee knew well, that there was no other way 
 open, to vnloose Mens minds, being bound; and (as it were) Maleficiate, by 
 the Charmes of deceiuing Notions, and Theories; and thcrby made Impotent 
 for Generation of VVorkes ; But onely no wher to depart from the Sense, and 
 cleare experience ; But to keepe close to it, especially in the beginning ; 
 Besides, this Naturall History was a Debt of his, being Designed and set 
 dovyne for a third part of the Instauratioti. I haue also heard his Lordship 
 discourse, that Men (no doubt) will thinke many of the Expe?-iments con- 
 teined in this Collection to be Vulgar or Triuall ; Sleane and Sordid; Curious 
 and Fruitlesse ; and therefore he wisheth, that they would haue perpetually 
 before their Eyes, what is now in doing ; And the Difference betweene this 
 Naturall History, and others. For those Naturall Histories, which are 
 Extant, being gathered for Delight and Vse, are full of pleasant Descriptions 
 
xxvi Introdii5lio7i. 
 
 and Pictures; and affect and seek after Admiration, Rarities, and Secrets. 
 But contrariwise, the Scope which his Lordship intendeth, is to write such a 
 ISlatiirall History, as may be Fundamental! to the Erectinsc and Building of 
 a true Philosophy: For the Illumination of the Vnderstanding; the Ex- 
 tracting of Axioines; and the producing of manjr Noble Works, and Effects. 
 For he hopeth, by this meanes, to acquit Himselfe of that, for which hee 
 taketh Himselfe in a sort bound; And that is, the Aduauncement of all 
 Learning and Sciences. For hauing in this present VVorke Collected the 
 Materials for the Building ; And in his Novum Orgatntm (of which his 
 Lordship is yet to publish a Second Part,'' set downe the In.^truments and 
 Directions for the Worke ; Men shall now bee wanting to themselues, if they 
 raise not Knowledge to that perfection, whereof the Nature of Mortall men 
 is capable. And in this behalfe, I haue heard his Lordship speake cornplain- 
 ingly; That his Lordship (who thinketh hee deserueth to be an Architect in 
 this building,) should be forced to be a Work-man and a Labourer ; And to 
 digge the Clay, and burne the Brick ; And more then that, (according to the 
 hard Condition of the Jsraeliies at the latter end) to gather the Strawe and 
 Stubble, ouer all the Fields, to burn the Bricks withall. For he knoweth, 
 that except hee doe it, nothing will be done : Men are so sett to despise the 
 Meanes of their owne good. And as for the Basenes of many of the E.xperi- 
 ments ; As long as they be Gods Works, they are Honourable enough. And 
 for the Viilgarnes of them; true A.viomcs must be drawne from plaine Ex- 
 perience, and not from doubtfull; And his Lordships course is, to make 
 VVonders Plaine, and not Plaine things Wonders; And that Experience 
 likewise must be broken and grinded, and not whole, or as it groweth. And 
 for Vse ; his Lordship hath often in his Mouth, the two kindes oi Experiments; 
 Experimctita Fructifcra, and Experimenta Lncifera : ExpcrimeJits of 
 Vse, and Experiments of Light; And he reporteth himself, whether he were 
 not a strange Man, that should thinke that Light hath no Vse, because it 
 hath no Matter. Further, his Lordship thought good also, to add vnto many 
 of the Experiments themselues, some Glosse of the Cn?ises\ that in the 
 succeeding work of Hiterpreting Nature, and Framing A xiomes, all things 
 may be in more Readines. And for the Causes herein by Him assigned ; 
 his Lordship perswadeth Himselfe, they are farr more certaine, then those 
 that are rendred by Others ; Not for any Excellency of his owne Witt, (as 
 his Lordship is wont to say) but in respect of his continuall Conuersation 
 with Nature, and Experience. He did consider likewise, that by this Addi- 
 tion of Caiises, Mens mindes (which make so much hast to find out the 
 Causes of things;) would not think themselues vtterly lost, in a Vast Wood 
 of Experie7ice, but stay vpon these Ca7ises, (such as they are) a little, till 
 true Axiomes may be more fully discouered I haue heard his Lord- 
 ship say also, that one great Reason, why he would not put these Par- 
 ticulars into any exact Rlethod, (though he that looketh attentiuely into 
 them, shall finde that they haue a secret Order) was, because hee conceiued 
 that other men would now thinke, that they could doe the like : And so goe 
 on with a further Collection : which if the Method had been Exact, many 
 would haue despaired to attaine by Imitation. As for his Lordships loue of 
 (^rder, I can referr any Man to his Lordships Latine Booke, Dc Augmentis 
 Scientiarum ; which (if my ludgment be any thing) is written in the Exactest 
 Order, that I know any Writing to bee. I will conclude with an vsuall 
 Speech of his Lordships. That this VVorke of his Naturall History, is the 
 U'orld, as Go D made it, and not as Men haue made it ; For that it hath 
 nothing of Imagination. 
 
 W. Raivley. 
 
 After Sylva Sylvarmn appeared in the same impreflion, the ^ N'tTv 
 Atlantis, A Worke vnfiniflied,' rcfpedling which Dr. Rawley 
 thus writes To the Reader. 
 
Introduflion. xxvil 
 
 This Frt^/^myZ^rrtTdeuised, to the end that He micht exhibite therein, 
 a Modell or Dcsa-iption of a Colledge, instituted for the J nterpretinf; of 
 Nature, and the Producing o{ Great Awd. Marucilous Works for the Benefit 
 oi Men\ Vnder the name of Salomons House, or the Colledge of the Sixe 
 Daves Works. And euen so farre his Lordship hath proceeded, as to 
 finish that Part : Certainely, the Modell is more Vast, and Hip;h, than can 
 possibly be imitated in all things. Notwithstanding most 'L'hmgs therm 
 are within Mens Power to effect. His Lordship thought al.so in this present 
 Fable, to haue composed a Frame oi Laives, or of the best State or Motild 
 of a Cpumon-iuealth; But foreseeing it would be a long Worke, his Desire 
 of Collecting the Naturall History diuerted him, which He preferred many 
 degrees before it. ,,_.,., 
 
 This Worke of the New Atlantis (as much as concerneth the English 
 Edition) \\\?. Lordship designed for this Place; In regard it hath so neare 
 affinity (in one Part of it) with the Preceding Naturall History. 
 
 IV. RaiL'ky. 
 
 3. We have thought thus much — and we would suggeft that 
 every claufe and ftatement quoted fliould be thoroughly con- 
 fidered — concerning Bacon's Life and Operations, indifpenfable to 
 a fair confideration of thefe Effays. For they formed no effen- 
 tial part of his work ; they entered not into his conceptions of the 
 proficiency and advancement of knowledge. Like his Hijioy of 
 Henry VII., written at the requeft of King James, and his in- 
 tended Hijlory of Henry VIII., which he promifed to Prince 
 Charles ; thefe Counfels are by-works of his life, the labours, as 
 it were, of his left hand ; his right being occupied in grafping the 
 Inftauration. 
 
 It was indeed the continued fuccefs of the fmall tract of 1597, 
 containing a nearly equal number of Effays and Sacred Medita- 
 tions, that recotTimended this form of writing to their author's 
 attention ; and induced him — writing rapidly in fuch few mo- 
 ments as he could spare from the avocations of his legal, politi- 
 cal, and court life; or the more engroffing revolvency of his 
 Philofophy — to increafe them both in number and weight. So in 
 the midft of many other writings they were inceffantly correcfled 
 and added to, until in the Latin edition of 1638, they affumed 
 their final fliape, in that language, in which he thought they 
 might ' laft as long as Bookes lafl.' 
 
 4. What kind of writing is an Effay? A queflion fomewhat 
 hard precifely to anfwer. Ufually we are taught that the word 
 Effay (from the French EJfayer) is synonymous with Affay or 
 Trial-Examination, and equivalent to Attempt. The word, how- 
 ever, both in its earliefl and more recent ufe, is really but a 
 modeft depreciation of a man's own Opinions and Reflections. 
 So that, though he (hould give you his keeneft obfervation, his 
 ripefl thought, his clearefl utterance ; he difclaims their intrinfic 
 importance and value, and bids you take them but for fimple 
 Attempts. The word itfclf has nothing neceffarily to do with 
 any specific manner of the writing. ^lontaigne. Bacon, and 
 Addifon, were Mafler-Effayifls ; yet their comuofitions are 
 wholly unlike in ftyle and form. 
 
xxviii liitrodunion. 
 
 The vaguenefs of the name, Effays, has led in recent times to 
 %L the ufe of a number of feclional fub-titles. Effays in Philofophy 
 
 are known as Diffeii.ations or Treatifes ; Effays in Science as 
 Papers ; Effays in Crillcifm as Reviews ; and Effays in Pohtics 
 as Articles. All thefe, however, do feparate themfelves from the 
 true Effay, which feems to be more efpecially conne(5led as to its 
 fubject with Literature and Human Nature. There is alfo about 
 an Effay a certain good-humoured fteadinefs quite feparating it 
 from Squibs, Skits, and fuch like ; and from bitternefs and fatire 
 of all kinds. So its weaknefs is a liability to a wordy dulnef-. ; 
 and it requires the hand of a Mafter for the fmooth ftrong writing 
 of a good Effay. 
 
 As regards the fubftance of an Effay, Bacon's own definition 
 
 ' difperfed meditations,' may be accepted as true ; ufing Medita- 
 
 V tion in \\.% full fenfe of ' confulerate fixed contemplation,' the 
 
 \ going round about a thing, obferving its various afpecSts and 
 
 profpe(5ls. 
 
 Of the three writers, Montaigne, Bacon, and Addifon ; the 
 lafl is by far the moft perfedl: Effayift. For an Effay is a thing 
 to reft in, juft as an Heroic Poem is a thing to foar with. It 
 confifhs of thought circumfcribed to one principal fubject. It 
 fliould be moderately fliort, concatenated in thought, and modeftly 
 illuminated with fancy and illuftration. Above all, and this is 
 half the matter, it fliould be fet forth with the greatefl poffd^le 
 clearnefs of expreffion, the utmoft attainable charm of good 
 writing. Some of Addifon's papers in the Spcdator afford ex- 
 amples of the higheft finifli and fkill in Engliili Effay writing. 
 
 5. The prefent Edition, by fixing the lateft date affignable for 
 its compofition, to every portion of thefe Effays, explains a 
 certain incongruity of ftyle between many of them, by fli owing the 
 chann-e that fupervened in Bacon's manner of writing them. Of 
 this, Ihe following points may be briefly noted. 
 
 a. The composition, correction, and augmentation of these Essays stretched 
 over a period of thirty years. They were commenced under Elizabeth, in- 
 creased under James I., and assumed their final shape under Charles I. An 
 Author rarely maintains one style for so long a period, let him write much or 
 little. The ordinary changes and vicissitudes of private life tejl on us all, and 
 our expression brightens or beclouds, as our years wane. To this must be 
 added the great toil, drive, and occup.ation of Bacon's public life : and the 
 vast burden of the New Philosophy that constantly rested on his spirit. The 
 n'larvel is that he ever foiuid time to write the Essays at all. 
 
 h. Bacon tells us in A(h>. of Lenr)ii}ii;. ii. fol. 20. Ed. 1605. that " In Philos- 
 ophy, the contemplations of Man doe either penetrate vnto God, or are circum- 
 1' ferred to Nature, or are reflected or reuerted vpon hiiitsclfc. Out of which 
 
 seucrall inquiries, there doe arise three knowledges, Divine Philosophy, 
 Natural Philosoi'HV, and Humane Phil(^soi'hv or Hi-.manitie. For 
 all things are marked and stamped with this triple Character of the power of 
 Crod, the difference of Nature, and the vse of M.an.' The.se Essay's m their 
 method and form are simply the turning uf his system of investigating 
 Nature vpon Humanity and Society. 
 
 C. The first ten Essays are not true Essays. They are severally a succes- 
 
IntroduBion. " xxix 
 
 sion of the sharpest Aphorisms, each isolated from the other with a T, and 
 otherwise independent. They ore devoid of quotation, ilkistration, and al- 
 most of explanation : and appear like a series of oracular sentences. 
 
 U. When Bacon, after an interval of fifteen years, came to revise this First 
 te.\t, it was chiefly to expand, qualify, or illustrate it. The additions of ab- 
 solute new thought are not numerous. But in the .second and further revision 
 of 1625, he almost doubled these earliest Es.says in length. 
 
 f. A striking change in the writing meets us as we come to his .r^-c^w^ Essay. 
 Of Friendship, at/! 163, which is the first .specimen herein of the final style 
 of 1625. That Essay represents Bacon's last manner, and all the other 
 Essavs, in their successive alterations, do but more or less approximate to it. ^ 
 The Essay is now a methodical Discourse, generally under two or three heads. 
 It usually begins with a quotation or an apothegm. It teems with allusions 
 and quotations, with anecdote and repartee: and altogether is a very 
 brilliant piece of writing. Still, however, it is a succession of distinct points, 
 rather than a ramble round one topic. 
 Thus, much as to the ripening and enrichment of the style, may suffice. 
 6. Bacon addreffed thefe Counfels, more perhaps than any 
 other of his writings, immediately and diredlly to his Contem- 
 poraries. Think who thefe inchided. We cannot flop to 
 enumerate them. From Burleigh to Selden, from Spenfer to 
 Milton, they comprifed the brightefl and great eft intellects of 
 England. It was the golden Age of our National Hiflory. 
 
 a Writing for his contemporaries. Bacon naturally appealed to p henomen a 
 as it was then accounted for . Indeed, he was in this respect somewhat be- 
 Find the times : for Archbishop Whately asserts {Essays, p. xiv. EcL 1856], that 
 he appears to have rejected the discoveries of Copernicus and Galileo : and 
 it is certainly noteworthy how cautiously he refers to the celestial Primum 
 Mobile, leaving it an open question. And so generally : Bacon's argument 
 or counsel is often felicitously true, when the fact adduced in its conclu>ive 
 proof is now known to be false. As for instance, ' ashes are more generative 
 than dust,' /. 249. that ' out of question' (Astronomy was decidedly his weak 
 point, as human life and character was his strong one) Comets aftect ' the 
 grosse and masse of Things,' /. 571. His adducing, as evidence worthy to 
 be considered, the preposterous assertion of an Astrologer, p. 569 ; and the like. 
 t). The Essays are an excellent Land Mark in the Constitutional History 
 of England. It helps us towards an understanding of the political system under 
 which our country was ruled under the two first Stuarts, and which but for 
 the Long Parlian\ent, would certainly have drifted on, until England had 
 been made like France came to be under Lous XIV. and his successor. It 
 is starthng to hear him so constantly talk of the entire State, as the King's 
 Estate, as a nobleman's park might be: it is curious, in a book dedicated to 
 the reigning Favorite, to hear his defence of Favorites,/. 227, and also to 
 mark his instructions, how the King was to suck the brains of his Counsellors, 
 and then palm all off as his own,/. 317 ; to note his denounciation of Cabi- 
 net Councils,/. 319, (a name since applied to a different kind of assembly;) 
 to see him thinking so late as 1625, that there was little danger to a King, 
 from the Commons, and not much danger from the Gentry, /. 307. He 
 seems not to have conceived the possibility of the coming of the English 
 Commonwealth. Thus these Counsels do reflect in many things the times in 
 which they were written. 
 
 c. Again, many of these Essays should be read in connection with Macchia- 
 velli's Discourses upon Livys First Decade, which appears to have been a 
 favourite political work with Bacon. The last one Of I'icissitndes o/Tliin^s 
 seems to have altogether suggested by Chap 5, Book 11, of that work, the title 
 of which is. That the changes o/Keligion and Languages, together tvitk the 
 changes o/Jloods and pestilence, abolish the memory 0/ things. 
 
 7. Tliere is liowever a large permanent element in thefe Effays 
 that will remain a monument 'more durable than brafs'- 
 
XXX ijitroduBion, 
 
 applicable to all ages, becaufe manhood alters not, and ever frefh 
 and fparkling as when firft written. 
 
 a. An excellence that meets us at once is the subtle mastery of words, the 
 singular beauty of the imagery and similitudes, just as he begins The Ad- 
 vancement of Learning. ' In the entrance to the former of these ; to cleare 
 the way, and as it were to make silence :' so among many others we have 
 in this work, ' Imitation is a globe of precepts,' /. . ' Atheists wil ever be 
 talking of that their opinion, as if they fainted in it,'/. . And the like. 
 
 Great attention is to be paid to all his words, lor their fulnefs 
 of meaning adds much to the pleafure of the Effays. 
 
 I). Consider the_in finite variety of the thoueht. Nothing can give us a 
 better idea of his^owers, than to realize that Bacon's daily thought was just 
 like these Essays, and his Apothegms. Dr. Rawley states with what celerity 
 he wrote I can testify. 
 
 c. The generalj^/^^^of the thought. Some phrases seem to be a chapter 
 in themselves. As quoting at random, ' to dash the first Table, against the 
 second ; And so to consider men as Christians, as we forget that they are 
 men,' at p. 431, is a whole argument for toleration : his anatomy of a cunning 
 and rotten man, at/. 105 : his exquisite summary of our Saviour's miracles at 
 /. 101 : and so on ad infinitj(7n. 
 
 Ne.\t comes the teftimony of the book to Bacon's moral 
 
 charadlier. 
 
 a. It is contrary to human nature, that one in whose mind such thoughts as 
 these coursed, year after year, only becoming more excellent as he grew older, 
 could have been a bad man. Do men gather grapes of thorns ? Be all the 
 facts of his legal career what they may, and it is that section of his life mostly 
 includes any discredit to him ; (he was also a Philo.sopher, Historian, that 
 Essayist, Politician, and what not?) the testimony of this one work, agreeing 
 as it does with the tenour of all his other writings is irresistible, that in the 
 general plan of his purposes and acts, he intended nothing less, nothing else 
 than to be ' Partaker of God's Theater, and so likewise to be partaker of God's 
 Rest,'/. 183. Can we accuse one who so scathes Hypocrites and Imposters, 
 Cunning and Self-wisdom, of having a corrupted and depraved nature ? For 
 strength of Moral Power, there is no greater work in the English language. 
 
 b. More than this, (it is notable also as a testimony to his character,) there 
 runs right through all an unfeigned reverence for Holy Scripture, not only as 
 a Revelation of Authority, but as itself the greatest written Wisdom. Not 
 because it was so easy to quote, but because it was so fundamentably and 
 everlasingly true, did this great Intellect search the Bible as a great store- 
 house of Civil and Moral, as well as Religious Truths, and so?; Bacon is 
 another illustration, with Socrates, Plato, Dante, Shakespeare, Milton and 
 others, that a deep religious feeling is a necessity to the very highest order of 
 human mind. As he argues at /. 339, Rfaj j^ when he resteth a nd assureth 
 himself' rfon diuiiie Protection and Fanonr, gat here tU a Fo7Xe and Faith ; 
 which Htiman Nature, iti it selfe, could fiot obtaine. 
 
 8. \Ve have glanced at the connedlion of this work with 
 Bacon's life and purfuits. We have noticed the change of ftyle 
 perceivable in these Effays. We have touched upon their 
 localifm of time and place. We have noted one or two of their 
 permanent conflitucnts ; and marked their teftimony to Bacon's 
 character. 
 
 Here mofl reludlantly we mufl leave off, ere we have hardly 
 begun. One parting word. We rife from the fludy of this work 
 with a higher reverence than ever for its Author ; and with the 
 certain convidion that the Name and Fame of Francis Bacon 
 will ever increafe and extend through fucceffive ages. 
 
CONTEMPORARY BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 ' . ■ TItcre is still so viitch iiucertnitity both as to the earlier ami viore 
 recent editions of the Essays, ^'c.; that this and the fiext List must be con- 
 sidered purely tentative. There may be several editions tiot included in 
 either. 
 
 1. 1597. London, i Vol. lamo. Editio princeps : see title at /. 3, and 
 
 sub-titles 7\.l pp. 96 and 135. 
 
 2. 1598. London. Essaies. Religious Meditations. Places of perswa- 
 I. vol. i2ino. sion and disswasion. Scene and allowed. London. 
 
 Printed for Humfrey Hooper, and are to bee solde at the 
 blacke Beare in Chauncery lane. 1598. 
 
 Coi.. Imprinted at London by lohn Windet for Hum- 
 frey Hooper. 1598. 
 
 3. 1606. London. Same title as No. 2- Printed at London for lohn 
 1 vol. i2mo. laggard, dwelling in Fleete streete at the hand and Starre 
 
 neere Temple barre. i6o6. 
 
 [1607-1612. Between these dates was transcribed Harl. MS. 5106, of 
 which see title at/. 157.] 
 
 4- 1612. London, i vol. i2mo. Second and revised Text : see i\l\Qditp. /^2o. 
 
 5. 1612. London. Same title as No. 2. Printed at London for lohn 
 I vol. i2mo, laggard, dwelling in Fleete-streete at the Hand and Starre, 
 
 neere Temple barre. This edition was partially printed 
 when the second text, No. 4, came out. The new Essays 
 were therefore added at the end of this impression. 
 
 6. 161 3. London. Same title as No'. '2,, Printed at London for /i?/i« 7^^- 
 
 gard, dwelling at the Hand and Starre betweene the two 
 Temp'e gates. 161 3. 
 
 7. 1618. London. Saggi Morali and Delia Sapie7tza degli Antichi. 
 
 I vol. 8vo. Trans, by Tobv Matthew; whose dedication to Cosmo de 
 Medici, Duke of Tuscany, is dated London, 3 July [1618.] 
 
 8. 1619. London. Essays Morajix. Translated by Sir Arthur Gorges. 
 
 I vol. Svo. Scittum inuincibile Fides. A Londres. Chez. lean 
 
 Bill. 
 
 9. 1621. Bracciano. Saggi Morali and Sapienza de grA7itichi, Trans. 
 I vol. 32mo. by Andrea Cioli, Secretary of State to the Grand Duke 
 
 of Tuscany. Dedication signed by Pompilio Totti, 24 June 
 1621. 
 
 lO' 1621. Paris. I vol. Svo. Essays Politiqucs ct Moraicx. Trans, by 
 L Baudovin. 
 
 11, 1624. London. The Essaies of S' Francis Bacon Knight, the King's 
 I vol. Svo. Atturney Generall. His ReUgious Meditations. Places of 
 
 Perswa.sion and Diswasion. Scene and allowed. Printed 
 at London by I. D. for Elizabeth laggard, at the hand 
 and Starre, neere the middle Temple-gate. 1624. 
 
 12. 1625. London, i vol. 410. Final English Edition', see title at /. 497 
 
 This is the first edition in quarto. 
 
 . ■. The editions pri7ited for the Jaggard family, viz., Nos. 3, 5, 6, ^"'^ 
 11 , are considered spurious, and unaiitliorized. 
 
 On the next two pages is shown the order of the Essays in the editions 
 published in Bacon's lifetime, and the Latin te.xt of 1638. It will be seen 
 that as the Essays grew, there were five difTcrent arrangements. The first 
 includes 1, 2, and 3. The Second is that of Harl. Jl/S. sio6. The Third 
 comprises 4, 6, 8, and 11. The fourth 7, 9, and 10. The fifth is that of 12, 
 and most subsequent Editions. 
 
■h 
 
 
 2 
 
 Cj 
 
 
 
 " I'; 
 
 O C 
 
 T- O ■ 
 
 00 N O to t- 00 O M 0» lO 
 
 ^^^^SI^^-^'^^S'^hS^S 
 
 N N M 1-1 
 
 
 ^ S«SS5?S^gS5J I I ?5SS2^S^^S^^«-SS§ 
 
 S^ '^ 2, 51 " °= «^0> M- ro 4J 
 
 (M krt ro r*-t i-*-\ _ ._. ^*_ «r, — .. *' 
 
 ^^p.=srr«;^?!^^ ^^*-^^g ?!?::: J? ^->^<»<>o 
 
 s^^s^^s;?^-^^^! I ::^'^"j3j^^~^?jg^^^^«' 
 
 S^^S^'Si^iTS^g,! I ::i:^"s j:-2^~ ^s oco^^t^co 
 
 0\ 0\ O N M CO t^Ol ■* m ^ "; mvo tvrO-^O N m >- loro u-)uD no o\ o 
 
 ocet-OJOOiO^Weoo I I THeoiOiHiHt-OJOooJCJOeo^ot»« 
 
 On O O N MO) C^OJ ■* ro V 4/ 
 N Hi rn ro ro 11 '-' (/} ro ro>^ ^^ 
 
 M N r^ tJ- I/no t^CO On O 1) 1) mvD f^ ro m t^ 0\00 m n O »o<0 oo 0\ O 
 
 *"i>bH f)(NMtHC<-)c<wpic)cnrOMMi-iiHCi 
 
 ■* >.^ 
 
 NrHWeOMiHiH I COCO ' ' T-li-( CI C« CI <N »-* C^ « r-t 
 
 i-H r-H 1-1 r-C 1-1 C<J (N I 
 
 M ro ■* lovo t^CO On O 1) u 
 
 I I 
 
 CN 1:^ 
 
 w w ro ■>^ mvo t^oo 0\ O u oi 
 
 r- i_; <^ 
 
 ^ H>^ 
 
 W 
 
 T-icieo«>oot«ooAe v u 
 
 ! I 
 
 
 
 Vj c. 
 
 ■■«■■'• 
 
 ^•i >S 
 
 
 
 lih. 
 
 utat 
 Evi 
 
 Group 
 
 e. 
 
 ies and 
 
 s and F 
 
 Expense. 
 Regiment of Hen 
 Honour and Rep 
 Faction. . 
 Negotiating. . 
 
 D MliDITATlONS. 
 
 RS OF Good and 
 
 First 
 Studies. 
 Discours 
 Cerevion 
 FolloTver 
 Suitors. 
 
 
 Sv,V V VV u 3 
 
 c^'c^^^e? 
 
 ^eeo'^go 
 
 M ci r^ ■^ uSvd t^co C>>Of^rj 
 
 . •i^ . u' !^ . , . , 
 
 Co "b "^ ..^ 
 
 .y '^ 1 "^ ^ 
 
 s ■ S i^-« 
 
 ^ .^ . § j:^;^ . . . 
 
 O M S <^ • ^> Co • • ■ 
 
 QiS'^ .'^ --^ :s •<?•■&«§ ^ «-« • ■ 
 P, ^ 5 -^ 2 -b-S -^ "^ ~ ? -tf \S ^ r^ .^ Si 
 
 MMMWrHM-lMMMNNONNOl 
 
" -lOCOCOCO ►* f< -'lOlO M M « M W ro ro I 1 cOt^^IOIO 
 
 CO^^IOIO 
 
 «0t»e0 0005OCqtO OOC^O<X>Tj»a> i— )^U5COCT)C300f-I^THOOlDt>f-lir5COD«-00 
 
 ^ I I I I I I M M I I I I I I I 
 
 p) I »- ro T}- lo t>.oo 
 M I ro M N N ro ro 
 
 I ^ 2 fJ>?o ^ I I I M 
 
 I I I I I I 
 
 I "25?,?!?; I I I M 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 I if I 
 
 ei , fHco-^ioc-oo I cgooqcort* I I I I I 
 
 tH COCqCQCQCOCO ' I— ICOCOCO I I I I I 
 
 I I 
 
 «N I Mfoc^m lllll 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I I I I 
 
 I i I I I I I 
 
 
 i-HCOCOCO 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 t- 00 CJ O — ' <M CO <4« I 
 
 ciM'M«eoeo<r:^ I 
 
 Mill I II II 
 
 I I 
 
 I I i I ! I I 
 
 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I lllll 
 
 I I 
 
 I I I I I I I 
 
 I I I I I I I I I I I I II lllll 
 
 I I 
 
 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I i i II ! < 
 
 ^ 
 
 .s, . 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ? ? , ™ 
 
 ^ -^ L CC 'O "^ -^ 
 
 D 5 
 
 HI -^ 
 
LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 BEING THE ISSUES, SUBSEQUENT TO LORD BACON 's DEATH. 
 For Contemporary Bibliography, see pp. xxxi-xxxiii. '''Editions not seen. 
 
 In the present Reprint, there are virtually Nine versions of the Five fol- 
 owing Texts, viz. :— 
 
 (t.) The Essays or Counsels, &^r. in English of 1597, 1598, 1607-12, and 
 1628 ; together with their translation into Latin, under the title oi\2.)Sermones 
 Fideles, sive Interior a Rerum (Ser. Fid.) of 1638. 
 
 Also the (3.) Meditationes Sacrce (Med. Sacr-^e.) in Latin of 1597, and 
 their English version (4.) Sacred Meditations (Sac. Med.) of 1598. 
 
 Finally, the English text of (5.) The Colours of Good and Evil ^CoLS. of G. 
 and E.) 
 
 By Text 1612, Text 1625, Text 1638, is intended that the general order 
 of these Editions has been followed : not any guarantee as to the fidelity of 
 the re-impression. In this case, as in so many other instances, many errors 
 have silently crept into some of the later editions : no punishment having 
 yet been invented sufficient to daunt Editors from intentional falsification by 
 unmarked addition or omission in what they put forth as the writings of 
 other men. 
 
 I. AS A SEPARATE PUBLICATION. 
 
 A. Essays alone. 
 
 ISnglisfj. 
 42. 1798. London. Essays, Moral, Economical, and Political. 
 
 I vol. Svo. Att absurd impression of six copies ofily, in 7vhich 
 
 a page of type sjualler than this one is printed on a leaf 
 four titnes its height and five times its width. 
 •45- 1812. London. Es.says, Moral, Economical, Political. 
 
 I vol. 8vo. 
 
 50. 1825. London, i vol. i2mo. Essays, Moral, Economical, and Political. 
 
 52- 1828. London, i vol. 160. Essays, Moral, Economical, and Political. 
 
 Illustrated 7vith fnir steel engravings [!] by R. Westell, 
 
 R.A., viz. Busbecq^s story, see p. 201; the Mouse- 
 
 luoman, p. 363; the Sybil's offer, p. ^2^ ; He that con- 
 
 sidereth the 7uind, &'c. /. 31. 
 
 60- 1851. London [Paris.] The Essays or Counsels Civil and Moral. Ed. 
 
 I vol. Svo. by A. Spiers, Ph.D. 
 63- 1855. London. Essays, Moral, Economical, and Political. The 
 
 7 vol. 32mo. smallest edition as yet printed. 
 64. 1856. London. Bacon's Essays ; with annotations by Richard 
 I vol. Svo. Whatelv, D.D., Archbishop of Dublin. 
 
 Bacons Antitheta are placed after each correspofiding 
 Essay, and the footnotes consist of illustrative qiiotatiotis 
 shewing the tneatiing of words. The annotatiotis sivell 
 tJie book to over 500 large pages and are good reading but 
 too diffuse for pTirposcs of study. 
 
 68. 1857. London, i vol. 8vo. Second edition of No. Ql^. 
 
 69. 1858. London, i vol. 8vo. Third edition of No. 64. 
 
 70. 1858. London. 1 vol. 8vo. Fourth edition of No. 64. 
 7L i860, London, i vol. Svo. Ffth edition of No. 64- 
 75. 1864. London, i vol. Svo. Sixth edition of No. ^^. 
 
 78- 1868. London. Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral. Ed. by S. W. 
 I vol. 160. Singer. 
 
 A reprint of No. Qi'J,\without Wisdom of the Ancients. 
 
 ILatilt. [Sermones Fideles, ^r'c.) 
 
 21. 1641. Lug. Bat. Sermones Fideles, sive Interiora Rerum. The 
 [Leyden] i vol. i2mo. early foreign Latin editions have Cols, of Good 
 and Evil, with othf^r pieces, at the end. 
 
LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. xxxv 
 
 22- 1644. Lug. Bat. [Leyden.] Sernuvtcs Fuieles, sive Interiora Rerum. 
 1 vol. 121110. 
 
 23- 1662. Amsterdam. Scrtnoncs Fideles, Ethlici, Politici, CEconontici. 
 
 1 vol. 121110. Cracssc. 
 
 ^29. ^685. Amsterdam. Sertnottes Fideles, Ethici, Politici, (Ecotiomici. 
 I vol. i2mo. Gracsse. 
 
 Retranslations from the Latin. 
 33- X720. London. Lord 13acon's Essays, or Counsels Moral and Civil. 
 
 2 vols. 8vo. Translated from the Latin by William Willymott, 
 
 LL. D., who thus apologises for his publication : 
 
 "Wanting an English Book for my Scholars to Trans- 
 late, which might improve them in Sense and Latin at once. 
 ( IVo Things wiiich should never be divided in Teaching) 
 I thought nothing more proper for that Purpose than 
 Bacon's Essays, provided the English, which is in some 
 places grown obsolete, were a little reformed, and made 
 more fashionable (!)." 
 
 The work tnaiuly consists of the Essays, but there are 
 added to it some passages tratislated fro?n De Augmentis 
 Scientiarum. 
 4L 1787. London. The Essays. A reprint of No. 33- 
 2 vols. Svo. 
 
 Italian. 
 
 *18- 1639. Venice, i vol. i2mo. Opere Morali. Graesse. 
 
 B. Sacred Meditations alone. 
 
 No edition published. 
 
 C. Colours of Good and Evil alone. 
 No edition published. 
 
 II. WITH ONE OR TWO OTHER WORKS BY LORD BACON. 
 
 A. Essays with Sacred Meditations otily. 
 No edition published. 
 
 B. Essays with Colours of Good and Evil only. 
 
 I£nglis|}. 
 
 13. 1629. London. The Essayes or Covnsels, Civil and Morali, of Francis 
 I vol. 4to. Lo. Verulam,!Viscovnt St. Alban. Newly enlarged. Lon- 
 don, Printed by John Haviland, and are sold by R. Allott. 
 
 14. 1632. London. The Essayes or Covnsels, Civill and iMorall, of Francis 
 I vol. 4to. Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt St. Alban. Newly enlarged. Lon- 
 don, Printed by lohn Haviland, in the little old Bayley. 1632. 
 
 19. 1639. London. The Essayes or Covnsels, Civill and Morali, of Francis 
 1 vol. 4to. Lo. Verulam, Viscovnt St. Alban. With a Table of the 
 Colours, or Apparances of Good and Evill, and their De- 
 grees, as places of Perswasion, and Disswasion, and their 
 several Fallaxes, and the Elenches of them. Newly en- 
 larged. London: Printed by lohn Beale, 1639. 
 62. 1853. London. The Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, with a Table 
 1 vol. Svo. of the Colours of Good and Evil. Ed. by.T. Makkby, M.A. 
 71. 1862. London. Bacon's Essays and Colours of Good and Evil. Ed. 
 I vol. Svo. by W. A. Wright, M.A. [Te.xt 1625, with Te.\t 1597 in 
 an Appendi.x.] A most excellent edition : the briefest but 
 most erudite of notes, which will facilitate the labours of 
 all future editors, and to which I gratefully acktiowledge 
 my own indebtedness. 
 
xxxvi LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 74. 1S63. London, i vol. 8vo. Second edition 0/ No. 'JY. 
 
 76.1865. London, i vol. 8vo. Third edition 0/ No. q\. 
 
 77. 1867. London, i vol. 8vo. Fourth editio7i of No. 71. 
 
 79. 1869. London, i vol. 8vo. Fifth edition of No. 71. 
 
 C. Essays %vith both Sacred Meditations 
 
 a7id Colours of Good and Evil. 
 
 15. 1634. London. The Essaies of S. Francis Bacon Knight, the King's 
 I vol. i2mo. Atturney Gencrall [! The Ex-Lo7-d Chancellor Jiad been 
 7102U dead eight yeafs.] Hi.s Religous Meditations. Places 
 of Perswasion and Disswasion. Scene attd alloived. Prin- 
 ted at London by L D. for Elizabeth laggard, at the hand 
 and starre neere the middle Temple-gate. 
 
 80- 1871. July i. London i vol. 8vo. Eriglish Reprints. See title at/, i. 
 We have been viuch surprised to fitid that the present Re- 
 print — the only Ofie in 7-ecent tijnes containiiig all that 
 Bacon himself sepaj-ately published in coiinection with 
 the Essays — should be thefii'st re-impressio7i of the Sacred 
 ]Meditatio7is — apart fro77i a7iy collccticr/i of his works — 
 since the above issue 0/1624. 
 
 D. Essays 2ail/i Wisdom of the Ancients. 
 
 lEnglisIj. 
 59. 1845. London. The Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, and Wisdom 
 
 I vol. 8vo. of the Ancients. £d. by B.asil Montagu. 
 65. 1857. [1856.] London. The Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, with 
 
 1 vol. 8vo. the Wisdom of the Ancients. Ed. by S. W. Singer, F.S.A. 
 
 E. Essays 70/1/1 both Colours of Good and Evil 
 and Wisdom of the Ancients. 
 
 Ensliglj. 
 
 *24. 1664. London. 1 vol. Low7idcs. 
 
 26. 1668. London. The Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, with The 
 I vol. i2mo. Colours of Good and Evil and The Wisdom* of the Ancients. 
 
 Appai-e7itly a re-issue, with an altered date, of No. 24. 
 as the Ij7ip7-imat7ir is dated fu/ie 6, 1663. 
 
 27. 1669. London. A re-issiie of the p7-evious article with an altered date. 
 I vol. i2mo. 
 
 30. 1691. London. The Es.says or Counsels, Civil and Moral .... 
 
 I vol. 8vo. With a Table of the Colours of Good and Evil. Whereunto 
 
 is added The Wisdom of the Ancients. Enlarged by the 
 
 Honourable Author himself, and now more Exactly Pub- 
 
 li.shed. 
 
 32. 1701. London. A Reprint of A^o. 30- 
 
 I vol. 8vo, 'To this edition is added the Character of Queen Eliza- 
 
 beth ; never before Printed in English.' [This is «« in- 
 correct claif/i : it had already so appeared in ' Resusci- 
 tatio,^ 1657.] 
 
 F. Essays, zuith The Advancement of Learning. 
 
 56. 1840. London. Essays with Advancement of Learning. With illus- 
 I vol. 8vo. trations. Eng. Cat. 
 
 G. Essays, tuith the Apophthegmes. 
 48. 18 19. London. Essays, Moral, Economical, and Political. 
 I vol. i2mo. 
 
LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. xxxvii 
 
 H. Colours of Good and Evil, 7iiiik other pieces. 
 
 JJrfnrb- 
 
 20- 1640. Paris. L'Artisaft de la Fortune, dr'c. Translated by I. 
 I vol. i2mo. Baiuoin [ ? Bai'dc^vin] Scs Sophisniesoii ks apparences 
 du Bioi, ct du Mai, occupy//. 223-288. 
 44. 1802-3. London. 'i"he MiscclLaiieous Writings, &c. Vol. i. htchides 
 2 vols. Svo. Colours of Good attd Evil. 
 
 III. WITH COLLFXTIONS OF LORD B.\CON's WORKS. 
 
 A. Partial Collections. 
 
 ILatin. 
 
 17- 1638. London. Operum Moralium et Civilium . . . Tomus. Ed. 
 
 I vol. fol. by Rawlev, D.D. The standa7-d Latiii text. It contains 
 
 only 56 Essays : Of Prophecies and Of Masques and 
 
 Triimiphs not being iticltided in this Translation. 
 
 25- 1665 [1664] Frankfort. Opera Omnia, &c. Ed. by J. B. Schon- 
 
 I vol. fol. WETTER. 
 
 frrnrij. 
 
 16. 1637. Paris. Les CEuvres Morales et Politiques. Translated by I. 
 I vol. 8vo. B.\UDOViN. 56 Essays occttpy pp. 1-332. Of Superstition 
 and Of Religion are not translated. 
 
 lEnglisl). 
 
 34- 1723. London. The Philosophical Works of Francis Bacon. Me- 
 3 vols. 4to. thodized and made English, from the Originals, by Peter 
 Sh.wv, M.D. Supplement 11 contained in Vol. iii., pp. 
 63-164, consists of ' Interiora Rcrmn or Essays.' 
 
 I'hese are grouped into three classes, viz.. Essays on Moral 
 Sid^jects, on GLcojwmical Sidyects, and 07i Political Stib- 
 j'ects, and are stated to be " enrich'd by the Addition of 
 several Pieces, originally written in L.^ti.n, by the Author, 
 and never translated into English." The reader ivill be 
 surprised to Jind that these ' Pieces ' are the ' Sacred 
 Afeditatioiis,' already prifited several times in English. 
 43- 1802. London. The Works, &c. Besides the ' Essays' \\\. 2-jo, and 
 4 vols. Svo. 'Cols. 0/ Good a?id E^'il,' ii. 90-15, this cdiiio>i consists 0/ 
 a ' Miscella7iy of Lord Bacon' s productions :' principally of 
 a translation of the Novum Organntn. 
 61. 1852. London. Bohn'sStandar-d Library. The Moral and Historical 
 I vol. Svo. Works of Lord Bacon. Ed. by Joseph Devey, M.A. 
 
 B. Complete Collections. 
 
 These began in 1730. Siftce then there have only been 
 attempted until noiu Six distifict Texts of the collected 
 IVritings of the great Philosopher. Each ofthctn has been 
 a vast improveme7it upon tvhqt had gone before; mttil in 
 the life-7vork of Mr Shedding aiid his coadjutors, ive know 
 Lord Bacon as our forejathers never did, and even better 
 tluin his oiun contetnporaries. 
 
 All these Collections are of course in ILatilt^Hnglisfj. 
 
 35. 1730. London. Opera Omnma, S:c. Ed. by John Blackbourne. 
 4 vols. fol. This is the first of what we may be termed the modem 
 
 editions. It has the three dedications li) to Anthony 
 Bacon, 1597; (2) to Sir John Constable, 1612; and [^ the 
 
xxxviii LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Duke of Buckingham, 1625. Text 1625. There are 60 
 Niivibered Essays. The spurious Of a King being No. 
 14, and Of Fame, being No. 60. 
 
 Ess. occupy iii. 299-383. Med. Sacr^ ii. 396-403, 
 Cols, of G. and E. iii. 384-395. Sac. Med. and Ser. 
 Fid. do not occur in this edition. 
 
 37. 1740. London. Works, &c. With several additional Pieces never 
 
 4 vols. fol. before printed in any Edition of his Works. To which is 
 
 prefixed a new life of the author, [by David Mallet.] 
 The Second Collected Text. It luas publisJied by Sub- 
 script io7i both in Small and Large Paper. It has the 3 Dedi- 
 cations : and etnbraces 60 unnumbered Essays. Text 1625, 
 with Of a King and Of Fame in the same position as in 
 previous editioit. 
 
 Ess. occupy \\\. 299-383. Cols. ofG. and E., iii. 384-393. 
 Med. Sacr^e, ii. 396-403. No Sac. Med. ?Z£?r Ser. Fid. 
 
 38. I753. London. Works, &c. A new edition. [Also edited by Mallet.] 
 3 vols. fol. The Third Collected Text, and the last edition in folio. ^ 
 
 3 Deds. Text 1625. 58 7iumbered Essays: Of a King, 
 a7id Of Fame are unnumbered at the etui. A Iso Text 
 1638. 
 
 Ess. occupy i. 377-447. Ser. Fid. iii. 623-682.. Med. 
 Sacr^. iii. 744-748. Cols, of G. and E. i. 365-375- No 
 Sac. Med. 
 
 39. 1765. London. Works. [The English Part edited by Rev. John 
 
 5 vols. 4to. Gambold ; the Latin by W. Bowykr : Lowndes.] The 
 
 F'ourth Collected Text and the first in ^to. A s this edi- 
 iio7i ivas the standard one for upivards of do years, it may 
 be advisable to quote thus much froin the AdvertiscmoU : 
 * . . . Two Gentlemen, now deceased, Robert 
 Stephens, Esq., Historiographer Royal, and John Locker, 
 Esq., Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, both of whom 
 had made a particular Study of Lord Bacon's Writings, and 
 a great Object of their Industry the correcting from original 
 or authentic Manuscripts, and the earliest and best Editions, 
 whatever of his Works had been already published, and 
 adding to them such, as could be recovered, that had never 
 seen the Light. 
 
 Mr. Stephens dying in November, 1732, his Papers came 
 into the hands of Mr. Locker, whose Death, on the 30th of 
 May 1760, prevented the World from enjoying the Fruits 
 of his Labours, tho' he had actually finished his Correction 
 of the fourth Volume of Mr. Blackburne's Edition, contain- 
 ing the Law-Tracts, Letters, &c. After his Decease his 
 Collections, including tliose of Mr. Stephens's, were pur- 
 chased by Dr. i'.irch, the use of which he is glad of this 
 Opportunity of giving to the Public." 
 
 3 Dedications, Text 1625. 58 Essays. Of a King, and Of 
 Fame are at the end, unn7imbered. Also Text 1638. 
 
 Ess. occupy i. 445-527. Ser, Fid. v, 347-432- Med. 
 Sacr>«. V, 525-531. Cols, of G, and E. i, 435-444- ^'■^'^ 
 Sac. Med. do 7iot occ7cr. 
 
 40. 1778- London. The Works, &c. A Re-issue of ij6s Edition, No. 
 
 5 vols. 4to. 39, and the last i/i ^to. 
 44. 1803. London. The Works, &c. ARe/>ri7ltof■l^esEditio7^,No.Z^■ 
 
 10 vols. 8vo. The first Editio7i /« Octavo. 
 47. 1819. London. The Works, i\:c. A Repri7ti of 1803 Edition, No. 
 
 10 vols, 8vo. 44, which is a Reprint of -ii^S- No. 39. 
 49. 1824. London. The W(m<ks, &c. A Repri7tt of i^ot, Edition. So 
 10 vols. 8vo, that evc7i so late as this, there was 7iothi/tg 77i07-e than the 
 i7ifor77iat'io7i a7id criticism oj 1765, 
 
Effayes. 
 
 Relimous Meditations. 
 
 Places of perfwafion and 
 diffwafion. 
 
 Scene and allowed. 
 
 At London, 
 
 Printed for Humfrey Hooper, and are 
 
 to be fold at the blacke Beare 
 
 in Chauncery Lane. 
 
 1597. 
 
I. & 11. 
 
 The Epijlle Dcdicatorie. 
 
 set. 37-38. 
 
 To M. Anthony Bacon 
 
 his deaj^e Brother. 
 "]Ouing and beloued Brother, I doe 
 nowe like fome that haiie an Orcharde 
 ill neighbored, that gather their fruit 
 before it is ripe, to preuent fLealing. 
 Thefe fragments of my conceites were 
 going to print ; To labour the flaie of 
 them had bin troublefome, and fubiedl 
 to interpretation; to let them paffe had 
 beene toaduenture the wrong theymought receiue by vn- 
 true Coppies, or by fome garnifhment, which it mought 
 pleafe any that fhould fet them forth to beflow vpon 
 them. Therefore I helde it beft difcreation to publifli 
 them my felfe as they paffed long agoe from my pen, 
 without any further difgrace, then the weakneffe of the 
 Author. And as I did euer hold, there mought be as 
 great a vanitie in retiring and withdrawing mens con- 
 ceites (except they bee of fome nature) from the world, 
 as in obtruding them : So in thefe particulars I haue 
 played my felfe the Inquifitor, and find nothing to my 
 vnderftanding in them contrarie or infecSlious to the 
 flate of Religion, or manners, but rather (as I fuppofe) 
 medicinable. Only I difliked now to put them out 
 becaufe they will bee like the late new halfe-pence, 
 which though the Siluer were good, yet the peeces 
 were fmall. But fince they would not flay with their 
 Mafler, but would needes trauaile abroade, I haue 
 preferred them to you that are next my felfe. Dedicat- 
 ing them, fuch as they are, to our loue, in the depth 
 whereof (I affure you) I fometimes wifh your infirmi- 
 ties tranflated vppon my felfe, that her Maieftie mought 
 haue the feruice of fo adiue and able a mind, and I 
 mought be with excufe confined to thefe contempla- 
 tions and Studies for which I am fitteft, fo commend 
 I you to the preferuation of the diuine Maieflie. From 
 my Chamber at Graies Inne this 30. of lanuarie. 1597. 
 Your entire Louihg brother. Fran. Bacon. 
 
 No variations in Text II. 
 
5 
 I. & II. 1597-8. aet. 37-38. 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 Effaies.* 
 
 Ofjludie, 
 
 Of dijcourfe. 
 
 Of Ceremonies and refpcHs. 
 
 Of foUoivers and friends, 
 
 Stitors.\ 
 
 Of expence. 
 
 Of Regiment of health. 
 
 Of Honour and reputation. 
 
 Of Faction. 
 
 Of Negociatijig. 
 
 * In the 1598 Edition, the Contents precede ' The Epistle Dedicatorie. 
 t Of ijutors, in 1598 Edition. 
 
A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. ffit. 37-8. ! III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52 
 
 For variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [1.] ©f ^tutiic^. 
 
 Tudies feme for 
 paflimes, for 
 ornaments and 
 for abilities. 
 Their chiefe vfe for paf- 
 time is in priiiatenes 
 and retiring ; for ornamente 
 is in difcourfe, and for 
 abilitie is in iudgement. 
 
 For expert men can exe- 
 cute, 
 
 but learned men are fitteft 
 to iudge or cenfure. 
 
 T To fpend too much time 
 m them is flouth, to vfe 
 them too much for orna- 
 ment is affectation : to 
 make iudgement wholly 
 by their rules, is the 
 humour of a Scholler. 
 T Theyperfedt Nafure,Sind 
 are perfedled by ex- 
 perience. 
 
 Harlciaii MS. 5106. 
 
 11. %i f tubics;. 
 
 Tudies ferve for 
 Pally me s, for 
 Ornamentes, and 
 for Abilityes. 
 Theire cheif vfe for Paf- 
 tyme is in Privatenes 
 and retyreing; forOrnament 
 is in Difcourfe, and for 
 Abillity is in Judgement. 
 
 For expert Men cann exe- 
 cute, 
 
 but learned Men are fitteft 
 to iudge, or cenfure. 
 
 To fpend too much tyme 
 in them is Sloth, to vfe 
 them too much for orna- 
 ment, is afife6lacion, to 
 make ludgment wholly 
 by theire rules, is the 
 humor of a S[c] holler. 
 They perfect Natiwe, and 
 are perfected by Ex- 
 perience. 
 
 U5. ITariafians in post})umou0 ILatin lEUition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Studiis, et Lectiotie Librarian, ' of studies and the reading 
 of books.' 
 
 2 Studies. Studia, et Lectiones Libroruvi, ' studies and the reading of 
 books.' 
 
 3 Delight. Meditatiomun Vohtptati, ' for delight in meditation.' 
 ■* Ornament. Orationis (?ntajnento, * ornament of discourse.' 
 
 * Ability. Negotiorum Siibsidio, 'assistance in business.' 
 
I. OF STUDIES. 
 
 IV. 1612. ait. 52. 
 
 29. <9f ^ttttiic*;. 
 
 rudies feme for 
 Delight, for 
 
 Ornament, and 
 for Ability ; 
 their chiefe vfe for de- 
 light, is, in priuatneffe, 
 and retiring; for ornament, 
 is in difcourfe, and for 
 abilitie, is in iudgement. 
 
 For expert men can exe- 
 cute, 
 
 but learned men are fittefl 
 to iudge or cenfure. 
 
 To fpend too much time 
 in them, is Sloih ; to vfe 
 them too much for orna- 
 ment, is affeclatioii ; to 
 make iudgement wholly 
 by their rules, is the 
 humour of a Scholer. 
 They perfe6l Nature, and 
 are perfected by Ex- 
 perience. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Muscuin Copy. 
 
 50. ©f ^ttttiie^.^ 
 
 Tudics'- ferue for 
 Delight,-^ for 
 
 Ornament,^ and 
 for Ability.^ 
 
 Their Chiefe Vfe for De- 
 light, is in Priuateneffe 
 and Retiring;For Ornament, 
 is in Difcourfe f And for 
 Ability, is in the Judgement 
 and Difpofition of Bufmeffe. 
 For ExjDcrt Men can Exe- 
 cute, and perhaps Iudge of 
 particulars," one by one; But 
 the generall Counfels, and 
 the Plots, and Marfhalling 
 of Affaires, come befl from 
 thofe that are Learned. 
 To fpend too much Time 
 in Studies, is Sloth^; To vfe 
 them too much for Orna- 
 ment, is Affectation^; To 
 make Judgement wholly 
 by their Rules is the 
 Humour of a Scholler.^^ 
 They perfecft Nature, and 
 are perfected by Ex- 
 perience : 
 
 * Discourse. In Sertnone tain Faniiliari, qiiani Solcnni, ' in discourse 
 both friendly and formal.' 
 
 ' Iudge of particulars. In sfecialibjts, judicio non inalo utuntiir, 'and 
 in particulars use no bad judgment.' 
 
 8 Sloth. Speciosn qiitpdam Socordia, 'a kind of plausible sloth.' 
 
 8 Affectation. A^ectatio inera est, qua seipsam prodit ; 'is mere affecta- 
 tion which betrays itself.' 
 
 '^^ Humourof a Scholler. Scholam omnino sapit, nee bene sttccedit. 'savours 
 altogether of the school, and does not succeed well.' 
 
8 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. cet. 37-8. III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52 
 
 T Craftie men contime'^ 
 them, fimple men admire 
 them, f wife men vfe 
 them; 
 
 For they teach not their 
 owne vfe, but that is a wife- 
 dome without them : and 
 aboue them wonne by ob- 
 feruation. 
 
 1" Reade not to contradi6l, 
 nor to be- 
 Heue, 
 
 but to waigh 
 and confider. 
 
 ^ Some bookes are to bee 
 tafled, others to bee fvval- 
 lowed, and fome few to 
 bee chewed and difgefted : 
 That is, fome bookes are 
 
 Craftie Men contemne 
 tliem ; fmiple Men admire 
 them, and wife men vfe 
 them : 
 
 Ffor they teach not theire 
 owne vfe, but that is a wife- 
 dome without them, and 
 above them won by ob- 
 feruacion. 
 
 Reade not to contradi6l, 
 nor to be- 
 leeve, 
 
 but to weigh e 
 and Confider. 
 Some bookes are to be 
 tafled, others to be Iwal- 
 lowed, and fome few to 
 be chewed and digefled; 
 That is, fome bookes are 
 
 to be read only in partes; to be reade onely in partes 
 
 others to be read, but 
 curforily, .and fome few 
 to be read wholly and with 
 diligence and attention. 
 
 others to be read but not 
 curioufly, and fome few 
 to be read wholly, and with 
 dilligence, and attencion. 
 
 * contemne, t/i 1598 edition. f and, added in 1598 edition. 
 
 11 Vse them. Quantiini par est, ' as much as is right.' 
 1- Confute. DispiUatioumn Frceiiis concertandi ; ' engage in battles of 
 discussion.' 
 
I. OF STUDIES. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ?et. 52. 
 
 Crafty men contemne 
 them, fmiple men admire 
 them, and wife men vfe 
 them. 
 
 For they teach not their 
 owne vfe, but that is a wif- 
 dome without them, and 
 aboue them, wonne by ob- 
 feruation. 
 
 Read not to contradidl, 
 nor to be- 
 leeue, 
 
 but to weigh 
 and confider. 
 
 Some bookes are to bee 
 tafled, others to bee fwal- 
 lowed, and fome few to 
 be chewed and digefled. 
 That is, fome bookes are 
 to be read only in parts; 
 other to bee read, but not 
 curioufly ; and fome few 
 to bee read wholly, and with 
 diligence. 
 
 1625. set. 65. 
 
 and attention. 
 
 Y. 
 
 For Naturall Abilities, are 
 like Naturall Plants, that 
 need Proyning by Study: 
 And Studies themfelues, 
 doe giue forth Directions 
 too much at Large, except 
 they be bounded in by ex- 
 perience. 
 
 Crafty Men Contemne 
 Studies; Simple Men Admire 
 them ; and Wife Men Vfe 
 them :ii 
 
 For they teach not their 
 owne Vfe ; But that is a Wif- 
 dome without them, and 
 aboue them, won by Ob- 
 feruation. 
 
 Reade not to Contradift, 
 and Confute ;i2 Nor to Be- 
 leeue and Take for granted ; 
 Nor to Finde Talke and 
 Difcourfe ; But to weigh 
 and Confider.i^ 
 Some Bookes are to be 
 Tafled, Others to be Swal- 
 lowed,^"^ and Some Few to 
 be Chewed and Digefled : 
 That is, fome Bookes are 
 to be read onely in Parts ; 
 Others to be read but not 
 Curioufly ;^^ And fome Few 
 to be read wholly, and with 
 Diligence and Attention. 
 
 13 Weigh and Consider. Ut addiscas, ponderes, et Jitdicio tiio aliqua- 
 temts iitaris, * to learn, weigh, and use your jud,:Tment somewhat.' 
 
 1* Swallowed. Defflnttre, cursimqite Icgere, ' swallowed and read rapidly.' 
 15. Curiously. Non multum temporis, in iisdem evolvciidis, insttmetuium, 
 ' but n It much time to be spent in turning them over.' 
 
lo A HARMONY OF THE ESSAVS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8, ?et. 37-8. III. 1607-12. cct. 47-52 
 
 T Reading maketh a full 
 man, conference a readye 
 man, and writing an ex- 
 acflcman. And therefore if 
 a man write little, he had 
 neede haue a great memo- 
 rie, if he conferre little, he 
 had neede haue a prefent 
 wit,* and if he reade little, 
 he had neede haue much 
 cunning, to feeme to know 
 that he doth not. 
 T HifLories make men wife, 
 Poets wittie : the Mathe- 
 matickes fubtle, naturall 
 Phylofophiedeepe: Morall 
 graue, Logicke and Rhe- 
 toricke able to contend. 
 
 Reading maketh a full 
 Man, conference a ready 
 Man, and Writing an ex- 
 acfl Man. And therefore if 
 a Man write litle, he had 
 neede have a great memo- 
 rie; if he conferre litle, he 
 had neede haue a prefent 
 witt, and if hee reade litle, 
 hee had neede have much 
 Cunning to feeme toknowe 
 that he doth not. 
 Hijlorics make men wife, 
 Podts wittie, the Mai/ie- 
 niaticJzs fubtile, Naturall 
 Philofophie deepe, Morall 
 grave, Logick and Rhe- 
 toricke able to contend. 
 
 ^^<^^^^^ 
 
 * if he confer little, haue a present wit, hi 159S edition. 
 
 ^^ Flasiiy. hisipidi, 'tasteless.' 
 
 ly Full man. Co/>iosinn ct bote ifistncctiini, 'full and well informed.' 
 
 18 Conference. l)is/>Hiatio;/c's et Co/ioqitia, 'discussions and conference.' 
 
 19 Ready. Provi/'inin ct/acilctii, 'ready and fluent.' 
 
 20 Writing. Scriptio aiitem, et Notariun Collectio, 'writing, and the col- 
 lection of notes.* 
 
 21 E.xact Man. Perlecia in animo ivtpritn-'t, et aliiusyi^t, ' T^rmXsvfhait 
 is read on the mind and fixes it deeper." 
 
I. OF STUDIE^S. 
 
 II 
 
 IV. 
 
 I6I2. 
 
 set. 5: 
 
 Reading maketh a ful 
 man, Conference a ready 
 man, and writing an ex- 
 a6l man. And therefore if 
 a man write little, hee had 
 neede haue a great memo- 
 ry; if he confer little, hee 
 had neede haue a prefent 
 wit, and if he read little, 
 hee had neede haue much 
 cunning, to feeme to know 
 that hee doth not. 
 Hijlories make men wife, 
 Poets wittie, the Mathe- 
 fnatickes fubtill, Naturall 
 Philofophie deepe, Morall 
 graue, Logicke and Re- 
 tJwricke able to contend. 
 Abeimt Jludia in mores. 
 Nay, thear is no fLond or 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 Some Bookes alfo may be 
 read by Deputy, and Ex- 
 tra6ls made of them by 
 Others : But that would be, 
 onely in the leffe impor- 
 tant Arguments, and the 
 Meaner Sort of Bookes: elfe 
 diflilled Bookes, are like 
 Common diflilled Waters, 
 Flafhyi*^ things. 
 Reading maketh a Full 
 njan;^"Conference^^aReady^" 
 Man ; And Writing -^ an Ex- 
 act -^ J^lan. And therefore. If 
 a Man Write little,22 he had 
 need haue a Great memo- 
 ry; If he Conferre httle, he 
 had need haue a Prefent 
 Wit ; And if he Reade litle, 
 he had need haue much 
 Cunning, to feeme to know 
 that, he doth not. 
 Hijhrics make men Wife; 
 Poets Witty; The Mathe- 
 viaiicks Subtill; Natural! 
 Philofophy deepe ; Morall 
 Graue; Logick and Rhe- 
 torick Able to Contend.-^ 
 '^^ Abeimt Jludia i?i Mores."^ • 
 Nay there is no Stond'^^ or 
 
 " ^Manners are changed through studies' Ovid, Her. xv. 83. Bacon's 
 own paraphrase is, " Studies haue an influence and operation vpon the manners 
 of those that are conuersant in them." Adv. of L. Bk. 1. /. 13, Ed. 1605. 
 
 22 Write little. /« noiando, seg/its sit, ant fastidiosus, ' is slothful or 
 averse to taking notes.' 
 
 ■-■^ Able to Contend. Pugnacem, et ad Contentionesalacrem, 'pugnacious 
 and ready for contention.' 
 
 ^-t ( Ut ait iUc,\ ' as he says.' 
 
 25 Stond. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
12 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 26 Impediment. Ivtpcdintentnm aliqiiod insitum,autnaturale, 'any im- 
 planted or natural impediment.' 
 
 27 To beat ouer Matters. Ad Transcursus Ingciiii scgiiis sit, ' slow in the 
 motion of his mind to and fro.' 
 
 28 Call vp. Accerscrc, ctarripcrc dcxtrc, ' call up and skilfully lay hold of.' 
 
 29 Special Receit. Ex Litcris, IMcdicitias proprias coinpaiare sibipossi^ii^ 
 'may obtain special medicines from literature.' 
 
I. OF STUDIES. 
 
 13 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. net. 52. 
 
 impediment in the wit, but 
 ma\' be wrought out by fit 
 (ludies / Hke as difeafes of 
 the body may haue appro- 
 priate exercifes. BowUng 
 is good for the Stone and 
 Raines ; Shooting for the 
 longs and breall ; gentle 
 walking for the ftomacke; 
 riding for the head; and 
 the like. So if a mans wit 
 be wandring, let him fludy 
 the Mat/iematiks'j 
 
 if his w4t be not apt to dif- 
 tinguifh, or find difference, 
 let him fludy the Schoole- 
 men; 
 
 if it bee not apt to beat 
 ouer matters and to find 
 out referablances, 
 
 let him 
 fludy Lawyers cafes. 
 So euerie defect of the 
 mind may haue a fpeciall 
 receit. 
 
 e=^g:5^^5^ 
 
 y. 
 
 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Impediment-*^ in theWit, but 
 may be wrought out by Fit 
 Studies : Like as Difeafes of 
 the Body, may haue Appro- 
 priate Exercifes. Bowling 
 is good for the Stone and 
 Reines; Shooting for the 
 Lungs and Breafl; Gentle 
 Walking for the Stomacke ; 
 Riding for the Head ; And 
 the like. So if a Mans Wit 
 be Wandring, let him Study 
 the Mathematicks ; For in 
 Demonftrations, if his Wit 
 be called away neuer fo 
 little, he muft begin again : 
 If his Wit be not Apt to dif- 
 tinguifh or find difterences, 
 let him Study the Schoole- 
 vien ; For they are Cymini 
 feHores.^ 
 
 If he be not Apt to beat 
 ouer Matters,-" and to call 
 vp-^ one Thing, to Proue and 
 Illuflrate another, let him 
 Study the Latvyers Cafes : 
 So euery Defect of the 
 Minde,may haue a Speciall 
 Receit.29 
 
 " "Antoninus Pius . . . was called Cymini Sector, a earner, or diuider of 
 Comlne seede, which is one of the least seedes : such patience hee had and 
 setled spirite, to enter into the least and most exact differences of causes." 
 Adva7iceinent of Learning, Bk. \. p. 35, Ed. 1605. 
 
14 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. 
 
 For variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [2.] @l pi^cour^e. 
 
 Ome in their dif- 
 courfe defire 
 rather commen- 
 dation of wit in 
 being able to holde all argu- 
 ments, then of iudgement 
 in difcerning what is true, 
 as if it were a praife to 
 know what might be faid, 
 and not what flioulde bee 
 thought. Some haue cer- 
 taine Common places and 
 Theames wherein they are 
 good, and want varietie, 
 which kinde of pouertie is 
 for the mofl part tedious, 
 and nowe and then 
 
 ridiculous. 
 T The honourableft part 
 of talke, is to guide* the 
 occafion, and againe to 
 moderate and paffe to 
 fomewhat elfe. 
 
 1* It is good 
 
 to varie and mixe 
 fpeech of the prefent 
 occafion with argument, 
 tales with reafons, asking 
 of queflions, with telling 
 of opinions, and iefl with 
 
 * giue, in 1598 editioti. 
 
 UI. ITarintions in posHjumous Eatin lEtiition of 1638. 
 1 Title. De Discursu Sermomini, 'of the discourse of speech.* 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Ha7-lcian !\IS. 5106. 
 
 12. ©i pijjcour^e. 
 
 Ome in theire dif- 
 courfe defier 
 rather Commen- 
 dacionofwitt,in 
 being able tohouldall argu- 
 mentes, then of Iudgement 
 in difcerning what is true, 
 as if it were a praife to 
 knowewhat might be faied, 
 and not what fhould be 
 thought. Some have cer- 
 taine Commonplaces, and 
 theames wherein they are 
 good and want variety; 
 which kinde of povertie is 
 for the moft part tedious, 
 and now, and then 
 ridiculous. 
 The honorableft kind 
 of Talke, is to give the 
 occafion, and againe to 
 moderate, and paffe to 
 fomewhat els : 
 
 It is good 
 
 to varie, and mixe 
 fpeach of the prefente 
 occafion with of Argument, 
 Tales, with reafons, afking 
 of Queflions, with telhng '^ 
 of opinions, and iefle with 
 
II. OF DISCOURSE. 
 
 15 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. ! V. 
 
 19. ©f pb course. 
 fOme in their dif- 
 courfe defire 
 rather commen- 
 dation of wit, in 
 beeingabletoholdeallargu- 
 ments, then of iudgement 
 in difceming what is true ; 
 as if it were a praife to 
 know what might be faid, 
 and not what fliould be 
 thought. Some haue cer- 
 taine common places, and 
 theames wherein they are 
 good, and want variety : 
 which kind of pouerty is 
 for the mofl part tedious, 
 and now and then 
 ridiculous. 
 The honorablefl kind 
 of talke, is 10 giue the 
 occafion, and again e to 
 moderate and paffe to 
 fomewhat elfe. 
 
 It is good 
 
 to varie and mixe 
 fpeech of the prefent 
 occafion with argument .• 
 tales with reafons; asking 
 of quefl-ions, with telHng 
 of opinions .• and iefl with 
 
 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 32. ©f pi^cour^e.^ 
 
 'Ome in their Dif- 
 coiif'fe, defire 
 rather Commen- 
 dation of Wit, in 
 being able to hold all Argu- 
 ments, then of Judgment, 
 in dii/:erning what is True : 
 As if it were a Praife, to 
 know- what might be Said,' 
 and not what fhould be 
 Thought. Some haue cer- 
 taine Common Places^ and 
 Theames, wherein they are 
 good,^ and want Variety •^ 
 Which kinde of Pouerty is 
 for the mofl part Tedious, 
 and when it is once per- 
 ceiued Ridiculous. 
 The Honourabiefl Part 
 of Talke, is to giue the 
 Occafion ; And againe to 
 ^Moderate and paffe to 
 fomewhat elfe ; For then a 
 Man leads the Daunce. 
 It is good, in Difcoiirfe, and 
 Speech of Conuerfation, 
 to vary, and entermingle 
 Speech, of the prefent 
 Occafion with Arguments ; 
 Tales with Reafons, Asking 
 of Queflions, with telhng 
 of Opinions; and left with 
 
 2 Know. /«f<'«/V^, 'to discover.' 
 
 3 Are good. Luxuriantur, ' are fertile.' 
 
 * Want Variety. Catera sterilcset jejuni, 'otherwise barren and meagre.' 
 
i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. cet. 37-8. 
 earnefl. 
 
 T But fome thinges are 
 priuiledged from iefl, 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 earned. 
 
 But fomethinges arr 
 priuiledged from ielle, 
 
 namely Religion, matters 1 namely Religion, Matters 
 of flate, great perfons, any ; of State, great Perfons, any 
 mans prefent bufmcffe of mans prefente bufmeffe of 
 importance, and any cafe importance, and anie cafe 
 thai deferueth pittie. that deferveth pittye; 
 
 T He that queRioneth much 
 fliall learnc mucli, and con- 
 tent much, fpecially if hee 
 applie his queflions to the 
 
 He that queRioneth much 
 fliall learn e much, and con- 
 tent much, fpecially if he 
 apply his queRions to the 
 
 5 For it is a dull Thing, S:c. Sntictatem siqnidcin ct Fastidiiim farit. in 
 aliqiio Snbjccto diiitius iia^rcrc, 'for to stick to any subject too long produces 
 satiety and digust' 
 
II. OF DISCOURSE. 
 
 17 
 
 IV. 
 
 earnefl. 
 
 i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 aet. 65. 
 
 But fome things are 
 priuiledged from iefl, 
 
 namely religion, matters 
 of State, great perfons, any 
 mans prefent bufmeffe of 
 importance, and any cafe 
 that deferueth pitty; 
 
 and generally men ought 
 to finde the difference be- 
 tweene faltneffe and bitter- 
 neffe. Certainly he that 
 hath a Satyricall vaine, as 
 he maketh others afraid of 
 his wit, fo lie had need be 
 afraid of others memory. 
 He that queflioneth much 
 fhall learne much, and con- 
 tent much: fpecially if he 
 applie his queflions to the 
 
 Earnefl : For it is a dull 
 Thing to Tire, and, as we 
 fay now, to lade, any Thing 
 too farre.^ 
 
 |As for left, there be cer- 
 tain e Things, which ought 
 to be priuiledged from it ; 
 Namely Religion, Matters 
 of State, Great Perfons, Any 
 Mans prefent Bufmeffe of 
 Importance, And any Cafe 
 that deferueth Pitty. Yet 
 there be fome, that think e 
 their Wits haue been 
 afteepe ; Except they dart 
 out fomewhat, that is Pi- 
 quant, and to the Quicke :^ 
 That is a Vaine, which 
 would be brideled ; 
 
 Pa7'ce Pue?' Jlimnlis, et 
 for tills vtere Lor is. ^ 
 And generally, Men ought 
 to finde the difference, be- 
 tween Saltneffe and Bitter- 
 neffe. Certainly, he that 
 hath a Satyricall vaine, as 
 he maketh others afraid of 
 his Wit, fo he had need be 
 afraid of others Memory. 
 He that queftioneth much, 
 fliall learne much, and con- 
 tentmuch; But efpecially, if 
 heapplyhisQueftionSjto the 
 
 ° spare, boy, the ivhip and tighter Jioid the reins. Ovid, Met. ii. 127. 
 
 6 Dart . . . Quicke: Acut74tnnlit]Jiemet inordacem Sarcastntnn inqne>>i- 
 piam contorserint, ' they dart out at someone some sharp and biting sarcasm.* 
 
 B 
 
i8 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. cet. 37-8. 
 
 skill of the perfon of vvhome 
 he asketh, for he flial giue 
 them occafion to pleafe 
 themfelues in fpeaking, 
 and himfelfe fliall continu- 
 ally gather knowledge. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. 
 
 fl<:ill of the perfon of whom 
 he aflveth ; for he fliall giue 
 them occafion to pleafe 
 themfelues in fpeaking, 
 and himfelf fliall contynu- 
 ally gather knoweledge. 
 
 T If you dlffemble fonie- 
 tinies your knowledge of 
 that you are thought to 
 knowe, you fliall bee 
 thought another time to 
 know that you know not. 
 T Speech of a mans felfe 
 is not good often, 
 
 If you diffemble fome- 
 tynies your knowledge of 
 that you are thought to 
 knowe, you fhalbe 
 thought another tyme to 
 knowe that you know not. 
 Speache of a Mans felfe 
 is not good often, 
 
 7 Skill of the Persons, whom he asketh. Ad captmnet peiiilain Res/>on- 
 dcntis, ' to the understanding and skill of the answerer.' ^ 
 
 8 To please themselues in Speaking. Scicntiam suatn ostentandi, to 
 show his knowledge.' 
 
II. OF DISCOURSE. 
 
 19 
 
 IV 
 
 1612. a2t. 52. 
 
 skill of the perfonsof whom 
 heasketh; For he fhall giue 
 them occafion to pleafe 
 themfelues in fpeaking, 
 and himfelfe flial continu- 
 ally gather knowledge. 
 
 V. 
 
 l62' 
 
 If you diffemble fome- 
 times your knowledge of 
 that you are thought to 
 know, you fhall be 
 thought an other time to 
 know that you know not. 
 Speech of a mans felfe 
 is not good often, 
 
 Kt. 65. 
 
 Skill of the Perfons, whom 
 he asketh •? For he fliallgiue 
 them occafion, to pleafe 
 themfelues in Speaking,^ 
 and himfelfe fliall continu- 
 ally gather Knowledge. But 
 let his Queflions, not be 
 troublefome ; For that is fit 
 for a Pofer. And let him 
 be fure, to leaue other 
 Men their Turnes to fpeak.-' 
 Nay, if there be any, that 
 would raigne, and take vp 
 all the time, let him finde 
 meanes to take them off, 
 and to bring Others on; As 
 Muficians vfe to doe, with 
 thofe, that dance too long 
 Galliards. 
 
 If you diffemble fome- 
 times your knowledge, of 
 that you are thought to 
 know ; you fliall be 
 thought another time, to 
 know that, you know not. 
 Speach of a Mans Selfe 
 ought to be feldome, and 
 well chofen. I knew One, 
 was wont to fay, in Scorne ; 
 He mujl needs he^ a Wife 
 Alan, he fpeakes fo much of 
 Himfelfe : 
 
 9 Let him be sure, to leaue . . . to speak. EtiamquiSennofiisFainilt- 
 aris Dignitatem tneri cupit, aliis 7>tces loqitemii relingnat, ' also he who 
 wishes to preserve the dignity of friendly conversation, should leave other 
 men their turns to speak.' 
 
20 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. 
 
 and there is but one cafe, 
 wherin a man may com- 
 mend himfelfe with good 
 grace, and that is in com- 
 mending vertue in another, 
 efpecially if it be fuch a 
 vertue, as whereunto him- 
 felfe pretendeth. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 and there is but one cafe 
 wherein a Man may com- 
 mend himfelf with good 
 grace, and that is in com- 
 mending vertue in another, 
 efpecially if it be fuch a 
 vertue, as wherevnto him- 
 felf pretendeth; 
 
 T Difcretion of fpeech is 
 more then eloquence, and 
 to fpeake agreably to him, 
 
 / 
 
 is 
 
 Disfcrecion of fpeach 
 more then Eloquence, and 
 to fpeake agreably to him, 
 
 prater nnurn, 
 
 10 But one Case. Vix occurrit Casus aUquis, . 
 'there scarcely occurs any case . . . but one.' 1 ,• , 
 
 11 Speech of Touch. Scrmo alios puiigens et velhcaiis, speech which 
 
 stings or twits others.' . .,. . ,r • -n • j j * 
 
 12 Field. Campiapertt,tnquo^patiari licet; Non vice Regia, qutEdeductt 
 
II. OF DISCOURSE. 
 
 21 
 
 IV. 1612. £et. 52. 
 
 and there is but one cafe 
 wherin a man may com- 
 mend himfelfe with good 
 grace, and that i? in com- 
 mending vertue in another, 
 efpecially, if it bee Uich a 
 vertue, as whereunto him- 
 felfe pretendeth. Speech 
 of touch toward others, 
 Ihould bee fparingly vfed; 
 tor difcourfe ought to bee as 
 a field, without comming 
 home to any man. 
 
 V. 
 
 1621 
 
 ret. 65. 
 
 Difcretion of fpeech is 
 more than eloquence; and 
 to fpeake agreeably to him 
 
 I And there is but one Cafe,^^ 
 I wherein a Man may Com- 
 j mend Himfelfe, with good 
 Grace; And that is in com- 
 mending Vertue in iVnother; 
 Efpecially, if it be fuch a 
 Vertue, whereunto Him- 
 felfe pretendeth. Speech 
 . of Touch^^ towards Others, 
 fhould be fparingly vfed: 
 YoxDifcoiu'fe ought to be as 
 a Field,^^ without comming 
 home to any Man. I knew 
 two Noble-7nen, of the Wefl 
 Part of England ; ^^'hereof 
 the one was giuen to Scoffe, 
 but kept euer Royal Cheere 
 in his Houfe : The other, 
 would aske of thofe, that 
 had beene at the Others 
 Table ; Tell tnidy, was there 
 netier a Flout or drie Bloiu ^^ 
 giuen ; To which the Guefl 
 would anfwer ; Such and 
 fuch a Thing pajfed : The 
 Lord would fay;^* I thought 
 he would 7narre a good 
 Din tier }^ 
 
 Difcretion of Speech, is 
 more then Eloquence ; And 
 to fpeak agreeably to him, 
 
 DontuiK, 'an open field in which a man may ramble, not the King's highway 
 which leads home.' 
 
 1^ Drie blow. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ** The Lord would say. At ille, utpote alteriits y^muhis, 'to which he, 
 as the other's rival.' 
 
 1* Good Dinner. Prandiutn bonunt malts Condiment is, ' a good dinner, 
 with bad sauces.' 
 
22 A HARMONY OF THE JtSSA VS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. ait. 37-8. 
 
 with whome we deale 
 more then to fpeake 
 
 good 
 
 IS 
 
 in 
 wordes or in good 
 order. 
 
 T A good continued fpeech 
 without a good fpeech 
 of interlocution fheweth 
 flowneffe : and a good re- 
 ply or fecond fpeech, with- 
 out a good fet fpeech 
 fheweth fhallowneffe and 
 weaknes, as wee fee in 
 beafles that thofe that 
 are weakefl in the courfe 
 are yet nimblefl in the 
 turne. 
 
 T To vfe too many circum- 
 flances ere one come to 
 the matter is wearifome, 
 to vfe none at all is blunt. 
 
 III. 
 
 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 with whom wee deale, is 
 more then to fpeake in 
 good wordes, or in good 
 order. 
 
 A good continued Speache 
 without a good fpeach 
 of interlocucion fheweth 
 flownes ; and a good Re- 
 ply or fecond fpeach, with- 
 out a good fetled fpeach 
 flieweth fhallownes, and 
 Weakenes, as wee lee in 
 beafles, that thofe that 
 are Weakefl in the courfe 
 are yet nimblefl in the 
 tourne. 
 
 To vfe too manie circum- 
 flances, ere one come to 
 the matter is wearifome, 
 to vfe none att all is blunte. 
 
 ':^^m> 
 
 ^® Shallownesse and Weaknesse. Pennriain, et Scientiain minitttejun' 
 datani, 'poverty and knowledge ill founded.' 
 
II. OF DISCOURSE. 
 
 23 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a^t. 52. V. 
 
 1625. set. 65. 
 
 witli whom wee deale, is 
 more then to fpeake in 
 good words, or in good 
 order. 
 
 A good continued fpeech 
 without a good fpeech 
 of interlocution, flieweth 
 flowneffe .• and a good re- 
 ply, or fecond fpeech, with- 
 out a good fetled fpeach, 
 fheweth fhallowneffe and 
 weakeneffe: as we fee in 
 beads, that thofe that 
 are weakefl in the courfe, 
 are yet nimblefl in the 
 turne. 
 
 To vfe too many circum- 
 flances ere one come to 
 the matter, is wearifome; 
 to vfe none at all, is blunt. 
 
 with whom we deale, is 
 more then to fpeake in 
 good Words, or in good 
 Order. 
 
 A good continued Speech, 
 without a good Speech 
 of Interlocution, fhews 
 Slowneffe: And a Good Re- 
 ply, or Second Speech, with- 
 out a good Setled Speech, 
 flieweth Shallowneffe and 
 Weakneffe.i^ As we fee in 
 Beafls that thofe that 
 are Weakefl in the Courfe, 
 are yet Nimblefl in the 
 Turne : As it is betwixt 
 the Grey-hound, and the 
 Hare. 
 
 To vfe^'^ too many Circum- 
 flances, ere one come to 
 the Matter, is Wearifome ; 
 Tovfenoneat all, is Blunt.^^ 
 
 *' Vse. Oraiionem vestire, ' to clothe a speech with.' 
 1* Blunt. AbrupUim quiddam est, et ingratum, 'is blunt and disagree 
 able.' 
 
24 A HARMONY OF T H F. ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. xt 37-8. 
 
 For variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [3.] @f (JTeremomejJ anti 
 
 E that is onely 
 reall had need 
 haue exceeding 
 great parts of 
 vertue, as the flone had 
 neede bee rich that is fet 
 without foyle. 1" But 
 commonly it is in praife 
 
 as 
 it is in gaine. 
 
 For as the prouerbe is true, 
 T/ia^ light games make 
 heaiiie Picrfes : Becaufe 
 they come thicke, whereas 
 great come but now and 
 then, fo it is as true that 
 fmal matters winne great 
 commendation : becaufe 
 they are continually in vfe 
 and in note, whereas the 
 occafion of any great ver- 
 tue commeth but on 
 holy-daies. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. 
 
 Hat'leian JlfS. 5106. 
 
 10. ©t (Jlcrcmonic^ ant) 
 
 Ee that is onely 
 reall had neede 
 have exceeding 
 great partes of 
 vertue, as the Stone had 
 neede to be riche that is 
 fett without foyle. But 
 commonly it is in praife 
 
 as 
 it is in gaine ; 
 
 For as the Proverbe is true, 
 T/iat light gaiiies make 
 heaiiie pwfes ; Becaufe 
 they come thicke,. whereas 
 great come, but now, and 
 then; fo it is as true, that 
 fmale matters wynn great 
 commendacion, becaufe 
 they are contynually in vfe, 
 and in note. Whereas the 
 occafion of anie great ver- 
 tue cometh but on 
 holie dayes. 
 
 ■FI. Uariati'Dttg in postf)ttmous ILalin lEtiitfon of 1638. 
 
 ^ Title. De Cceremoniis Civilihus ct Decora, ' of civil ceremonies and 
 propriety.' 
 
 2 Rich. E purissimis et nitidissunis, ' most pure and bright.' 
 
 3 Commendation of Men. Omitted ijQ the Latin. 
 ^ Gettings. Oiiiitted in the Latin. 
 
 ' Matters. Viriutes, 'virtues.' 
 
III. OF CEREMONI ES AND RESPECTS. 25 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. net. 52. 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 52. ©f (iTercmonicsJ ant) 
 
 E that is only Reall, 
 had need haue 
 Exceeding great 
 Parts of Vertue : 
 As the Stone had need to 
 be Rich,2 that is fet without 
 Foile. But if a Man marke 
 it well, it is in praife and 
 Commendation of Men,^ as 
 it is in Gettings ^ and Gaines: 
 For the Prouerbe is true, 
 That light Gaines make 
 heauy Picrfes ; For light 
 Gaines come thick, whereas 
 Great come but now and 
 then. So it is true, that 
 Small Matters^ win great 
 Commendation, becaufe 
 they are continually in Vfe, 
 and in note:*" whereas the 
 Occafion of any great Ver- 
 tue,''^ commeth ■ but on 
 Fefliuals.^ Therefore it doth 
 much adde, to a Mans Re- 
 putation, and is, (as Queene 
 IJabc//a'-^ faid) Like perpetu- 
 all Letters Coinmendatoi'y^ to 
 I haue good ^*^ Formes. 
 
 * In \ 56 and in note. Qtiia perpetuus enrunz usus est ; Ttittt in obserra- 
 tionem Hominum incurriint: ' because theif use is continual, and they meet 
 the observation of men.' 
 
 ^ Great \'ertue. Virtutus alicujus ntagtia exercendce, ' of exercising any 
 great virtue.' 
 
 * Festiuals. Rnro adfnoefum obtiugit, '\\ci^pGr\<,hulTzrc\y.' 
 5 Isabella. Kegiita Castiliana, ' Queen of Castile.' 
 
 ^<> Good. Discretis et decoris, 'discreet and proper.' 
 
 30. ©f (JTercmottic^ ani) 
 JU$pcct«J. 
 
 Ee that is onely 
 reall, had need ; 
 haue exceeding ' 
 great parts of 
 vertue.- as the flone had 
 neede to be rich that is fet 
 without foile. But com- 
 monly it is in praife, 
 
 as 
 it is in gaine: 
 
 For as the prouerbe is true, \ 
 That light gaiiies make \ 
 heauie piirfes, becaufe 
 they come thicke, whereas • 
 great come, but now and 
 then ; fo it is true, that 
 fmall matters winne great 
 commendation, becaufe 
 they are continually in vfe, 
 and in note. Whereas the 
 occafion of any great ver- 
 tue, commeth but on 
 holie dales. 1 
 
26 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 T To attaine good formes, 
 it fufficeth not to defpife 
 them, for fo fhal a man 
 obferue them in others and 
 let him trufl himfelfe with 
 the rell : for if he care 
 
 to expreffe them hee 
 fliall leefe theirgrace, which 
 is to be naturall and vnaf- 
 fe6led. Somt mens behau- 
 iour is Hke a verfe wherein 
 euery fillable is meafured. 
 How can a man compre- 
 hend great matters that 
 breaketh his minde too 
 much to fmall obferua- 
 tions ? 
 
 T Not to vfe Ceremonies at 
 all, is to teach others not 
 to vfe them againe, and 
 fo diminifli his refpedl; 
 efpecially they 
 be not to bee omitted to 
 
 fLraungers 
 natures. 
 
 and 
 
 flrange 
 
 III. 1607-12. Dst. 47-52. 
 
 To attaine good Fourmes, 
 it fufficeth not to difpife 
 them, for fo fliall a Man 
 obferve themin others, and 
 lett him trufl himfelf with 
 the refl ; For if he care 
 
 to expreffe them, hee 
 fliall leefe their grace, which 
 is to be naturall and vnaf- 
 fected. Some mens behav- 
 iour is like a verfe wherem 
 every Syllable is meafured. 
 How can a Man compre- 
 hend great matters, that 
 breaketh his minde too 
 much to fmale obferva- 
 cions ? 
 
 Not to vfe Ceremonies at 
 all is to teach others not 
 to vfe them againe, and 
 10 diminiflieth refpecfl, 
 efpecially they 
 be not to be omitted to 
 Straungers and formall 
 Natures. 
 
 11 Behauiour. 
 other externals.* 
 
 Vulhts, et Cesius, et Externa alia, ' look, carriage, and 
 
III. OF CEREMOyiES AND RESPECTS. 27 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a3t. 52. V. 
 
 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 I To Attaine them, it almoll 
 fufficeth, not to defpife 
 them : For fo fhall a Man 
 obfeme them in Others: And 
 let him trull himfelfe with 
 therefl. For if he Labour too 
 much to Expreffe them, he 
 fhall lofe their Grace; "Which 
 is to be Naturall and Vnaf- 
 fected. Some Mens Behau- 
 iour,ii is like aVerfe, wherein 
 euery Syllable is Meafured : 
 How can a man compre- 
 hend great Matters, that 
 breaketh his Minde too 
 much to fmall Obferua- 
 tions ? 
 Not to vfe Ceremonies at 
 
 '-all, is to teach Others not 
 to vfe them again e; And 
 fo diminifheth Refpecl^- to 
 himfelfe : Efpecially they 
 be not to be omitted to 
 Strangers, and Formall 
 Natures : But the Dwell- 
 ing vpon them, and Exalt- 
 ing them abouetheMoone,^^ 
 is not only Tedious, but 
 doth Dmiinifh the Faith 
 and Credit of him that 
 fpeakes. And certainly, 
 there is a Kinde, of Con- 
 ueying of Effecluall and Inl- 
 printing Paffages, amongfl 
 
 ^ DIminisheth Respect. Teif>suinfacies viliorent, 'make yourself cheaper.' 
 Exalting them aboue the Moone. Loctitio platie HyperioUca, ' speech 
 which is clearly extravagant.' 
 
 To attaine good formes, 
 it fufficeth not to defpife 
 them : For fo Ihal a man 
 obferue them in others : And 
 let him trull himfelfe with 
 the refl. For if he care 
 
 to expreffe them, hee 
 fliall lofe their grace, which 
 is to be naturall and vnaf- 
 fecled. Some mens behau- 
 iour is like a verfe wherein 
 euery fillable is meafured ; 
 how can a man compre- 
 hend great matters, that 
 breaketh his mind to 
 much to fmall obferua- 
 tions ? 
 
 Not to \it Ceremonies at 
 al, is to teach others not 
 to vfe them againe ; and 
 fo diminifheth refpecl : 
 efpecially they 
 bee not to be omitted to 
 flrangers, and formall 
 natures. 
 
28 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 fi Amongd a mans Peires 
 a man fliall be fure of fa- 
 miliaritie, and therefore it 
 is a good title to keepe 
 {late ; amongfl* a mans 
 inferiours one fliall be 
 fure of reuerence. and 
 therefore it is good a little 
 to be familiar. 
 T Hee that is too much in 
 any thing, fo that he 
 giue an other occafion 
 of latietie, maketh himfelfe 
 cheape. 
 
 T To applie ones felfe to 
 others is good, fo it be 
 with demonflration that 
 a man doth it vpon re- 
 gard, and not vpon faci- 
 litie. 
 
 T It is a good precept 
 generally in feconding 
 another: yet to adde fome- 
 what of ones owne ; as if 
 you will graunt his opinion, 
 let it be with fome diflinc- 
 tion, if you wil follow his 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Amongefl a Mans Peeres 
 a man fhall be fuer of fa- 
 miliarity, and therefore it 
 is good a litle to keepe 
 flate ; amongeft a Mans 
 inferiours one fliall be 
 fuer of Reverence, and 
 therefore it is good a litle 
 to be familiar. 
 He that is too much in 
 anie thing, foe that he 
 giveth another occafion 
 of fatietie, maketh himfelf 
 cheape. 
 
 To apply ones felf to 
 others is good, foe it be 
 with demonflracion that 
 a man doth it vponn re- 
 gard, and not vponn faci- 
 lity. 
 
 It is a good precept 
 generally in feconding 
 another; yet to add fome- 
 what of ones owne ; as if 
 you will graunt his opinion, 
 lett it be with fome diflinc- 
 tion, if you will foUowe his 
 
 * amonge, m 1598 edition. 
 
 ^* Kind of conueying, &c. Est prociildubio Modus, artijiciosa: C7ijusdain 
 Insinuntionis, in Verbis i/>sis, inter Formulas comitiuncs, qtii Hoviifics revera 
 inescat, ct minjlce afficit, 'there is certainly a kind of cunning insinuation 
 in the words tliemselves, a'nong common compliments, which indeed allures 
 men, and is of wonderful effect.' 
 
 1* Hit vpon it. Ejus viain callcat, 'knows the way of It.' 
 
111. OF CEREMONIES AND RESPECT S. 29 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. cct. 52. V 
 
 Amongfl a mans Peeres, 
 a man fliall be fure of fa- 
 miliarity; and therefore it 
 is good a little to keep 
 flate.- amongfl a mans 
 inferiours one flial be 
 fure of Reiierence ; and 
 therefore it is good a little 
 to bee famihar. 
 Hee that is too much in 
 any thing, fo that hee 
 giueth another occafion 
 of fatietie, maketh himfelf 
 cheap. 
 
 To apply ones felfe to 
 others is good; fo it be 
 with demonflration that 
 a man doth it vpon re- 
 gard, and not vpon faci- 
 lity. 
 
 It is a good precept, 
 generally in feconding 
 another, Yet to adde fome- 
 what of ones owne ; as if 
 you will grant his opinion, 
 let it be with feme diflinc- 
 tion, if you will follow his 
 
 1625. 
 
 aet. 6: 
 
 Complements, which is of 
 Singular vfe,^^ if a Man can 
 hit vpon it.^^ 
 
 Amongfl- a Mans Peeres, 
 a Man fhall be fure of Fa- 
 miliaritie; And therefore, it 
 is good a little to keepe 
 State.i*^ Amongfl a Mans 
 Inferiours, one fhall be 
 fure of Reuerence ; And 
 therefore it is good a little 
 to be Famihar. 1^ 
 He that is too much in 
 any Thing,^^ fo that he 
 giueth another Occafion 
 of Sacietie, maketh himfelfe 
 cheape. 
 
 To apply Ones Selfe to 
 others, is good; So it be 
 with Demonflration, that 
 a Man doth it vpon Re- 
 gard,^^ And not vpon Faci- 
 litie. 
 
 It is a good Precept, 
 generally in Seconding 
 Another, yet to adde fome- 
 what of Ones Owne : As if 
 you will grant his Opinion, 
 let it be with fome Diflinc- 
 tion; If you will follow his 
 
 1^ Keepe State. Reprune tepmiltilum, et dignitatem ttiam, ' repress your- 
 self a little and keep your dignity.' 
 
 17 Be Familiar. Boiigne te gerere, et mm Familiaritate guadant, non in- 
 congruum est, ' to bear yourself kindly and with a certain familiarity is 
 not unsuitable.' 
 
 J" In any Thing. In Sermove aliquo ant re, 'in any discourse or thing.' 
 
 19 Regard. Comitate et Urba7titate, ' courtesy and politeness.' 
 
30 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A y S. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. 3et. 37-8. 
 
 motion, let it be with con- 
 dition ; if you allow his 
 counfell, let it be with al- 
 leadging further reafon. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 mocion, lett it be with con- 
 dicion, if you allowe his 
 Counfaile, lett it be with al- 
 leadginge further reafon. 
 
 20 Alleging further Reason. Novi aliciiJKS Argmncnti pondus addas, 
 propter gtwd in Partes ejus trafisire vldcaris / add the weight of some new 
 reason, on account of which you seem to take his part.' 
 
 -1 Men had need beware. Cni'cndiim ivtpriinis, 7te Magister in CtPre- 
 moniiset Forinulis habearis: Jdenim sifiet, ntcumue Virtutevera emitieas. 
 
III. OF CEREMONIES AND RESPECTS. 2,1 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 
 
 i\it. 5: 
 
 motion; let it be with con- 
 dition ; if you allow his 
 counfell, let it be with al- 
 Ie2;in2: further reafon. 
 Men had neede beware 
 how they be too perfit in 
 complements. For be 
 they neuer fo fufficient 
 otherwife, their enuiers 
 will bee fure to giue them 
 that attribute to the dif- 
 aduantage of their greater 
 vertue. It is loffe alfo in 
 buhneffe to be too full of 
 refpects, or to be to 
 curious in obferuing times 
 and oportunities. Sa/o- 
 mo?i faith He that confi- 
 dereth the wind JJiall not 
 fowe, and hee that looketh 
 to thecIoivdes.,Jliallnot I'eape. 
 A wife man will make 
 more opportunities then he 
 findes. 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 Motion, let it bee with Con- 
 dition ; If you allow his 
 Counfell, let it be with Al- 
 ledging further Reafon. ^^ 
 Men had need beware,^^ 
 how they be too Perfedl in 
 Complements ; For be 
 they neuer fo Sufficient 
 otherwife, their Enuiers 
 will be fure to giue them 
 that Attribute, to the Dif- 
 aduantage of their greater 
 Vertues. It is loffe alfo in 
 bufmeffe, to be too full of 
 Refpccis, or to be too 
 Curious in ObferuingTimes 
 and Opportunities. Salo- 
 mon faith; He that confi- 
 dereth the wind, JJiall ?iot 
 Sow, and he that looketh to 
 the Clouds, JJiall 7iot reape. 
 A wife Man will make 
 more Opportunities then he 
 findes. 
 
 Mens Behauiour fliould be 
 like dieir Apparell, not too 
 Strait, or point Deuice, but 
 free for Exercife or Motion. 
 
 audies tamenab hnldis, in Noninis tui Detrimcntuiit, I'rlarits tantum ct 
 Affectator, ' you must beware first of all of being considered a m.-ister of 
 ceremonies and compliments, for if so, however eminent you are in true 
 worth, you will be called by your enviers, to the detriment of your name, 
 ort^y polite and zealous.' 
 
A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-S. «t. 37-8. 
 
 No variations in Text II. 
 
 [4.] ©f follotoer^ anb 
 
 Oflly followers are 
 not to be liked, 
 leafl while a man 
 makethhistraine 
 longer, hee make his wings 
 fhorter, I reckon to be 
 coftly not them alone 
 which charge the purfe, 
 but which are wearyfome 
 and importune in futes. 
 Ordinary following ought 
 to challenge no higher con- 
 ditions then countenance, 
 recomendation and pro- 
 tetlion from wrong. 
 T Fa6lious followers are 
 worfe to be liked, which 
 follow not vpon affection 
 to him with whome they 
 raunge themfelues, but 
 vpon difcontentment con- 
 ceiued againfl. fome other, 
 whereupon commonly in- 
 fueth that ill intelligence 
 that we many times fee be- 
 tween great perfonages. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Ilarlcia}i MS. 5106. 
 
 14. ©£ J'oUorocrsJ anb 
 ;frcint)0. 
 
 Ofllie followers are 
 not to be liked, 
 leafl while a Man 
 makethhistraine 
 longer, he make his wings 
 fhorter; I reckon to be 
 coRHe not them alone 
 which charge the purfe, 
 but which are wearyfome 
 and ymportune in fuites. 
 Ordinarie Followers ought 
 to challenge noe higher con- 
 dicions, then countenance, 
 recommendacion and pro- 
 teccion from wronges. 
 Ffadlious Followers are 
 worfe to be liked, which 
 followenotvponn afteccion 
 to him with whom the}- 
 range themfelves, but 
 vponn difcontentment con- 
 ceived againfl fome other ; 
 Wherevponn commonlyen- 
 fueth, that ill intelligence, 
 that wee many tymes feebe- 
 tweene great parfonages. 
 
 U2. rnriatians in poslfjiimous Hatin lEtiition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Cliendbus, Famtilis, et Amicis. 'Of followers, servanH, 
 and friends.' 
 
 2 Wings Shorter. Ne dum quis duidie f>eiinas adaugct. Alarum pennas 
 
IV. OF FO LLOWERS AND FRIENDS. 33 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ast. 52. ' V. 
 
 32. Of /oUoWJCr.5 iXUL) 
 
 fricni)^. 
 
 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 48. Of /ollorocr^ anb 
 
 Oflly followers are 
 not to bee liked, 
 left while a man 
 niaketbhistraine 
 longer, he make his wings 
 (horter. I reckon to bee 
 coflly, not them alone 
 which charge the purfe, 
 but which are wearifome 
 and importune in fuits. 
 Ordinarie followers ought 
 to challenge no higher con- 
 ditions then countenance, 
 recommendation, and pro- 
 tedlion from wrongs. 
 Factious fellowes are 
 worfe to bee liked, which 
 follow not vpon affection 
 to him with whom they 
 range themfelues, but 
 vpon difcontentment con- 
 ceiued againfl fome other. 
 AVhereupon commonly en- 
 fueth, that ill intelligence, 
 chat wee many times fee bee- 
 tweene great perfonages. 
 Likewife glorious followers 
 
 ]Ollly Folloiuej-s are 
 not to be liked ; 
 Left while a Man 
 makethhisTraine 
 Longer, hee make his Wings 
 Shorter.- I reckon to bee 
 Coflly, not them alone, 
 which charge the Puife, 
 but which are Wearifome 
 and Importune in Sutes. 
 Ordinary Follo^cers ought 
 to challengeno Higher Con- 
 ditions, then Countenance, 
 Recommendation, and Pro- 
 tection from Wrongs. 
 Factious Folknvcrs^ are 
 worfe to be liked, which 
 Follow not vpon Affection 
 to him, with whom they 
 range Themfelues, but 
 vpon Difcontentment Con- 
 ceiued againft fome Other : 
 Whereupon Commonly en- 
 fueth, that 111 Intelligence, 
 that we many times fee be- 
 tweene Great Perfonages. 
 LikewifeGlorious7^<7//t77t/^;.)% 
 who make themfelues as 
 Trumpets, of the Commen- 
 dation of thofe they Follow, 
 
 frtFScindat, 'lest while a man increases the feathers of his tail, he cuts olT 
 the feathers of his wings.' 
 
 3 Factious Followers. Clientes auieiJi et Amici factiosi adJutc ma^is 
 vitandi, 'factious followers and friends are the more to be avoided.' 
 
 c 
 
(. 
 
 34 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. ^t. 37-8. 
 
 HI. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 1" The following by cer- 
 taine States anfwereable to 
 that which a great perfon 
 himfelfe profeffeth, as of 
 Souldiers to him that hath 
 beene imployed in the 
 warres, and the like hath 
 euer beene a thing ciuile, 
 and well taken euen in 
 Monarchies, fo it be with- 
 out too much pompe or 
 popularitie. 
 
 1" But the moft honorable 
 kind of following is to 
 bee followed, as one that 
 apprehendeth to aduance 
 vertue and defert in all 
 fortes of perfonsj and 
 
 ■* Honour from a Man. .S'^ (^nis vcre rem rcpiitet, ' if one consider the 
 thing truly.' 
 
 6 In great Fauour. A pud Doinuws suos, sccpeiiwnero in s7immo pretio 
 habeniur, 'are often held in great esteem by their masters.' 
 
 The follovveing by ter- 
 taine States, aunfwerable to 
 that which a great perfon 
 himfelf profeffeth, as of 
 Souldiers to him that hath 
 beene ymployed in the 
 warres, and the like hath 
 ever beene a thing Civill, 
 and w^ell taken even in 
 Monarchies, fo it be with- 
 out too much pompe, or 
 popularitye. 
 
 But the mofl honorable 
 kind of following is to 
 be followed, as one that 
 apprehendeth to advance 
 vertue and defert in all 
 fortes of perfons; and 
 
IV. OF FOLLOWERS AND FRI ENDS. 
 
 JO 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ?et. 52. j V. 
 
 1625. set. 6! 
 
 are full of inconueniency ; 
 for they teint bufineffe 
 through want of fecrecy, 
 and they export honor 
 from a man and make hun 
 a returnc in enuy. 
 
 The following by cer- 
 taine States, anfsverable to 
 that which a great perfon 
 himfelfe profeffeth, as of 
 Souldiers to him that hath 
 beene imploid in the 
 warres, and the like, hath 
 euer beene a thing ciuill, 
 and will taken euen in 
 Monarchies fo it be with- 
 out too much pompe or 
 popularity. 
 
 But the mofl honourable 
 kind of following, is to 
 be followed, as one that 
 apprehendeth to aduance 
 vertue and defart in all 
 fort of perfons. And 
 
 are full of Inconuenience ; 
 For they taint Bufmeffe 
 through Want of Secrecie, 
 And they Export Honour 
 from a Man,"* and make him 
 a Returne in Enuie. There 
 is a Kinde oi Follow ers\\)^^- 
 wife, which are Dangerous, 
 being indeed Efpials; which 
 enquire the Secrets of the 
 Houfe, and beare Tales of 
 them to Others. Yet fuch 
 Men, many times, are in 
 great Fauour;-^ For they are 
 Officious, And Commonly 
 Exchange Tales. 
 The Following by certaine 
 Estates of Alen^ anfwerable 
 to that, which a Great Perfon 
 himfelfe profeffeth, (as of 
 Soldiers to him that hath 
 been Employed in the 
 Warres, and the like,) hath 
 euer beene a Thing Ciuill,*^ 
 and well taken euen in 
 Monarchies ; So it be with- 
 out too much Pompe or 
 Popularitie. 
 
 But the mofl Honourable 
 Kinde of Following, is to 
 be Followed, as one that 
 apprehendeth, to aduance 
 Vertue and Defert, in all 
 Sorts of Perfons." And 
 
 * Ciuill. Decora, 'honourable.' 
 
 7 All Sorts of Persons. Ut quis Patronmn se projiteatur eorum qui 
 Virtute et Meritis clarent, cujtiscunque Ordinis sint, vel Conditionis, ' to 
 profess one's self a patron of those who are remarkable for worth or desert, 
 of whatever order or condition.' 
 
i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA YS. 
 
 I. &II. 1597-8. DSt. 37-8. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. 
 
 yet where there is noe 
 eminent oddes in fuffi- 
 ciency, it is better to 
 take with the more paff- 
 
 yet where there is no 
 eminent oddes in fuffi- 
 ciericie, it is better to 
 take with the more paff- 
 able, then with the more 
 able. 
 
 In gouernment it is good 
 to vfe men of one rancke 
 equally, for, to counten- 
 ancefome extraordinarily,is 
 to make them infolente, and 
 the reft difcontent, becaufe 
 they may claime a due. 
 But in fauours 
 
 to vfe men with much differ- 
 ence and ele6lion is good, 
 for it maketh the perfons 
 preferred more thankefull, 
 and the refl more officious, 
 becaufe all is of fauour. 
 1" It is good not to 
 
 make too much of any man 
 at firfl, becaufe one 
 cannot holde out that 
 proportion. 
 T To be goucrned 
 by one is not good, 
 
 able, then with the more 
 able. 
 
 In govern ement it is good 
 to vfe men of one rancke 
 equally. For to counten- 
 ance fomeextraordinarily,is 
 to make them infolent, and 
 the refl difcontent, becaufe 
 they may claime a due. 
 But in favours 
 
 to vfe them with much differ- 
 ence, and eleccion is good. 
 For it maketh the perfons 
 preferred more thankfull, 
 and the reft more officious, 
 becaufe all is of favour. 
 It is good not to 
 
 make too much of anie Man 
 at the firfl, becaufe one 
 cannott ■ hold out that 
 proporcion. 
 To be governed 
 by one is not good, 
 
 8 To take with. Patrociiinri, ' to patronize. ^ ^ 
 
 9 Actiue. J ne/ush'u ci sainj,^enic's, ''mduiitriQUS!inda.ctive. 
 
 10 Claime a Due. Quandoqiiidcvi Orduiis Paritas ceqiias Gratia: Coiidi- 
 tiones, taiKjun/n ex dcbiio, poscit, ' because the equaHty of rank demands as 
 a due, equal conditions of favour.' 
 
 11 Because all is of Fauour. Neque ex hoc vicrtto congueraticr qmspiam. 
 
IV 
 
 O F FO LLO WE RS A iVD F RI E N DS. 37 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612, 
 
 ait. 52. 
 
 yet where there is no 
 eminent oddes in fufh- 
 ciency, it is better to 
 take with the more paff- 
 able, then with the more 
 able. 
 
 In gouernment it is good 
 to vfe men of one rancke 
 equally : For to counten- 
 ance fome extraordinarilyas 
 to make them infolent, and 
 the refl-difcontent; becaufe 
 they may claime a due. 
 But in fauour 
 
 to vfe men with much differ- 
 ence and election, is good ; 
 For it make[t]h the perfons 
 preferred more thankfull, 
 and the refl more ofliciou[s]; 
 becaufe all is of fauour. 
 It is good not to 
 
 make to much of any man 
 at the firfl, becaufe one 
 cannot hold out that 
 proportion. 
 To bee gouerned 
 by one is not good, 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 yet, where there is no 
 Eminent Oddes in Suffi- 
 ciencie, it is better to 
 take with"^ the more Paff- 
 able, then with the more 
 Able. And befides, to 
 fpeake Truth, in Bafe 
 Times, Actiue^ Men are 
 of more vfe, then Ver- 
 tuous. It is true, that 
 in Gouernment, it is Good 
 to vfe Men of one Rancke 
 equally: for to counten- 
 ance fome extraordinarily, is 
 to make them Infolent, and 
 the refl Difcontent; Becaufe 
 they may claime a Due.^^ 
 But con trari wife in Fauour, 
 to vfe Men with much Differ- 
 ence and Election, is Good; 
 For it maketh the Perfons 
 Preferred more Thankfull, 
 and the Refl more officious; 
 Becaufe all is of Fauour. ^^ 
 It is good Difcretion, not to 
 make too much of any Man 
 at the firfl ; Becaufe One 
 Cannot hold out that 
 Proportion.^- 
 
 To be gouemed^^(as we call 
 it) by One, is not fafe, For 
 
 ctun omnia ex gratia, non ex dehito prodeant. ' nor can any one deservedly 
 complain of this, because all is of favour, not of due.' 
 
 ^- Proportion. Nam qinE tractu temporis seqiientitr, vix isiis initiis 
 respondcre possunt, ' for what will follow in the course of time, can scircely 
 answer to your beginning.' 
 
 ^3 Gouerned. Fingi et regi, ' to be moulded and governed.' 
 
38 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-S. ii't. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. tet. 47-5. 
 
 and to be diflracted with and to be diflracled with 
 
 many is worfe ; 
 
 but to take aduife of 
 
 friends is euer honor- 
 able : J^or lookers on niajiy 
 thnes fee moj'e thai game- 
 sters, And the vale bejl 
 difeoiiereth the hill. 
 T There is little friendfliip 
 in tlie worlde, and leafl of 
 all betweene equals, whicli 
 was wont to bee magnified. 
 That that is, is betweene 
 fuperiour and inferiour, 
 whofe fortunes may com- 
 prehend the one the other. 
 
 manie is worfe ; 
 
 but to take advife of 
 
 frendes is ever honor- 
 able. For lookers on manie 
 tymes fee more, than game- 
 Jlers, and the vale bejl 
 difeoiiereth the hill. 
 There is litle frendfhipp 
 in the world, and leafl of 
 all betweene equalls which 
 was Avont to be magnified. 
 That that is, is betweene 
 Siiperioiir and inferiour, 
 whofe fortunes may com- 
 prehend the oneth[e]other. 
 
 
 ^s^m^^^ 
 
 vt^==^*«^i?3^ 
 
 1* Speake ill. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1* Talke more bok'.ly of. A iiiicmii illntn nostnim Coutumeliis afficere not 
 rerebjiiitur; 'will not fear to attach contumely to our friend.' 
 
 16 Distracted. Plurittni polestaii subjici, et veluti iu partes distrahi, 
 ' to be under the power of several, and as it were distracted.' 
 
IV 
 
 OF FOLLO WERS AND FRIENDS. 
 
 39 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i2. ajt. 52. 
 
 and to bee difiracfled with 
 many, is worfe; 
 
 but to take aduife of fome 
 i&yN friends, is eiier honour- 
 able, For lookers on many 
 times fee 7nore then game- 
 Jters, and the vale bejl 
 dijconereth the hill. 
 There is Httle friendfhip 
 in the world, and leafl of 
 all between equals, which 
 was wont to bee magnified. 
 That that is, is betweene 
 Super io2ir and ^nferionr, 
 whofe fortunes may com- 
 prehend the one the other. 
 
 V. 1625. 8tt. 65. 
 
 it fliewes Softneffe, and 
 giues a Freedome to Scan- 
 dall andDifreputation : For 
 thofe that would not Cen- 
 fure, orSpeakeilP^ofa Man 
 immediatly, will talke more 
 boldly of 1^ Thofe, that are fo 
 great with them, and there- 
 by Wound their Honour. 
 Yet to be Diflradled^^ witli 
 many is Worfe; Foritmakes 
 Men, to be of the Laft Im- 
 preffion, and full of Change. 
 To take Aduice of fome 
 few Trends is euer Honour- 
 able^" ; For Lookers on,7nany 
 times, fee moi'e the?i Game- 
 sters ; And the Vale^^ befl 
 difeouereth the Hill. 
 There is little Friendfhij) 
 in theWorld,i9 and Leaftof 
 all betweene Equals, which 
 was wont to be ^lagnified.-'^ 
 That that is, is between 
 Superiour and Inferiour, 
 whofe Fortunes may Com- 
 prehend, the One the Other. 
 
 
 17 Honourable. Honoralili sane et utile, 'really honourable and pro- 
 fitable.' 
 
 18 The Vale. (^Ut adagi(?dic{t7tr^ vallis, '(as is said In theadage^ the vale.' 
 15 Little Friendship. Amicitiavera inOrbe, raraadmodum, ' true friend- 
 ship in the world is very rare. 
 
 2<* Magnified. Apud Veteres, 'amongst the ancients.' 
 
40 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 L &IL 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 For Variations of II., see footnotes. 
 [5.j ©f ^UtC^.* 
 
 Anie ill matters 
 
 are 
 
 vndertaken, and 
 
 many good matters 
 
 with ill 
 mindes. 
 
 ^ome embrace Siites which 
 neuer meane to deale 
 effedually in them. But 
 if they fee there may be 
 life in the matter by fome 
 other meane, they will be 
 content to winne a thanke 
 or take a fecond reward. 
 
 Some take holde of Sutes 
 onely for an occafion 
 to croffe fome other, or 
 to make an information 
 wherof they could not 
 otherwife haue an apt pre- 
 
 III. 1607-12. eet. 47-52. 
 
 Harleia7i Jl/S. 5106. 
 
 15. (Bi ^tttoriS. 
 
 A^ie ill matters 
 
 are 
 
 vndertaken, and 
 
 manie good matters 
 
 with ill 
 mindes. 
 
 Some embrace Suites which 
 never meane to deale 
 et!e6lually in them. But 
 if they fee there may be 
 life in the matter by fome 
 other meane, they wilbe 
 content to wynne a thanke, 
 or take a fecond reward ; 
 
 Some take hold of suites 
 onely for an occafion 
 to croffe fome other, or 
 to make an Informacion, 
 whereof they could not 
 otherwife have an apt pre- 
 
 • Of Sutors, ifi 1598 Edition. 
 
 U5. Variations in postfjumous ILaf in !£liition of 1638. 
 
 1 Embrace. In manus suas recipiunt, et operam avide polUcentur, 'take 
 uits into their hands and eagerly promise assistance.' 
 
OF SUITORS. 
 
 41 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. get. 52. V. 
 
 31. ©t ^utor^. 
 
 Anie ill matters 
 
 are 
 
 vndertaken, and 
 
 many good matters 
 
 v.-ith ill 
 mindes. 
 
 Some embrace fuits which | 
 neuer meane to deale \ 
 effectually in them, but j 
 if they fee there may be | 
 life in the matter by fome \ 
 other meane, they will be 
 content to winne a thanke, 
 or take a fecond reward, 
 or at leaft to make vfe in 
 the meane time of the 
 Sutors hopes. 
 
 Some take hold of fuits 
 only for an occafion 
 to croffe fome other, or 
 to make an Information 
 whereof they could not 
 otherwife haue apt pre- 
 
 1625. a;t. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 49. ©i ^tttottrjj. 
 
 \ny ill Matters 
 and Proiecls are 
 { vndertaken; And 
 Priuate Sutes doe 
 Putrifie thePublique Good. 
 Many Good Matters are 
 vndertaken with Bad 
 ^lindes ; I meane not 
 onely Corrupt Mindes ; but 
 Craftie jMindes, that intend 
 not Performance. 
 Some embrace^ 6'///'^i', which 
 neuer meane to deale 
 effectually in them ; But 
 if they fee, there may be 
 life in the Matter,- by fome 
 other meane, they will be 
 content to winne'^ a Thanke, 
 or take a Second Reward, 
 or at leafl to make Vfe, in 
 the meane time, of the 
 Sutours Hopes. ^ 
 Some take hold of Sutes ^ 
 onely for an Occafion, 
 to Croffe fome other j^ Or 
 to make an Information, 
 whereof they could not 
 otherwife haue apt Pre- 
 
 - Life in the Matter. Rem aliorumconatu successuratit, ' that the matter 
 will succeed by the endeavour of others.' 
 
 3 Be content to winne. Aucupabtintur, 'will try to catch.' 
 
 * Hopes. Spes dum Negotium vertititr, ' hopes while the business is 
 moving.' 
 
 5 Some other. Xegotiis aliarum, quce simul tractantur, ' the business 
 of Others, which is being treated at the same time.' 
 
42 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAYS. 
 
 L&IL 1597-8. ?et. 37-8. 
 
 cept,* without care what 
 become of the Sute, when 
 that turne is ferued. 
 
 Nay fome vndertake Sutes 
 with a full purpofe to let 
 them fall, to the ende to 
 gratifie the aduerfe partie 
 or competitor. 
 1" Surely there is in 
 forte a right in euerie Sute, 
 either a right of equitie, 
 if it be a Sute of con- 
 trouerfie ; or a right of 
 defert. if it bee a Sute of 
 petition. If affe6lion leade 
 a man to fauor the wrong 
 fide in iuflice, let him 
 rather vfe his countenance 
 to compound the matter 
 then to Carrie it. If affec- 
 tion lead a man to fauour 
 the leffe worthy in defert, 
 let him doe it, without 
 deprauing or difabling 
 the better deferuer. 
 T In Sutes a man doth 
 not well vnderfland, it is 
 
 III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. 
 
 text, without care what 
 become of the fuite, when 
 that tourne is ferved. 
 
 Nay fome vndertake fuites 
 with a full purpofe to lett 
 them fall, to the end to 
 gratifie the adverfe party e 
 or Competitour. 
 Suerly there is in 
 forte a right in every fuite, 
 either a right of Equity 
 if it be a fuite of Con- 
 troverfie, or a right of 
 defert, if it be a suite of 
 peticion. IfalTeccionlead 
 a man to favour the wrong 
 fide in Iuflice, lett him 
 rather vfe his countenance 
 to compound the matter, 
 then to carrie it. If aftec- 
 cion leade a Man to favour 
 the leffe worth ie in defert, 
 lett him doe it, without 
 depraving, or difabling 
 the better deferver. 
 In Suites a Man doth 
 not well vnderfland, it is 
 
 * pretext, /« 1598 Edition. 
 
 Entertainment, /"^-//^^w j/rr;m«^, 'to lay a bridge.' 
 
 'In some sort. Si quis ran rite pcrpendat, 'if a man weigh the matter 
 rightly.' 
 
 8 In euery Sute. Comitattir ojnncvi Pctitioncvt, 'accompanies every 
 suit. ' 
 
V. OF SUITORS. 
 
 43 
 
 IV, 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 text, without care what 
 become of tlie fuite when 
 that turne is ferued. 
 
 Nay, fome vndertake fuits 
 with a full purpofe to let 
 them fall, to the end to 
 gratitie the aduerfe party 
 or competitor. 
 Surely there is in 
 fort a right in euery fuit ; 
 either a right of equity, 
 if it be a fuit of con- 
 trouerfie or a right of 
 defart, if it be a fuit of 
 peti[ti]on. Ifaftectionleade 
 a man to fauor the wrong 
 fide in iuflice, let him 
 rather vfe his countenance 
 to compound the matter 
 then to carry it. If affec- 
 tion leade a man to fauor 
 the leffe worthy in defart, 
 let him doe it without 
 deprauing or difabling 
 the better deferuer. 
 In fuits a man doth 
 [not] well vnderfland, it is 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 aet. 6 
 
 text ; without Care what 
 become of the Sute, when 
 that Turne is ferued : Or 
 generally, to make other 
 Mens Bufmeffe, a Kinde of 
 Entertainment,** to bring in 
 their owne. 
 
 Xay, fome vndertake Sutes, 
 with a full Purpofe, to let 
 them fall ; To the end, to 
 gratifie the Aduerfe Partie, 
 or Competitour. 
 Surely, there is, in fome 
 fort,' a Right in euery Sute-^ 
 Either a Right of Equity, 
 if it be a Sute of Con- 
 trouerfie^; Or a Right of 
 Defert, if it be a Side of 
 Petition. 1*^ If Affection lead 
 a Man, to fauour the Wrong 
 Side in Iuflice, let him 
 rather vfe his Countenance, 
 to Compound the Matter, 
 then to Carry it. If Affec- 
 tion lead a Man, to fauour 
 the leffe Worthy in Defert,^^ 
 let him doe it without 
 Deprauing or Difabling^- 
 the Letter Deferuer. 
 In Siites^ which a man doth 
 not well vnderfland, it is 
 
 9 Controuersie. Justiti^, 'justice.' 
 ^o Petition. Grntice, 'favour.' 
 
 11 In Desert. AIerent:'tn,incausnGrati{F, * in desert, in .1 cause of favour.' 
 
 12 Deprauinp or disabling. Abstinent snltein ab otnni Calnmnia et Male- 
 dicetitia, ' let him abstain from all calumny and evil-speakmg.' 
 
44 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. cct. 37-8. ' III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 good to referre them to ! good to referre them to 
 
 fome freind of trufl and 
 ludgement, that may re- 
 port whether he may deale 
 in them with honour. 
 
 fome friend of trufl and 
 i'udgement, that may re- 
 porte whether he may deale 
 in them with honor. 
 
 T Suters are fo diflafled 
 with delaies and abufes, 
 that plaine deaUng in de- 
 nying to deale in Sutes at 
 firft, and reporting the fuc- 
 ceffe barely, and in chal- 
 lendging no more thankes 
 then one hath deferued, is 
 growen not onely honour- 
 able but alfo gracious. 
 T InSutesoffauourthefirfl 
 comming ought to take 
 little place, fo far forth 
 confideration may bee had 
 of his trufl, that if intelli- 
 gence of the matter coulde 
 not otherwife haue beene 
 had but by him, aduantage 
 be not taken of the note. 
 
 H To be ignorant of the 
 
 Suitors are fo diflafled 
 with delayes, and abufes, 
 that plaine dealing in de- 
 nying to deale in Suites at 
 firfl, and reporting the fuc- 
 ceffe barely, and in Chal- 
 lenging noe more thankes 
 then one hath deferved, is 
 growne not onely honor- 
 able but alfoe gracious. 
 In fuites of favor the firfl 
 commeing ought to take 
 litle place, fo farr fourth 
 confideracion may be had 
 of his trufl, that if intelli- 
 gence of the matter could 
 not otherwife have beene 
 had, but by him, advantage 
 be not taken of the note. 
 
 To be icrnorant of the 
 
 cruciantur. 
 
 ^ Suitors are so distasted. His temporibtis . 
 these times . . are so tortured.' 
 
 1* Reporting the successe barely. Siiccessuvt ejus qualei7t-qualem animo 
 simplici refc7-endo, 'reporting the success truly, whatever it is.' 
 
 1* So farre forth ... for his Discouerie. [This passage is thus rendered 
 
OF SUITORS. 
 
 45 
 
 IV. i6t2. 3et. 52. 
 
 good to referre them to 
 Ibme friend of trufl and 
 iudgement, that may re- 
 port whether hee may deale 
 in them with honour. 
 
 V. 
 
 aet. 6; 
 
 vSutors are fo diflafled 
 with delaies and abufes, 
 that plaine dealing in de- 
 nying to deale in fuits at 
 firfl, and reporting the fuc- 
 ceffe barely, and in chal- 
 lenging no more thankes 
 then one hath deferued, is 
 growne not onlie honour- 
 able, but alfo gracious. 
 In fuits of fauour, the firfl 
 comming ought to take 
 little place : fo fiirre forth 
 confideration may be had 
 of his trufl, that if intelli- 
 gence of the matter could 
 not otherwife haue been 
 had, but by him. aduantage 
 be not taken of the note, 
 but the party left to his 
 other meanes. 
 
 To be ignorant of the 
 
 1625. 
 
 good to referre them, to 
 fome Frend of Trufl and 
 Judgement, that may re- 
 port whether hee may deale 
 in them with Honour : But 
 let him chufe wtII his 
 Referendaries, for elfe he 
 may be led by the Nofe. 
 Su fours are fo diftaRed^^ 
 with Delayes, and Abufes, 
 that Plaine Dealing, in de- 
 nying to deale in Siitcs at 
 firfl, and Reporting theSuc- 
 ceffe barely,^^and in Chal- 
 lenging no more Thanks 
 then one hath deferued, is 
 grown not onely Honour- 
 able, but alfo Gracious. 
 In Stiies of Fauour, the firft 
 Comming ought to take 
 little Place : ^^ So farre forth 
 Confideration may bee had 
 of his Trufl, that if Intelli- 
 gence of the Matter, coulde 
 not otherwife haue beene 
 had, but by him, Aduantage 
 bee not taken of the Note, 
 but the Partie left to his 
 other Meanes ; and, in 
 fome fort, Recompenced 
 for his Difcouerie.^^ 
 To be Ignorant of the 
 
 in the Latin] ILo usque SuppUcniitis Fides, in re ilia pate/acieiida, valere 
 possit, ut si Notitia ejus aliutide quavi per euin habcri uon potuisset ; Hoc ei 
 fraudi uon sit, sed potijts revuiueratur, * so that the trust of the suitor, in 
 making the thing known, may avail that if the knowledge of it could not be 
 had, except through him, it may be no disadvantage to liim, but let him be 
 rather rewarded.' 
 
46 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 value of a Sute is fimplici- 
 tie, as well as to be ignor- 
 ant of the right thereof is 
 want of confcience. 
 TSecrecieinSutesisagreat 
 meane of obtaining, for, 
 voicing them to bee in 
 forwardnes may difcourage 
 fome kinde of filters, 
 but doth quicken and 
 awake otliers. 
 T But tyming of the Sutes 
 is the prmcipall, tyming 
 I faye not onely in refpe6l 
 of the perfon that flioulde 
 graunt it, but in refpecl 
 of thofe which are like to 
 croffe it. 
 
 III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. 
 
 value of a Suite is hmplici- 
 tie, as well, as to be ignor- 
 ant of the right thereof, is 
 want of Confcience. 
 Secrefie in fuites is a great 
 meane of obtayning, for 
 voyceing them to be in 
 forwardnes may difcourage 
 fome kind of fuitours, 
 but doth quicken and 
 awake others. 
 But tymeing of the Suites 
 is the principal], tymeing 
 I fay not onely in refpe6l 
 of the perfon, that fliould 
 graunt it, but in refpecfl 
 of thofe which are like to 
 croffe it. 
 
 16 Ignorant of the Right. ALquitaientejiisdemoscitantcrprceten'ehi, 'to 
 bo carelessly canicd beyond the right.' 
 
 17 Choice of his Meane. Ejus, cut Petitionis tuee curatn demandes, to 
 whom you entrust the care of your suit.' 
 
OF SUITORS. 
 
 47 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. xt. ^2. 
 
 value of a fuit is fimplici- 
 ty, afwell as to bee ignor- 
 ant of the right therof, is 
 want of confcience. 
 Secrefie in fuites is a great 
 meahe of obtaining; For 
 voicing them to bee in 
 forwardneffe, may difcour- 
 age fome kind of fuitors, 
 but doth quicken and 
 awake others. 
 But timage of the fuits 
 is the principall. Timing 
 I fay not onely in re[f]pect 
 of the perfon that fliould 
 grant it, but in refpe6t 
 of thofe which are Hke to 
 croffe it. 
 
 Let a man in the choife 
 of his meane, rather 
 chufe the fitted meane 
 then the greatefl meane, 
 and rather them that deale 
 in certaine things then 
 thofe that are generall. 
 The reparation of a 
 deniall is fometimes equall 
 to the firfl grant, if a man 
 fhew himfelfe neither 
 deiedted, nor difcontented 
 Iniqunm petas vt (zqiiiim 
 feras,"^ is a good rule where 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 aet. 6: 
 
 value of a Suie., is Simplici- 
 tie; As well as to be Ignor- 
 ant of the Right^*^ thereof, is 
 Want of Confcience. 
 Secrecie in Siifcs, is a great 
 Meane of Obtaining ; For 
 voycing them, to bee in 
 Forwardneffe, may difcour- 
 age fome ¥Jm(\.Qo{ Sutours : 
 But doth Quicken and 
 Awake Others. 
 But Timing of the Sute, 
 is the Principall. Timing, 
 I fay, not onely in refpedt 
 of the Perfon, that Ihould 
 grant it, but in refpe(5t 
 of thofe, which are like to 
 Croffe it. 
 
 Let a Man, in the choice 
 of his Meane, ^'' rather 
 choofe the FittefL Meane, 
 then the Greatefl Meane: 
 And rather them, that deale 
 in certaine Things, then 
 thofe that are Generall. 
 The Reparations^ of a 
 Deniall, is fomtimes Equall 
 to the firfl Grant, If a Man 
 fliew himfelfe, neither 
 deiedled, nor difcontented. 
 Iniquujn pdas vt y^quum 
 ferasfxs agood Rule, where 
 
 " Thou seekest unjustly, that thou viayest do justice. Quintilian Inst. 
 Orat. iv. 5, 16. 
 
 ^8 Reparation. Denegatce Peiitionis iteratio, ' the repetition of a suit 
 refused-' 
 
48 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. a3t. 37-8. 
 
 is thought fo 
 
 T Nothing 
 eafie a requefl to a great 
 perfon as his letter, and 
 yet if it bee not in a good 
 caiife, it is fo much out of 
 his reputation. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Nothinc: is 
 
 thought 
 
 fo 
 
 eafie a requefl to a great 
 perfon as his letter, and 
 yet if it be not in a good 
 caufe, it is fo much out of 
 his reputacion. 
 
 
 Km 
 
 J9 Rise in his Sute. Gra>.Ul>us quihistJaiii, ad id qjiod petls ascendere, et 
 aliqiiid salient impetrare, 'rise by certain steps to what vou desire, and at 
 least gain something.' 
 
OF SUITORS. 
 
 49 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a^t. 52. i V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 set. 65. 
 
 a man hath flrength ofj 
 fauour ; but otherwife a ' 
 man were better refl in his 
 fuit ; for hee that would 
 haue ventured at firfl to \ 
 haue loft the futor, will j 
 not in the conclufion lofe | 
 both the futor and his ; 
 owne former fauor. | 
 
 Nothing is thought fo ' 
 eafie a requefl to a great 
 perfon as his Letter ; and 
 yet if it be not in a good 
 caufe, it is fo much out of 
 his reputation. 
 
 a Man hath Strength of 
 Fauour : But othervvife, a 
 man were better rife in his 
 6"///^; 1'^ For he that would 
 haue ventured at firfl to 
 haue lofl the Sutour, will 
 not in the Conclufion, lofe 
 both the Siitour, and his 
 owne former Fauour. 
 Nothing is thought fo 
 Eafie a Requefl, to a great 
 Perfon, as his Letter; And 
 yet, if it be not in a Good 
 Caufe, it is fo much out of 
 his Reputation. 
 There are no worfe Inflru- 
 ments,-- then thefe Generall 
 Contriuers of Sutcs : For 
 they are but a Kinde of 
 Poyfon and Infection to 
 Publique Proceedings. 
 
 W 
 
 20 No worse Instruments. Non invenitur in Rehispublicis pemiciosius 
 HotniHum Ceniis, ' there is found no more dangerous kind of man in states.' 
 
:;o 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 1. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 No variations in Text II. 
 
 [6.] ©f (l^Jpcnce. 
 
 Tches areforfpend 
 ing, and fpend- 
 ing for honour 
 and good ac- 
 tions. Therefore extraor- 
 (linarie Expence mufl bee 
 Umited by the worth of 
 the occafion ; for volun- 
 tarie vndoing may bee as 
 well for a mans countrie, 
 as for the kingdome of 
 heauen. But ordinarie ex- 
 pence ought to bee hmited 
 by a mans eflate, and 
 gouerned with fuch re- 
 gard, as it be within his 
 compaffe, and not fubie6l 
 to deceite and abufe of 
 feruants, and ordered to 
 the befl fhew, that the 
 Bils maye be leffe then the 
 eflimation abroad. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harlcian jl/S. 5106. 
 8. ©f ei-pCltCC^. 
 
 Ic/ies are for fp end- 
 ing, and fpend- 
 ing for honour 
 and good ac- 
 cions. Therefore extraor- 
 dinary Expence muft be 
 limitted by the worth of 
 the occafion; for volun- 
 tarie vndoeing may be as 
 well for a Mans Countrey, 
 as for the kingdome of 
 Heaven. But ordinary Ex- 
 pence ought to be limitted 
 by a Mans eflate, and 
 governed with fuch re- 
 gard, as it be within his 
 compaffe, and not fubiecit 
 to deceite, and abufe of 
 fervauntes, and ordered to 
 the befl fhewe; that the 
 Billesmaybeeleffe,thenthe 
 eflimacion abroade. 
 
 1* It is no bafenes for the It is noe bafenes lor the 
 
 !F2. rnviations in postljumous Hatiii lEtid'on of 1638. 
 
 1 Spending. Destiiiantn^ s2tiuptU>us, ' are intended for spending.' 
 
 2 Vndoing. Paupertas, ' poverty.' 
 
VI. OF EXPENSE. 
 
 51 
 
 IV. i6i2. a:t. 52. 
 
 18. ©f (!3ipcttcc^. 
 
 ^chcs are for Ipend- 
 ing, and fpend- 
 ing for honour 
 and good ac- 
 tions. Therefore extraor- 
 dinary expence mufl bee 
 limited by the worth of 
 the occafion, for volun- 
 tary vndoing may bee as 
 well for a mans Countrev, 
 as for the kingdome of 
 Heaiie7i. But ordinarie ex- 
 pence, ought to be limitted 
 by a mans eftate and 
 gouerned with fuch re- 
 gard, as it be within his 
 compaffe,- and not fubiecl 
 to deceit, and abufe of 
 feruants; and ordered to 
 the befl fliew, that the 
 bils may be leffe then the 
 ^flimation abroad. 
 
 V. 
 
 162; 
 
 cXt. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 28. ©f (I^ipence. 
 
 It is no bafeneffe for the 
 
 /(■//rj-are for Spend- 
 ing;^ And Spend- 
 ing for Honour 
 and good Ac- 
 tions. Therefore Extraor- 
 dinary Expence mufl be 
 limitted by the Worth of 
 the Occafion : For Volun- 
 tary Vndoing,'^ may be af- 
 well for^ a Mans Cowitry, 
 as for the Kingdome of 
 Heaicen. But Qrdmary Ex- 
 pence ought to be limitted 
 by a Mans Eflate ; And 
 gouerned with fuch re- 
 gard, as it be within his 
 Compaffe ; And not fubiect 
 to Deceit and Abufe of 
 Seruants; And ordered to 
 the befl. Shew, that the 
 Bils may be leffe, then the 
 Efl-imation abroad. 
 Certainly, if a Man will 
 keep but of Euen hand,'* 
 his Qj'dinary Expences 
 ought to be, but to the 
 Halfe of his Receipts ; And 
 ifhethinketo waxe Rich, 
 but to the Third Part. 
 It is no Bafeneffe, for the 
 
 " May be aswcll for. Dehetiir, ' is due to.' 
 
 * Eucn hand. Qui Dhniiiiitioucin Forttinnnim snnnun fati nolit, 'who 
 floes not wish to suffer a decrease of his fortune.' 
 
52 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. III. 1607-12. jet. 47-52. 
 
 greateft to defcende, and 
 looke into theire owne el- 
 tate. Some forbeare it not 
 vponn negligence alone,but 
 doubting to bring them- 
 felves into Melancholy in 
 refpecl they Ihall finde it 
 broken. But Woimdes can- 
 7iott bee cured withoui 
 feai'chinge. 
 
 Hee that cannott looke 
 into his owne eflate, 
 had neede both choofe 
 well thofe whom he ym- 
 ployeth, yea and chaunge 
 them often. Ffor new are 
 more Hnierous and leffe 
 fubtile. 
 
 sreatefl to defcend and 
 looke into their owne ef- 
 tate. Some forbeare it not 
 'vpon negligence alone, but 
 doubting to bring them- 
 felues into Melancholy in 
 refpecSl they fhall finde it 
 broken. But Woimdes can- 
 not bee cu7'ed without 
 fearching. 
 
 IT Hee that cannot looke 
 into his owne eflate, 
 had neede both choofe 
 well thofe whom he im- 
 ployeth, yea and change 
 them after. For new are 
 more timerous and leffe 
 fubtle. 
 
 » Descend and looke. Si rationes suas diligenter inspiciani, ' if they 
 look diligently into their affairs.' 
 
 6 Some. Compbires, ' very many.' .,•,•, , u • 
 
 7 Doubting. Aversatiotie quadam, ne, ' from a certaui dii!ik°, leit they. 
 
VI. OF EXPENSE. 
 
 53 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ffit. 52. 1 V. 
 
 1625. aet. 65- 
 
 Greatefl, to defcend and 
 looke,^ into their owne Ef- 
 tate. Some*^ forbeare it, not 
 vpon Negligence alone, But 
 doubting'' to bring Them- 
 felues into jMelancholy, in 
 refpe6l they fhall finde it 
 Broken.^ But Wounds can- 
 not be Cured without 
 Searching. 
 
 He that cannot looke into 
 his own Eflate at all,'* 
 had need both Choofe 
 well, thofe whom he em- 
 ployeth, and change 
 them often: For New are 
 more Timorous, and leffe 
 Subtile. 
 
 He that can looke into 
 his Eflate but feldome, 
 it behoueth him to turne 
 all to Certainties.^^ 
 A Man had need, if he be 
 Plentifull, in fome kinde 
 of Expence^ to be as 
 Sauing againe, in fome 
 other. As if he be Plenti- 
 full in Diet, to be Sauing 
 in Apparell : If he be 
 Plentifull in the Hall, to 
 be Sauing in the Stable: 
 And the like. For he that 
 
 8 Broken. A^/wi"^ arczVaj, 'too much impaired.' 
 
 * At all. Commode, 'conveniently.' 
 
 ^*> Certainties. Quce Cotttputationi subjacent, in certos Reditus atqtis 
 etiam Sutnptus vertere, ' to turn what is subject to calculation into certain 
 revenues and expenses." 
 
 greatefl to defcend and 
 looke into their owne ef- 
 tates. Some forbeare it not 
 vpon negligence alone, but 
 doubting to bring them- 
 felues into malancholy in 
 refpecl they fhall find it 
 broken. But wounds can- 
 not bee cured without 
 fearching. 
 
 Heethat cannot looke into 
 his owne eflate at all, 
 had neede both choofe 
 well thofe whom he im- 
 ploieth, and change 
 them often : for new are 
 more timorous, and ieffe 
 fubtill. 
 
 He that can looke into 
 his eflate but feldome, 
 had need turne all to 
 certainties. 
 
54 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. ait. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 T In clearing of a mans 
 eflate,hee may as well hurt 
 himfelfe in being too fud- 
 daine, as in letting it runne 
 on too long, for hafLie fell- 
 ing is commonly as difad- 
 uantageable as interefl. 
 
 ^ He that hath a flate 
 to repaire may not defpife 
 fmall things ; and com- 
 monly it is leffe dishonour- 
 able to abridge pettie 
 charges then to floupe to 
 pettie gettings. 
 T A man ought warily to be- 
 gin charges, which once 
 begunne mufl continue. 
 But in matters that returre 
 not, he may be more mag- 
 nificent. 
 
 In clearing of a Mans 
 eftate, he may aswell hurt 
 himfelf in being too fud- 
 daine, as in letting it run 
 on too long, For haflie Sell- 
 ing is commonly as difad- 
 vantageable, as Interefl. 
 
 He that hath a State 
 to repayer may not difpife 
 fmale thinges ; and com- 
 monly it is leffe difhonor- 
 able to abridge pettie 
 charges, then to floupe to 
 pettie Gettinges ; 
 A man ought warily to be- 
 gin charges which once 
 begun mufl contynue. 
 But in matters that retourne 
 not, hee maybe more mag- 
 nificent. 
 
 •H^^s 
 
 11 Estate. Perplexa et obcerata Re Familiari, ' estate perplexed and in- 
 volved in debt.' 
 ^" Gaineth vpon. /l/ct^i'^iir, ' heals.' 
 
VI. OF EXPENSE. 
 
 55 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a.'t. 52. 1 V. 
 
 In cleering of a mans 
 ellate, hee may afwell hurt 
 himfelfe in being too fud- 
 den, as in letting it run 
 on to long. For hafly fell- 
 ing is commonly as difad- 
 uantageable as interefl. 
 Befides, he that cleeres at 
 once will relapfe .• For find- 
 ing himfelfe out of flraught, 
 hee wil reuert to his cuf- , 
 tomes. But hee that cleer- 
 eth by degrees, induceth 
 an habite of frugality, and 
 gaineth afwell vpon his 
 minde as vpon his eflate. 
 Certainly who hath a flate 
 to repaire may not defpife 
 fmall things ; and com- 
 monly it is leffe difhonour- 
 able* to abridge pettie 
 charges, then to floope to 
 petty gettings. 
 A man ought warily to be- 
 gin charges, which once 
 begun mufl continue. \ 
 But in matters that return ' 
 not, he may bee more mag- 
 nificent. 
 
 162 
 
 a^t. 6s. 
 
 is Plentifull in Expcnccs of 
 all Kindes, will hardly be 
 preferued from Decay. 
 In Clearing of a Mans 
 Eflate,^^ he may as well hurt 
 Himfelfe in being too fud- 
 den, as in letting it runne 
 on too long. For hally Sell- 
 ing is commonly as Difad- 
 uantageable as Interefl. 
 Befides, he that cleares at 
 once, will relapfe ; For find- 
 ing himfelfe out of Straights, 
 he will reuert to his Cuf- 
 tomes : But hee that clear- 
 eth by Degrees, induceth 
 a Habite of Frugalitie, and 
 gaineth^- as well vpon his 
 Minde, as vpon his Eflate. 
 Certainly, who hath a State 
 to repaire, may not defpife 
 fmall Things : And com- 
 monly, it is leffe diflionour- 
 able, to abridge pettie 
 Charges, then to floope to 
 pettie Gettings. 
 A ]Man ought warily to be- 
 ginne Charges, which once 
 begun will Continue : 
 But in Matters, that returne 
 not,^^ he maybe more Mag- 
 nificent.^"* 
 
 13 Matters that returne not. Sumptibus, qui non facile redeunt, ' ex 
 penses that do not easily return.' 
 
 1* Magnificent. ' Splendidiorem et mas7tificcntiorem, * more splendid 
 and magnificent.' 
 
^6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. £ct. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 For variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [7.] @£ IPiccjiment ot 
 
 Here is awifdome 
 in this beyond 
 the rules of 
 Phificke.Amans 
 owne obferuation what he 
 finds good of, and what he 
 findes hurt of, is the befL 
 /^hyficke to preferue 
 health. 
 
 But it is a fafer conclufion 
 to fay. This agreeth"- well 
 with me, therefore I will 
 continue it, then this I 
 finde no offence, of this 
 therefore I may vfe it. For 
 flrength of nature in youth 
 paffeth ouer many exceffes, 
 which are owing a man 
 till his age. 
 
 T Difcerne of the comming 
 on of yeares, and thinke 
 not to doe the fame things 
 flill. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 7. @C Regiment of 
 l)ealtl). 
 
 Here is aWifedome 
 in this beyond 
 the rules of 
 Phifick. A mans 
 owne obfervacion what he 
 findes good of, and what he 
 findes hurt of, is the befL 
 Phificke to preferve 
 health ; 
 
 But it is a fafer conclufion 
 tofaie,This agreeth not well 
 with mee, therefore I will 
 not continue it, then this, 1 
 finde noe offence of this, 
 therefore I may vfe it. For 
 flrength of nature in youth, 
 paffeth over manie exceffes. 
 which are oweing a Man 
 till his age. 
 
 Difcerne of the commeing 
 on of yeares, and thinke 
 not to doe the fame thinges 
 flill. 
 
 * not, tfisertcd here in 1598 edition. 
 
 HE. Variations in posthumous Hatin IStiittan of 1638. 
 
 1 There is a wisdome in this. In Rcgiviinc Valetudinis, invenire est 
 quandam Prudentinm, 'in the regiment of health there is a certain wisdom 
 to be found.' 
 
VII. OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH. 
 
 57 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. Kt. 52, 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 «t. d 
 
 17. ©f Jicgimcut of 
 l)ealtl). 
 
 Here is a wifdome 
 in this, beyond 
 the rules of 
 Phificke. A mans 
 owne obferuation what he 
 findes good of, and what hee 
 findes hurt of, is the beft 
 Phyficke to prefe[r]ue 
 health. 
 
 But it is a fafer conclufion 
 to fay; this agreeth not well 
 with mee, therefore I will 
 not continue it; then this, I 
 finde no offence of this, 
 therefore I may vfe it : for 
 flrength of nature in youth, 
 paffeth ouer many exceffes, 
 which are owinsr a man 
 
 till his age. 
 
 Difcerne of the commmg; 
 
 on of yeares, and 
 
 thinke 
 
 not to doe the fame things 
 flill. Certainly mofl lufty 
 old men catch their death 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 30. ©f gcgimcnt ot 
 Icaltl). 
 
 Here is a wifdome 
 in this,i beyond 
 the Rules of 
 Fhyficke:Ky[.2J[i% 
 owne Obferuation, what he 
 findes Good of, and what he 
 findes Hurt of, is the befl 
 Phyficke to preferue 
 Health. 
 
 But it is a fafer Conclufion 
 to fay; This agreeth not well 
 with me^ therefore I will 
 7iot continue it; Then this; / 
 f?ide no offetice of this, 
 therefore I may vfe it. For 
 Strength of Nature in youth, 
 paffeth ouer many Exceffes, 
 which are owing^ a Man 
 till his Age. 
 
 Difcei*ne of the comming 
 on of Yeares, and thinke 
 not, to doe the fame Things 
 ilill ; 
 
 by that 
 ase will 
 
 aduenture ; For 
 not be defied. 
 
 Age 
 
 will not be 
 
 For 
 Defied. 
 
 2 Agreeth. Hoc sensi mihi nocuisse, ' I have felt that this injures me.' 
 
 8 Continue. Utar, 'use.' 
 
 * Owing. Tandemvehitdebita exigentur, 'will be at last exacted like debts. 
 
58 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. 9St. 47-52. 
 
 IF Beware of any fuddain Beware of anie fuaaame 
 change in any great point | chaungein any great pointe 
 of diet, and if neceffitie of Dyett, and if neceffity 
 inforce it, fit the refl to it. I inforce it, fitt the reft to it. 
 
 T To be free minded, and ; 
 chearefully difpofed at \ 
 howers of meate, and of. 
 fleepe, and of exercife, is ! 
 the befl precept of 
 long lading. 
 
 To bee free minded, and 
 cheerefully difpofed at 
 howers of meate, and of 
 fleepe, and of exercife, is 
 the befl precept of 
 
 long lafling. 
 
 5 Then one. Quant nnum Magmitn, ' than one great ono. ' 
 ^ Apparell. Vestuan, Maiisioiiis, 'apparel, habitation.' 
 ^ It. Ad Cofisucta, ' to the accustomed course.' 
 
VII. OF REGIMENT OF HE ALT 11. 59 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a^t. 52. 
 any fudden 
 
 Beware of 
 
 change in any great point 
 of diet, and if neceffitie 
 enforce it, fit the refl to it. 
 For it is a fecret both in 
 nature and flate, that it is 
 fafer to change many 
 thinijs then one. 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 Beware of fudden 
 
 Change in any great point 
 of Diet, and if neceffity 
 inforce it, fit the refl to it. 
 For it is a Secret, both in 
 Nature, and State ; Thatitis 
 fafer to change Many 
 ThingSjthen one.^ Examine 
 thy CufLomes, of Diet, 
 Sleepe, Exercife, Apparell,'' 
 andtheUke; And trie in any 
 Thing, thou flialt iudge hurt- 
 full, to difcontinue it by little 
 and little ; But fo, as if 
 thou doefl finde any Incon- 
 uenience by the Change, 
 thou come backe to it' 
 againe: For it is hard to 
 diflinguifh, that which is 
 generally held good, and 
 wholefome,^ from that, 
 which is good particularly, 
 and fitfor thine owne Body.^ 
 To be free minded, and 
 cheerefully difpofed, at 
 Houres of Meat, and of 
 Sleep, and of Exercife, is 
 one of the befl Precepts of 
 Long lafling. As for the 
 Pafiions and Studies of the 
 Minde ; Auoid Enuie; 
 Anxious Feares ; Anger 
 fretting inwards; Subtill 
 
 8 Held good and wholesome. 5" 7/«^ 5rt/?</^r/rt, ' are wholesome.' 
 
 9 Body. Corporis tui ttnici Coiistitutioni, ' the constitution of thy body 
 alone.' 
 
 To bee free minded and 
 cherefullie difj)ofed at 
 houres of meat, and of 
 fleepe, and of exercife, is 
 the befl precept of 
 long lafling. 
 
6o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. aet. 37-8. 
 
 T If you flie Phyficke in 
 health altogether, it will be 
 too flrange to your body, 
 when you fliall neede it, if 
 you make it too familiar, it 
 will worke no extraordin- 
 arie effe6l when fickneffe 
 commeth. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 If you fly Phificke in 
 health altogither, it wilbe 
 too flrange for your body 
 when you fhall neede it; If 
 you make it too familiar, it 
 will worke no extraordin- 
 arie effe6l, when fickneffe 
 commeth. 
 
 T Defpife no new accident i Difpife noe new accident 
 the body, but aske I in thie body, but afke 
 
 m 
 
 opinion of it. 
 
 opinion of it. 
 
 10 Communicated. Alte prcssnin, et noncommunicatam, ' pressed down, 
 and not communicated.' 
 
 " Wonder. Omitted in the Latui. 
 
 12 Strange. Ingratior, ' too unpleasant.* 
 
VIT. OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH. 6i 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i2. a:t. 52. ; V. 
 
 If you fly Phificke in 
 health altogether, it will bee 
 too flrange for your body, 
 when you fhall need it; if 
 you make it too familiar, it 
 ^vill worke no extraordin- 
 arie effecl, when fickneffe 
 commeth. 
 
 Defpife no new accident 
 in your body, but aske 
 opinion of it. 
 
 1625. ait. 6: 
 
 and knottie Inquifitions ; 
 loyes, and Exhilarations 
 in Exceffe ; Sadneffe not 
 Communicated.^"^ Enter- 
 taine Hopes; Mirth rather 
 then loy ; Varietie of 
 Delights, rather then Surfet 
 of them; Wonder,ii and 
 Admiration, and therefore 
 Nouelties ; Studies that fill 
 the Minde with Splendide 
 and IllufLrious Obiecls, 
 as Hiflories, Fables, and 
 Contemplations of Nature. 
 If you flie Phyficke in 
 Health altogether, it will be 
 too flrange^-for your Body, 
 when you fhall need it. If 
 you make it too familiar, it 
 will worke no Extraordin- 
 ary Effecl,^^ whenSickneffe 
 commeth. I commend 
 rather, fome Diet, for cer- 
 taineSeafons, then frequent 
 Vfe of Phyficke, Except it 
 be growen into a Cuflome. 
 For thofe Diets alter the 
 Body more, and trouble it 
 leffe. 
 
 Defpife no new^^ Accident, 
 in your Body, but aske 
 Opinion^^ of it. 
 
 13 Extraordinary Effect. Detrahet de viribus et efficacia ejus, ' it will de 
 tract from its strength and efficacy.' 
 
 !•* New. Noznun et insuetuni, ' new and unaccustomed.' 
 15 Opinion. Consilium Medicor^tm,^ o^in\oiioi^hyiiiQ\aXiS.* 
 
62 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. cTt. 37-S. 
 
 T In fickeneffe refpecl 
 health principally, and in 
 health a6lion. For thofe 
 that put their bodies to 
 indure in health, may in 
 moft fickeneffes which are 
 not very fliarpe, be cured 
 onelye with diet and 
 tendrincr. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a^t. 47-52. 
 
 In ficknes refpecft 
 
 health principally, and in 
 health accion. Ffor thofe 
 that putt theire bodyes to 
 endure in health, may in 
 moft fickneffes which are 
 not verie fliarpe, be cured 
 onely with dyett, and 
 tendering. 
 
 Pliifitians are fonie of 
 them foe pleafmg and con- 
 formable to the humors 
 of the Patient, as they 
 
 T Phyfitians are fomc of 
 them fo pleafmg and con- 
 formable"' to the humours 
 of the patient, as they 
 
 * Comfortable, in 1598 Edition. 
 
 IS Action. Corpora t-uo utere, ttec sis ni/nis delicatus, ' use your body and 
 be not too delicate.' 
 
 ^^ Tendering. Corporis Regitnine paiilo exquisifiore, . . . absque 
 jnnlta Mcdiaitione, ' by a little more careful tendering of the body without 
 much doctoring.' 
 
VII. OF REGIMENT OF HE A L TIL 63 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. tct. 52. 
 
 In fickeneffe refpecSl 
 health principally, and in 
 health action. For thofe 
 that put their bodies to 
 endure in health, may in 
 moll fickneffes, which are 
 not very iharpe, be cured 
 onely with diet and 
 tendering. 
 
 Celfiis could neuer haue 
 fpoken it as a Phyfitian 
 hid he not been a wife 
 man withall ,• when he 
 giueth it for one of the 
 great precepts of health 
 and lafling. That a man 
 doe varie and interchange 
 contraries, but with an 
 inclination to the more 
 being extreame ; vfe 
 fafling, and full eating, but 
 rather full eating ; watch- 
 ing and fleepe, but rather 
 lleepe, fitting and exercife, 
 ]3ut rather exercife, and 
 the like. So fhall nature 
 bee cherifhed and yet 
 taught mafteries. 
 Phyfitians are fome of 
 them fo pleafmg and con- 
 formable to the humors 
 of the Patient, as they 
 
 " A. C. Celsus. De re tnedica. i. i. 
 
 18 Masteries. Robttr acquiret, 'acquire strength.' 
 
 13 Conformable. Erga Acgriun, et ejtis Desideria, tam sunt indulgenits, 
 'axe so indulgent to the sick and his desires.' 
 
 V. 1625. a?t. 65 
 
 In Sick7ieffe^ refpecl 
 Health principally; And in 
 Health, Aclion}'' For thofe 
 that put their Bodies, to 
 endure in Health, may in 
 moft Sickiiejfes which are 
 not very (harpe, be cured 
 onely with Diet, and 
 Tendering. 1" 
 
 Celfiis^ could neuer haue 
 fpoken it as a Phjficiaii, 
 had he not been a Wife 
 jMan withall ; when he 
 giueth it, for one of the 
 great precepts of Health 
 and Lafling, That a Man 
 doe vary, and enterchange 
 Contraries ; But with an 
 Inclination to the more 
 benigne Extreme : Vfe 
 Fafling, and full Eating, but 
 rather full Eating ; Watch- 
 ing and Sleep, but rather 
 Sleep; Sitting, and Exercife, 
 but rather Exercife; and 
 the like. So fliall Nature 
 be cheriflied, and yet 
 taught jMafleries.^^ 
 Phyficians are fome of 
 them fo pleafmg, and con- 
 formable^'-' to the Humor 
 of the Patient, as they 
 
64 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 preffe not the true cure of 
 the difeafe ; and fome 
 other are fo regular in pro- 
 ceeding according to Arte 
 for the difeafe, as they re- 
 fpe6l not fufificiently the 
 condition of the patient. 
 Take one of a middle 
 temper, or if it may not 
 bee found in one man, com- 
 pound two of both forts, 
 and forget not to cal 
 as wel the befla[c]quainted 
 with your body, as the befl 
 reputed of for his facultie. 
 
 III. 1607-12, set. 47-52. 
 
 preffe not the true cure of 
 the difeafe ; and fome 
 other are foe regular in pro- 
 ceedinge according to Art 
 for the difeafe, as they re- 
 fpe6l not fufficiently the 
 condicion of the Patient. 
 Take one of a middle 
 temper, or if it may not 
 be found in one Man, com.- 
 byne two of both fortes, 
 and forgett not to call 
 afwell the befl acquainted 
 with your body, as the befl 
 reputed of, for his facultye. 
 
 '<> Regular. Regulnres et rigidi, ' regular and rigid.' 
 
 ^^ Condition. Cotiditioiicm et Naturam, ' condition and nature' 
 
VII. OF REGIMENT OF II E A L T 11, 65 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ret. 52. 
 
 V. 
 
 162! 
 
 aet. 6; 
 
 prefTe not the true cure of 
 the difeafe; and fome 
 other are fo regular, in pro- 
 ceeding according to art 
 for the difeafe, as they re- 
 fpedl not fufhciently the 
 condition of the Patient. 
 Take one of a middle 
 temper, or if it may not 
 be found in one man, com- 
 bine two of both forts ; 
 and forget not to call 
 afwell the befl acquainted j 
 with your bodie, as the befl i 
 reputed of, for his faculty. 1 
 
 preffe not the true Cure of 
 the Difeafe ; And fome 
 other are fo Regular,-*^in pro- 
 ceeding according to Art, 
 for the Difeafe, as they re- 
 fpect not fufficiently the 
 Conditional of the Patient. 
 Take one of a Middle 
 Temper ; Or if it may not 
 be found in one Man, com- 
 bine two of either fort : 
 And forget not to call, 
 afwell the befl acquainted-- 
 with your Body, as the befl 
 reputed of for his Faculty 
 
 «i-«^ f^^^ 
 
 The best acquainted. Gaajinn, non inlmis quatn, '001 less Tcquaintea 
 . than.' 
 
 
 >^4v 
 
 ^=te-r' <3iif(.rn"i.' 
 
66 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 1. & 11. 1597-8. get. 37-8. III. 1607-72. set. 47-52 
 
 No variations In Text II. 
 
 [8.J ©i l^onour -anti 
 reputation. 
 
 HE winning ofj 
 Honour is but 
 the reuealing of 
 a mans vertue 
 and worth without difad- 
 uantage, for fome in their 
 a6tions doe affed't Honour 
 and reputation, which fort 
 of men are commonly 
 much talked of, but in- 
 wardly little admired : and 
 fome darken their vertue 
 in the fliew of it, fo as 
 they be vnder- vale wed in 
 opinion. 
 
 IT If a man performe that 
 which hath not beene at- 
 tempted before, or at- 
 tempted and giuen ouer, 
 or hath beene atchieued, 
 but not with fo good cir- 
 cumflance, he fliall pur- 
 chafe more Honour then 
 by effecfting a matter of 
 greater difficultie or ver- 
 tue, wherein he is but a 
 follower. 
 
 //ar/i'iau JlfS. 5106. 
 
 21. ©f Donor anb 
 reputation. 
 
 TTc true Wynning 
 of Honor is but 
 therevealingeof 
 a Mans vertue 
 and worth without difad- 
 uantage; For fome intheire 
 accions doe afife6l honour 
 and reputacion, which forte 
 of Men are commonly 
 much talked of, but in- 
 wardlie litle admired ; and 
 fome darken their vertue 
 in the fliewe of it, fo as 
 they be vndervalued in 
 opinion. 
 
 If a Man performe that 
 which hath not beene at- 
 tempted before, or at- 
 tempted and given over, 
 or hath beene atchieved, 
 but not with foe good Cir- 
 cumftance, he fliall pur- 
 chafe more honor, then 
 by effe6ting a matter of 
 greater difticukie, or ver- 
 tue, wherein he is but a 
 Follower. 
 
 If a Man confider Avherein 
 others have given difLaft, 
 
 !Er5. ITariationg in postijumoius ILatin lElJition of 1638. 
 
 1 Winning. Vera, et jure o/>ti»to, Acquisitio, 'the true and rightful 
 winning.' 
 
 2 Honour. Honoris et Existimatio7iis, ' honour and reputation.' 
 
Mil. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 67 
 
 IV. 1612. ast. 5: 
 
 ©f Ijononr anii 
 reputation. 
 
 162; 
 
 set. 6: 
 
 [ This Effay does not occur 
 in the 16 12 Edition.'] 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 55. ©f T)onour anb 
 |.icputation. 
 
 He Winning 1 of 
 Honour,"^ is but 
 the Reuealingof 
 a ^Mans Vertue 
 and Worth, without Difad- 
 uantage."^ For fome in their 
 Actions, doe Wooe and af- 
 fecf* Honour, and Reputa- 
 tion: ^^'hich Sort of Men, are 
 commonly much Talked of, 
 but inwardly little Adm ired. 
 And fome, contrariwife, 
 darken their Vertue, in the 
 Shew of it; So as they be 
 vnder- valued in opinion. 
 If a Man performe that 
 which hath not beene at- 
 tempted before; Or at- 
 tempted and giuen ouer; 
 Or hath beene atchieued, 
 but not with fo good Cir- 
 cumflance; he fliall pur- 
 chafe more Hotwur, then 
 by Effecting a Matter of 
 greater Difficulty, or Ver- 
 tue, wherein he is but a 
 Follower. 
 
 3 Without disaduantage. Dextre et absque deirimento, ' dexterously and 
 without disadvantage.' 
 
 •» Wooe and affect. Proci Fames stmt, et veluti Veiiatores, ' are wooers 
 and as it were hunters of fame.' 
 
68 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-S. set. 37-8. 
 
 IT If a man fo temper his 
 a6lions as in fome one of 
 them hee doe content 
 euerie faclion or combina- 
 tion of people, the Muficke 
 will be the fuller. 
 IF A man is an ill husband of 
 his Honour that entereth in- 
 to any a6lion, the failing 
 wherein may difgrace him 
 more than the carrying of it 
 through can Honour him. 
 
 T Difcreete followers 
 
 helpe much to 
 reputation. 
 
 T Enuie which is the canker 
 of Honour, 
 
 guillied by declarms: a 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 and Wynne honor vponn 
 theire envye, the beame 
 will be the quicker. 
 If a Man fo temper his 
 accions, as in fome one of 
 them, he doe content 
 every fatlion, or combina- 
 cion of People, the Mufick 
 will be the fuller. 
 A Man is an ill hufband of 
 his honor, that entreth in- 
 to anie accion, the faylinge 
 wherein may difgrace him 
 more, then the carrying of it 
 throughe can honor him. 
 
 Difcreete followers 
 
 helpe much to 
 reputacion. 
 
 is befl extin- of honour, 
 declaring a I guiflied by 
 
 Envy which is the Canker 
 is befl extin- 
 declaring a 
 
 5 Temper. Inter sc commithxt, ct contetiiperct, 'combine and temper.' 
 G Gained and broken vpon Another. Qui Comparatimis est, et Ahum 
 pragravat, ' which is comparative and depresses another.' 
 
 " Diamonds. Adamantis, ant Carb7i7iculi,' ^<^\^monA ox c'axh\yi\cS&. 
 
VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 69 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. LL't. 52. 
 
 \This Effay does not occur 
 in the 16 12 EditiofiJ] 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. set. 65. 
 
 If a Man fo temper '^ his 
 Actions, as in fome one of 
 them, hee doth content 
 euerieFadlion,orCombina- 
 tion of People, the Muficke 
 will bee the fuller. 
 A man is an ill Husband of 
 his HonoH?', that entreth in- 
 to any Action, the Failing 
 wherein may difgrace him 
 more, then th e Gary ing of it 
 through can Honor him. 
 Honour, that is gained 
 and broken vpon Another,^ 
 hath the quickeft Reflec- 
 tion; Like Diamonds'' cut 
 with Fafcets. And there- 
 fore, let a Man contend, to 
 excell any Competitors of 
 his in Honour, in Out- 
 fliooting them, if he can, in 
 their owne liowe.^ 
 Difcreet Followers and 
 Seruants helpe much to 
 Reputation. ^OnmisFaina 
 a Domejlicis emanat.^ 
 Enuy, which is the Canker^^ 
 of Honour, is be ft extin- 
 guifhed, by declarii 
 
 Cicero. De petitione cotisulatus. v. 
 
 a 
 
 " AU Fame proceeds from servants. 
 
 8 In their owne Bowe. In its, inquibiis ipsisumvte glorianinr, 'surpass 
 them in those things on which they chiefly pride themselves.' 
 
 9 Omnis Kama. Ita QumUis Cicero, omnis, Sfc, 'thus Q[uintus] Cicero 
 says, Oiiiins, &=€.' 
 
 i" Canker. Tinea et teredo, ' moth and worm.' 
 
70 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. III. 1607-12. cTt. 47-52. 
 
 mans felfe in his ends, 
 rather to feeke merite then 
 fame, and by attributing a 
 mans fucceffes rather to 
 diuine prouidence and 
 feHcitie then to his 
 vertue or pohcie. 
 T The true MarfhalHng of 
 the degrees of Soueraigne 
 honour are thefe. 
 In the firfl place are Co7i- 
 ditores, founders of flates. 
 
 In the fecond place are 
 Legiflatores Lawgiuers, 
 which are alfo called fe- 
 cond founders, or Perpetici 
 prmcipes^ becaufe they 
 gouerne by their ordin- 
 ances after they are gone. 
 
 In the third place are 
 
 Liberatores, 
 
 fuch as compound the 
 
 long miferies of ciuill 
 
 warres, or deliuer their 
 
 Mans felfe in his endes, 
 rather to feeke meritt, then 
 fame, and by attributing a 
 mans fucceffes rather to 
 divine providence, and 
 felicitye, then to his 
 vertue or pollicie. 
 The true Marfhalling of 
 the degrees of Sovereigne 
 honor are theis. 
 In the firfl place are Con- 
 ditores, Founders of States. 
 
 In the fecond place are 
 Leg2jIato?'es, Law givers 
 which are alfo called fe- 
 cond Founders or Perpetiii 
 Priiicipes, becaufe they 
 govern e by theire ordin- 
 ances after they are gone. 
 
 In the tliird place are 
 
 Libcratores, 
 
 Such as compound the 
 
 long miseryes of Civill 
 
 warres, or deliver their 
 
 ^^ Saluatores. Servatores Patriarutn suarum, 'presers'ers of their 
 country.' 
 
VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 71 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ait. ^2. I V. 
 
 5-- 
 
 1625. set. 6; 
 
 [ This Effay does not occur 
 in the 16 12 Edition.^ 
 
 Mans Selfe, in his Ends, 
 rather to feeke Merit, then 
 Fame: And by Attributing 
 a Mans SuccelTes, rather to 
 diuine Prouidence and 
 Felicity, then to his owne 
 Vertue or PoHcy. 
 The true Marflialling of 
 the Degrees of Soiieraig7ie 
 Honour are thefe. 
 In the Firfl Place are Con- 
 d it ores I})iperiorii7n\ Foun- 
 ders of States, and 
 Co7?wiO}i - Wealths : Such 
 as were Romulus, Cyrus, 
 Ccefar, Ottoman, Ifmael. 
 In the Second Place are 
 Legis-latores, Lazcgiuers ; 
 which are alfo called, Se- 
 co7id Foujiders, or Perpetui 
 Fri?icipes, becaufe they 
 Gouerne by their Ordin- 
 ances, after they are gone : 
 Such were Lycurgus, S0I071, 
 Iujti7iian, Eadgar, AIpho7i- 
 fus of Cajlile, the Wife, 
 that made the Siete Par- 
 tidas. 
 
 In the Third Place, are 
 Liberatores, or Sa/uatores:^^ 
 Such as compound the 
 long Miferies of Ciuill 
 Warres, or deliuer their 
 
 * Alphonso X. of Castile, sumamed 'The Wise' [b. 1226 — d. 4 Apr. 1284], 
 was the author of a legal Code, called Las siete partidas, from its seven 
 parts or sections. It was first printed at Seville in 1491 ; and a copious 
 Latin index of it by O. Lopez a Touar appeared at Salamanca in 1576. 
 
72 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S, 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. 3et. 37-8. 
 
 Countries from feruitude 
 of flrangers or tyrants. 
 
 In the fourth place are 
 Propagatorcs or Pi'opiigna- 
 tores wiperii, fuch as in 
 honourable warres en- 
 large their territories, or 
 make noble defence 
 againft Inuaders. 
 And in the lafl place are 
 Patres pair icB, which, raigne 
 iuflly and make the times 
 good wherein they Hue. 
 
 Degrees of honour in fub- 
 ie(5ts are 
 
 fir ft Participes cur arum ^ 
 thofe vpon whome Princes 
 doe difcharge the greateft 
 waight of their affaires, 
 their Right handes (as wee 
 call them.) 
 
 The next are Du es belli, 
 great leaders, luch as are 
 Princes, Lieutenants, and 
 do them notable feruices 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Countryes from fervitude 
 of Strangers or Tyrantes. 
 
 In the fourth place are 
 Propagatorcs or Propugna- 
 tores Iniperii, fuch as in 
 honorable warres en- 
 large theire Territories, or 
 make noble defence 
 againft Invaders. 
 And in the laft place are 
 Patrespatri(E, which reign e 
 iuftly and make the tymes 
 good wherein they live. 
 
 degrees of 
 
 m 
 
 Sub- 
 
 honor 
 ie6les are 
 
 firft Participes curarwn, 
 thofe vponn whom Princes 
 doe difcharge the greateft 
 weight of theire affaiers, 
 theire Right handes (as wee 
 call them.) 
 
 The next are Duces belli, 
 great leaders, fuch as are 
 Princes Liuetenauntes and 
 doe them notable fervices 
 
 12 Noble defence. 
 defence.' 
 
 DefcnsioJie stroma et Nobili, 'energetic and noble 
 
VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 
 
 73 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a:t. 52. 
 
 V. 1625. Jet. 65. 
 
 Countries from Seruitude 
 of Strangers, or Tyrants ; 
 As AuguJJus Ccefar, Vef- 
 pafumus, Aurelianus, Theo- 
 doricus, K. Henry the 7. ot 
 England, K. Henry the 4. 
 of France. 
 
 In the Fourth Place, are 
 Propagatores or Propugna- 
 torcs I)nperij -^ Such as in 
 Honourable Warres en- 
 large their Territories, or 
 make Noble defencei- 
 againll Inuaders. 
 And in the Lall Place, are 
 
 r T-/ • zryr j j. P(-'itresPatricB\\\\\\Q\\xe\'^rve: 
 
 {This Emy does 7wt occur • m a \ \ t^.'^ 
 ^ -'-^ -^ , luRly, and make the Tmies 
 
 in the 161 2 Edition.'] \ good, wherein they liue.^^^ 
 
 Both which laft Kindes, 
 need no Examples, they 
 are in fuch Number. 
 Degrees of Honour in 6"//^- 
 ie^s are ; 
 
 FirR, Participes Curarum : 
 Thofe vpon whom^^Princes 
 doe difcharge the greatefl 
 Weight of their Aftaires; 
 Their Right Hands, as we 
 call them. 
 
 The Next are. Duces Belli, 
 Great Leaders; Such as are 
 Princes Lieutenants, and 
 doe them Notable Seruices 
 
 " Make the Times good. Tern paribus felicibus, guamdiu vivunt C/ves 
 Vpon whom. Quorum humeris, ' on whose shoulders.' 
 
74 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 1. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 in the wars. 
 
 The third are Gratiofi, 
 fauorites, fuch as exceede 
 not this fcantUng to bee 
 follace to the Soueraigne 
 and harmeleffe to the 
 people. 
 
 And the fourth Negotiis 
 pares, fuch as haue great 
 place vnder Princes, and 
 execute their places 
 with fufiftciencie. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 in the Warres. 
 The third are Gratiofi 
 fauorites fuch as exceede 
 not this fcantUng to be 
 folace to the Sovereigne, 
 and harmeles to the 
 People. 
 
 And the fourth Negotiis 
 pai'es, fuch as have great 
 place vnder Princes, and 
 doe execute their places 
 with fufficiencye. 
 
 15 Exceed not this Scantling. Non ultra hoc potes sunt, 'have no power 
 beyond this.' 
 
VIII. OF HONOUR AND RE 
 
 TA TION. 
 
 /3 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i 
 
 £et. ^2. V. 
 
 1625. £et. 6; 
 
 in the Warres. 
 The Third are, Gratiofi, 
 Fauoiirites) Such as exceed 
 not thisScantHng;^^ To be 
 Solace to the Soueraigne, 
 and Harmeleffe to the 
 People. 
 
 And the Fourth, Negotijs 
 {This Effay does not occur pares ; Such as haue great 
 
 Places vnder Princes, and 
 
 in the 16 12 Edition.^ 
 
 execute their Places 
 with Sufficiency. 
 There is an Ho?iour like- 
 wife, which may be ranked 
 amongfl the Greatefl. which 
 happeneth rarely: That is, 
 of fuch as Sacrifice them- 
 fehies, to Death or Danger, 
 for the Good of their 
 Countrey : As was M. 
 Regains, and the Two 
 Decij. 
 
76 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. «& II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. 
 
 For variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [9.] ©f /action;. 
 
 Vnie haue a newe 
 wifedome, in- 
 deed, a fond 
 opinion ; That 
 for a Prince to gouerne his 
 eflate, or for a great per- 
 fon to gouerne his proceed- 
 ings according to the ref- 
 pe6ts of Fa6tions, is the 
 principal part of poUicie. 
 Whereas contrariwife, the 
 chiefefl wifedome is either 
 in ordering thofe things 
 which are generall, and 
 wherein men of feuerall 
 Fa6lions doe neuerUieleffe 
 agree, or in dealing with 
 correfpondence to particu- 
 lar perfons one by one, 
 But I fay not that the con- 
 fideration of Factions is 
 to be negle6led. 
 T Meane men 
 mufL adheare, but great 
 men that haue flrength in 
 themfelues were better to 
 maintaine themfelues in- 
 different and neutrall ; yet 
 euen in beginners to ad- 
 heare fo moderatly, as he 
 be a man of the one Fac- 
 
 III. 1607-12. Pet 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 20. ©t /actio It. 
 
 \nie have an opin- 
 ion not wife ; 
 
 That 
 
 for a Prince to governe his 
 eflate, or for a great per- 
 fon to governe his proceed- 
 inges according to the ref- 
 pe6les of fadlions, is the 
 principall part of policie. 
 Whereas contrary wife, the 
 cheifefL wifedome is either 
 in ordering thofe thinges 
 which are general), and 
 wherein Men of feverall 
 factions doe nevertheles 
 agree, or in dealing with 
 correfpondence to particu- 
 ler perfons, one by one. 
 But I fay not that the con- 
 fideracion of ffadlions is 
 to be negle6led. 
 Meane men 
 
 mufl adhere, but great 
 men that have flrength in 
 themfelves were better to 
 mainteine themfelves in- 
 different, and neutrall ; yet 
 even in beginners to ad- 
 here fo moderately, as he 
 be a man of the one Fac- 
 
 U2. Variations in posthumous Eatin Etiition of 1638. 
 - Title. De Factionibus, ' of factions.' 
 
IX. OF FAC TIO N. 
 
 77 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 cXt. 5: 
 
 34. ©i /action. 
 
 Vny haue an opin- 
 ion not wife; 
 
 That 
 
 for a Prince to gouerne his 
 eflate, or for a great per- 
 fon to gouerne his proceed- 
 ings, according to the ref- 
 pe6l of factions, is the 
 principall part of pollicy : 
 whereas contrariwife, the 
 chiefeft wifdome is either 
 in ordering thofe things 
 which are general!, and 
 wherein men of feuerall 
 factions doe neiiertheleffe 
 agree, or in dealing with 
 correfpondence to particu- 
 ler perfons, one by one. 
 But I fay not, that the con- 
 fideration of fa6tions is 
 to be negledled. 
 Aleane men 
 
 mufl adhere, but great 
 men that haue flrength in 
 themfelues were better to 
 maintaine themfelues in- 
 different, and neutral!. Yet 
 euen in beginners to ad- 
 here fo moderatly, as he 
 be a man of the one fac- 
 
 162 
 
 cet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 51. ©C /action.^ 
 
 Vny haue an Opin- 
 ion not wife ; 
 
 That 
 
 for a Prince to Gouerne his 
 Eflate ; Or for a Great Per- 
 fon to gouerne his Proceevd- 
 ings, according to the Ref- 
 pecl of Facliofis, is a 
 Principall Part of Policy : 
 whereas contrariwife, the 
 Chiefefl Wifdome is, either 
 in Ordering thofe Things, 
 which are Generall, and 
 wherein Men of Seuerall 
 FaBions doe neuertheleffe 
 agree; Or in dealing with 
 Correfpondence to Particu- 
 lar Perfons,- one by one. 
 But I fay not, that the con- 
 fideration of Facliojis, is 
 to be Neglected. 
 Meane iMen, in their Rifmg, 
 mufl adhere; But Great 
 Men, that haue Strength in 
 themfelues, were better to 
 maintaine themfelues In- 
 different, and Neutral!. Yet 
 euen in beginners, to ad- 
 here fo moderately, as hee 
 bee a Man of the one Fac- 
 
 2 Dealing with Correspondence, &c. Vel in palpandis, cPticUiandis et 
 tractatidis singulis. ' or in touching, conciliating, and treating with particu- 
 lar persons. ' 
 
78 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. Jet. 37-8. 
 
 tion, which is paffablefl, 
 
 with the other, commonly 
 
 giueth befl way. 
 
 \ The lower and weaker 
 
 Faction is the firmer in 
 
 coniunction. 
 
 1" When one of the Fac- 
 tions is extinguiflied, the 
 remaining fubdiuideth 
 which is good for a fecond 
 Faaion.* 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 tion, which is paffablefl 
 with thother, commonly 
 giveth beft way. 
 The lower and weaker 
 Fadlion is the firmer in 
 conimi6lion ; 
 
 When one of the Fac- 
 tions is extinguiflied, the 
 remayning fubdivideth, 
 which is good for a fecond. 
 
 *• Faction, omitted in \^^Z Edition. 
 
 * Most Passable. Et taincn Parti adverser initiime odiosus, ' and still is 
 not odious (i.e. the man) to the adverse faction.' 
 
 * Giueth best Way. Viam quandam sternit ad Honores, per Medium 
 Factioniim, ' paves a way to honours by means of factions.' 
 
IX. OF FA C TION. 
 
 79 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i 
 
 ast. 52. I V. 
 
 1625. JEt. 65. 
 
 tion, which is paflablefl 
 
 with the other, commonly 
 
 giueth beR way. 
 
 The lower and weaker 
 
 fa(ftion is the firmer in 
 
 coniunclion. 
 
 When one of the fac- 
 tions is extinguiOied, the 
 remaining fubdiuideth ; 
 which is good for a fecond. 
 
 Z/^;/, which ismofl, Paffable^ 
 with the other, commonly 
 giueth befL Way.* 
 The Lower and Weaker 
 FaHion^ is the firmer^ in 
 Coniundlion : And it is 
 often feene, that a few, 
 that are Stiffe,^ doe tire out," 
 a greater Number, that are 
 more Moderate. 
 When One of the Fac- 
 tions is Extinguiflied, the 
 Remaining Subdiuideth : 
 
 As the Fa^ion, betweene 
 LiicuUus^ and the Refl 
 of the Nobles of the 
 Senate (which they call- 
 ed Optiinates) held out a 
 while,^ againil the Fa^ion 
 of Pojiipey and Ccefar : 
 But w^hen the Senates Au- 
 thority was pulled Downe, 
 C(£far and Fompey foone 
 after brake. The Fusion 
 or Partie of Antonius, and 
 Onaiiianus Ccefar, againfl. 
 Brutus and Cafsius, held 
 out likewife for a time : 
 But when Brutus and 
 CaJJlus were ouerthrowne, 
 
 * Firmer. Firmior et constant lor, 'firmer and more consistent' 
 
 * Stiffe. Obstinati et pertinaces, ' obstinate and perseveriiij;.' 
 
 7 Tire out. In Jlne defatigare et depellere, 'in the end tire out and 
 displace.' 
 
 8 Held out a while. In satis magtio Vigore, ' with sufficient vigour.' 
 
So A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 It is commonly feene that 
 men once placed, take in 
 with the contrarie fadlion 
 to that by which they enter. 
 
 IT The Traitor in Factions 
 lightly goeth away with it, 
 for when matters haue 
 flucke long in ballancing, 
 the winning of fome one 
 
 It is commonly feene, that 
 Men once placed take in 
 with the contrary fa6lion 
 to that by which they enter. 
 
 The Traitor in ffacflions 
 lightly goeth away with it, 
 For when matters have 
 fluck long in ballancinge, 
 the wynning of fome one 
 
 9 Brake and Subdiuided. Chvi Partihussuis,pnulopostdissllierii7it, 'with 
 their parties soon after divided.' 
 
 10 Proue ciphars and Casheer'd. Potcsiate ovi7ii excidimt, ' fall out of all 
 power.' 
 
 n Once Placed. Postquavt I'oti contpoics sittt, ei in Dignitate qiiajit 
 ambierjint collocati, 'when they have obtained their wish and are placed in 
 the dignity which they desired.' 
 
IX. OF FA CTION. 
 
 $1 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i2. ajt. 52. I V. 
 
 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 It is commonly feene, that 
 men once placed, take in 
 with the contrary fa6lion 
 to that, by which they enter. 
 
 The Traitor in factions 
 lightly goeth away with it.- 
 for when matters haue 
 flucke long in balancing, 
 the winning of fome one 
 
 then foone after Antoniits 
 and Oflauiaims brake and 
 Subdiuided.9 Thefe Ex- 
 amples are of Warres, but 
 the fame holdeth in Pri- 
 uate Faflions. And there- 
 fore, thofe that are Seconds 
 in Fa6lions, doe many 
 times, when the Faction 
 Subdiuideth, proue Princi- 
 pals : But many times alfo, 
 they proue Ciphars and 
 Cafheer'd:^^ For many a 
 Mans Strength is in oppo- 
 fition ; And when that 
 faileth, he groweth out of 
 vfe. 
 
 It is commonly feene, that 
 Men once Placed, ^^ take in 
 with the Contrary Faclioii 
 to that, by which they enter; 
 Thinking belike that they 
 haue the Firfl Sure;^- And 
 now are Readie for a New 
 Purchafe. 
 
 The Traitour in Faflio?i 
 lightly goeth away with it;^^ 
 For when Matters haue 
 flucke long in Ballancing, 
 the Winning of fome one 
 
 12 That they haue the First Sure, &c. Se de alteiius Faciionis Affcctu et 
 Studiis,javidndiimcertos esse; liaq^te ad Aniicos ftoz'os coticiliandos se cotn- 
 />arare, 'that they have been long sure of the goodwill and zeal of the other 
 faction, and so prepare themselves to gain new friends.' 
 
 13 Lightly goeth away with it. Plerunqite rem obtinet, ' commonly gets 
 an advantage.' 
 
82 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 man cafleth them, and hee 
 getteth all the thankes. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Man cafleth them, and he 
 getteth all the thankes. 
 
 1* Truenesse to a Mans Selfe. A Consilio callido, quandoquidem proxi- 
 mtts sibi quisque sit, ' from a crafty plan, since each man is nearest to him- 
 self.' 
 
 15 Haue often in their Mouth. De quo Vox ilia, in Vulgus volitat, ' about 
 whom this saying is common among the people.' 
 
IX. OF FA C TIOiV. 
 
 83 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ret. 52. 
 
 man cafleth them and he 
 getteth all the thankes. 
 The euen carriage be- 
 tweene two fadlions, pro- 
 ceedeth not ahvaies of 
 moderation, but of a true- 
 neffe to a mans felfe, with 
 end to make vfe of both. 
 Certainely in Italie they 
 hold it a little fufpect in 
 Popes, when they haue of- 
 ten in their mouth Padre 
 Co??i7ntme,2iT\di take it to be 
 afigne of one that meaneth 
 to referre all to the great- 
 nelTe of his own houfe. 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. get. 65. 
 
 Man cafleth them, and he 
 getteth all the Thankes. 
 The Euen Carriage be- 
 tweene two Faflioiis^ pro- 
 ceedeth not ahvaies of 
 "Moderation, but of a True- 
 neffetoa Mans Selfe,^"^with 
 End to make vfe of both. 
 Certainly in Italy, they 
 hold it a httle fufpecl in 
 Popes, when they haue of- 
 ten in their Mouth, ^^/^^^/r^ 
 C07jumc7ie: And take it, to be 
 a Signe of one, that meaneth 
 to referre all, to the Great- 
 neffe of his owne Houfe. 
 Kings had need beware, 
 how they Side themfelues, 
 and make themfelues as 
 of a Faclioii or Partie :^^ 
 For Leagues, within the 
 State, are euer Pernicious 
 to ^Monarchies ; For they 
 raife an Obligation, Para- 
 mount to Obligation of 
 Soueraigntie, and make the 
 King, Tanquam vnus ex 
 ?wbis:^ As was to be feene, 
 in the League of France. 
 \^'\\tT\Faclions are carried 
 too high,^'' and too vio- 
 
 °' As one oftis. 
 
 16 Faction or Partie. Factioni alicui SubditoruTn suonitn, ' any faction of 
 their subjects.' 
 
 17 Carried too high. Manuforti, et palarn, concertant, ' contend with the 
 strong hand and openly.' 
 
84 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
IX. OF FACTION. 
 
 85 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. V. 
 
 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 lently, it is a Signe of 
 Weakneffein Princes; And 
 much to the Preiiidice, 
 both of their Authoritie, 
 and Bufineffe. 
 The Motions of Fafiions^ 
 vnder Kings, ought to be 
 like the Motions (as the 
 AJlronomers fpeake) of 
 the Inferiour Orbs; which 
 may haue their Proper 
 Motions, but yet flill, are 
 quietly carried, by the 
 Higher Motion, o{Fri?nu7n 
 Mobile. 
 
86 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. get. 37-8. 
 
 For Variations of II., see footnotes. 
 
 [10.] 0i ^cgociatittg. 
 
 T is generally bet- 
 ter to deale by 
 fpeech then by 
 letter, and by 
 the mediation of a thirde 
 then by a mans felfe. Let- 
 ters are good when a man 
 woulde draw an anfwere 
 by letter backe againe, or 
 when it may ferue for a 
 mans iuflification after- 
 wards to produce his owne 
 letter. 
 
 To deale in perfon is good 
 when a mans face breedes 
 regard, as commonly with 
 inferiours. 
 
 III. 1607-T2. aet. 47-52 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 16. ©f ^cgodatinge. 
 
 T is generally bet- 
 ter to deale by 
 fpeach, then by 
 letter and by 
 the mediacion of a third, 
 then by a mans felf; Let- 
 ters are good when a Man 
 would drawe an aunfweare 
 by letter back againe, or 
 when it may ferve for a 
 mans luflificacion after- 
 wardes to produce his owne 
 letter. 
 
 To deale in perfon is good 
 when a mans face breedes 
 regard, as commonly with 
 Inferiours. 
 
 IF In choyce of inflru- 
 
 In choife of Inflni- 
 
 UI. ITariattons in pcstfjutnoug ILatin IStJition of 1638. 
 
 1 Justification. Vbi sua {ntersit, 'when it may be to a man's profit.' 
 
 2 Letter. Exemplaria Literarnm,quas scripsit,prodjicere, et vtonstrare, 
 ' to produce and show the copy of the letter which he wrote.' 
 
X. OF NEGOTIATING. 
 
 87 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 33. ©f |Ccgoditting. 
 
 ^^IT isgenerallie bet- 
 ter to deale by 
 fpeach, then by 
 letter, and by 
 the mediation of a third, 
 then by a mans felfe. Let- 
 ters are sood when a man 
 would draw an anfwer 
 by letter backe againe, or 
 when it may ferue for a 
 mans iuflification after- 
 wards to produce his owne 
 letter, or where it may 
 bee danger co bee inter- 
 rupted or heard by Peeres. 
 To deale in perfon is good 
 when a mans face breeds 
 regard, as commonly with 
 inferiours, or in tender 
 cafes where a mans eie 
 vpon the countenance of 
 him with whom one fpeak- 
 eth, may giue him a dir- 
 ection how farre to goe, 
 and generally where a 
 man will referue to him- 
 felfe libertie either to dif- 
 aduowe, or to expound. 
 In choife of inflru- 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 47. ©i llcgociating. 
 
 T is generally bet- 
 ter to deale by 
 Speech, then by 
 Letter; And by 
 the Mediation of a Third, 
 then by a Mans Selfe. Let- 
 ters are good, when a Man 
 would draw an Anfwer 
 by Letter backe againe; Or 
 when it may ferue, for a 
 Mans Iuflification,^ after- 
 wards to produce his owne 
 Letter;- Or where it may 
 be Danger to be inter- 
 rupted, or heard by Peeces. 
 To deale in Perfon is good, 
 when a MansFace breedeth 
 Regard, as Commonly with 
 Inferiours;^ Or in Tender 
 Cafes,^ where a Mans Eye, 
 vpon the Countenance of 
 him with whom he fpeak- 
 eth, may giue him a Dir- 
 ecSlion, how farre to goe: 
 And generally, where a 
 Man will referue to him- 
 felfe Libertie, either to 
 Difavow, or to Expound.^ 
 In Choice of InJIru- 
 
 3 Inferiours. hi Colloquio cicm Inferiore: 'in conversation with an in- 
 ferior.' 
 
 ^ Tender cases. Rebus, quns extremis tantuin digitis tattgere convenii ; 
 ' in cases which should be touched only with the tips of the fingers.' 
 
 5 Expound- Jnterpreiatidi ea qua: di.verit, ' to expound what he has said.' 
 
IS A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 I. &IL 1597-8. set. 37-8. 
 
 ments it is better to 
 choofe men of a plainer 
 forte that are like to doe 
 that that is committed 
 to them ; and to reporte 
 backe againe faithfully the 
 fucceffe, then thofe that 
 are cunning to contriue 
 out of other mens bufi- 
 neffe fomewhat to grace 
 themfelues, and will helpe 
 the matter in reporte for 
 fatisfa6tions fake. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 mentes it is better to 
 choofe men of a playner 
 forte, that are like to doe 
 that, that is committed 
 to them, and to reporte 
 backe againe faithfully the 
 fucceffe, then thofe that 
 are cunning to contrive 
 out of other mens bufi- 
 neffe fomewhat to grace 
 themfelves, and will helpe 
 the matter in report for 
 fatisfadlions fake. 
 
 « Instruments, /ft iradando per altoS, 'in treating by means of others. 
 
 7 Better. Cantius et melius, ' safer and better.' 
 
 8 Grace themsclues. Qjti ex alioriwt Negotiis, aliguid in se Honoris nut 
 Vtilitatistransferre, callidi sunt, ' that are cunning to transfer to themselves 
 some honour or profit from other men's business.' 
 
X. OF NEGOTIATING. 
 
 89 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. cet. 52. 
 
 ments it is better to 
 choofe men of a plainer 
 fort, that are like to doe 
 that, that is committed 
 to them, and to report 
 backe againe faithfully the 
 fucceffe, then thofe that 
 are cunning to contriue 
 out of other mens buli- 
 nes, fomewhat to grace 
 themfelues, and will helpe 
 the matter in report for 
 fatisfaction fake. 
 
 V. 
 
 £Et. 6: 
 
 1625. c^t. U^). 
 
 me?tts,^ it is better," to 
 choofe Men of a Plainer 
 Sort, that are like to doe 
 that, that is committed 
 to them, and to report 
 back again faithfully the 
 Succeffe ; Then thofe, that 
 are Cunning to Contriue 
 out of other Mens Bufi- 
 neffe, fomewhat to grace 
 themfelues;^ And will helpe 
 the ^Matter, in Report,'* for 
 Satisfaction fake. Vfealfo, 
 fuch Perfons, as affect the 
 Bufmeffe, wherin they are 
 Employed; For that quick- 
 neth^*^ much ; And fuch, as 
 are Fit for the Matter ; As 
 Bold ^len for Expollula- 
 tion, Faire fpoken ]\Ien for 
 Perfwafion,Craftie Menfor 
 Enquiry and Obferuation, 
 Fro ward and Abfurd Men 
 for Bufmeffe that doth not 
 wellbeareoutitSelfe.^^ Vfe 
 alfo fuch, as haue beene 
 Luckie, and Preuailed be- 
 fore in Things wherein you 
 haue Emploied them; For 
 that breeds Confidence, and 
 
 • Help the Matter, in Report Atgue ea, qua referent, verl^is etnolUcni, 
 ut impetise placeant, ' and smoothe by their words what they report to give 
 great pleasure.' 
 
 ^<* Quickneth. Indrcstriam acitit, ' sharpeneth industry.' 
 " Beare out it Selfe. Qua aliquid iniqui liabent, ' which have some- 
 thing unjust £Cbout them.' 
 
90 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSAVS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. jet. 37-8. 
 
 IF It is better to found a 
 perfon with whome one 
 deales a farre off, then to 
 fal vppon the pointe at 
 firfl, except you meane to 
 furprife him by fome 
 fliorte queftion. 
 1" It is better deaHng with 
 men in appetite then 
 with thofe which are where 
 they would be. 
 f If a man deale with an 
 other vppon conditions, 
 the flarte or firfl perfor- 
 mance is all, which a 
 man can not reafonably de- 
 maunde, except either the 
 nature of the thing be 
 fuch which muft goe be- 
 fore, or elfe a man can 
 perfwade the other partie 
 that he fhall ftill neede 
 him in fome other thing, 
 or elfe that he bee counted 
 the honefler man. 
 1" All practife is to difcouer 
 or to worke : men dif- 
 couer themfelues in trufl, 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 It is better to sound a 
 perfon with whom one 
 deales afarre of, then to 
 fall vppon the pointe at 
 firfl, except you meane to 
 fupprife him by fome 
 fhorte queftion. 
 It is better dealing with 
 men in appetite, then with 
 thofe which are where 
 they would be. 
 If a man deale with an 
 other vponn condicions, 
 the flart, or firfl perfor- 
 mance is all, which a 
 man cannott reafonably de- 
 maunde, except either the 
 nature of the thing be 
 fuch which muft goe be- 
 fore, or els a man can 
 perfuade the other partie, 
 I that he fhall flill neede 
 i him in fome other thing, 
 I or els that he be counted 
 ! the honefler Man. 
 All pradlize is to difcover, 
 or to worke : Men dif- 
 cover themfelves in trust. 
 
 12 Striue. Ovtnem LaMdem mm>ebunt, * will move every stone.' 
 
 13 Sound . . . afar off. Privio leviter dcgustarc, et quasi ex longin- 
 guo, ' to try lightly at first, and as if from afar oft".' 
 
 !■* Surprize. Irretire et o/>priniere, ' entangle and surprise.' 
 
 ^^ Men in Appetite. Qui iu Ambitu sunt, ' who are striving for honour.' 
 
X. OF NEGOTIATING. 
 
 91 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 It is better to found a 
 perfon with whom one 
 deales a farre off, then to 
 fall vpon the point at 
 firfl, except you meane to 
 fupprife him by fome 
 fliort queflion. 
 It is better dealing with 
 men in appetite, then with 
 thofe which are where 
 they would bee. 
 If a man deale v ith an 
 other vpon conditions, 
 the flart or firfl perfor- 
 mance is all, which a 
 man cannot reafonably de- 
 mand, except either the 
 nature of the thing be 
 fuch which mufl goe be- 
 fore, or elfe a man can 
 perfwade the other party, 
 that hee fhall flill neede 
 him in fome other thing, 
 or elfe that he be counted 
 the honefler man. 
 All pra6tife is to difcouer 
 or to worke : Men dif- 
 couer themfelues in trufl, 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 they will flriue^^ to main 
 taine their Prefcription. 
 It is better, to found^-' a 
 Perfon, with whom one 
 Deales^ a farre off, then to 
 fall vpon the Point at 
 firfl; Except you meane to 
 furprize^'* him by fome 
 Short QueRion. 
 It is better Dealing with 
 Men in Appetite,^^ then 
 with thofe tliat are where 
 they would be. 
 If a man Deale with an- 
 other vpon Conditions, 
 the Start or Firfl Perfor- 
 mance^*^ is all ; Which a 
 Man cannot reafonably De- 
 maund, except either the 
 Nature of the Thing be 
 fuch, which mufl goe be- 
 fore; Or Elfe a Man can 
 perfwade the other Partie, 
 that hee fhall flill need 
 him, in fome other Thing; 
 Or elfe that he be counted 
 the Honefler Man.^'^ 
 All Yx2.€i\i^^\%\o Difcouer, 
 or to Worke. Men Dif- 
 <:i?//6r themfelues, in Trufl,^'-^ 
 
 16 Start or First Performance. Prima veluti Occupatio, nut Possessio 
 Votorum, in pracipuis numeranda, ' the first seizure, as it were, or the pos- 
 session of one's" wishes, is to be considered the chief point.' 
 
 1" Honester Man. Pro Homine tjnpnmis integro et verace, 'for a man 
 especially upright and truthful.' 
 
 18 Practise. Negotiatio, ' negotiation.' 
 
 19 In Trust. Vel Animion suavi communicatido, 'either by communicating 
 their minds.' 
 
92 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 I. & 11. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. 
 
 in pafsion, at vnwares 
 and of necefsitie, when 
 they would haue fomewhat 
 donne, and cannot find 
 an apt precept.* If you 
 would worke any man, 
 you muft either know his 
 nature, and fafhions and 
 fo leade him, or his ends, 
 and fo winne him, 
 or his weakeneffes§ or dif- 
 aduantages, and fo awe 
 him, or thofe that haue in- 
 terefl in him and fo go- 
 uerne him. 
 
 T In dealing with cunning 
 perfons, we mufl euer con- 
 iider their endes to inter- 
 pret their fpeeches, and it 
 is good to fay little to them, 
 and that which they leaft 
 looke for. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 in paffion, att vnawarres 
 and of neceffitie when 
 they would have fomewhat 
 done, and cannott finde 
 an apt pretext. If you 
 would worke any Man, 
 you mufl either knowe his 
 nature, and fafhions, and 
 fo leade him, or his endes, 
 and fo perfuade him, 
 or his weakenes, or dif- 
 ad vantages, and fo awe 
 him, or thofe that have in- 
 tereft in him, and fo go- 
 verne them. 
 
 In dealing with cuiining 
 perfons, wee muft ever con- 
 sider theire endes, to inter- 
 prete theire fpeaches, and it 
 is good to fay litle to them, 
 and that which they leafl 
 looke for. 
 
 * pretext, in 1598 Edition. 
 § weaknesse, in 1598 Edition^ 
 
 20 In Passion. Vel acnt Ira comntoH sunt, net se bene Cohihere SCiuni; 
 
 'or whjn moved with anger and unable to restrain themselves.' 
 
 21 Work any Man. Si queni ad Nutum jingere cupias, ut inde efficias 
 aliquid, ' if you would work any man to your will to gain anything 
 thereby.' 
 
X. OF NE GOriA TING. 
 
 93 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ret. 52. 
 
 in paffion, at vnawares, 
 and of neceflity, when 
 they would haue fomewhat 
 done, and cannot finde 
 an apt pretext. If you 
 would worke any man, 
 you muft either know his 
 nature, and faOiions, and 
 fo leade him; or his endes, 
 and fo perfwade him ; 
 or his weaknes or dif- 
 aduantages, and fo awe 
 him, or thofe that haue in- 
 terell in him, and fo go- 
 uerne them. 
 
 In dealing with cunning 
 perfons, we muft euer con- 
 sider their endes to inter- 
 pret their fpeeches; and it 
 is good to fay little to them, 
 and that which they leafl 
 looke for 
 
 V. 1625. a3t. 65. 
 
 In Paffion,-*^ At vnawares ; 
 And of Neceffitie, when 
 they would haue fomewhat 
 done, and cannot finde 
 an apt Pretext. If you 
 woulde Worke zxvj Man,^! 
 you mufl either know his 
 Nature, and Fafhions, and 
 fo Lead him ; Or his Ends, 
 and fo Perfwade him ; 
 Or his Weakneffe, and Dif- 
 aduantages, and fo Awe 
 him ; or thofe that haue In- 
 terefl-- in him, and fo Go- 
 uerne him. 
 
 In Dealing with Cunning 
 Perfons, we mufl, euer Con- 
 fider their Ends,^^ to inter- 
 pret their Speeches; And it 
 is good, to fay little to them, 
 and that which they leafl 
 looke for. 
 
 In all Negociatiojis of Diffi- 
 cultie, a Man may not 
 looke, to Sowe and Reape 
 at once ; But mufl. Prepare 
 Bufin effe, and fo Ripen it 
 by Degrees. 
 
 — 1 hose that haue Interest. A ut deniqne A ntici ejus, qui plurimmn apud 
 eum 7'alent, conciliandi, ' or lastly, you must conciliate his friends, who 
 have the greatest influence with him.' 
 
 23 Consider their Ends. Ferbis eor^an mifiime credendum, nisi Fines et 
 Intentiones eorum Jiabeas Verhorwn Interpretes, ' their words must be but 
 little believed, unless you have their ends and intentions to interpret their 
 words. ' 
 
94 
 
SACRED MEDITATIONS. 
 
 The Latin Version of 1597. Text I. 
 
 PLACED ON OPPOSITE PAGES TO 
 
 The English Version 0/ i^gS. Text II. 
 
 OF THE 
 COLOURS OF GOOD & EVIL, 
 
 First Published in 1597. Text I. 
 
 Literal corrections of 1598 edition. Text II, are shown between []. 
 
M E D I T A 
 
 T I O N E S 
 
 S 
 
 A C R ^. 
 
 L O N D I N I. 
 
 Excudebat Johannes Windet. 
 
 15 9 7- 
 
1598. 
 
 [Religious Meditations.] 
 
 97 
 
 [No separate title. 
 The text follows on immediately after the EJfaies?^ 
 
 
 it'vruv*-. 
 
5^ [Meditationes Sacrag.] 1597. 
 
 1 De operibus Dei, et hominis 
 
 2 De miraculis Seruatoris 
 
 3 De columbina innocentia, et ferpentina prudentia 
 
 4 De exaltatione Charitatis 
 
 5 De menfura curarura 
 
 6 De Spe terrelln 
 
 7 De Hypocritis. 
 
 8 De impofloribus. 
 
 9 De generibus Impoflurae. 
 
 10 De Atheifmo. 
 
 11 De Haerefibus. 
 
 12 De Ecclefia, et Scripturis 
 
1598. [Religious Meditations.] 
 
 Meditationes facrcB. 
 
 OF the workes of God and man. 
 Of the miracles of our Sauiour. 
 
 Of the innocencie of the Done, and the wifedome of thi 
 Serpent. 
 
 Of the exaltation of Charitie. 
 
 Of the moderatioti of Cares. 
 
 Of earthly hope. 
 
 Of Hipocrites. 
 
 Of Impoflors. 
 
 Of the feiierall kinds of Lnpoflure. 
 
 Of Atheifme. 
 
 Of Hcrefics. 
 
 Of the Church and the fcriptures. 
 
M ED I T A T I O- 
 
 NES SACR^. 
 
 pc opcribtt^ pet et l)omim^. 
 
 Idit Deiis omjiia qiics feceraiit mantis 
 eiiis, et erant bona niniis : homo aii- 
 tem conuerfiis, vt videret opei'a quce 
 feceriint maniis eiiis, hmcnit quod 
 omnia erant vanitas, et vexatio 
 fpiritus. 
 
 Qtia7'efi opera Dei operaberis, fiidor tmis vt imgiien- 
 tum arojnatiim, et feriatio tua vt Sabathmn Dei. La- 
 borabis in fudo}'e bona. eofifcie?iti£e, et feriabere in otio 
 faiiifsimoi contemplatio7iis. Si an fern pojl magna lia 
 hominum perfeqneris, erit iibi in opera ndo Jlimulus et 
 angiistia., et in recordando fajlidinm, et exprobratio. Et 
 ineriio tibi euenit (b /lomo) vt cum tu qui es opus Dei., 
 11071 retribuas ei beneplacentiam ; etiam opej-a tua reddatit 
 tibi fru^um funilem amaritudinis. 
 
 pe miracuUiS ^crvtatoriis. 
 Bene omnia fecit. 
 
 Ems plaufus ; Deus cum vniuerfa creai'et, 
 vidit quod fuigula, et omnia erant bona 
 niuiis. Deus verbiim in miracuUs quce 
 edidit {omne autem miraculum est noua 
 
1598. 
 
 [Religious Meditations.] 
 
 lOI 
 
 ©f tl)c roorkcjs of 6ob anti man. 
 
 Od beheld all things which his hands 
 had made, and lo they were al pas- 
 fing good. But when man turned 
 him about, and tooke a view of the 
 works which his hands had made, 
 he found all to bee vanitie and 
 vexation of fpirit : wherefore if 
 thou flialt worke in the workes 
 of God, thy fweat fliall bee as an ointment of 
 odours, and thy refl as the Sabbaoth of God. Thou 
 flialt trauaile in the fweate of a good confci- 
 ence, and fhall keepe holyday in the quietneffe and 
 libertie of the fweetefl contemplations. But if thou 
 flialt afpire after the glorious a6les of men, thy work- 
 ing fhall bee accompanied with compunction and flrife, 
 and thy remembrance followed with diflafl and vp- 
 braidings, and iuflly doeth it come to paffe towardes 
 thee (0 man) that fmce thou which art Gods worke 
 doefl him no reafon in yeelding him well pleafmg 
 feruice,. euen thine OA\Tie workes alfo fliould rewarde 
 thee with the like fruit of bitterneffe. 
 
 (Bi i\)t miracles ot our ^auiour. 
 
 He hath done all th'mgs well. 
 
 True confeffion and applaufe : God when 
 hee created all things, faw that euery thing 
 in particular, and all thinges in general! 
 were exceeding good, God the worde in 
 the miracles which hee wrought (now 
 tuery miracle is a new creation and not according to 
 
I02 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 creatio, et noii ex lege primce creationis) nil facers 
 voluity quod iion gratiam^ et bejieficentiain onmi?io fpi- 
 raret. Mofes edidit mtJ^acula, et profligauit ^giptios 
 pejlibus mult is ; Elias edidit, et occlufit coehun Jte plu- 
 ?-eret fuper terrain ; et 7'urfus eduxit de coelo igneifi dei 
 fu er duces, et cohortes ; Elizeiis edidit, et euocaiiit vrjas 
 ^ deferto quce laniarent iinpuberes ; Petrus Ananiam 
 facrilegiim hypoci'itam morte ; Pauhis Elimam maguni 
 ccecitate percufsit : Scd nihil huiiifniodi fecit lefus. 
 Defcendit fuper eiwi fpiritus in forma columhce, de quo 
 dixit, Nefcitis cuius fpiritus {\\\s, fpiritus lefu, fpiritus 
 columbinus, ftierunt illi ferui dei, tanquam boues dei 
 triturantes granum, et conculcantes paleam : fed lefus 
 Agnus dei fne ira, et iudicijs. Omnia eius miracula 
 circa corpus hu7nanum, et doflrina eius cii'ca animain 
 hunianam. Indiget corpus hominis alimento, defeiifione 
 ab externis, et curd. Ilk multitudinem pifcium in 
 retibus co?igregauit, vt vberiorein viftimi hojuinibus pre- 
 beret, ille alimentum aquce iiz dignius alimentum vini ad 
 exhilarandum cor Jiominis cojiuertit. Ille ficum, quod 
 officio fuo ad quod defliiiatum ftiit, ad cibum horn i? its 
 videlicet non fungeretur, arefieri iufsit. Ille penuriam 
 pifcium, et panwn ad alcndum exercitum populi dila- 
 tauit : Ille ventos quod naicigantibus minarentur cor- 
 ripuit : Ille claudis motumccEcis liunen, mutis fei'7nonei7t, 
 la7iguidis fa7iitate7n, Icprofis car7ie77i 7/iuuda7n, de77i07iicu:is 
 a7ii77iU77i i7itegru77i, mo7-tuis vitaiii reflituit. Nulhun 
 77iiraculu77t iudicij, onmia beiicficenticB, et circa co7pus 
 hu77ianum, 7ia77i circa diuiiias 7ion eft dig/iatus ede7-e 
 miracula; 7iifl hoc vnicumy vt tributiwi dai-etur Cafari. 
 
1598. Of the miracles of our Sauiour. 103 
 
 the firil creation) would do nothing which breathed 
 not towardes men fauour and bountie. Moyfes 
 wrought miracles and fcourged the Egyptians with 
 many plagues. Elias wrought miracles and fliut vp 
 heauen that no raine fliould fall vppon the earth, and 
 againe brought downe from heauen the fire of God 
 vpon the captaines and their bands. Elizeus ^vrought 
 alfo and called Beares out of the defart to deuour 
 yong children. Peter flroke Ananias the facrilegious 
 hipocrite with prefent death, and Paule Elimas the 
 forcerer with blindneffe, but no fuch thing did lefus, 
 the fpirit of God defcended downe vppon him in the 
 forme of a Doue, of whom he faid, You know not of 
 7L>Jiat fpirit you ai'c. The fpirite of lefus is the fpirit 
 of a Doue, thofe feruants of God were as the Oxen of 
 God treading out the corne and trampling the flrawe 
 downe vnder their feete, but lefus is the Lambe of 
 God without A\Tath or iudgementes. All his miracles 
 were confumate about mans bodie, as his doctrine 
 refpecled the foule of man. The body of man need- 
 eth thefe things, fuftenance, defence from outward 
 wronges, and medicine, it was he that drew a multi- 
 tude of fifhes into the nets that hee might giue vnto 
 men more liberall prouifon. He turned water, a leffe 
 worthy nourifhment of mans body, into wine a more 
 worthy, that glads the heart of man. He fentenced 
 the Figge tree to wither for not doing that duetie 
 whereunto it was ordayned, which is to beare fruit for 
 mens foode. He multiplyed the fcarfitie of a few 
 loues and fifhes to a fufficiency to vi6tuaile an hofl 
 of people. He rebuked the winds that threatned def- 
 truclion to the feafaring men : He reflored motion to 
 the lame, light to the blinde, fpeech to the dumbe, 
 health to the fick, cleanneffe to the leprous, a right 
 mind to thofe that were poffeffed, and life to the 
 dead No miracle of his is to bee found to haue beene 
 of iudgement or reuenge, but all of goodneffe and 
 mercy, and refpe6ling mans bodie ; for as touching 
 riches he did not vouch iafe to do any miracle, faue 
 one onely that tribute might be giuen to Cefar. 
 
§ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 104 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 pc (JTolttmbttta tnnoccittiii, tt ^crpctttitta 
 pruticntia. 
 
 Non accipit ilultus verba pmdentiDS, nifi ea dixeris quae 
 verfantur in corde eius. 
 
 Vdicio hominis deprauato et comipto, omnis 
 qucB adhibetur eniditio et perfuafio ifrita 
 eji, et defpeclui qiicz 11011 diicit exordhun 
 a dete^lone, et reprefentatione malce com- 
 plexioiiis animi fanaiidi, qicem admodum inutiliter 
 adhibetur mediciiia 11011 pertentato zndnere. Nam 
 homines malitioji, qui nihil faiii cogitant, prceocciipant 
 hoc Jibi, vt piitent boiiitatem ex fimplicitate morum, 
 ac infcitia quadam, et imperitia reriiin humanarum 
 gigni. Qjiare nifi perfpexerint ea quce verfantur in 
 corde fuo, id efi, peiiitifsimas latebras malitice fuce. per- 
 lufiratas ejfjfe, ei qui fuafum molitur, de ridicido habeiit 
 verba prudent ice; Itaque ei qui ad boiiitatem afpirat^ 11011 
 folitariam^ et particularem, fed feminalem, et genitiuam 
 quce alios trahat, debent effe omiiinb noia, quce ilk vocat 
 Profunda Satanae ; vt loquatur cum auHoritate et 
 iiifinuatione vera : Hinc efi illud, Omnia probate, quod 
 bonum eft tenete. Inducens cleBionem iudiciofam ex 
 generali examinatione : Ex eodem foiite efi illud ; Eftote 
 prudentes ficut ferpentes, innocentes ficut columbte. 
 Non efi deus ferpentis, nee venenum nee aculeus, qucB 
 noil probata debeant effe, nee pollutionem quis timeat^ 
 
1598. Of the innocency of the Done, o^e. 105 
 
 0f tl)C innoccncj) of tljc pouc, anb tobetiomc of tl)c 
 ^crpcnt. 
 
 The fool e reeeyueth not the luords of wifedome, except 
 thou difcouer to him luhat he hath in his heart. 
 
 a man of a peruerfe and corrupt iudge- 
 ment all inilrudlion or perfwafion is fmit- 
 lelTe and contemptible, which beginnes not 
 with difcouerie, and laying open of the 
 diflemper and ill complexion of the mind 
 which is to be recured as a plafter is vnfeafonably 
 applyed before the wound be fearched : for men of 
 corrupt vnderftanding that haue lofl al found difcem- 
 ing of good and euill, come poffefl ^^ith this preiudi- 
 cate opinion, that they think al honefly and good- 
 nes proceedeth out of a fimplicity of manners, and a 
 kind of want of experience and vnacquaintancewith the 
 affaires of the worlde. Therefore except they may 
 perceiue that thofe thinges which are in their hartes, 
 that is to fay, their owne corrupt principles, and the 
 deepefl reaches of their cunning and rottenneffe to 
 bee throughly founded and kno^\^le to him that goeth 
 about to perfuade with them they make but a play of 
 the words of wifedome. Therefore it behooueth him 
 which afpireth to a goodnes (not retired or particular 
 to himfelfe, but a fructifying and begetting goodneffe, 
 which fhould draw on others) to know thofe pointes, 
 which he called in the Reuelation the deepes of 
 Sathan. That hee may fpeake with authoritie and 
 true infmuation. Hence is the precept: Try all 
 things and hold that which is good^ which indureth a 
 difceminsf election out of an examination whence 
 nothing at all is excluded, out of tlie fame fountam 
 arifeth that direction : Be you wife as ferpents^ and 
 innocent as doues. There are neither teeth nor flinges, 
 nor venime, nor wreathes and foukles of ferpents 
 which ought not to be all known, and as far as ex- 
 
io6 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 nam et fol ingreditur iatrmas, nee mqiimatiir, nee qtiis 
 je deicm tentai-e et'edat, nam ex prceeepto ejl^ Et fufficiens 
 efl Deus vt vos immaculatos cuflodiat. 
 
 pe c^altatioite Cljaritatijs;. 
 
 Si gauifus fum ad ruinam eius qui o- 
 
 derat me, et exaltaiii quod inue- 
 
 niilet eum malum. 
 
 lEfeJlatio lob ; amieos ?'edamare, ejl eharita^ 
 publieanoriim ex fcedere vtilitatis, verfus 
 inimicos auieni bene aniinatos effe, ejl 
 ex apicibus iiiris Chrijliani^ et imitatio 
 diuinitatis. Riirfiis tamen hiiius charitatis complures 
 funt gradns, quoriun primus ejl inimieis refipifceniibus 
 ignofeere, ac Jiuius quidem cJiaritatis etiani cipiid gejierofas 
 feras lunbj-a qi(CEdani, et imago reperiiur ; nam et leofies 
 infefubmittcntes^ et pi'ojlernentes non vlteritLS fmiire pa'- 
 hibentur. Secundus gradus ejl i?ii??iieis ignojeere, licet 
 fmt diir lores, et abjque reconciliatiomiin piacidis. Tei'tius 
 gradus ejl non tantiun veniam, et gratiam ininiicis largiri, 
 fed etiam 7nerita, et benejicia in eos conferre. Sed habent 
 hi gradus, aut habere pojfunt, nejcio quid potius ex ojleu- 
 tatione, aut Jaltem animi magnitudine quam ex charitate 
 pur a. Nam ciim quis virtutem ex Je emanare, et ejjluere 
 Jentit, fieri pot ejl vt is effe?'atur, et potiils virtutis Juce 
 JruBu qud77i Jalute, et bojio proxinii delefletur. Sed fi 
 aliunde malum aliquod inimicuni tuum deprehejidat, et 
 
1598. Of the exaltation of Charity. 107 
 
 amination doth lead, tryed : neyther let any man here 
 feare infc6tion or pollution, for the funne entreth 
 into finkes and is not defiled. Neyther let any man 
 thinke that herein he tempteth God, for this diligence 
 and generality of examination is commanded, and 
 God is Jufficicnt to prrferue you ivwiaculate and pure. 
 
 ©f t^e eialtatton ot (ITIjantie. 
 
 If I hatie reioyced at the oiierthrow of him that hated 
 me, or tooke pleafiire when aduerfity did befall him. 
 
 He deteflation or 7'enoiincing of lobe. For a 
 man to loue againe where he is loued, 
 it is the Charitie of Publicanes contracted 
 by mutuall profite, and good offices, but 
 to loue a mans enemies is one of the 
 cunningefl pointes of the lawe of Chrifl, and an imita- 
 tion of the diuine nature. But yet againe of this 
 charitie there be dyuers degrees, whereof the firfl is 
 to pardon our enemies when they repent : of which 
 charitie there is a fliadow and image euen in noble 
 beaftes, for of Lyons it is a receyued opmion, that 
 their fury and fierceneffe ceafeth towardes any thing 
 that yeeldeth and proflrateth it felfe. The feconde 
 degree is to pardon our enemies, though they perlifl 
 and without fatifiadions and fubmiffions. The thirde 
 degree is not onely to pardon and forgiue and forbeare 
 our enemies, but to deferue well of them, and to do 
 them good. But all thefe three degrees either haue 
 or may haue in them a certaine brauery and great- 
 nes of the minde, rather then pure Charity : for when 
 a man perceyueth vertue to proceede and flow from 
 himfelfe, it is poffible that he is pufted vp and 
 takes contentment rather in the fruit of his owne vertue, 
 then in the good of his neighbors : but if any euill 
 ouertake the enemie from any other coafl, then from 
 thy felfe, and thou in the inwardeft motions of thy 
 
ic8 Meditationes Sacrce. 1597. 
 
 /// in intcj'wrihiis cellulis cordis gratieris, et angiijlieris, 
 nee, qiiafi dies v/tionis, et vindiftce tiice adiceniffet, Icsteris; 
 hoc ego fajligium, et exaltatiofiem char it at is ejfe pono. 
 
 pt mctt^ttra turarum. 
 
 Sufficit diei malitia fua. 
 
 ^Odiis ejfe in curis Junnanis dehet^ alioqui et 
 iimtiles fic?it, vt qiice aniimim oppriinant^ 
 et iudiciinn confiindant, et profanes, vt qiice 
 fapiant aninmm, qui perpetuitatejn quan- 
 dam in rebus mundanis fibi fpondeat. Hodierni enim 
 debemiis effe ob bretiitatem ceui, et non crajlini, fed 
 vt ilk ait, Carpentes diem, Erunt enim futura prsefentia 
 \ice fua ; Qjiare fiifficit follicitiido prcBfe?itiu?n. Neqtie 
 tamen ciirce modcj-atce, fine flnt CBCO}io?niece, fme publican, 
 fine renun mandatarum notantiir. Sed Jiic duplex eft 
 exceffus. Primus ciirn curai'um f erics in Longitudinem 
 niniiam, et tcmpora ronotiora extendimus, ac fi frouiden- 
 tiam diiiinam apparatn noflro ligare poffenuis, quod 
 femper etiani apud Ethnicos itifauflum et infolois fuit. 
 Fere enim qui Fortunoi vitdtuni tribuerunt, et ad occafiones 
 prcefcjites al acres, et praflb fuerimt, feel icit ate magna vfi 
 fu7it. Qui autein altum fafientes, omnia curata et niedi- 
 tata habere confifi fujit, infoi'tunia fubicrunt. Sccundus 
 exceffus eft, cum in. curis immoramur diutiiis quani opus 
 efl ad iuflam deliberationem, et ad dccretum faciendum, 
 Quis enim noflrum eft, qui tantum airet, quantum fuf/i- 
 cit, vt fe explicet, vel fefe explicare fioii poffe iudicet, et 
 
1598. Of the moderatio7i of cares. 109 
 
 hart beefl grieued and companionate and doefl no 
 waies infult as if thy dayes of right and reuenge were 
 at the lafl come. This I interprete to be tlie height 
 and exaltation of Charity. 
 
 0f tljc moberatioit of carc^. 
 
 Sufficient for the day is the euill thereof 
 
 Here ought to bee a m[e]an fare in worldly 
 cares otherwife they are both vnprofitable, 
 as thofe which oppreffe the mind and 
 aflonifh the iudgement, and prophane as 
 thofe which fauour of a mind which pro- 
 mifeth to it felfe a certain perpetuity in the things 
 of this world : for we ought to be daies-men, and not 
 to morrowes men, conlidering the fliortneffe of our 
 time, and as he faith : Layi?ig hold on the prefent day : 
 for future thinges fliall in their turnes become prefent : 
 therefore the care of the prefent fufficeth: and yet 
 moderate cares (whether they concerne our particular 
 or the common wealth, or our friends) are not blamed. 
 But herein is a twofold exceffe, the one Avhen the 
 chaine or thread of our cares extended and fpunne out 
 to an ouer great length, and vnto times too farre off, 
 as if we could bind the diuine prouidence by our pro- 
 uifions, which euen with the heathen was alwaies iound 
 to be a thing infolent and vnluckie, for thofe which 
 did attribute much to fortune, and were ready and at 
 hand to apprehende with alacritie the prefent occa- 
 fions, haue for the mofL part in their a6liohs beene hap- 
 pie. But they who in a compaffe wifedome haue entred 
 into a confidence that they had belayed all euents, haue 
 for the mofl parte encountred miffortune. The fecond 
 exceffe is, when we dwel longer in our cares then is re- 
 quifite for due deliberating or firme refoluing: for who is 
 there amongfl vs that careth no more then fufiiceth 
 eyther to refolue of a courfe, or to conclude vpon an 
 
no Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 non eadem fcppe I'draHd, et in eodem cogiiationum cir- 
 cuitii inntiliter hcei'cat, et dejiiqiie eiianefcatl Quod 
 genus curanun, et diuinis et humajiis ratioiiibus aduer- 
 fifsimum ejl, 
 
 ge ^pe tcrre^tn. 
 
 Melior efl oculonim vifio, quam animi progrefsio. 
 
 ''Enfus piirus infuigida melior'em reddit condi- 
 tionem, et politiani mentis^ quam ijlce iin- 
 aginationes et progrefsiones animi. Na- 
 tura enim anii?ti humani etiavi in vi- 
 gejiijs grauifsimis ejl, vt a fenfu fuigulorum Jlatini 
 progrediatur, et faliat, et onmia auguretur fore talia^ 
 quale illud eji qtwd prcefentem fenfum incutit, fi boni ejl 
 fe7ifus facilis ejl ad fpem indeJiJiitajti^fL mali ejl Jenjus^ ad 
 metum: V7ide illud, Fallitur augurio fpes bona fepe 
 fuo, et contra illud, Pefsimus in dubijs augur. Sed 
 tamen timoris ejl aliquis Jru5lus, praparat enim tolerafi- 
 tium, et acuit indujlriam ; Non vlla laborum 6 virgo 
 noua mi facies inopaub furgit. Omnia prcecepi, atque 
 animo meami ante peregi. Spes vero inutile quiddam 
 videtur. Quorfum enim ijla anticipatio boni ? Attende, 
 Ji minus eueniat bonum quam Jperes, bojium licet fit, 
 tainen quia minus fit, videtur damnum potius quam 
 lucrum ob exceffum fpei. Si par et tantum fit, et 
 euentus fit fpei cequalis, tamen fios boni per fpein 
 decefpitur, et videtur ferh obfoletum, et fafiidio magis 
 finitimum. Si maior fit fucceffus fpe, videtur aliquid 
 
1598. Of earthly hope. iii 
 
 impoffibilitie, and doth not flill chewe ouer the fame 
 thinges, and treade a mace in the fame thoughtes, and 
 vaniHieth in them without ifliie or conckifion, which 
 kind of cares are moll contrary to all diuine and humane 
 refpe6ts. 
 
 ©f cartl)b !)Ope. 
 
 Better is the fight of the eye, the?i the appreheiifion of 
 the mifid. 
 
 VVtq fence receiuing euery thing acording 
 to the naturall impreffion makes a better 
 II ftate and gouernment of the mind then 
 thefe fame imaginations and apprehen- 
 fions of the mind : for the minde of man 
 hath this nature and propertie, euen in the graueft and 
 moll fetled \vits, that from the fence of euery particu- 
 lar, it doeth as it were bound and fpring forward, and 
 take holde of other matters foretelling to it felf that 
 all fhal proue like vnto that which beateth vpon the 
 prefent fence : if the fence be of good, it eafily runnes 
 into an vnlimited hope, and into a like feare, when 
 the fence is of euill, according as is faid : 
 
 The oracles of hopes doth oft abufe. 
 And that contrary, 
 
 A froiuarde foiithfayer is fear e iti doubts. 
 But yet of feare there may bee made fome vfe, for 
 it prepareth patience, and awaketh induftry. 
 NofJiape of ill comes new or flrange to vie. 
 All forts fet do7ime, yea aiid prepared be 
 But hope feemeth a thing altogether vnprofitable, 
 for to what ende ferueth this conceit of good. Con- 
 fider and note a little if the good fall out leffe then 
 thou hopefl, good though it bee, yet leffe becaufe it is, 
 it leemeth rather loffe then benefite through thy ex- 
 ceffe ol hope : ii the good proue equall and propor- 
 tionable in euent to thy hope, yet the flower thereof 
 
112 Mcditationes Sacras. 1597. 
 
 liicri faftum^ veriim ejl; fed annon melius fiiiffct fortan 
 hiC7'ifeciJ[fe nihil fperaiido qiiam vfuravi minus fpei'andol 
 At que in rebus fecundis it a operatur fpes ; in malisautem 
 robur verum animi foluit. Nam neque femper fpei ma- 
 teria fuppetit, et dejlitutione aliqua vel minima fpei, vni- 
 ueffa fere firniitiido animi corruit, et minor ein efficit digni- 
 tatem mentis, cum mala tolleramus alienatione quadam, et 
 errore mentis, nonfortitudine et iudicio. Quarefatis leuiter 
 finxere Poetce fpem antidotiim hnmanorttm morbo?'um 
 cffe, quod dolor es eonnn mitiget, ciim fit reuera incenfio 
 potius, et exafperatio, quce eos multiplicari, et recriidefcere 
 faciat. NiJiilominus fit, vt pla^rique hominum imagina- 
 tionibus fpei et progrefsionibus ifiis mentis omninh fe 
 deda7it, ingratique in prcBtei'ita obliti fere pi't^fentiujit 
 feinpcr iuucncs, tantum futuris immineant. Vidi vniuer- 
 fos ambulantes fub fole cum adolefcente fecundo, qui 
 confurget poft eum; quod pefsimus morbus efl, et 
 flatus mentis infanifsimus. Qiiceras fortaffe aiinon 
 melius fit, cum res in dubia expeftatione pofitcE fint, bene 
 diicinare, et potiiis fperare quam diffidere, cum fpes maio- 
 rem tranquillitatem animi conciliet. Ego fane in omni 
 mora, et expeftatione tranquilhun, et non fiu6luantem 
 animi fiat urn ex bona mentis politia, et compofitiojie, fum- 
 mum huma?ia3 vitoe firmamentum iudico. Sed cam tran- 
 quillitatem, qucB ex fpe pendeat, vt Icucm et infirmam 
 recufo. Non quia non conucniat tarn bona quam mala 
 
1598. Of earthly hope. 113 
 
 by thy hope is gathered, fo as when it comes, the 
 grace of it is gone, and it feemes vfed and therefore 
 fooner draweth on faciety : admit thy fucceffe proue 
 better then thy hope, it is true gaine feemes to bee 
 made : but had it not beene better to haue gayned the 
 principall by hoping for nothing then the encreafe by 
 hoping for leffe. And this is the operation of Hope 
 in good fortunes, but in miffortunes it weakeneth all 
 force and vi^or of the mind : for neither is there 
 alwaies matter of hope, and if there be, yet if it faile 
 but in part, it doth wholly ouerthrow the conflancie 
 and refolution of the mind, and befides though it doeth 
 carry vs through, yet is it a greater dignitie of mind to 
 beare euilles by fortitude and iudgement, then by a 
 kind of abfenting and alienation of the mind from 
 thinges prefent to thinges future, for that it is to hope. 
 And therefore it was much lightneffe in the Poets to 
 faine Hope to bee as a counterpoyfon of humaine de- 
 ceafes, as to mittigate and affwage the fury and anger 
 of them, whereas in deede it doth kindle and enrage 
 them, and caufeth both doubling of them and relapfes. 
 Xotwithflanding we fee that the greateft number of 
 men giue themfelues ouer to their imaginations of hope 
 and apprehenfions of the mind, in fuch fort that vn- 
 gratefull towards thinges pafl, and in a manner vnmind- 
 full of things prefent, as if they were euer children and 
 beginners, they are flill in longing for things to come 
 I faw all men walking vnder the finuie refort and gather 
 to the fecond pe?'fon, which was afterwardes to Jucceede, 
 this is an eiiill difeafe atid a great idleneffe of the mind. 
 
 But perhaps you will aske the queflion, whether it 
 be not better when thinges fland in doubtfull termes, 
 to prefume the befl, and rather hope wel then diftrufl, 
 fpecially feeing that hope doeth caufe a greater tran- 
 quillitie of minde. 
 
 Surely I doe iudge a flate of minde, which in all 
 doubtfull expe6lations is fetled and floteth not, and 
 doeth this out of a good gouernment and compofition 
 of the affedions, to be one of the principall fupports 
 
 H 
 
ii4 Meditatlones wSacrce. 1597. 
 
 ex f ana et fobria co7iie^iira prceiiidere^ et pr(Efiippone7'e^ 
 vt axioms ad prohahilitatein eiientimm magis accommo- 
 dcmiis ; niodo fit hoc officium intcUeflus ac iiidicij cum 
 iiijla incUnatione affe^us. Sed quern ita /pes cocrcuit ; 
 vt ciim ex vigilanti et Jirmo mentis difcnrfu mclm'a^ vi 
 magis prohahilia fibi prcedixci-it, non in ipfa boni ajitici- 
 patione immoratus ftt^ et Jmiiifmodi cogitationi, vt fomnio 
 placido indulferit ? Atque hoc ejl quod reddit animnm 
 Icuem^ tumidum, inceqnalem, peregrinantem. Quare omnis 
 /pes in futuram vitam c(EleJlem confumenda ejl. Hie 
 auteni qnanto purior fit prcefentiiim fejifiis abfqiie infec- 
 tione^ et tinflura imaginationis, tanto priidentior et 77ieIior 
 a7iima vitce fu77Wi(Z b7'eids fpe/n 710 s vet at nielio7'a7'e 
 
 I07lga77l. 
 
 Mifericordiam volo, et non Sacrificium. 
 
 M7iis ia^atio Hypocrita7'in7i ejl i7i operibus 
 pri/nce tabulce legis, qua; ejl de vene7'ationibus 
 Deo deb it is. Ratio duplex efi, tum quod huiuj- 
 77iodi opcj'a 77iaio7-e77i habe7it pompa7n Sa7ifli- 
 tatis, tum quod cupiditatibus eoriwi 77ii7iiis adue7je7itur. 
 Itaqiie 7'eda7gutio hypocritaru77i ejl, vt ab operibus Jacri- 
 ficij rc77iitta7itur ad opera 77iiJerieordice, V7ide illud^ 
 
1598. Of Hipocrites. 1 1 5 
 
 of mans life : But that aiTurance and repofe of the mind, 
 which on ely rides at ancor vpon hope. I do reiecl as wau- 
 ering and weake, not that it is not conuenient to forefee 
 and prefuppofe out of a found and fober coniecture as 
 well the good as the euill, that thereby we may fit out 
 aclions to the probabilities and likelihoods of their 
 euent, fo that this be a worke of the vnderflanding 
 and iudgement with a due bent and inclination of the 
 affection : But which of you hath fo kept his hopes 
 within limites, as when it is fo that you haue out of a 
 watchfull and flrong difcourfe of the minde fet do\\Tie 
 the better fucceffe to bee in apparancy the more likely 
 you haue not dwelt \-pon the very mufe and forethought 
 of the good to come and giuing fcope and fauour to 
 your minde to fall into fuch cogitations as into a plea- 
 fant dreame : and this it is which makes the mind light, 
 frothy, Miequall and wandring : wherefore all our hope 
 is to bee bellowed vpon the heauenly life to come. 
 But here on earth the purer our fence is from the in- 
 fection and tincture of imagination, the better and the 
 wifer foule. 
 
 The fu7nme of life to little doth amotmt, 
 And therefore doth forbidde a longer count. 
 
 I demand mercy and not facrifice. 
 
 jLl the boafling of the Hipocrite is of the 
 workes of the firfl table of the law, which 
 is of adoration and dutie towardes God : 
 wherof the reafon is double both becaufe 
 fuch workes haue a greater pompe and de- 
 monilration of holineffe, and alfo becaufe they do 
 leffe croffe their affections and defires, therefore the 
 way to conuict Hipocrites, is to fende them from the 
 workes of facrifice to the workes of mercv, whence 
 commeth that fliying. 
 
ii6 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 Religiomunda etimmaculata apud Deum et patrem haec 
 eft, vifitare pupillos et viduas in tribulatione eorum, et 
 illud, Qui non diligit fratrem fuum quern vidit, Deum 
 quern non vidit quomodo poteft diligere? Qicidam 
 mitem altioris et ijiflatioris Hypocriftce feipfos decipienteSy 
 et exijliinantes fe arctiore ciun Deo comcerfatmie dig?20s, 
 officia charitatis in proximwn vt minora negligiint. Qui 
 error monajlicce vitce 7wn principiiwi quideni dedit, (71am 
 initia bona fueriuit^) fed exceffiun addidit. Re fie enivi 
 diHitin ej}, Orandi munus magnum eiTe munus in ec- 
 clefia, et ex vfu ecdcficE ejl, vt fint ccetus honii7iu}n a 
 mundanis curis folidi, qui afsiduis et deuotis precibus 
 Deum pro eccleficE Jlatu follicitent. Scd Jmic ordi7iatio7ii 
 ilia hypocrifia fi7iiti7na est, nee zmiicerfa i7iJlitutio rep7'o- 
 batur, fed fpiritus illi fe effe7'e7ites cohibentur : 71am et 
 E7ioch qui amhulauit cum Deo, p7'ophetizauit, vt efl apud 
 ludaTU, atque f7'u^um fuce prophetic^ ecclefia77i do7iauit. 
 Et Ioha7i7tes Bapt. quei7i P7'i7icipe77i quida77i vitcE 7710 nas- 
 tic<z volu7it, i7iulto 77ii7iiflerio fu7iflus efl tu7n p7'ophetiza 
 tio7iis, turn Baptizatio7iis. Nai7i ad alios iflos in deu7n 
 officiofos 7'efertur ilia i7iterrogatio, Si iufte egeris, quid 
 donabis Deo, aut quid de manu tua accipiet. Qiiare 
 opera 77iifereco7'dice fimt opera difc7-ctio7iis hypocritarum. 
 Co7itra aute77i fit CU771 /icB7-eticis, 7ia77i vt hypoc7-itce fi77iU' 
 lata fua fanditate verfus Deu7n, i7iiurias fuas verfus 
 ho77ii7ies obducu7it; iia hcerctici 7noralitate quada7n ve7fics 
 hot7ii7ies, blafphe77ihas fuas C07it7'a Deu77t i)fi7iua7it. 
 
1598. Of Hipocriies. 1 1 7 
 
 TJiis is pure and i/nacidate religion with God the 
 father, to vifite Orphaues and ividowes in their tribula- 
 tions. And that faying : He that loiieth Jiot his brother 
 whome he hath fee?ie, ho7u can hee lone God whofu hee 
 hath not fccnc. 
 
 Now there is another kind of deeper and more ex- 
 trauagant hipocrifie, for fome deceiuing themfelues, and 
 thinking themfelues worthy of a more neere acceffe 
 and conuerfation with God do neglect the duties of 
 charity towards their neighbour, as inferior matters, 
 which did not in deede caufe originally the beginning 
 of a monaflical life (for the beginnings were good) but 
 brou2:ht in that exceffe and abufe which are followed 
 after : for it is truly faid. That the office of praying is a 
 great office in the Church. And it is for the good of 
 the Church, that there bee conforts of men freed from 
 the cares of this world, who may with dayly anddeuout 
 fupplicationsand obferuancesfolicitethediuine maiedie, 
 for the caufes of the Church. But vnto this ordinance 
 that other Hipocrifie is a nigh neyghbour, neyther is 
 the generall inftitution to be blamed, but thofe fpirites 
 which exalt themfelues too high to berefrained; for euen 
 Eftoch, which was faide to walke with God, did prophefie, 
 as is deliuered vnto us by lude, and did indowe the 
 Church withthefruiteof his prophefie which heeleft: and 
 John Baptifl vnto whom they didreferreas to the authour 
 of a monaflicall life, trauailed and exercifed much in 
 the miniflerie both of prophefie and baptizing, for as 
 to thefe others who are fo officious towards God, to 
 them belongeth that queflion : If thou do iustly what 
 is that to God, or what profite docth he take by thy 
 handes ? wherefore the workes of mercy are they 
 which are the workes of diflinclion, whereby to find 
 out Hypocrites. But with Heretikes it is contrary, 
 for as Hipocrites with their diflembling holineffe to- 
 wards God doe palliate and couer their iniuries to- 
 wardes men: So Heretikes by their moralitie and hon- 
 efl carriage towardes men infinuate and make way for 
 their blafphemies againfl God. 
 
ii8 
 
 Meditationes Sacrae. 
 
 1597. 
 
 pe Impos;toribtt«j» 
 
 Slue mente excedimus Deo, fiue fobrii fumus vobis. 
 
 Ei'a eft ijia effigies, et verwn tempera?7ieniHi?t 
 viri, cui Religio peniths inprcecordijs infedit, 
 et vii'i operarij Dei. Coiiiierfatio ei qiicc 
 cum Deo ejt, plena exceffiis, et zeli, et extafis. 
 Hinc gemitus ineffabiles, et exultationes, et raptus fpiritus, 
 et agones. At qucB. cum hominiJ)US ejl, plena manfuetudi- 
 ?iis, et fobrietatis, et morigerationis ; Hinc Omnia omni- 
 bus fa6tus fum, et huiufmodi. Conti'a fit iji hypocritis 
 et impoftorihus : li enim in populo et ecclefia incendunt 
 fe et excedunt, et veluti facris furoribus affiati omnia 
 mifcefit. Si quis autem eorum folitudines, et feparatas 
 Dieditationes, et cu7n Deo conuerfatiojies introfpiciat, 
 deprehendet eas non taciturn frigidas, et fine motu, fed 
 plenas malitice et fei-menti, fobrij Deo, mente exccdentcs 
 populo. 
 
 pe genedbrt^ impo^turaf. 
 
 Deuita prophanas vocum nouitates, et oppofitiones 
 
 falfi nominis fcientiae. 
 Ineptas et aniles fabulas deuita. 
 Nemo vos decipiat in lublimitate fermonum. 
 
 \Res funt fermones, et veluti fiili impoftwce. 
 Primum genus efi eorum qui ftatim vt ali- 
 quam 7?iateriafn na6li funt, artcm confici,- 
 unt, vocabula artis imponunty omnia in 
 
1598. Of Impojlors, 1 1 9 
 
 Of Impostors. 
 
 Whether we he tranfp&rted in 7m nd it is to Godward. 
 Or iL'heihcr we be fober it is to youwardes. 
 
 [His is the true image and true temper of a 
 man, and of him that is Gods faithfull 
 workeman, his carriage and conuerfation 
 towards God is full of paffion, of zeale, 
 and of tramilTes, thence proceed grones 
 vnfpeakeable, and exultinges, likewife in comfort, 
 rauilhment of fpirit and agonies. But. contrariwife 
 his cariage and conuerfation towards men is full of 
 mildnefle, fobrietie, and appliable demeanor. Hence 
 is that saying, / am become all things to all men^ and 
 fuch like. Contrary it is with Hipocrites and Im- 
 poflers, for they in the church and before the people 
 fet themfelues on fire, and are caned as it were out 
 of themfelues, and becomming as men infpired with 
 holy furies, they fet heauen and earth together : but 
 if a man did fee their lolitarie and feperate medita- 
 tions, and conuerfation whereunto God is onely priuy, 
 he might towards God find them not onely cold and 
 without vertue, but alio full of ill nature, and leauen : 
 Sober enough to God^ and tranjported onely towards men. 
 
 ©f tl)c ^cucrall kinli.'S of Imposture. 
 
 Atwid prophane Jlrangenes oj wordes and oppojliions 
 
 of knowledge^ falfely Jo called. 
 Auoid fond and idle fables : 
 Let no man deceiue you by highfpeech : 
 
 ^lere are three formes of fpeaking, which 
 are as it were the flile and phrafe of im- 
 poflure : the firfl kind is of them, who as 
 foone as they haue gotten any fubiecl or 
 matter, doe llraight cafl it into an arte, 
 
I20 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 dijlinftiones rcdlgunt^ inde pofita vel themata ediicunt^ et 
 ex qucBjIionilnis^ et refponftoiiihiis oppofdioiics C07ificiunt ; 
 Hinc Scholajlicorum qiiifquilicR et tuj'bcd. Scciindinn 
 genus cjl eoi'um, qui va?iitate ingenij^ vt facri qiiidem 
 Poetce, omnem exemplorum varictatem ad inentes 
 hominum traftandas confingunt, vnde vitce patriim^ et 
 aiitiqiwrum hcBreticorujn figmenta innumera. Ter- 
 tiufn gcmis eorum^ qui myjlerijs, et g?'andiloqtdJs, alle- 
 gorijs, et aUiifionibus omnia imp let : quod genus myjli- 
 cum et gnojlicum complures hceretici fibi delegerunt. 
 Pri7num genus fenfuni et captuni homitiis illaqueat, 
 fecundum allicit, tertiuni Jlupefacit, feduamt vero omiiia. 
 
 Dixit infipiens in corde fuo; non efl Dens. 
 
 ' Rimiim dixit in corde, non ait, cogitauit in 
 corde; hoc ejl, no?i tarn it a fentit penitils, 
 fed vult hoc credere, quoniam expedire fibi 
 videt, vt'non fit Deus oinni ratione fiibi hoc fiuadai'e, et 
 in animuin inducer e cofiatur; et ta?iqua7n thema aliquod, 
 vel pofitum, vel placitum afi'erere, et afiruere, et fir mare 
 fiudct. Manet tamen ilk igniculus luminis primi, quo 
 Ditdnitatem agnofcimus, quern prorfius extingiiere, et 
 fiimidum ilium ex corde euellere frufird nititur. Quare 
 
1598. Of the kinds of Inipojlure. t2i 
 
 inuenting newe tearmes of art, reducing all into diui- 
 fions and diflindlions, thence drawing affertions or 
 pofitions, and fo framing oppofitions by qiieflions and 
 anfweres, hence iffueth tlie copwebbes and clatterings 
 of the Schoolemen. 
 
 The feconde kinde is of them who out of the vanity 
 of their wit (as Church poets) doe make and deuife 
 all variety of tales, flories, and examples, whereby they 
 may leade mens mindes to a beliefe, from whence did 
 growe the Legendes and infinite fabulous inuentions 
 and dreames of the ancient heretikes. 
 
 The third kinde is of them, who fill mens ears with 
 mifleries, high parables. Allegories, and illufions : 
 which miflicall and profound forme many of the here- 
 ticks haue alfo made choyce of By the firft kind of 
 thefe, the capacitie and wit of man is fettered and en- 
 tangled : by the feconde it is trayned on and inueigled : 
 by the thirde it is aftoniflied and enchanted, but by 
 euerv of them the while it is feduced and abufed. 
 
 #f ^tl)et!5me. 
 
 The fool e hath faid in his heart there is no God. 
 
 jTrfl it is to be noted that the Scripture faith, 
 the foole hath faid in his heart, and no4: 
 he hath thought in his heart, that is to 
 fay, he doth not fo fully think e it in iudge- 
 ment, as he hath a good will to bee of 
 that beliefe, for feeing it makes not for him that there 
 fhoulde bee a God, he doeth feeke by all meanes ac- 
 cordingly, to perfuade and refolue himfelfe, and flud- 
 ies to affirme, proue and verifie it to himfelfe as fome 
 theame or pofition, al which labor, notwithllanding 
 that fparkle of our creation light, whereby men acknow- 
 ledge a Deitie, burneth flill within, and in vayne doth 
 he flriue vtterly to alienate it or put it out, fo that it 
 is out of the corruption of his heart and will, and not 
 out of the naturall apprehenfion of his braine and con- 
 
122 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 ex jnalitia voluntatis fiicc^ et non ex natiiio fenfUy et 
 hidicio hoc fupponit^ vt ait comicus Poeta. Tunc ani- 
 mus meus acceisit ad meam fententiam, quafi ipfe alter 
 ef/et ab aniino fiio. Itaque Athcijla magis dixit in 
 corde, quam fcntit in co?'de, quod non fit Dens. Sectmdb, 
 dixit in corde, non ore locutus ejl, fed notandmn eft hoc 
 vietu legis et famce fieri, Nam vt ait ilk, Negare Deos 
 difficile efl in concione populi, fed in conceffu famili- 
 ari expeditum. Nam ft hoc vinculum tollatur e medio, 
 non efi hcerefis quce maiore fiudio fe pajidere, et fpargere, 
 et multiplicare nitatur quam Atheifmus. Nee videas 
 eos qui in hanc mentis iufaiiiam immetfi funt, aliud 
 fere fpirare, et importune inculcare, qudm verba atheifmi, 
 vt in Luc?'etio Epicureo, qui fere fuam in Religionem in- 
 uefliuam fingulis alijs fubie^is ititercalarem facit. Ratio 
 videtur effe, quod Atheifia cum fib i non fat is acquiefcat 
 cefiuans, nee fibi fatifcredens^ et crebra fuce opinionis de- 
 liquia in interioribus patiens ab aliorum afifeftfu refocillari 
 cupit. Nam refte diBum efi. Qui alteri opinionem 
 approbare fedulb cupit, ipfe diffidit. Tertio infipiens 
 efi, qui hoc in corde dixit, quod verifsimum efi, non 
 tantum quod diuina non fapiat, fed etiajn fecundimi 
 hominetn. Primh enim ingenia, quce funt iji Atheis- 
 mum p7'07iiora, videas fere leuia, et dicacia, et audacula, 
 et i7ifolentia : eius denique compofitionis, quce prudentice, 
 et grauitati morum aduerfifsima efi. Secundo inter viros 
 politicosy qui altioris ingenij et latioris cordis fuerunt, 
 
1598. Of Atheifme. 123 
 
 ccit, that he doth fet downe his opinion, as the comi- 
 call Poet faitli : Then came my mifid to bee of mine opin- 
 ion, as if himfelfe and his mind had beene two diuers 
 things : Therefore the Atheifl hath rather faide and 
 helde it in his heart, then thought or beheued in his 
 heart that there is no God. Secondly it is to be ob- 
 femed, that hee hath faid in his heart, and not fpoken 
 it with his mouth. But again you fliall note, that this 
 fmothering of this perfwafion within the hart commeth 
 to paffe for feare of gouernment and of fpeech amongfl 
 men : for as he faith, To deny God in a piiblike argu- 
 ment zuere much, but in a familiar confei'ence were cui'- 
 ra7it enough. For if this bridle were remoued, there is 
 no herefie which would contende more to fpread and 
 multiply, and diffeminate it felf abroad then artheifme, 
 neither fliall you fee thofe men which are drencht in 
 this frenfie of minde to breath almofl any thing els, or 
 to inculcate euen without occafion, any thing more 
 then fpeech tending to Atheifme, as may appeare in 
 Lucrefias the Epicure, who makes of his inuectiues 
 againfl religion, as it were a burthen or verfe of 
 returne to all his other difcourfes : the reafon 
 feemes to bee, for that the Atheifl. not relying fuffi- 
 ciently vpon him felf, floting in mind, and vnfatiffied 
 and induring within many faintings, and as it were 
 fals of his opinion, deflres by other mens opinions 
 agreeing with his to be recouered and brought againe : 
 for it is a true faying : 
 
 Who fo laboitreth earnestly to proue an opi?iio7i to a?i 
 other, himfelfe distrusts it. 
 
 Thirdly, it is a foole that hath fo faide in his heart, 
 which is mofl true, not onely in refpecl that he hath 
 no tafle in thofe thinges which are fupernaturall and 
 diuine : but in refpecl of humane and ciuile wifedome: 
 for firfl of all, if you marke the wits and difpofltions 
 which are inclyned to Atheifme, you fliall finde them 
 light, fcofting, impudent, and vayne : briefly, of fuch a 
 conflitution, as is mofl. contrarie to wifedome and 
 morall grauitie. Secondly, amongfl flutes men and 
 
124 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 Religionem non arte qnadam ad populum adhibtierunt, 
 
 fed interiore dogmate coluere, vt qui proiiidciitice ct 
 
 fortuncB phirimum tribiieriiit. Contra qui aj'tibus fiiis, 
 
 et i7idiijlrijs, et caiifis proximis, et apparentibiis onuiia 
 
 afcripfemnt, et vt ait Frophefa, Retibus fuis immo- 
 
 larunt, pufilli fuerunt politici, et circumforanei, et 
 
 magnitudinis a6lionum in capaces. Tertio^ in phyficis 
 
 et illud affirmo par2iJ7i Philofophice naturalis, et iii ea 
 
 progreffwn liminai'eni ad Atheifmum opiniones inclinare. 
 
 Contra midtiim Philofophia^ naturalis, et progreffiim 
 
 ill ea penet7'antcjn ad Religionem aninios circumferre. 
 
 Quare athcifnius Jlultitice et infciticB vbique co?iuinus effe 
 
 videtur, vt meritbfit di^um. Infipientium non eft Deus. 
 
 Erratis iiefcientes fcripturas, neqiie poteflatem Dei. 
 
 ^Anon ijle mater omnium canonum aducrfus 
 hccrefes. Duplex erroris eaufa, ig/ioratio 
 voluntatis Dei, et ignoratio, vel leuior con- 
 
 tcmplatio potejlatis dei. Voluntas dei reuelatur magis 
 per fcripturas fcrutamini, poteflas magis per creaturas 
 contemplamini. Ita ajjferejida plenitudo poteflatis Dei, 
 tie maculemus voluntatem. Ita afferenda bonitas volun- 
 
1598. Of Hcrefics. 125 
 
 politikes, thofe which haiie been of greatefl depths, 
 and compaffe, and of largefl and mod vniuerfall vnder- 
 (landing, haue not onely in cunning made their profit 
 in feeming religious to the people, but in truth haue 
 beene toucht with an inwarde fence of the knowledge 
 of Dyetie, as they which you fhall euermore note to 
 haue attributed much to fortune and prouidence. 
 
 Contrariwife, thofe who afcribed all thinges to their 
 OAvne cunninges and pradlifes, and to the immediate 
 and apparent caufes : and as the Prophet faith, haue 
 faa-ificed to their oume iiets^ haue beene alwaies but 
 petty counterfait flates men, and not capable of the 
 greatefl a6tions. Laflly, this I dare affirme in know- 
 ledge of nature, that a little naturall philofophie : and 
 the firft entrance into it doth difpofe the opinion to 
 Atheifme .• But on the other fide much naturall philo- 
 fophie, and wading deepe into it, will bring about mens 
 mindes to religion : wherefore Atheifme euery way 
 feems to be ioined and combined with folly and ignor- 
 ance, fee that nothing can bee more iuflly allotted to 
 be the faying of fooles then this, there is no God. 
 
 You erre not knowing the Scriptures nor tJie power of 
 
 God. 
 
 His Cannon is the mother of al Canons 
 againft Herefie : The caufes of errour 
 are two : the ignorance of the wil of God, 
 and the ignorance or not fufficient con- 
 fideration of his power, the will of God is 
 more reuealed by the Scriptures, and therefore the pre- 
 cepte is, Search the Scriptures : the will [? power] of God 
 is more reuealed by the creatures, and therefore the 
 precept is : Behohie and confider the creatures : So 
 is the fulneffe of the power of God to bee affirmed, 
 
126 Meditationes Sacrse. 1597. 
 
 tails , ne inimLamiis potcjlatcm. Itaqiic Reli^io vera ftta 
 
 ejl in mcdiocritate inter fuperstitionem cum Jicerefibus 
 
 fiiperjlifiofis ex vjia parte, et Atheifmiim cum /icB?'eft,bus 
 
 prophanis ex altera. Superjlltlo repudlata luce fcriptur- 
 
 aru7fi, feque dedeiis traditionibus prauis vel apocryphis, 
 
 et nouis reuelationibiis, vel falfis interpretationibus fcrip- 
 
 turarmn multa de voluntate Dei fingit, et fomniat, a 
 
 fcripturis deuia et aliena. AtJieifmus autem et Theo- 
 
 juachia contra potejlatem Dei in fur git, et tumultuatur, 
 
 verbo del non credens, quod voluntatem eius reuelat ob 
 
 iftcredulitatej?t potejlatis eius, cui omnia funt pofsibilia. 
 
 Hcerefes autem quoe ex ijlo fo7ite emanant, grauiores 
 
 videntur cceteris. Nam et in politijs atrocius ejl potejlatem 
 
 et maiejlatem Dei minuere, quam famam principis 
 
 iwtare. Hcerefium autem qu(R potejlatem Dei minunt, 
 
 prceter Atheijmum purum tres Junt gradus, habent- 
 
 que vnum et idem myjlerium: (Nam omnis antichris- 
 
 tianijmus operatur in myjlerio, id ejl Jub i?nagine 
 
 boni) hoc ipjum, vt vohmtatem del ab omni ajperjione 
 
 maliticB liber et. Primus gradus ejl eorum, qui duo 
 
 principia conjlituunt paria, ac inter Je pugna?itia, et con- 
 
 traria, vnum boni, alterum mail. Secundus gradus ejl 
 
 eorum, quibus nimium Iceja videtur maiejlas Del in con- 
 
 Jlituendo aduerjus eum pri?icipio affirmatiuo et acliuo. 
 
 Qiiare extu?'bata tali audacia, nihilo miniis inducunt 
 
 contra deum principium negatiuum et priuatiuum. Nam 
 
 volunt ejfe opus ipfius materice et creaturoi internum, et 
 
1598. Of Hcrcfics. 1 2 7 
 
 as wee make no imputation to his will, fo is the 
 goodneffe of the will of God to be affirmed, as we 
 make no derogation from his power : Therefore true 
 religion feated in the meane betwixt Superflition, with 
 fuperflitious herefies on the one fide, and Atheifme, 
 with prophane herefies on the other : Superflition 
 reiecling the light of the fcriptures, and giuing of it 
 felf ouer to vngrounded traditions and writinges 
 doubtfuU and not Canonicall, or to newe reuelations, 
 or to vntrue interpretations of the Scriptures them- 
 felues doth forge and dreame many thinges of the v'vill 
 of God, which are flrange and farre diflant from the 
 true fence of the fcriptures : But Atheifme and Theo- 
 machie rebelleth and mutineth againfl the power of 
 God, giuing no faith to his worde, which reuealeth 
 his will, vpon a difcredit and vnbeliefe of his power, 
 to whom all thinges are poffible. Now thofe herefies 
 which fpring out of this fountain feeme more haynous 
 then the other : for euen in ciuile gouernment it is 
 held an offence in a higher degree to deny the power 
 and authority of a prince, then to touch his honour 
 and fame. Of thefe herefies which derogate from the 
 power of God befide plain atheifme, there are three 
 degrees, and they haue all one and the fame mifleiy : 
 for all Antichriflianity worketh in a miRerie, that is, 
 vnder the fliadow of good, and it is this to free and 
 deliuer the will of God from all imputation and afper- 
 fion of ill. The firfl degree is of thofe who make and 
 fuppofe tAvo principles contrary and fighting one 
 againfl the other, the one of good, the other of euill. 
 
 The fecond degree is of them to whome the Maieflie 
 of God feemes too much wronged in fetting vppe 
 and erecting againfl him another aduerfe and oppofite 
 principle, namely fuch a principle as fliould bee acliue 
 and affirmatiue, that is to fay, caufe or fountaine of 
 any effence or being : therefore reie6ling all fuch pre- 
 fumption they doe neuertheleffe bring in againfl God .• 
 a principle negatiue and priuatiue, that is a caufe of 
 
128 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. 
 
 natiuiun^ et fuhjlaiitiiiiwi, vt exfe vergaf et relahatur ad 
 confufionem, et ad nihilum, nefcicntes eiufdem effe omni- 
 potaiiice ex aliqiio nihil facere, cuius ex nihilo aliquid. 
 Tertius gradus eji eorum^ qui arrant et rejiringimi 
 opiniojie??!, priorem taiitiini ad a^ioftes humanas, quce 
 participant ex peccato, quas volunt ful)Jla7itiue, abfquc 
 nexu aliquo caufarum, ex interna volwitate et ai'hitrio 
 humano pendere^ Jlatuuntque latiores tenninos fcientice 
 Dei J quani potejlatis^ vel potius eius partis potejlatis Dei, 
 (nam et ipfa fcientia potejlas ejl) qua fcit quam eius, 
 qua mouet, et agit, vt prcsfciat quceda7n otiofe, quce. non 
 prcedejlinet et prceordinet. Et non ahfiniile eJi figmento, 
 quod Epicurus i?itroduxit in Democritifmum^ vt fatum 
 olleret, et fortun-CB locum daret, declinatiofiem videlicet 
 atomic quod femper a prudentioribus i7ianifsiviU77i C077i- 
 7nentu77t habit urn ejl. Sed quicquid a deo non pendet, vt 
 autore, et p7Hncipio, per 7iexus et gradus fubordinatos id 
 loco Dei erit, et 7iouu77i p7'i7icipiu7n, et Deajler quide77i. 
 Quare 7nerith ilia opi7iio refpuitur, vt Icb/io et di77ii7iutw 
 77iaiejlatis et potejlatis Dei. Et ta77ien ad77iodum re5le 
 dicitur, quod Deus non fit author mali, 7io7i quia no7i 
 author, fed quia 7ion mali. 
 
1598. Of Herefies. 129 
 
 not being and fubfifling, for they will haue it to be an 
 inbred proper worke, and nature of the matter and 
 creature it felfe, of it felfe to turne aganie and refolue 
 into confufion and nothing, not knowing that it is an 
 effedl of one and the fame omnipotencie, to make 
 nothing of fomewhat, as to make fomewhat of no- 
 thing. The third degree is of thofe, who abridge and 
 reflraine the former opinion onely to thofe humane 
 acflions which pertake of fmne : which adlions, they 
 will haue to ("lepende fubflantiuely and originally, and 
 without any fequele or fubordination of caufes vpon 
 the will, and make and fet downe and appoint larger 
 limites of the knowledge of God then of his power, 
 or rather of that parte of Gods power (for knowledge 
 it felfe is a power whereby he knoweth) then of that 
 by which hee moueth and worketh, making him fore- 
 know fome thinges idHe and as a looker on, which hee 
 doeth not predeflinate nor ordayne : Not vnlike to 
 that deuife which Epicurus brought into Democritus 
 opinion, to take away deftinie and make way to 
 Fortune, to witte, the flart and flippe of Attemus, 
 which alwaies of the wifer fort was reiedled as a mofl 
 iriuolous fhift. But whatfoeuer depends not of God, 
 as Author and Principle by inferiour linkes and de- 
 grees, that mufl needes bee in place of God, and a new 
 principle, and a certaine vfurping God .• wherefore 
 wortiiely is that opinion refufed as an indignitie and 
 derogation to the maieflre and power of God, and yet 
 it is mofl truely affirmed, that God is not the author 
 of euill, not becaule he is not author, but becaufe not 
 as of euilL 
 
i^o 
 
 Meditationes Sacrae. 
 
 1597. 
 
 JBe tccle^ia et ^cripttxrisi. 
 
 Proteges eos in tabernaculo tuo a contradi6lione 
 linguarum, 
 
 \Ontradidliones linguarum vbique ocairruni 
 extra tabernaciduin Dei. Qiiare quo- 
 cimqiie te verteris, exitum coiitroiierfiarum 
 non reperies 7iifi hue te receperis. Dices, 
 verum ejl^ nempe in vnitate7n eccleficB. Sed aduerte. 
 Erat in tabernaculo Area, et in Aj'ca TeJlimoniu77i vel 
 tabulce. legis. Quid mihi 7iarras cortice77i Taber7iaadiy 
 fuie nucleo tejlii7i07iij ? Taber7iaculu77i ad cuJlodiendu77i 
 et trade7idii7n tefii77i07iiu7n erat ordi7iatu77i. Eodefu 
 7nodo et eccleficR cujiodia, et traditio per 77ia7ius 
 fcripturaru77i de77ia7idata ejl, fed a7ii77ia 
 Tabernaadi est tejli77i07num, 
 
 FINIS. 
 
1598. Of the Church, eye. i.^i 
 
 • 
 
 ThouJJialt prote^ them in thy tabernacle, from the 
 contradiflion of tongues. 
 
 He contradi(flion of tongues doeth eiiery 
 where meet with vs out of the tabernacle 
 of God, therefore whither foeuer thou 
 fhalt turne thy felfe, thou fliak. find no 
 ende of controuerfies, except thou with- 
 draw thy felfe into that tabernacle, thou wilt fay, t'is 
 true, and that it is to bee vnderflood of the vmtie of 
 the church : But heare and note, there was in the 
 tabernacle the Arke, and in the Arke the teflimony or 
 tables of the lawe : what doefl thou tell me of the 
 huske of the tabernacle without the kernel of the 
 teflimonie. The tabernacle was ordained for the 
 keeping and deliuering ouer from hand to hande of 
 the tellnnony. In like manner the cuftodie and pall- 
 ing ouer of the fcriptures is committed vnto the 
 Church. But the life of the 
 tabernacle is the 
 teftimony. 
 
[A PRELIMir^ARY NOTE TO 
 
 THE COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL. 
 
 T would feem that among his early fliulies, Bacon was led 
 to enquire into the nature and powers of human Imagina- 
 tion as a means for obtaining knowledge. What flefh 
 and blood are to the Body, what love and friendfliip are 
 to the Soul ; that is imagination to the Spirit of man. It is a 
 warm, exhilaratmg, adlive fource of Thought. By it we can 
 realize perfecflion, beauty, and felicity never to be feen by mortal 
 eyes. It is the creative power in Poetry, Ficftion, Painting, and 
 in much of the Fine Arts. It is a comfort to Man; both as an 
 Earthly Hope in the midft of his troubles, and as a recreation 
 from the toil of his other faculties. 
 
 Imagination as a Guide in the eflablifliing of his New Philo- 
 fophy, Bacon utterly rejected. Yet it is not to be imiverfally 
 put afide. We could not do fo if we would. The intuition of 
 women often outfhrips the reafon of men in true judgment ; and 
 God, who has honoured this faculty as He has done the reft, 
 has taught truth to man through his imagination, in the fublime 
 vifions of the Old and New Teftament. 
 
 We muft think to what an abufe, Imagination had been fub- 
 flituted for Enquiry down to Bacon's time ; in confidering this 
 defcription. 
 
 There is yet a much more important and profound kinde of Fallacies in 
 the Minde of Man. . . . The force whereof is such, as it doth not dazle, 
 or snare the vndersianding in some particulars, but doth more generally, and 
 inwardly infect and corrupt the state thereof For the mind of Man is farre 
 from the Nature of a cleare and equall glasse, wherein the beanies of things 
 ?hould reflect according to their true incidence; Nay, it is rather like an 
 inchanted glasse, fulljipf superstition and Imposture, if it bee not delivered 
 and reduced. Adv. of Learning, n./ol. 55. Ed. 1605. 
 
 Nothing can be ftronger than thefe Meditations of 1597 — 
 
 Pure sence rcceiuing euery thing according to the naturall impression 
 makes a better state and gouernment of the mind then these same imagina- 
 tions and apprehensions of the mind : for the minde of man hath this nature 
 and propertie, euen in the grauest and most setled wits, that from the sence 
 of euery particular, it doeth as it were bound and spring forward, and take 
 holdc of other matters fortelling to it self that all shal proue like vnto that 
 which beateth vpon the present sense. 
 
 That assurance and repose of the mind which only rides at ancor vpon 
 hope. I do reiect as wauering and weake. 
 
 Here on earth the purer our sence is from the infection and tincture of 
 imagination, tlie belter and wiser soule. See pp. 111-115 
 
 
[Note as to Colours of Good and £r//..] 133 
 
 And he funis up his judgement •n this faculty in the Apothegm 
 of Ilcraclitus. D/y Liglit is the bcjl Sotil. 
 
 2. Bacon, in the fecond book of The Advancement of Learn- 
 ing alfo tells us. 
 
 The dutie and Office of Rhctoricke is, To apply Reason to Imagination, 
 for the better moouing of the will ; For wee see Reason is disturbed in the 
 Administration thereof by three meanes; by Illaqneation \_i.e. Entanglc- 
 mentj, or Sophistne [i.e. Falacy], which pertaines to Logicke : by Imagina- 
 tion or Impression, which pertaines to Rhctoricke, and by Passion or Affec- 
 tion, which pertaines to Moralitie. And as in Negotiation with others ; men 
 are wrought by cunning, by Importunitie, and by vehemencie ; So in this 
 Negotiation within our selues, men are vndermined by Inconsequences, 
 soUicited and importuned, by Impressions or Obseruations : and transported 
 by Passions. Fol. 66. Ed. 1605. 
 
 There is a seducement that worketh by the strength of the Impression, 
 and not by the subtiltie of the Illaqueation, not so much perplexing the 
 Reason, as ouer-ruling it by the power of the Imagination. Fol. 55. Ed. 
 1605. 
 
 Colours of Good and Evil are Impreffions perplexing and 
 ouer ruling the Reafon by the power of the Imagination. Being 
 Good in the cafes where they hold true ; and Evil where fuch 
 Impreffions are fallacious. 
 
 3. Bacon was further of this opinion. 
 
 I doe not finde the Wisedome and diligence of y^rzV^^jz"/^ well poursued, 
 who began to make a collection of the popular signes and colours of good 
 atid enil, both si7nple and comparatinc, which are as the Sophisines of 
 Rheioricke, (as I touched before.) For Example, 
 
 S o p H I s M A. [The Sophism.] 
 
 Qjiod laudatur, bonnm; Quod vit^iperatur, 7nalnm. 
 
 [What is praised is good : what is abused is bad.] , 
 
 Redargvtio. [The Confutation]. 
 
 Laudat venales, qui vult extrudere tnerces. 
 
 [He who wishes to sell his goods, praises them.] 
 
 Malum est. Malum est {ifiquit Emptor) sed cum recesserit, tum 
 gloriabitur. 
 
 [It is naught, it is naught, sayth the buyer : but when he is gone his way, 
 then he boasteth. Proverbs xx. 14.] 
 
 The defects in the labour of Aristotle are three ; One, that there be but 
 a few of many ; another, that their Elenches are not annexed ; and the third, 
 that he conceiued but a part of the vse of them : for their vse is not onely in ^ 
 probation, but much more in Impression. For many fourmes are equall in 
 Signification, which are differing in Impression : as the difference is great 
 in the piercing of that which is sharpe, and that which is flat, though the 
 strength of the percussion be the same. Adv. tf Learning. Dk. n.fol. 68. 
 Ed. 1605. 
 
134 [Note as to Colours of Good and EvilJI 
 
 4. To thefe three quotations ; we can add in further ehicidation 
 of the intention of this fragment, a copy of its dedication while in 
 a manuscript state. We give it in the modernized form given 
 by Mr. Spedding. {Works, vii. 70. Ed. 1858.) 
 
 Mr. Francis Bacon of The Colours of Good and Evil, 
 io the Lord Mountjoye. 
 
 I send you the last part of the best book of Aristotle of Stagira, who (as 
 your Lordship knoweth) goeth for tlie best author. But (saving the civil 
 respect which is due to a received estimation) the man being a Grecian and 
 of a hasty wit, having hardly a discerning patience, much less a teaching 
 patience, both so delivered the matter, as I am glad to do the part of a good 
 househen, which without any strangeness will sit upon pheasants' eggs. And 
 yet perchance some that shall compare my lines with Aristotle's lines, will 
 muse by what art, or rather by what revelation I could draw these conceits 
 out of that place. But I, that should know best, do freely acknowledge 
 that I had my light from him; for where he gave me not matter to perfect, at 
 the least he gave me occasion tg invent. Wherein as I do him right, being 
 myself a man that am as free from envying the dead in contemplation, as 
 from envj^'ing the living in action or fortune: so yet nevertheless still I say, 
 and I speak it more largely than before, that in perusing the writings of this 
 person so much celebrated, whether it were the impediment of his wit, or that 
 he did it upon glory and affectation to be subtile, as one that if he had .seen 
 his own conceits clearly and perspicuously delivered, perhaps would have 
 been out of love with them himself; or else upon policy to keep himself close, 
 as one that had been a challenger of all the world, and had raised infinite con- 
 tradiction ; to what cause soever it is to be ascribed, I do not find him to deliver 
 and unwrap himself well of that he seemeth to conceive, nor to be master of 
 his own knowledge. Neither do I for my part also, (though I have brought 
 in a new manner of handling this argument to make it pleasant and light- 
 some,) pretend so to have overcome the nature of the subject, but that the 
 full understanding and use of it will be somewhat dark, and best pleasing the 
 tastes of such wits as are patient to stay the digesting and soluting unto 
 themselves of that which is sharp and subtile. Which was the cause, joined 
 with the love and honour which I bear to your Lordship, as the person I 
 know to have many virtues and an excellent order of them, which moved me 
 to dedicate this writing to your Lordship ; after the ancient manner, choosing 
 both a friend, and one to whom I conceive the argument was agreeable. 
 The original transcript is Harl. MS. 6797, art. 6.] 
 
O F 
 
 The Coulers of good 
 
 and eu 1 11 a f rasf- 
 
 m e n t. 
 
 15 9 7- 
 
1597. 137 
 
 1 /^Vi cetem partes vel feclcB. feaiiidas vjianimitcr 
 ^ defenint^ cum fingulcB principatum fibi vindi- 
 cent inclior rdiquis videiur. Nam priuias quceqne ex 
 zcio vidctur fiimcre, fecundas autem ex vero tribuere. 
 
 2 Cuius excellent i a vel exuperantia melior id toto ge?7ere 
 melius. 
 
 3 Quod ad veritatem refertur mains ejl quam quod ad 
 opinionem. Modus autem, et probatio eius quod ad 
 opinionem pcrtinet hcec eft. Quod quis ft clam puta ret 
 
 fore faflurus no?i cftfet. 
 
 4 Qjuod rem integram feruat bonum quod ftine receptu 
 eft malum. Nam fe recipcre non poffe impoteiitice 
 genus eft, potentia autem bonum. 
 
 ^ Quod ex pluribus conftat, et diuiftbilius eft inaius 
 quam quod ex paucioribus et magis vnum : nam 
 omnia per partes confiderata maiora videntur; qua re 
 et pluralitas paj'tium magnitudinem prcB fe fert, 
 fortius autem operatur pluralitas partiwn ft ordo 
 abftt, nam i7iducit fimilitudinem infiniti, et impcdit 
 comprehenfionem . 
 
 6 Cuius priuatio bona, malum, cuius priuatio mala 
 bonum. 
 
 7 Quod bono, vici?ium bonum, quod a bono remotum 
 malum. 
 
 8 Quod quis culpa fua contraxit, maius maluniy quod 
 ab externis imponitur ininus mahnn. 
 
 9 Quod opera, et virtute noftra partum eft, maius bonum, 
 quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab indulgentia fortunce 
 delatum eft, minus bonum. 
 
 lo Gradus priuatiofiis maior vidctur quam gradus 
 diminutionis, et rurfus gradus inceptionis jnaior vide- 
 iur quam gradus incrementi. 
 
N deliberatlues the point is what is good 
 and what is euill, and of good what is 
 greater, and of euill what is the leffe. 
 
 So that the perfwaders labor is to 
 make things appeare good or euill, and 
 that in higher or lower degree, which as it may be 
 perfourmed by true and folide reafons, fo it may 
 be reprefented alfo by coulers, popularities and cir- 
 cumflances, which are of fuch force, as they fway 
 /^he ordinarie iudgement either of a weake man, or of a 
 / wife man, not fully and confiderately attending and 
 (^ i:)ondering the matter. Befides their power to altei 
 the nature of the fubiedl in appearance, and fo to 
 leade to error, they are of no leffe vfe to quicken and 
 flrengthen the opinions and perfwafions which are true : 
 for reafons plainely deliuered, and alwaies after one 
 manner efpecially with fine and faflidious mindes, 
 enter but heauily and dully ; whereas if they be varyed 
 and haue more life and vigor put into them by thefe 
 fourmes and infinuations, they caufe a flronger appre- 
 henfion, and many times fuddainely win the minde to 
 a refolution. Laflly, to make a true and fafe iudge- 
 ment, nothing can be of greater vfe and defence to the 
 minde, then the difcouering and reprehenfion of thefe 
 coulers, Ihewing in what cafes they hold, and in what 
 cafes they deceiue : which as it cannot be done, but 
 out of a very vniuerfall knowledge of the nature ot 
 things, fo being perfoumied, it fo cleareth mans iudge- 
 ment and eledlion, as it is the leffe apt to Aide into 
 an)^ error. 
 
A Table of Coulers, or 
 
 apparances of good and euill, 
 
 and their degrees as places of 
 
 perfwafion and diffwafion; and 
 
 their feuerall fallaxes, and 
 
 the elenches of them. 
 
 [1] Cid cdcrcB partes vel feftce feamdas vnajiimiier defer- 
 iiTit, cum fingtilce principatum fibi vindicent melior 
 reliquis videfur, ita?n primas qiiceqne ex zelo videtiir 
 juiiicre, feaindas aiiteiii ex vero et vierito tribuere. 
 
 O Cicero went about to proue the 
 Se6te of Academiqiies which fuf- 
 pended all affeueration, for to be the 
 befl, for fayth he, aske a Stoicke 
 which Philofophie is true, he will 
 preferre his owne : Then aske him 
 which approcheth next the truth, 
 he will confeffe the Acadcmiqiies. So 
 deale with the Epicure that will fcant indure the Stoicke 
 to be in fight of him, as foone as he hath placed him- 
 felfe, he will place the Acadcniiqucs next him. 
 
 So if a Prince tooke diuers competitors to a place, 
 and examined them feuerallie whome next themfelues 
 they would rathed commend, it were like the ableR 
 man fliould haue the mofl fecond votes. 
 
 The fallax of this couler hapneth oft in refpedl 
 
I40 A Table of the Cottiers 1597. 
 
 of enuy, for men are accuflomed after themfelues and 
 their owne fadlion to incline to them which are foftefl 
 and are lead in their way in defpite and derogation of 
 them that hold them hardefl to it. vSo that this 
 couler of melioritie and preheminence is oft a figne of 
 eneruation and weakeneffe. 
 
 2 Cimis excellent ia vel exuperanfia melior, id toio 
 genere melius. 
 
 fPpertaining to this are the foiirmes ; Let vs 
 not wander vi generalities : Let vs compare 
 particular unth particular^ etc. This ap- 
 pearance though it feeme of flrength ai d 
 rather Logical! then Rhetoricall, yet is 
 very oft a fallax. 
 
 Sometimes becaufe fome things are in kinde very 
 cafuall, which if they efcape, proue excellent, fo that 
 the kinde is inferior, becaufe it is fo fubiedl to peril 1, 
 but that which is excellent being proued is fuperior, 
 as the bloffome of March and the bloffome of May, 
 whereof the French verfe goeth. 
 
 Bourgeon de ALars enfajit de Far is, 
 Si vn ef chape, il en vaut dix. 
 
 So that the bloffome of May is generally better then 
 the bloffome of March ; and yet the befl bloffome of 
 March is better then the befl bloffome of May. 
 
 Sometimes, becaufe the nature of fome kindes is to 
 be more equall and more indifferent, and not to haue 
 very diflant degrees, as hath bene noted in the warmer 
 clymates, the people are generally more wife, but in 
 the Northerne climate the wits of chiefe are greater. 
 So in many Armies, if the matter fhould be tryed by 
 duell betweene two Champions, the vi6lory fliould go 
 on one fide, and yet if it be tr}'ed by the groffe, it 
 would go of the other fide ; for excellencies go as it 
 were by chance, but kindes go by a more certaine 
 nature, as by difcipline in warre. 
 
1597. of good and mil I. ui 
 
 Lafily, many kindes haiie much refufe which counter- 
 uale that which they haue excellent ; and therefore 
 generally mettall is more precious then ilone, and yet 
 a dyamond is more precious then gould. 
 
 3 Quod ad vcritatcm rcfcrtiir ??iaiiis cjl qitam quod ad 
 op'uiionem. Modus autem et prohatio ems quod ad 
 opijiioncm pertinct, hcec ejl^ quod quis fi clam putarei 
 fore^ fa^urus non effet. 
 
 [0 the Epicures fay of the Stoicks felicitie 
 placed in vertue, That it is like the felicitie 
 of a Player, who if he were left of his 
 Auditorie and their applaufe, he would 
 flreight be out of hart and countenance, 
 and therefore they call vertue Bonum theatrale. But 
 of Riches the Poet fayth : 
 
 Populus me fib Hat, 
 At mihi plaudo. 
 And of pleafure. 
 
 Grata fuh imo 
 Gaudia cof'de premejis, vultu fimulate piidorcm. 
 
 The fallax of this couler is fomewhat fubtile, though 
 the aunfwere to the example be readie, for vertue is 
 not chofen propter auram popularem. But contrari- 
 wife, Maxiine otjinium teipfum reuerere, So as a vertuous 
 man will be vertuous in folitudine, and not onely in 
 theatro, though percafe it will be more flrong by glor)- 
 and fame, as an heate which is doubled by reflexion ; 
 But that denieththe fuppofition, it doth not reprehend 
 the fallax whereof the reprehenfion is a low [Alow], that 
 vertue (fuch as is ioyned vA\S\ labor and conflidl) would 
 not be chofen but for fame and opinion, yet it follow- 
 eth not that the chiefe motiue of the eleclion fhould not 
 be reall and for it felfe, for fame may be onely cauja 
 impul/iua, and not caufa conjtitucns, or cfficiens. As 
 if there were two horfes, and the one would doo better 
 
142 A Table of the Coiders 1597. 
 
 without the fpurre then the other : but agayiie, the 
 other with the fpun-e would farre exceed e the doing 
 of the former, giuing him the fpurre alfo, yet the 
 latter will be iudged to be the better horfe, and the 
 fourme as to fay, Tiijli, the life of this horfe is but i?i the 
 fpurre, will not ferue as to a wife iudgemente : For 
 fmce the ordinary inflrument of horfemanfhip is the 
 fpurre, and that it is no manner of impediment nor 
 burden, the horfe is not to bee accounted the leffe of, 
 which will not do well without the fpurre, but rather 
 the other is to be reckoned a delicacie then a vertue. 
 fo glory and honor are as fpurres to vertue : and 
 although vertue would languifli without them, yet 
 fmce they be alwayes at hand to attend vertue, vertue 
 is not to be fayd the leffe, chofen for it felfe, becaufe 
 it needeth the fpurre of fame and reputation : and 
 therefore that pofition, N'ota eius rei quod propter opin- 
 iojiem et non propter veritatem eligitur, hcec cfl quod quis 
 fi clam putaret fore faclurus non effet is reurehended. 
 
 4 Quod rem integram feruat bonum, quod fine receptu 
 efl malum. Nam fe recipere non pofj'e impotenticc 
 genus efl, potentia autem bonum. 
 
 EvQof Aefope framed the Fable of the two 
 Frogs that confulted together in time of 
 drowth (when many plafhes that they had 
 repayred to were dry) what was to be 
 done, and the one propounded to goe 
 downe into a deepe Well, becaufe it was like the 
 water would not fayle there, but the other aunfwered, 
 yea but if it do faile how fhall we get vp againe ? 
 And the reafon is, that humane adl:ions are fo vn- 
 certayne and fubiecle to perills, as that feemeth the 
 befl courfe which hath moft paffages out of it. 
 
 Appertaining to this perfwafion the fourmes are, 
 you fliall ingage your felfe. On the other fide, Tantum 
 quantum voles fumes ex fortuna, you fhall keepe the 
 
1597. of good and cuill. 143 
 
 matter in your owne hands. The reprehenfion of it 
 is, That proceeding and refoluing in all aclions is 
 neceffarie : for as he fayth well, Not to refolue^ is to re- 
 fohte, and many times it breedes as many necefsities, 
 and ingageth as farre in fome other fort as to refolue. 
 So it is but the couetous mans difeafe tranflated 
 into power, for the couetous man will enioy nothing 
 becaufe he will haue his full (lore and pofsibilitie to 
 enioy the more, fo by this reafon a man fhoulde exe- 
 cute nothing becaufe hee fhould be flill indifterent 
 and at libertie to execute any thing. Befides necefsi- 
 tie and this fame iacla ejl a lea hath many times an 
 aduantage, becaufe it awaketh the powers of the 
 minde, and flrengtheneth indeuor. Cczteris pares 
 nccefsitate ccrte fuperiores ejlis. 
 
 5 Qiiod ex phcribiis conjlat et diiiifihiliiis ejl mains qnavi 
 quod ex pancioribiis et inagis vnuni : nam ovmia per 
 partes confiderata 7?iaiora videtitiir ; qiia7'e et plurali- 
 tas partium magnitudinem prce fe fert ; fortius autem 
 operatiir phiralitas partiiim fi or do abfit, najji ind licit 
 fi?nilitudi?iejji inji7iiti et ij?ipedit comprehenfionem. 
 
 His couler feemeth palpable, for it is not 
 pluralitie of partes without maioritie of 
 partes that maketh the totall greater, yet 
 neuertheleffe it often carries the minde 
 away, yea, it dece}aieth the fence, as it 
 feemeth to the eye a (horter diflance of way if it be 
 all dead and continued, then if it haue trees or build- 
 ings or any other markes whereby the eye may deuide 
 it. So when a great moneyed man hath deuided hi;^ 
 chefls and coines and bags, hee feemeth to himfelfe 
 richer then hee was, and therefore a way to amplifie 
 any thing, is to breake it, and to make an anatomic of 
 it in feuerall partes, and to examine it according to 
 feuerall circumflances, And this maketh the greater 
 (hew if it be done \vithout order, for confufion maketh 
 
144 A Table of the Coulers 1597. 
 
 things mufler more, and befides what is fet do\vTie by 
 order and diuifion, doth demonflrate that nothing is 
 left out or omitted, but all is there ; whereas .if it be 
 without order, both the minde comprehendeth leffe 
 that which is fet downe, and befides it leaueth a fuf- 
 pition, as if more might be fayde then is expreffed. 
 
 This couler deceyueth, if the minde of him that is 
 to be perfwaded, do of it felfe ouer-conceiue or pre- 
 iudge of the greatneffe of any thing, for then the 
 breaking of it will make it feeme leffe, becaufe it 
 maketh it appeare more according to the truth, and 
 therefore if a man be in ficknes or payne, the time 
 will feeme longer without a clocke or howre-glaffe 
 then with it, for the minde doth value euery moment, 
 and then the howre doth rather fumme vp the 
 moments then deuide the daye. So in a dead playne, 
 the way feemeth the longer, becaufe the eye hath pre- 
 conceyued it fhorter then the truth : and the fruflrat- 
 ing of that maketh it feeme longer then the truth. 
 Therefore if any man haue an ouergreat opinion of 
 any thing, then if any other thinke by breaking it into 
 feuerall confiderations, he fhall make it feeme greater 
 to him, he will be deceyued, and therefore in fuch 
 cafes it is not fafe to deuide, but to extoU the entire 
 Hill in generall. 
 
 An other cafe wherein this couler deceyueth, is, 
 when the matter broken or deuided is not compre- 
 hended by the fence or minde at once in refpe61 of 
 the diflradling or fcattering of it, and being intire and 
 not deuided, is comprehended, as a hundred poundes 
 in heapes of fiue poundes will fhewe more, then in 
 one groffe heape, lb as the heapes be all vppon 
 one table to be feene at once, otherwife not, or 
 flowers growing fcattered in diuers beds will fliewe 
 more then if they did grow in one bed, fo as all thofe 
 beds be within a plot that they be obiedl to view at 
 once, otherwife not : and therefore men whofe liuing 
 lieth together in one Shire, are commonly counted 
 greater landed then thofe whole linings are difperfed 
 
1597. of good and aiill. ^-^5 
 
 though it be more, becaufe the notice and compre- 
 henfion. 
 
 A third cafe wherein this coiiler deceiueth, and it is 
 not fo properly a cafe or reprehenfion as it is a 
 counter couler being in effect as large as the couler it 
 felfe, and that is, Omnis compofitio indigentice aiiufdatn 
 viJdur ejfe partkeps, becaufe if one thing would feme 
 the tume it were euer bed, but the defec~t and imper- 
 feclions of things hath brought in that help to piece 
 them vp as it is fayd, Martha Martha attcndis ad 
 plurima, inum fiifficit. So likewife hereupon Aejope 
 framed the Fable of the Fox and the Cat, whereas 
 the Fox bragged what a number of fhifts and deuifes 
 he had to get from the houndes, and the Catte faide 
 Ihe had but one, which was to clime a tree, which in 
 proofe was better worth then all the refl, whereof the 
 prouerbe grew, Midta iiouit Viilpes fed Felis vnum 
 magnum. And in the morall of this fable it comes 
 likewife to paffe : That a good fure friend is a better 
 helpe at a pinch, then all the llratagems and pollicies 
 of a mans owne wit. So it falleth out to bee a com- 
 mon errour in negociating, whereas men haue many 
 reafons to induce or perfuade, they flriue commonly 
 to vtter and vfe them all at once, which weakeneth 
 them. For it argueth as was faid, a needines in euery 
 of the reafons by it felfe, as if one did not truil to any 
 of them, but fled from one to another, helping him- 
 felfe onely with that. Et qucs non profiuit jlngida 
 multa iuuarit. Indeed in a fet fpeech in an affemblie 
 it is expected a man fhoulde \-fe all his reafons in the 
 cafe hee handleth, but in priuate perfwafions it is 
 alwayes a great errour. 
 
 A fourth cafe wherein this colour may be repre- 
 hended is in refpecle of that fame vis vnita fortiar, 
 according to the tale of the French King, that when the 
 Emperours Amb[affador] had recited his mayllers (lile 
 at large which confifleth of many countries and domin- 
 ions : the French King willed his Chancellor or other 
 minifler to repeate and fay ouer Fraunce as many 
 
 K 
 
H^ A Tabic of the Cottiers 1597, 
 
 times as the other had recited the feuerall dominions, 
 intending it was equiualent with them all, and befide 
 more compacSled and vnited. 
 
 There is alfo appertayning to this coiiler an other 
 point, why breaking of a thing doth helpe it, not by 
 way of adding a fliew of magnitude vnto it, but a note 
 of excellency and raritie ; whereof the fourmes are, 
 Where JJiall you finde fuch a concurrence ? G7'eat but 
 not conipleat^ for it feemes a leffe worke of nature or 
 fortune to make any thing in his kinde greater then 
 ordinarie, then to make a ftraunge compofition. 
 
 Yet if it bee narrowly confidered, this coulour will bee 
 reprehended or incountred by imputing to all ex- 
 cellencie in compofitions a kind of pouertie or at leafl 
 a cafualty or ieopardy, for from that which is excellent 
 in greatnes fomwhat may be taken, or there may be 
 decay ; and yet fufhciencie left, but from that which 
 hath his price in compofition if you take away any 
 thing, or any part doe fayle all is difgraced. 
 
 6 Cuius p'iuafio bona, malum, cuius priuatio mala, 
 
 bonitm, 
 
 iHe formes to make it conceyued that that 
 was euili which is chaunged for the better 
 are, He that is in hell thinkcs there is no 
 other heaue7i. Satis quercus, Acoi'nes were 
 good till bread 7i>as found etc. And of the 
 other fide the formes to make it conceyued that that 
 was good which was chaunged for the worfeare, Bona 
 mai^is carcudo quani fruendo fentimus, Bona ct tergo 
 formojlfsnia, Good things neuer appear in their full beaut- 
 ie, till they turne their backe and be going away, etc. 
 The reprehenfion of this colour is, that the good or 
 euil which is remoued may be efleemed good or euil 
 comparatiuely and not pofitiuely or fimply. So that 
 if the priuation bee good, it follows not the former 
 
1597. of good and eiiill. M7 
 
 condition was eiiil, but leffe good, for the flower or 
 blolTome is a pofitiue good, although the remoue of it 
 to giue place to the fruite be a comparatiue good. So 
 in the tale of ^fope ; when the olde fainting man in 
 the heat of the day cafl downe his burthen and call- 
 ed for death, and when death came to know his will 
 with him, faid it was for nothing but to helpe him 
 vppe with his burthen agayne : it doth not follow that 
 becaufe death which was the priuation of the burthen 
 was ill, therefore the burthen was good. And in this 
 parte the ordinarie forme of Mahim neccffariwn aptly 
 reprehendeth this colour, for Friuatio mali ncccffarij 
 ejl inala^ and yet that doth not conuert the nature of 
 the neceffarie euil, but it is euill. 
 
 Againe it commeth fometimes to paffe, that there is 
 an equalitie in the chaunge or priuation, and as it 
 were a Dilemma bojii or a Dilemma mali, fo that the 
 corruption of the one good is a generation of the 
 other, Sorii pater ceqims vti'iqiie efi\ And contrarie tlie 
 remedy of the one euill is the occafion and commence- 
 ment of an other, as in Scilla and Charibdis. 
 
 7. Quod bono Z'icimwi, bomim : quod a bojw remotum 
 
 maluifi. 
 
 ■Vch is the nature of thinges, that thinges 
 contrarie and diflant in nature and qual- 
 itie are alfo feuered and difioyned in 
 place, and thinges like and confenting in 
 qualitie are placed, and as it were quar- 
 tered together, for partly in regarde of the nature to 
 f|)redde, multiplie and infeCl in fmiilitude, and partly 
 in regard of the nature to break, expell and alter that 
 which is difagreeable and contrarie, mofl thinges do 
 eyther affociate and draw neere to themfelues the 
 like, or at leafl affmiulate to themfelues that which 
 approcheth neer them, and doe alfo driue away, 
 
148 A Table of the Cottiers 1597. 
 
 chafe and exterminate their contraries, And that is 
 the reafon commonly yeelded why the middle region 
 of the aire fhold be coldefl, becaufe the Sunne and 
 flars are eyther hot by direct beames or by reflection. 
 The diredt beames heate the vpper region, the reflect- 
 ed beames from the earth and feas heate the lower 
 Region. That which is in the middefl being furtheft 
 diflant in place from thefe two Regions of heate are 
 mofl diflant in nature that is coldcft, which is that 
 they tearme colde or hot, per aniipcrijlafiii, that is in- 
 uironing you by contraries, which was pleafantly taken 
 holde of by him that faid that an honeft man in thefe 
 daies muft needes be more honeft then in ages hereto- 
 fore, propter antiperistafui^ becaufe the fliutting of him 
 in the middeft of contraries muft needs make the 
 honefty ftronger and more compact in it felfe. 
 
 The reprehenfion of this colour is, firft many things 
 of amplitude in their kind doe as it were ingroffe to 
 themfelues all, and leaue that which is next them moft 
 deftitute, as the fliootes or vnderwood that grow neare 
 a great and fpread tree, is the moft pyned and flrrub- 
 bie wood of the field, becaufe the great tree doth de- 
 priue and deceiue them of fappe and nourifliment. 
 So he faith wel, Dinitis fend r,iaxime ferui : And the 
 comparifon was pleafant of him that compared courtiers 
 attendant in the courtes of princes, without great place 
 or ofiice, to fafting dayes,w4iich were next the holy daies, 
 but otherwife were the leaneft dayes of all the weeke. 
 
 An other reprehenfion is, that things of greatnes 
 and predominancie, though they doe not extenuate 
 the thinges adioyning in fubftance ; yet they drowne 
 them and obfcure them in fliew and appearance. And 
 therefore the Aftronomers fay, that whereas in all other 
 planets coniun6tion is the perfedteft amitie : the Sunne 
 contrariwife is good by afpe6t, but euill by coniundtion. 
 
 A third reprehenfion is becaufe euill approcheth to 
 good fometimes for concealement, fometimes for pro- 
 tection, and good to euill for conuerfion and reforma- 
 tion. So hipocrifie draweth neer to religion for couert 
 
1597. of good and euill. 149 
 
 and hyding it felfe : Sccpe latet vithtm procinitate bom, 
 and SancSluary men which were commonly inordinate 
 men and malefacflors, were wont to be neered to 
 priefl.es and Prelates and holy men, for the maiefl.ie of 
 good thinges is fuch, as the confines of them are reuer- 
 ed. On the other fide our Sauiour charged with neere- 
 nes of Publicanes and rioters faid, The PhifUiaii ap- 
 procheth thefuke^ rather then the whole. 
 
 8. Quod quis culpa fua contraxit, maius malum ; quod 
 ab externis imponitur, minus maliun. 
 
 HE reafon is becaufe the fling and remorfe 
 of the mind accufing it felfe doubleth all 
 aduerfitie, contrary wife the confidering and 
 recording inwardly that a man is cleare 
 and free from fault, and iuft imputation, 
 doth attemper outward calamities : For if the euill bee 
 in the fence and in the confcience both, there is a 
 gemination of it, but if euill be in the one and com- 
 fort in the other, it is a kind of compenfation. So 
 the Poets in tragedies doe make the mofl, pafsionate 
 lamentations, and thofe that foremnne final difpaire, 
 to be accufing, quefl-ioning and torturing of a mans felfe. 
 Scque vnum clamat caufamque, caputque malum, and 
 contrariwife the extremities of worthie perfons haue 
 been annihilated in the confideration of their owne good 
 defeming. Befides when the euill commeth from with- 
 out, there is left a kinde of euaporation of griefe, if 
 it come by humane iniurie, eyther by indignation and 
 meditating of reuenge from our felues, or by expecting 
 or forconceyuing that Ncmcfis and retribution will 
 take holde of the authours of our hurt, or if it bee by 
 fortune or accident, yet there is left a kinde of expolt- 
 ulation againfl the diuine powers. 
 
 Atque Deos atque ajlra vocat crudclia vmtcr. 
 
 But where the euill is deriued from a mans own fault 
 there all flrikes deadly inwardes and fuffocateth. 
 
I50 A Table of the Cottiers 1597. 
 
 The reprehenfion of this colour is firft in refpe(5l of 
 hope, for reformation of our faultes is in noJJra po- 
 tejiate, but amendment of our fortune fimpHe is not. 
 Therefore DcmoJlJienes in many of his orations fayth 
 thus to the people of Athens. That which haning 
 regarde to the tiuie pajl is the worst poijite and circum- 
 Jlance of all the reji, that as to the time to come is the 
 bejl: What is that ? Euen this^ that by your Jloth, irre- 
 folutio?i, and mifgoueriiement, yonr affaires are growne 
 to this declination and decay. For had y on 7fed and 
 ordered your meajies aiid forces to the beff, and done your 
 partes eiiery way to the full, and notwithflanding your 
 matters Jlioidd haue gone backwards in this manner as 
 they doe, there had been no hope left of recouerie or re- 
 paration, but ft? ice it hath beene onely by your owne 
 errours etc. So Epicletus in his degrees faith, llie 
 worflflate of man is to accufe externe things, better then 
 that to accife a 77ians felfe, and befl of all to accufe neyther. 
 
 An other reprehenfion of this colour is in refpe6l of 
 the wel bearing of euils, wherewith a man can charge 
 no bodie but himfelfe, which maketh them the leffe. 
 
 Leuefit quod bene fertur onus. And therefore many 
 natures, that are eyther extreamely proude and will 
 take no fault to themfelues, or els very true, and 
 cleauing to themfelues (when they fee the blame of 
 any thing that falles out ill mufl light vpon them- 
 felues) haue no other fliift but to bear it out wel, and 
 to make the leafl of it, for as we fee when fometimes 
 a fault is committed, and before it be known who is 
 to blame, much adoe is made of it, but after if it 
 appeare to be done by a fonne, or by a wife, or by a 
 neere friend, then it is light made of So much more 
 when a man mufl take it vpon himfelfe. And there- 
 fore it is commonly feene that women that marrie 
 husbandes of their owne choofmg againft their friends 
 confents, if they be neuer fo ill vfed, yet you fhall 
 feldome fee them complaine but to fet a good face on 
 it. 
 
1597. of good and eitill. 151 
 
 9. Qitod opera et virtute nojira partujn ejl 7naius bojium: 
 quod ab alicno beneficio^ vel ab indulgetitia fortumt 
 dciaiiim ejl minus bouum. 
 
 He reafons are firfl the future hope, be- 
 
 caufe in the fauours of others or the good 
 windes of fortune we haue no ftate or 
 certainty, in our endeuours or abiHties we 
 haue. So as when they haue purchafed 
 vs one good fortune, we haue them as ready and 
 better edged and inured to procure another. 
 
 The formes be, >w^ haue wo?me this by play ^ you 
 haue not onely the water, but you haue the receit, you can 
 make it againe if it be lojl etc. * 
 
 Next becaufe thefe properties which we inioy by 
 the benefite of others carry with them an obHgation, 
 which feemeth a kinde of burthen, whereas the other 
 which deriue from our felues, are Hke the freed 
 patents abfque aliquo inde reddendo, and if they pro- 
 ceede from fortune or prouidence, yet they feeme to 
 touch vs fecreatly with the reuerence of the diuine 
 powers whofe fauours we taft, and therfore worke a 
 kind of rehgious feare and reftraint, whereas in the 
 other kind, that come to paffe which the Prophet 
 fpeaketh, Lcetantur et exultant., i77imolant plagis fuis, ei 
 Jacrificant rcti fuo. 
 
 Thirdely becaufe that which commeth vnto vs with- 
 out our owne virtue, yeeldeth not that commendation 
 and reputation, for actions of great fehcitie may 
 drawe wonder, but prayfeleffe, as Cicero faid to Cefar : 
 Qjuce mircmur habemus, qua; laudcmus expcilamus. 
 
 Fourthly becaufe the purchafes of our own induflrie 
 are ioyned commonly with labour and flrife which giues 
 an edge and appetite, and makes the fruition of our 
 defire more pleafant, Suauis cibus a venatu. 
 
 On the other fide there bee fo\vre counter colours 
 to this colour rather then reprehenfions, becaufe they 
 be as large as the colour it felfe, lirfl becaufe felicitie 
 feemeth to bee a character of the fauour and loue of 
 the diuine powers, and accordingly worketh both con- 
 
152 A Table of the Colder s 1597. 
 
 fidence in our felues and refpecfle and autlioritie from 
 others. And this fehcitie extendeth to many cafuall 
 thinges, whereimto the care or virtue of man cannot 
 extend, and therefore feemeth to be a larger good, as 
 when Cccfar fayd to the fayler, Ca;farcjn poj-fas et for- 
 tiuiam eius, if he had faide, et virtiitem eius, it had beene 
 fmall comfort againfl a tempefl otherwife then if it 
 might feeme vpon merite to induce fortune. 
 
 Next, whatfoeuer is done by vertue and induflrie, 
 feem.es to be done by a kinde of habite and arte, and 
 therefore [thereupon] open to be imitated and fol- 
 lowed, whereas felicitie is imitable : fo wee generally 
 fee, that things of nature feeme more excellent then 
 things of arte, becaufe they be imitable, for quod imi- 
 tabile ejl potent i a quo dam inilgatum eJJ. 
 
 Thirdly, felicitie commendeth thofe things w^hich 
 commeth without our owne labor, for they feeme gifts, 
 and the other feemes peny worths : whereupon Plutarch 
 fayth elegantly of the a61es of Tij/wlcon, who was fo 
 fortunate, compared with the acles of Agefdaus and 
 Epaminoiidas^ That they wei-e like Homers verfes they 
 ranne fo eafily and fo 7ucll, and therefore it is the word 
 we giue vnto poefie, terming it a happie vaine, becaufe 
 facilitie feemeth euer to come from happines. 
 
 Fourthly, this fame prater fpem., vel prceter expeiia- 
 tu?n, doth increafe the price and pleafure of many 
 things, and this cannot be incident to thofe things 
 that proceede from our owne care, and compaffe. 
 
 10 Gradus prhiationis maior videtur qiiam gradus 
 dimimctionis ; et riufiis gradus inceptionis maior 
 videtur quam gradus i7icrementi. 
 
 |T is a pofition in the Mathematiques that 
 there is no proportion betweene fomewhat 
 and nothing, therefore the degree of nullitie 
 and quidditie or a6l, feemeth larger then 
 the degrees of increafe and decreafe, as 
 to a monoculos it is more to loofe one eye, then to a 
 man that hath two eyes. So if one haue loft diuers 
 
1597. of good a7id etcilL ^sz 
 
 children, it is more griefe to him to loofe the lafl then 
 all the reft, becaufe he is /pes gregis. And therefore 
 Sybl/hi when flie brought her three books, and had 
 burned two, did double the whole price of both the 
 other, becaufe the burning of that had bin g?'adus 
 prinationis, and not diininutionis. This couler is re- 
 prehended firft in thofe things, the vfe and feruice 
 whereof refleth in fufficiencie, competencie, or deter- 
 minate quantitie, as if a man be to pay one hundreth 
 l)Ounds vpon a penaltie, it is more for him to want xii 
 pence, then after that xii pence fuppofed to be wanting, 
 to want ten fliillings more : So the decay of a mans 
 eflate feemes to be mofl touched in the degree when 
 he firfl growes behinde, more then aftenvards when he 
 proues nothing worth. And hereof the common 
 fourmes are, Sci'a in fundo parfimonia, and as good 
 neuer awhit, as neuer the better, etc. It is reprehended 
 alfo in refpecl of that notion, Corriiptio vjiius, generatio 
 vlterius^ fo that grades prwatiojiis, is many times leffe 
 matter, becaufe it giues the caufe, and motiue to fome 
 new courfe. As when Dcmojlhenes reprehended the 
 people for harkning to the conditions offered by King 
 Phillip, being not honorable nor equall, he faith they 
 were but elements of their floth and weakenes, which 
 if they were taken away, necefsitie woulde teach them 
 flronger refolutions. So Do6lor Heftor was wont to 
 Dames of London, when they complayned they could 
 not tell how, but yet they could not endure to take any 
 medicine, he would tell them, Their way was onely to be 
 ficke, for then they would be glad to take any medicine. 
 
 Thirdly, this couler may be reprehended, in refpedl 
 that the degree of decreafe is more fenfitiue, then the 
 degree of priuation ; for in the minde of man, gj'adus 
 diinimitio7iis may worke a wauering betweene hope and 
 feare, and fo keepe the minde in fufpence from fetling 
 and accomodating in patience, and refolution ; hereof 
 the common fourmes are, Better eye oid, then alwayes 
 ake, make or marre, etc. 
 
 For the fecond braunch of this couler, it depends 
 vpon the fame generall reafon : hence grew the common 
 
151- A Table of Coitlers of good and euill. 
 
 place of extolling the beginning of euery thing, 
 Dimidium qui hciie ccepit habet. This made the Aflro- 
 logers fo idle as to iudge of a mans nature and defliny 
 by the conflellation of the moment of his natiuitie, or 
 conception. This couler is reprehended, becaufe many 
 inceptions are but as Epicurus termeth them, tenta- 
 menta, that is, imperfedl offers, and effayes, whicli 
 vanifh and come to no fub fiance without an iteration, 
 fo as in fuch cafes the fecond degree feemes the 
 worthyefl, as the body-horfe in the Cart, that draw- 
 eth more then the forehorfe, hereof the common 
 fourmes are. The fecond blow makes the fray, The fecond 
 word makes the bargaine, Alter principijwi dedit, alter 
 abflulit, etc. Another reprehenfion of this couler is in 
 refpe6l of defatigation, which makes perfeuerance of 
 greater dignitie then inception, [for chaunce or inftin^l 
 of nature may caufe inception,] but fetled afte6lion or 
 iudgement maketh the continuance. 
 
 Thirdly, this couler is reprehended in fuch things 
 which haue a naturall courfe, and inclination contrary 
 to an inception. So that the inception is continually 
 euacuated and gets no flart, but there behoueth perpetua 
 inceptio, as in the common fourme. Non progredi, efl 
 regredi, Qui non proficit, deficit : Running againft. the 
 hill : Rowing againfl the "flreame, etc. For if it be 
 with the ftreame or with the hill, then "the degree of 
 inception is more then al the reft. 
 
 Fourthly, this couler is to be vnderftoode of gradus 
 
 inceptionis a potent ia, ad aBum comparatus ; 
 
 cum gradu ab aclit ad incrementuni : For 
 
 other, maior videtiir gradus ab 
 
 inipotentia ad potcntia w, 
 
 quam a potentia 
 
 ad aftum. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 Printed at London by John Windet 
 
 for Humfrey Hooper. 
 
 15 9 7- 
 
II. 
 
 12. 
 
 13- 
 14- 
 
 ^ 
 
 15- 
 
 10. 
 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 20. 
 21. 
 22. 
 
 A HARMONY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Second Group 
 
 OF 
 
 Twenty-Four 
 
 E S S A VS. 
 
 Of Friendship. 
 
 Of Wisdom for a 
 
 Man's Self. 
 Of Xobility. 
 Of Goodness and 
 
 Goodness OF Nature. 
 Of Beautv. 
 Of Seeming Wise. 
 Of Ambition. 
 Of Riches. 
 Of Despatch. 
 Of Deformity. 
 Of Youth and Age. 
 Of Marriage and 
 
 Single Life. 
 
 23- 
 
 24. 
 
 25- 
 26. 
 27. 
 28. 
 29. 
 30- 
 31- 
 
 33- 
 34- 
 
 Of Parents and 
 
 Children. 
 Of Great Place. 
 Of Empire. 
 Of Counsel, 
 Of Atheism. 
 Of Superstition. 
 Of Praise. 
 Of Nature in Men. 
 Of Custom and 
 
 Education. 
 Of Fortune. 
 Of Death. 
 Of Seditions and 
 
 Troubles. 
 
 First found in Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 Collated with subsequent editions. 
 
T^ke M^rthngs ^ 
 
 S' ffrancis Bacon Kn\ 
 
 the Kinges Solli'- 
 
 citor Genei'all 
 
 in Moralitie 
 
 Policie, and 
 
 Historic. 
 
 c 
 
'58 
 
 IIL 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 [This draft dedication was never printed by Eacon.] 
 SloaJie MS. /[■2^g,/ol. 155. 
 
 To the moji high and excellent Prince 
 
 Henry, Prince of Wales, Dtike of 
 
 Cornwall and Earle of Chefter. 
 
 yt may picafe your H\ighnejs\ 
 
 Aving devided my life into the Con- 
 templative, and a6live parte, I am 
 defierous to give his Maiefly, and 
 your Highnefs of the Fruites of 
 both, fmiple thoughe they be. To 
 write iufl Treatifes requireth leafure in the Writer, 
 and leafure in the Reader, and therefore are not fo fitt, 
 neither in regard of your Highneffes princely affaiers, 
 nor in regard of my continuall Services, Which is the 
 caufe, that hath made me chufe to write certain e breif 
 notes, fett downe rather fignificantlye, then curioully, 
 which I liave called Effaics ; The word is late, but 
 the thing is auncient. For Senccaes Epi files to LiLciliiis; 
 yf one marke them well, are but Effaies, — Tliat is 
 
159 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52- 
 
 difperfed Meditacions. thoughe conveyed in the forme 
 ofEpiflles. Theis labors of myne I knowe cannottbe 
 worthie of your highnefs — for what can be worthie of 
 you ? But my hope is, they may be as graynes of 
 falte, that will rather give you an appitite, then offend 
 you with fatiety. And althoughe, they handle thofe 
 thinges wherein both Mens Lives, and theire pens are 
 mofl converfant, yet (What I have attained, I knowe 
 not) but I have endeavoured to make them not 
 vulgar ; but of a nature, Whereof a Man fhall find 
 much in experience, litle in bookes ; fo as they are 
 neither repeticions, nor fanfies. But howfoever, I 
 fhall moft humbly defier your Highnefs to accept them 
 in gracious part, and to conceive that if I cannott refl, 
 but mufl fhewe my dutifull, and devoted affedion to 
 your Highnefs, in theis thinges which proceed from my 
 felf, I fhalbe much more ready to doe.it, in performance 
 of any your princely Commaundementes ; And fo wifh- 
 ing your Highnefs all princely felicitye, I refl. 
 
 your Highneffes mofl humble Servant 
 
l6o A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 Harlcian MS. 5106. 
 
 [1.] ©t Jrienti^ljip. 
 
 \The Jirst j>age of the MS. zs 
 tor7i away, so that there retnahis 
 only the conciiision of this Essay. 
 It is, however, certain f-ojii the 
 7iext following Essays being num- 
 bered 2, 3, 4, &^c., that the?-e was no 
 other Essay than this one vpon the 
 missing page , though of what length 
 this one consisted ca7inot at present be 
 know7i. Possibly the MS. begaji with 
 a list of the Essays contained in it.] 
 
 inanimate, vnion ilrength- 
 neth anie naturall mocion, 
 and weakeneth anie violent 
 mocion; Soeamongefl men, 
 Frendfliipp multiplyeth 
 ioyes, and deuideth greifes. 
 Therefore whofoeuar want- 
 eth Fortitude, lett him wor- 
 fhipp Fraidjliipp; For the 
 yoke of Frendfliipp maketh 
 the yoke of Fortune more 
 Hght ; There bee fome 
 vvhofe hues are, as if they 
 perpetually played vponn a 
 flage, difguifedtoall others, 
 open onely to themfelues; 
 But perpetuall diflimula- 
 cion is painefull, and hee 
 that is all fortune and noe 
 nature is an exquifite Hirc- 
 li?ige; Liue not in contyn- 
 uallfmoother,buttakefome 
 frendes with whom to com- 
 municate. It will vnfould 
 thie vnderflanding ; it will 
 evaporate thie affeccions, 
 it will prepare thie bufi- 
 
 IV. 1612. ast. 52. 
 
 13. ©f /ricttliis^tp. 
 
 Here is no greater 
 defertorwildernes 
 then to bee with- 
 out true friends. 
 For without friendfliip, foci- 
 ety is but meeting. And as 
 it is certaine, that in bodies 
 inanimate, vnion flrength- 
 neth any naturall motion, 
 and weakeneth any violent 
 motion ; So amongfl men, 
 friendfhip mukiplieth 
 
 ioies, and diuideth griefes. 
 Therefore whofoeuer want- 
 eth fortitude, let him wor- 
 fhippe FriendJJiip. For the 
 yoke of FriendJJiip maketh 
 the yoke oi fortune more 
 light. There bee fome 
 whofe Hues are, as if they 
 perpetually plaid vpon a 
 flage, difguifedtoall others, 
 open onely to themfelues. 
 But perpetuall difhmula- 
 tion is painfull; and hee 
 that is all Fortune, and no 
 Nature is an exquifit Hier- 
 ling. Liue not in contin- 
 uallfmother, but take fome 
 friends with whom to com- 
 municate. It will vnfold 
 thy vnderflanding ; it will 
 euaporate thy affe6lions ; 
 it will prepare thy bufi- 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHI P. i6i 
 
 ^- 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Bii;i«;h Museum Copy. 
 
 27. /attli^ljip. 
 
 \Ejiiirely rewritten^ fee Mow,] 
 
i62 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 Ill, 1605-12. ddt. 47-52. 
 
 nes. A Man may keepe 
 a Corner of his minde from 
 his frend, and it bee but to 
 witneffe to himfelf that it 
 is not vponn faciltye, but 
 vponn true vfe oiFrendJJiipp 
 that hee imparteth himfelf. 
 Want of true frendes as it 
 is the rewarde of perfidious 
 Natures, fo it is an impo- 
 ficion vponn great fortunes. 
 The one deferue it, the 
 other cannottfcape it. And 
 therefore it is good to re- 
 tayne finceritye,andto putt 
 it into the reckoning of 
 Ambition^ that the higher 
 one goeth, the fewer true 
 Frendes he fliall have. Per- 
 fedlionof Frendfliipp is but 
 a Sfjeculacion; It is Frend- 
 fhipp, when a Man can fay 
 to himfelf, I loue this Man 
 without refpe6l of Vtilitye. 
 I am open harted to him, 
 Ifipglehim from the gener- 
 alitye ofthofe with whom I 
 liue, I make him a porcion 
 of my owne wifhes. 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i2. a^t. 52. 
 
 neffe. A man may keepe 
 a corner of his minde from 
 his friend, and it be but to 
 witnefie to himfelfe, that it 
 is not vpon facility, but 
 vpon true vfe of friendfliip 
 that hee imparteth himfelfe. 
 Want of true friends, as it 
 is the reward of perfidious 
 natures; fo it is an impo- 
 fition vpon great fortunes. 
 The one deferue it, the 
 other cannot fcape it. And 
 therefore it is good to re- 
 tain e fmcerity, and to put 
 it into the reckoning of 
 Ambition, that the higher 
 one goeth, the fewer true 
 friends he fliall haue. Per- 
 fedlion of friendfliip, is but 
 a fpeculation. It is friend- 
 fliip, when a man can fay 
 to himfelfe, I loue this man 
 without refpedl of vtility. 
 I am open hearted to him, 
 I fingle him from the gener- 
 ality of thofe with whom I 
 liue ; I make him a portion 
 of my owne wiflies. 
 
 \E71tirely rewritten in 1C25 Edition^ fee oppofite^ 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 
 
 163 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 27. /icnl)^l)ip. 
 
 get. 65. 
 
 \Eiitirdy rrwrittcfiy fee below.'] 
 
 T had bcene hard for him that fpake it, to haue 
 put more Truth and vntruth together, in 
 few Words, then in that Speech ; IVhofoeuer 
 is delighted in folitude, is either a 7C'i/de 
 Beajl, or a God."^ For it is rnofl true, that a Naturall 
 and Secret Hatred, and Auerfation towards Society, in 
 any Man, hath fomewhat of the Sauage Beafl ; But it 
 
 * Aristotle. Poittiok. Kk. i. c. 2. 
 
i64 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ast. 5. 
 
 [Efitirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite^ 
 
 en. Fariations in posthumous ILatin lEliition of 1638. 
 
 ^ But it is. Illud tamen e converso, 'but the converse.' 
 
 2 It. Huj7(SModi Vita soliiaria, ' 3.soY\ta.ryY\i& oi xh\s\C\nd.' 
 
 3 Loue. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 * Candian. Crctense, 'the Cretan.' 
 
 5 What SoHtude is. Quid hoc sit quod Solitudo notninatur, 'what that 
 is which is called solitude.' 
 
 6 Is not Company. Non est Socictas diccnda, ' is not to be called com- 
 pany.* 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 165 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 is^ mofl Vntnie, that it Ihould haue any Chara6lcr, at 
 
 all, of the Diuine Nature ; Except it- proceed, not out 
 
 of a Pleafure in Solitude, but out of a Loue^ and defire, 
 
 to fequefler a Mans Selfe, for a Higher Conuerfation : 
 
 Such as is found, to haue been falfely and fainedly, in 
 
 fome of the Heathen ; As Epinmiides the Candian,* 
 
 Numa the Roman, Em_pcdocles the Scicilian, and 
 
 Apollonius of Tyana ; And truly and really, in diuers 
 
 of the Ancient Hermits, and Holy Fathers of the 
 
 Church. But little doe Men perceiue, -svhat Solitude 
 
 is,5 and how fane it extendeth. For a Crowd is not 
 
 Company f And Faces'^ are but a Gallery of Pi6lures ; 
 
 And Talke but a Tinckling Cymhall, where there is no 
 
 Loue. The Latine Adage meeteth with it a little; 
 
 MagJia Ciuitas, Magna folitudof^tc^^vS.^ in a great 
 
 Towne, Friends^ are fcattered; So that there is not that 
 
 Fellowfliip,^ for the mofl Part, which is in leffe Neigh- 
 
 howhoods. But we may goe further, and affirme moll 
 
 truly, That it is a meere, and miferable Solitude, to 
 
 want \xvi^ Friends; without which the Worldis but a Wil- 
 
 derneffe : And euen in this fenfe alfo oi Solitude, whofo- 
 
 euer in the Frame of his Nature and Affections, is 
 
 vnfitio for FrieudJJiip, he taketh it of the Beafl, and not 
 
 from Human it}'. 
 
 A principall Fruit of FriendJJiip, is the Eafe and Dif- 
 charge of the Fulneffe^^ and Swellings of the Heart, 
 which Paffions of all kinds doe caufe and induce.^^ 
 We know Difeafes of Stoppings, and Suftocations, are 
 the mofl dangerous in the body ; And it is not much 
 
 " A great city is a great desert. 
 
 '• Faces. Fades I/ov:innm, ' faces of men.' 
 8 p'riends. .^;;//a ^2* yVtr^'^^rtr?/, ' friends and relatives.' 
 & Fellowship. FamiUariter, et in consortia, -vivaun, 'men live iiili- 
 niately and in company.' 
 
 •" Vnfit. Ab/iorret, ' .shrinks from.' 
 11 Fulnesse. Aftxietatis, * a.nx\ety.' 
 1- Cause and induce. Itnpritnerc, ' impress.' 
 
i66 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. cCt. 52. 
 
 \E7itirely rewritten in 1625 Edition^ fee oppofite?^ 
 
 13 Minde. ^gritiidinibus Animce, 'diseases of the mind.* 
 1* Suspicions. Cnras, 'cares.' 
 
 15 In a kind. Sub Sigillo, ' under the seal.' 
 
 16 Shrift. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1^ Distance. Distantiavi et Sublimitaieni, ' distance and loftiness.* 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 167 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 otlienvife in the Minde 'P You may take Sarza to open 
 the Liuer ; Steele to open the Spleene ; Flower of 
 Sulphur for tlie Lungs ; Cajloreuin for the Braine ; 
 But no Receipt openeth the Heart, but a true Friefid, 
 to whom you may impart, Griefes, loyes, Feares, 
 Hopes, Sufpicions,!-^ Counfels, and whatfoeuer lieth 
 vpon the Heart, to oppreffe it, in a kind^^ of Ciuill 
 Shrift^*^ or Confeffion. 
 
 It is a Strange Thing to obferue, how high a Rate, 
 Great Kings and Monarch s, do fet vpon this Fruit of 
 Friend/Iiip, whereof we fpeake : So great, as they pur- 
 chafe it, many times, at the hazard of their owne 
 Safety, and Greatneffe. For Princes, in regard of the 
 diflancei^ of their Fortune, from that of their Subieds 
 and Seruants, cannot gather this Fruit; Except (to 
 make Themfelues capable thereof) they raife^^ fome 
 Perfons, to be as it were Companions, and almofl 
 Equals to themfelues, which many times forteth to In- 
 conuenience. The IModerne Languages giue vnto fuch 
 Perfons, the Name of Fauorites, or Priuadoes •}'^ As if it 
 were Matter of Grace, or Conuerfation. But the 
 Roman Name attaineth the true Vfe, and Caufe 
 thereof; Naming them Partieipes Cu7'arum ; For it is 
 that, which tieth the knot.2(> And we fee plainly, that 
 this hath been done, not by Weake and Paffionate 
 Pritices onely, but by the Wifefl, and mofl Politique 
 that euer reigned; Who haue oftentimes ioyned to 
 themfelues, fome of their Seruants; Whom both 
 'I'hemfelues haue called Fre?ids ; And allowed Others 
 like\vife to call them in the fame manner ; Vfmg the 
 Word which is receiued between Priuate^^ Men. 
 
 18 Raise. Ei'ehantet promm'ennt, 'raise and promote.' 
 
 19 Priuadoes. ^w/Vi)r?<;« AV^/5, ' friends of the king.' 
 -'"' Knot. Vennn Ligavtcii^'X.xwQ.V.'noX.' 
 
 21 Priuate. /'nz/ate /"cr/MMO", ' of private fortune.' 
 
i68 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ^t. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite.] 
 
 22 Gre.1t. Verba IndigTtationis,*ix\t5.vgn3.nlvford.9..' ^ 
 
 -3 In effect. Fere disertis Verbis, 'almost in express words. 
 ■-< Had power. Omitted in the Lntin. _ ^ 
 
 25 Cnlpiirnia. Vxorls stice CalpurHur,'\\\%\v'\{<tQ:)\i?\v[rw3.. 
 -<> Disniisse. Eiim Senatum 7iou tnm parvi habittcrtan, ut divitttere^ 
 vellet, ' he would not have so little respect for the senate as to dismiss them. 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 169 
 
 V. 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 Z. Sylla, when he commanded Rome, raifed Pompey 
 (after furnamed the Great) to that Heigth, that Poui- 
 pey vaunted Himfelfe for Sy//a's Ouermatch. For 
 when he had carried the ConJuIJliip for a Frend of his, 
 againfl the purfuit of Sylla, and that Sylla did a Httle 
 refent thereat, and began to fpeake great,^-^ Po7npey 
 turned vpon him againe, and in effecl-^ bad him be 
 quiet ; For that more Men adored the Siuuie Rifiiig, 
 then the Sunne fetting."- With lulius Ccefar, Decimus 
 Brutus had obtained that Interefl, as he fet him 
 downe, in his Teflament, for Heire in Remainder, 
 after his Nepheiv. And this was the Man, that had 
 power--^ with him, to draw him forth to his death. For 
 when Cccfar Avould haue difcharged the Senate, in 
 regard of fome ill Prefages, and fpecially a Dreame of 
 Calpurnia f" This Man lifted him gently by the Arme, 
 out of his Chaire, telling him, he hoped he would not 
 difmiffe-^^ the Senate, till his wife had dreamt a better 
 Dreame/ And it feemeth, his fauour was fo great, as 
 Antonius in a Letter, which is recited Verbathn, in one 
 of Cicero's Philippiques, calleth him Venefica^'^ Witch -f 
 As if he had enchanted Ccefar. Augustus raifed 
 Agrippa (though of meane Birth) to that Heighth, as 
 when he confulted with Mcecenas, about the Marriage 
 of his Daughter lulia^ Mcecenas tooke the Liberty to 
 tell him ; That he ??iust either 7narry his Daughter to 
 Agrippa., or take away his life., there was no third 7i>ay, 
 he had made hi?n fo grcat.'^ With Tiberius Qefar, 
 Seianus had afcended to that Height, as they Two 
 were tearmed and reckoned, as a Paire of Frends. 
 Tiberius in a Letter to him faith ; Hac pro Amicitia 
 noflrd non occultaui.-^ And the whole Senate, dedicated 
 
 ° Plutarch. Pompey. xiv. ^ Plutarch. JuUus Cwsnr. Ixiv. 
 
 •^ Cicero. Philippics, xiii. ii. ^ Dion Cassius. hi. 6. 
 
 ' Oil account of our /ricndship, I have not concealed these thif.gs. 
 Tacitus. Annates, iv. 40. 
 
 2" Venefica. Vene/icuvi, 'sorcerer.' 
 
lyo A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 
 
 1612. xt. ^2. 
 
 [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Editio7i, fee oppofite^ 
 
 *8 Great dearenesse of friendship. Arctam Aviicitiavi, ' close friendship.' 
 29 The like. Siviilis, Amicitice Exettiplum, 'an example of like friendship.' 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 171 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 an Altar to FrcndJJiip, as to a Goddeffe^ in refpecl of 
 the great DeareneiTeof^r^;/rt|/7//^,-^ between them Two.'* 
 The Hke-'-* or more was between Sepiimiiis Seiierus, 
 and Pla)itianus. For he forced his Eldefl Sonne to 
 many the Daughter of Plantimms ; And would often 
 maintaine Flantiajius, in doing Affronts to his Son : 
 And did ^vrite alfo in a Letter to the Senate, by thefe 
 Words ; / lone the Alan fo ivc/I, as I wiJJi he uiay 
 ouer-liue me.^ Now if thefe Princes, had beene as a 
 Traian, or a Marcus Aureliiis^ A Man might haue 
 thought, that this had proceeded of an abundant Good- 
 neffe of Nature ; But being Men fo Wife, of fuch 
 Strength and Seueritie of rainde, and fo Extreme 
 Louers of Themfelues, as all thefe were ; It proueth 
 mofl plainly, that they found their owne Felicitie 
 (though as great as euer happened to Mortall Men) 
 but as an Halfe Peece, except they mought haue a 
 Frendto make it Entire :^^ And yet, which is more, they 
 were Princes, that had Wiues, Sonnes, Nephews ; And 
 yet all thefe could not fupply the Comfort of FrendJJiip. 
 It is not to be forgotten, what Commineus obferueth,'^ 
 of his firfl Mafler Duke Charles the Hardy ; Namely, 
 that hee would communicate his Secrets with none ; 
 And lead of all, thofe Secrets, which troubled him 
 mofl. Whereupon he goeth on, and faith. That to- 
 wards his Latter time ; That cbfcncffe did inipaire, aiul 
 a little periJJi his vnderstanding. Surely Cof?miineus 
 mought haue made the fame ludgement alfo, if it had 
 pleafed him, of his Second Mafler Lewis the Eleuenth, 
 whofe clofeneffe^^ was indeed his Tormentour. The 
 Parable of Pythagoras is darke, but true ; Cor ne 
 
 " Tacitiis. Antuils. iv. 74. 
 
 ^ Should be Plautianus : see Dion Cassiiis. Ixxv. 15. 
 
 " Philip de Comines. Historic. Trans, by T. Dannctt. Bk. v. c. p. 148. 
 Ed. 1614. 
 
 •'^ Entire. Integra et perfecta. ' entire and complete.' 
 
 ^' Closeness. Occultatio Coiisiliortiin, ' conccalinciit of counsel.' 
 
172 A II A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a-t. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aeit. 52. 
 
 \Entirely rewriitcn in 1625 Edition, fee oppofik?^ 
 
 «2 Open. Cogitntioius suas,et An.xictatesUherc imffcrtiani, ' impart frcclj'- 
 their thoughts and cares.' 
 
 ^3 Admirable. Ad Miraciiluvi froxime accedit, ' comes very near to a 
 miracle.' 
 
 ** Good. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. I73 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 edito ; Eat not the Heart."- Certainly, if a Man would 
 giue it a hard Phrafe, Thofe that want Frcnds to open^- 
 themfelues vnto, are Canniballs of their owne Hearts. 
 But one Thing is mofl Admirable/^^ (wherewith I will 
 conclude this firfl Fruit of frendJJiip) which is, that 
 this Communicating of a Mans Selfe to his Frend, works 
 two contrarie Effects; For it redoubleth loyes, and 
 cutteth Griefes in Halfes. For there is no Man, that 
 imparteth his Foyes to his Freud, but he ioyet/i the 
 more ; And no Man, that imparteth his Griefes to his 
 Frend, but h^Qgrieueth the leffe. So that it is, in Truth 
 of Operation vpon a Mans Minde, of like vertue, as 
 the Alchymists vfe to attribute to their Stone, for 
 Mans Lodie ; That it worketh all Contrary Effe6ts, 
 but flill to the Goodj^-* and Benefit of Nature. But yet, 
 without praying in Aid of Alchymists^ there is a mani- 
 fefl Image of this, in the ordinarie courfe of Nature. 
 For in Bodies,^^ Vnion flrengthneth and cherifheth any 
 Naturall A6lion ; And, on the other fide, weakneth and 
 dulleth any violent Impreffi on: Andeuen fo is it of Minds. 
 The fecond Fruit of FrendJJiip, is Healthfull and 
 Soueraigne^*^ for the Vnderjlanding, as the firft is for the 
 AffeHions. For FrendJJiip maketh indeed 2ifaire Day 
 in the Affections, from Storme and Tempefls : But it 
 maketh F>ay-JigJit^'' in the Vnderjlanding, out of Dark- 
 neffe and Confufion of Thoughts.^^ Neither is this to 
 be vnderfl-ood, onely of Faithful! Counfell, which a 
 Man receiueth from his Freud ; But before you come 
 to that, certaine it is, that whofoeuer hath his Minde 
 fraught, with many Thoughts, his Wits and Vnder- 
 
 " A saying of Pythagoras, quoted by Plutarch. De Educ. Piter, xvii. 
 
 35 Bodies. Rebjis Natrtralibus, ' n^i\iTAxh\x\gi.' 
 
 ■"> .Soueraigne. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ■^' Day-light. Noctem abigit, et Lumen infutidit, ' diives away night and 
 pours in liq:lit.' . ,■ ■ . 
 
 •28 Out of Darknesse . . . Thoughts. Confusione cogttationumdissipata, 
 ' having dissipated confusion of thoughts.' 
 
174 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set 47-52. j IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee opJ>ofcte.'\ 
 
 sf Breake vp. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *o Communicating. Coviminiicatione Consiliormn, 'communicating of 
 plans.' 
 
 ans. 
 
 41 Easily. Et in oinnes partes versat, ' and turns them in every direction. 
 
 42 Lie. CmiMicaniur et Ifivolvutititr, ' are folded and rolled up.' 
 Obstructionibus Intellectus, 'obstructions of the 
 
 ^'^ Vnderstanding. 
 understanding.' 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 175 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 {landing doe clarifie and breake vp,"^^ in tlie Communi- 
 cating-^^ and difcoiirfmg with Another : He toffeth his 
 Thoughts, more eafily;'^ He marflialleth them more 
 orderly; He feeth how they looke when they are 
 turned into Words; Finally, He waxeth wifer then 
 Himfelfe ; And that more by an Houres difcourfe, 
 then by a Dayes Meditation. It was well faid by 
 Thcmijlodes to the King of Pcrfia ; That fpcech was 
 like Cloth of Arras., opened, and pitt abroad; Whereby 
 the Imagery doth appeare in Figure; ivhereas in 
 Thoughts, they lie'^- but as in Packs."- Neither is this 
 Second Fruit of FrendJJiip, in opening the Vnderjland- 
 i?ig,^'^ reflrained onely to fuch Frends, 2iS are able to giue 
 a Man Counfell : (They indeed are beft) But euen, 
 without that, a Man learneth of Himfelfe, and bringeth 
 his owne Thoughts to Light, and whetteth his Wits as 
 againfl a Stone, which it felfe cuts not. In a word, a 
 INIan were better relate himfelfe, to a Statua, or Piclure, 
 then to fuffer his Thoughts to paffe in fmother.^ 
 
 Adde now, to make this Second Fruit of FrendJJiip 
 compleat, that other Point, which lieth more open, 
 and falleth within Vulgar Obfeniation ; which is Faith- 
 full Counfell from a Frend. Heraclitus faith well, in 
 one of his ^nigmaes ; Dry Light is euer the befl.^ 
 And certaine it is, that the Light, that a Man receiueth, 
 by Counfell from Another, is Drier, and purer, then 
 that which commeth from his owne VnderRanding, 
 and ludgement ; which is euer infufed and drenched 
 in his Affections and Cuflomes.^' So as, there is as 
 much difference, between e the Counfell, that a Frend 
 giueth, and that a Man giueth himfelfe, as there is be- 
 
 ° Plutarch. Thcinistocles. xxix. 4. 
 
 '' Heraclitus the Obscure sayd : The drie Light was the best Sortie. 
 Meaning, when the Faculties Intellectual are in vigour, not wet, nor, as it 
 were, blouded by the Aflections. Lord Bacon's Apophth. No. 268, Ed. 1625. 
 
 *♦ Suffer to passe in smother. Silent io stiffocare. ' smother in silence.' 
 *» And Customes. Oiuilted in the Latin. 
 
176 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 111. 1607-12. ict. 47-52. ; IV. 
 
 1612. a3t. 52. 
 
 [Entirely rcivritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite^ 
 
 ** Such. Magis infestus, ' more dangerous.* 
 
 *' Good. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 48 Dead. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *9 Others. Taiiquani hi speculo, aliqiumdo, ut fit etiavt in speciilis, 
 viinus resp07idet, ' as if in a mirror, sometimes does not answer, as is also 
 the case in mirrors.' 
 
 50 A Man may think. Vetus est, ' it is an old sayint;,' 
 
 51 No more. Melius^ ' better.' [The illustration is put inversely in the 
 Latin.] 
 
 t ^'^ Or. Licet nonnulli hoc cavillentur, eiiaiii rede dicitur. ' Some may 
 make this objection. It is rightly said.' 
 
 *•• Gamester. Spectatoremsiepe plusvidere,quatn Lusorcm, 'a looker-on 
 often sees more than a player.' 
 
XT. OF FRIENDSHir. 177 
 
 V. 1625. a;t. 65. 
 
 tween the Counfell of a Freud, and of a Flaita-er. 
 For there is no fuch'^'^ Flatterer, as is a Mans Selfe ; 
 |\And there is no fuch Remedy, again fl 7^/(7//6'/7 of a 
 \ Mans Selfe, as the Liberty of a Fremi. Cou7ifell is of 
 two Sorts ; The one concerning Manners, the other 
 concerning Bufinejfe. For the Firft ; The befl Pre- 
 feruatiue to keepe the Minde in Health, is the faith- 
 full Admonition of a Frend. The Calling of a jNIans 
 Selfe, to a Stricl Account, is a Medicine, fometime, 
 too Piercing and Corrofme. Reading good^" Bookes of 
 Morality, is a little Flat, and Dead."^^ Obfcruing our 
 Faults in Others,"^^ is fometimes ynj^roper for our Cafe. 
 But the befl Receipt (befl (I fay) to worke, and beft 
 to take) is the Admonition of a Frend. It is a flrange 
 thing to behold, what groffe Errours, and extreme 
 Abfurdities, Many (efpecially of the greater Sort) doe 
 commit, for want of a Frend, to tell them of them ; To 
 the great dammage, both of their Fame, and Fortune. 
 For, as S. lames faith, they are as ]\Ien, that looke 
 fometimes into a Glaffe, and prefently forget their ozvne 
 Shape, and Fauour.'^ As for Biifuieffe, a Man may 
 think,^^ if he will,thattwo Eyes fee no more-^^ than one ; 
 Or^-that a Gamefler^-^feeth alwaies more then a Looker 
 on ; ^^Or that a IMan in Anger, is as Wife as he, that 
 hath faid ouer the foure*^ and twenty Letters ; Or that 
 a Musket may be fhot off, afwell vpon the Arme, as 
 vpon a Refl ; And fuch other fond and high''^ Imagin- 
 ations, to thinke Himfelfe All in All. But when all is 
 done,^*^ the Helpe of good^'' Counfell, is that, which 
 
 " James i. 23. 
 
 ^ In Bacon's time, i and /, and 11 and v, were not considered distinct 
 letters, 
 
 5* Or that a Man in Anger . . . Letters. Omitted in the Latin. 
 65 Fond and high. Qnidain tatti altiun sapiaut, 'some think solii.ihly.' 
 **" All is done. Qtticguid did possit in contraritnit, * whatever may be 
 said to the contrary.' 
 
 *" The Helpe of, S:c. Certnw est, Carisilijnn Ne^otia din'^erc, ct stahilire. 
 it is certain tliat counsel setteth business straight and firm,' 
 
 M 
 
178 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. xt 52. 
 
 \Eiitirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oJ)J>ofite.'\ 
 
 ts Perfect and entire. Fideli, et intinio, ' faithful and intimate.' 
 S3 Counsell. Cotisilla ilia, et diversis matiantia, ' counsels coming from 
 divers persons.' 
 ^^ Good Meaning. Fide, et bona intentione, 'faith and good meaning.' 
 ^1 You complaine of. Omitted in the Latin. 
 *2 Body. Corporis tui Constitutionis, ' the constitution of your body.' 
 
XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. lyg 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 fetteth Bufincfl'c flraight. And if any Man thinke, that 
 he will take Counfdl^ but it fliall be by Peeces ; Ask- 
 ing Counfdl in one Bufineffe of one Man, and in 
 another Bufineffe of another Man ; It is well, (that is 
 to fay, better perhaps then if he asked none at all;) but 
 he runneth two dangers : One, that he fliall not be 
 faithfully counfelled ; For it is a rare Thing, except it 
 be from a perfect and entire^^ Fraid, to haue Counfell 
 giuen, but fuch as flialbe bowed and crooked to fome 
 ends, which he hath that giueth it. The other, that he 
 fliall haue Counfell ^^ giuen, hurtfull, and vnfafe, (though 
 .with good ^leaning*^^) and mixt, partly of Mifchiefe, and 
 partly of Remedy : Euen as if you would call a 
 Phyfician, that is thought good, for the Cure of the 
 Difeafe, you complaine of,"^^ but is vnacquainted with 
 your body f- And therefore, may put you in way for a 
 prefent Cure, but ouerthroweth your Health in fome 
 other kinde f^ And fo cure the Difeafe, and kill the 
 Patient.*^^ But a Freud, that is wholly acquainted 
 with a ]\rans Eflate, will beware by furthering any 
 prefent Bufineffe, how he daflieth vpon other Incon- 
 uenience. And therefore, reft not vpon Scattered 
 Counfeh ; They will rather^ diflracft, and Mifleade, 
 then Settle, and Diredl. 
 
 After thefe two Noble Fruits of FrendfJiip ; {Peace 
 in the Affections, and Support of the Judgement,) 
 followeth the lafl Fruit-, which is like the Fojji- 
 gra7iat, full of many kernels; I meane Aid, and 
 Bearing a Part, in all Actions, and Occafions. 
 Here, the befl Way, to reprefent to life the 
 manifold vfe of Fi'cndfJiip, is to caft and fee, how many 
 Things there are, which a Man cannot doe'^^ Himfelfe ; 
 
 ®3 Other kinde. In sitmma, ' on the whole.' 
 
 fi* Patient. Atgite hoc facto Morlmvi e.vttvgnet. et non iia multo post, 
 Ilotninent, 'and in this way destroys the disease, and not so long after, the 
 man.' 
 
 •5 Doe. Exequi commode, ' do conveniently.' 
 
i8o A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. £et. 52. 
 
 [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oJ>J)ofite.'\ 
 
 68 Sparing. Non per Hyperbolen, sed sobrie dictttm, * not hyperbolically, 
 biit sparingly said.' 
 
 ''"For that. Quandoqindem, si quis vere rci7i rejnttei, 'since, if one truly 
 considers the matter.' 
 
 ''S Farre more then Himselfe. Aniici officia, proprias aijusqtce vires i.7i- 
 pcrent, 'the services of a friend surpass one's own strength.' 
 
 •55 Haue their Time. 3Ioriales sinif, 'are mortal.' 
 
 '0 Desire some Things. /« Medio Operuni aliqui^rimt, ' in the middle of 
 some works.' 
 
 71 Bestowing of a Child. Collocatione Filii in jMatrijnoniiim, ' bestow- 
 ing a son in marriage.' 
 
 7-_ Worke. Cotiatnum et Desideriorian suorui)i, ' their endeavours and 
 desires.' 
 
 T^ Care of those Things . . . after Him. De iisdcm rehis, Ajiiici cum 
 et opera, post ]\Iortein perjiciendis, ' that those things will be perfected after 
 his death, by the care and assistance of his friend.' 
 
 7* So that a Man . . . his desires. Adeo iit Fatnin iiiimatiin(m vi.x 
 obsit ; A tqne habeat siiis (ut loqicamitr more Tribtilnm nut Firmariomvt,) 
 in Desidcriis snis, Teriiiimnii, jton uniits, sad diia7-uin vitaf-iiin, 'so that 
 premature f.ite scarcely injures him; and a man has (to speak as common 
 people and farmers do) the term of not one but two lives in his desires.' 
 
XT. OF FRIENDSHIP, i8i 
 
 V. 1625. £et. 65. 
 
 And then it will appeare, that it was a Sparing^^ Speech 
 of the Ancients, to fliy, T/iat a Frend is another Him- 
 felfc: For that^'" a Frcnd is farre more then Himfdfe.^'^ 
 Men haue their Time,^^ and die many times in defire of 
 fome Things,'^ which they principally take to Heart ; 
 The Beflowing of aChild/^ TheFinifliing of a Worke,"- 
 Or the like. If a Man haue a true Frcnd, he may reft 
 almoft fecure, that the Care of thofe Things, will con- 
 tinue after Him/^ So that a Man hath as it were two 
 Liues in his defiresJ^ A Man hath"^ a Body, and that 
 Body is confined to a Place ; But where FreudJJiip is, 
 all Offices of Life, are as it were granted to Him, and 
 his Deputy. ''^For he may exercife them by his Frcnd. 
 How many Things are there, which a Man cannot, 
 with any Face or Comelines, fay''''" or doe Himfelfe ? A 
 Man can fcarce alledge his owne ^Merits with modefty, 
 much leffe extoll them : A man cannot fometimes 
 brooke to Supplicate or Beg : And a number of the 
 like. But all thefe Things, are GracefuU in a Frcnds 
 Mouth, which are Blufliing in a I^lans Owne. So 
 againe, aMans Perfon hath many proper Relations, which 
 he cannot put oil. A !Man cannot fpeake to his Sonne, 
 but as a Father ; To his Wife, but as a Husband ; To 
 his Enemy, but vpon Termes :'^ whereas a Frcnd may 
 fpeak, as the Cafe requires, and not as it forteth with 
 the Perfon. But to enumerate thefe Things were end- 
 leffe : I haue giuen the Rule, where a Man can fitly 
 play his owne Part : If he haue not a Frend^ he may 
 quit the Stage. 
 
 '5 Hath.^ C/n"7/w5r;77'/7//r, 'is bounded by.' 
 
 76 For he may e.\erci>e thtin by his Frend. Omitted In the Latin. 
 
 '>^ Say. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^8 But vpon Termes. Nisisalva digniiate, ' without preserving his honour.' 
 
i82 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 2. @t Mi^ctiome tor a 
 
 N Ant is a wife 
 Creature for it 
 felf, but it is a 
 fhrewd thing in 
 an Orchard, or a garden. 
 And certainlye Men that 
 are great lovers of them- 
 felves, waft the pubUke. 
 Diuide with reaibn be- 
 tweene felfe-love, and fo- 
 cietye, and be fo true to 
 thie felf, as thou be not 
 falfe to others. 
 It is a poore Centre of a 
 Mans actions, himfelfe ; It 
 is right Earth, For that 
 onelyftandes faflvponn his 
 owne Centre, Whereas all 
 thinges, that have affinitye 
 with the heavens, move 
 vpponn the Centre of an- 
 other, which they benefitt. 
 The referring of all to a 
 Mans felf is more tolera- 
 ble in a Sovereigne Prince, 
 becaufe themfelves are 
 not themfelves, but theire 
 good, and evill is at the 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 16. S^t^tiome for a JEait«{ 
 jsclte. 
 
 N Ante is a wife 
 creature for it 
 felfe .• But it is a 
 fhrewd thing in 
 an Orchard or garden. 
 And certainly men that 
 are great louers of them- 
 felues, wafle the puplike. 
 Diuide with reafon be- 
 tweene felfe loue, and fo- 
 ciety .' and bee fo true to 
 thy felfe, as thou be not 
 falfe to others. 
 It is a poore Centre of a 
 mans a6lions, himfelfe. It 
 is right earth. For that 
 only ftands faft vpon his 
 owne centre : whereas all 
 things that haue affinity 
 with the heauens, moue 
 vpon the centre of an 
 other, which they benefit. 
 The referring of all to a 
 mans felfe, is more t6llera- 
 ble in a foueraigne Prince; 
 becaufe themfelues arc 
 not themfelues; but their 
 good and* euill is at the 
 
 UI. Uariations in posHjuinous Untin lEtilion of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Prudeiitia qnce sibi sapii, ' of prudence which is wise for 
 one's self.' 
 
 2 Orchard. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 8 Society. A ])iore7n ReipuhliccE, ' love of the state.' 
 4 True. Proxivius, ' nearest.' 
 
XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SELF. 1S3 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 23. ©i (IBbcDomc for a |ttau^ ^clfc.^ 
 
 ]N Ant is a luife 
 
 Creature for it 
 
 Selfe ; But it is a 
 
 fhrewd Thing, in 
 an Orchard, 2 or Garden. 
 And certainly, IMen that 
 are great Loners of Them- 
 felues, wafle the PubUque. 
 Diuide with reafon be- 
 tween e Self -lone ^ and So- 
 ciety : 3 And be fo true^ to 
 thy Selfe, as thou be not 
 
 falfe^ to Others ; Specially to thy King, and Country. 
 It is a poore*^ Center of a 
 Mans Actions, Himfelfe? 
 It is right Earth. ^ For that 
 onely^ {lands fa ft vpon his 
 owne Center ; Whereas all 
 Things, that haue Affinity 
 with the Jleauens, moue 
 vpon the Center of an- 
 other, which they benefit. 
 The Referring of all to a 
 Ma?is Selfe, is more tolera- 
 ble in a Soueraigne Prince ; 
 Becaufe Themfeliies are not 
 Qwt\yTJie7nfelues-}^^\i\. their 
 Good and Euill, is at the 
 
 5 False. Injurius, 'unjust.' 
 
 6 Poore. Ignobile, ' ignoble.'- 
 
 t Himselfe. Commodium Proprinm, ' his own interest.' 
 8 Earth. Terrestrem imtnram sapit, 'savours of earthly nature.' 
 * That onely. Terra, ' the earth.' 
 
 10 Their Good, &c. Sed publico periado, et Foriuna, dcgunt, ' but they 
 live with the danger and fortune of the people.' 
 
i84 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 perill of the publiqiie Fo?'- 
 tiine, but it is a defperate 
 evill in a Servaunt to a 
 Prince^ or a Cittizen in a 
 Repuhlique; For whatfo- 
 ever afifayres paffe fuch a 
 Mans hande hee crooketh 
 them to his owne endes, 
 which mull needes be often 
 excentrique to the endes 
 of his Mafler, or State ; 
 Therefore lett Princes, or 
 States chufe fuch fer- 
 vauntes, as have not this 
 marke, except they meane 
 theire feruice fliould be 
 made but the Accessorie. 
 And that which maketh the 
 effect more pernicious is, 
 that all proporcion is lofl. 
 It were difproporcion 
 enoughe for the feruauntes 
 good to be preferred before 
 the Maiflers. But yet it 
 is greater extreame, when 
 a litle good of the fer- 
 uauntes fliall carry thinges 
 again ft a great good of the 
 Maflers; and yet that is 
 the cafe. 
 
 IV 
 
 1612. jet. 52. 
 
 perill of the publike for- 
 tune. But it is a defperate 
 euil in a feruant to a 
 Prince, or a Citizen in -a 
 Rcpuhlikc. For- whatfo- 
 euer affaires paffe fuch a 
 mans hand, hee crooketh 
 them to his owne ends : 
 which muft needs bee often 
 Eccentrike to the ends 
 of his mafler or flate. 
 Therefore let Princes or 
 States, chufe fuch fer- 
 uants, as haue not this 
 marke ; except they meane 
 their feruice fliould bee 
 made but the acceffary. 
 And that which maketh the 
 effect more pernitious, is, 
 that al proportion is loft. 
 It were difproportion 
 enousfh for the feruants 
 
 O 
 
 good to be preferred before 
 the maflers : But yet it 
 is a greater extreme, when 
 a little good of the fer- 
 uants, fliall Carrie things 
 againfL a great good of the 
 maflers. And yet that is 
 the cafe ; 
 
 11 Whatsoeuer Affaires. Negotia p7ibUca nuhcrsn, 'all public business. 
 
 12 Pass . . liands. Expcdmnhir, ' are despatched by.' • 
 
 13 Seruaiits. Mbiistros et Servos, ' officers and servants.' 
 1* Haue not. A'ou maculantur, ' are not spotted.' 
 
 15 All proportion. Renivi analogia, ' proportion of things.' 
 
XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SELF. 185 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 perill of the Publiqiie For- 
 tune. But it is a defperate 
 Euill in a Seruant to a 
 Prince, or a Citizen in a 
 Republique. For whatfo- 
 euer Aftaires^^ palTe fuch a 
 MansHands,i-he crooketh 
 them to his owne Ends : 
 Which muft needs be often 
 Eccentrick to the Ends 
 of his jSIafler, or State. 
 Therefore let Princes, or 
 States, choofe fuch Ser- 
 iiants,^^ as haue not^^ this 
 marke, Except they meane 
 their Seruice fliould be 
 made but the Acceffary. 
 That which maketh the 
 Effedl more pernicious, is, 
 that all Proportion^''' is loft. 
 It were difproportion 
 enough, for the Seruants 
 Good, to be preferred be- 
 fore the Maflers ; But yet it 
 is a greater Extreme, when 
 a litde Good of the Ser- 
 uant, fliall carry Things,^^ 
 againft a great Good of the 
 Maflers. And yet that is 
 
 the cafe of Bad Officers, Treafurers, Ambafliidours, 
 Generals, and other Falfe and Corrupt Seruants ; 
 which fet a Bias vpon their Bowie, of their owne Petty 
 Ends, and Enuies,^" to the ouerthrow^^ of their MaRers 
 Great and Important Affaires. And for the mofl part, 
 
 ifi Carry things. ^«^^*r/?/r, ' be preferred to.' 
 1" And Enuies. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 18 Ouerthrow. Quod cum in tra7is7'crsHin inclinet iifiiitatis Domini siti, 
 ' which inclines it contrary to the profit of their master.' 
 
i86 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 Ffor the good fuch fer- 
 vauntes receive, is after the 
 modell of theire owne For- 
 tune, but the hurt, they 
 fell for that good, is after 
 the modell of theire Maf- 
 ters Fortune. And cer- 
 tainly it is the nature of 
 extreame Self-lovers, as 
 they will fett an howfe on 
 fire, and it were but to 
 roll theire ^g%^. And yet 
 theis Men manie tymes 
 hold creditt with theire 
 Maiflers, becaufe theire 
 fludy is but to pleafe 
 them, and profitt them- 
 felves ; And for either re- 
 fpedl, they will abandon 
 the good of theire affaires. 
 
 -~»CF-&\i c/ it ■^i,"-ir* 
 
 IV. 161 2. ast. 52. 
 
 for the good fuch feruants 
 receiue ; is after the 
 modell of their owne for- 
 tune : but the hurt they 
 fell for that good, is after 
 the modell of their Maf- 
 ters Fortune. And cer- 
 tainely it is the nature of 
 extreme felfe-louers, as 
 they will fet an houfe one 
 fire, and it were but to 
 roft their egges; and yet 
 thefe men many times 
 hold credit with their 
 maflers ; becaufe their 
 fludy is but to pleafe 
 them, and profit them- 
 felues ; and for either re- 
 fpe6l they will abandon 
 the good of their affaires. 
 
 " Lovers of ihcinselves without a rival. Cicero. Ad Quint. Fratejn. 'in. 8. 
 
 l» Sell. Pcrimticnt, 'exchange.' 
 
 20 Kxtrcme. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 21 House. Dotnnm Proxiini, ' the house of their neighbour.' 
 
 22 Masters. Viros />ote7ites, ^•poweviul men.' 
 2.! Affaires. Domini sui, ' of their master.' 
 2* Rats. Soricum, ' shrews.' 
 
 25 Thrusts out ... for him. E Domo expeUit, quain sibi defodit, non 
 aUi^ 'thrusts [the Badger] out of the house which he has dug for himself, not 
 for andmer.' 
 
 26 Selfe-wisdome. Pulchra ilia Sapientia, ' that fine wisdom. 
 
XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SFLF. 1S7 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 the Good fuch Ser- 
 iiants receiue, is after the 
 Modell of their own For- 
 tune ; But the Hurt they 
 fell^^ for that Good, is after 
 the Modell of their Maf- 
 ters Fortune. And cer- 
 tainly, it is the Nature of 
 Y.yXxtxVi^-^ Sclfe-Louers; As 
 they will fet an Houfe'-^ on 
 Fire, and it were but to 
 roall their Egges : And yet 
 thefe ]Men, many times, 
 hold credit with their 
 JMaflers ;-- Becaufe their 
 Study is but to pleafe 
 Them, and profit Them- 
 feliics : And for either re- 
 fpe6l, they will abandon 
 the Good of their Affaires.-^ 
 
 Wifedome for a Ma?is felfe, is in many Branches 
 thereof, a depraued Thing. It is the Wifedome of 
 Rats^-^ that will be fure to leaue a Houfe, fomewhat 
 before it fall. It is the Wifedome of the Fox, that 
 thrufls out the Badger, who digged and made Roome 
 for him.-^ It is the WifedofJie of Crocodiles, that fhed 
 teares, when they would deuoure. But that which is 
 fpecially to be noted, is, that thofe, which (as Cicero 
 faies of Foj/ipey) are, Sui Amaiiies fine Riuali,"- are 
 many times vnfortunate. And whereas they haue all 
 their time facrificed to Themfelues, they become in the 
 end themfelues Sacrifices to the Inconflancy of For- 
 tune ; whofe Wings they thought, by their Self 
 Wifedome^^ to haue Pinnioned. 
 
i88 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 33t. 47-52. 
 
 Harh'iau AIS. 5106. 
 
 3. ©f ICobilitjie. 
 
 T is a reverend 
 thing to fee an 
 auncientCaftell, 
 or building not 
 in decaye ; or to fee a 
 faier tymber Tree found, 
 and perfect; how much 
 more to behold an aun- 
 cient Noble familye, which 
 hath flood againfl the 
 waves, and weathers of 
 tyme. For new Nobility 
 is but the A61 of Power, 
 but auncient Nobility is 
 the A61 of Tyme. The 
 firfl Rayfers of Fortunes 
 are commonly more ver- 
 tuous, but leffe innocent, 
 then theire defcendentes ; 
 For there is rarely ryfmg, 
 but by a commixture of 
 good and euill Actes. But 
 it is reafon the memorie 
 of theire vertues remaine 
 to theire poRerityes, and 
 theire faultes dye with 
 themfelves ; N'obilitie of 
 Birth commonly abateth 
 Induflrie ; and hee that is 
 not induflrious, envyeth 
 him, that is; Befides Noble 
 perfons cannott goe much 
 higher ; and hee that 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6t2. ^t. 52. 
 
 7. m Itobilit^. 
 
 IT is a reuerend 
 thing to fee an 
 ancient caftle 
 or building not 
 in decay .• or to fee a 
 faire timber tree found 
 and perfect : how much 
 more to behold an an- 
 cient Noble familie, which 
 hath flood againfl the 
 wanes and weathers of 
 time. For new Nobility 
 is but the a6t of power ; 
 but ancient Nobility is 
 the act of time. The 
 firfl raifers of Fortunes 
 are commonly more ver- 
 tuous, but leffe innocent, 
 then their defcendants. 
 For there is rarely rifing, 
 but by a commixture of 
 good and euil Arts. But 
 it is reafon the memorie 
 of their vertues remain 
 to their poflerities, and 
 their faults die with 
 themfelues. NobiUtle of 
 Birth commonly abateth 
 induflrie : and hee that is 
 not induflrious, enuieth 
 him that is : Befides noble 
 perfons, cannot goe much 
 higher ; And he that 
 
XIII. OF NOBILITY.. 189 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy, 
 
 14. Of fCobilitv). 
 
 \Tranfpofed^feehelo7V at pp. 193, 195.] 
 
igo 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 flandeth at a flay when 
 others rife, can hardlye 
 avoyd mocions of envye. 
 On thother fide, NobiUtye 
 extinguiflieth the paffme 
 Envie in others towardes 
 them, becaufe they are in 
 poffeffion of Honor, 
 and Envye is as the Sun- 
 beames, that beate more 
 vponn a ryfmg ground, then 
 vponn a levelL 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 flandeth at a flay when 
 others rife, can hardly 
 auoid motions of enuie. 
 On the other fide Nobihty 
 extinguiflieth the paffiue 
 enuie in others towards 
 them ; becaufe they are in 
 the poffeffion of Honour : 
 and Emty is as the funne 
 beames, that beate more 
 vpon a rifmg ground, then 
 vpon a leuell. 
 
 \The paragraph on the oppofite page was added in the 
 1625 editioJi, at the beginning of the Efay.] 
 
 j.,t..u 11. Proceres noii desiderantnr: ' peers are not needed.' 
 They. .S"^rt/'?« ///^ /'^//^/rtrw, ' that state of the people.' ^ 
 
 Sedition. Factionibtis et Tnrbis, ' factions and disturbances^, 
 i/^/ ;i^w j««/, ' where there axe not.' 
 
 1 Need it. 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 * Then wheie there are 
 
XIII. OJ^ NOBILITY. 191 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 14. ©f ^obilits. 
 
 \Tranfpofed,fee below^ at pp. 193, 195.] 
 
 \Thefe four lines 7a ere tranfpofed in 1625 Edition to 
 the Effay Of Y.n\iy,fee p. 514.] 
 
 E will fpeake of Nobility, firft as a Portion of 
 an EJIate ; Then as a Condition of F articu- 
 lar Ferfo?is. A Monarchy, where there is 
 no Nobility at all, is euer a pure, and abfo- 
 lute Tyranny ; As that of the Turkes. For Nobility 
 attempers Soueraignty, and drawes the Eyes of the 
 People, fomewhat afide from the Line Royall. But 
 for Dcjnocracies, they need it^ not ; And they"^ are com- 
 monly, more quiet, and leffe fubiecl to Sedition,^ then 
 where there are"* Stirps of Nobles. For Mens Eyes are 
 vpon the Bufineffe, and not vpon the Perfons : Or if 
 vpon the Perfons, it is for the Bufmeffe fake, as fittefl, 
 and not for Flags and Pedegree.^ Wee fee the 
 Switzers lafl well,*^ notwithflanding their Diuerfitie of 
 Religion, and of Cantons. For Vtility is their Bond, 
 and not Refpecls." The united Prouinces of the Low 
 Countries, in their Oouernment, excell : For where 
 there is an Equality, the Confultations are more indif- 
 ferent, and the Payments and Tributes more cheerfulL 
 
 5 Pedegree. Imaginutn, ' busts.' 
 
 * Switzers last well. Helvetiorum R etnpublicant satis Jlorentem, ' the 
 republic of the Swiss, flourishing enough.' 
 7 Respects. Disnitas, ' honour.' 
 
102 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSA Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. 
 
 A great Nohilitye 
 
 addeth IMaiefLie to a Mon- 
 archy but diminiOieth 
 power ; and putteth life, 
 and fpiritt into the people, 
 but preffeththeire fortunes. 
 It is well when Nobles are 
 not to great for Sove- 
 reignty nor for Iiijiice^ 
 and yet mainteyned in that 
 height, as the Infolencye 
 of inferiours may bee 
 broken vponn them, before 
 it come on to faft vponn 
 the maieflie of Kings. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 A great A'obi- 
 
 litie addeth maiefly to a 
 Monarchy but diminifheth 
 povv'er.- and putteth life 
 and fpirit into the people \ 
 but preffeth their fortunes. 
 It is w^ell when nobles are 
 not too great for Sone- 
 raigntie, nor for lujlice ; 
 and yet maintained in that 
 height, as the infollency 
 of inferiours may be 
 broken vpon them, before 
 it come on too fafl vpon 
 the maieflie of Kings. 
 
 \Originally at the beginning. Tranfpofed here in 
 1625 Edition; fee f^p. i<S8, 190.] 
 
 8 Life and Spirit. Aiiiinos, 'spirit.' 
 
 5 Heigth. Dignitatis g7-ad7i,^\iii\'^X.o{\\Cino\\r^ 
 
 ^0 Broken vpon. Illorii)nRcve7-cniia,taiiqiunnObice,retiittdatur, 'may 
 be blunted by reverence of them, as if by a barrier.' 
 
 1^ Numerous nobility. Qiue pkriuiqne viiniis potcus est, ' which gene- 
 rally is less powerful.' 
 
XIII. OF NOBILITY. 193 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 A great and Yq\.qvA. Nobility 
 
 addeth Maiellie to a 
 
 Monarch, but diminiflieth 
 
 Power; And putteth Life 
 
 and Spirit^ into the People, 
 
 but preffeth their Fortune. 
 
 It is well, when Nobles are 
 
 not too great for Soue- 
 
 raignty, nor for luflice ; 
 
 And yet maintained in that 
 
 heigth,'-' as the Infolencie 
 
 of Inferiours, may be 
 
 broken vpon^^ them, before 
 
 it come on too fafl vpon 
 
 the IMaiefly of Kings. 
 
 A Numerous Nobility,'^^ caufeth Pouerty, and Incon- 
 
 uenience^-^ in a State .• For it is a Surcharge of Expence ; 
 
 And befides, it being of Neceffity, that many of the 
 
 Nobility, fall in time to be weake in Fortune, it maketh 
 
 a kinde of Difproportion,^^ betweene Honour and 
 
 Meanes. 
 
 As for Nobility in particular Per foils ; 
 It is a Reuerend Thing, to 
 fee an Ancient Caflle, or 
 Building not in decay; Or 
 to fee a faire^"* Timber 
 Tree, found and perfedl : 
 How much more, to be- 
 hold an Ancient A^oble 
 Family^ which hath flood 
 againfl^^ the Wanes and 
 
 12 Inconuenience. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 13 Disproportion. Diz'ortiuin qnoddam, sive mahim Teiupcramentutn, 
 'a kind of divorce or bad proportion.' 
 
 1* Faire. Annosam ei proceram, ' old and talL' 
 15 Stood against. lilccsam, ' unhurt by.' 
 
 N 
 
194 A HARMONY OF THE jSSSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 \Originally at the heginning. Transposed here hi 
 1625 Edition; fee pp. 188, 190.] 
 
 \Scepp. 190, 191, 514.] 
 
 ic Power. RegicB Potevtid', 'royal power.' 
 1" I'linc. Teviporis solins, ' time alone.' 
 
 18 To nobility. Ad Nolnlitatis Fastigium, ' to the height of nobility.' 
 1^ More vcrtuous. Virhitiini Claritiidine . . ej/ii?ieni. ' excel in tl 
 esteem of virtue. 
 
 emine7it, ' excel in the 
 
XTII. OF NOBILITY. 195 
 
 V. • 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 weathers of Time. For 
 new Nobility is but the A61 
 of Power ;i^ But Ancient 
 Nobility is the Acl of 
 Time.^^ Thofethat are firft 
 raifed \.oNobility}'^2LXQ com- 
 monly moreVertuous,^^but 
 lefTe Innocent, then their 
 Defcendants : For there 
 is, rarely, any Rifmg,-^ but 
 by a Commixture, of good 
 and euill Arts. But it is 
 Reafon, the Memory of 
 their vertues, remaine to 
 their Poflerity ; And their 
 Faults die with themfelues. 
 Nobility of Birth., com- 
 monly abateth Induflry : 
 And he that is not in- 
 duflrious, enuieth him, 
 that is. Befides, Noble 
 perfo7is., cannot goe much 
 higher ; And he that flan- 
 deth at a flay, when others 
 rife, can hardly auoid 
 Motions of Enuy. On 
 the other fide. Nobility 
 extinguifheth the paffme 
 Enuy, from others towards 
 them ;-^ Becaufe they are 
 in poffeffion of^ Honour. 
 
 20 Rising. Ad Honores,^ X.o\iono\\r%.' 
 
 -1 From others towards them. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 '^'- In possession of. In Fossessioite nati, ' born in possession of.' 
 
196 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52- 
 
 Certainly Kinges that have 
 able Men of theire JVoM- 
 Htye Ihall finde eafe in 
 ymploying them, and a 
 better Hyde in theire bufi- 
 nes; for People naturally 
 bend to them, as borne in 
 fome forte to commaunde. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 Certainely Kings that haue 
 able men of their Nobi- 
 lity, fhal find eafe in 
 imploying them ; and a 
 better Aid in to their bufi- 
 neffe : For people naturally 
 bend to them, as borne in 
 fome fort to command. 
 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 23 Able. Pncdentes et capnces, ' wise and able.' 
 -* Finde ease. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 25 In imploying them. Si eos potissimum adhibeant. ' if tliey employ 
 them chiefly 
 
XIII. OF NOBILITY. 197 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 Certainly Kings, that haue 
 Able--^ men of their JNobi- 
 iify, fhall finde eafe-^ in 
 imploying them f'^ And a 
 better SHde-'nnto their Bufi- 
 neffe : For People naturally 
 bend to them,-^ as borne in 
 fome fort to Command. 
 
 26 Better Slide, &c. Negotia sua inoUius Jluere sentient, ' will find their 
 business flow easier. 
 
 27 Them. Hiijiisinodi Proceres, ' nobles of this kind.' 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
ia8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. IV 
 
 Harleiaii MS. 5106. 
 
 14. @f (Soolinc^ aiib 
 ^oobnc^ of feature. 
 
 Take Goodiies in 
 this fence ; The 
 affedling of the 
 Weak of Men : 
 which is that the GrcEcians 
 call Philanthropia ; for the 
 word Hiimajiitie, (as it is 
 vfed) it is a litle to light 
 to expreffe it; Goodnes I 
 call the habite, and Good- 
 nes of Nature, the Inclina- 
 cion ; This of all vertues 
 is the greatefl, being the 
 Character of the Deitie, 
 and without it Man is a 
 bufie, mifchevous wretch- 
 ed thing, noe better then 
 a kind of Vermyne. Good- 
 nes aunfweares to the T/ieo- 
 logicall vertice, Charitie, 
 and admittes not exceffe, 
 but errour. 
 
 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 3. ©f (fSootiuc^^e, anb 
 gootiut^ ot flature. 
 
 Take goodneffe in 
 this fence, the 
 affe6ling of the 
 Weale of men, 
 which is, that the Grcecians 
 call Philanthropia ; for the 
 word hiwianitie (as it is 
 vfed) it is a little too light 
 to expreffe it. Goodneffe I 
 call the habite ; and good- 
 \ neffe of Nature, the inclina- 
 ' tion. This of all vertues, 
 is the greatefl : being the 
 charader of the Beitie; 
 and without it, man is a 
 bufie, mifchieuous, wretch- 
 ed thing : no better then 
 a kind of vermin e. Good- 
 neffe anfwers to the Theo- 
 logicall vertue Charity, 
 and admits not exceffe, 
 but error. 
 
 HE. ITatiations in posHjumous ILatin 5£tiition o£ 1638. 
 
 1 Affecting. Affcchts, gici Ho7ni?iian Commoda shidcat, et befie velit 
 'affection, vvhich studies and wishes well to the weal of men.' 
 '^ Li^ht, Le-Aus atque augiistius, ' too light and narrow.' 
 3 Habits Affc'ctuJii, et Habitiuii, ' affection and habit.' 
 
XIV. OF GOODNESS ^ GOODNESS OF NATURE. 199 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 13. Of (Sooiinc^^c iinb (gooiJuc^^c ot ^ature. 
 
 Take Goodiicffc in 
 
 this Senfe, the 
 
 afteclingi of the 
 
 Weale of Men, 
 which is that the Grecians 
 call Philanthropia; And the 
 word Humanitie (as it is 
 vfed) is a little too light, ^ 
 to expreffe it. Goodneffe I 
 call the Habit,^ and Good- 
 neffe of Nature^ the Inclina- 
 tion. This of all Vertues, 
 and Dignities of the Minde, 
 is the greatefl ; being the 
 Character* of the Deitie : 
 And without it, Man-^ is a 
 Bufie,iMifchieuous,Wretch- 
 ed Thing; No better then 
 a Kinde of Vermine. Good- 
 neffe anfwers to the Theo- 
 logicall Vertiie CJiaritie^ 
 and admits no Exceffe, 
 but Errour. 
 
 The defire of Power in Exceffe, caufed the Angels to 
 fall f The defire of Knowledge in Exceffe, caufed :Man 
 to fall ;' But in Charity, there is no Exceffe ; Neither 
 can Angell, or IMan, come in danger by it. The 
 Inclination to Goodneffe, is imprinted deepely in the 
 
 * Charncter. Adumhrata quttdem Effigies, et Character: 'a sort of 
 shadowed likeness and character.' 
 
 * Man. Hottto Animalis, ' the animal man.' 
 
 « Caused to fall. Cccio deturbavit; ' thrubt down from heaven. ^ 
 7 Caused Man to fall. Paradiso expuiit\ 'drove out of Paradise. 
 
200 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 The Italians haue an 
 vngracious proverb e Ta7i- 
 to biion che val 7iie?ite, 
 So good that he is good 
 for Nothiuge, and one 
 of the Doctors of Italy 
 Nicholas Matchiauell had 
 the confidence to putt in 
 writing ahiioft in plaine 
 termes, that the CJwiJlian 
 faith had giiien vp good 
 Men in praye^ to thofe that 
 are tyrajinicall, and vniujl ; 
 which he fpake becaufe 
 indeed there was never 
 Lawe, or sect, or opinion 
 did fo much magnifie Good- 
 ties as the Chriftian Re- 
 ligion doth. Therefore to 
 avoyd the Scandall, and 
 the danger both, it is good 
 to take knoweledge of the 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 The Italians^ haue an 
 vngracious prouerbe, Tan- 
 to bnon, che valiniente ; 
 So good, that he is good 
 for nothing. And one 
 of the Do6tors of Jtalie, 
 Nicholas Alachianel had 
 the confidence to put in 
 in writing, ahnofl in plaine 
 termes ; That the Christian 
 faith had giuen vp good men 
 in prey, to thofe that are 
 tyranfiicall and vjtinfl ; 
 which hee fpake, becaufe 
 indeed there was neuer 
 law, nor fe6l, or opinion, 
 did fomuch magnifie good- 
 nes, as the Chrifliaji re- 
 ligion doth. Therefore to 
 auoid the fcandall, and 
 the danger both ; it is good 
 to take knowledge of the 
 
 8 Issue not. Bencfacic7idi Materia, ant Occasione, destitnta, non inveniat, 
 quo se exerceat in Homines, ' having no matter or occasion of doing good, 
 it does not find a means of working upon men.' 
 
 9 Crucll. Sceva et/era, ' cruel and savage.' 
 
 10 Christian Boy. Aurifex qjiidaviVenetzis, ' a Venetian goldsmith.' 
 
 11 Stoned. Vixfuroreni Populi rffugerit, 'scarcely escaped the fury of 
 the people.' 
 
 12 Waggishnesse. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XIV. OF GOODNESS C7- GOODNESS OF NATURE. 201 
 
 1625. 
 
 ast. 65. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 Nature of Man : In fo much, that if it ifTue not^ towards 
 Men, it will take vnto Other Liuing Creatures : As it 
 is feen in the Turks, a Cruell^ People, who neuerthe- 
 lelTe, are kinde to Beafls, and giue Almes to Dogs, and 
 Birds : In fo much, as Busbec/iius" reporteth ; A Chrif- 
 tian Boy^'^ in Co/iJIa?itinoJ)/e, had liked to haue been 
 floned,^^ for gagging, in a waggifhneffe,^^ a longe Billed 
 Fowle. Errours, indeed, in this vertue of Goodfiejjfe, or 
 C/iarify, may be committed. 
 The Italians haue an 
 vngracious Prouerb ; Tan- 
 to biwn die val nie?ite : 
 So good., that he is good 
 for not hi Jig. And one 
 of the Doctors of Italy^^ 
 Nicholas Afacciatiel, had 
 the confidence to put in 
 writing, almofl in plaine 
 Termes : That the ChriJIian 
 Faith, had gi lien vp Good^^ 
 Men, iji prey, to thofe, that 
 are Tyrajinicall, andvniiijl. ^ 
 Which he fpake, becaufe ' 
 
 indeed there was neuer 
 Law, or Seel, or Opinion, 
 did fo much magnifie Good- 
 neffe, as the Chriflian Re- 
 ligion doth. Therfore to 
 auoid the Scandall, and 
 the Danger^-^both; it isgood 
 to take knowledge, of the 
 
 " Aug:ier de Ghislien, Seigneur de Busbecq. \b. 1522 — d. 28 Oct. 1502] Ger- 
 man ambassador to Turkey, wrote Legationis Turcicce epistola quatiior, 
 first published entire at Paris in 1589. The above circumstance is narrated 
 in Letter III. p. 141. Ed. i595\ dated Constantinople. Calendis lunij. 1560. 
 
 6 Machiavelli. Discorsi sopra la prima Deca di Tito Livio. ii. 2. 
 
 13 One of the Doctors of Italy. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1* Good. Probos et innocentes, 'good and harmless." 
 
 15 Danger. Periculilctutnet Minos, 'the stroke and the threats of danger.' 
 
 JLiibrary, 
 
202 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 errours of an habite fo 
 excellent. Seeke the good 
 of other Men, but bee not 
 in bondage to theire faces, 
 or fancies, for that is but 
 facilitye, and foftnes 
 which taketh an honefl 
 minde Prifoner. Neither 
 give thou y^fops Cock a 
 gemme, who would be 
 better pleafed and happier, 
 if he had had a Barley 
 corne. The Example of 
 God teacheth the leffon 
 truly; He fendes his 
 rayne, and maketh his 
 Sun to fliine vpon the iufl 
 and vniufl, but he doth 
 not rayne wealth, nor 
 Shyne honours, and vertues 
 vpponMenequallye; Com- 
 mon benefittes are to be 
 communicate with all, but 
 pecuHar benefittes with 
 choife. And beware how 
 in makeing the pourtrai- 
 ture, thou breakefl the 
 patterne : For Diuhiitye 
 maketh the love of ourfelves 
 t\\Q patter 7ie, the love of our 
 Neighbours, but the poiir- 
 traitwe. Sell all thou hajl^ 
 and giue it to the poor e and 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. cXt. 52. 
 
 errors of an habite fo 
 excellent. Seek the good 
 of other men, but be not 
 in bondage to their faces 
 or fancies : for that is but 
 facility, and foftneffe ; 
 which taketh an honefl 
 minde prifoner. Neither 
 giue thou yEfops Cocke a 
 gem., who would be 
 better pleafed and happier, 
 if he had had a Barly 
 corn. The example of 
 God teacheth the leffon 
 truly. He fendeth his 
 raine, and maketh his 
 funne to fliine vpon the iufl, 
 and vniufl ; but hee doth 
 not raine wealth, nor 
 fliine honour and vertues 
 vpon men equally. Com- 
 mon benefits are to bee 
 communicate with all, but 
 peculiar benefits with 
 choife. And beware how 
 in making the portrai- 
 ture, thou breakefl the 
 patterne. For Diuinitie 
 maketh theloue of ourfelues 
 the patterne, theloue of our 
 neighbours but the Por- 
 traiture, Sell all thou hajl 
 and giue it to the poore., and 
 
 16 Errours. Errorcs, qjti nos a recto tarn insignis Habitus framite, trans- 
 vorsos agant, 'the errors which drive us from the straight path of so excel- 
 lent a habit.' 
 
XIV. OF GOODNESS ^ GOODNESS OF NATURE. 203 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Errours,^^ of an Habit, fo 
 excellent. Seeke the Good 
 of other Men, but be. not 
 in bondage, to their Faces, 
 or Fancies ; For that is but 
 Facilitie, or Softneffe ; 
 which taketh an honefl 
 Minde Prifoner. Neither 
 giue thou j^fops Cocke a 
 Gemme, who would be 
 better pi eafed, and happier, 
 if he had had a Early 
 Corne. The Example of 
 God teacheth the Leffon 
 truly : He feiiddh his 
 Raine, and maketh Ins 
 Swine tojliine, 7'pon theli(/l, 
 and Vniiijl f But hee doth 
 not raine Wealth, nor 
 (hine Honour, and Vertues, 
 vpon Men equally. Com- 
 mon benefits, are to be 
 communicate with all ; But 
 peculiar Benefits, with 
 choice.^" And beware, how 
 in making the Portrai- 
 ture, thou breakefl the 
 Patterne: For Diuinitie 
 maketh the Loue of our 
 Selues the Patterne; The 
 Loue of our Neighbours 
 but the Portraiture. Sci! 
 all thou hajl, and giue 
 it to the poore, and 
 
 " Matt. XXV. 43. 
 
 17 Choice. Pmicis, et cmn delecin, 'to a few, and with choice 
 
204 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 folloive me., but fell not all 
 thou haft, except thou 
 come, and folio we me ; 
 that is, except thou have 
 a vocacion, wherein thou 
 maieft doe as much good 
 with litle meanes, as with 
 great; For otherwife in feed- 
 ing the flreames, thou dry efl 
 the fountaine. Neither is 
 there onely a habite of 
 Goodnes direcfted by right 
 reafon ; but there is in 
 some Men, euen in iV^?///;r 
 a difpoficion towardes it ; 
 as on th[e]other fide there 
 is a naturall Malignity ; 
 For there bee that in theire 
 nature doe not aflecl the 
 good of others. The lighter 
 forte of Malignitye tourn- 
 eth but to a Crofnes, or 
 frowardnes, or aptnes 
 to oppofe, or difficilenes, 
 or the like, but the deeper 
 forte to envye and meere 
 mifcheif. 
 
 There be manie 
 
 that make it 
 
 th eire practize to bring M en 
 
 IV. 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 follow me ; but fell not all 
 thou haft, except thou 
 come and follow me; 
 that is, except thou haue 
 a vocation, wherein thou 
 maiefl doe as much good 
 with little meanes, as with 
 great.- For otherwife in feed- 
 ing the ftremes, thou driefl 
 the fountaine. Neither is 
 there onely a habite of 
 goodneffe, diredled by right 
 reafon : but there is in 
 fome men, euen in nature., 
 a difpofition towards it : 
 as on the other fide, there 
 is a natural malignity. 
 For there bee that in theil" 
 nature doe not afifecl the 
 good of others : the lighter 
 fort of malignitie, turn- 
 eth but to a croffeneffe, or 
 frowardneffe, or aptneffe 
 to oppofe, or diflicilneffe, 
 or the hke : but the deeper 
 fort, to enuie and meere 
 mifchief. 
 
 There be many 
 Mifanthropi., that make it 
 their pra(5life to bring men 
 
 1' Nature. 
 ^^ Deeper. 
 
 Iitgetiii prflprii histiiictu, 'by the instinct of their nature.' 
 Graviiis . . aiqite altius, ' The more serious and deeper.' 
 
XIV. OF GOODNESS ^ GOODNESS OF NATURE. 205 
 
 V. 1625. 9et. 65. 
 
 folloiu viee.-^ But fell not all 
 thou hafl, except thou 
 come, and follow mee ; 
 That is, except thou haue 
 a Vocation, whcrin thou 
 maifl doe as much good, 
 with litde meanes, as with 
 great: For otherwife, in feed- 
 ing the Streames, thou driefl 
 the Fountaine. Neither is 
 there only a Habit of 
 Goodncffe, directed by right 
 Reafon ; but there is, in 
 fome Men, euenin Nature, 
 a Difpofition towards it : 
 As on the other fide, there 
 is a Naturall Malignitie. 
 For there be, that in their 
 Nature,^^doe not affect the 
 Good of Others. The lighter 
 Sort of Malignitie, turn- 
 eth but to a Crofneffe, or 
 Frowardneffe, or Aptneffe 
 to oppofe, or Difficilneffe, 
 or the like; but thedeeper^^ 
 Sort, to Enuy, and meere 
 
 Mifchiefe. SuchMen.inothermens Calamities, are, as it 
 were, in feafon,and are euer on the loading Part;-*^ Notfo 
 good as the Dogs, that licked Lazarus Sores ; but like 
 Flies, that are flill buzzing, vpon any Thing that is raw;^! 
 
 Mifanthropi^ that make it 
 their Praclife,to bring Men, 
 
 * Mark x. 21. 
 
 20 On the loading Part. Basque semper aggravant, 'and always increase 
 them.' • J » 
 
 21 Raw. Cruda quaque et excoriata, * what is raw and exconateO. 
 
2o6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 to the Bonghe, and yet have 
 never a Tree for the pur- 
 pofe in theire Gardens ; 
 
 Such difpoficions 
 are the very errours of 
 humaine Nature^ and yet 
 they are the fitteft tymber 
 to make great PolHtiques 
 of, Hke to knee-tymber 
 that is good for Shipps 
 that are ordained to l3e 
 toffed ; but not for build- 
 ing houfes, that fhall ftand 
 finue. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 to the bough, and yet haue 
 neuer a tree for the pur- 
 pofe in their gardens, as Ti- 
 inon\i2A. Suchdifpofitions 
 are the very errors of 
 humane natinx : and yet 
 they are the fittefl timber 
 to make great PoUtiques 
 of; hke to knee-timber 
 that is good for fliippes 
 that are ordained to be 
 toffed, but not for build- 
 ing houfes that fhall ftand 
 firme. 
 
 22 Such dispositions. Ingenia ita disposita, non injuria vocare licet. 
 * natures thus disyjosed may be not unjustly called.' 
 
 23 Errours. Voiiiicas et Carci7iot)iata. ' boils and cancers.' 
 
 24 Great Politiqiies. Mercurii Politicii; ' Mercurial poHticians.' 
 
 25 Strangers. Hospites et Feregrinos. ' strangers and foreigners.' 
 
XIV. OF GOODNESS ^-^ GOODNESS OF NATURE. 207 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 to the Bough; Andyethaue 
 neuer a Tree, for the pur- 
 pofe, in their Gardens, as Ti- 
 ;;/^;/had.SuchDifporitions,22 
 
 are the very Errours-^ of 
 Humane Nature: And yet 
 they are the fittefl Timber, 
 to make great PoHtiques'-* 
 of : Like to knee Timber, 
 that is good for Ships, 
 that are ordained, to be 
 toffed ; But not for Build- 
 ing houfes, that fhall fland 
 firme. 
 
 The Parts and Signes of Goodnejfe are many. If a 
 Man be Gracious, andCurteous to Strangers,--Mt fhewes, 
 he is a Citizen of the World ; And that his Heart, is 
 no Ifland, cut off from other Lands ; but a Continent, 
 that ioynes to them. If he be Compaffionate, towards 
 the Afflidlions of others, it fhewes-*^ that his Heart is 
 like the noble Tree, that is wounded it felfe, when it 
 giues the Balme. If he eafily Pardons and Remits 
 Offences, it fhews, that his Minde is planted aboue 
 Iniuries ; So that he cannot be fhot.-' If he be Thank- 
 full for fmall Benefits, it fhewes, that he weighes Mens 
 Mindes, and not their Trafh. But aboue all, if he haue 
 S^. Pauls Perfection, that he would wifh to be an 
 Anathema from Chrijl, for the Saluation of his Brethren, 
 it fhewes much of a Diuine Nature,-^ and a kind of 
 Conformity with Chrijl himfelfe. 
 
 '^^' Shewes. Nobilitnt, 'ennobles.' 
 
 27 He shot. Supra hij'itriarum Jactmn et Tela, 'above the reach and 
 the weapons of injury ' 
 
 '■^8 Diuine Nature. Proxime ilbnn accedere ad Natiiratn divinam, 'that 
 he approaches very near to the Divine nature.' 
 
2o8 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. jet. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 5. ©f JJcarttic. 
 
 Ertue is like a 
 rich flone, befl 
 plainefett. And 
 fuerlie vertue is 
 befl fett in a body that is 
 comeUe though not of 
 deUcate features, and that 
 hath rather dignitye of 
 prefence, then beawtie of 
 afpe(Sl. Neither is it al- 
 moft feene, that verie 
 beautifull perfons are 
 otherwife of great vertue ; 
 as if nature were rather 
 bufie not to erre, then in 
 laboure to produce excel- 
 lencye; And therefore they 
 prove accomphfhed, but 
 not of great fpiritt ; And 
 fludie rather behauiour, 
 then vertue. 
 
 IV. 1612. 3et, 52. 
 
 24. ©t JJcautg. 
 
 Ertue is Hke a 
 rich flone, befl 
 plain fet : and 
 furely vertue is 
 befl fet in a body that is 
 comely though not of 
 deUcate features ; and that 
 hath rather dignity of 
 prefence, then beauty of 
 afpecl. Neither is it al- 
 mofl feene, that verie 
 beautiful perfons are 
 otherwife of great vertue ; 
 as if nature were rather 
 bufie not to erre, then in 
 labour to produce excel- 
 lency. And therefore they 
 proue accomplifhed, but 
 not of great fpirit ; and 
 fludy rather behauiour 
 then vertue. 
 
 I 
 
 In beautie that of favour j In Bcautie, that of fauour 
 ismore then thatof collour, i is more then that of colour; 
 and that of decent and ' and that of decent and 
 
 UK. Variations in posthumous ILatin ISliition of 1638. 
 
 1 Of Delicate Features. Delicato, 'delicate.' 
 
 2 Presence. Aspectics, 'of aspect.' 
 
 3 Aspect. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XV. OF BEAUTY. 209 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 43. m I'CilUtg. 
 
 Ertue is like a 
 
 Rich Stone, befl 
 
 plaine fet: And 
 
 llirely Vertue is 
 befl in a P)ody, that is 
 comely, though not of 
 Delicate Features -} And 
 that hath rather dignity of 
 Prefence,- then Beauty of 
 Afpect.^ Neither is it al- 
 moft feene, that very 
 Beaiitifull Pcrfous, are 
 otherwife of great Yertue ; 
 As if Nature, were rather 
 P)ufie not to erre, then in 
 labour,"^ to produce Excel- 
 lency. And therefore, they 
 proue Accomplifhed,^ but 
 not of great Spirit ; And 
 Study rather Behauiour, 
 then Vertue ; But this 
 
 holds not ahvaies ; For Angiijlus Ccefar, Titus Vefpa- 
 fia?ius, Philip le Belle of France, "Edward the Fourth 
 of England^ Alcibiades of Athens, Ifmacl the. Sophy^ of 
 Ferfia, were all High and Great Spirits ;''' And yet the 
 mofl Beaiitifull Men of their Times.^ 
 InBeauty, that ofFauour,^ 
 is more then that of Colour, 
 And that of Decent and 
 
 • Labour. Omitted in the Lntin. 
 
 S Accomplished. Conzersntioiiibus apti, 'fit for intercourse.' 
 
 • Sophy. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ' High and Great Spirits. Viri prorsus 7nagni, ' very great men.' 
 8 Of their Times. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 • Fauour. Venxstas, 'comeliness.' 
 
 o 
 
2IO A II A R M O N Y O P^ T II E A SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 gracious mocion, more 
 then that of favour. That 
 is the befl part of beauty 
 which a pidture cannott 
 exprefle, noe nor the firfl 
 fight of the life ; and there 
 is noe excellent Bccuitie, 
 that hath not fome flrange- 
 nes in the proporcions. A 
 man cannot tell whether 
 Appelles or Albert Durere 
 were the more trifler ; 
 Whereof the one would 
 make a Parfonage by 
 Geometricall proporcions, 
 the other by takeing the 
 bell partes out of divers 
 faces to make one excel- 
 lent. Such parfonages I 
 thinke would pleafe noe 
 bodye, but the painter, 
 that made them. Not but 
 I thinke a Painter may 
 make a better face then 
 ever w^as ; But he mufl doe 
 it by a kinde of felicity 
 (as a Mufition, that maketh 
 an excellent ayre in AIu- 
 fick) and not by rule. 
 
 IV 
 
 1612. 
 
 a.'t. 
 
 5^- 
 
 gratious 
 
 motion, more 
 then that of fauour. That 
 is the befl ]jart of beauty 
 which a piciure canijot 
 exprelTe : no nor the firfl 
 fight of the life : and there 
 is no excellent beauty, 
 that hath not fome ftrange- 
 neffe in the proportions. A. 
 man cannot tell whether 
 Apelles or Albert Diirere 
 were the more trifler. 
 Whereof one the would 
 make a perfonage by 
 Geometrical proportions, 
 the other by taking the 
 befl parts out of diuers 
 faces, to make one excel- 
 lent. Such perfonages I 
 thinke would pleafe no 
 body, but the Painter that 
 made them. Not but 
 I thinke a Painter may 
 make a better face then 
 euerwas: Butheemufldoe 
 it by a kinde of felicity, 
 (as a Mufitian that maketh 
 an excellent aire in iMu- 
 fcek) and not by rule. 
 
 1^ Motion. Oris ct Cor/>oris motus, ' motion of the face and body. 
 
 *^ Personages. Effigies, ' iuiijics.' 
 
 1- I'liat made them. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^■' Was /;/ vi7'is ficit, ' w 's in life.' 
 
 ^■^ Felicity, t'eiicitate quddnnt^ct casii, ' by akind of fcUcity and chance.' 
 
XV. OF B E A U T Y. 211 
 
 V. 1625. at 65. 
 
 Gracious IMotion,^^ more 
 then that of Fauour. That 
 is the bell Part of Beauty, 
 which a Pitftiire cannot 
 expreffe ; No nor the firfl. 
 Sight of the Life. There 
 is no Excellent Beauty, 
 that hath notfome Strange- 
 nefle in the Proportion. A 
 Man cannot tell, whether 
 Apellcs, or Albert Durer, 
 were the more Trifler : 
 Whereof the one would 
 make a Perfonage by 
 Geometricall Proportions : 
 The other, by taking the 
 befl Parts out of diuers 
 Faces, to make one Excel- 
 lent. Such Perfonages,^^ I 
 thinke, would pleafe no 
 Body, but the Painter, 
 that made them.^- Not but 
 I thinke a Painter, may 
 make a better Face, then 
 euerwas;^^ But hernuRdoe 
 it, by a kinde of Felicity,^^ 
 (As a Muficianthatmaketh 
 an excellent Ayre in Mu- 
 ficke)!^ And not by Rule.^^ 
 
 A Man fhall fee Faces, that if you examine them, Part 
 by Part, you fliall finde neuer a good;i" And yet all to- 
 gether doe well. 
 
 15 Ex-cellent Ayre in Miisicke. Cnntus, 'melody.' 
 
 16 Rule. /?re.v//s .'Ir/w, ' rules of art.' 
 
 IT Fir.Qc n»;Mer a jiood. Vix itnant ref'crics qunmseparatim probes,' yjo\i 
 shall scarcely find one that you %vill approve of separately.* 
 
212 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 Yf it be true that the prin- 
 cipal! part of Beautie is in 
 decent mocion, Certainly 
 it is no raervaile, though 
 perfons in yeeres feeme 
 manie tymes more ami- 
 able. Pulchrorum Au- 
 tumnus pulcher. For noe 
 youth can be comely, but 
 by pardon and by confi- 
 dering the youth, as to 
 make vpjD the comelynes. 
 Beautie is as fommer 
 fruites which are eafie to 
 corrupt, and cannott lafl ; 
 and for the mofl part it 
 makes a diffolute youth, 
 and an age a litle out of 
 countenance ; But yet cer- 
 tainlie againe if it light 
 well, it maketh vertues 
 fhyne, and vices bluflie. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 ^t. 52. 
 
 If it bee true that the prin- 
 cipal! part of beautie is in 
 decent motion ; certainely 
 it is no maruell, though 
 perfons in yeeres feeme 
 many times more ami- 
 able Pulchrorum Au- 
 tumjiiis pulcher. For no 
 youth can be comely, but 
 by pardon, and confi- 
 dering the youth, as to 
 make vp the comlineffe. 
 Beauty is as fommer 
 fruits, which are eafie to 
 corrupt, and cannot laft : 
 and for the mofl part, it 
 makes a diffolute youth, 
 and an age a little out of 
 countenance ,• But yet cer- 
 tainly againe, if it light 
 well it maketh vertues 
 fliine, and vices blufh. 
 
 18 More Amiable. Juniorihus a77ialnliores, ' more amiable than younger 
 persons.' 
 
 i'* Before Pulchrorum. 
 saying of Euripides.' 
 
 Secujidiim illud Euri^idis, ' according to the 
 
XV. OF BEAUTY. 213 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 If it be true, that the Prin- 
 cipal! Part of Beauty, is in 
 decent ]\Iotion, certainly 
 it is no maniaile, though 
 Ferfons in Ycarcs, feeme 
 many times more Ami- 
 able -^^ ^^Piilchrorum Au- 
 timmus pidcher:"- For no 
 Youth can be comely,-^ 
 but by Pardon, and confi- 
 dering the Youth, as to 
 make vp the comelineffe. 
 Beauty is as Summer- 
 Fruits, which are eafie to 
 corrupt, and cannot lafl : 
 And, for the mofl part, it 
 makes a diffolute Youth, 
 and an Age a little out of 
 countenance:-^ Butyetcer- 
 tainly againe, if it light 
 well, it maketh Vertues 
 fliine, and Vices blufh. 
 
 " The autumn of benntiful persons is beautiful. A saying of Euripides, 
 preserved in Plutarch's Alcibiades. i. 5. 
 
 " Euripides would say of persons that were beautifull, and yet in some 
 yeeres; In /aire bodies, 7iot oiiely tJie Spring is pleasant, but also tlie 
 Aututnne.^' Lord Bacon's Apophth. No. 145. Ed. 1625. 
 
 -<> After com^Xy. Per omnia, 'in everything.' 
 
 21 Out of countenance. Sero pccnitentem, ' repenting too late' 
 
214 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A V S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 6. ©f ^ccminge roi^e. 
 
 T hath beene an 
 opinion, that 
 the French are 
 wifer then they 
 feeme, and the Spaniards 
 feeme wifer then they are. 
 But howfoever it bee be- 
 twene Nacions, Certainly 
 it is foe betweene Man, 
 and Man. For as the 
 Appoflle faieth of Godli- 
 nes. Halting a JJieiu of 
 Godlines^ but denying the 
 power thereof Soe cer- 
 tainly there are in pointe 
 of wifedome, and fuffi- 
 ciency, that doe nothing, 
 or litle verie folemlye. 
 Magno conatu migas. It 
 is a ridiculous thing, and 
 fitt for a Satyre to perfons 
 of ludgement, to fee wliat 
 fhiftes theis Fornialijis 
 have, and what perfpec- 
 tiues to make superficies^ 
 to feeme body, that hath 
 depth and bulk. Some 
 are fo clofe, and referved, 
 as they will not fliewetheire 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 20. (^i deeming tDi^e. 
 
 T hath beene an 
 opinion, that 
 the French are 
 wifer then they 
 feeme, and the Spaniards 
 feem wifer than they are : 
 But howfoeuer it be be- 
 tween Nations, certainely 
 it is fo between Man 
 and Man. For as the 
 Apoflle faith of godli- 
 nejfe: Hauing a JJieiu of 
 godlineffe^ but denying the 
 power thereof] So cer- 
 tainlie there are in point 
 of Avifdome and fuffi- 
 ciencie, that doe nothing 
 or little verie folemnly ; 
 Magno conatu migas. It 
 is a ridiculous thing, and 
 lit for a Satyre to perfons 
 of iudgement, to fee what 
 fliifts thefe formalifls 
 haue, and what perfpec- 
 tiues to make Superficies 
 to feeme body, that hath 
 depth and bulke. Some 
 are fo clofe, and referued, 
 as they will not fhew their 
 
 rC. Uariations in postljximous ILatin lEuition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Pi'udentia Afiparente, 'of seeming wisdom.' 
 
 2 In Points of Wisedome, and Sufficiency. Cjdh Friuioites viinime, 'thong' 
 thev are not at all wise.' 
 
XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 
 
 215 
 
 \^ 
 
 1625. 
 
 set. 65. 
 
 feeme 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 26. 6f Seeming roi;Se.^ 
 
 hath been an 
 
 Opinion, that 
 
 the French are 
 
 wifer then they 
 And the Spaiiiards 
 feeme wifer then they are. 
 But howfoeiier it be be- 
 tween Nations, Certainly 
 it is fo between Man 
 and Man. For as the 
 Apojlle faith of Godli- 
 ncffe ; Hatting a JJiciv cf , 
 
 Cod/ifieffe, hut denying the 
 Pcnuer thereof f- So cer- 
 tainly, there are in Points 
 of Wifedome, and Sufh- 
 ciency,2 that doe Nothing 
 or Little, very folemnly ; 
 Mag no conatu JViigas.^ It 
 is a Ridiculous Thing, and 
 fit for a Satyre, to Perfons 
 of Judgement, to fee what 
 fhifts^ thefe Formalifls 
 haue, and what Profpec- 
 tiues, to make Superficies 
 to feeme Body., that hath 
 Depth and Bulke.^ Some 
 are fo Clofe and Referued,^ 
 as they will not fliew their 
 
 *» 2 Tim. iii. 5. , • . /r 1. j 
 
 6 Magna C07tat7i magnas migas dixerit, with great clTort she uttered 
 great trifles.' Terence. I/cnKton. iv. i. 
 
 3 .Shifts. In quot Formas se veriant, 'into how many forms they turn 
 themselves.* 
 
 * Bulke. Dimettsionem Soltui, ' the bulk of a solid body. 
 
 5 Rescrued. In se declanuido parci, ' reserved in declaring themselves.' 
 
2i6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 wares, but by a darke light, 
 andfeemealwaies to keepe 
 back fomewhat, and when 
 they knowe within them- 
 felves, they fpeake of that 
 they doe not well knowe, 
 would nevertheles feeme 
 to others to knowe of that 
 which they may not well 
 fpeake. Some helpe them- 
 felves with countenance, 
 and geflure, and are wife 
 by fignes, as Cicero faieth 
 of Pifo^ that when he aun- 
 fweared him, hee fetched 
 one of his browes vp to his 
 forehead, and bent the 
 other downeto hisChinne; 
 refpondes altera ad fron- 
 ternfuhlato^ altera ad men- 
 tem* depreffo fiipercilio, 
 crudelitatem tihi 71011 pla- 
 cere. Some thinke to beare 
 it by fpeaking a great 
 word, and being peremp- 
 torye, and will goe on, and 
 take by admittance that 
 which they cannot make 
 good. Some whatfoever 
 is beyond theire reach they 
 will feeme to difpife, or 
 make light of, as imperti- 
 nent or curious, and fo 
 
 IV. 
 
 16 1 2. 
 
 eet 52. 
 
 wares, but by a darke light; 
 and feeme alwaies to keepe 
 back fomewhat ; and when 
 they know within them- 
 felues, they fpeake of that 
 they doe not well know ; 
 would neuertheleffe feeme 
 to others, to know of that 
 which they may not well 
 fpeake : Some helpe them- 
 felues with countenance 
 and geflure, and are wife 
 by fignes, as Cicero faith 
 of Pifo^ that when he an- 
 fwered him, he fetched 
 one of his brows vp to his 
 forehead, and bent the 
 other downe to his chinne/ 
 Refpondes altera ad fron- 
 tem fublato, altero ad men- 
 tem * depreffo fi/pej'cilio, 
 crudelitatem tibi non pla- 
 cere. Some thinke to beare 
 it by fpeaking a great 
 word, and being peremp- 
 tory, and will goe on and 
 take by admittance that 
 which they cannot make 
 good. Some, whatfoeuer 
 is beyond their reach, they 
 will feeme to defpife or 
 make light of, as imperti- 
 nent or curious ; and fo 
 
 * A clerical error for luenhitn. 
 
 * Keepe backe. Viderivoluiit, phis significare, q^tain ioqiii, ' wish to seem 
 to mean more than they say.' 
 
XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 217 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 Wares,biitby adarke Light: 
 Andfeeme ahvaiestokeepe 
 backe'^fomewhatiAndwhen 
 ihey know within them- 
 felues, they fpeake of that 
 they doe not well know, 
 would neuertheleffe feeme 
 to others, to know of that 
 which they may not welF 
 fpeake. Some helpe them- 
 feliies with Countenance, 
 and Gefl-ure, and are wife 
 by Signes ; As Cicero faith 
 of Fifo, that when he an- 
 fwered him, he fetched one 
 of his Browes, vp to his 
 Forehead, and bent the 
 other downe to his Chin : 
 Refpondes, altero ad Fi'on- 
 tem fublato, aliei'O ad Afen- 
 tum deprejfo Siipercilio ; 
 Crt(delitatem tibi no7i pla- 
 cere."- Some thinke to beare 
 it, by Speaking a great 
 Word, and being peremp- 
 tory ; And goe on, and 
 take by admittance that, 
 which they cannot make 
 good. Some, whatfoeuer 
 is beyond their reacli, 
 will feeme to defpife or 
 make light of it, as Imperti- 
 nent or Curious ; And fo 
 
 * You ansn-ver—with one eyebrcnu lifted to the forehead, and the cthrt 
 loweird to the chin—that cruelty does not J>lease vou. Cicero. In L. L, 
 Pisone. vi. 
 
 ' Well. Tuto, ' safely.' 
 
2i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 would have th eire Igfiorance 
 feeme ludgement. Some 
 are never without a differ- 
 ence, and commonly by 
 amuzing Men with a fub- 
 tiltye, blaunch the matter; 
 of whom Gdliiis faieth. 
 Hominem delirum qui ver- 
 borum miniitiis., rei'iim 
 frangit pondera, of which 
 kind alfo Plato in his Pro- 
 tagoras bringeth in Prodi- 
 ciis in fcorne, and maketh 
 him make a fpeach that 
 confifleth of diflin6tions 
 from the begininge to the 
 end; But generally fuch 
 Men in all deliberacions 
 find eafe to be of the 
 Nagative fide, and afifedl a 
 creditt to obiedl, and fore- 
 tell difficultnes ; Fforwhen 
 propoficions are denied, 
 there is an end of them ; 
 but if they be allowed, it 
 requireth a new worke ; 
 which falfe pointe of wife- 
 dome is the bane of Bufi- 
 nes. 1 o conclude there 
 is noe decaying Mer- 
 ( haunt, or inward Begger, 
 hath fo manie trickes to 
 
 IV. 161 2. aet. 52. 
 
 would haue their Ignorance 
 feeme iudgement. Some 
 are neuer without a differ- 
 ence, and commonly by 
 amufing men with a fub- 
 tilty, blanch the matter. 
 Of whom Gelius faith ; 
 Hominem delirum., qui ver- 
 borom minutijs renun 
 frangit pondera. Of which 
 kinde alfo, Plato in his Pro- 
 tagoras bringeth in Prodi- 
 ciis in fcorne, and maketli 
 him a fpeech that con- 
 fifleth of diflin6lions 
 from the beginning to 
 the end. Generally, fuch 
 men in all deliberations, 
 finde eafe to be of the 
 Negatiue fide, and affect a 
 credit to obie61 and fore- 
 tell difiiculties. For when 
 propofitions are denied, 
 there is an end of them, 
 but if they bee allowed, it 
 requireth a new worke ; 
 which falfe point of wife- 
 dome, is the bane of bufi- 
 neffe. To conclude, there 
 is no decaying Mar- 
 chant, or inward begger, 
 hath fo many tricks to 
 
 8 Would haue. InscHiam siinvt obtendiint, ' conceal their ignorance.' 
 
 9 ludgement. Jndicio I'niiato, 'with a show of refined judgment.' 
 
 10 Men. 1 1 o»ii/ui}it I ngcnin, 'men's m'mdv..' 
 
 11 Blanch the matter. Ron pi-cetenicliiuitnr, 'slip the matter by.' 
 
 12 Speech. Sermonoii iiiicgruiii, ' entire speech.' 
 
 !•■! Finde ease. Libcnter se af>plicniit, ' willingly apply theniselvesto.' 
 X4 Difficulties. Scru/u/is et DiJJicjtltatibiis, ' scruples and difficulties.' 
 
XVI. OF SEEM/ N G IV I S E. 
 
 219 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 would haue^ their Ignorance 
 feeme ludgement/-* Some 
 are neuer without a difter- 
 ence, and commonly by 
 Amufmg IMen^'^with a Sub- 
 tilty, blanch the matter •}^ 
 Of whom A. Gcllius" faith; 
 Hojuinan ddit'um, qui Ver- 
 bonim Miniitijs Renim 
 frangit Po?idcra ."■ O f w hich 
 kinde d\io, Plato in his Pro- 
 tagoras bringeth in Prodi- 
 ais, in Scorne, and maketh 
 him make a Speech/^ that 
 confifleth of diflinclions 
 from the Beginning to the 
 End. Generally, Such 
 Men in all Daliberations. 
 finde eafe^^ to be of the 
 Negatiue Side; and aftecl a 
 Credit, to obiecl and fore- 
 tell Difficulties:^"* For when 
 proportions are denied, 
 there is an End of them ; 
 But if they be allowed, it 
 requireth a New Worke : 
 which falfe Point of Wife- 
 dome, is the Bane of Bufi- 
 neffe. To conclude, there 
 is no decaying Mer- 
 chant, or Inward Beggar,^^ 
 hath fo many Tricks, to 
 
 " [Lit. An insane man 7i'ho breaks the 7veight 0/ things 7vith fineness rf 
 words.] A mistaken quotation as to the Author. It is from Quintillian, who, re- 
 ferring to Seneca, says; Si reritiu pojidcra ininutissiince sentcntis non/regisset, 
 coisensnpotins crnditornvi qunm piteroriiin ainore coinprobaretiir, ' If he had 
 not broken the weight of things with most minute sentences, he would have been 
 honoured rather by the unanimous approval of the learned, than by the ad- 
 miration of boys.' Inst. x. i. 
 
 i» Inward Beggar. Decoctor Reifirmiiiaris occultns, ' hidden spendthrift 
 of his family property.' 
 
220 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 vphold the creditt of theire 
 Wealth, as thefe empty 
 peifons have to mainteine 
 the Creditt of theire fuffi- 
 ciencye. 
 
 IV 
 
 1612. 
 
 cCt. 52. 
 
 vphold the credit of their 
 wealth, as thefe emptie 
 perfons haue to maintaine 
 the credit of their fuffi-. 
 ciency. 
 
 16 Empty. Vera Pnideittia desiituh ' destitute of true wisdom.' 
 1' Sufficiency. Frudentia, ' wisdom.' 
 
XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 221 
 
 V. . 1625. set. 65. 
 
 vphold the Credit of their 
 wealth, as thefe Empty^* 
 perfons haiie, to maintaine 
 the Credit of their Suffi- 
 ciency.^"^ Seeming JVi/e^^-men may make fhift to get 
 Opinion : But let no Man choofe them for Employ- 
 ment •,'^'^ For certainly, you were better take forBufmeffe, 
 a Man fomewhat Abfurd, then ouer Eormall. 
 
 18 Seeming Wise. Hac pricdentia prcediti, ' endowed with this wisdom.' 
 
 19 Employment. Ad Negotia gravix iraciatida, ' to manage important 
 business.' 
 
222 A HARMONY OF T HE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harleiau MS. 5106. 
 
 9. ©f Ambition. 
 
 Mbition is like 
 Cholei'- which is 
 an humour that 
 maketh men 
 active, earnefl, full of alac- 
 rity, and flirringe, if it be 
 not flopped. But if it be 
 flopped, and cannott have 
 his way, it becometh 
 Adufl, and thereby ma- 
 lign e and venemous. So 
 ambitious Men if they find 
 the way open of the ire 
 ryfmge and fliil gett for- 
 ward, they are rather bufie 
 then daungerous ; but if 
 they be checked in theire 
 defieres, they become 
 fecretly difcontent, and 
 looke vpponn Men and 
 matters with an evill Eye, 
 and are befl pleafed when 
 thinges goe backward ; 
 which is the worfl property 
 that cam bee in a feruante 
 of a Prince, or State. There 
 fore it is good for Princes, 
 if they vfe ambitious Men, 
 to handle it foe, as they be 
 flill progreiTive, and not 
 
 IV. . 16 1 2. 3et. 52. 
 
 22. ©f Ambition. 
 
 Mbition is like 
 choler; which is 
 an humor that 
 maketh men 
 acfliue, earnefl, full of alac- 
 rity and flirring, if it be 
 not flopped. But if it be 
 flopped, and cannot haue 
 his way, it becommeth 
 a dufl, and thereby ma- 
 ligne and venemous. So 
 ambitious men if theyfinde 
 the way open for their 
 rifing, and flill get for- 
 ward; they are rather bufie 
 then dangerous : but if 
 they be checked in their 
 defires, they become 
 fecretly difcontent, and 
 looke vpon men, and 
 matters with an euill eie, 
 and are befl pleafed when 
 things goe backward .• 
 which is the worfl propertie 
 that can be in a feruant 
 of a Prince^ or S tat e. Th er- 
 fore it is good for Princes^ 
 if they vfe ambitious men 
 to handle it fo, as they be 
 fl-il progreffme, and not 
 
 1T2. Uarintt'ons in pos(i}umous ILatin lEtJition of 1638. 
 
 1 Adust. Adicsta, 'inflamed.' 
 
 - Way Open. Rcpiclsas iio)i patiaiitiir, ' do not suffer repulses.* 
 
 s Rising. Ainbitu et Fetitione, ' rising and desire.' 
 
XVII. OF AMBITION. 
 
 223 
 
 1625. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 36. 0£ Ambition. 
 
 set. 65. 
 
 Mbition is like 
 C/z^'Av; Which is 
 anHumour,that 
 maketh MenAc^ 
 tiue, Eamefl, Full of Alac- 
 ritie, and Stirring, if it be 
 not flopped. But if it be 
 flopped, and cannot haue 
 his Way, it becommeth 
 Adufl,^ and thereby Ma- 
 ligne and Venomous. So 
 A inbitious J/tv/, if they finde 
 the way Open^ for their 
 Rifmg,^ and flill get for- 
 ward, they are rather Bufie 
 then Dangerous ; But if 
 they be check't in their 
 defires,* they become 
 fecretly difcontent,^ and 
 looke vpon Men and 
 matters, with an Euill Eye; 
 And arebeflpleafed,<^when 
 ■ Things goe backward ; 
 Which is the worfl Pro- 
 pertie, in a Seruant of 
 a Prince or State. • There- 
 fore it is good for Princes, 
 if they vfe Ambitions Men., 
 to handle it fo, as they be 
 flill Progreffiue, and not 
 
 * /iy?t'r desires. Et siibindefriistretifnr, ' and are frequently frustrated.' 
 5 Become secretly disconietit. Maldolentiafn et Invidiam in Corde 
 /ovent, ' they cherish ill-wiU and envy in their heart.' 
 
 •» Best pleased. In sinu lietantur, ' pleased in their heart' 
 
 .X 
 
224 A H A R M O N V O F T H E E SSA Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 retrograde ; which becaiife 
 it cannott bee without in- 
 convenience, it is good 
 not to vfe fuch Natures at 
 all. Ffor if they rife not 
 with theire fervice, they 
 will take order to make 
 theire fervice fall with 
 them. 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. ast. 52. 
 
 retrograde; which becaufe 
 it cannot bee without in- 
 conuenience ; it is good 
 not to vfe fuch natures at 
 all. For if they rife not 
 with their feruice, they 
 will take order to make 
 their feruice fal with 
 theiu. 
 
 T Commanders, huperatores et Duces, ' commanders and leaders.' 
 
 8 Dispenseth. Cowpensat, ' equalizes.' 
 
 9 Pulling downe, &c. Ui prceg7'a7idibus alas amputeni, et eorum poten- 
 tiam labefactent, ' to cut the wings of persons who are too great, and to 
 diminish their power.' ,..,-,,■, 1 ^ • j» 
 
 10 Biideled. Fnvnandi et coercendi, 'bridled and restranied. 
 
XVII. OF AMBITION. 225 
 
 y. 1625. sut. 65. 
 
 Retrograde: Which becaufe 
 
 it cannot be without In- 
 
 conuenience, it is good 
 
 not to vfe fiich Natures at 
 
 all. For if they rife not 
 
 with their Seruice, they 
 
 will take Order to make 
 
 their Seruice fall with 
 
 them. But fnice we haue faid, it w^re good not to vfe 
 . IVIen of Ambitious Natures, except it be vpon necef- 
 
 fitie, it is fit we fpeake, in what Cafes, they are of 
 
 neceffitie. Good Commanders' in the Warres, muR be 
 
 taken, be they neuer fo Ambitious : For the Vfe of 
 
 their Seruice difpenfeth^ with the reR ; And to take a 
 
 Soldier without Ambition, is to pull off his Spurres. 
 
 There is alfo great vfe of Ambitious Mm, in being 
 
 Skreenes to Princes, in Matters of Danger and Enuie : 
 For no Man will take that Part, except he be like a 
 Seel'd Doue, that mounts and mounts, becaufe he 
 cannot fee about him. There is Vfe alfo of Ambitious 
 Men, in Pulling downe the Greatneffe, of any Subiea 
 that ouer-tops "■? As Tiberius vfed Macro in the Pulling 
 down of Seianus. Since therefore they muft be vfed, 
 in fuch Cafes, there refteth to fpeake, how they are to 
 be brideled,i<^ that they may be leffe dangerous}^ There 
 is leffe danger of them, if they be of Meane Birth, then 
 if thev be Noble : And if they be rather Harflii- ^f 
 Nature, then Gracious and Popular : And if they be 
 rather New Raifed,!^ then growne Cunning, and Forti- 
 fied in their Greatneffe. It is counted by fome, a 
 weakneffe^-^ in Princes, to have Fauorites ;^^ But it is, of 
 
 11 Dangerous. Ut minus ab illis iinpendcat Periciili, ' that Ic^danger 
 may impend from them.' ^--^ 
 
 13 Harsh. Truciores et aspcriores, ' more stern and harsh. 
 13 Raised. HoJioribus adiuoti, ' raised to honours.' 
 1* Weaknesse. Si^man infinui Animi, ' .siyn of a weak mmd. 
 16 Fauorites. Gratiosos et Intimos, ' favourites and iniuiiates. 
 
 V 
 
226 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Of Ambitions it is the leffe 
 harmefull, the ambition to 
 prevaile in great thinges, 
 then that other to appeare 
 in every thinge. For that 
 breed es confufion, and 
 marres bufmeffe. 
 
 Hee that feeketh to be 
 eminent amongeil able 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. a^t. 52. 
 
 Of Ambitions, it is the leffe 
 harmefull, the Ambition to 
 preuaile in great things; 
 then that other to appeare 
 in eiiery thing .• For that 
 breedes confufion, and 
 marres bufmeffe. 
 
 He that feeketh to be 
 eminent amongfl able 
 
 16 Ambitious Great-Ones. Potottiam niininin Procet-nm, aui Ilfagisira- 
 
 tunm, ' too great power of nobles or magistrates.' 
 1"^ Any Other. Alius nlignis ex Proccril>7is, ' any other of the nobles.' 
 18 Proud. A))ibitiosos, ct f>rotcr7.>os, ' ambitious and proud.' 
 1^ Keep Things stead3^ Qui Partes vicdias tcuentit, ne Factioiies omnia 
 
 pesswideiit: ' to hold a middle course, lest factions ruin everything.' 
 
 -^ Hauing of them Oljnoxious to Ruine. Qiiantiiin ad ingencraiidain 
 
 illain ifiAinhitiosis ppi7iio>ic>ii, ict se rni/ue pro.xivios puteiit, atgue eo modo 
 
 coniijicantnr ; 'as to creating an opinion in ambitious persons that they are 
 
 near ruin, and thus restraining them.' 
 
XVII. OF AMBITION. 227 
 
 V. 1625. OBt. 65. 
 
 all others, the beR Remedy againfl Ambitious Grcat- 
 O/ics}'^ For when the Way of Pleafuring and Dif- 
 pleafuring, lieth by the Fatwiirite, it is Impoffible, 
 Any Other^" fliould be Ouer-grcat. Another meanes to 
 curbe them, is to Ikxllance tliem by others, as Proud^^ 
 as they. But then, there mufl be fome Middle Coun- 
 felloiirs, to keep Things fleady -y^ For without that 
 Eallafl, the Ship will roule too much. At the leafl, a 
 Prince may animate and inure fome Meaner Perfons, 
 to be, as it were, Scourges to Ambitious Men. As for 
 the hauing of them Obnoxious to Ruine,-*^ if they 
 be of fearefull Natures, it may doe well : But if 
 they bee Stout, and Daring, it may precipitate their 
 
 Defignes,-^ and proue dangerous. As for the pull- 
 ing of them downe, if the Affaires require it, and 
 that it may not be done with fafety fuddainly, the 
 onely Way is, the Enterchange continually of Fa- 
 
 uours, and-j^ Difgraces ; whereby they may not know, 
 
 what to expe6t ;-^ And be,-^ as it were, in a Wood. 
 
 Oi Ambitions, it is leffe 
 
 harmefull, the Ambition to 
 
 preuaile in great Things, 
 
 then that other, to appeare 
 
 in euery thing; For that 
 
 breeds Confufion,-^ and 
 
 marres Bufmeffe. But yet, it is leffe danger, to haue 
 
 an Ambitious Man, flirring in Bufmeffe, then Great in 
 
 Dependances.^'^ 
 
 He that feeketh to be 
 
 Eminent amongft Able 
 
 21 Designes. Cojiatjts et Mq/!lii}uiiiones, 'endeavours and-designs.' 
 
 22 W'hat to expect. Und^ attoiiiti et con/usi heereant, nescientes quid 
 expectciit, ' whereby they may remain astonished and confused, not knowing 
 what to expect.' 
 
 23 Be. Ambitlent, 'walk.' 
 
 2-t Confusion. Co/i/usioHcm Consiiiomni, 'confusion of councils.' 
 25 Dcpendances. Gratia et Clientelis, ' favour and following.' 
 
228 A H A R M O N Y OF T HE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12, £et. 47-52. 
 
 Men, bathe a great Taske, 
 but that is ever good for 
 the pubHque. But hee 
 that plotteth to be the 
 onely figure amongfl 
 Ciphers, is the decay of an 
 whole age. Honor hath 
 three thinges in it. The 
 Vantage ground to doe 
 good. The Approache to 
 Kinges, and principall per- 
 fons, And the Rayfing of 
 a Mans owne Fortune. 
 Hee that hath the befl. of 
 theis intencions when he 
 afpireth is an honefl Man, 
 and that Prince that can 
 difcerne of theis intencions 
 in another that afpireth is 
 a wife Prince. Generally 
 lett Princes, and States 
 chufe fuch Miniflers, as 
 are more fenfible of dewty, 
 then of Ryfing, and fuch 
 as love bufines rather 
 vponn conicience, then 
 vponn bravery, and lett 
 them difcerne a bufie na- 
 ture, from a willing mind. 
 
 IV. 1612. 3st. 52. 
 
 men, hath a great taske : 
 but that is euer good for 
 the publike. Eut he 
 that plots to bee the 
 onely figure amongft 
 Ciphers, is the decay of an 
 whole age. Honour hath 
 three things in it ; The 
 vantage ground to doe 
 good ; The approach to 
 Kings and principall per- 
 fons ; And the raifing of 
 a mans owne Fortunes. 
 He that hath the befl of 
 thefe intentions when hee 
 afpireth, as an honefl man ; 
 and that Prince that can 
 difcerne of thefe intentions 
 in another that afpireth, is 
 a wife Prince. Generally, 
 let Princes and States 
 chufe fuch miniflers, as 
 are more fenfible of duty, 
 then of rifing; and fuch 
 as loue bufineffe rather 
 vpon confcience, then 
 vpon brauery : and let 
 them difcerne a bufie na- 
 ture, from a willing minde. 
 
 26 Able Men. Strenuos, et Negotiis fares, ' active men and men fit for 
 business.' 
 
 27 Plots. Machitiatur, ut Viros cordatos deprimat, et, ' plots to depress 
 wise men, and.' 
 
 28 Decay. Lries ef cn/(r7/i{fas, ' decay and mhfortune.' 
 
 29 Kings. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 30 Discerne. Digiwscere ct distutgiiere, ' discern and distinguish.' 
 81 That aspireth. hi Senas suis, ' in his servants.' 
 
XVII. OF AMBITION. 229 
 
 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Men,-'^ hath a great Taske ; 
 but that is euer good for 
 the Publique. But he 
 that plots,-'' to be the 
 onely Figure amongfl 
 Ciphars, is thedecay-^ of an 
 whole Age. Honour hath 
 three Things in it : The 
 Vantage Ground to doe 
 good : The Approach to 
 Kings, -^ and principall Per- 
 fons : And the Raifing of 
 a Mans owne Fortunes. 
 He that hath the befl of 
 thefe Intentions, when he 
 afpireth, is an Honefl jNIan: 
 And that Prince, that can 
 difcerne'*" ofthefelntentions, 
 in Another that afpireth, ^Ms 
 a wife Prince. Generally, 
 let Princes and States,^^ 
 choofe fuch Miniflers, as 
 are more fenfible of Duty, 
 then of Rifnig ; And fuch 
 as loue"^ Bufineffe rather 
 vpon Confcience,^"* then 
 vpon Brauery : And let 
 them Difcerne"^ aBufie^*^ Na- 
 ture, from a Willing-^" Minde. 
 
 32 States. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 83 Loue. A//ip/cciii)iiuri'i ame/i(, ' embrace and ]o\c.' 
 
 3* Conscience. Conscicntia bona, ' good con^^cience.' 
 
 35 Discerne. Distiuguant Princifes cittnj'udicio, ' let princes discern wirh 
 judgment.' 
 
 "t5 Busie. QufP sese omnibits Negotiis ingerunt, ' which obtrude theni- 
 selves into every business.' 
 
 27 Willing. Froni^tuvi sen alacrem, ' ready or alert.' 
 
2-;o A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 21. @f |lic!)e^. 
 
 Cannot call 
 Riches better 
 then the bag- 
 gage of Vert lie \ 
 the Romane word is 
 better, Impedimenta ; For 
 as the baggage is to an 
 Armie, fo is riches to ver- 
 tue: It cannot be fpared, 
 nor left behinde; but it 
 hindreth the March, yea 
 and the care of it fome- 
 tirnes lofeth or diflurb- 
 eth the vi6tory. Of great 
 Riches there is no reall 
 vfe, except it bee in the 
 diflribution : the refl is 
 but conceit. So faith 
 Salomon; Where much is, 
 there are ma?iy to confiime 
 it^ and what hath the 
 oimier but the fight of it 
 with his eies ? The per- 
 fonall fruition in any man 
 cannot reach to feele great 
 riches ; there is a cufLody 
 of them ; or a power of 
 Dole and donatiue of 
 them ; or a fame of them ; 
 but no folide vfe to the 
 UE. I'ariations in postljumous ILatin lEtiilipn of 1638. 
 
 1 Better. Cognomtne Jfia£is /?v/rio, ' hy a. more proper name.' 
 
 2 It cannot . . March, ' Necessaria siqzcideni sunt, sed graves, 'it is 
 necessary but heavy.' 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52- 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 13. ©i fltclje^. 
 
 Gannett call 
 Riches better 
 then the bag- 
 gage of Vertue 
 (the Romaine word is 
 better, Impedimenta) For 
 as the Baggage is to an 
 Army,.fo is Riches to ver- 
 tue. It cannott bee fpared, 
 nor left behinde ; but it 
 hindereth the Marche, yea 
 and the care of it fome- 
 tymes leeseth, or diflurb- 
 eth the victorye. Of great 
 Riches there is noe Reall 
 vfe, except it bee in the 
 diflribucion, the reft is 
 but conceipt. So faieth 
 Solomon ; where much is, 
 there are manie to confume 
 it, ajid what hath the 
 owner but the fiight of it 
 with his eyes! The per- 
 fonall good of anie Man 
 cannot reach to feele them. 
 There is a cuftody of great 
 Riches, or a power of 
 Dole, and Donatiue; or 
 a fame of them, but 
 noe foUd vfe to the 
 
XVIII. OF RICHES. 231 
 
 Y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 34. 0f |lid)e^. 
 
 Cannot call 
 Riches better/ 
 then the Bag- 
 gage of Vertue. 
 
 The Romati Word is 
 
 better, Impedimenta. For 
 
 as the Baggage is to an 
 
 Army, fo is Riches to Ver- 
 tue. It cannot be fpared, 
 
 nor left behinde, but it 
 
 hindreth the jMarch ;- Yea, 
 
 and the care of it, fome- 
 
 times, lofeth^ or difturb- 
 
 eth the Vi6lor>^: Of great 
 
 Riches., there is no Reall 
 
 Vfe, except it be in the 
 
 Diflribution ; The reft is 
 
 but Conceit. So faith 
 
 Salomon \ Where much is, 
 
 there are Many to confiime 
 
 it ; And what hath the 
 
 Owfier, bid the Sight of it, 
 
 with his Eyes P'* The Per- 
 
 fonall Fruition in any Man, 
 
 cannot reach to feele Great 
 
 Riches .•* There is a Cuflody 
 
 of them ; Or a Power of 
 
 Dole and Donatiue of 
 
 them ; OraFame^of them; 
 
 But no Solid Vfe to the 
 
 ° Eccles. V. II. 
 
 8 Loseth. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 * Personall Fruition . . Riches. PossessioDhntiarum nuUavoluf>tnte 
 Dominum fer/itndit, quantum ad Sensu7n : ' the possession of riches does 
 not fill the owner with any pleasure as to sensation.' 
 
 5 Fame. Fama, et hijlatio, ' fame and puffing up.' 
 
2\2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Owner. Doe you not fee 
 what fayned prices are 
 fett vpponn litle stones, 
 and rarityes, and what 
 workes of oflentacion are 
 vndertaken, becaufe there 
 mought feeme to be fome 
 vfe of great Riches ? But 
 then they may 
 
 be of vfe to buy Men out 
 of Daungers, or troubles ; 
 as Salomon fayeth ; Riches 
 are as a Jlronge-hoidde^ in 
 the imagijiacion, of the riche 
 Man. But this is excel- 
 lently expreffed, that it is 
 in imaginacion, and not 
 alwaies mfa^. Ffor cer- 
 tainely great Riches have 
 fould more men, then they 
 have bought out. Seeke 
 not proud Riches, but fuch 
 as thou mayefl gett iuflly, 
 vfe foberly, diftribute 
 chearefully and leave con- 
 tentedlye ; yet have no 
 abftradl, nor Frierly con- 
 tempt of them, but difLin- 
 guiflie as Cicero faieth well 
 oiRabiriiis PoJlJnumis ; In 
 Jludio rei amplificanda, ap- 
 parebat non aiiaritioi prcE- 
 daniy fed inflriimentuni 
 
 IV. 
 
 16 12. set. 52. 
 
 owner. Doe you not fee 
 what fained prifes are 
 fet vpon little ftones, 
 and rarities, and what 
 works of oflentation are 
 vndertaken, becaufe there 
 might feeme to bee fome 
 vfe of great riches? But 
 then they may 
 
 be of vfe to buy men out 
 of dangers or troubles : 
 as Salomon faith ; Riches 
 are as a flrong hold hi 
 the imagination of the rich 
 man. But this is excel- 
 lently expreffed, that it is 
 in Imagination ; and not 
 alwaies in fadl. For cer- 
 tainly, great riches haue 
 fold more men then they 
 haue bought out. Seeke 
 not proud Riches ; but fuch 
 as thou maiefl get iuflly ; 
 vfe foberlie, diftribute 
 cheerefully, and leaue con- 
 tentedly. Yet haue no 
 abftra6l, nor frierly con- 
 tempt of them. But diflin- 
 guifli, as Cice7'o faith welj 
 oiRahirius Pofl humus : Jn 
 fludio rei amplificandcE, ap- 
 parebat non auariticB pra- 
 dam fed iiflrumentum 
 
 « Works of Ostentation. Iiiania OJ>era, ad osientationem merani, 'vain 
 works, merely for ostentation.' 
 
XVI II. OF RICHES. 233 
 
 V. 1625. at. 65. 
 
 Owner. Doe you not fee, 
 what fained Prices, are 
 fet vpon little Stones, and 
 Rarities ? And what 
 Works of ORentation,^' are 
 vndertaken, becaufe there 
 might feeme to be, fome 
 Vfe of great Riches ? But 
 then you will fay, they may 
 be of vfe, to bay Men out 
 of Dangers or Troubles. 
 As Salomon faith ; Riches 
 are as a Jlrong Hold, in 
 the Imagination of the Rich 
 Man."- But this is excel- 
 lently expreffed, that it is 
 in Imagination, and not 
 alwaies in Fact. For cer- 
 tainly Great Riches, haue 
 fold more Men, than they 
 haue bought out. Seeke 
 not Proud" Riches, but fuch 
 as thou maifl get iuflly, 
 Vfe foberly, DiRribute 
 cheerefully, and leaue con- 
 tentedly. Yet haue no 
 AbRraa^ or Friarly^ Con- 
 tempt of them. But diflin- 
 guifh, as Cicero faith well 
 oiRabirius Pojlhumus', In 
 Jludio ret amplificanda, ap- 
 parehat, non Aiiaritce Prce- 
 dam, fed Inflrumcntum 
 
 " Prov. xviiii. 11. 
 
 7 Proud. Magnas, ' ?.rQ:\r..' , . 
 
 8 Abstract. A Seculo abstracti, ' or a man removed from the woria, 
 
 9 Friarly. Instar Monachi, 'like a monk." 
 
234 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 9et. 47-52. I IV. 
 
 bonitati qiiari. 
 
 1612. £et. 52. 
 
 honitati qu(zri. 
 
 10 Beware. Ncc inhia, ' nor gape after.* 
 
 ^^ Vniust Meanes. Iiijustitiain ct Scelera, 'injustice and crimes.' 
 
 12 Husbandry. Agricuiihram, ct Luc7-a Rustica, ' husbandry and the 
 profits of the country.' 
 
 I'* Greatest Audits. Maximi Reditus, e Re Rustica, ' tlie greatest revenues 
 from husbandry.' 
 
XVIII. OF RICHES. 235 
 
 Y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Boiitati, quccri."' Hearken alfo to Salomon, and beware^'^ 
 of Hafly Gathering oi Riches : Qui fcjlinat ad Diuitias, 
 71071 c7-it info/isfi The Poets faigne that when Pliitus, 
 (which is Ric/ies,) is fent from Iiipite?', he Hmps, and 
 goes flowly ; But when he is fent from Fliiio, he runnes, 
 and is Swift of Foot. IMeaning, that Riches gotten by 
 Good Meanes, and lufl Labour, pace flowly; But 
 when they come by the death of Others, (As by the 
 Courfe of Inheritance, Teflaments, and the hke,) they 
 come tumbUng vpon a INIan. But it mought be appHed 
 Hkewife to Pluto, taking him for the Deuill. For when 
 Riches come from the Deuill, (as by Fraud, and Op- 
 preffion, and vniufl Meanes,ii) they come vpon Speed. 
 The Waies to e?irich are many, and moft of them Foule. 
 Parfuno7iy is one of the beft, and yet is not Innocent : 
 For it with-holdeth Men, from Workes of Liberality, 
 and Charity. The Improucineiit of the G7-ou7id, is the 
 mofl Naturall Obtaining of Riches ; For it is our Great 
 Mothers Bleffmg, the Earths; But it is flow. And 
 yet, where Men of great wealth, doe floope to hus- 
 bandry,^- it multiplieth i?/^//.?j- exceedingly. I knew a 
 Nobleman in England^ that had the greatefl Audils,^'^ of 
 any Man in my Time : A Great Grafier, A Great 
 .Sheepe-MafLer, AGreat Timber^'* Man, A Great Colliar, 
 A Great Corne-Mafler, A Great Lead-Man. and fe of 
 Iron, and a Number of the Hke Points of Husbandry. 
 So as the Earth feemed a Sea to him, in refpect of the 
 Perpetuall Importation. It was truly obferued by One, 
 that Himfelfe came very hardly to a Little Riches, and 
 very eafily to Great Riches. For when a Mans Stocke 
 is come to that, that he can expect the Prime of 
 
 ** This is spoken by Cicero of Caius Curius, the father of Rabirius Postu- 
 mus. The passage [Pro C. /?. Poshimo. 2.] nins thus, Ut in angenda re 
 non avaritia pradam, sed i7tstrin>tentinn bonitaii queerer e videtur, 'that 
 he seemed in the increase of his property, not to seek a prey for his 
 avarice but a means of doing good.' 
 
 & Prov. xxviii. 20. 
 
 1* Timber. Silvis, tarn cceduis qnam grandioribjis, ' both underwood 
 and timber.' 
 
236 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1C07-12. a-t. 47-52. j IV. 
 
 1612. set. S2. 
 
 15 Prime of Mnrlcets. Ninidinariiui et Mercafuum OPportjtnitaUs . the 
 opportiiniiies of fairs and markets.' 
 
 16 Few Mens Money. Quibus . . . perpauci admodtan Homines apti 
 sunt, ' for which few men are ready.' 
 
 1" Younger. Qui minus Pecunia abundant, ' who have less money.' 
 1^ Ordinary Irades and Vocations. Professionibus, ' businesses.' 
 !•' Good and faire dealing. Probitatemin Negoiiando, 'honesty in dealing.' 
 20 Bargaines. Con iraciibus tnajoribns, ' gTe!iter hcirgVi'ms.' 
 -1 Necessity. Necessitates et A ngustias, ' necessities and straits.' 
 -' Broake by . . to draw them on. In Damnum Dojninorian 
 
 corriimpat, ' corrupt, to the injury of their masters.' 
 
 23 Cunningly. Artijiciose et 7'a/re, ' by artifices and cunning.' 
 2* Crafty and Naught. Alerito damnandce, ' deservedly to be con- 
 demned.' 
 
XVIII. OF RICHES. 237 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Markets,^^ and ouercome thofe Bargaines, which for 
 their greatneffe are few Mens Money,!*^ and be Partner 
 in the InduRries of Younger^' Men, he cannot but 
 encreafe mainely. The Gaines of Ot'dinary Trades 
 and Vocations}^ are honeft; And furthered by two 
 Things, chiefly : By DiHgence ; And By a good Name, 
 for good and faire deaUng.^^ But the Gaines oi Bar- 
 gaines^-^ are of a more doubtful! Nature ; When Men 
 fhall waite vpon Others Neceffity,-i broake by Seruants 
 and Inftruments to draw them on,^^ Put off Others cun- 
 ningly--^ that would be better Chapmen, and the like 
 Practifes, which are Crafty and Naught.-^ As for the 
 Chopping of Bargaines^^ when a Man Buies, not to 
 Hold, but to Sell ouer againe, that commonly Grindeth 
 double, both vpon the Seller, and vpon the Buyer. 
 Shavings, doe greatly E?irich, if the Hands-*^ be well 
 chofen, that are trufted. Vfury is the certainefL 
 Meanes of Gaine, though one of the worfl ; As that, 
 whereby a Man doth eate his Bread ; Infiidore vultiis 
 alieni:"^ Andbefides, doth Plough-'' vponSundaies.^^ But 
 yet Certaine though it be, it hath Flawes f^ For that 
 the Scriueners and Broakers, doe valew unfound Men, 
 to ferue their owne Turne. The Fortune^^ in being the 
 Firft in an Inuention, or in a Priuiledge, doth caufe 
 fometimes a w^onderfulF^ Ouergrowth^^ in Riches ; As it 
 was with the firft Sugar Man,-^^ in the Canaries : There- 
 fore, if a Man can play the true Logician, to haue as 
 
 "■ In the sweat of another's brow. 
 
 25 Chopping of Bargaines. Emptiones, * purchases.* 
 
 26 Hands. Qjiibiisciim Societas initur, * those with whom the partnership 
 is entered into. 
 
 27 Plough. Operari nan cessat, ' does not cease to work.' 
 
 ■-8 Sundaies. Sabbatho, ' the Sabbath.' [This is an early Ci_625) instance 
 of the Sunday being called the ' Sabbath.' Dies Sabbati being our 
 Saturday.] 
 
 29 Flawes. Rimis secretis, ' secret flaws.' 
 
 30 The Fortune. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 31 Wonderful!. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 32 Ouergrowth. hiundationetn, ' overflow.' 
 
 83 Sugar Man. Saccliari excoctori, ' sugar baker.' 
 
238 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. S6t. 47-52. IV. 
 
 1612. 98t. 52. 
 
 Neither tnifl thou much 
 others, that feeme to defpife 
 them, For they defpife 
 them, that defpaire of 
 them, and none worfe 
 when they come to them. 
 Be not penny-wife ; Riches 
 have wiriges, and fome- 
 tymes they fly away of them- 
 felves, fometymes they 
 mufl be fett flying to bring 
 
 Neither truft thou much 
 others, that feeme to defpife 
 them : For they defpife 
 them that difpaire of 
 them, and none worfe, 
 when they come to them. 
 Be not penny-wife; Riches 
 haue wings ; and fome- 
 times they flyaway of them- 
 fehies ; fometimes they 
 mufl bee fet flying, to bring 
 
 3* Often times ; . . Pouerty. VLx Fortjinartwi DlspeJidia vitabit, ' will 
 
 scarcely avoid the waste of his fortune.' 
 
 '^^ Not restrained. Lc^f inilla proJiihciitiir, ^forbidden by no law.' 
 
 ^^ Great Meanes. Viam stertiunt facilem , ' have an easy road.' 
 
 ^' Seruice. Servitiuni Regum, aut Mag7iatiim, ' services of kings or 
 
 great persons.' 
 
 '•^^ Though it be of the best Rise 
 
 dignity.' 
 
 Dignitatem qnanda7n habet, ' has some 
 
XVIII. OF RICHES. 239 
 
 V. 1625. itt. 65. 
 
 well ludgement, as Iniiention, he may do great Mat- 
 ters ; efpecially if the Times be fit. He that refleth 
 vpon Gaines Certaine^ (hall hardly grow to great 
 Riches : And he that puts all upon Adiientures, doth 
 often times breake, and come to Pouerty :"^^ It is good 
 therefore, to guard Adiientures with Certainties, that 
 may vphold loffes. Monopolies, and Coemption of 
 Wares for Rcfale, where they are not reflrained,^^ are 
 great Meanes'^*^ to enrich ; efpecially, if the Partie haue 
 intelligence, what Things are like to come into Re- 
 quefl, and fo flore Himfelfe before hand. Riches 
 gotten by Seniice,^'^ though it be of the befl Rife,-^^ yet 
 when they are gotten by Flattery, Feeding''^ Humours, 
 and other Seruile Conditions, they may be placed 
 amongfl the Worfl. As for Fifhing for Tejlanients and 
 ExeciitorJJiips (as Tacitus faith of Seneca ; Tejlanienta et 
 Or bos, tanquani Indagine capi f) It is yet worfe ; Ey 
 how much Men fubmit themfelues, to Meaner Perfons, 
 then in Sendee. 
 Beleeue not much them, 
 that feeme to defpife 
 Riches : For they defpife 
 them, that defpaire of 
 them ; And none Worfe,*^ 
 when they come to them.^^ 
 Be not Penny-wife;^- Riches 
 haue Wings, and fometimes 
 they Fly away of them- 
 felues, fometimes they mufl 
 be fet Flying to bring 
 
 ° He took testatncnts and ivardships as with a net. Tacitus. Annates. 
 xiii. 42. 
 
 39 Feeding. SeseJIcctendo, ' bending one's self to.' 
 *^ Worse. Tenaciores, * more grasping.' 
 
 *i Come to them. Ubi incipient ditescere^ 'when they begin to grow 
 rich.' 
 *'^ Penny-wise. In Minutiis tetiax, ' stingy in small things.' 
 
240 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 guiftes 
 
 III. 1607-12. iut. 47-52. 
 
 in more. Men leave tlieire 
 riches, either to tlieir 
 kinred, or to the pub- 
 liqiie, and moderate por- 
 cions profper befl in both. 
 A great State left to an hcire, 
 is as a lure to all the Birdes 
 of pray roimde about, 
 to feize on him, if he bee 
 not the better eRabliflied 
 in yeares and Judgement 
 Likewife glorious 
 and foundacions are 
 
 but the painted Sepul- 
 cOi res of y^////rj', which foone 
 will jiutrifie, and corrupt. 
 Therefore mea- 
 fure not thie advaunce- 
 mentes by quantity, but 
 frame them by meafure ; 
 and defcrre not Charities 
 till Death ; For certainely 
 if a Man weight it rightly, 
 he that doth foe, is rather 
 liberall of another mans, 
 then of his owne. 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. a:>t. 52. 
 
 in more. Men leaue their 
 riches, either to their 
 kindred, or to the inib- 
 like : and moderate por- 
 tions ])rofper befl in both. 
 A great Hate left to an heire, 
 is as a lure to al the birds 
 of prey round about, 
 to feife on him, if he bee 
 not the better flabliflied 
 in yeeres and iudgement. 
 Likewife glorious gifts, 
 and foundations, are 
 
 but the painted Sepul- 
 chres of A/ /lies, wh ich foone 
 wil putrifie and corrupt 
 inwardly. Therefore mea- 
 fure not thy aduancc- 
 ments by quantity, but 
 frame them by meafure ; 
 and deferre not charities 
 till death : for certainly, 
 if a man weigh it rightly, 
 he that doth fo is rather 
 liberall of another mans, 
 then of his owne. 
 
 ^ 
 
 k 
 
 
 *•' Men. Morihiauii, ' men about to die.' 
 
 ■" Kiiulred. Lil'cris, Co^mifis, cf Atnicis, 'cliildrcn, relatives and friends.' 
 *^ Glorious. G/oriosiP rt s/>ii»(iiii<e, ' glorious and splendid.' 
 ** Gifts. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *^ Foundations. Fitndationes . . in usus publicos, ' foundations for 
 the public good.' 
 
XVIII. OF RICHES. 241 
 
 V. 1625. a^t. 65. 
 
 in more. IMen^-'^ leaue their 
 Riches, either to their 
 Kindred f^ Or to the Pub- 
 he luc : And moderate Por- 
 tions prolper bell in both. 
 A great State left to an Heire, 
 is as a Lure to all the Birds 
 of Prey, round about, 
 to feize on him, if he be 
 not the better flabliflied 
 in Yeares and Judgement. 
 Likewife Glorious^^ Gifts^^ 
 and Foundations,-*' are like Sacrifices without Salt; And 
 
 but the I\ii/ifi'd^^ Sepul- 
 chres ofAlmes, which foone 
 will i)utrifie, and corrupt 
 inwardly. 'J'herefore, INIea- 
 fure not thine Aduance- 
 ments-*-' by Quantity,-'*^ but 
 Frame-'^ them by Meafure ; 
 And Deferre not Charities^^ 
 till Death : For certainly, 
 if a Man weigh it rightly, 
 he that doth fo, is rather 
 I.il)erall of'''' an Other Mans, 
 then of his Owne. 
 
 *8 Painted. Dcalb^^ta, 'whitened.' 
 
 •1^ Adii.inccmcnts. Wwa, ' gifts.' 
 
 *^^ (Jiiaiitity. Miig^nitudine . . sed CommoditaU, 'hy ihcir sizt,D\iX. 
 by their use' 
 
 £"1 lUit frame. Et ad debitam Mittsuram redi^as, 'and reduce ihein to 
 a proper measure.* 
 
 i- Charities. O/'cra Chnritafis, ' works of charity.' 
 
 ** Libcrall of. Vonat, ' presents.' 
 
242 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harlcian BIS. 5106. 
 
 17. ©f pijspatd). 
 
 Ffeaed difpatch 
 is one of the 
 moll dangerous 
 thinoes to biifi- 
 nefle that can be. It is hke 
 that which the Phifitians 
 call pre-digeflion, or haflie 
 digeflion, which is fiire to 
 fill the body full of Cru- 
 dities, and fecrett feedes of 
 difeafes. Therefore mea- 
 fure not difpatch by the 
 tymes of fitting, but by 
 the advauncement ot the 
 bufines. 
 
 It is the care of fome 
 onely to Come of fpeedily 
 for the tyme, or to con- 
 trive fome falfe periodes of 
 bufmeffe, becaufe they may 
 feeme men of difpatch. 
 Lut it is one thing to 
 make fliorte by contra6l- 
 ing, another by cutting 
 of. And bufmes fo 
 handled by peeces is com- 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. set. 52. 
 
 11. ©f pi^patcl). 
 
 Ffe6led difpatch 
 is one of the 
 
 moft. 
 
 dangerous 
 
 things to 
 
 bufi- 
 neffe that can bee. It is like 
 that which the Phyfitians 
 call pre-digefLion, or hafty 
 digeflion, which is fure to 
 hit the bodie full of cru- 
 dities and fecret feedes of 
 difeafes. Therefore mea- 
 fure not difpatch by the 
 times of fitting, but by 
 the aduancement of the 
 bufineffe. 
 
 It is the care of fome 
 onely to come of fpeedily 
 for the time, or to con- 
 triue fome falfe periods of 
 bufineffe, becaufe they may 
 feeme men of difpatch. 
 But it is one thinge to 
 make fliort by contrad- 
 ing ; an other by cutting 
 oft\- and bufineffe fo 
 handled by peeces, is com- 
 
 3J5. UariaKons m postI)ttmous latin lEtJition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Expcdieitdis Ncgotiis, ' of the despatch of business.' 
 - Aftected Dispatch. Cele7-itas niinia ct affectata, ' excessive and af- 
 fected speed.' 
 
 •^ Crudities. Humoribns crudis, ' crude humours.' 
 
 * Dispatc^ Negotiorum Expeditio7iem, ' the despatch of business.' 
 
XIX. OF DBS PA TCH. 
 
 243 
 
 V. 1625. a-t. 65. 
 
 
 1625. 
 
 
 Brirish Museum Copy. 
 
 
 25. m pi^patcl].! 
 
 Jeclcd 
 
 DifpaicJir 
 
 is one of the 
 
 moft 
 
 dangerous 
 
 things 
 
 to Bufi- 
 
 can be 
 
 . ItisHke 
 
 that, which the Phyficians 
 call PredigeJIion, or Hojly 
 DigeJlion\ which is fure to 
 fill the Body, full of Cru- 
 dities,^ and fecret Seeds of 
 Difeafes. Therefore, mea- 
 fure not Difpatch,^ by the 
 limes of Sitting, but by 
 the Aduancement of the 
 
 Bufinefle. And as in Races, it is not the large Stride, 
 or High Lift, that makes the Speed -P So in Bufmeffe, 
 the Keeping clofe to the matter, and not Taking of it 
 too much at once, procureth Difpaich,^ 
 It is the Care of Some, 
 onely tocomeoff" fpeedily, 
 for the time ; Or to con- 
 triue fome falfe Periods of 
 Bufmeffe, becaufe they may 
 feeme Men of Difpatch.^ 
 But it is one Thing, to 
 Abbreuiate® by Contract- 
 ing,i*^ Another by Cutting 
 off: And Bufmeffe fo 
 handled at feuerall Sittings 
 
 5 After Speed. Sed in Motit eorzindem huiniliore, et eequabili; ' but a 
 lower and more even movement of the feet.' 
 
 ^ Dispatch. Celeritatem in conficieytdo, 'speed in completion.' 
 
 ' Come off. J\Iuitu7n confecisse videantur; ' to seem to have done much.' 
 
 8 Of dispatch. Acres in Negotiis, ' quick in business.' 
 
 8 Abbreuiate. Tetnpori parcere, ' to spare time.* 
 
 l** Contracting. Negolium contra/iendo, ' contracting the business.' 
 
244 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV 
 
 monly protracted in the monly protracted in the 
 
 1612. cet. 52. 
 
 whole. 
 
 I knewe a Wife Man had 
 it for a bye-word when 
 he fawe Men haflen to a 
 Conchifion ; S^ay a little 
 that ivee Male make an end 
 the fooner. 
 
 On the either fide true 
 difpatch is a rich thing : 
 For tyme is the ineafure 
 of bufnieffe, as money is 
 of wares. And bufmes 
 is bought at a deare hand, 
 where there is fmale dil- 
 patch. 
 
 Give good hearing to thofe, 
 that give the firfl infor- 
 macion in bufmes, and 
 rather dire6t them in the 
 beginning, then interrupt 
 them in the conrynuaunce 
 of theire fpeaches, For lie 
 that is putt out of his owne 
 order, will goe forwarde, 
 and backwardes, and be 
 more tedious by parcells, 
 
 v> hole. 
 
 I knew a wife man had 
 it for a bie-word, when 
 hee faw men haflen to a 
 conclufion ; Stay a little 
 that wee may make an end 
 the foo7ier. 
 
 On the other fide, true 
 difpatch is a rich thing ; 
 For time is the meafure 
 of bufmeffe, as money is 
 of wares : and bufmeffe 
 is bought at a deare hand 
 when there is fmall dif- 
 patch. 
 
 Giue good hearing to thofe 
 that giue the firR infor- 
 mation in bufmeffe ; and 
 rather dire6t them in the 
 beginning, then interrupt 
 them in the continuance 
 of their fj^eeches ,• For he 
 that is put out of his owne 
 order, will goe forward, 
 and backwards, and be 
 more tedious by parcels, 
 
 11 Men hasten to a conclusion. Festinationern nhniain, ' too much haste.' 
 1" True Dispatch. VcraCcleritas,i7iexpedicndis Negotiis, ' true swiftness 
 in despatching business.' 
 
 1"* Small dispatch. Niviia protractio, 'too much time spent.' 
 
XIX. OF DESPA TC IT. 245 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 or INIeetings, goeth com- 
 monly backward and 
 forward, in an vnfleady 
 Manner. 
 
 I knew a Wife Man, that 
 had it for a By-word, when 
 he faw ]\len haflen to a 
 conclufion ;^^ Stay a little, 
 that lue may make an End 
 the fc oner. 
 
 On the other fide. True 
 Difpatch'^- is a rich Thing. 
 For Time is the meafure 
 of Bufmeffe, as ]\Ioney is 
 of Wares : And Bufmeffe 
 is bought at a deare Hand, 
 where there is fmall dif- 
 
 patchP The Spartans, and Spaniards, haue been 
 to be noted of Small dif patch '}^ Mi venga la Mncrte 
 de Spagna ; Let my Death come from Spaine ; For 
 then it will be fare to be long in comming. 
 Giuegood Hearing to thofe 
 that giue the firfl Infor- 
 mation in Biifmeffe^'^ ; And 
 rather direct them in the 
 beginning, then interrupt 
 them in the continuance 
 of their Speeches : for he 
 that is put out of his owne^^ 
 Order, will goe forward 
 and backward, and be 
 more tedious while he waits vpon his Memory, then 
 
 1* Small dispatch. Tarditatis, ' slowness.' 
 
 ^5 Those that giue . . . in Businesse. Qiiibtis priniiBinlnfonnntione 
 Negotii, partes deinandatcB sunt : ' to whom the first part in giuing in- 
 formation about business is intrusted.' 
 
 *'' His owne. Quetn sibi prcestituit, ' which he fixed for himself.' 
 
246 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 93t. 47-52. 
 
 then he could have bene 
 at once. But fometymes it 
 is feene that the Moder- 
 atour, is more troublefome, 
 then the Actor. 
 Iteracions are commonly 
 loffe of tyme ; but there 
 is no fuch gaine of tyme, 
 as to iterate often the flate 
 of the queflion ; for it 
 chafeth away manie a fri- 
 volous fpeach, as it is Com- 
 meing foorth. Long and 
 curious fpeaches are as 
 fitt for difpatche, as a Robe 
 or Mantell with a long 
 trayne, is for race. Pre- 
 faces and paffages, and 
 excufacions, and other 
 fpeaches of reference to 
 tlie perfon, are great wafles 
 of tyme, and thoughe they 
 feeme to proceede of mo- 
 deflie, they are bravery. 
 Yet beware of being to 
 materiall, when there is 
 any impediment, or ob- 
 {Iruccion in Mens wills ; 
 For preoccupacion 
 ever requireth preface ; 
 like a fomentacion to 
 make the vnguent enter. 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 then he could haue bin 
 at once. But fometimes it 
 is feene, that the modc7'- 
 aior is more troublefome, 
 then the ABor. 
 Iterations are commonly 
 loffe of time ; but there is 
 no fuch gaine of time, as 
 to iterate often the ftate 
 of the queflion : For it 
 chafeth away many a fri- 
 uolous fpeech, as it is com- 
 ming forth. Long and 
 curious fpeeches are as 
 fit for difpatch, as a Robe 
 or Mantle with a long 
 traine, is for race. Pre- 
 faces, and paffages, and 
 excufations, and other 
 fpeeches of reference to 
 the perfon, are great wafles 
 of time, and though they 
 feeme to proceede of mo- 
 defly, they are brauery. 
 Yet beware of being too 
 materiall, when there is 
 any impediment, or ob- 
 flrudlion in mens will. 
 For preoccupation 
 euer requireth preface .• 
 like a fomentation to 
 make the vnguent enter. 
 
 1" Actor. Oratorem, ' speaker.' 
 
 18 Friuolous. Frorsus abs re, ' altogether away from the subject.' 
 
 19 Robe or Mantle, &c. Toga prcelonga, Tcrra7>i vcrrens, ' a robe too 
 long, sweeping the ground.' 
 
 20^ Passages. Transitiones bellce, ' pretty transiUons. 
 
XIX. OF DESPA TC II. iM 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 he could haiie been, if he had gone on, in his owne 
 courfe. But fometimes it 
 is feene, that the Moder- 
 ator is more troublefome, 
 then the Actor.^" 
 
 Iterations are commonly 
 loffe of Time : But there 
 is no fuch Gaine of Time, 
 as to iterate often the State 
 of the QueJIion: For it 
 chafeth away many a Fri- 
 uolous^^ Speech,as it is com- 
 ming forth. Long and 
 Curious Speeches, are as 
 fit for Difpatch, as a Robe 
 or Mantle^^ with a long 
 Traine, is for Race. Pre- 
 faces, and Paffages,-*^ and 
 Excufations, and other 
 Speeches of Reference to 
 the Perfon,'-^ are great wafls 
 of Time ; And though they 
 feeme to proceed of jNIo- 
 defly, they are Brauery.^- 
 Yet iDeware of being too 
 IMateriall,-^ when there is 
 any Impediment or Ob- 
 (Iruction in Mens Wils ; 
 For Pre-occupation of Minde. 
 euer requireth preface of Speech ; 
 Like a Fomentation^-* to 
 make the vnguent enter. 
 
 21 Person. Personatn loquentis, 'the person of the speaker.' 
 
 22 Brauery. Gloriolce captatrices, ' to coitch a. WtiXc gXoTy.' 
 
 23 Too materiall. Ne hi rem ipsajn, ab initio, descendas, ' of going too 
 deep into the matter, from the beginning.' 
 
 2* Fomentation. Fontentationisante ung^ienUim, ' fomentation before an 
 unguent.' 
 
248 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 Above all thinges order, 
 and diflribucion 
 is the life of difpatche, fo as 
 the diflribucion be not too 
 fubtile. Ffor he that doth 
 not devide, will never enter 
 well into bufnieffe ; and 
 he that devideth to much, 
 will never come out of it 
 clearelye. To chiXe tyme 
 is to fj^-ve tyme, and an 
 vnfeafonable mocion is 
 but beating the ayre. 
 There be 3 partes of 
 bufmeffe, the prepara- 
 cion ; the debate, or exa- 
 minacion ; and the per- 
 feccion ; Whereof, yf you 
 look e for difpatche, lett the 
 midle onely be the worke 
 of Many, and the firfl and 
 laft the worke of few. The 
 proceeding vponn fome- 
 what conceived in writing 
 doth for the mofl part faci- 
 litate difpatch ; For thoughe 
 it fhould be whollie re- 
 iecfled, yet that Negative 
 is more pregnant of a di- 
 reccion, then an indefinite, 
 as aflies are more gener- 
 tive then dufl. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 Aboue all things, order 
 and diftribution 
 is the life of difpatch : fo as 
 the diflribution bee not too 
 fubtiil : For he that doth 
 not diuide, will neuer enter 
 well into bufmeffe ; and 
 he that diuideth too much 
 will neuer come out of it 
 clearely. To chufe time, 
 is to faue time, and an 
 vnfeafonable motion is 
 but beating the aire. 
 There bee three parts of 
 bufmeffe ; the prepara- 
 tion, the debate, or exa- 
 mination, and the per- 
 fedlion. Whereof if you 
 looke for difpatch, let the 
 midle onely be the worke 
 of many, and the firfl and 
 lafl the worke of few. The 
 proceeding vpon fome- 
 what conceiued in writing, 
 doth for the mofl part faci- 
 litate difpatch : For though 
 it ihould bee wholly re- 
 ie6led, yet that Negatiue 
 is more pregnant of a di- 
 redlion, then an indefinite; 
 as aflies are more gener- 
 atiue then dufl. 
 
 25 Neuer . . . clearely. Vix, 'hardly.' 
 
 26 After Beating the Ayre. Et tempore abtiti, ' and wasting time. 
 
XIX. OF D ES P A T C //. 249 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Aboue all things, Ordcr^ 
 and Dijlribution, and Singling out of Farts ^ 
 is the life oiDif patch ; So as 
 the Dijlribution be not too 
 fubtill : For he that doth 
 not diuide, will neuer enter 
 well into Bufineffe ; And 
 he that diuideth too much, 
 will neuer come out of it 
 clearely.^^ To choofeTime, 
 is to faue Time ; And an 
 Vnfeafonable !Motion is 
 but Beating the Ayre.-*^ 
 There be three Parts of 
 Bufmeffe : The Prcpai'a- 
 iion ; The Debate^ or Exa- 
 mination ; And the Fer- 
 feclion. Whereof, if you 
 looke for Difpatch, let the 
 Middle onely be the AVorke 
 of Many, and the FirfL and 
 LafttheWorkeof Few. The 
 Proceeding-" vpon fome- 
 what conceiued in "Writing, 
 doth for the moft part faci- 
 litate Difpatch : For though 
 it Ihould be wholly re- 
 iected, yet that Negatiue 
 is more pregnant of Di- 
 rection, -^then an /;/^^;///<?; 
 As Afhes are more Gener- 
 atiue then Duft. 
 
 Ht+^ 
 
 27 Proceeding. Procedendi in Negotiis, initium sitmere, ' to commence 
 the proceedings in business.' 
 
 -^ Direction. Ad Consilia educenda, 'in bringing out counsel.* 
 
2C0 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. tet. 47-52. 
 
 Harlc-ian J/S. 5106. 
 
 18. @f pcformitg. 
 
 Eformed perfons 
 are commonly 
 even with na- 
 ture, For as Na- 
 ture hath done ill by them, 
 fo doe they by nature, 
 being for the mofl part, 
 (as the Scripture faieth) 
 voyd of naturall affection, 
 and fo they have theire 
 revenge of nature ; Cer- 
 tainely there is a confent 
 betweene thebody, andthe 
 minde, and wher na- 
 ture erreth in the one, flie 
 ventureth in th'other ; 
 Vbi peccat in vno, per id if a- 
 tur in altera. But becaufe 
 there is in Man an elec- 
 cion touching the frame 
 of his IMinde, and a ne- 
 ceffity in the frame of his 
 body the Starres of na- 
 turall inclinacions, are 
 fometymes obfcured by the 
 fun of difcipline and 
 vertue ; Therefore it is 
 good to confider of de- 
 formity not as a figne 
 which is more deceiveable, 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52- 
 
 25. Of peformttg. 
 
 Eformed perfons 
 are commonly 
 euen with na- 
 ture .• for as Na- 
 ture hath done ill by them, 
 fo doe they by nature, 
 being for the mofl part 
 (as the Scripture faith) 
 void of naturall affection ; 
 and fo they haue their 
 reuenge of nature. Cer- 
 tainlie, there is a confent 
 betweene the body and the 
 minde, and where Na- 
 ture erreth in the one; flie 
 ventureth in the other. 
 Vbi peccat in vno pe?'iciita- 
 inr in alte7'o. But becaufe 
 there is in man an elec- 
 tion touching the frame 
 of his minde, and a ne- 
 ceffitie in the frame of his 
 body; the flarres of na- 
 turall inclination, are 
 fometimes obfcured by the 
 funne of difcipline and 
 vertue. Therefore it is 
 good to confider of de- 
 formity, not as a figne, 
 which is more deceiueable; 
 
 Ui. Uartnfions in posffjumous iLatfn lEtiition of 1638. 
 
 ^ Are euea with. Ulciscuntitr, ' revenge themselves upon.' 
 2 Done ill. Minus proJ>itia fuit, 'was less favourable to.' 
 
XX. OF DEFORMITY. 251 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65, 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 44. ^i pcformitg. 
 
 \ Eformcd Fcrfons 
 are commonly 
 euen with^ Na- 
 ture : For as Na- 
 
 ture hath done ill- by them; 
 So doe they by^ Nature : 
 Being for the mofl part, 
 (as the Scripture faith) 
 void of Naturall Affeclion ;^ 
 And fo they haue their 
 Reuenge of Nature.^ Cer- 
 tainly there is a Confent 
 between the Body and the 
 Minde ; And where Na- 
 ture erreth in the One, fhe 
 ventureth in the Other. 
 Vbi pcccai i?i v?io, per id it a- 
 tiir in altero. But becaufe, 
 there is in Man, an Elec- 
 tion touching the Frame 
 of his Minde, and a Ne- 
 ceffity in the Frame of his 
 Body, the Starres of Na- 
 tural! Inclination, are 
 fometimes obfcured, by the 
 Sun of Difcipline, and 
 Vertue. Therefore, it is 
 good to confider of De- 
 formity, not as a Signe, 
 which is more Deceiuable ; 
 
 " Rom. i. 31. 
 
 3 Doe . . by. Adversi, 'are opposed to* 
 
 * And so they haue their Reuenge of Nature. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
252 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 but as a caiife which fel- 
 dome faileth of th'effe6t. 
 Whofoever hath anie thnig 
 fixed in his perfon, that 
 doth induce contempt, 
 hath alfo a perpetuall 
 fpurre in himfelf to ref- 
 cue, and dehver himfelf 
 from fcorne. Therefore 
 all deformed perfons are 
 extreame bold, Firfl as 
 in theire owne defence, as 
 being expofed to fcorne, 
 but in proceffe of tyme, 
 by a generall habitt. 
 Alfo it flirreth in them In- 
 duflrie, and fpecially of 
 this kind to watch, and 
 obferve the weakeneffes of 
 others, that they may have 
 fomewhat to repay. Againe 
 in their Superiours it 
 quencheth lealoufie to- 
 wardes them, as perfons 
 that they thinke they may 
 at pleafure defpife, and 
 it layeth theire Competi- 
 tours and semulatours af- 
 leepe, as never beleeving 
 they fhould be in poffi- 
 bility of advauncement, till 
 they fee them in poffef- 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 but as a caufe, which fel- 
 dome faileth of the effe6\. 
 Whofoeuer hath any thing 
 fixed in his perfon, that 
 doth induce contempt ; 
 hath alfo a perpetuall 
 fpurre in himfelfe, to ref- 
 cue and deliuer himfelf 
 from fcorne. Therefore 
 all deformed perfons are 
 extreme bold .• firfl, as 
 in their owne defence, as 
 being expofed to fcorne ; 
 but in proceffe of time, 
 by a generall habite. 
 Alfo, it flirreth in them in- 
 duflrie, and fpecially of 
 tliis kinde, to watch and 
 obferue the weakneffe of 
 others, that they may haue 
 fomewhat to repay. Againe 
 in their fuperiours, it 
 quencheth ieloufie to- 
 wards them, as perfons 
 that they thinke they may 
 at pleafure defpife ; and 
 it layeth their competi- 
 tors and emulators af- 
 leepe : as neuer beleeuing 
 they fliould bee in poffi- 
 bility of aduancement, till 
 they fee them in poffef- 
 
 5 Rescue. Omitted in the Latin. 
 ^ Generall. Acquisition 'acquired.* 
 ^ Obserue. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XX. OF DEFORMITY. 253 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 6; 
 
 But as a Caiife, which fel- 
 dome faileth of the Effect. 
 VVhofoeuer hath any Thing 
 fixed in his Perfon, that 
 doth enduce Contempt, 
 hath alfo a perpetuall 
 SpuiTe in himfelfe, to ref- 
 ciie-^ and deliuer himfelfe 
 from Scorne : Therefore 
 all Deformed Perfons are 
 extreme Bold. Firfl, as 
 in their own Defence, as 
 being expofed to Scorn ; 
 But in Proceffe of Time, 
 by a Generall^ Habit. 
 Alfo it flirreth in them In- 
 duRry, and efpecially of 
 this kinde, to watch and 
 obferue" the Weakneffe^ of 
 Others, that they may haue 
 fomewhat to repay. Againe, 
 in their Superiours, it 
 quencheth lealoufie^ to- 
 wards them, as Perfons 
 that they think they may 
 at pleafure defpife : And 
 it layeth their Competi- 
 tours and Emulatours af- 
 leepe;Asneuerbeleeuing,^'^ 
 they fhould be in poffi- 
 bility of aduancement,^^ till 
 they fee them in Poffef- 
 
 i* Weaknesse. Defechis et Infirtnitates, ' defects and weaknesses.' 
 9 Ieal')usie. Suspicioncs et Zelotypiam, 'suspicions and jealousy.' 
 
 10 Beleeuing. Suspicantes, ' suspecting.' 
 
 " .4/i!^r aduancement. Adhanores, ' to honours.' 
 
25+ A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. iut. 47-52. 
 
 fion. Soe that vponn the 
 whole matter in a great Witt 
 deformitye is an advantage 
 to ryfing. Kinges in aun- 
 cient tymes, and at this 
 prefent in fome Countryes, 
 were wont to putt great 
 trufl in Eiumc/ies, be- 
 caufe they that are en- 
 \'yoiis towardes all, are 
 more obnoxious and of- 
 ficious towardes one. But 
 yet theire truft towardes 
 them hath rather beene 
 as to good fpyalls, and 
 good Whifperers, then 
 good Magiflrates and offi- 
 cers. And much like is 
 the reafon of deformed 
 perfons. Still the grounde 
 is, they will if they be of 
 fpiritt feeke to free them- 
 felves from fkorne, which 
 mufl be either by vertue, 
 or malice ; and therefore 
 they prove either the befl 
 of Men, or the worfl, or 
 flrangely mixed. 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. aet. 52. 
 
 fion. So that vpon the 
 wholematter,in agreatwit, 
 deformity is an aduantage 
 to rifing. Kings in an- 
 cient times, and at this 
 prefent in fome Countries 
 were wont to put great 
 truft in Ewmches ; be- 
 caufe they that are en- 
 uious towards all, are 
 more obnoxious and of- 
 ficious towards one. But 
 yet their truft towards 
 them, hath rather beene 
 as to good fpials, and 
 good wliifperers ; then 
 good Magiflrates, and offi- 
 cers. And much like is 
 the reafon of deformed 
 perfons. Still the ground 
 is, they will, if they bee of 
 fpirit, feeke to free them- 
 felues from fcorne : which 
 mufl bee either by vertue, 
 or malice ; and therefore 
 they prooue either the befl 
 of men, or the worfl, or 
 flrangely mixed. 
 
 1' After Possession. Hononttii, of honours.' 
 13 C)bnoxious. Obnoxii, ' submissive.' 
 
 1* Ground. Reguln, qiiam atttea posieintus, ' the rule, which we have 
 before laid down.' 
 
XX. OF DEFORMITY. • 255 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 fion.^2 So that, vpon the 
 matter, in a great Wit, 
 Deformity is an Aduantage 
 to Rifing. Kings in An- 
 cient Times, (And at this 
 prefent in fome Countries,) 
 were -vvont to put Great 
 TrufL in EumtcJis ; Be- 
 caufe they, that are En- 
 uious towards All, are 
 more Obnoxious ^-^ and Of- 
 ficious towards One. But 
 yet their Trull towards 
 them, hath rather beene 
 as to good Spialls, and 
 good Whifperers ; then 
 good Magiflrates, and Offi- 
 cers. And much like is 
 the Reafon of Defornird 
 Perfons. Still the Ground^'* 
 is, they will, if they be of 
 Spirit, feeke to free them- 
 felues from Scorne ;^-^ Which 
 mufl be, either by Vertue, 
 or MaUce : And therefore, 
 let it not be Maruelled, if 
 
 fometimes they proue Excellent Perfons; As was 
 Agefilaiis, Zaiigertho. Sonne oi Solvmaji, y£foJ>e, Gajca 
 Prefident of Pent ; And Socrates may goe likewife 
 amongfl them j with Others. 
 
 W Scome. Derisn et Ignoininia, ' scorn and ignominy.' 
 
2;6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. tet. 47-52- 
 
 Harlcian MS. 5106. 
 
 19. @f 3}oitng pen anb 
 ^ge. 
 
 Man that is yong 
 in yeares maie 
 be old in 
 howers, if he 
 have loft noe tyme ; but 
 that happeneth rarely. 
 Generally youth is like the 
 firfl Cogitacions not fo wife, 
 as the fecond ; For there 
 is a youth in thoughtes as 
 well as in Ages. 
 
 Natures that have much 
 heate, and great and violent 
 deiiers, and perturbacions, 
 are not ripe for accion, till 
 they have paffed the Meri- 
 dian of their yeares ; 
 
 but repofed Natures may 
 doe well in youth, 
 
 IV. 
 
 16 1 2. tet. 52. 
 
 23. @f Soung lEcit aitti 
 ^ge. 
 
 Man that is young 
 in yeeres, may 
 bee old in 
 houres ; if he 
 haue loft no time. But 
 that happeneth rarely. 
 Generally youth is like the 
 firft cogitations, not fo wife 
 as the fecond : For there 
 is a youth in thoughts, af- 
 well as in ages. 
 
 Natures that haue much 
 heat, and great and violent 
 defn-es and perturbations, 
 are not ripe for adlion, till 
 they haue paffed the meri- 
 dian of their yeeres ,* 
 
 but repofed natures may 
 doe well in youth : 
 
 as on thother fide heate as on the other fide heate 
 
 and vivacity in age is an | and viuacity in age is an 
 
 U2. Uariations in posH)untou0 ILatin ISUition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Iu7<cid7ite ct Soicctiite, 'of youth and age.' 
 
 2 Great. Oiiiiltecl in the Latin. 
 
 3 Perturbations. Pertiirbationibiis, hue illuc impelluntur, 'are driven 
 hither and thither by perturbations.' 
 
XX T. Oi' YOUTH AND AGE. 257 
 
 Y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 42. ©£ 2outI) anb %%z^ 
 
 Man that is Young 
 
 in yea?'es, may 
 
 be Old in 
 
 Houres, if he 
 haue lofl no Time. But 
 that happeneth rarely. 
 Generally, j)w///^ is like the 
 firfl Cogitations, not fo Wife 
 as the Second. For there 
 is a youth in thoughts as 
 
 well as in Ages. And yet the Inuention of Young 
 Men, is more liuely, then that of Old : And Imagi- 
 nations flreame into their Mindes better, and, as it 
 were, more Diuinely. 
 Natures that haue much 
 H eat, and great-an d violent 
 defires and Perturbations,^ 
 are not ripe for Action, till 
 they haue paffed the Meri- 
 dian of their yeares : As it was with lulius Ccefar, and 
 Septimius Scuerus. Of the latter of whom, it is faid ; 
 luuentutem egit,ErroribusJmo Furor ibus,plefia?n.^ And 
 yet he was the AblefL^^ Emperour, almofl, of all the Lift. 
 But Repofed'^ Natures may 
 
 doe well'^ in Youth. As it is feene, in Augujlus Ccefar, 
 Cofmus Duke of Florence, Gaston de Fois, and others. 
 On the other fide, Heate 
 and Viuacity in Age, is an 
 
 " He spent a youth full of errors, and eve?i of furies. JE^ Spartianus, 
 Vita Septimi Severi. 2. 
 
 * Ablest. Celeberriinus, ' most famous.' 
 
 5 Reposed. .Sedntx et composita, ' settled and composed." 
 
 ^ Doe well. I'lorere, ' flourish.' 
 
 R 
 
258 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 excellent Compoficion for 
 bufines. VoNi;-e JNIen are 
 litter to invent, then to 
 iudge, filter for execu- 
 cion, then for Councell, 
 and fitter for new pro- 
 ie6les, then for fetled bufi- 
 neffe, for the experience 
 of Age in thinges that fall 
 within the Compaffe of 
 it, diredleth them, but in 
 thinges meerely new abuf- 
 eth them. The errors of 
 yong Men are the ruyne 
 of bufines, but the er- 
 rors of aged Men amount 
 but to this, that more 
 mought have beene done, 
 or fooner. Yongemenin 
 the Condu6l and manage 
 of accions embrace more 
 then they can hold ; ftirre 
 more then they can quiett ; 
 fflye to th'end without con- 
 fideracion of the meanes, 
 and degrees; purfue fome 
 few Principles, which they 
 have chaunced vponn ab- 
 furdly ; Care not to inno- 
 vate, which drawes vn- 
 knowne inconveniences ; 
 vfe extreame i-emedyes at 
 firfl ; and that which 
 dowblelh all errors, will 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. S2. 
 
 excellent compofition for 
 bufineCfe. Voi//ig men are 
 fitter to inuent then to 
 iudge ; fitter for execu- 
 tion then for Counfell ; 
 and fitter for new pro- 
 iects, then for fetled bufi- 
 neffe. For the experience 
 of age in things that fall 
 within the compaffe of 
 it, direcleth them / but in 
 things meerly new abuf- 
 eth them. The errors of 
 young men are the ruine 
 of bufineffe .• But the er- 
 rors of aged men, amount 
 but to tliis ; that more 
 might haue bin done, 
 or fooner. Young men in 
 the conduct and mannage 
 of Actions, embrace mofe 
 then they can hold, ftirre 
 more then they can quiet, 
 flie to the end without con- 
 fideration of the meanes, 
 and degrees, purfue fome 
 fewe principles, which they 
 haue chanced vpon ab- 
 furdly, care not to inno- 
 uate, which drawes vn- 
 knoune inconueniences ; 
 vfe extreme remedies at 
 firfl : and that which 
 doubleth all errors, will 
 
 ' Pursue. Absiirde perseqituiititr, 'pursue absurdly.' 
 8 Absurdly. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XXT. OF YOUTH AND AGE. 259 
 
 V. 1625. flet. 65. 
 
 Excellent Compofition for 
 Jkifineffe. \ \iung Men, are 
 Fitter Lo Inuent, then to 
 Judge ; Fitter for Execu- 
 tion, then for Counfell ; 
 And Fitter for New Pro- 
 iedls, then for Setled Bufi- 
 neffe. For the Experience 
 of Age, in Things that fall 
 within the compaffe of 
 it, dire6teth them ; But in 
 New Things, abufeth 
 
 them. The Errours of 
 Young Men are the Ruine 
 of Bufmeffe ; But the Er- 
 rours of Aged Men amount 
 but to this; That more 
 might haue beene done, 
 or fooner. Yoimg Men, in 
 theCondu(ft,and Mannage 
 of A6^ ions, Embrace more 
 ■ then they can Hold, Stirre 
 more then they can Quiet ; 
 FlytotheEndjwithoutCon- 
 fideration of the Meanes, 
 and Degrees ; Purfue^ fome 
 few Principles, which they 
 haue chanced vpon ab- 
 furdly f Care not to Inno- 
 uate, which draws vn- 
 knowne Inconueniences f 
 Vfe extreme Remedies at 
 firfL; And, that which 
 doubleth all Errours, will 
 
 9 Care not to Innouate, which draws vnlcnowne Inconueniences. Omitted 
 in the Latin .' \Y\ns is evidently misplaced, and is an error oi Age.] 
 
26o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 not acknowledge nor re- 
 tra(ft them, like an vnready 
 horfe that will neither 
 flopp nor tourne. Men of 
 age obie6t to much, 
 confult to long, adven- 
 ture to litle, repent to 
 foone, and feldome drive 
 bufmeffe home to the full 
 period, but content them- 
 felves with a mediocrity of 
 fucceffe. Certainly, it is 
 good to compound im- 
 ploymentes of both. For 
 that will bee good for the 
 prefent, becaufe the ver- 
 tues of either age may cor- 
 re6l the defedles of both, 
 and good for fucceffion, 
 that yong Men may be 
 Learners, while Men in 
 age are Aclours ; and 
 lafLly in refpedl of externe 
 accidentes, becaufe autho- 
 ritye foUoweth old Men, 
 and favour, and popu- 
 larity youth. But for the 
 morall part,perhapps youth 
 will have the prehemi- 
 nence, as Age hath for the 
 politique. A certaine Rab- 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 not acknowledge nor re- 
 tract them ; like an vnready 
 horfe, that wil neither 
 flop nor turne. Men of 
 age obiecl too much, 
 confulte too long, aduen- 
 ture too little, repent too 
 foone, and feldome driue 
 bufuieffe home to the full 
 period ; but content them- 
 felues with a mediocrity of 
 fucceffe. Certainly it is 
 good to compound im- 
 ploiments of both : for 
 that will bee good for the 
 prefent ; becaufe the ver- 
 tues of either age may cor- 
 redl the defeats of both; 
 and good for fucceffion, 
 that young men may bee 
 learners, while men in 
 asre are A6lors : and 
 
 O 
 
 laflly, in refpedl of externe 
 accidents, becaufe autho- 
 rity foUoweth old men, 
 and fauour and popu- 
 larity youth. But for the 
 morall part : perhaps youth 
 will haue the prehemi- 
 nence, as age hath for the 
 politike. A certaine Rah- 
 
 10 Aduentiire too little. Pcricrila phisqunm expedit refo7-7nidant, ' fear 
 dangers more than is expedient.' 
 
 11 Repent too soone. Foenitentia prcepropera vacUlatit, * waver with too 
 liasty repentance.* 
 
 1- Good. Botium in Negotiis, ' good in business.' 
 
XXI. OF YOUTH AND AGE. 261 
 
 V. 1625. a^t. 63. 
 
 not acknowledge or retra6l 
 them ; Like an vnready 
 Horfc, that will neither 
 Stop, nor Tiime. Men of 
 Age, Obiecl too much, 
 Confult too long, Aduen- 
 ture too little, ^*^ Repent too 
 foone,^^ and feldome driue 
 Bufinefle home to the full 
 Period; But content them- 
 felues with a Mediocrity of 
 Succeffe. Certainly, it is 
 good to compound Em- 
 ployments of both ; For 
 that will be Good"^^ for the 
 Prefeiit, becaufe the Ver- 
 tiies of either Age, may cor- 
 rc6l the defects of both :^^ 
 And good for Succeffion,^* 
 that Young Alen may be 
 Learners, while AIe7i in 
 Age are A6lours '}^ And 
 lafLly, Good for Externe 
 Accidents, becaufe Autho- 
 rity followeth^"^ Old Men, 
 And Fauour and Popu- 
 larity Youth. But for the 
 Morall Part, perhaps Youth 
 will haue the prehemi- 
 nence, as Age hath for the 
 Politique. Acertaine^^^- 
 
 13 Both. Et Senimt, et Juveman, 'both of old and young men." 
 i* Succession. Futitro, ' for the future.' 
 15 Are Actours. Alodcrentur, ' govern.' 
 
 J6 Followcth. Senes Ancioriiate, J nvencs Gratia et Popularitate, fof 
 Irnt, ' old men arc strong in authority voung men in favour and popularity.' 
 
262 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 l^y vponn the Text, yoiir 
 yoiuig Alen Jliall fee vijlofis, 
 and your old Me?i JJiall 
 d7'eame Dreames, inferreth 
 that young Men are ad- 
 mitted nearer to God, then 
 Old, becaufe a Vifion is a 
 clearer revelation, then a 
 dreame. And certainely 
 the more a Man drinketh 
 of the world, the more it 
 intoxicateth, and age doth 
 profitt rather in the powers 
 of the vnderflanding, then 
 in the vertues of the will, 
 and affecSlions. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612, 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 by vpon the Text, Your 
 Young vienJJiallfee vifions, 
 a?id your Old men JJiall 
 dreame Dreamcs: inferreth, 
 that young men are ad- 
 mitted neerer to -God then 
 old, becaufe vifion is a 
 cleerer reuelation, then a 
 dreame. And certainlie, 
 the more a man drinketh 
 of the world, the more it 
 intoxicateth ; and age doth 
 profit rather in the powers 
 of vnderflanding, then 
 in the vertues of the will 
 and affedlions. 
 
 ^7 Clearer. Clarior et inanifestior, ' clearer and more manifest.' 
 *8 Yeares. Jmientide, ' youth.' 
 
 ^^ Fadeth betimes. Scd ciirrcntihiis aimis cito innrcesanit; et deveniuni 
 eiiaiiidi, ' but as years pass on, soon wither and become weak.' 
 -0 Becomes. /« Jnvene laudatm-, ' is praised in a young man.' 
 ^^ I'ract of yeares. yEias/'?Vi'cciic>r, ' mota advanced age' 
 
XXI. OF YOUTH AND AGE. 263 
 
 V. 1625. afct. 65. 
 
 bine, vpon the Text ; Yotir 
 Young Men/liallfce vifions, 
 a?id your Old Men JJiall 
 dreamedreames f Inferreth, 
 that Young Men are ad- 
 mitted nearer to God then 
 Old \ Becaufe Vifion is a 
 clearer^" Reiielation,thena 
 Dreame. And certainly, 
 the more a Man drinketh 
 of the World, the more it 
 intoxicateth ; And^^j,'-^doth 
 profit rather in the Powers 
 of Vndenlanding, then in 
 the Vertues of the Will 
 
 and Affeclions. There be forae haue an Ouer-early 
 Ripeneffe in their yeares,^^ which fadeth betimes :^^ 
 Thefe are firfl, Such as haue Brittle Wits, the Edge 
 whereof is foone turned ; Such as was HertnogeJies the 
 Rhetorician, whofe Books are exceeding Subtill ; AVho 
 afterwards waxed Stupid. A Second Sort is of thofc, 
 that haue fome natarall difpofitions, which haue better 
 Grace in Youth, then in Age : Such as is a fluent and 
 Luxuriant Speech ; which becomes-*^ Youth well, but 
 not Age: So 7////r faith oi Hortentius \ Idtm manebat, 
 neque idem decehat.^ The third is of fuch, as take too 
 high a Straine at the Firfl ; And are Magnanimous, 
 more then Tract of yeares'-^ can vphold. As was Scipio 
 Affricanus, of whom Liuy^ faith in eftecl ; Vltima 
 primis cedebant.'^ 
 
 ^^Qfp 
 
 * Joel. ii. 28. 
 
 ^ H ereinainedtJic same, but it did not equally become hiiK. Cic. Brutus. gs- 
 ' Livy. xxxviii. 53. 
 <* Tkc last things fell zhort 0/ the Jirst. Ovid. Heroides \x. 23. 24. 
 
264 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 MI. 1607-12. set. 47-52. I IV. 
 
 Harhian MS. 5106. 
 
 22. ^i JHarmge anti 
 jingle %\it. 
 
 JE that hath wife, 
 and children, 
 hath given hof- 
 tages to fortune ; 
 for they are impedimentes 
 to great enterprizes, either 
 of vertiie, or of mifcheif 
 Certainly the beft workes, 
 and of greateft meritt for 
 the publique, haiie procee- 
 ded from vnmarryed, 
 or childleffe Men which 
 have fought eternity 
 in Memory and not in 
 Pofteritye, and which 
 both in affeccion and 
 meanes have marryed, and 
 endowed the publique. 
 
 Yet fome there are that 
 
 leade a fingle 
 
 life whofe thoughtes 
 
 doe end with themfelves, 
 
 l6l2. 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 5. @f JEaiTwge aitti jsingle 
 lite. 
 
 EE that hath wife 
 and children, 
 hath giuen hof- 
 tages to fortune. 
 For they are impediments 
 to great enterprifes, either 
 of vertue or mifchief 
 Certainly the beft works, 
 and of greateft merit ; for 
 the publike haue procee- 
 ded from the vnmarried,, 
 or childleffe men; which 
 haue fought eternity 
 in memory, and not in 
 pofterity ; and which 
 both in affe(51ion and 
 means, haue married and 
 endowed the publike. 
 
 Yet fome there are, that 
 
 lead a fmgle 
 
 life whofe thoughts 
 
 doe ende with themfelues, 
 
 HE. ITarintlons in postljumous Uatin lEUition of 1638. 
 
 1 Either of Vertue. Sive ad Virtutem taidat qnis, ' whether a man 
 inclines to virtue.' 
 
 '•^ Best workes. (Wi alibi diximiis) 'as we have said elsewhere.' [This 
 clause was added to the Latin version in 1625. It probably refers to the passage 
 added in the last English edition of the next Essay, see /. 273. Mr W._ A. 
 Wright quotes also the following like passage from Infeliccni inemoriain 
 Elizabetliw, translated in the Rcsitscitatio, p. 186, Ed. 1657. " Childlesse 
 she was, and left no Issjic behuid Her ; wliich was the Case of many, of the 
 most fortunate Princes ; Alexander the Greats JhHus Ccesar, Trajan, and 
 
XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 265 
 
 V, 
 
 1625. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 8. (©f Ittarriaige ant) jingle %XU, 
 
 aet. 65. 
 
 E that hath Wife 
 and C/iildfcn, 
 hath giuen Hof- 
 tagesto Fortune; 
 For they are Impediments. 
 to great Enterprifes, either 
 of Vertue/ or Mifchiefe. 
 Certainly, thebefl. workes,- 
 and of greatefl Merit for 
 the Pubhke, haue procee- 
 ded from the vnmarried^ 
 or Childlejj'e Men ; which. 
 
 both in Affeclion, and 
 
 Meanes, haue married and 
 
 endowed the Pubhke. 
 
 Yet it were great Reafon, that thofe that haue Chil- 
 
 dre?i, fhould haue greatefl care of future times ; vnto 
 
 which, they know, they mufl tranfmit, their dear- 
 
 efl pledges. 
 
 Some there are, who 
 though they lead a Single 
 Life,^ yet their Thoughts 
 doe end with themfelues, 
 
 others. And this is a Case, that hath been often controverted, and argi.ed, 
 on both sides ; Whilest some hold, the ivatit of Children, to be a Diminu- 
 tion, of our Happinesse ; As if it should be an Estate, more then Human, to 
 be happy, both in our own Persons, and in our Descendants: But others, do 
 account, the -wnnt of Children, as an Addition to Earthly Happinesse ; In 
 as much, as that Happinesse, may be said, to be compleat, over which For- 
 tune hath no Power, when we are gone : W^hich, if we ieaue Children, can- 
 not be."] 
 
 3 Vnmarried. Omitted in the I^tin. 
 
 * After Single Life. Tainen Memories sua incuriosi sunt, ' yet are care 
 less of their memory.' 
 
266 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. 
 
 and doe accompt future 
 tymes impertinencyes, Nay 
 there are fome other that 
 eReeme wife, and children 
 but as Bills of Charges ; 
 
 but the mofl ordinaiy caufe 
 of a fingle life is libertye, 
 fpecially in certaine felf 
 pleafing, and humorous 
 mindes, which are fo 
 fenfible of every reflriccion, 
 as they will goe neere to 
 thinke theire Girdles, and 
 garters to be bondes and 
 fhackles. Vnmarryed Men 
 are befl Frendes, beft 
 Maiflers, beft Seruauntes, 
 not alwaies befl Subie6les, 
 for they are light to run 
 away, and almofl all Fugi- 
 tives are of that condicion. 
 A fingle life is proper for 
 Church Men ; For Charity 
 will hardlie water the 
 grounde where it mufl firfl 
 fill a Poole ; it is indiffer- 
 ent for ludges, and Magif- 
 
 ly. 161 2. ait. 52. 
 
 and doe account future 
 times, impertinences. Nay 
 there are fome others, that 
 efleeme wife and children, 
 but as bils of charges. 
 
 But the mofl ordinarie caufe 
 of a fmgle life, is liberty ; 
 fpecially in certain felf- 
 pleafmg and humorous 
 minds, which are fo 
 fenfible of euery reflri6tion, 
 as they wil go neere to 
 thinke their girdles and 
 garters to be bonds and 
 fliakles. Vnraarried men 
 are befl friends; beft 
 maflers ; befl feruants ; 
 not alwaies befl fubie6ls; 
 for they are light to run 
 away ; and almofl all fugi- 
 tiucs are of that condition. 
 A fingle life is proper for 
 Churchmen. For charity 
 wil hardly water the 
 ground, where it mufl firfl 
 fill a poole. It is indiffer- 
 ent l^or ludges and Magif- 
 
 5 Rich couetous. Avari, 'avaricious.' 
 fi Humorous. Phantasticis, ' fantastic' 
 ^ Light. E.xf>cditi, 'unencumbered.' 
 
XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 267 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 and account future 
 
 Times, Impertinences. Nay 
 there are fome other, that 
 account Wife and Children, 
 but as Bills of Charges. 
 
 Nay more, there are fome fooUfh rich couetous^ 
 Men, that take a pride in hauing no Children, be- 
 caufe they may be thought, fo much the richer. For 
 perhaps, they haue heard fome talke; Such an one is 
 a great rich Man ; And another except to it ; Yea, 
 hut he hath a great charge of Children: As if it were an 
 Abatement to his Riches. 
 But the mofl ordinary caufe 
 of a Single Li fe^ is Liberty; 
 efpecially,incertaine Selfe- 
 pleafmg, and humorous^ 
 Mindes, which are fo 
 fenfible of euery refLraint, 
 as they will goe neare, to 
 thinke their Girdles, and 
 Garters, to be Bonds and 
 vShackles. Vnmari'ied Men 
 are befl Friends ; beft 
 Maflers; beflSeruants; but 
 not ahvayes befl Subiedls ; 
 For they are light" to runne 
 away; AndalmoflallFugi- 
 tiues are of that Condition. 
 A Single Life doth well with 
 Church men :^ For Charity^ 
 will hardly water the 
 Ground, where it muR firfl 
 fiUaPoole.io It is indiffer- 
 ent for ludges and Magif- 
 
 * Churchmen. Ecclcsiasticis, 'clergymen.' 
 
 * Charity. Qnis, 'anyone.' 
 
 i** Poole. Si prius Stng7iialiaij)tsReceptactihuntntervtniai, 'if a reser- 
 voir of water is interposed.' 
 
268 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. 
 
 trates ; for if they be facile, 
 and corrupt, you fhall have 
 a Seruaunte five tyme[s 
 w]orfe then a Wife, For 
 Souldiours I finde the 
 [genera] lis commonlye in 
 theire hortatives putt Men 
 in [minde] of theire wives, 
 and Children, and I thinke 
 the [defpifinjg of Marriage 
 amongefl the Turkes mak- 
 eth [the vulgjar Souldior 
 more bafe. Certainely 
 wife, [and chi]ldren are a 
 kind of difcipline of hu- 
 manity [and fi]ngle men 
 
 are more cruell, and hard 
 hearted [go]od to make 
 feuere Inquifitours. 
 
 Grave Natures led by Cuf- 
 tome, and therefore con- 
 flant are commonly loving 
 hufbandes, as was faied of 
 Vliffes^ vetidam prce- 
 
 tulit iminortalitati. Chafle 
 Women are often proud,and 
 fro ward as prefuming vponn 
 the meritt of theire Chafli- 
 tye. It is one of the befl. . 
 bandes both of Chaflitye 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 trates. For if they be facile 
 and corrupt, you fliall haue 
 a feruant hue times 
 worfe then a wife. For 
 Souldiers, 1 find the 
 Generals commonly in 
 their hortatiues, put men 
 in minde of their wiues, 
 and children : and I thinke 
 the defpifing of marriage, 
 amongft the Turkes, mak- 
 eth the vulgar Souldier 
 more bafe. Certainely, 
 wife and children are a 
 kinde of difcipline of hu- 
 manity.- and fmgle men 
 
 are more cruell and hard- 
 hearted; good to make 
 feuere inquifitors. 
 
 Graue natures led by cuf- 
 tome, and therefore con- 
 flant, are commonly louing 
 hufbands : as was faid of 
 Vliffes ; Veiulam prcE- 
 iulit iminortalitati. Chafle 
 women are often proud and 
 froward, as prefuming vpon 
 the merit of their chafli- 
 ty. It is one of the befl 
 bonds both of chaftity 
 
 11 Worse. Ad hnjusmodi Lncra captanda, ' at getting gain of this kind.' 
 
 12 Wiues and Children. Charitates Vxorum et Liberoruiiiy 'the love of 
 their wives and children.' 
 
 i:j Charitable. Munijici et chnritativi, ' mnnificent and charitable." 
 1* Hard hearted. Sine visceribus, ' without bowels.' 
 
XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 269 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 trates : Forif they be facile, 
 and corrupt, you (hall haue 
 a Seruant, fiue times 
 worfe^^ than a Wife. For 
 Souldiers, I finde the 
 General Is commonly in 
 their Hortatiues, put Men 
 in minde of their Wines 
 andChildren}- And I thinke 
 the Defpifmg of Marriage^ 
 amongft the Turkes, mak- 
 eth the vulgar fouldier 
 more bafe. Certainly, 
 Wife and Children, are a 
 kinde of Difcipline of Hu- 
 manity .• hx\Afuigle Men, though they be many times 
 more Charitable,^^ becaufe their Meanes are lelfe 
 exhaufl ; yet, on the other fide, they 
 are more cruell, and hard 
 hearted,^* (good to make 
 
 feuere Inquifitors) becaufe their Tenderneffe,^^ is not fo 
 oft called vpon.^*^ 
 Graue Natures, led by Cuf- 
 tome, and therfore con- 
 flan t, are commonly louing 
 Husbands; As was faid of 
 Vlyffes; VetiilanifuamprcE- 
 tulit InwiOJ'talitati.^ Chafl 
 Women areoftenProud,and 
 froward, as Prefuming vpon 
 the merit of their Chafli- 
 ty. It is one of the beft 
 Bonds, both of ChaRity 
 
 ° He preferred his little old woman to immortality, [i.e. to Circe.] Cic 
 Dc Oratore. i. 44. 
 
 15 Tendernesse. Indulgentia et Teneritiido Affcctuum, 'indulgence and 
 tenderness of the affections.' 
 
 ic Called vpon. Evocatur, et excitatur, ' called out and roused ud.' 
 
270 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 and obedience in the 
 wife, if fliee thinke her 
 liufband wife, which fhee 
 will never doe, if fliee finde 
 him iealous. Wives are 
 younge rrjens mifLreffes, 
 Companions to men of 
 midle age, and old Mens 
 Nurfes. So as a Man 
 may have a quarrell to 
 marrye when he will, but 
 yet he was reputed one of 
 the Wife Men, that made 
 aunfweare to the queRion 
 IV/ien a ManJJwuld inarrie, 
 A younger Man not yet, 
 an elder Man not at all. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 3et. 
 
 and obedience in the 
 wife ; if fhee thinke her 
 husband wife ; v/hich fliee 
 will neuer doe, if fliee finde 
 him ielous. Wiues are 
 young mens miflreffes ; 
 companions for middle 
 age ; and old mens 
 nurfes. So as a man 
 may haue a quarrell to 
 marry when, hee will ; but 
 yet hee was reputed one of 
 the wife men, that made 
 anfwere to the queflion ; 
 W/ie?i a manJJioiddmarrie'i 
 A young man not yet, 
 an elder man not at all. 
 
 ^^ Quarrell. Ansa, 'handle.' 
 
 18 When he will. yEtatibns siitgitlis,* tuX cstry ^^^? 
 '3 It rayseth the Price of. Hoc viodo pretiuin addatiir, 'in this manner 
 value is added to.' 
 20 Choosing. Expetiti et electi fiierini, ' V/Cic desired and chosen.' 
 
XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 271 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 and Obedience, in the 
 
 Wife, if She thinke her 
 IIusba7id \W\{q ; which She 
 will neuer doe, if She finde 
 him Jealous. IVii/es are 
 young Mens Miflreffes ; 
 Companions for middle 
 Age ; and old IMens 
 Nurfes. So as a Man 
 may haiie a QuarrelP" to 
 marry, when he will.^^ But 
 yet, he was reputed one of 
 the wife Men, that made 
 Anfwer to the Queflion; 
 When a Man fliould marry ? 
 A yojuig Man not yet, 
 an Elder Man not at all."' 
 It is often feene, that bad Husbands, haue very good 
 
 Wines \ whether it be, that it rayfeth the Price^^ of 
 their Husbands Kindneffe, when it comes ; Or that the 
 
 Wiues take a Pride, in their Patience. But this neuer 
 failes,if the hd^AHusbands were of their owne choofmg,^^ 
 againft their Friends confent ; For then, they will be 
 fure,^^ to make good'-- their owne Folly. 
 
 ° Thales being asked, when a Man should marrie, sayd : Young Men nai 
 yet, old Men not at aU. Lord Bacon's ApoJ>Jith. No. 220. Ed. 1625. 
 
 21 Will be sure. Atiimus iis semper adest, 'they will always have a 
 mind.' 
 
 22 Make good. Panitere non videantiir, * not to seem to repent.' 
 
272 A HARMONY OF T If E ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 23. @f Parent*; ant) (Jll)iU 
 tircn. 
 
 He loyes of Par- 
 entes are secrett, 
 and fo are theire 
 greifes, and 
 
 feares ; they cannot vtter 
 the one, nor they will not 
 vtter the other. Children 
 fweeten laboures, but they 
 make miffortunes more 
 bitter, they encreafe the 
 Cares of life, but they mitti- 
 gate the remembraunce of 
 death. The perpetuity by 
 generacion is common 
 to b[eafL]es, but memorie, 
 and meritt, and noble 
 workes are [proper] to Men. 
 
 They that are the 
 rayfers of theire h[oufes 
 a]re moft indulgent to- 
 wardes theire Children, 
 beh[olding th]em, as the 
 contynuance not onely of 
 theire ki[nd, but] of theire 
 worke, and fo both Chil- 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 6. @f parents; anti OTliiU 
 tJrcn. 
 
 He ioyes of Pa7'- 
 ents are fecret, 
 and fo are their 
 griefs and 
 
 feares : they cannot vtter 
 the one, nor they will not 
 vtter the other. Children 
 fweeten labors, but they 
 make misfortunes more 
 bitter : they increafe the 
 cares of life, but they mitti- 
 gate the remembrance of 
 death. The perpetuitie by 
 generation, is common 
 to beafls ; but memorie, 
 merit, and noble 
 works are proper to men. 
 
 They that are the 
 firft raifers of their houfe, 
 are moft indulgent to- 
 wards their children ; 
 beholding them, as the 
 continuance, not only of 
 their kind, but of their 
 worke ; and fo both chil- 
 
 US. ITnrintions in poslbu»nous linlin lEDition of 1638. 
 
 1 Labours. Laborcs hnmanos, ' human labours.' 
 a Noble. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN. 273 
 V. 1625. act. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 7. ©f Parents anb (Jlljiltircn, 
 
 He loyes of Par- 
 ents are Secret ; 
 And fo are their 
 Griefes, and 
 
 Feares : They cannot vtter 
 
 the one; Nor they will not 
 
 vtter the other. Cliildren 
 
 fweeten Labours •} But they 
 
 make Misfortunes more 
 
 bitter : They increafe the 
 
 Cares of Life; but they miti- 
 gate the Remembrance of 
 
 Death. The Perpetuity by 
 
 Generation is common 
 
 to Beads; But Memory, 
 Merit, and Noble^ 
 
 Avorkes,are proper to Men: 
 
 And furely a Man Ihall fee, the Noblefl workes, 
 
 and Foundations, haue proceeded from CJiildleffe 
 
 Men ; which haue fought to expreffe the Images of 
 
 their Minds ; where thofe of their Bodies haue failed : 
 
 So the care of Poflerity, is mofl. in them, that haue no 
 
 Poflerity. They that are the 
 
 firfl Raifers of their Houfes,^ 
 
 are mofl Indulgent to- 
 wards their Children ; 
 
 Beholding them, as the 
 
 Continuance, not only of 
 
 their kinde, but of their 
 
 Worke f And fo both 67///- 
 
 3 First Raisers . . . Houses. Qui Honores in Familiam siiam frimi 
 ijitrodunint, ' those who first bring honour into their faniihes.' 
 
 * But of their Worke. Sed ut Keruut a se gesiarutn Hceredes : ' but as 
 the heirs of their work.' 
 
 s 
 
274 
 
 A II A U M O N \ O V 111 i: /■:.ss.i )\S\ 
 
 TIT. 1607-12. ii'i. 47-5 i- 
 
 then, nnd ('ijc;Uuvi>s]. 
 The (lillorfuro of .\\Xcc- 
 
 TV. 
 
 \C)\2. 
 
 ;vt. 52. 
 
 ilicMi .ind (Moaturos. 
 
 'Vhc iWd'cvvucc o( affcclion 
 
 tion,in l'-in"ntos,to\\|;n\l('s , lion in p.uxMils towards 
 thcir]r Icvciall rhildivn 1 ihcir iciuMall ( hiklron. 
 is manic tvnu's vnctiuall | is many limes viHM[na 
 
 [and llonuMN nu^svnworlhic. 
 specially in llie nuuher, 
 as S(i /onion faielli. A wijc 
 fonne rdoycdh the fatlw\ 
 but an 7>n!^r<ttious fonnc 
 JJuimcs the Motltn'. A 
 M;in lliall fee wIumc tluMi^ 
 is a lu)\\ reliili of ( Inldren, 
 one, or l\vi> of I he eldell 
 rcfpei5led, and (he yong- 
 rll made wanti^ns. ImiI in 
 tlie midK\ Tiinu' that 
 are as it were torm^ten, 
 who iK^ver- 
 
 theh's prove the hell. 
 rhi> ilhheiahtvi> ol" Tar- 
 t-nti's \\\ aUowanee to- 
 wardc\s thrill^ ( 'hihhen is 
 an hai nuMiill iMTour. makes 
 them l^de, aecpiaintes 
 
 and lomtMinus vnwortliy : 
 Ipeeially in the mother ; 
 as Salomon faitli ; A 7c<ife 
 fonne rcioiccth the Father^ 
 tmt an vngracious Jon 
 fh antes the mother. A 
 man lliall Uh^ \\\\c\c tlicre 
 is a lioule lull ot" ehiUlren, 
 one, or two i^l" the eldell 
 reiju^'liMl, and tlu> young- 
 ell made wanli>ns ; but in 
 the mitUlle, lome that 
 are as it were t"or;;otliMi; 
 who i\euer- 
 
 thelelVe protnie the bed. 
 The illiherality o'^ Tar 
 ents in a 1 Iowa nee to- 
 wards their children is 
 an harmel"iill crvoi-: makes 
 them bale; actjuaints 
 
 them with ihiftes makes | them with ihifts. makes 
 ihcm lorle willi meanc | tluan lorl with nu\me 
 Companic", nnd makes i comi^anic ; an»l makes 
 them rurfctt nuM'e, when them lurlel more, when 
 
 they come to plcnly ; And 
 lliererore the prooli' is 
 
 ihev come to jilcnty. And 
 thercfcMV the jinK^le is 
 
 bell, when Men kccin- ! bell, \\\\c\\ nuai ki-epe 
 
 tluaic- auihtuilvc towardes their authority towards 
 
 theiii> Children, but ni>t tlu^r children, but not 
 
 theire inure. Men have \ their i)urre. Men luiuc 
 
 f> Hotuo I'lil! .>r('hiMicii. DomofatcHHiiiiy et Lib^iMrum pleHo^ 'aproUfic 
 
 hon>>r, lull ol cluUiicn.' 
 
XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN 275 
 
 V. 1625. a,-t. 65. 
 
 drcn and Creatures. 
 
 The difterence in Affec- 
 tion, of Parents, towards 
 tlieir feiierall Chihiren^ 
 is many times vnequall ; 
 And fometimes vnworthy ; 
 Efpecially in the mother ; 
 As Salomon faith ; A wife 
 foiine reioyceth the Father ; 
 but an vngracious fo?me 
 JJiames the Mother. A 
 Man fliall fee, where there 
 is a Houfe full of Chi/dren,^ 
 one or two, of the P^ldefl, 
 refpecled, and the Young- 
 efl made wantons ; But in 
 the middefl, fome that 
 are, as it were forgotten 
 who, many times, neuer- 
 thclcffe, prone the befl. 
 The Illibcralitie of Par- 
 ents, in allowance to 
 wards their Children, is 
 an harmefullErrour; Makes 
 them bafe ; Acquaints 
 them with Shifts; Makes 
 them fort with meane 
 Company ; And makes 
 them furfet more, when 
 they come to Plenty: And 
 therefore, the Proofe is 
 befl, when Men keepe 
 their Authority towards 
 their Children, but not 
 their Purfe.*^ Men haue 
 
 " Prov. X. I. 
 
 * But not their Purse. Cntvicnatn laxant, ' loosen iheir purse* 
 
276 A H A R M O N Y OF T H E .^ ^-^-y^ VS. 
 
 TIL 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 J, fooliflie manner, both 
 Parentes Schoole-Maiflers, 
 and Seruauntes in creating, 
 and breeding an emulacion 
 betweene brothers during 
 Childhood, which manic 
 tymes forteth to difcord 
 when they are Men, and 
 diflurbeth famihes. The 
 Italians make Htle differ- 
 ence betweene Children, 
 and Nephues, or neare 
 Kinffolkes ; but fo they be 
 of the lumpe, they care 
 not, though e they paffe 
 not throug]ie theire o^^Tle 
 body; and to faie Truth 
 in nature it is much a like 
 matter, in fo much that 
 wee fee a Nephewe fome- 
 tymes refembleth an vncle, 
 or a kinfeman more then 
 his owne Parent, as the 
 bloud happens. 
 
 a 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. tet. 52. 
 
 a foolifli manner, both 
 Parents, Schoolemaflers, 
 and feruants, in creating 
 and breeding an emulation 
 betweene brothers during 
 childhood, which many 
 times forteth to difcord 
 when they are men, and 
 diflurbeth families. The 
 Italians make little differ- 
 ence betweene children 
 and nephewes, or neere 
 kinsfolke : But fo they be 
 of the lumpe, they care 
 not, thougli they paffe 
 not through their owne 
 body : and to fay truth, 
 in nature it is much a like 
 matter, in fo much that 
 wee fee a nephewe fome- 
 times refembleth an vncle, 
 or a kinfman, more then 
 his owne Parent, as the 
 blood happens. 
 
 e^s:^C^3>«s 
 
 °' Choose the best, habit ivill easily and pleasatitly bring it to pass. A 
 saying of Pythagoras, quoted by Plutarch. IJe Exilio. c. 8. 
 
 ^ Vocations, and Courses. Cuivita Gejieri, 'what kind of life.' 
 8 Flexible. Flexibiles, et ccrci, 'flexible and soft ilike wax).' 
 ^ Extraordinary. Erga aliquod Stitdiuin insignis, ' extraordinary to- 
 wards any pursuit.' 
 ^^ Crosse it. Nat7ir(e, aut Tndoli rcpugtiet, ' resist nature or disposition.' 
 ^1 Fortunate. Fortiuue Filii, ' sons of fortune.' 
 
 ^^ SeldoDie or neuer. Sed raro, ant 7i7inqnain, prospcruvt sortiunttir 
 ExitnjH, ' but rarely or never, do they obtain a happy end.' 
 
XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN. 277 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 afoolifh manner (both Par- 
 ents., and Schoole-maflers, 
 and ScTuants) in creating 
 and breeding an Emulation 
 between Brothers, during 
 Childhood., which many 
 times forteth to Difcord, 
 when they are Men ; And 
 diflurbeth FamiHes. The 
 Italians make Uttle differ- 
 ence betweene Children, 
 and Nephewes, or neere 
 Kinffolkes ; But fo they be 
 of the Lumpe, they care 
 not, though they paffe 
 not through their owne 
 Body. And, to fay Truth, 
 in Nature, it is much a hke 
 matter; In fo much, that 
 we fee a Nephew, fome- 
 times,refemblethan Vncle, 
 or a Kinfman, more then 
 his owne Parent; As the 
 
 Bloud happens. Let Parents choofe betimes, the 
 Vocations, and Courfes,^ they meane their Children 
 fhould take ; For then they are mofl flexible f And let 
 them not too much apply themfelues, to the Difpo- 
 fition of their Children, as thinking they will take befl 
 to that, which they haue moft Minde to. It is true, 
 that if the Affection or Aptneffe of the Children, be 
 Extraordinary,^ then it is good, not to croffe it -^^ But 
 generally the Precept is good ; Optimum clige, fuave 
 et facile illud faciei Confuetudo.'^ Younger Brothers are 
 commonly Fortunate,^^ but feldome or neuer,^- where 
 the Elder are difmherited. 
 
278 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian HIS. 5106. 
 
 24. ©f ^reat plate. 
 
 En in great place, 
 are thrice ser- 
 iiauntes ; fer- 
 vauntes of the 
 Sovereigne, or State, fer- 
 vauntes of fame, and fer- 
 uauntes of bufineffe; fo as 
 they have noe freedome, 
 neither in theire perfons, 
 nor in theire accions.nor in 
 theire tymes. ItisafLraunge 
 defier to feeke power, and 
 to leefe Hbertye, or to 
 feeke power over others, 
 and to leefe power over a 
 Mans felf. The ryfmg 
 vnto place is laborious, 
 and by paynes Men come 
 to greater paines; and it 
 is fometymes bafe, and 
 by Indignities Men come 
 to Dignityes; the land- 
 ing is flipery, and the 
 regreffe is either a downe- 
 fall, or at leafl an Eclipfc, 
 which is a Melancholic 
 thing. 
 
 Nay, retire men cannott 
 when they would, Neither 
 will they when it were 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. set. 52. 
 
 8. @f (Igreat flace. 
 
 ^Va\ in great place, 
 are thrice fer- 
 
 uants ; fer- 
 
 uants of the 
 Soueraigne, or flate ; fer- 
 uants of fame, and fer- 
 uants of bufmeffe. So as 
 they haue no freedome, 
 neither in their perfons, 
 nor in their actions, nor in 
 their times. It is a ftrange 
 defire to feeke power, and 
 to lofe liberty : or to 
 feeke power ouer others, 
 and to lofe power ouer a 
 mans felfe. The rifmg 
 vnto place is laborious, 
 and by paines men come 
 to greater paines : and it 
 is fometimes bafe, and 
 by indignities men come 
 to dignities: the fland- 
 ing is Ihppery ; and the 
 regreffe is either a downe- 
 fall, or at leafl an Ecdipfe ; 
 which is a malancholy 
 thing. 
 
 Nay, retire, men cannot 
 when they would, neither 
 will they when it were 
 
 yj. Ilariations in postlmmous lILnlin IZtJition of 1638. 
 1 Title. De Mngistratibns ^ Dignitatibns, 'of magistracies & dignities,' 
 '- Lose. Exiin-e, 'cast off.' 
 3 Base. Imiignitatibiis iion lutcat ; 'is not \sithout indignities.' 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 279 
 
 V. 1625. gst. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 11. ©f (great piace.^ 
 
 'n in Great Place., 
 
 are thrice Ser- 
 
 iiants : Seruants 
 
 of the Soiier- 
 aigne or State ; Ser- 
 uants of Fame ; and Ser- 
 uants of Bufnieffe. So as 
 they haue no Freedome ; 
 neither in their Perfons ; 
 nor in their A6lionsj nor in 
 their Times. It is a flrange 
 defire, to feeke Power, and 
 to lofe- Libertie ; Or to 
 ieeke Power ouer others, 
 and to loofe Power ouer a 
 Mans Selfe. The Rifmg 
 vnto Place is Laborious \ 
 And by Paines Men come 
 to greater Paines ; And it 
 is fometimes bafe f And 
 by Indignities, Men come 
 to Dignities. The land- 
 ing* is flippery, and the 
 Regreffe, is either a downe- 
 fall, or at lead an EcHpfe, 
 which is a Melancholy^ 
 
 Thing. Cum noiifis., quifueris, non ejfe, cur veils viuere.'*' 
 Nay, retire Men cannot, 
 when they would ; neither 
 will they, when it were 
 
 " WJien thou art no longer what thoit tvnst, "why wishest thou to live. 
 Cicero. EpistolcE Fainiliares. (ad Mariuni) vii. 3. 
 
 * Standing. Statio in Dignitatibus, 'the standing in dignities.' 
 
 5 M elancholy. Triste quiddam, et MeUincliolicum, ' is a sad thing aiul 
 
 melancholy.' 
 
2So A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cct. 47-52. 
 
 reafon, but are impatient 
 of privatenes, even in 
 age and ficknes which 
 requier the fliaddowe. 
 
 Certainly great perfons 
 hadneedeto borrowe other 
 Mens opinions to thinke 
 themfeh^es happie; for if 
 they iudge by theire owne 
 feehng, they cannot finde 
 it ; but if they thinke with 
 themfelves, what other 
 Men thinke of them, and 
 that other INIen would 
 faine be as they are, then 
 they are happie as it were 
 by reporte, when perhapps 
 they finde the contrary 
 within ; for they are the 
 firft, that finde theire owne 
 greifes.thoughe they bee the 
 lafl that finde theire owne 
 faultes. Certainely Men 
 in great fortunes are 
 Straungers to themfelves, 
 and while they are in the 
 pufle of bufineffe, they 
 have ijoe tyme to tend th eire 
 health either of body, or 
 minde, //// mors g?-auis 
 maibat, qui notus iiiinis 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 ?et. 52. 
 
 reafon ; but are impatient 
 of priuateneffe, euen in 
 age and fickneffe, which 
 require the fliadow. 
 
 Certainely, great perfons 
 had need to borrow other 
 mens opinions, to thinke 
 themfelues happy : for if 
 they iudge by their owne 
 feeling, they cannot find 
 it ; but if they thinke with 
 themfelues, what other 
 men thinke of them, and 
 that other men would 
 fain be as they are, then 
 they are happy as it were 
 by report, when perhappes 
 they finde the contrarie 
 within ; for they are the 
 firfl that finde their owne 
 griefes, though they bee the 
 lafl that finde their own 
 faults. Certainely men 
 in great fortunes are 
 flrangers to themfelues, 
 and while they are in the 
 pufllc of bufines they 
 haue no time to tend their 
 health, either of body or 
 mind. JUi moi's grains 
 ificubaf, qui notus 7iimis 
 
 6 Reason. Cum ratio postulat ui id faccrent, 'when reason demands 
 that they should do it.' 
 
 " Sicknesse. hifirinitns iugTidt, ' weakness attacks them.' 
 8 Shadow. Umbram et Otium, 'shadow and ease.' 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 281 
 
 V. 1625. eet. 65. 
 
 Reafon:^* Butare impatient 
 
 of priuateneffe, euen in 
 
 Age, and SicknelTe,'' which 
 
 require the Shadow:*^ Like old Townefmen, that will 
 
 be Rill fitting at their Street doore ; though thereby 
 
 they offer Age^ to Scorne. 
 
 Certainly Great^*^ Perfons, 
 
 had need to borrow other 
 
 Mens Opinions; to thinke 
 
 themfelues happy ; For if 
 
 they iudge by their owne 
 
 Feeling; they cannot finde 
 
 it : But if they thinke with 
 
 themfelues, what other 
 
 men thinke of them, and 
 
 that other men would 
 
 faine be as they are, then 
 
 they are happy, as it were 
 
 by report ; When perhaps 
 
 they finde the Contrary 
 
 within. For they are the 
 
 firfl, that finde their owne 
 
 Griefs ; though they be the 
 
 lafl, that finde their owne 
 
 Faults. Certainly, Men 
 
 in Great Fortunes, are 
 
 flrangers to themfelues^ 
 
 and while they are in the 
 
 pufle of^^ bufineffe, they 
 
 haue no time to tend their 
 
 Health, either of Body, or 
 
 Minde. //// Mors grauis 
 
 inciibat^ qui notiis nimis 
 
 9 Age. Se^ ' themselves.' 
 
 10 Great. /« Magistratibus positis, 'placed in offices.' 
 ^^ In the pusle of. Distrahunittr, ' are distracted by.* 
 
282 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 IV. 
 
 i6t2. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 omnibus, ignotus nioritiir 
 fibi. In place, there is 
 licence to doe good, and 
 evill ; Whereof the latter 
 is a Curfe; For in evill, 
 the best condicion is, not 
 to will, the fecond, not 
 to can : But power to doe 
 good, is the true and law- 
 full end of afpiringe. For 
 good thoughtes (thoughe 
 God accept them) yet 
 towardes Men are litle 
 better then good dreames, 
 except they be putt in 
 acl, and that cannott be 
 without power, and place, 
 as the vantage and Com- 
 maunding ground. Meritt 
 is the End of Mans 
 mocion, and Conscience 
 of Merite is the accom- 
 ])lifhement of Mans Reil. plifliment of mans reft. 
 For if a Man can in : For if a man can in 
 anie meafure be par- i any meafure be per- 
 laker of Godes Theater, he ; taker of Gods Theater he 
 fhall likewife be partaker I fhall likewife be pertaker 
 of Godes refl. Et conver- of Gods rejl. Et conuer- 
 fus Deus 7)t afpiceret opera \fus Deus vt afpiceret opera 
 quce fecerunt maniis sucb, i qu(Z feceriint manns siiff 
 vidit quod omnia effent ! vidit quod omnia effent 
 bona nimis, and then the 1 bona nimis, and then the 
 Sabboth. In the difcharge Sabbath. In the difcharge 
 of thie place, fett before of thy place, fet before 
 
 ^t. 52. 
 
 , omnibus, ignotus moritur 
 fibi. In place there is 
 licence to do good and 
 euill.- wherof the latter 
 is a curfe .• for in euill 
 the befl condition is, not 
 to will ; the fecond not 
 to can. But power to doe 
 good, is the true and law- 
 full end of afpiring. For 
 good thoughts, (though 
 God accept them) yet 
 towards men are little 
 better then good dreamsV 
 except they be put in 
 Art ; and that cannot be 
 without power and place ; 
 as the vantage and com- 
 manding ground. Merit 
 is the ende of mans 
 motion ; and confcience 
 of merit is the accom- 
 
 1- For if a man can be partaker . . God's Rest. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 283 
 
 V. J 625. set. 65. 
 
 omnibus., igtiofus moriUir 
 Jlbi.^ In Place, There is 
 Licenfe to doe Good, and 
 Euill ; wherof the latter 
 is a Curfe ; For in Euill, 
 the bed condition is, not 
 to will ; The Second, not 
 to Can. But Power to doe 
 good, is the true and law- 
 full End of Afpiring. For 
 good Thoughts (though 
 God accept them,) yet 
 towards men, are little 
 better then good Dreames ; 
 Except they be put in 
 A61 ; And that cannot be 
 without Power, and Place ; 
 As the Vantage, and Com- 
 manding Ground. ]\Ierit, and good Works, 
 is the End of Mans 
 Motion \ And Confcience 
 of the fame, is the Accom- 
 pliflnnent of Mans Reft. 
 For if a jNIan, can 
 
 be Par- 
 taker of Gods Theater, he 
 fhall likewife be Partaker 
 of Gods Refl.^^ Et coimer- 
 f us Dili s, vt ajpiccret Opera., 
 qua^ feceruiit vianus fucB, 
 vidit quodoi7mia ejjent bona 
 uimis f And then the 
 Sabbath.'^ In theDifcharge 
 of thy Place, fet before 
 
 " Death lies heavily on the matt, who too well known to all, dies a 
 stranger to himself. Seneca. Thyestes. Act ii. (Chorus). 
 *> Genesis i. 31. 
 * See p. loi. 
 
284 A H A R ^I O N Y OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 thee the best Exemples; 
 For Imitacion is a Globe 
 of Preceptes. And after a 
 tyme, fett before thee thyne 
 owne Example, and ex- 
 amine thiefelfflrictly, Whe- 
 ther thou didfl not befL 
 at firfl. 
 
 Reforme without 
 
 braverve, or Scandale of 
 former tymes, and perfons, 
 but yet fett it downe to thie 
 felf, afvvell to create good 
 Prefidentes, as to followe 
 them. Reduce thinges to 
 the firfl Inflitucion, and 
 obferve wherein and how 
 they have degenerate; but 
 yet afke Councell of both 
 tymes; of the auncient 
 tyme what is befl, and 
 of the latter tyme what 
 is fittefl. Seeke to make 
 thie courfes regular, that 
 Men may knowe before 
 hand what they may 
 expect, but be not to 
 pofitive, 
 and exprelTe thie felf 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 thee the befl examples; 
 for imitation is a globe 
 of precepts. And after a 
 time, fet before thee thine 
 owne example, and ex- 
 amine thy felf flrictly, whe- 
 ther thou diddefl not bell 
 at firfl. 
 
 Reforme without 
 
 brauery or fcandall of 
 former -^imes and perfons, 
 but yet fet it downe to thy 
 felfe, afwell to create good 
 prefidents, as to follow 
 them. Reduce things to 
 the firfl inftitution, and 
 obferue wherein and how 
 they haue degenerate ; but 
 yet aske counfell of both 
 times ; of the ancient 
 time what is befl; and 
 of the latter time what 
 is fittefl. Seeke to make 
 thy courfe reguler, that 
 men may know before 
 hand what they may 
 expe6l ; but be not too 
 pofitiue, 
 and expreffe thy felfe 
 
 '•'5 Best at first. Melius incefcris, qnam perstiicris, ' begin better than 
 you went on.' 
 
 14 Make thy Course Regular. Ut qua: agis pro Potestate, tanquain Regtihs 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 285 
 
 V. 1625. £Ct. 65. 
 
 thee the befl Examples ; 
 For Imitation, is a Globe 
 of Precepts. And after a 
 time, fet before thee, thine 
 owne Example ; And ex- 
 amine thy felfe flriclly, whe- 
 ther thou didfl not befl 
 
 at firft.i3 Neglea not alfo the Examples of thofe, that 
 haue carried themfelues ill, in the fame Place : Not to 
 fet off thy felfe, by taxing their Memory; but to direc^t 
 thy felfe, what to auoid. 
 Reforme therfore, without 
 Brauerie, or Scandall, of 
 former Times, and Perfons; 
 but yet fet it downe to thy 
 felfe, as well to create good 
 Prefidents, as to follow 
 them. Reduce things, to 
 the firfl Inflitution, and 
 obferue, wherin, and how, 
 they haue degenerate; but 
 yet aske Counfell of both 
 Times ; Of the Ancient 
 Time, what is befl ; and 
 of the Latter Time, what 
 is fittefl. Seeke to make 
 thy Courfe Regular ;i^ that 
 Men may know before 
 hand,!^ what they may 
 expect : But be not too 
 pofitiue, and peremptorie; 
 And expreffe thy felfe ^^ 
 
 quibiisdavi cohibcantur, ' that your actions for power, may be restrained by 
 certain rules.' 
 
 15 Know before hand. Ut Hoviijiihis tanquavt digito vioyistrcs, * that you 
 may p^ant out to men, as if with your finger.' 
 
 1^ Thy seife. Quid sit quod ogas, 'what it is you do.' 
 
286 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 \v\ill, when thou digreffefl 
 from thie rule ; Preferve 
 the rightes of thie place, 
 but flirre not queflions of 
 lurisdiccion, and rather 
 affume thie right in 
 filence and t^e facfo, then 
 voyce it with claim es 
 and Challenges. Preferve 
 likewife the rightes of 
 inferiour places, and 
 thinke it more honor, to 
 dire^l in cheife, then to 
 be bufie in all. Imbrace, 
 and invite helpes, and in- 
 telligence, touching th[e] 
 execution of thie place; 
 and doe not drive away 
 fuch as bring thee Infor- 
 macion, as Medlers, but 
 accept of them in good 
 part. The vices of Au- 
 thority are cheifly 4. 
 De/azes, ■ Corrtiptio7i, 
 
 Roug/nies, and Facility e. 
 For Delayes; give eafie 
 acceffe ; keepe tymes ap- 
 ])ointed ; goe through 
 with that which is in hand, 
 and interlace not bufmeffe 
 but of neceffitye. For 
 Corrupcion, doe not only 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 well when thou digreffefl 
 from thy rule. Preferue 
 the rights of thy place, 
 but fiir not queflions of 
 lurifdicflion : and rather 
 affume thy right in 
 filence and de fa^o, then 
 voice it with claimes, 
 and challenges. Preferue 
 likewife the rights of 
 inferiour places ; and 
 thinke it more honour, to 
 dire6t in chiefe, then to 
 be bufie in al. Imbrace 
 and inuite helpes, and in- 
 telligence touching the 
 execution of thy place ; 
 and doe not driue away 
 fuch as bring thee infor- 
 mation, as medlers, but 
 accept of them in good 
 part. The vices of au- 
 thority are chiefly foure. 
 Dclaies, Corruptions^ 
 
 jRoug/ineffe, and Facility. 
 For Delaies, giue eafie 
 acceffe; keepe times ap- 
 pointed ; go through 
 with that which is in hand, 
 and interlace not bufmes, 
 but of neceflity. For 
 Corruption, do not only 
 
 17 Assume. Assuinas et exerceas. 'assume and exercise.' 
 
 18 Voice. Cum strepitu suscites, et agites, ' noisily r.iise and move. 
 
 19 Preserue. Dffcude, et ne destitite, ' defend and do not desert.' 
 
 20 Inferiour. Lifcrionaii ]Shineruin,tibi subordinato7~iiin, ' inferior places 
 subordinate to yourself.' 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 2S7 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 well, when thou digreflefl 
 from thy Rule. Preferue 
 the Right of thy Place ; 
 but flirre not queftions of 
 lurifdiclion : And rather 
 afmme^' thy Right, in 
 Silence, and defacio, then 
 voice^* it, with Claimes, 
 and Challenges. Preferue^'-^ 
 likewife, the Rights ot 
 Inferiour-*-^ Piaas ; And 
 thinke it more Honour to 
 direct in chiefe, then to 
 be bufie in all. Embrace, 
 and inuite Helps, and 
 Aduices, touching the 
 Execution of thy Place ; 
 And doe not driue away 
 fuch, as bring thee Infor- 
 mation, as . Fiedlers ; but 
 accept-^ of them in good 
 part. The vices of Au- 
 thoritie— are chiefly foure : 
 Delates -p C(>rrupiion', 
 Roughneffe ; and Faciliiie. 
 For Ddaies : Giue eafie 
 Accefie ; Keepe times ai> 
 pointed ; Goe through 
 with that which is in hand; 
 And interlace notbufmelTe, 
 but of necelTiiie. For 
 Corruption; Doe not onely 
 
 *^ Accept. AlUciaSy et recipias, ' draw to you and accept.' 
 *2 Authoritie. In A uctcritaU utctidiXy et ejcerctudia, * m using and exer- 
 cising authority.* 
 ^ DeUies. Mora uittria, ' too much delay.' 
 
288 A H A R M O N V OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 bind thine owne handes, 
 or thie Seruauntes handes, 
 that may take, but bind 
 the handes of them that 
 fliould offer. For Integrity 
 vfed doth the one, but 
 Integrity profeffed, and 
 with a manifefl detefta- 
 cion of Bribery doth the 
 other. And avoyd not 
 onely the faulte, but the 
 Sufpicion. Whofoever is 
 found variable, and chaung- 
 eth manifeflly without 
 manifefl caufe, giveth Suf- 
 picion of Corrupcion. 
 
 A Servaunt, or a Favourite 
 if he bee inward, and noe 
 other apparaunt caufe of 
 efleeme, is commonly 
 thought but a by-way. 
 For roughnes, it is a 
 needles caufe of Difcon- 
 tent. Severity breedeth 
 feare, but roughnes 
 breedeth hate. Even Re- 
 proofes from authoritye, 
 ought to be grave, and 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. £et. 52. 
 
 bind ' thine owne hands, 
 or thy feruants hands 
 that may take; but bind 
 the hands of them that 
 fliould offer. For integrity 
 vfed doth the one, but 
 integrity profeffed, and 
 with a manifefl detefla- 
 tion of bribery, doth the 
 other. And auoid not 
 only the fault, but the 
 fiifpition. Whofoeuer is 
 found variable and chang- 
 eth manifeflly, without 
 manifefl caufe, giueth fuf- 
 pition of corruption. 
 
 A feraunt or a fauourite 
 if he be inward, and no 
 other apparant caufe of 
 efleeme : is commonly 
 thought but a by-way. 
 For roughnes it is a 
 needleffe caufe of difcon- 
 tent. Seueritie breedeth 
 feare, but roughneffe 
 breedeth hate. Euen re- 
 proofes from authoritie, 
 oudit to be crraue and 
 
 -^ Manifest. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 25 Opinion. Opi7uoiie tua qiiam declarasti, ' the opinion you have de- 
 clared.' 
 
 -'' Course. Processu qiieiii iiicepisti, ' the course 3'on l^ave begun.' 
 
 2V' Declare it. Sedulo declares, et incitlces, ' carefully declare and im- 
 press it.' 
 
XXIV. OF GREAl PLACE. 289 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 binde thine owne Hands, 
 or thy Seruants hands, 
 from takmg ; but binde 
 the hands of Sutours alfo 
 fromoftring. Forlntegritie 
 vfed doth the one ; but 
 Integritie profeffed, and 
 with a manifefl-^ detefla- 
 tion of Bribery, doth the 
 other. And auoid not 
 onely the Fault, but the 
 Sufpicion. Whofoeuer is 
 found variable, and chang- 
 eth manifeflly, without 
 manifefl Caufe, giueth Suf- 
 picion of Corruption. Therefore, alwayes, when thou 
 changed thine Opinion,^^ or Courfe,-'^ profeffe it plainly, 
 and declare it,^'' together with the Reafons, that moue 
 thee to change ; And doe not thinke to fleale it. 
 A Seruant, or a Fauorite, 
 if hee be inward,-^ and no 
 other apparent Caufe of 
 Efleeme, is commonly 
 thought but a By-way, to clofe^^ Corruption, 
 For RougJmeffe', It is a 
 needleffe caufe of Difco7i- 
 tent:^^ Smeritie breedeth^^ 
 Feare, but RougJmeffe 
 breedeth Hate. Euen Re- 
 proofes from Authoritie, 
 ought to be Graue, and 
 
 -8 Inward. Ser-L>iis grntiosus, et apjid Domitnnn potens^ ' a favourite ser- 
 vant having influence with his master.' 
 29 Close. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 80 Discontent. Imndiain, et Malevolentiain, 'envy and ill-will.' 
 31- Breedeth. Incut ii, 'inflicts.' 
 
 T 
 
MO N'T OF THE KSSA YS. 
 
 
 -r-ir 
 
 « 
 
 I!' 
 
XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 291 
 
 V. 1625. ^t. 65. 
 
 not Taunting. As for 
 Faciliiie ; It is worfe then 
 Bribery. For Bi'ibes 
 come'^- but now and then; 
 But if Importunitie, or Idle 
 Refpedls lead a Man, he 
 fhall neuer be without. As 
 Saiomo?i faith ; To refpeft 
 Ferfo?is, is not good; For 
 fuck a man will traiifgreffe 
 for a pcece of Brcad.'^ It 
 is moil true, that was 
 anciently fpoken ; A place 
 fliewcth the Man : And it 
 flieweth fome to the better 
 and fome to the worfe : 
 Onuiiiun confenfn, capax 
 J/nperiJ, nifi impcrajfet\^ 
 faith Tacitus of Galba : 
 but of Vcfpafian he fiiith ; 
 Solus Inipcrantiuin Vefpa- 
 fiafius mutatus in melius S 
 'I'hough the one was meant 
 of Suhiciencie,'^-'^ the other 
 of Manners, and Affe(flion. 
 It is an affured Signc, of 
 a worthy and generous 
 Spirit, whom Plonour 
 amends. For Honour is, 
 or (hoiild be, the Place of 
 Vertue : And as in Nature, 
 Tilings moue violently to 
 ihcir riace, and calmely 
 
 " Prov. xxviii. 21. 
 
 ^ In the of>inion 0/ aU he was ctt/>al>/e of Empire, had he not ruled. 
 'riicitiis. II ixtory. i. 49. 
 
 " l/t's/>(tsian, alone of the Emperors, changed for the better. Tacitus. 
 History, i. 50. 
 
292 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 in Iheire place, fo vertue 
 in ambition is violent, in 
 authoritye fetled. 
 
 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 in their place; fo vertue 
 in ambition is violent, in 
 authority, fetled and calme. 
 
 
 ^f tp^ 
 
 '* Authority. /« Honore adepto, ' when the honour is gained** 
 
 85 Calme. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 86 Fairely, and tenderly. Illiesam, 'unhurt.' 
 
 37 Paid. A Succcsso?-c tiio, ' by your successor.' 
 
 88 Respect. Amicee tracta, ' treat in a friendly manner.* 
 
XXV. OF GREAT PLACE. 293 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 in their Place : So Yertue 
 in Ambition is violent, in 
 
 Authority^-^ fetled and calme.^^ All Rifing to Great 
 Place, is by a winding Staire : And if there be Fadions, 
 it is good, to fide a Mans felfe, whileft hee is in the 
 Rifing ; and to ballance Himfelfe, when hee is placed. 
 Yfe the Memory of thy Predeceffor fairely, and ten- 
 derly f^ For if thou dofl not, it is a Debt, will fure be 
 paid,^'' when thou art gone. If thou haue Colleagues, re- 
 fpe6l^^ them, and rather call them, when they looke not 
 for it, then exclude them, when they haue reafon to 
 looke to be called. Be not too fenfible, or too re- 
 membring, of thy Place, in Conuerfation, and priuate 
 Anfwers to Suitors -p But let it rather be faid : When 
 he fits in Flace^^^ he is another Man. 
 
 39 Conuersation, and private Answers to Suitors. Qiiotidianis sermonibus, 
 nut coiiversatioiie privata, 'in daily. discourse or private conversation.' 
 
 ^^ Sits in Place. Sedet, et muttus sjtmit exercet^ * sits and exercises his 
 office.' 
 
294 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 
 
 Harleia7i MS. 5106. 
 
 25. ©f OFmpire. 
 
 T is a miferable 
 flate of minde 
 to have few 
 thingestodefier, 
 and manie thinges tofeare; 
 and yet that commonly 
 is the Cafe of Kwges 
 who being at the higheft, 
 want matter of defier, 
 which makes theire mindes 
 the more languifliing, 
 and have many repre- 
 fentacions of perilles, and 
 fliadowes, which makes 
 theire mindes the leffe 
 cleare. And this is one 
 reafon alfoe of that effe(51 
 which the Scripture fpeak- 
 eth of That the Kiiiges 
 Jicart is infcnitahle ; For 
 miiUitude of lealoiifyes, 
 and lacke of fome predom- 
 inant defier, that fliould 
 marlhall, and putt in order 
 all the reft, maketh 
 Mens heartes hard tofinde, 
 or found. Hence comes it 
 likewife, that Princes 
 manie tymes make them- 
 felves Defieres, and fett 
 theireheartesvponn Toyes, 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 9. @t ([^mptrc. 
 
 T is a miferable 
 flate of minde, 
 to haue few 
 things to defire, 
 and many things to feare/ 
 and yet, that commonly 
 is the cafe of Kings ; 
 who being at the higheft, 
 want matter of defire ; 
 which makes their mindes 
 the more languifliing, 
 and haue many repre- 
 fentations of perrilles and 
 fliadowes, which makes 
 their minds the leffe 
 cleere. And this is one 
 reafon alfo of that effecft, 
 which the Scripture fpeak- 
 eth of; That the Kings 
 heart is iiifej'utable. For 
 multitudes of iealoufies, 
 and lacke of fome predom- 
 inant defire, that fliould 
 marfliall and put in order 
 all the reft, maketh any 
 mans heart hard to finde, 
 or found. Hence commeth 
 it likewife that Princes 
 many times make them- 
 felues defires, and fet 
 their hearts vpon toies; 
 
 UI. ITariations in postlnniious ILntin l£l3ition of 1638. 
 
 1 Shadowes. Utitl'rnrnjii voUtajitinvt, ' flitting shadows.' 
 
 2 Speaketh of. Regibits tribuit, ' attributes to kings.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 
 
 295 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 British Museum Copy, 
 
 19. ©£ empire. 
 
 set. 6= 
 
 •^T is a miferable 
 State of Minde, 
 
 to haiie few 
 
 Things to defire, 
 and many Things to feare : 
 And yet that commonly 
 is the Cafe of Kings \ 
 Who being at the highefl, 
 want T^Iatter of defire, 
 which makes their INIindes 
 more Languifhing ; 
 And haue many Repre- 
 fentations of Perills and 
 Shadowes,^ which makes 
 their IMindes the leffe 
 cleare. And this is one 
 Reafon alfo of that EfifecSl, 
 which the Scripture speak- 
 eth of;- That the Kings 
 heart is infcrutable."- For 
 Multitude of lealoufies, 
 and Lack of fome predom- 
 inant defire, that fliould 
 marfliall and put in order^ 
 all the refl, maketh any 
 Mans Heart, hard to finde, 
 or found.'* Hence it comes 
 likewife, that Princes^ 
 many times, make them- 
 felues Defires, and fet 
 their Hearts vpon toyes: 
 
 " Prov. XXV. 3. 
 
 3 Marshall and put in order. Imperef, ' coramzsd.'' 
 * Finde, or sound. Exploratu, * examine.' 
 
296 A HARMONY OF THE jESSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 fometymes vponn a build- 
 
 in sr. 
 
 fometymes vponn the ad- 
 vauncing of a perfon, fome- 
 tymes vponn obtayning ex- 
 cellencie in fome art, or 
 feate of the hand. 
 
 and fiich thinges 
 
 which feeme incredible 
 to thofe that knowe not 
 this principle T//at the 
 viiiide of Alan is more 
 cheared, and refrefJicd by 
 profitinge in fmale things^ 
 then byjlanding at aJJay in 
 great. Therefore great, and 
 fortunate Conquerom-s in 
 theire firfL yeares, 
 
 tourne Melancholic and 
 superflitious in theire later, 
 As d\A Alexander the great, 
 and inourmemorie Charles 
 the fift, and manie others. 
 Ffor he that is vfed to goe 
 forwarde, and findeth a 
 flopp fallcth out of his 
 owne favour. 
 
 IV. 1612. ast 52. 
 
 fometimes vpon a build- 
 ing ; fometimes vpon 
 an order; 
 fometimes vpon the ad- 
 uancing of a perfon ; fome- 
 times vpon obtaining ex- 
 cellency in fome Arte, or 
 feate of the hand: 
 
 and fuch like things, 
 which feeme incredible 
 to thofe that know not 
 the i:)rinciple ; That the 
 minde of maji is more 
 cheered and refrefJicd by 
 profiting in fmall things^ 
 then by standing at a flay in 
 great. Therefore great and 
 fortunate Conquerors in 
 their firfl yeeres, 
 
 turne melancholy and 
 fuperflitious in their latter. 
 As did Alexander the great, 
 and in our memory diaries 
 the fifth, and many others. 
 For he that is vfed to goe 
 forward, and findeth a 
 Roppe, falleth out of his 
 owne fauour. 
 
 •"^ Building. Aedificia extrjie^ida,' ^re.Q.\Jmz'^\xMmz^^ , 
 
 c Order. Ordinem aliquem ant Collegiwn, ' some order or college. 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 297 
 
 V. 1625, aet. 65. 
 
 Sometimes vpon a Build- 
 ing f Sometimes vpon 
 Ere6ling of an Order ;^ 
 Sometimes vpon the Ad- 
 iiancing of a Perfon ; Some- 
 times vpon obtaining Ex- 
 cellency in fome Art, or 
 Feat of the Hand ; 
 
 KsNero for playing on the Harp e,Z>^;;////^;/ for Certainty 
 of Hand with the Arrow, Coinnwdus for playing at 
 Fence, Caracal/a for drilling Chariots, and the like.''' 
 
 This feemeth incredible 
 
 vnto thofe, that know not 
 
 the Principle ; That the 
 
 Minde of Man is more 
 
 cheared^ and 7'ef?'eJJicd, by 
 
 profiting in fniall things, 
 
 then by Jlanding at a fiay in 
 
 great. We fee alfo that Kings, that haue beene 
 
 fortunate Conquerors^ in 
 
 their firft yeares ; it being not poffible for them to goe 
 
 forward infinitely, but that they mud haue fome 
 
 Checke or Arrefl in their Fortunes; 
 
 turne in their latter 
 
 yeares, to be Superftitious and Melancholy : 
 
 As did Alexander the Great; Dioclefian\ 
 
 And in our memory, Charles 
 
 the fift ; And others : 
 
 For he that is vfed to goe 
 
 forward, and findeth a 
 
 Stop, falleth out of his 
 
 owne fauour, and is not the Thing he was. 
 
 ' And the like. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 8 Fortunate Conquerors, hi Victoriis et provinciis suhjugatidis,tnaxwie 
 /celices, ' very fortunate in victories and in subduing provinces.' 
 
29S A II A R M O N Y OF T II E ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. ! IV. 
 
 A true i 
 temper of governement 
 is a rare thing; 
 For both Temper, and Dif- 
 temper confill of contra- 
 ryes. But it is one thing 
 to mingle Contraryes, an- 
 otherto interchaunge them. 
 The Siuniweareof Aj^o//om'i(S 
 to Vefpafiaji is full of 
 excellent Instruccion. Vef- 
 pafian afl<:ed him what 
 was Nerocs ouerthrowe he 
 aunfweared Nero could 
 touch and time the Hai-p 
 
 1612. 
 
 set. 52. 
 A true 
 
 well^ But in gouejiiement 
 fomcfymes he vfed to ivynd 
 the pynnes to highe, and 
 fometynies to let them downe 
 to loiue. And certaine it 
 is, that nothing deflroyeth 
 authoritye fo much as the 
 vnequall and vntymely in- 
 terchaunge of preffmg 
 power and imbafmg Maies- 
 tie. The 
 
 wifedorae of all theis latter 
 tymes in Princes affaiers 
 is rather fine Deliveryes, 
 and fliiftinges of daungers 
 and mifcheifes when they 
 are neare, then folid and 
 grounded courfes to 
 
 temper of gouemment 
 is a rare thing.- 
 For both temper and dif- 
 temper confifl of contra- 
 ries. But it is one thing 
 to mingle contraries, an- 
 other to interchange them. 
 The anfwer of Apolonius 
 to Vefpafian is full of 
 excellent infl.ru6lion. Ves- 
 pafian afked him. What 
 was'^Q.YOQSouerthj'oiv: hee 
 anfwered ; JVe?'o could 
 touch and tune the Harpe 
 well] But in gouej-nment 
 fometimes he vfed to zvinde 
 the pinnes to hie, and 
 fometimes to let them doivne 
 too loive. And certaine it 
 is, that nothing deflroieth 
 authority, fo much as the 
 vnequall and vntimely in- 
 terchange of preffmg 
 power and relaxing power. 
 
 The 
 wifdome of all thefe latter 
 times, in Princes affaires, 
 is rather fine deliueries, 
 and fliiftings of dangers 
 and mifchiefes when they 
 are neere, then folide and 
 grounded courfes to 
 
 ^ To Vesprxsian. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^0 Vnequall. In(equaletii,et qnasistibsiilioriam, ' unequal, and as it were, 
 fitful (jumping).' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 299 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 To fpeake now of tlie true 
 Temper of Empire : It 
 is a Thing rare, and hard to keep : 
 For both Temper and Dif- 
 temper confifl of Contra- 
 ries. But it is one thing 
 to mingle Contraries, an- 
 other to enterchange them. 
 The Anfwer of ApoIIonius 
 to Vcfpafian^ is full of 
 Excellent Inftru6lion; Vef- 
 pafian asked him; What 
 uhis Ncroes oue?'thro2u? He 
 anfwered; AWo could 
 touch and tune the Harpe 
 well; But in Gouernnient^ 
 fometimes he vfed to winde 
 the pins too high, 
 fometimes to let them dowfie 
 too low."- And certaine it 
 is, that Nothing deflroieth 
 Authority fo much, as the 
 vnequall^^ and vntimely 
 Enterchange of Power Freffcd too farre, 
 and Relaxed too much. 
 
 This is true: that the 
 wifdome of all thefe latter 
 Times in Princes Affaires, 
 is rather fine Deliueries, 
 and Shiftin2:s^^ of Dan^^ers 
 and Mifchiefes, when they 
 are neare ; then folid and 
 grounded Courfes^- to 
 
 " Philostratus. Vita Appolloni Tyanensi. v. 28. Lord Bacon. Apop. 51. 
 
 11 Deliueries and Shiftings. Ut coiiqitirantur viao-is et aptctitur Remedia 
 et sitbterfugia, 'rather to seek and apply remedies and subterfuges.' 
 
 1- Courses. Ut Pntdcjitia solida et cotistanti,dcpellaniur ct sumtvoz'can- 
 tur, nntcqitam iiiipendeant, ' to dispel and remove them by solid and con- 
 sUtent prudence before they are imminent.' 
 
300 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. 
 keepe them aloofe. But 
 
 lett men bewar*^ how they 
 negledl and fuffer mat- 
 ter of trouble to be pre- 
 pared; For noe Man can 
 forbidd the fparke, nor 
 tell whence it may come. 
 The difficulties in Princes 
 buhneffe are many tymes 
 great, but the greatefl 
 difficultye is often in theire 
 owne minde. Ffor it is 
 Common with Princes, 
 (faieth Tacitus) to will con- 
 tradictories ; Sunt pler- 
 iimque Regitm vohmtates 
 vehementes., et inter fe con- 
 traries. For it is the 
 Solcecisme of power, to 
 thinke to commaunde the 
 end, and yet not to en- 
 duer the meane, 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 keep them aloofe. Uut 
 
 let men beware how they 
 negledl and fuffer mat- 
 ter of trouble to bee pre- 
 pared : for no man can 
 forbid the fparke, nor 
 tell whence it may come. 
 Thedifficultneffein Princes 
 bufmeffe are many times 
 great, but the greatefl 
 difficulty, is often in their 
 owne minde. For it is 
 common with Princes 
 (faith Tacitus) to will con- 
 tradictories. Sujit plcr- 
 unqice Reguifi vohmtates 
 vekementes, et inter fe con- 
 trarice. For it is the 
 Solocifme of power, to 
 thinke to command the 
 ende, and yet not to en- 
 dure the meane. 
 
 ^3 Neglect. . . prepared. Ohdorvdscant circa Tnrbaniin Materias priinas, 
 et IncJioamcnta, 'slumber during the first matters and beginnings of troubles.' 
 
 1* Sparke. ScintiUavi, Incenduivi paritiiram, ' the spark, which will pro- 
 duce a conflagration.' 
 
 1^ Tell. Regiones Metiri, 'judge the place.' 
 
 16 Difficulties. Difficnltatcset Impedi/neiita, 'difficulties and hindrances.' 
 
 1^ Great. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 18 Minde. Affcctus et mores, ' disposition and manners.' 
 
 19 Power. Fotentice nimice, 'too much power.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 301 
 
 y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 keepe them aloofe. But 
 this is but to try Mafleries with Fortune : And 
 let men beware, how they 
 negledl:, and fuffer Mat- 
 ter of Trouble, to be pre- 
 pared •P' For no Man can 
 forbid the Sparke,^'^ nor 
 telP^ whence it may come. 
 The difficulties^^ in Princes 
 Bufmeffe, are many and 
 great •}"' But the greatefl 
 difficulty, is often in their 
 owne Minde.^^ For it is 
 common with Princes^ 
 (faitli Tacitus^) to will Con- 
 tradictories. Sinit plcr- 
 uinque Regum voluntates 
 vehementes, et ijiter fe con- 
 traricB. For it is the 
 Solcecifme of Power,^^ to 
 thinke to Command'-'^ the 
 End, and yet not to en- 
 dure-^ the Meane. 
 
 Kings haue to deale with their Neighbours; their 
 Wines ; their Children ; their Prelates or Clergie ; their 
 Nobles; their Second-Nobles or Gentlemen; their 
 Merchants ; their Commons ; and their Men of Warre; 
 And from all thefe arife Dangers, if Care and Circum- 
 fpedlion be not vfed. 
 
 Firfl. for their Neighbours; There can no generall 
 Rule- be giuen, (The Occafions are fo variable,) faue 
 
 " Not Tacitus, but Salhist. Scd plenimqjte regicp yohtuiatcs, itt vehe- 
 ■mentes, sic vwbiles, serpe ipsa sibi advorsce. 'The wills of most kin5;s, as 
 they are violent, so are they fickle and often at variance with themselves.' 
 jfugiirtha. cxiii. 
 
 20 Command. Posse . . . pro arhitrio asscqui, ' to be able to attain 
 at his desire.' 
 
 21 Endure. Procnrare, ' attend to.' 
 
 22 Rule. Regula aliqua certa Cauiionis, ' no certain rule of caution.' 
 
-,o2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. IV. 
 
 1612, set. 52. 
 
 -'' And this is generally . . . hinder it. This sentence is omitted in 
 the Latin. 
 
 -•* Eniperonr. ///.?/rt«^, ' of Spain.' 
 
 25 Either by confederation, or if need were, by a Warre. Omitted in the 
 Latin. 
 
 ■'*'' Lawfull. Coj)!f>etens et leg^ititna, * sufficient and lawful.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 303 
 
 V. 1625. DSt. 65. 
 
 one ; which euer holdeth ; which is, That Princes doe 
 keepe due Centinell, that none oi \\\^\x Neighbours doe 
 ouergrow fo, (by Encreafe of Territory, by Embracing 
 of Trade, by Approaches, or the Hke) as they become 
 more able to annoy them, then they were. And this 
 is, generally, the work of Standing Counfels to forefee, 
 and to hinder it.-^ During that Triuimiirate of Kings^ 
 King Henry the 8. of England^ Francis the i. Kin^ 
 of France, and Charles the 5. Emperoiir^-^ there wa^o- 
 fuch a watch kept, that none of the Three, could win 
 a Palme of Ground, but the other two, would llraight- 
 waies ballance it, either by Confederation, or, if need 
 were, by a Warre:-^ And would not, in any wife, take 
 up Peace at Interefl. And the like was done by that 
 League (which, Giiicciardiiie faith, was the Security of 
 Italy) made betwene Ferdi?iajido King of Naples; 
 Lorenzius Medices, and Liidouicus Sforza, Potentates, 
 the one of Florence, the other of Millaine. Neither is 
 the Opinion, of fome of the Schoole-Men, to be re- 
 ceiued : That a warre cannot iiifdy be made, but vpon a 
 precedent I/iiwy, or Prouocation. For there is no Quef- 
 tion, but a iufl Feare, of an Imminent danger, though 
 there be no Blow giuen, is a lawfuU-'^ Caufe of a Warre. 
 For their Wiucs ; There are Cniell-^ Examples of 
 them. Liuia is infamed for the poyfoning of her hus- 
 band r^ Roxolana, Solymans "\\'ife, was the deflruction, 
 of that renowned Prince, Sultan-^ Mujlapha; And 
 otherwife troubled his"^*^ Houfe, and SuccelTion : Edward 
 the Second of England, his Queen, had the principall 
 hand, in the Depofmg and Murther of her Husband. 
 This kinde of danger, is then to be feared, chieflv, 
 when the Wiues haue Plots, for the Raifing of their 
 owne Children '?^ Or elfe that they be Aduoutreffes. 
 
 2' Cruell. Crudelia et atrocia, ' cniel and savage.' 
 
 28 Husband. .(4 //^//j^/, ' of Augustus.' 
 
 29 Sultan. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^^ His. Mariti siii, ' her husband's.' 
 
 31 Children. Liberos ex priorc Mariio, 'children by a former husband.' 
 
304 A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 82 Of dangers. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 33 Tuiks. Sultanornm, ' of the Sultans.' 
 
 34 Strange. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 85 'i'ovvardnesse. .S'/r/, 'hope.' ^ 
 
 86 H is other Sonne. Qui exfiliis ejus snperstesfiut, his son who survived. 
 
 87 Did little better. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 88 Repentance. Mcerore et f'ocnitoitia, ' grief and repentance.' 
 
 89 Baiazet. Bajazetem patrcm suHm, ' Bajazet, his father.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 305 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 For their Children: The Tragedies, likewife, of 
 dangers^'- from them, haue been many. And generally, 
 the Entring of Fathers, into Sufpicion of their Chil- 
 dren, hath been euer vnfortimate. The deflrudlion oi 
 Mujlapha^ (that we named before) was fo fatall to 
 Solyjnans Line, as the Succeffion of the Turlzs^'^ from 
 Solymaji, vntill this day, is fufpedled to be vntrue, and 
 of flrange^^ Bloud ; For that Selymns the Second was 
 thought to be Suppofititious. The deflmction of 
 Crifpiis, a young Prince, of rare Towardneffe,^^ by 
 Conjlantimis the Great, his Father, was in like man- 
 ner fatall to his Houfe ; For both Co7iJIa?iti?ms, and 
 Co?iJlaiice^ his Sonnes, died violent deaths ; And Con- 
 Jlantius his other Sonne,^*^ did little better ;^'' who 
 died, indeed, of Sickneffe, but after that Iidiamis had 
 taken Amies againfL him. The deftruction of De?ne- 
 triiis^ Sonne to Philip the Second, of Maeedon, turned 
 vpon the Father, who died of Repentance.^'^ And 
 many like Examples there are : But few, or none, 
 where the Fathers had good by fuch diflrufl; Except it 
 were, where the Sonnes were vp, in open Armes againfl 
 them; As was Selymns thefirfl SLgSLmdBaiazef-P And the 
 three Sonnes of Henry the Second, King of England. 
 
 For their Prelates ; when they are proud and great, 
 there is alfo danger from them : As it was, in the times 
 of Ajifebniis, and Thomas Becket, ArchbiHiops of Can- 
 terbiuy ; who with their Crofiars, did almofl^^ try it, 
 with the Kings Sword ; And yet they had to deale 
 with Stout and Haughty Kings ; William Riifus, 
 IJejijy the firfl, and Ben?y the fecond. The danger 
 is not^^ from that Stafe,^- but where it hath a depen- 
 dance of forraine Authority f^ Or where the Church- 
 
 *o Almost. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *i Is not. Non est viagiwpere J>erti7nescendum, 'is not much to be feared.* 
 *2 That State. Pmlatis, 'prelates.' 
 
 *3 Forraine authority. Aucto-n.tate et yurisdiciiotu Pri»ciJ>atus extemt, 
 ' authority and jurisdiction of a foreign power.' 
 
 U 
 
-,o6 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 ^* Come in. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ■*5 Collation. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ■*6 Particular Patrons. Patronis Ecclesiaritm, 'patrons of churches.' 
 
 *7 Keep at a distance. Snntilli certe cohiboidi, cttanqunviiiijiistadistan' 
 tin a Solio Regali continciidi, ' they ought assuredly to be restrained, and 
 kept as it were at a proper distance from the King's throne.' 
 
 ^s Depressed. FcrpetKO dcprtiircbat: ' continually depressed.' 
 
 •*■' Loyall. In Fide ct Officio, ' in faith and duty.' 
 
 '"^ Fain to doe. Sitstineret, ' maintained.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 307 
 
 Y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 men come in,^ and are ele6led, not by the Collation'*^ 
 of the King, or particular Patrons,"^*^ but by the People. 
 
 For their Nobles \ To keepe them at a diflance/' 
 it is not amiffe ; But to depreffe them, may make a 
 King more Abfolute, but lefle Safe; And leffe able to 
 perfonne any thing, that he defires. I haue noted it, 
 in my Hiflory of King Henry the Seuenth, of Englaiid, 
 ^\•ho depreffed"*^ his Nobility ; Whereupon, it came to 
 paffe, that his Times were full of Difficulties and 
 Troubles; For the Nobility, though they continued 
 loyall^^ vnto him, yet did they not co-operate with him, 
 in his Bufmeffe. So that in effect, he was faine to 
 doe^*^ all things, himfelfe. 
 
 For their Second Nobles', There is not much danger 
 from them, being a Body difperfed. They may fome- 
 times difcourfe high, but that doth little Hurt : Be- 
 fides,^^ they are a Counterpoize-^- to the Higher Nobility, 
 that they grow not too Potent : And laftly, being the 
 mofl immediate in Authority,^^ with the Common 
 People, they doe befl temper Popular Commotions. 
 
 For their Merchants ; They are Ve7ia porta f And 
 if they flourifli not, a Kingdome may haue good Lim- 
 mes, but will haue empty Veines, and nourifli little.^'* 
 Taxes, and Impofls^^ vpon them, doe feldome good 
 to the Kings Reuenew ; For that that he winnes in 
 the Hundred,^*^ he leefeth in the Shire f"^ The parti- 
 cular Rates being increafed,^^ but the totall Bulke of 
 Trading rather decreafed. 
 
 For their Commons \ There is little danger from 
 
 ° Tlie Gate-vein. 
 
 *^ Besides. Quinimo forvendi sunt, ' besides they should be cherished.* 
 
 *- Counterpoize. Optivie teviperent, ' moderate well.' 
 
 63 Authuruy. GuL\-mncitla tractent, ' manage the helm.' 
 
 *■* Nouri.sh little. Halntinn corporis iiuicnnn, 'l<;3ii habit of body.' 
 
 55 Imposts. Portoria iinmodicii, ' e.\cessive imposts. ' 
 
 5^ Hundred. Fartilnts, ' in parts.' 
 
 *" Shire. Siivinia, 'in the total.' 
 
 s** The particular Kates being increased. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
3oS A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ^t. 47-52. IV. 
 
 161 2. 32t. 52. 
 
 * Princes are like the 
 heavenly bodycs which 
 caufe good, or evill tymes, 
 and which have much 
 veneration, but noe reft. 
 All preceptes concernyng 
 kinges are in effecft com- 
 prehended in thofe two 
 Remembrances. Afemcnto 
 quod es Homo and Me- 
 mento quod es Deus. 
 
 The one to 
 bridle their power and, 
 The other their will. 
 
 Princes are like to the 
 heauenly bodies, which 
 caufe good or euill times ; 
 and which haue much 
 veneration, but no reft. 
 All precepts concerning 
 Kings are in effecfl com- 
 prehended in thofe two 
 remembrances. Alemento 
 quod es homo, and Ale- 
 meiito quod es Deus or 
 Vice dei: The one to 
 bridle their power, and 
 the other their will. 
 
 * This passage is inserted in the margin in a different hand. ? Sir F. Bacon's. 
 
 59 Great. /'<;/«/rt;r.y, ' popular.' 
 
 CO Customes. Consuetiui'uiibus antiqnis ; Vcl In Gmvavtiniojis Trihu- 
 torian, ' ancient customs, or grievances of tribute.' 
 
 61 Meanes of Life. Vel in aliis qua' victum eoruvt deC7t?-iant, 'or in any- 
 thing which diminishes their means of Hfc.' 
 
 62 In a Body. Si in Co)-pus nnum cognntur, vel Excrcitjts, vel prcesi- 
 diorum ; ' if they are collected in a body either as an army or as garrisons.' 
 
XXV. OF EMPIRE. 309 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 them, except it be, where they haue Great'^^ and Potent 
 Heads; Or wliere yon meddle, with the Point of 
 Religion ; Or their Cufl.omes,*^'^ or Meanes of Life/^^ 
 
 For their Men of warre; It is a dangerous State, 
 where they Hue and remaine in a Body,^- and are \fed 
 to Donatiues ; whereof we fee Examples'^^ in the 
 Janizaries, and Pretorian Bands oiRo7ne:^ But Tray- 
 nings of Men, and Arming them in feuerall places, 
 and \-nder feuerall Commanders, and without Dona- 
 tiues, are Things of Defence,^^ and no Danger. 
 
 Princes are like to 
 Heauenly Bodies, which 
 caufe^*^ good or euill times ; 
 And which haue'^' much 
 Veneration, but no Rf'Jl. 
 All precepts concerning 
 Kin^s, are in effect com- 
 prehended, in thofe two 
 Remembrances : Memento 
 quod es Homo f And Me- 
 mento quod es Deus, or 
 Vice^ Dei: The one 
 bridleth their Power, and 
 the other their WilL^s 
 
 " Remetnber that tliou art man. 
 
 ^ Rejiieuiber that t/wu art God, or, in the J>iace of God. 
 
 *•* Examples. C/rtr/jj/;//rt /i.r^w///fz, ' most clear examples.' 
 
 6* Bands of Rome. Oiuitted in the Latin. 
 
 «o Defence. U tiles, et saliiircs, ' profitable and serviceable.' 
 
 ^ Cause. Jiijlitjcii sreo producunt, ' produce in their course.* 
 
 67 Haue. Gandent, 'enjoy.' 
 
 «8 Iheir will. Ad Volitntatevi regendam, ' to rule their will. 
 
310 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. iEt. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 26. (Of CounccU. 
 
 He greatefl trufl 
 betweene Man, 
 and man is the 
 tmft of giveing 
 Councell. Ffor in other 
 confidences Men committ 
 the partes of theire Ufe, 
 theire landes,theiregoodes, 
 theire Childe, theire 
 Creditt, fome particular 
 affaier. But to fuch as 
 they make theire Councel- 
 lours, they committ the 
 whole ; by how much the 
 more they are obliged to 
 all faith, and Integrity. 
 The wifefl Princes neede 
 not thinke it anie diminu- 
 tion to theire greatnes, 
 or derogation to theire 
 fufficiency, to relye vponn 
 councell. God himfelf 
 is not without, but hath 
 made it one of the great 
 names of his bleffed 
 Sonne tJie Co in if dl or. 
 Salomon hath pronounced 
 that In Counfdl is Sta- 
 bilitie. Thinges will have 
 theire firfl, or fecond agita- 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 10. ©f (Houn^tU. 
 
 He greatefl trufl 
 betweene man, 
 is the 
 trufl of giuing 
 counfell. For in other 
 confidences men commit 
 the partes of their life, 
 their lands, their goods, 
 their child, their 
 
 credit ; fome particuler 
 affaire. But to fuch as 
 they make their counfel- 
 lors, they commit the 
 whole ; by how much the 
 more they are obliged to 
 all faith, and integrity. 
 The wifefl Princes need 
 not thinke it any diminu- 
 tion to their greatneffe, 
 or derogation to their 
 fufiiciency, to rely vpon 
 counfell. God himfelfe 
 is not without .• but hath 
 made it one of the great 
 names of his bleffed 
 Son {tJie Counfellor.) 
 Sa/o??ion hath pronounced, 
 that In Counfel is Jla- 
 blUtie. Things will haue 
 their firfl or fecond agita- 
 
 ITE. Variations in postljumous ILatin ISliition of 1638. 
 1 They. Qui partes Comiliariorian prcestant, ' those who perform the 
 p.ut of counsellors.' 
 
 ■i Greatnesse. Attctoritatis, 'authority.* 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 311 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 20. ©f Coun^cU. 
 
 He greateft Triift, 
 betweene Man 
 and Man, is the 
 Trufl of Giu'uig 
 CoMjfelL For in other 
 Confidences, Men commit 
 the parts of hfe; 
 
 Their Lands, their Goods, 
 their Children, their 
 Credit, fome particular 
 Affaire; But to fuch, as 
 they make their Counfel- 
 lours^ they commit the 
 whole : By how much the 
 more, they^ are obliged to 
 all Faith and integrity. 
 The wifefl Princes^ need 
 
 not thinke it any diminu- 
 tion to their Greatneffe,^ 
 
 or derogation to their 
 
 Sufficiencv,"^ to rely vpon 
 
 Coii?ifeiL^' God himfelfe 
 
 is not without :^ But hath 
 
 made it one of the great 
 
 Names, of his bleffed 
 
 Sonne; T/ie Counfelloiir."- 
 
 Salomon hath pronounced, 
 
 that In Coiuifell is Sta- 
 bility.^ Things^ will haue 
 
 their firfl, or fecond Agita- 
 
 ° Isaiah Ix. 6. '' Prov. xx. i8. 
 
 3 Or derogation to their Sufficiency. Omitted in the Latin. ^ 
 
 * Counsel!. Coiisilio Virorum srlectonnn, ' counsel of chosen men. 
 
 ■' Without. Coiisilio vncat, ' without counsel.' 
 
 6 Things. Res /umiaute, 'human things.* 
 
;i2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 cion; if they be not 
 toffed vponn the argu- 
 ments of Councell, they 
 wilbe toffed vponn the 
 waves of fortune and 
 be full of inconftancye, 
 doeing, and vndoeing, like 
 the reeling of a drunken 
 Man. Salomons sonnes 
 found the force of Coun- 
 cell, as his father fawe the 
 neceffity of it. For the 
 beloved kingdome of 
 God was firfl rent, and 
 broken by ill counfell, 
 vponn which Councell 
 there are fett for our In- 
 flruccion, the two markes 
 whereby bad Counfell is 
 forever befl difcerned, 
 that it was young Coun- 
 cell for the perfons, and 
 violent Councell for the 
 matter. 
 
 The auncient tymes 
 doe fett fourth in figure 
 both the incorporacion, 
 and infeparable coniunc- 
 tion of Councell with 
 Kinges, and the wife and 
 politique vfe of Councell 
 by kinges ; the one in 
 that they fay Jupiter did 
 
 V. 16 1 2. £et. 52. 
 
 tion ; if they bee not 
 toffed vpon the argu- 
 ments of counfell, they 
 will be toffed vpon the 
 wanes of Fortune ; and 
 bee full of inconflancy, 
 doing, and vndoing, like 
 the reeling of a drunken 
 man. Salomons fonne 
 found the force of coun- 
 fell, as his father faw the 
 neceffitie of it. For the 
 beloued kingdome of 
 God was firfl rent and 
 broken by ill counfell ; 
 vpon which counfel 
 there are fet for our in- 
 flruclion, the two markes, 
 whereby bad counfell is 
 for euer befl difcerned, 
 that it was young coun- 
 fell for the perfons, and 
 violent counfell for the 
 matter. 
 
 The ancient times 
 doe fet forth in figure 
 both the incorporation, 
 and infeperable coniunc- 
 tion of counfell with 
 Kinges ; and the wife and 
 politike vfe of Counfell 
 by Kings.- the one, in 
 that they fay lupiter did 
 
 7 Inconstancy. l7iconsta7iti(B, et Mntationuvt, 'inconstancy and changes 
 
 8 Necessity. iVt'Ct'^j/Va/t/w f/ «j?//;/, 'necessity and use.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 3^3 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 tion; If they be not 
 tofled vpon the Argu- 
 ments of CoinifeH, they 
 will be toffed vpon the 
 Wanes of Fortinie; And 
 be full of Inconftancy/ 
 doing, and vndoing, like 
 the Reeling of a drunken 
 Man. Salojnons Sonne 
 found the Force of Coun- 
 fell, as his Father faw the 
 Neceffity^ of it. For the 
 Beloued Kingdome of 
 God was firfl rent, and 
 broken by ill Coiuifell -, 
 Vpon which Coimfdl, 
 there are fet,^ for our In- 
 flruclion, the two IMarkes, 
 whereby Bad Coimfdl is, 
 for euer, befl difcerned : 
 That it was young Cotin- 
 fell, for the Perfons; And 
 Violent Coiinfell, for the 
 Matter. 
 
 The Ancient Times^^ 
 doe fet^^ forth in Figure, 
 both the Incorporation, 
 and infeparable Coniunc- 
 tion of Coinifell with 
 Kings; And the wife and 
 Politique vfe of Coiinfell 
 by Kings: The one, in 
 that they fay, Tiipiter did 
 
 9 Set. IiiustiB, 'branded.' 
 
 10 Times. Sapientia, 'wisdom.' 
 
 11 Set Adu7iibravit, 'shadowed.* 
 
3H 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 marrie Metis which figni- 
 fieth Councell ; So as 
 Sover- 
 aignetye, or Authoritie is 
 marryed to Councell ; the 
 other in that which fol- 
 loweth which was thus. 
 They fay after Jupiter was 
 married to Metis, fhe con- 
 ceived by him, and was 
 with childe; But Jupiter 
 fuffred her not to ftay 
 till fhe brought fourth, but 
 eate her vpp, w^hereby he 
 became with 
 
 childe, and was delivered 
 of Pallas armed out of 
 his head ; which mon- 
 flrous fable conteineth a 
 fecrett of Empire, how 
 kinores are to make vfe of 
 theire Councell of State. 
 That firft they ought to 
 referre matters to 
 
 them which is the firft 
 begetting, or impregna- 
 cion ; but when they are 
 elaborate, moulded, and 
 fliaped in the wombe of 
 theire Councell. and grow 
 ripe, and ready to be 
 brouglit fourth, then that 
 they fuller not theire Coun- 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612, set. 52. 
 
 marrie Metis (which figni- 
 fieth Counfell.) So as 
 
 Souer- 
 aignty or authority is 
 married to counfel. The 
 other in that which fol- 
 loweth ; which was thus, 
 They fay after Jupiter was 
 married to Metis, fliee con- 
 ceiu'd by him, and was 
 with childe, but Jupiter 
 fuftered her not to ftay 
 till fliee brought fourth, but 
 eate her vp ; whereby hee 
 became with 
 
 child and was deliuered 
 of Pallas, armed out of 
 his head. Which mon- 
 llrous fable containeth a 
 fecret of E?)ipire : How 
 Kings are to make vfe of 
 their Counfell of ftate. 
 That firfl they ought to 
 referre matters to 
 
 them, which is the firfl 
 begetting or impregna- 
 tion ; but when they are 
 elaborate, moulded, and 
 fliaped in the wombe of 
 their counfell and growe 
 ripe, and ready to be 
 brought fourth ; tliat then 
 they fulfer not their coun- 
 
 ^'^ Was thus, llujnsmodi Coi/iuiefititni est, ' was a f:ible of this kind.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 3»5 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 marry Metis, which figni- 
 fieth Counfdl: ^Vhereby 
 they intend, that Soiicr- 
 aigfify is 
 
 married to Counfdl : The 
 other, in that which fol- 
 loweth, which was thus : ^- 
 They fay after Iiipite?- was 
 married to Metis, fhe con- 
 ceiued by him, and was 
 with Childe ; but Iiipiter 
 fuffcred her not to flay, 
 till fhe brought forth, but 
 eat her vp ; Wherby he 
 became himfelfe with 
 Child, and was deliuered 
 of Pallas Armed, out of 
 his Head. Which mon- 
 flrous Fable, containeth a 
 Secret of Empire; How 
 Kings are to make vfe of 
 their Councell of State. 
 That firfl, they ought to 
 referre ^^ matters vnto 
 them, which is the firll 
 Begetting or Impregna- 
 tion;^^ But when they are 
 elaborate, moulded, and 
 fhaped, in the Wombe of 
 their Councell, and grow 
 ripe, and ready to be 
 brought forth ; That then, 
 they fuffer not their Couii- 
 
 ^^ Referre. Delibermidn^ coinmittattt, ' refer for deliberation.' 
 1* Begetdng or Impregnation. Couceptio, ' conception.' 
 
3i6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. oat. 47-52. 
 
 cell to goe throughe with 
 the refolucion, and direc- 
 cion, as if it depended 
 vponn them, but take the 
 matters backe into theire 
 owne hand, and make it 
 appeare to the world that 
 the decrees and finall 
 direccions (which be- 
 caufe they come forth with 
 prudence, and power, are 
 refembled to Pallas 
 araied) proceede from 
 themfelves ; and not onely 
 from theire authority, but 
 the more to add re'pu- 
 tacion to themfelves, 
 from their head, and de- 
 vife. 
 
 The inconveniences that 
 have beene noted in calling, 
 and vfing Councell are 
 three — Ffirft the reveal- 
 ing of affayres whereby 
 they become leffe fecrett. 
 Secondly the weakening 
 of the authoritie of Princes, 
 as if they were leffe of 
 tliemfelves; Thirdly the 
 (launger of being vnfaith- 
 fullie councelled, and more 
 for the good of them that 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. a3t. 5: 
 
 fel to go through, with 
 the refolution and direc- 
 tion, as if it depended 
 vpon them ; but take the 
 matter back into their 
 own hand, and make it 
 appeare to the world, that 
 the decrees and final 
 dire6lions (which be- 
 caufe they come forth with 
 prudence, and power, are 
 refembled to Pallas 
 armed) proceeded from 
 themfelues : and not onely 
 from their authority, but 
 (the more to adde repu- 
 tation to themfelues) 
 from their heade and de- 
 uice. 
 
 The inconueniences that 
 haue beene noted in calling 
 and vfmg counfell, are 
 three. Firfl, . the reueal- 
 ing of affaires, whereby 
 they become leffe fecret. 
 Secondly, the weakning 
 of the authority of Princes, 
 as if they were leffe of 
 themfelues. Thirdly, the 
 danger of being vnfaith- 
 fully counfelled, and more 
 for the good of them that 
 
 15 Resolution and direction. Decretmn, ' resolution." 
 
 16 On them, ^x eorunt Aiictoritate, ' upon tlicir authority.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 317 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 cell to goe through with 
 the Refohition, and direc- 
 tion/^ as if it depended 
 on them;^^ But take the 
 matter backe into their 
 owne Hands, and make it 
 appeare to the world, that 
 the Decrees, and finall 
 Diredlions, (which, be- 
 caufe they come forth with 
 Prudence^ and Power ^ are 
 refembled to Pallas 
 Armed) proceeded from 
 themfelues : And not onely 
 from their AutJiority^ but 
 (the more to adde Repu- 
 tation to Themfelues) 
 from their Head, and De- 
 iiiceP 
 
 Let vs now fpeake of the lnco?iueniences of Coun- 
 fell, and of the Pe?nedies. 
 The Incoiiuejiiences, that 
 haue been noted in calling, 
 and vfmg Counfell, are 
 three. Fiifl, the Reueal- 
 ing ^^ of Affaires, whereby 
 they become leffe Secret. 
 Secondly, the Weahning 
 of the Authority of Princes, 
 as if they w^ere leffe -^^ of 
 Themfelues. Thirdly, the 
 Danger of being vnfaith- 
 fully coujifelled, and more 
 for the good of them that 
 
 ^^ Deuice. Ajictoritate, 'authority.' 
 
 18 Reiiealing. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 19 Were Icsse. J\Iinus ex se penderent, ' depended less upon themselves.' 
 
3i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. 
 
 councell, then of him that 
 is councelled. Ffor which 
 inconveniences the doc- 
 trine oi Italie, and pradize 
 of Fraiince 
 
 hath introduced Cahanett 
 Councelles, a remedy 
 worfe than the difeafe, 
 which hath tourned Metis 
 the wife, to Metis the 
 Miflreffe, that is the 
 councelles of State to 
 which Princes are'^ solemly 
 marryed, to councells of 
 gracious perfons recom- 
 mended cheifly by-j-flattery 
 and affection. 
 
 But for fecrecie, Princes 
 are not bound to com- 
 municate all matters with 
 all councellours, but may 
 extra(Sl, and feledl. 
 Neither is it neceffarye, 
 that he that confulteth 
 what he fliould doe, fliould 
 declare what he will doe ; 
 But lett Princes beware 
 that the vnfecreting of 
 theire affaires come not 
 from themfclves ; and 
 as for Cabanett Councell 
 It may be theire Mot 
 plejins rimarum sum ; one 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 counfel, then of him that 
 is counfelled. For which 
 inconueniences, the doc- 
 trine of Italy ^ and pra6tize 
 of France, 
 
 hath introduced Cahanet 
 counfels, a remedy 
 worfe then the difeafe. 
 
 But the fecrecy Princes, 
 are not bound to com- 
 municate all matters with 
 all Councellors, but may 
 extracSl and feledt. 
 Neither is it neceffarie, 
 that hee that confulteth 
 what hee fliould doe; fliould 
 declare what hee will doe. 
 But let Princes beware 
 that the vnfecreting of 
 tlieir affaires come not 
 from themfelues. And 
 as for Cahanet Counfell, 
 it may be their Mot, 
 Plcnus rimarum f urn. One 
 
 * + The word 'solemly' has been struck out here; and the words 'flattery 
 and' have been inserted below in a different hand ; ?Sir F. Bacon's. 
 
 20 Counselled. /'r/«c</>/5 /y55-/«5, 'the prince himself.' 
 
 21 Cabinet. Interiora, qjKP vulgo voca/Uur Cabiuetii, ' inner councils, 
 which are commonly called cabinets.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 319 
 
 y. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 coujifell., then of him that 
 is coiuifdlcdr^ For which 
 Ificoiiue/iicnccs, the Doc- 
 trine of Italy, and Praciife 
 of France, in fome Kings times, 
 hath introduced Cabinci-^ 
 Coiinfds \ A Remedy 
 worfe then the Difeafe. 
 
 As to Secrecy -^ Fri?ices 
 are not bound to com- 
 municate all Matters, with 
 all Coimfellors; but may 
 extract and felect.--^ 
 Neither is it neceffary. 
 that he that confulteth 
 what he fhould doe, fliould 
 declare what he will doe. 
 But let Pi-mces beware, 
 that tlie vnfecreting of 
 their Affaires, comes not 
 from Themfelues. And 
 as for Cabinet Cowifells^ 
 it may be their Motto; 
 Pleimsrhnaruvi sum :"■ One 
 
 ** I am full of rifts. Terence. Eunuchus. i. a. 
 
 '^'- Secrecy. Occultationein Cofisilionim, ' secrecy of councils.' 
 23 After select. Tarn Persoitas, qtutm Negotia, 'as well the persons as tlie 
 business.' 
 
-,20 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 III. 
 
 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. 
 
 futile perfon, that maketh 
 it his glorie to tell, will 
 doe more hurt, tlien manie, 
 that knowe it theire duetie 
 to keepe councell. 
 
 For weakening of 
 authority, The fable 
 flieweth the remedye 
 
 Neither was there ever 
 prince bereaved of his 
 dependances by his 
 Councell, except where 
 there hath bene either 
 an over-greatneffe in one, 
 or an over-flrict Combin- 
 acion in diuerfe. 
 
 Forthelafl inconvenience, 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. cet. 52. 
 
 futile perfon, that maketh 
 it his glory to tell, will 
 do more hurt, then manie 
 that know it their dutic 
 to conceale. 
 
 For 
 
 weakning 
 
 of 
 
 authority, the fable 
 flieweth the remedy ; 
 
 neither was there euer 
 Prince bereaued of his 
 dependances by his 
 Counfell, except where 
 there hath been either 
 an ouergreatneffe in one, 
 or an ouerftridl combin- 
 ation in diuerfe. 
 
 For the lafl inconuenience 
 
 2* Tell. Arcana nossc ct rctegerc^ ' to know and disclose secrets.' 
 
 25 Beyond. Ultra notitiam, "' beyond the knowledge of.' 
 
 26 Hand-Mill. I'rpprio Martc vaiidiis, ' strong in his own strength.' 
 
 27 Inward. Omitted in the latin. 
 
 28 True. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 321 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 futile perfon, that maketh 
 it his glory to tell,-^ will 
 doe more hurt, then many, 
 that know it their duty 
 
 to conceale. It is true, there be fame Affaires, 
 
 which require extreme Secrecy^ which will hardly go 
 beyond-^ one or two perfons, befides the King: Neither 
 are thofe Coioifcls vnprofperous : For befides the 
 Secrecy^ they commonly goe on conflantly in one Spirit 
 of Diredlion, without diflra6lion. But then it mufl 
 be a Prudent -King, fuch as is able to Grinde with a 
 Hand- Mill -j"^^ And thofe Iniuard-'^ Counfellours, had 
 need alfo, be Wife Men, and efpecially true^^ and 
 trufly to the Kings Ends ; As it was with King Henry 
 the Seuenth of England, who in his greatefl Bufmeffe,-^ 
 imparted himfelfe to none,^*^ except it were to Alortony 
 and Fox. 
 
 For Weake7iing of 
 Authoj'ity ; The Fable 
 
 fheweth the Remedy. Nay the Maiefly of Kings, is 
 rather exalted, then diminifhed, when they are in the 
 Chaire of Counfell : 
 Neither was there euer 
 Prince., bereaued of his 
 Dependances,^^ by his 
 Councell ; Except where 
 there hath beene, either 
 an Ouergreatneffe in one Couiifcllour, 
 Or an Ouerflridl Combin- 
 ation in Diuers ; which are Things ^- foone found, and 
 holpen. 
 
 For the IsSilncomiejiience, 
 
 -^ His greatest Businesse. Arcana sua ntajoris momenti, 'his secrets 
 of greater importance.' 
 30 None. Diwbus tantuvt j/iodo Cousilin7-iis, ' to two councillors alone.' 
 
 81 Depenclances. Auctoritate, 'authority.' 
 
 82 Things. Mala, ' evils.' 
 
 X 
 
522 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12, set. 47-52. 
 
 that Men will councell with 
 an eye to themfelves, 
 Certainely JVon mvemef 
 /idem super tej'vam^ is 
 meant of the nature of 
 tymes, and not of all par- 
 ticular perfons. There be 
 that are in nature faith- 
 full, and fmcere and 
 plaine, and direct, not 
 craftye, and involved ; lett 
 Princes above all drawe to 
 themfelves fuch natures ; 
 Befides Councelles are 
 not commonly fo vnited, 
 but that one 
 
 keepeth Sentinell over an- 
 other. 
 
 But the befl remedy is, if 
 Princes know theire Coun- 
 cellours as well as their 
 Councellours knowe them. 
 Pj'ijicipis ejl virtus maxima 
 nojfe fuos. And on the 
 other fide, Councellours 
 fliould not be to Specula- 
 tive into theire Sovereignes 
 perfon. The true Com- 
 poficion of a Councellour 
 is rather to be flvilfuU in 
 theire Maiflers bufmeffe, 
 then in his nature, for 
 then he is like to advife 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 ■'•■5 Themselues. Sua rci . . 
 their masters.' 
 3* After Certainly. ScripUiraJii illam, ' that text.' 
 
 that men will counfell with 
 an eie to themfelues. 
 Certainlie, JVon imieniet 
 jidem fuper ten-am^ is 
 meant of the nature of 
 times, and not of all par- 
 ticuler perfons. There bee 
 that are in nature faith- 
 full and fmceare, and 
 plaine, and direct, not 
 craftie and inuolued. Let 
 Princes aboue all, draw to 
 themfelues fuch natures. 
 Befides, counfels are 
 not commonly fo vnited, 
 but that one 
 
 keepeth Sentinell ouer an 
 other. 
 
 But the befl remedie is, if 
 Princes know their coun- 
 cellors, afwell as their 
 Counfellors know them, 
 Prijicipis ejl virtus maxima 
 noffe fuos. And of the 
 other fide Councellors 
 fliould not be too fpecula- 
 tiue into their Soueraignes 
 perfon. The true com- 
 pofition of a Councellor, 
 is rather to bee skilfull in 
 their Maflers bufmeffe, 
 then in his nature : For 
 then he is like to aduife 
 
 non Domini, ' their own affairs, not 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 323 
 
 V. f 1625. set. 65. 
 
 that Men will Cowifell ivith 
 ail Eye to thcmfclues ;^^ 
 Certainly,^"* Non inutniet 
 Fidem Juper terra?nf is 
 meant of the Nature of 
 Times, and not of all par- 
 ticular Perfons ; There be, 
 that are in Nature, Faith- 
 full, and Sincere, and 
 Plain e, and Dire6l ; Not 
 Crafty, and Inuolued : Let 
 Princes, aboue all, draw to 
 themfelues fuch Natures. 
 Befides, Coimfelloiirs are 
 not Commonly fo vnited, 
 but that one Counfellour 
 keepeth Centinell ouer An- 
 other ; So that if any do Coimfell out of Fa6lion, or 
 priuate Ends, it commonly comes to the Kings Eare. 
 But the beft Remedy is, if 
 Fri?ices know their Coiin- 
 fellours, as well as their 
 Connfelloiirs know them : 
 Principis ejl virtus maxima 
 noffe fiios.^ And on the 
 other fide, Coiinfellours 
 fhould not be too Specula- 
 tiue, into their Soueraignes 
 Perfon. The true Com- 
 pofition of a Coicnfelloiir., 
 is rather to be skilful in 
 their MaRers Bufmeffe, 
 then in his Nature ; For 
 then he is like to Aduife 
 
 "■ Luke xviH. 8. 
 
 * ItistlicgreatestvertueofaPrincetoknowhisown. Martial. Epigr.y\\\.\^. 
 
324 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. 
 
 him, and not to feede his 
 humor. It is of hnguler 
 vfe to Princes, if they take 
 the opinions of theire 
 Councell, both feparately, 
 and togither. For pri- 
 uate opinion is more free; 
 but opinion before others 
 is more reverent. In 
 private, Men are more 
 bold in theire owne hu- 
 mours, and in confort. 
 Men are more obnoxious 
 to others humors. 
 
 Therefore it is good to take 
 both, and of the inferiour 
 forte rather in priuate, 
 
 of 
 the greater rather in Com- 
 panie. 
 
 It is in vaine for Princes to 
 take Councell concerning 
 matters, if they take not 
 Councell likewife con- 
 cerning perfons. Ffor all 
 matters are as dead Im- 
 ages, and the life of 
 the execucion of affayres 
 refleth in the good choife 
 of perfons. Neither is it 
 enough e to confulte con- 
 cerning perfons Sccuiiduni 
 genera^ as in an Idea, or 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. . get. 52. 
 
 him, and not to feed his 
 humor. It is of fmguler 
 vfe to Princes, if they take 
 the opinions of their 
 Councell, both feperatly 
 and together. For pri- 
 uate opinion is more free, 
 but opinion before others 
 is more reuerent. In 
 priuate, men are more 
 bold in their own hu- 
 mors ; and in confort, 
 men are more obnoxious 
 to others humors. 
 
 Therefore it is good to take 
 both, and of the inferiour 
 fort rather in priuate to 
 preferue freedome, of 
 the greater rather in con- 
 fort, to preferue refpe6l. 
 It is in vain for Princes to 
 take counfell concerning 
 matters : if they take no 
 counfell likwife con- 
 cerning perfons. For all 
 matters are as dead im- 
 ages, and the life of 
 the execution of affaires 
 reReth in the good choife 
 of perfons. Neither is it 
 enough to confult concern- 
 ing perfons, fccundum 
 genera^ as in an Idca^ or 
 
 '•^ Opinions. Opbiiojics et Vota, 'opinions and wishes.' 
 •'0 Are more bold. Plus insc7-7'it, ' serve more.' 
 37 Obnoxious. Ol>>i<yxi7ts, 'deferential.' 
 *8 Humours. Affectibiis, ' assumptions.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL 
 
 325 
 
 V- 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 him, and not to Feede his 
 Humour. It is of fmgular 
 vfe to Princes, if they take 
 the Opinions ^^ of their 
 CouTifin, both Seperately, 
 and Together. For Pri- 
 uate Opinion is more free; 
 but Opinion before others 
 is more Reuerend. In 
 priuate, Men are more 
 bold^^ in their owne Hu- 
 mours ; And in Confort, 
 ]\Ien are more obnoxious^' 
 to others Humours ;^^ 
 Therefore it is good to take 
 both : And of the inferiour 
 Sort, rather in priuate, to 
 preferue Freedome ; Of 
 the greater, rather in Con- 
 fort, to preferue Refpecl.^^ 
 It is in vaine for Princes to 
 take Counfel concerning 
 Matters, if they take no 
 Coiinjcll hkewife ^^ con- 
 cerning Perfons : For all 
 Matters, are as dead Im- 
 ages ; And the Life of 
 the Execution ot Affaires, 
 refleth in the good Choice*^ 
 of Perfons. Neither is it 
 enough to confult concern- 
 ing Perfons, Secundum 
 ge7iera,"^ as in an Idea, or 
 
 " According to classes. 
 
 *" Preserue Respect. Ut viodestius Seiitentiajn ferant, 'that they may 
 give their opinions more moderately.' 
 
 *o Likewise. Diligenter quo-jue,^ li^Xx^tw^y 3X1,0.' 
 *i Good Choice. Delectu, ' choice.' 
 
326 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 Mathematical! defcripcion 
 what kind 
 
 of perfon fhould 
 be, but in indiuiduo 
 for the greatefl errors, 
 and the 
 greatefl Judgement are 
 fhewed in the 
 Indiuidualls. 
 
 choice of 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 Mathematical! defcription, 
 what liind 
 
 of perfon fhould 
 be ; but in mdiuidiio : 
 For the greatefl errors 
 and the 
 greatefl iudgement are 
 fhewed in the choice of 
 Iiidiuiduals. 
 
 It was truely faid, Optimi 
 Confdiarij mortid. 
 
 Boolces will fpeake plaine, 
 when Councellors blanch. 
 Therefore it is good to be 
 conueifant in them, fpe- 
 cially the books of fuch as 
 themfeiues haue beene 
 A6lors vpon the Stage. 
 
 ,k. 
 
 "1^' 
 
 ** The best counsellors are the dead. *' Alonso of Aragon waswont tosay of 
 
 himselfe ; That he was a g7-eat Necromancer, for that he vscd to aske Conn- 
 sell 0/ the Dead : meaning Books." Lord Bacon. Apophth. No. 105. Ed. 1625. 
 
 * In the night there is coujiseil. 
 
 " Mr. W. A. Wright quotes the following explanation of this phrase from 
 North's translation of Plutarch. Coriolanus, p. 249. Ed. 1577 : " But hereby 
 appeareth plainely, how king Niana did wisely ordaine all other ceremonies 
 concerning deuution to the goddes, and specially this custonie which he 
 stablished, to bring the people to religion. For when the magistrates, 
 bishoppes, priestes, or other religious ministers goe about any deuine seruice, 
 or matter of religion, an heraufd euer goeth before them, crying out aloud. 
 Hoc age : as to say, doe this, or mind this." 
 
 42 Most Iudgement is shewne. yjidicii Libra inaxivteversatur, 'the bal- 
 ance of judgment is most used.' 
 
 *^ Truly .said. Memoria tefiendiim, 'must be kept in the memory.' 
 
 ** Blanch. In Adulationem lapsitri, ' will slip into flattery.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSEL. I'll 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Mathematicall Dcfcription, 
 what the Kinde and Cha- 
 ra6ler of the Perfon fliould 
 be ; 
 
 For the greatefl Errours 
 are committed, and the 
 moll Judgement is 
 fliewne,*- in the choice of 
 Indiuidiials. 
 
 It was truly faid /^ Optimi 
 Confdiarij mortui ,-^ 
 
 Books will fpeake plaine, 
 when Coiuifellors Blanch.'^ 
 Therefore it is good to be 
 conuerfant in'^^ them; Spe- 
 cially the Bookes of fuch, as 
 Themfelues haue been 
 Aclors vpon the Stage.'^^ 
 
 The Coioifels, at this Day, in mod Places, are but 
 Familiar Meetings •,^'^ where Matters are rather talked 
 on, then debated. And they run too fwift to the 
 Order or Acl of Counfell. It were better, that in 
 Caufes of weight, the Matter were propounded one 
 (lay, and not fpoken to,'*^ till the next day ; In NoHe 
 Confdium.^ So was it done, in the Commiffion ot 
 Vnioji^ between England and Scotland; which was a 
 Graue and Orderly AlTembly. I commend fet Dales 
 for Petitions -.^"^ For both it giues the Suitors more 
 certainty for their Attendance ; And it frees the Meet- 
 ings for Matters of Eflate,^^ that they may Hoc agcreS 
 
 *3 Be conuersant in. Multnm revolvere, 'turn over much.' 
 
 ^^ Actors vpon the Stage. Gnberjiaatla Reruvt tractarjtnt, 'have managed 
 the helm of affairs.' 
 
 *■ Meetings. Congressus, et colloquia, ' meetings and conversation.' 
 
 *8 Not spoken to. Tractaretiir, ' treated.' 
 
 *9 Petitions. Petitionee privatas, ' private petitions.' 
 
 S*) Meetings for Matters of Estate. Solen/iiores Conventus, ' more solemn 
 meetings.' 
 
328 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 61 Indifferent. Qjci cpijui sitit, et inneutram partevi proPendeani, 'who 
 are indifferent and lean to neither side.' 
 
 52 Standing. Noti tatttian tetnporaneas, mit e re ftata : sed etiain con- 
 tinuaias, et pc7pet7(as, ' not only temporary or for a certain thioR, but also 
 continual and perpetual.' 
 
 *3 As. Exempli gtaiia; Qjtce atrent separaiim, ' as for example, which 
 should be administered separately.' 
 
 s* Suits. Gratias ; Gravamina; 'favours; complaints.' 
 
 S5 Particular. Subordinata, 'subordinate.' 
 
 66 Of Estate. Sttperiiis, * higher.' 
 
 67 Let. Si Casus postitlet, ' if the case require.' 
 
 68 Professions. Mtoieris aiit professionis, ' duty or profession.' 
 
 69 ^y?fr Mint-men. lilercatoribus, Arti_/icibus, 'merchants, artisans.' 
 
 6*> In a Tribunitious Manner. More Tribunitio, 'after the manner of a 
 tribune \i.e. in a tumultuous, turbulent manner].' 
 61 After enforme. Ut decet, ' as is proper.' 
 
XXVI. OF COUNSE'L. 329 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 In choice of Committees, for ripening Bufmeffe, for 
 the Counfdl, it is better to choofe Indifferent ^1 perfons, 
 then to make an Indifferency, by putting in tliofe, that 
 are flrong, on both fides. I commend alfo Jlandijig^'^ 
 Commifsiom ; As^^ for Trade ; for Treafure ; for Warre ; 
 for Suits ;^'^ for fome Prouinces : For where there be 
 diuers particulars^ Counfe/s, and but one Coimfell of 
 Eftate,^'^ (as it is in Spaim) they are in effect no more, 
 then Standing Commifsiotis ; Saue that they haue greater 
 Authority. Let-^*" fuch, as are to informe Counfe/s, out 
 of their particular Profeffions,^^ (as Lawyers, Sea-men, 
 jMint-men,^^ and the like) be firfl heard, before Com- 
 mittees ; And then, as Occafion femes, before the 
 CoiinfelL And let them not come in Multitudes, or 
 in a Tribunitious Planner f^ For that is, to clamour 
 Coiinfels, not to enforme*^^ them. A long Table, and 
 a fquare Table, or Seats about the Walls, 6- feeme 
 Things of Forme, but are Things of Subftance ; For at 
 a long Table, a few at the upper end, in effecl, fway all 
 the Bufmeffe ; But in the other Forme, there is more 
 vfe of the Counfelloins Opinions, that fit lower. A 
 King, when he prefides in Counfell, let him beware 
 how he Opens his owne IncHnation too much, in that 
 which he propoundeth :*^^ For elfe Coufifellours will 
 but take the Winde of him ; And in flead of giuing 
 Free Counfell, fing him a Song of Placebo. 
 
 <f? 
 
 «2 After '^2\\%. CanurcE Consilii, ' of the council chamber.' 
 68 In that which he propoundeth. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
330 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 27. ©t ^tl)ei^me. 
 
 Had rather 
 leeve all 
 fables in 
 Legend. 
 
 be- 
 the 
 the 
 
 and the Aicaivn, 
 then that this vniuerfall 
 frame is without a minde 
 And therefore God never 
 wrought miracle to con- 
 vince Athieftes becaufe 
 his ordinary workes con- 
 vince them. Certainely 
 a litle Philofophie in- 
 clineth to 
 
 Atheifme, but depth in 
 Philofophie bringeth Men 
 about to Religion ; 
 for when the minde of 
 Man lookethvponn fecond 
 caufes fcattered, 
 fometymes it refteth in 
 them, But 
 
 when it beholdeth 
 
 them confede- 
 rate, and knitt togither, 
 it flyes to pro- 
 
 vidence, and deitye. MofL 
 of all that fchoole which 
 is moft accufed of Athe- 
 ifme, doth demon- 
 flrate Religion, that is 
 
 IV. 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 14. ©f |ltl)et!5me. 
 
 Had rather be- 
 leeue all the 
 fables in the 
 Legend, 
 and the Aharon, 
 then that this vniuerfall 
 frame is without a minde. 
 And therefore God neuer 
 wrought myracle to con- 
 uince Atheifls, becaufe 
 his ordinary works con- 
 uince them. Certainely, 
 a little PJiUofophie in- 
 clineth mans minde to 
 Atheifme, but depth in 
 Philofophie bringeth men 
 about to Religion. 
 For when the minde of 
 man looketh vpon fecond 
 caufes fcattered, 
 fometimes it refleth in 
 them ; but 
 
 when it beholdeth, 
 
 them confede- 
 rat, and knit together, 
 it flies to pro- 
 
 uidence, and Deitie. Moft 
 of all, that fchoole which 
 is mofl acufed of Athe- 
 ifme, doth demon- 
 flrate Religion. That is, 
 
 1^2. Uarintiang in postfjumous Hatin iSljitimx of 163S. 
 
 1 Rather. Minus durum est, ' it is less hard.' 
 
 2 All the Fables. Portentosissimis Fabidis, ' the most monstrous fables ' 
 
XXVII. OF ATHEISM. 331 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 16. ©f ^tljcbme. 
 
 Had rather 1 be- 
 
 leeue all the 
 
 Fables- in the 
 
 Legend, and the 
 Talmud, and the Alcora?i, 
 then that this vniuerfall 
 Frame, is without a Minde. 
 And therefore, God neuer 
 wTought -Miracle, to con- 
 uince Atheifme, becaufe 
 his Ordinar}' Works con- 
 uince it. It is true, that 
 a httle Philofophy^ in- 
 clineth IMans Minde to 
 Atheifme ; But depth in 
 Philofophy bringeth Mens 
 Mindes about to Religion : 
 For while the ^Minde of 
 Man,looketh vpon Second 
 Caufes Scattered, it may 
 fometimes refl in them, 
 and goe no further : But 
 when it beholdeth, the 
 Chaine of them, Confede- 
 rate and Linked together, 
 it mufl needs flie to Pro- 
 tiideiice, and Deitie. Nay 
 euen that Schoole, which 
 is mofl accufed of Athe- 
 ifme,'' doth mofl demon- 
 flrate Religion ; That is, 
 
 8 Philosophy. /'A//^^^/Azi? A^rt^/^rrt//^, 'natural philosophy.' 
 ■* Atheisme. AUieisvii, si quis vere rem intros/>iciai, 'atheism, if one 
 truly consider the matter.' 
 
332 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 the Schoole of Leiicippus, 
 and Democritiis, and Epi- 
 curus ; ffor it is a thow- 
 fand tymes more credible 
 that Fower mutable Ele- 
 mentes and one immutable 
 5 th effence duely and 
 eternally placed neede noe 
 God; then that an Armie 
 of infinite fmale porcions, 
 vnplac'd fliould 
 have produc'd this order, 
 and beautye without a 
 divine Marfliall. The 
 Scripture faith T/ie foole 
 hath faied m his heai't 
 there is noe God. It is not 
 faied The foole hath thought 
 ill his heai't^ so as hee 
 rather faieth it by rote to 
 himfelf, as that he would 
 have, then that he can 
 throughlie beleeve it, or be 
 perfuaded of it. For none 
 denie there is a God, 
 but thofe for whom it 
 makeththat there were noe 
 God. 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 the Schoole of Leucippus, 
 J and Democj'itks, and £pi- 
 ! curus. For it is a thou- 
 fand times more credible, 
 that foure mutable Ele- 
 ments, and one immutable 
 I fifth Effence, duly and 
 i eternally placed, neede no 
 I God : then that an Army 
 ! of infinite fmall portions 
 j or feeds vnplaced, fliould 
 j haue produced this order, 
 j and beauty, without a 
 diuine Marfliall. The 
 Scripture faith, The foole 
 hath faid in his hearty 
 there is 7J0 God, It is not 
 faid, The foole hath thought 
 in his heart. So as he 
 rather faith it by rote to 
 himfelfe, as that he would 
 haue : then that hee can 
 throughly beleeue it, or bee 
 perfwaded of it. For none 
 denie there is a God, 
 but thofe for whom it 
 maketh, that there were no 
 God. 
 
 5 Vnplaced. Si7ie Ordine /ortiiito vagantuim, 'wanderins 
 without order.' 
 
 ^ Marshall. yS"^///, 'superintendent.' 
 ' By rote. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 by chance 
 
XXVII. OF ATHEISM. 333 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 the Sell 00k of Leucippus, 
 and Dtiuocritus^ and Epi- 
 curus. For it is a thou- 
 fand times more Credible, 
 that foure INIutablc Ele- 
 ments, and one Immutable 
 Fift ElTence, duly and 
 Eternally placed, need no 
 God ; then that an Army, 
 of Infinite fmall Portions, 
 orSeedesvnplacedj^Oiould 
 haue produced this Order, 
 and Beauty, without a 
 Diuine Marfliall.^^ The 
 Scripture faith ; The Foole 
 hath /aid in his Heart, 
 there is no God :^ It is not 
 faid; The Foole hath thought 
 in his Heart : So as, he 
 rather faith it by rote^ to 
 himfelfe, as that he would 
 haue, then that he can 
 throughly beleeue it, or be 
 perfwaded of it. For none 
 deny^ there is a God, 
 but thofe, for whom it 
 maketh^ that there were no 
 
 God. It appeareth in nothing more, that Atheifme is 
 rather in the Lip, then in the Heart of Man, then by 
 this; That Atheifts will euer be talking i*^ of that dieir 
 Opinion, as if they fainted in it, within themfelues, 
 and would be glad to be Hrengthned, by the Confent 
 of others : Nay more, you fliall haue Atheijls flriue to 
 
 " Ps. xiv. I. 
 
 8 Deny. Deos non esse credit, ' believe there are no gods.' 
 
 9 It maketh. .£^/£'^/:V, ' it is advantageous,' 
 
 10 Talking. Prcedicent et defendant, ' preaching and defending.' 
 
334 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 Epicurus is charged that 
 lie did but diffemble for 
 his Creditt fake, when he 
 affirmed there were 
 bleffed natures, but fuch 
 as enioyed themfelves with- 
 out having refpecl to the 
 governement of the world ; 
 wherein they fay he did 
 temporize, thoughe in 
 fecrett, he thought there 
 was noe God. But cer- 
 tainely, he is traduced. 
 For his Wordes are noble, 
 and divine No7i deos 
 vidgi 7iegare profanum, 
 fed vidgi opinio7ies Diis 
 applicare profanum Plato 
 could have faied noe more. 
 And althoughe he had the 
 confidence to denie the 
 adminiftracion, he had 
 not the power to denie 
 that nature. The Iiidia7is 
 of the Wefl have names 
 for theire particuler Codes, 
 thoughe they have noe one 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. 3et. 52. 
 
 Epicin'us is charged that 
 he did but diffemble for 
 his credits fake, when he 
 affirmed there were 
 bleffed natures, but fuch 
 as enioyed themfelues,vv^ith- 
 out hauing refpe6l to the 
 goueniment of the world. 
 Wherein they fay, he did 
 temporife, though in 
 fecret, hee thought, there 
 was no God. But cer- 
 tainly hee is traduced ; 
 for his words are noble 
 and diuine. No7i Deos 
 vidgi 7iegare profa7iu77i, 
 fed vidgi opi7iio7ies Dijs 
 applica7'e p7'of a 1111711. Plato 
 could haue faid no more. 
 And although he had the 
 confidence to denie the 
 adminiflration ; he had 
 not the power to den}^ 
 the nature. The I7idia7is 
 of the Wefl., haue names 
 for their particuler gods, 
 though they haue no 
 
 11 Suffer. Mortem et Crjiciatus subie-nmt, ' have undergone death and 
 tortures.' 
 
 12 And not recant. Potius qiiain Opinionevi sttatn retractare stistinerenty 
 ' rather than bear to retract their opinion.' 
 
XXVII. OF A THEISM. 335 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 get Diftiplcs, as it fareth with other Se6ls : And, which 
 is mod of all, you fliall haue of them, that will fuffer^^ 
 for At/ieifme, and not recant ;i'^ Wheras, if they did 
 truly thinke, that there were no fuch Thing as God, 
 why fliould they trouble themfelues ? 
 Epictirus is charged, that 
 he did but diffemble, for 
 his credits fake, when he 
 affirmed ; There were 
 Bleffcd Nahires, but fuch 
 asenioyed themfelues, with- 
 out hauing refpedl to the 
 Gouemment of the World. 
 Wherein, they fay, he did 
 temporize j though in 
 fecret, he thought, there 
 was no God}^ But cer- 
 tainly, he is traduced ; 
 For his Words are Noble 
 and Diuine : No7i Deos 
 vidgi negare profaiium ; 
 fed vidgi Opmiones Dijs 
 applicare profamim."- Plato 
 could haue faid no more.^* 
 And although, he had the 
 Confidence, to deny the 
 Ad7?ti?iiJIration}^ he had 
 not the Power to deny 
 the JVature. The Indians 
 of the Wejl^ haue Names 
 for their particular Gods, 
 though they haue no 
 
 * It is not profane to deny the gods of the f>eople : but it is profane to 
 attribute to the gods, the beliefs of the people. Diog. Laert. x. 123. 
 
 "God. Z)^^5-, 'gods.' !■* More. iT/r/n/j, ' better.' 
 
 1* Administration. Divinant rerum Administrationem, ' admini.-^tra- 
 tion of divine things.' 
 
-,-,6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 OJ 
 
 III. 1607-12. get. 47-52. IV 
 
 name for God, as if the 
 Heathens fliould have had 
 the names Iiipiter., Appollo, 
 Mais, Etc., but not the 
 word, Dcus ; which fhewes 
 they have the notion, 
 though not the 
 
 full extent. So 
 
 that againft AthiefLes the 
 mofl barbarous Savages 
 take part with the 
 fubtileft Philofophers. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 name for God : as if the 
 heathens fhould haue had 
 the names, Jupiter, Apollo, 
 Mars, etc., but not the 
 word Dens : which fliewes 
 yet they haue the notion 
 though not the 
 
 full extent. So 
 
 that againfl Atheifls, the 
 moft barbarous 
 take part with the 
 fubtilleft Philofophers. 
 
 Sauages, 
 
 [Expanded and tranfpofed here i?t the 1625 
 Edition, from the Effay Of Superflition of the - 
 '16 1 2 Edition; seep. 346.] 
 
 They that denie a God, 
 
 They that deny a God, 
 
 16 Ex-tent. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1^ Receiued Religion. Religionevi nliquam, ' any religion.' 
 
 18 Name. Nomcn et Nota, ' name and mark.' 
 
 19 Maine. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 •^ Scoffing. Zz/rt't'Wfj'zV/' yVrrtwrt'/', ' playing and joking.' 
 
XXVII. OF ATHEISM. 337 
 
 V. 1625. ^t. 65. 
 
 name for God : As if the 
 Hcathois, fliould haiie had 
 the Names IiipUcr, Apollo, 
 Mars., &c. Eut not the 
 
 Word Dcus : which fliewes, that euen thofe Barbarous 
 People, haue the Notion, 
 though they haue not the Latitude, 
 and Extent 1^ of it. So 
 that againfl AthciJIs, the 
 very Sauages 
 take part, with the very 
 
 fubtillefl Philofophers. The Contemplatiue Atheijl is 
 rare ; A Diagoras, a Bion., a Lucian perhaps, and fome 
 others ; And yet they feeme to be more then they are'; 
 For that, all that Impugne a receiued Religion}'^' or 
 Siipcr/Iilion, are by the aduerfe Part, branded with the 
 Name^^ of Athnjls. But the great Atheijls, indeed, 
 are Hypocrites ; which are euer Handling Holy Things, 
 but without Feeling. So as they muft needs be cau- 
 terized in the End. The Caiifts oi 'Atheifuie are; 
 Dinifiofis in Rcligio??, if they be many ; For any one 
 maine^^ Diuifion, addeth Zeale to both Sides ; But 
 many Diuifions introduce Athcifme. Another is, 
 Scandall of Pricjls ; When it is come to that, which 
 S. Bernard faith ; Noil ejl iam dicere, vt Populns, fie 
 Sacerdos: quia nee fie popiiliis., vt Saeerdos. A third is, 
 Cuflome of Frofiine Seofiin^-^ in Holy Matters ; which 
 doth, by little and little, deface the Reuerence of 
 Religion. And laflly, Learned Tiffies, fpecially with 
 Peace, and Profperity : For Troubles and Aduerfities 
 doe more bow ]\Iens ]\Iindes to Religion. 
 They that deny a God^-^ 
 
 " It cannot ncnv he said, as are tJte people, so is the priest ; because the 
 people are not so bad as the priest. St. Bernard. Sermones ad Pastores. 
 Opera, p. 1752. Ed. 1640. 
 
 '^ God. Deos, ' Gods.' 
 
 Y 
 
538 AHA R M O N Y OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 
 
 deflroy mans nobilitye ; 
 Ffor certainlie Man is of 
 kin to the beaftes by 
 his body, and if he be 
 not of kin to God by 
 his fpiritt, he is a bafe and 
 ignoble Creature. It de- 
 flroyes hkewife Magnani- 
 mitie, and the rayfing of 
 humaine nature. For take 
 an Example of a dogg, 
 and marke what a gener- 
 ofitye, and courage he will 
 putt on, when he findes 
 himfelf mainteyned by a 
 Man, which to him is in- 
 flead of a God, or melior 
 natiira ; which courage 
 is manifefllie fuch, as that 
 Creature without that 
 Confidence of a better 
 nature then his owne, 
 could never attaine. So 
 man when he refleth and 
 affureth himfelfe vponn 
 divine proteccion, and 
 favour, gathereth a force, 
 and faith, which humaine 
 nature in it felf could 
 not obtayne. Therefore 
 as Atheifine is in all re- 
 fpe6ts hatefull. So in this, 
 that it depriveth humaine 
 nature, of the meanes to 
 exalte it felf above hu- 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. fet. 52. 
 
 deflroy mans nobility. 
 For certainely man is of 
 kinne to the beafls by 
 his body ; and if he bee 
 not of kin to God by 
 his fpirit, he is a bafe and 
 ignoble creature. It de- 
 ftroies likewife magnani- 
 mity, and the raifing of 
 humane nature. For, take 
 an example of a dog, 
 and marke what a gener- 
 ofity and courage he will 
 put on, when hee findes 
 himfelfe maintained by a 
 man, which to him is in- 
 flead of a god, or Melior 
 natiira : Which courage 
 is manifeRly fuch, as that 
 creature, without that 
 confidence of a better 
 nature then his owne, 
 could neuer attaine. So 
 man when he refleth and 
 affureth himfelfe vpon 
 Diuine prote6tion and 
 fauour; gathereth a force, 
 and faith, which humane 
 nature in it felfe could 
 not obtaine. Therefore 
 as Athcif)?ie is in all re- 
 fpe6ls hatefull : So in this, 
 that it depriueth humane 
 nature of the meanes to 
 exalt it felfe, aboue hu- 
 
XXVII. OF A THEISM. 339 
 
 V. ^ 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 deflroy Mans Nobility : 
 For certainly, Man is of 
 Kinne to the Beads, by 
 his Body ; And if, he be 
 not of Kinne to God^ by 
 his Spirit, he is a Bafe and 
 Ignoble Creature. It de- 
 flroies likewife Magnani- 
 mity, and the Raifmg of 
 Humane Nature : For take 
 an Example of a Dog; 
 And mark what a Gener- 
 ofity, and Courage he will 
 put on, when he findes 
 himfelfe maintained, by a 
 Man ; who to him is in 
 flead of a God, or Melior 
 Natura:^ which courage 
 is manifeflly fuch, as that 
 Creature, without that 
 Confidence, of a better 
 Nature, than his owne, 
 could neuer attaine. So 
 Man, when he refleth and 
 affureth himfelfe, vpon 
 diuine Protection, and 
 Fauour, gathereth a Force 
 and Faith ; which Humane 
 Nature, in it felfe, could 
 not obtaine. Therefore, 
 as Atheifme is in all re- 
 fpecls hatefull, fo in this, 
 that it depriueth humane 
 Nature, of the Meanes, to 
 exalt it felfe, aboue Hu- 
 
 " A Better Nature. Ovid. Mctaiiicrp/ioses. i. 2t. 
 
340 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. 
 
 maine frailtye. As it is in 
 particular perfons, fo it is 
 in Nacions. Never was 
 there fiich a State for 
 Magnanimitye, as Rome; 
 of this State heare what 
 Cicero faieth, Qtiam volu- 
 miis licet Patres Confcripti^ 
 nos amemus ; iamen nee 
 mimero Ilifpanos, nee 
 robo7'e Galhs, nee eallidi- 
 tate Poenos, nee artibiis 
 GrcEcos, nee denique hoc 
 ipfo hiiius gent is et ten-ce, 
 domejlico, natitwque fenfu 
 Italos ipfos et Latinos ; fed 
 pietate, ac I'eligioiie^ atqne 
 hac V7ia Sapientia, quod 
 Deoriim immo7'taliiim nii- 
 mine omnia regi, guher- 
 narique perfpeximiis^ onnies 
 gejites, Nationefqiie fiiper- 
 aiiimus. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. ffit. 52. 
 
 mane frailty. As it is in 
 particuler perfons ; fo it is 
 in Nations. Neuer was 
 there fuch a flate for 
 magnanimity as Rome. 
 Of this flate, heare what 
 Cicero faith ; Qiiam volu- 
 mus licet, P. Conf. 
 nos ame7nus, tame7i nee 
 7iit7)iero JPifpanos, nee 
 I'obore Gallos, 7iec eallidi- 
 tate Po27ios, 7iec a7'tibus 
 G7-cecos, 7iee de7iique Jwc 
 ipfo huiiis ge/itis et term 
 do)7ieJtico, 7iatiuoque fe7ifu 
 Italos ipfos et Latinos : fed 
 pietate, ac religione, atque 
 hac V7id fapie7itia quod 
 Deorufn i7ni7W7ialium 7iu- 
 7nine omnia 7'egi, giiber- 
 7ia7'ique pe7fpexi?7ius, 077mes 
 gentes, Nationefqiie fiipe7'- 
 auimus. 
 
 22 Neuer was there. Nunqnam Gens aiiqua aquavit, ' never any State 
 equalled.' 
 
XXVII. OF A THEISM. 34^ 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 mane Frailty. As it is in 
 particular Perfons, fo it is 
 in Nations : Neuer was 
 there -^ fuch a State, for 
 Magnanimity, as Rome : 
 Of this State heare what 
 Cicero faith ; Quam volu- 
 mus, licet, patns confcripti^ 
 710S amemus, taine?i 7iec 
 nwnero Hifpanos, iiec 
 robore GaHos, nee callidi- 
 tate Poenos, nee artibus 
 GrcECOs, nee deniqiie hoc 
 ipfo Jmius Gentis et Terrce 
 domejlico natiuoque fenfu 
 Italos ipfos et Latinos ; fed 
 Fietate, ac Religione, atque 
 hac V7id Sapientid, quod 
 Deoriim Immoi'taliiun Nu- 
 jnine, omnia regi, giiber- 
 Tiarique perfpeximus, ojnnes 
 Gentes Nationefqtie fiiper- 
 auimusJ^ 
 
 " Let us applaud our stives as much as ive please, O conscript fathers : 
 yet it is not because ive have surpassed the Spaniards in number, or the 
 Gauls in strength, or the Carthaginians i)t cunning, or the Grecian in arts, 
 or lastly the Italians and Latins themselves in that native inl'orn sense 
 peculiar to this race and land ; but that in piety and religion, and, in this 
 especial wisdom, that ive perceive that all things are goverfied by the divine 
 power 0/ the immortal gods, it is, that ive have overcome ail races atid 
 nations. Cicero. De Hamspician Responsis. ix. 
 
342 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 28. ©f Superstition. 
 
 T were better to 
 have noe opinion 
 of God at all, 
 then such an 
 opinion as is vnworthie 
 of him ; For the one is 
 Vnbeieife, the other is 
 Contumelie; and certainlye 
 fuperflicion is the reproach 
 of the Deytie. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 Atheifme leaves a Man to 
 fence, to Philofophie, to 
 naturall piety, to Lawes, 
 to reputacion, all which 
 may be guides vnto 
 
 Vertue thoughe 
 Religion were not, but 
 Superfliciondifmountes all 
 theis, and ere6teth an ab- 
 folute Tyranny in the 
 minde of Men. There- 
 
 15. ©f ^upcrsJtitiott. 
 
 r were better to 
 haue no opinion 
 of God at all ; 
 then fuch an 
 opinion as is vnworthy 
 of him ; For the one is 
 vnbeliefe, the other is 
 Contmnely; and certainely 
 fuperftition is the reproch 
 of Deitie. 
 
 Atheifme leaues a Man to 
 fenfe, to Philofophy, to 
 naturall piety, to lawes, 
 to reputation, all which 
 may bee guides vnto 
 
 vertue, though 
 Religion were not : but 
 fuperftition difmounts all 
 thefe, and eredleth an ab- 
 folute Tyranny in the 
 minde of men. There- 
 
 !F5. ITariations in postfjumoug Eati'n lEUition of 1638. 
 
 1 No. Nullam aut incertam, ' none, or an uncertain.' 
 
 2 Vnworthy. Co>ttu))ielioscnn, et iiidignam, 'ignominious and unworthy.' 
 ^ Contumely. Intpietatis et Opprobrii, ' impiety and contumely." 
 
 * Eat. Comedere et devorare, ' eat and devour.' 
 
XXVIII. OF SUr i: RSTITION. 
 
 343 
 
 V. 
 
 1625. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 17. ©f Superstition. 
 
 ait. 65. 
 
 T were better to 
 
 haueno^ Opinion 
 
 of God at all ; 
 
 then fuch an 
 Opinion, as is vnworthy^ 
 of him : For the one is 
 Vnbeleefe, the other is 
 Contumely^ : And certainly 
 Super/lit ion is the Reproach 
 
 of the Deify. Plutarch faith well to that purpofe : 
 Surely (faith he) / had rather, a great deale, Me?i 
 JJwu/d fay, there was no fuch Man, at all, as Plutarch ; 
 then that they Jliould fay, that there 7vas o?ie Plutarch, 
 that would eat^ his Children, as foon as they were 
 borne,"- as the Poets fpeake of Saturne. And, as the 
 Contumely^ is greater towards God^ fo the Danger is 
 greater towards Men. 
 Atheifnie leaues^ a Man to 
 Senfe ; to Philofophy ; to 
 Naturall Piety; to Lawes; 
 to Reputation;" All which 
 may be Guides to an out- 
 ward Morallvertue, though 
 Religio?i were not; But 
 Superflition difmounts all 
 thefe, and ere6leth an ab- 
 folute Monarchy, in the 
 Mindes of Men. There- 
 
 " Plutarch. De Superstitione, x. 
 
 5 Contumely. Coftt^nnelia Sitperstiiionis, ' contumely of superstition.' 
 * Leaues. Noii prorsits conveUit Dictamina Sensus, ' does not entirely 
 take away the dictates of sense.' 
 
 '" Reputation. Bona Fantce Desiu^riu?n ; ' desire ot good reputation.' 
 
344 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. I IV. 
 
 fore Athcifmc did never 
 perturbe States, for it 
 makes Men warie of them- 
 felves, as lookeing noe 
 further. And wee fee the 
 tymes inclyned to Atheifme, 
 as the tyme of Augujlus 
 Ccsfar, and our owne 
 tymes in fome Countryes 
 were and are civill tymes. 
 But Superftition hath 
 bene the Confufion, and 
 defolacion of manie flates, 
 and bringes in a new 
 prijiium mobile that ravy- 
 fheth all the Spheres of 
 governement. The Mafler 
 of SuperfLicion is the Peo- 
 ple, and in all SuperfLicion, 
 wife Men followe Fooles, 
 and Arguments are Fitted 
 to practize, in a reverfed 
 order. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 fore Atheifme did neuer 
 perturbe flates ; for it 
 makes men wary of them- 
 felues, as looking no 
 further.- and we fee the 
 times inclined to Atheifme^ 
 as the time of Augujlus 
 CcBfa?', and our owne 
 times in fome Countries, 
 were, and are, ciuill times. 
 But Superflition, hath 
 beene the confufion and 
 diffolation of many flates ; 
 and bringeth in a new 
 Priimun Mobile that rau- 
 ifheth al the fpheres of 
 gouernment. The mafter 
 of Superflition is the peo- 
 ple: and in al fuperflition, 
 wife men follow fooles ; 
 and arguments are fitted 
 to pradlife, in a reuerfed 
 order. 
 
 8 Neuer. Raro, 'rarely.' 
 
 9 As looking no further. Et securitati stuB consulenies, 'and regardful 
 of their safety.' 
 
XX VI 1 1. O F S U P E R S TI 71 ,V. 345 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 fore Athcifme did neuer^ 
 perturbe States ; For it 
 makes Men wary of them- 
 felues, as looking no 
 further •? And we fee the 
 times encHned to Athcifme 
 (as the Time of Augujlus 
 Ccefar) 
 
 were ciuiP^ Times. 
 
 But Superjiition, hath 
 beene the Confufion 
 
 of many States ;^i 
 And bringeth in a new 
 Primicin Mobile, that rau- 
 ilheth all the Spheares of 
 Gouernment. The INIafter 
 oiSiipefJiitioTivs, the People; 
 And in all Superftition, 
 Wife Men follow Fooles ; 
 And Arguments are fitted 
 to Pra(flife, in a reuerfed 
 
 Order. It was grauely faid, by fome of the Prelates, 
 in the Coimcell of Trent, where the do(ftrine of the 
 Schoolemen bare great Sway; That the Schoolemen 
 were like Aflronomers, which did faigiie Eccent ricks a?id 
 Epicycles, a?idftich E7igi?ies of Orbs, to fane the Phcno- 
 me?ia ; though they knew, there we?'e no fuch Things ;« 
 And, in like manner, that the Schoolmen, had framed 
 a Number of fubtile and intricate Axiomes, and 
 Theorems, to faue the praclife of the Church. 
 
 " p. Sarpi. Historia del Concilio Tridentitto. Bk. ii. /. 222. Ed. 1619. 
 The passage is thus translated by N. Brent, " Some pleasant wits said, that 
 if the Astrulogers, not knowing the true causes of the celestiall motions, to 
 salue the appearances, haue inuented Ecceiitriques, and E/>icicics, it was 
 no wonder if the Councel, desiring to salue the appearances of the super- 
 celestiall motions, did fall into excentricitie of opinions." /. 227. Ed. 1620. 
 
 l<> Ciuil. Tranquilla, ' quiet.' 
 
 11 States. Kegnis et Rebus-publicis, ' Kingdoms and States.' 
 
546 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. 
 
 There is noe fuch Atheifl, 
 as an Hypocrite, or Im- 
 poilor, and it is not 
 poffible, but where the 
 generahtyeis Siiperflitious, 
 manie of the Leaders are 
 Hypocrites. Thecaufesof 
 Af/iei/me a.Te; divifions in 
 Religion ; fcandall of 
 Preilles; and learned tymes; 
 fpecially if profperous ; 
 thoughe for devifions, anie 
 one mayne divifion addeth 
 zeale to both fides, but 
 manie divifions introduce 
 Atheifme. 
 
 The caufes of Superflicion 
 are ; the pleafing of 
 Ceremonyes, the exceffe 
 of outward holyneffe, the 
 Reverence of Traditions, 
 the stratagems of Prelates 
 for theire owne ambicion, 
 and lucre, 
 
 IV. 
 
 161 2. ast. 52. 
 
 There is no fuch Atheifl, 
 as an Hipocrite, or Im- 
 pofler: and it is not 
 poffible, but where the 
 generality is fuperflitious. 
 many of the leaders are 
 Hipocrits. The caufes of 
 Atheifme are, diuifions in 
 Religion ; fcandall of 
 Priefts ; and learned times; 
 fpecially if profperous ; 
 though for diuifions, any 
 one maine diuifion addeth 
 zeale to both fides, but 
 many diuifions introduce 
 Atheifme, 
 
 The caufes of Superflition 
 are, the pleafing of 
 Ceremonies ; the exceffe 
 of outward holineffe ; the 
 reuerence of traditions ; 
 the flratagems of Prelats 
 for their owne ambition 
 and lucre. 
 
 and barbarous tymes ; i and barbarous times. 
 
 fpecially with 
 
 calamities and difaflers. 
 Superflicion without his 
 vaile is a deformed thins. 
 
 fpecially with 
 
 calamities, and difaflers. 
 Superflition without his 
 vaile is a deformed thing, 
 
 12 Taking an Aime ... by Human. Exeiitplormn importiina et inepta 
 ietitio ab liumanis, qiicr in Di^'ina traiisferantiir, ' the inopportune and fool- 
 ish taking of examples from human things to transfer them to divine things.' 
 
XXVIII. OF SUPERSTITION. 347 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 [Tranfferred in a?i expanded form to the Ejfjfay, 
 Of Atheifm : seep. 337.] 
 
 The Caufes of SuperJIifion 
 are : Pleafmg and fenfuall Rites and 
 
 Ceremonies : ExcefTe 
 
 of Outward and Pharifaicall Holinefle ; Ouer-great 
 Reuerence of Traditions, which cannot but load the 
 The Stratagems of Prelates [Church ; 
 
 for their owne Ambition 
 
 and Lucre : The Fauouring too much of good Inten- 
 tions, which openeth the Gate to Conceits and Nouel- 
 ties; The taking an Aime^- at diuine Matters by Human, 
 which cannot but breed mixture of Imaginations ;^^ 
 And laflly, Barbarous Times, 
 Efi)ecially ioyned with 
 Calamities and Difaflers. 
 Snpcrjlition., without a 
 vaile, is a deformed Thing ; 
 
 13 Imn^inations. Fantasiarum Ttiale cohixrentinavt, ' disconnected 
 imaginauons.' 
 
A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 ffor as it addes deformity 
 to an Ape to be fo like a 
 Man, fo the Similitude 
 of Superflicion to Religion 
 makes it the more de- 
 formed ; And as whole- 
 fome meate corrupteth to 
 litle wormes ; fo good 
 formes, and orders, corrupt 
 into a number of pettie 
 obfervances. 
 
 lY. 161 2. ast. 52. 
 
 for as it addeth deformity 
 to an Ape, to be fo like a 
 man .• So the fimilitude 
 of fuperftition to Religion, 
 makes it the more de- 
 formed. And as whole- 
 fome meate corrupteth to 
 little wormes ; fo good 
 formes and orders, corrupt 
 into a number of pettie 
 obferuances. 
 
 1* Good. Boficp et sance, 'good and sound.* 
 15 Petty. Piisillas et sjipet-JIuas, 'petty and superfluous.' 
 ^•j Doe best. Saniorcvi et piiriorem viaui inire, ' enter a sounder and 
 purer way.' 
 
 17 After ■vov^di. be had. In Religiojie rcjonnanda, 'in reforming religion.' 
 
XXVIII. OF SUPERSTITION. 349 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 For, as it addeth deformity 
 to an Ape, to be fo like a 
 a Man ; So the Similitude 
 of Superjliiion to Religion^ 
 makes it the more de- 
 formed. And as whole- 
 fome Meat corrupteth to 
 little Wormes ; So good^* 
 Formes and Orders, corrupt 
 into a Number of petty ^^ 
 
 Obferuances. There is a Superjlition, in auoiding 
 Supe7'Jlitio?i ; when men thinke to doe befl,^^ if they 
 goe furthefl from the Superjlition formerly receiued : 
 Therefore, Care would be hadj^"" that, (as it fareth in 
 ill Purgings^^) the Good be not taken away, with the 
 Bad ;^^ which commonly is done, when the People is 
 the Reformer.-*^ 
 
 18 111 Purgings, /« Corpore pnrgando, 'in purging.' 
 
 19 Bad. Comiptis, ' corrupt.' 
 
 20 Reformer. Ke/orfttatio regitur a Populo, ' reformation is directed by 
 the people.' 
 
350 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52- 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 29. ©t Praise. 
 
 Raife is the Re- 
 flexion of ver- 
 tiie, but it is 
 as the glaffe, or 
 body, is which giveth 
 the reflexion ; if it be 
 from the Common People 
 it is commonly falfe, and 
 naught, and rather fol- 
 loweth vayne perfons, then 
 vertuous. For the Com- 
 mon People vnderfland 
 not manie excellent ver- 
 tues; The lowefl vertues 
 drawe praife from them, 
 the middell vertues worke 
 in them aflonifhement, or 
 admiracion, but of the 
 highefl vertues they have 
 noe fence, or perceiving att 
 all. But fli ewes, and 6))<?^/Vj- 
 virtutibus ftmiles ferve beft 
 with them. C ertainely Fame 
 is like a River that bear- 
 eth vp thinges light, and 
 fwolne, and drown es 
 thinges weightie, and folid : 
 But if perfons of quality 
 and Judgement concurre. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 35. (&i frax^e. 
 
 Raife is the re- 
 flection of ver- 
 tue : but it is 
 as the glaffe, or 
 bodie is, which giueth 
 the refledlion. If it be 
 from the common people, 
 it is commonly falfe and 
 naught ; and rather fol- 
 loweth vaine perfons, then 
 vertuous.- for the com- 
 mon people vnderfland 
 not many excellent ver- 
 tues .' the lowell vertues 
 draw praife from them, 
 the middle vertues worke 
 in them aflonifliment, or 
 admiration ; but of the 
 highefl. vertues they haue 
 no fenfe or perceiuing at 
 all. But fliewes, and Spccits 
 virtutibus fimiles, ferue befl. 
 with them. Certainly, Fame 
 is like a Riuer that bear- 
 eth vp things light, and 
 fwolne ; and drownes 
 things waighty and folid : 
 But if perfons of quality 
 and iudgement concur. 
 
 UI. Variations in postf)umous ILatin Etiition of 1638. 
 1 Or the Bodie. Trahit aliquid e Natiira Corporis, ' it draws somethir.g 
 from the nature of the body.' 
 
XXIX. OF PRAISE. 351 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 53. @f Pcaiise. 
 
 Raifc is the Re- 
 
 tiecflion of Ver- 
 
 tue. But it is 
 
 as the Glaffe or 
 Bodie/ which giiieth 
 
 the Refle6lion. If it be 
 from the Common People, 
 it is commonly Falfe and 
 Naught: And rather fol- 
 lowethVaine-Perfons, then 
 Vertuous: For the Com- 
 mon People vnderfland 
 not many Excellent Ver- 
 tues: The Loweft Vertues 
 draw Praife from them ; 
 the middle Vertues worke 
 in them Aflonifhment, or 
 Admiration ; But of the 
 Higheft Vertues, they haue 
 no Senfe, or Perceiuing at 
 all. ButShewes,and..S)^a7>i" 
 virtutlbus ftmiks, feRie bed 
 with them. Certainly, Fame 
 is like a Riuer, that bear- 
 eth vp Things Light and 
 Swolne, And Drownes 
 Things waighty andSolide: 
 But if perfons of Qualitie 
 and Judgement concurre,^ 
 
 " Qualities resemhliitg virtues. Tacitus. Atmnles. xv. 48. 
 
 2 Vaine. Vitfios et tiunidos, 'vain and pompous.' 
 
 8 Concurre. Ctiin vtilgo concurnmt, ' concur with the common people.' 
 
352 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. eet. 47-52. 
 
 then it is as the Scripture 
 faieth) No men hoinim iujlar 
 VJigncjiti f7'ag?'a7itis, it 
 filleth all round about, and 
 will not eafily away. For 
 the odours of Oyntementes, 
 are more durable then 
 thofe of Flowers. There 
 be fo manie falfe pointes of 
 praife, that a Man may 
 iufLly hold it fufpedl. 
 Some praifes proceede 
 meerly of flattery, and 
 if hee be an ordinary 
 Flatterer, he will have cer- 
 tain e Common Attributes 
 which may ferve every 
 Man ; If he be a Cunning 
 Flatterer he will followe the 
 Archflatterer which is a 
 Mans felf, and wherein a 
 Man tliinketh befl of him- 
 felf therein the Flatterer 
 will vphold him mofl; But 
 if he be an impudent 
 Flatterer, looke wherein a 
 Man is confcient to him- 
 felf, that he is mofl de- 
 fective, and is moft out of 
 countenance in himfelf, 
 that will the flatterer in- 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 then it is as the Scripture 
 faith, Nomcn bomnn instar 
 vnguejiti fragrant is ; It 
 filleth all round about, and 
 will not eafily away. For 
 the odor of ointments 
 are more durable then 
 thofe of flov.'ers. There 
 bee fo many falfe pointes of 
 praife, that a man may 
 iullly hold it fufpecSl. 
 Some praifes proceeds 
 meerely of flattery : and 
 if he bee an ordinary 
 flatterer, he will haue cer- 
 taine common atributes, 
 which may ferue euery 
 man : if he bee a cunning 
 flatterer hee will follow the 
 Archflatterer, which is a 
 mans felfe, and wherein a 
 man thinketh befl of him- 
 felfe, therein the flatterer 
 will vphold him moft. ; But 
 if hee bee an impudent 
 flatterer, looke wherein a 
 man is confcient to him- 
 felfe, that he is mofl de- 
 fectiue, and is mofl out of 
 countenance in himfelfe, 
 that wil the flatterer en- 
 
 * Common. Co7nmunihnx . . . 7wn Quccsitis aut appositis, ' common 
 . . . not studied or appropriate.' ^ 
 
 5 A Man thinketli best. Tibi places, aut teipsum exccllere putas, please 
 vourself, or think that you excel.' 
 
XXIX. OF PRAISE. 353 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 then it is, (as the Scripture 
 faith) No men boiium iujlar 
 vngiieiiii fragrantis.^ . It 
 filleth all round about, and 
 will not eafily away. For 
 the Odours of Oyntments, 
 are more Durable, then 
 thofe of Flowers. There 
 be fo many Falfe Points of 
 Praife, that a Man may 
 iuflly hold it a Sufpect. 
 Some Praifcs proceed 
 meerely of Flattery ; And 
 if hee be an Ordinary 
 Flatterer, he will haue cer- 
 taine Common'* Attributes, 
 which may ferue euery 
 Man; If he be a Cunning 
 Flatterer, he will follow the 
 Arch-flatterer, which is a 
 Mans felfe; and wherein a 
 Man thinketh befl^ of him- 
 felfe, therein the Flatterer 
 will vphold*^ him mod : But 
 if he be an Impudent'' 
 Flatterer, look wherin a 
 Man is Confcious toTiim- 
 felfe, that he is moft De- 
 fec^tiue, and is mofl out of 
 Countenance in himfelfe, 
 that will the Flatterer En- 
 
 " Eccles. vii. i. 
 
 8 Vphold. lis inhcerebit, 'will keep to those.' 
 
 7 Impudent. Impudetis, et perfrictce Frontis, ' impudent and of a shame- 
 less forehead.' 
 
354 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 IIL 1607-12. set. 47-52. i IV 
 
 title him to perforce 
 Spreta Confcientia. Some 
 praifes come of good 
 wiflies and refpedles, 
 which is a foiirme due in 
 CiviUty to Kings and 
 great perfons ; laudando 
 prcecipei'e ; when by telhng 
 Men what they are, they 
 reprefent to them what 
 they fliould bee. Some 
 Men are praifed mah- 
 cioufly totheire hurt, there- 
 by to flirre envy and 
 lealoufie towardes them ; 
 pefflimun genus iiiinii- 
 corum laiidantium. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 title him to perforce ; 
 Spreta confcientia. Some 
 praifes come of good 
 wiflies and refpects, 
 which is a forme due in 
 ciuility to Kings and 
 great perfons, Laudando 
 pracipe7'e\ when by telling 
 men what they are, they 
 reprefent to them what 
 they fliould bee. Some 
 men are praifed mali- 
 cioufly to their hurt, ther- 
 by to ftirre enuie and 
 ieloufie towards them ; 
 'FeJJinntni genns ininii- 
 coriwi laudantium. 
 
 Certain ely 
 moderate praife vfed with 
 oportunitye, and not vul- 
 gar, but appropriate, is 
 that which doth the good 
 Salomon faieth He that 
 praifeth his freind alowde, 
 fifing early, itJJialhc to him 
 noe better then a Curfe. 
 To much magnifying of 
 Man, or matter, doth irri- 
 
 Certainly 
 moderate praife vfed with 
 opportunity, and not vul- 
 gar, but appropriate, is 
 that which doth the good. 
 Salomon faitli, Hee that 
 praifeth his friend aloud, 
 rifing early, it JJiall bee to 
 him ?iO better then a curfe. 
 Too much magnifying of 
 man or matter, doth irri- 
 
 8 Entitle. Impiitahit, ct ajffigct, ' impute and attribute.' 
 8 Reprebcnt. HmitiUtcr inonens, 'humbly warn.' 
 lo Nose. Ann, ' nostril.' 
 
 " Is that which doth the Good. Honori vcl jna.viine esse, ' is a very great 
 honour. ' 
 
XXIX. OF PRAISE. 355 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 title^ him, to perforce, 
 Spreid Confdaitid.'^ Some 
 Fraifcs come of good 
 Wiflies, and Refpecls, ^ 
 which is a Forme due in 
 CiuiUtie to Kings, and - 
 Great Perfons, Laudandgr 
 prceciperef WhenbytelHng 
 Men, what they are, they 
 reprefent^ to them, what 
 they fliould be. Some 
 Men are Praifcd j\IaU- 
 cioufly to their Hurt, ther- 
 by to flirre Enuie and 
 lealoufie towards them ; 
 Pefsimum genus I?iimi- 
 
 corum laudantium ;^ In lo much as it was a Prouerb, 
 amongft the Grecians \ that, He that was praifed to his 
 Hurt, JJiould haue a PuJJi rife vpon his Noje-}^ As we 
 fay ; That a Blister will rife vpon ones Tongue, that 
 telVs a lye. Certainly 
 Moderate Fraife, vfed with 
 Opportunity, and not Vul- 
 gar is 
 thatwhich doth the Good.^^ 
 Salojnofi faith. He that 
 praifeth his Trend aloud, 
 Fifing Early, it fliall be to 
 him, no better then a Ciufe.'^ 
 Too much Magnifying of 
 Man or Matter, doth irri- 
 
 " In disdain of conscience. 
 
 ^ To tench in praising. 
 
 ^ The -vorst kind 0/ enemies, eulogists. Tacitus. Agn'rr^f. t r 
 
 <* Prov. xxvii. 14. 
 
356 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. aet. 47-50 
 
 tate Contradiccion, and 
 procure, Envy e and fkorne. 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. 
 
 aet. 52. 
 
 tate contradiction, and 
 procure enuie and fcorne. 
 
 12 Enuie. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 13 After Profession. Aut studia quihis se addixit, 'or the studies to 
 which he is given.' 
 
 1* Sbirrerie. Hispanico Vocabiilo, Sbirrarias, ' by the Spanish word, 
 Sbirrerie.' 
 
 i» Which is Vnder-Sheriffries. Omitted in the Latin.' 
 
 16 Though many times . . . Speculations. Ac si Artes illtB memoratce, 
 magis ejusnwdi Homities, quatn in Fastigio Cardinalattis positos, decerent; 
 
XXIX. OF PRAISE. 357 
 
 "V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 tate Contradicflion, and 
 j^rocureEnuie^-andScorne. 
 
 To Praife a Mans felfe, cannot be Decent, except it 
 be in rare Cafes : But to Praife 2i Mans Office or Pro- 
 feflion/3 he may doe it with Good Grace, and with a 
 Kinde of Magnanimitie. The Cardinals of Pome, 
 which are Theologues, and Friars, and Schoole-men, 
 haue a phrafe of Notable Contempt and Scorne, to- 
 wards Ciuill Bufmeffe: For they call all Temporall 
 Bnfineffe, of Warres, Embaffages, Judicature, and other 
 Emploiments, Sbirrerit^-}^ which is, Vnder ^>heriffries -^'^ 
 As if they were but matters for Vnder-Sheriffes and 
 Catchpoles ; Though many times, ^^ thofe ViidcrJJicrif- 
 feries doe more good, then their High Speculations. 
 S^ Paul, when he boafts of himfelfe, he doth oft enter- 
 lace ; I fpeake like a Poole f But fpeaking of his Calling, 
 he faith ;^'' Magnificabo Apostolatum meumj^ 
 
 ° 'Sbirro' in Italian, means a bailiff, catckpole, constable, 
 ^ 2 Cor. xi. 23. 
 * Rom. xi. 13. 
 
 Et tamen (si Res rite potideretur,) Speculativa cutn Ci^'ilibus nan malt 
 misce7itiir, ' as if the above-mentioned arts are more fitted for men of that 
 kind than for those placed on the pinnacle of the Cardinalate ; and yet (if it 
 is rightly considered, speculation is not ill mixed with civil matters.' 
 ^" Saith. Nihil veretur dicere, ' is not afraid to say.' 
 
358 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. 
 
 I/ar/eiau MS. 5106. 
 
 30. ©t Mature, in mert. 
 
 Ature is often hid- 
 den, fometymes 
 overcome, fel- 
 dome extin- 
 guiflied. Fforce maketh 
 nature more violent in 
 the retourne. Doctrine, 
 and difcourfe maketh 
 nature leffe importune. 
 But Cuflome onely doth 
 alter nature. 
 
 Hee that feeketh victorie 
 over his nature, lett him 
 not fett himfelf to great 
 nor to fmale Tafkes ; For 
 the Firft will make him 
 deiedled by often failes, 
 and the fecond 
 will make him a fmale 
 proceeder thoughe by often 
 prevaylinges. And at the 
 firft lett him pracflife with 
 helpes, as Swymmers doe 
 with bladders, or Ruflies, 
 but after a tyme, lett him 
 pra6lize with difadvanta- 
 ges, as dancers doe with 
 thick flioes. Ffor it 
 breeds great perfedlion 
 if the pradlize be harder 
 then the vfe. Where 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. clit. 52. 
 
 26. (Bt fi^inxt itt JEen, 
 
 Ature is often hid- 
 den, fometimes 
 ouercome ; fel- 
 dom extin- 
 
 guiflied. Force maketh 
 nature more violent in 
 the returne .• doc^trine 
 and difcourfe maketh 
 nature leffe importune ; 
 but cuflome onely doth 
 alter and fubdue nature. 
 Hee that feeketh victorie 
 ouer his nature, let him 
 not fet himfelfe to great, 
 nor to fmall taskes. For 
 the firfl will make him 
 deiecled by often failes ; 
 and the fecond 
 will make him a fmall 
 proceeder, though by often 
 preuailings. And at the 
 firft let him pra6life with 
 helps as Swimmers doe 
 with bladders, or ruflies.- 
 but after a time let him 
 pra6tife with difaduanta- 
 ges, as dauncers do with 
 thicke fliooes. For it 
 breeds great perfedlion, 
 if the PracSlife bee harder 
 then the vfe. Wher 
 
 us. Uariations in postljumous Eatin ISliitujn of 1638. 
 
 1 TiTi.R. De Naturn, et hidole Natnrall in Honmiibus, ' of nature and 
 natural disposition in men." 
 
XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN. 359 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 38. (9f ^ature in |!tcn.^ 
 
 V-^///;r is Often Hid- 
 den ; Sometimes 
 Ouercome; Sel- 
 dom e Extin- 
 guiilied. Force maketh 
 Nature more violent in 
 the Returne : Doctrine 
 and Difcoiirfe maketh 
 Katiwe- leffe Importune:^ 
 But Cuflome onely doth 
 alter and fubdue Nature. 
 Hee that feeketh Victory 
 ouer his Nature., let him 
 not fet Himfelfe too great, 
 nor too fmall Tasks : For 
 the firft, will make him 
 deiecled by often Fayl- 
 
 ings ; And the Second 
 
 will make him a fmall 
 
 Proceeder, though by often 
 
 Preuailings. And at the 
 
 firfl, let him practife with 
 
 Helps, as Swimmers^ doe 
 
 with Bladders, or Rufhes : 
 
 But after a Time, let him 
 
 praclife with difaduanta- 
 
 ges, as Dancers doe with 
 
 thick Shooes. For it 
 
 breeds great Perfection, 
 
 if the Practife be harder 
 
 then the vfe. Where 
 
 2 Nature. Affcctus Natnrales, ' the natural dispositions.' _ 
 
 3 A/Ur Importune. Sgd tio?i tollunt, ' but do not remove them [t.f. 
 the natural dispositions], _ ^ 
 
 •* Swimmers. Natatores recentes. ' new swimmers. 
 
36o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £61.47-52. 
 
 nature is mightie, and 
 therefore the viciorie hard, 
 the degrees had neede be 
 firjfl to flay and arreft 
 nature in tyme, 
 
 then to goe leffe in 
 
 quantitie 
 
 -iltogither. 
 
 md laflHe to difcontynue 
 
 But if a Man 
 
 fortitude and 
 
 to infranchife 
 
 once, that 
 
 IS 
 
 liave the 
 refolucion 
 himfelf at 
 the befl 
 
 Optimus ilk animi vin- 
 dex Icedentia pe^iis 
 
 Vmada qui rtipit de- 
 dohiitqiie femel. 
 
 Neither is it 
 
 amiffe to bend na- 
 ture to a con- 
 trarye extreame, 
 
 where it 
 
 is noe vice. Lett not 
 a man force a habitt vponn 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 nature is mighty, and 
 therefore the viciorie hard; 
 the degrees had need bee, 
 firft to flay and arrefl 
 nature in time .• hke to him 
 that would fay ouer the 
 foure and twenty letters 
 when he was an- 
 gry, then to go leffe in 
 quantitie; as if one fliould 
 in forbearing wine come 
 from drinking healthes, 
 to a draught a meale ; 
 and lafllie to difcontinue 
 altogether. But if a man 
 haue the fortitude and 
 refolution to infranchife 
 himfelfe at once that is 
 the befl; 
 
 Optimus ilk aiiimi vin- 
 dex lcsde?dia pefius 
 
 Vincula qui rupif, de- 
 doluitque femel. 
 
 Neither is the ancient 
 rule amiffe, to bend na- 
 ture as a wand, to a con- 
 trary extreame, whereby to 
 fet it right ; vnderflanding 
 it, where the contrary ex- 
 treme is no vice. Let not 
 a man force a habite vpon 
 
 5 Arrest. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ® Foure and Twenty. Alphabeti, ' of the Alphabet.* 
 
 7 ^y?<,';' Letters. Priiisqitain quicquamfaceret, 'before he did anything.' 
 * Befo7-e to Goe lesse. Naturain moderari, et, ' to moderate nature and.' 
 
 8 Drinking Healths. Majoribus Haiistib^is, ' greater draughts.' 
 10 A Draught at a Meale. Ad mitiores, ' to less draughts.' 
 
XXX. OF NA TUR E IN MEN. 361 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Nature is Mighty, and 
 therefore the V it lory hard, 
 the Degrees had need be ; 
 Firfl to Stay and Arrefl^ 
 Nature in Time ; Like to 
 Him, that would fay oner 
 the Foure and Twenty^ 
 Letters," when he was An- 
 gry : Then ^to Goe leffe in 
 Quantity ; As if one fliould, 
 in forbearing Wine, come 
 from Drinking Healths,^ to 
 a Draught at a Meale -^^ 
 AndlafLly,to Difcontinue^^ 
 altosrether. But if a Man 
 
 O 
 
 haue the Fortitude, and 
 Resolution, to enfranchife^^ 
 Himfelfe at once, that is 
 the beft ; 
 
 Optimics illi A?iimi Vin- 
 
 dex, lcede7itia pedlus 
 \Vi71cula qui rupitj de- 
 dal uitque femel. ^ 
 
 Neither is the Ancient 
 Rule amiffe, to bend Na- 
 ture as a Wand, to a Con- 
 trary Extreme, whereby to 
 fet it right : VnderRanding 
 it, where the Contrary Ex- 
 treme is no Vice.^^ Let not 
 a man force a Habit vpon 
 
 " He is the best vindicator of his tnind who breaks the chains that afflict 
 his breast and ceases to grieve once for aU. Ovid. Reviedia Avioris. i. 293,4. 
 
 11 Discontinue. Natnrani peiiitiis siib juginn vtittere, et dotnare, * to put 
 nature altogether under the yoke, and tame it.' 
 
 1' Enfranchise. Exiinere et vindicare. ' free and deliver.' 
 1- Is no Vice. In Vitiuin non ducat. ' does not lead to vice.' 
 
562 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. 
 
 himfelf with a perpetuall 
 contynuance, but with 
 fome intermiffion : For 
 both the pawfe reinforceth 
 the new Onfett ; and if a 
 Man that is not perfitt 
 be ever in pradlife, he fhall 
 afwell practize his er- 
 rours, as his abiHtyes, 
 and induce one habitt of 
 both, and there is noe 
 meanes to helpe this, but 
 by feafonable intermif- 
 fions. 
 
 Mans nature is beft per- 
 ceiued in priuateneffe, For 
 there is noe affectacion, in 
 paffion for that putteth a 
 Man out of his preceptes, 
 and in a new Cafe, or ex- 
 periment, for there cuf- 
 tome leaveth him. They 
 are hnppie Men whofe 
 natures fort with theire vo- 
 
 IV. 161 2. aet. 52. 
 
 himfelfe with a perpetual 
 continuance, but with 
 fome intermiffion. For 
 both the paufe reinforceth 
 the new onfet ; and if a 
 man that is not perfect 
 be euer in pradtife, he fhall 
 afwell practife his er- 
 rors, as his abilities, 
 and induce one habite of 
 both: and there is no 
 meanes to help this, but 
 by fefonable intermif- 
 fions. 
 
 mans nature is bed per- 
 ceiued in priuatneffe, for 
 there is no affectation ; in 
 paffion for that putteth a 
 man out of his precepts ; 
 and in a new cafe, or ex- 
 periment, for there cnf- 
 tome leueth him. They 
 are happy men, whofe 
 natures fort with their vo- 
 
 14 Reinforceth. Redintegrat, et adanget, ' reinforceth and increaseth.' 
 
 15 That is not perfect. j:>7tvi Tyroncm agit, ' while he is a pupil.' 
 
 16 Practise. Ivibibat, 'drinking.' 
 
 17 And induce one Habite of both. Omitted in the Lat»n. 
 
 18 Trust. r77«OT///«;«.<4c««aj, 'sing a triumph.' 
 
XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN 363 
 
 V. 1625. ^t. 65. 
 
 himfelfe, with a Perpetuall 
 Continuance, but with 
 fome Intermiffion. For 
 both thePaufe,reinforceth^* 
 the new Onfet ; And if a 
 Man, that is not perfecl,!^ 
 be euer in Pradife, he fliall 
 as well pradife^*^ his Er- 
 rours, as his Abilities ; 
 And induce one Habite of 
 both:^" And there is no 
 Meanes to helpe this, but 
 by Seafonable Intermif- 
 
 fions. But let not a Man trufl^^ his Vi6lorie ouer his 
 Nature too farre •}'^ For Nature will lay buried a great 
 Time, and yet reuiue, vpon the Occafion or Tempta- 
 tion.^*^ Like as it was with ^fopes Dainofell, turned 
 from a Catt to a Woman ; who fate very demurely, at 
 the Boards End, till a Moufe ranne before her. 
 Therefore let a INIan, either auoid the Occafion alto- 
 gether ; Or put Himfelfe often to it, that hee may be 
 little moued with it. A 
 Mans Nature is bed per- 
 ceiued in Priuateneffe, for 
 there is no Affectation ; In 
 Paffion, for that putteth a 
 Man out of his Precepts f^ 
 And in a new Cafe or Ex- 
 periment,-- for there Cuf- 
 tome leaueth him. They 
 are happie INI en, whofe 
 Natures fort with their Vo- 
 
 19 Farre. Cito, * soon.' 
 
 20 Temptation. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 21 Precepts. Prcecepta et Regulas, ' precepts and rules.' 
 
 22 Experiment, lusoliio, 'unaccustomed.' 
 
364 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. 
 
 cacions, otherwife they 
 may fay Afidtiim incola 
 fuit aninia mea; when they 
 converfe in thofe thinges 
 they doe not affe6l. In 
 Studies whatfoever a man 
 commaundeth vponn him- 
 felf, lett him fett howers 
 for it : But whatfoever is 
 agreable to his nature, 
 lett him take noe care for 
 anie • fett tymes, For his 
 thoughtes will flye to it of 
 themfelves, fo as the 
 fpaces of other bufmeffe, 
 or fludies will fufficc. 
 
 IV. 
 
 16 1 2. iBt. 52. 
 
 cations, otherwife they 
 may fay, Midhim incola 
 fuit aniina mea, when they 
 conuerfe in thofe things 
 they doe not affedl. In 
 fludies whatfoeuer a man 
 commandeth vpon him- 
 felfe, let him fet houres 
 for it. But whatfoeuer is 
 agreeable to his nature, 
 let him take no care for 
 any fet times : For his 
 thoughts will flye to it of 
 themfelues ; fo as the 
 fpafes of other bufmeffe 
 or fludies will fuftice. 
 
 
 23 Vocations. Vitts qiice Genere, 'kind of life.' 
 
 ^■i When they coiiuerse . . . Aftect. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 25 Commandeth vpon himselfe. A Nahira tua alienmn repereris, ' find 
 foreign to your nature.' 
 
 -^ Houres for it. Statu tetii/>ora nd ej7(sdem Exercitatioties et Medita- 
 tiones, 'set times for exercise and meditation upon it.' 
 
XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN 3^>5 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 cations;-^ Otbenvife they 
 
 may fay, JMuItiini Incola 
 
 fuitAfiima mea.-^ when they 
 
 conuerfe in thofe Things, 
 
 they doe not AffeCl.--^ In 
 
 Studies, whatfoeuer a Man 
 
 commandeth vpon him- 
 
 felfe,-^ let him fet Houres 
 
 for it -^-^ But whatfoeuer is 
 
 agreeable to his Nature, 
 
 let him take no Care, for 
 
 any fet Times : For his 
 
 Thoughts, will flie to it of 
 
 Themfelues; So as the 
 
 Spaces of other Bufmeffe, 
 
 or Studies, will fuffice.'^^ A Mans Nature mnnes-^ 
 
 either to Herbes, or Weeds ; Therefore let him feafon- 
 
 ably29 Water the One, and Deilroy the Other. 
 
 
 ^p 
 
 * Ps. cxix. 6. 'Vulgate). In the Douay version of 1609 this vfirs&ls translated 
 My soul hath been lofig a sojourner: and in the Authorized Version, it 
 stands. My soul hath long dwelt with him that hateth peace. 
 
 ^ So as the Spaces . . . suffice. Prout Negotia et Stiidia ccetera per- 
 mittefit, * as other business and studies will allow.' 
 
 28 Runnes. JZx vi innata, producit, ' produces from its inborn force.' 
 
 29 Seasonably. Sedulo et tempestive, ' carefully and seasonably.' 
 
-,66 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a?t. 47-52. 
 
 Harleian MS. 5106. 
 
 27. ©f (ilu^tomc antJ 
 (!5i)ucatiott. 
 
 Ens thoughtes are 
 much according 
 to theirenaturall 
 inclinacion, 
 theire 
 
 fpeaches according to theire 
 learninges and infufed 
 opinions, But theire deedes 
 are after astliey have beene 
 accuflomed. And there- 
 fore as AfacdauellwQll not- 
 eth(thoughe in an Evill fav- 
 oured inflance), there is noe 
 trufling to the force of 
 Nature nor to the bravery 
 of wordes, except it be 
 corroborate by CufLonie. 
 . His inflance is, that for 
 tlie atchieving of a def- 
 perate Confpiracye a Man 
 fliould not refl vponn the 
 fiercenes of any Mans 
 nature, or his refohite 
 Vndertakeinges, but take 
 fuch a one as hath had 
 his handes formerly in 
 bloud. T)Ut AlacdaueU 
 knewe not of a Fryer Cle- 
 ment^ nor a Rav iliac ^ nor 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 31. ©f CTu^tome anb 
 (!Jtiucattoit. 
 
 Ens thoughts are 
 much according 
 to their 
 inchnation ; 
 tlieir difcourfe and 
 fpeeches according to their 
 learning, and infufed 
 opinions; But their deedes 
 are after as they haue beene 
 accuflomed. And there- 
 fore as Macciaue.l wel not- 
 eth, (though in an euil fau- 
 oured indance) there is no 
 trufling to the force of 
 Nature ; nor to the brauery 
 of words; except it be 
 corroborate by cuflome. 
 His inftance is, that for 
 the atchieuing of a def- 
 perate confpiracie a man 
 fliould not reft vpon the 
 fiercenes of any mans 
 nature, or his refolute 
 vndertakings, but take 
 fuch a one as hath had 
 his hands formerly in 
 blood. But Macciaucl 
 knew not of a Frier Cle- 
 ment^ nor a Hanillac, nor 
 
 U2. rariations in postljumous ILnlin lEbition of 1638. 
 
 1 As they hnve beene Accustomed. Ferine aniiqintm oht'nient, 'mostly 
 take the old course.' , ■. < 
 
 2 Desperate Conspiracie. Facinore aiiqtto audaci et crudeli, some bold 
 and cruel deed.' 
 
XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 367 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Biltish Museum Copy. 
 
 39. Of £u^tome ant) (Dtiucation. 
 
 [jEns Thoughts are 
 
 much according 
 
 to their 
 
 Inclination: 
 Their Difcourfe and 
 Speeches according to their 
 Learning, and Infufed 
 Opinions; But their Deeds 
 are after as theyhaue beene 
 Accujlomed} And there- 
 fore, as Macciaudw^W not- 
 eth (though in an euill fau- 
 oured Inflance) There is no 
 Trufling to the Force of 
 Nature, nor to the Brauery 
 of Words; Except it be 
 Corroborate by Cujlome. 
 His Inflance is, that for 
 the Atchieuing of a def- 
 perate Confpiracie,- a Man 
 fhould not refl vpon the 
 Fierceneffe of any mans 
 Nature, or his Refolute 
 Vndertakings;^ But take 
 fuch an one, as hath had 
 his Hands formerly in 
 Bloud.'*^ But Macciauel 
 knew not of a Friar Cle- 
 ment., nor a Rauillac^ nor 
 
 " Machiavelli. Discorsi sopra la prima Deca di Tito Livio. iii. 6. 
 
 3 Vndertakings. Froviissis, nednm yitratnentis, ' promises, nor even 
 oaths.' 
 
 * Hath had his Hands formerly in Bloud. Sanguiiioleiitis, et jamdiidutn 
 ccedibus as'iueiis, ' bloody and long accustomed to slaughter.' 
 
368 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. tft. 47-52. , IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 a laiireguy, nor a * 
 
 , yet his rule 
 holdeth Hill, that Nature, 
 nor the ingagement of 
 word, are not fo forcible 
 as Cuftome. Onely Super- 
 fticion is now fo well ad- 
 vaunced that Men of the 
 firft bloud, are as firme 
 as Butchers by occupacion, 
 and votarie refolucion is 
 made equipollent to Cuf- 
 tome in matter of 
 
 bloud. In other thinges 
 the predominancye of Cuf- 
 tome is every where vifi- 
 ble, in foe much as a Man 
 would wonder to heare 
 Men profeffe, protefl, in- 
 gage, give great wordes, 
 and then doe iufl, as they 
 have done before, as if 
 they were dead Images, 
 and Ingines moved onely 
 by cuflome. 
 
 a Iau7'egity, nor a Baltazar 
 Gerard. Yet his rule 
 holdeth flill, that nature, 
 nor the ingagement of 
 words are not fo forcible 
 as cuftome. Onelie Super- 
 ftition is now fo well ad- 
 uanced, that men of the 
 firft bloud, are as firme, 
 as butchers by occupation : 
 and votarie refolution is 
 made equipollent to cuf- 
 tome, even in matter of 
 blood. In other things 
 the predominancy of cuf- 
 tome is euery where vifi- 
 ble ; in fo much as a man 
 would wonder, to heare 
 men profeffe, proteft, in- 
 gage, giue great words, 
 and then doe iufl, as they 
 haue done before : as ii 
 they were dead Images 
 and Engins moued only 
 by the wheeles of cuflome. 
 
 * Blank in manuscript. 
 
 6 After Gerard. Aid Gnidone Fanlxio, ' or Guy Fawkes.* 
 
 6 After\^oxA9: Etferocintn, ' and ferocity.' 
 
 7 As they haue Done before. Istis oiiuiibiis posthahitis, pro more coiisiieto 
 agere, ' putting all these on one side, do according to their usual habit.' 
 
XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION, 369 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 a latireguy, nor a Baltazar 
 Gerard:'-^ yet his Rule 
 holdeth (lill, that Nature, 
 nor the Engagement of 
 Words,® are not fo forcible, 
 as Cujlome. Onely Super- 
 flition is now fo well ad- 
 uanced, that Men of the 
 firft Bloud, are as Firme, 
 as Butchers by Occupation: 
 And votary Refolution is 
 made Pvquipollent to Ciif- 
 tome, euen in matter of 
 Bloud. In other Things, 
 the Predominancy of Cuf- 
 to7?ie is euery where Viii- 
 ble ; In fo much, as a Man 
 ■would wonder, to heare 
 Men Profeffe, Proteft, En- 
 gage, Giue Great ^^^ords, 
 and then Doe iuR as they 
 haue Done before :" As if 
 they were Dead Images, 
 and Engines moued^ onely 
 by the wheeles of Ciijlojue. 
 
 We fee alfo the Raigne^ or Tyrannie of Custome, what 
 it is. The Indians (I meane the Sect of their Wife 
 Men)^^ lay Themfelues quietly vpon a Stacke of Wood, 
 and fo Sacrifice themfelues by fire. Nay the Wiues 
 flriue to be burned ^^ with the Corpfes of^- their Hus- 
 bands. The. Lads of Sparta, of Ancient Time, were 
 wont to be Scourged vpon the Altar of Diana, without 
 
 8 Moued. ImpjihcB et acice, ' impelled and driven.' 
 ® Raigne. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^*> Sect of their Wise Men. Gytnnosophistis, et Veteribus et Modemis, 
 ' Gymnosophist':, both ancient and modem.' 
 
 !>• Burned. In Rogu7n ivnititti, ' put on the funeral pile.' 
 12 The Corpses of. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 2 A 
 
370 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 Therefore fmce Cuflome 
 is the principall Magis- 
 trate of IMans Hfe, lett 
 Men by all meanes en- 
 deavour to obteyne good 
 Cuflomes. Certainely Cuf- 
 tome is moil perfite 
 when it beginneth in 
 yong yeares. This wee 
 call Education^ which is 
 nothing but an early 
 Cuflome, 
 
 For it is true that late 
 termes cannott fo well 
 take the ply, except 
 it be in fome mindes, that 
 have not fuffered them- 
 felves to fix, but have 
 
 IV. 161 2. set. 52. 
 
 Therefore fince cuflome, 
 is the principal Magis- 
 trate of mans life / let 
 men by all meanes en- 
 deauour to obtaine good 
 cuflomes. Certainly cuf- 
 I tome is mofl perfect 
 i when it beginneth in 
 I young yeeres This wee 
 I call Education : which is 
 nothing but an early 
 cuflome. 
 
 For it is true that late 
 learners cannot fo well 
 take the phe; except 
 it be in fome mindes, that 
 haue not fuffered them- 
 felues to fixe, but haue 
 
 13 Queching. Vix ejulatu, met gemitic itllo cmisso, ' scarcely uttering 
 cry or groan.' 
 
 1* Of England. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 15 Penance. Ad Pceiiiteniiain complendam, ' to perforrn penance.' 
 
 16 Will sit. Non reciisabiint scdcrc, ' will not refuse to sit.' 
 
 17 Night. Node hyevtali, ' winter's night.' 
 1* Hard. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 19 Force. Plane sUtpetidas vires, ' truly astounding force.' 
 
XXXT. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 371 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 fo much as Queching.^^ I remember in the beginning 
 
 of Qiieene Elizabeths time of England^^ an TriJJi Rebel/ 
 
 Condemned, put vp a Petition to the Depiitie, that he 
 
 might be hanged in a With, and not in a Haher, be- 
 
 caufe it had beene fo vfed, with former Rebels. There 
 
 be Monkes in Riifsia, for Penance,!'^ that will fit^*^ a 
 
 whole Night,!' in a Veffell of Water, till they be Ingag- 
 
 ed with hard^^ Ice. Many Examples may be put, of 
 
 the Force ^'^ of Cujlome, both vpon I^Iinde, and Body. 
 
 Therefore, fmce CufLome 
 
 is the Principall Magif- 
 
 trate^o of Mans life; Let 
 
 IMen by all Meanes en- 
 
 deuour, to obtaine good 
 
 Cnjlomes. Certainly, Cuf- 
 
 tome is mofl perfedl,^^ 
 
 when it beginneth in 
 
 Young Yeares: This we 
 
 call Education ; which is, 
 
 in effect, but an Early^^ 
 
 Cuftome. So we fee, in Languages -^ the Tongue 
 
 is "more Pliant to all Expreflions and Sounds, the 
 
 loints are more Supple-^ to all Feats of Adliuitie,^^ 
 
 and Motions, in Youth ^^^ then afterwards. 
 
 For it is true, that late 
 
 Learners, cannot fo well 
 
 take the Plie;-" Except 
 
 it be in fome IMindes, that 
 
 haue not fuffered them- 
 
 felues to fixe, but haue 
 
 20 Magistrate. Moderator et MagistraUts, ' governor and magistrate.' 
 
 21 Perfect. Oalidissuna, ' strongest.' 
 
 22 Early. A teneris annis inibibita, ' imbibed from tender years. ' 
 
 23 Languages. Linguis ediscendis, ' learning languages.' 
 
 24 Supple. Agiles etjlexilcs, ' agile and fle.xible.' 
 
 25 Feats of Actiuitie. /'^.yzV?^rrt5, ' postures.' 
 
 26 Youth. Pjieritia, ant Adolescentia, ' boyhood or youth.' 
 
 27 Pile. Novain ^licam, 'new ply.' 
 
;72 A H A R xM O N Y OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 kept themfelves open, and 
 prepared to receive 
 contynuall amendement ; 
 which is exceeding rare. 
 But if the force of Cuflome 
 fimple, and feparate be 
 greate; the force of Cuf- 
 tome copulate, and con- 
 ioyn'd and in troupe is 
 farre greater. For theire 
 example teacheth, Com- 
 panie Comforteth, semula- 
 cion quickneth, Glorie 
 rayfeth ; fo as in fucli 
 places the force of Cuf- 
 tome is in his exaltacion. 
 Certainly the great multi- 
 plicacion of vertues 
 vponn humaine nature refL- 
 eth vponn Societyes well 
 ordayn'd, and difciplin- 
 ed. For Common 
 
 wealthes, and good gov- 
 ernementes doe nourifhe 
 vertue growne, but doe 
 not mend the Seedes. 
 But the miferie is, that 
 the mofL effe6luall meanes 
 are no we apply ed to the 
 endes left to be defiered. 
 
 — F3»— - 
 
 IV. 
 
 I6I2. 
 
 a3t. 52. 
 
 kept themfelues open and 
 prepared to receiue 
 continuall amendment ; 
 which is exceeding rare. 
 But if the force of cuftome 
 hmple, and feparate be 
 great; the force of cuf- 
 tome copulate and con- 
 ioind, and in troupe, is 
 far greater. For thear 
 example teacheth ; com- 
 panie comforteth ; asmula- 
 tion quickeneth ; glory 
 raifeth ; fo as in fuch 
 places the force of cuf- 
 tome is in his exaltation. 
 Certainelie the great multi- 
 plication of vertues 
 vpon humane nature, reft- 
 eth vpon focieties well 
 ordained, and difciplin- 
 ed. For Common 
 
 wealthes, and good gou- 
 ernments, doe nourifli 
 vertue grown, but doe 
 not mende the feeds. 
 
 But the miferie is, that 
 the moft effuclual meanes 
 are now applied to the 
 ends leaft to be defired. 
 
 — ^fJC^— 
 
 28 Prepared. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 23 To receiue. A ci ovinia Prceccpta, qiio recipereni, ' to all instruction, so 
 as to receive.' 
 
 30 Raiseth. Animos extollit, ' raiseth the spirits.' 
 
 31 Force. Vires et inJJuxns, ' force and flow.' 
 
 3- Multiplication. Miiltiplicatio et [nt Chyinicoriini Vocabulo utar) Pro- 
 jectio, ' the muliipiication and (to use a chemist's word) the projection.' 
 
XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 373 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 kept themfelues open and 
 prei)ai-ed,-^ to receiue ^^ 
 continuall Amendment, 
 which is exceeding Rare. 
 But if the Force of Cujlome 
 Simple and Separate, be 
 Great ; the Force of Cuf- 
 toine Copulate, and Con- 
 ioyned, and Collegiate, is 
 far Greater. For there 
 Example teacheth ; Com- 
 pany comforteth ; Emula- 
 tion quickeneth ; Glory 
 raifethi^*^ So as in fuch 
 Places the Force ^^ of Ciif- 
 tome is in his Exaltation. 
 Certainly, the great Multi- 
 plication ^^ Qf Vertues^^ 
 
 vpon Humane Nature, refl- 
 eth upon Societies well 
 Ordained, and Difciplin- 
 ed.^^ For Common- 
 wealths,^^ and Good Gou- 
 ernments,^*^ doe nourifh 
 Vertue Grown e,^^ but doe 
 not much mend the feeds. 
 But tlie ]Mifery is,^^ that 
 themoflEffecluallMeanes, 
 are now applied, to the 
 Ends, lead to be defired. 
 
 83 OfVertues. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 34 Disciplined. Disciplina sahibriinfonuatis, 'fashioned by wholesome 
 
 discipline.' , •. . ,^ , , 
 
 35 Commonwealths. Respubhcce rede adnnnistratce, Lommonwealths 
 well administered.' 
 
 30 Gouernments. Z^^<?J, _' laws.' 
 
 3" C'rowne. In Herba, ' in the blade.' 
 
 38 The JSIisery is. InJelicii.Ms Orbis hoc habet, ' the world has t jgniisery. 
 
374 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. : IV. 
 
 Harlciaii MS. 5106. 
 
 32. ©t fortune. 
 
 T cannott be de- 
 nyed but out- 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 wardAccidentes 
 conduce much 
 to a Mans fortune; favour; 
 oportune death of 
 
 others; occafion fittmg 
 vertue. But cheiflie the 
 mould of a Mans fortune 
 is in himfelf 
 
 And 
 the moft frequent of ex- 
 ternall caufes is, That the 
 fohe of one Man, is the 
 fortune of another. Ffor 
 noe Man profpers fo fjd- 
 dainly as by others er- 
 rours. Serpens nifi Ser- 
 pentem comederit non fit 
 Draco. Overt and appar- 
 ant vertues bring fourth 
 praife, but there be hidden 
 and fecrett vertues that 
 bring forth Fortune) Cer- 
 ten dehveryes of a Mans 
 self, which have noe name; 
 The SpaniJJi word Dcfeni- 
 
 28. @f /ortitne, 
 
 ^T cannot bee de- 
 nied, but out- 
 ward accidents 
 conduce much 
 to aMans fortune. Fauour, 
 Oportune death of 
 others, occafion fitting 
 vertue. But chiefely the 
 mould of a Mans fortune 
 is in himfelfe. 
 
 And 
 the mofl frequent of ex- 
 ternall caufes is, that the 
 ' folly of one man is tlie 
 fortune of another. For 
 no man profpers fo fod- 
 enly, as by others er- 
 rors. Serpens nifi fer- 
 penfeni comederit non fit 
 Draco. Ouert, and appar- 
 ent vertues bring foorth 
 praife, but there bee hidden 
 and fecret vertues that 
 bring forth fortune. Cer- 
 taine deliueries of a mans 
 felfe which haue no name. 
 The Spanifli word Dereni- 
 
 UIE. Uariations in postljumaus ILatin Istiition of 1638. 
 
 1 Accidents. Accidentia et Casus, ' accidents and chances.' 
 
 2 Fortune. Ad Hoviiiuiiii Fortunas, vel proiiiovendas,'!'el dcpriutcndas, 
 pljirimnm possint, ' have much power in promoting or dcprcbsing the foi- 
 tunes of men.' 
 
XXXII. OF FORTUNE. 375 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 40. ©t /ortune. 
 
 PT cannot be de- 
 nied, but Out- 
 ward Accidents^ 
 conduce much 
 
 to Fortune-? Fauour,^ 
 
 Opportunitie, Death of 
 
 Others, Occafion fitting 
 
 Vertue. But chiefly, the 
 
 Mould of a Mans Fortune, 
 
 is in his owne hands. 
 
 Faber quifque Foi'tunce. 
 
 fucef faith the Poet> And 
 
 the mofl Frequent of Ex- 
 
 ternall Caufes is, that the 
 
 Folly of one Man, is the 
 
 i^c?;-/^/;?^ of Another. For 
 
 no Man profpers fo fud- 
 
 denly, as by Others Er- 
 
 rours. Sej'pens nifi Ser- 
 
 penteni conicd£7'it non fit 
 
 DracoJ" Ouert, and Appar- 
 ent vertues bring forth 
 
 Praife ; But there be Secret 
 
 and Hidden Yertues, that 
 
 bring Forth Fortune. Cer- 
 
 taine Deliueries'^ of a Mans 
 
 Selfe, which haueno Name. 
 
 The Spanifh Name, Defeni- 
 
 " Every one the architect of his ow7t fortune. 
 
 ^ A serpent, icnless it has eaten a serpent, does not become a dragon. 
 
 3 Fauour. Gratia alicujics ex Magnatibus, ' favour of some great men.' 
 
 4 Poet. Comiciis, 'comic poet.' 
 
 5 Is the Fortune. Fortiitiani proniovere, 'promotes the fortune.' 
 
 6 Deliueries. Facilitates nonnuiice se expcdiendi, ' c^rizin means of de- 
 livering oneseh'.' 
 
376 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 boltiira flieweth them befl; 
 when there be noe 
 stondes, nor refliueneffe 
 in a Mans nature ; 
 
 For fo faieth Liitye well 
 after he had defcribed Cato 
 Maior in theis wordes /;/ 
 illo viro taiitum rohir 
 corporis^ et animi fuif, vt 
 qiiocunqiLe loco naiiis effet 
 fortiuiam fibi faflurus 
 viderdur, he falleth vponn 
 that, that he had, verfa- 
 tile ingeniuin. Certainly 
 if a Man looke fliarply 
 and accentively hee fhall 
 fee Fortune ; for thoughe 
 flie be blinde, yet flie is 
 not invifible. The way 
 of Fortune is like the 
 Milken way in the Sky, 
 which is a meeting or 
 knott of a number of 
 fmale Starres ; 
 
 so are there a 
 number of litle and 
 fcarce difcerned vertues, 
 or rather facultyes, and 
 Cuflomes, that make Men 
 fortunate. The Italians 
 have found out one of 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 set. 52. 
 
 boltura partlie expreffeth 
 them, when there be no 
 flonds nor refliueneffe 
 in a mans nature. 
 
 For fo faith Linie well, 
 after he had defcribed Cato 
 Maior in thefe words. In 
 illo viro tantiun rohiir 
 corporis et animi fuit, vt 
 qiwcunque loco natus ejfet 
 fortuuam fibi fafturus 
 videretur. He falleth vpon 
 that, that he had V^erfa- 
 tile ingcnium. Therefore 
 if a man looke fliarpely 
 and accentiuely, hee fhall 
 fee fortune ; for though 
 fliee be blinde, yet fhee is 
 not inuifible. The way 
 of fortune is like the 
 milken way in tlie skie, 
 which is a meeting, or 
 knot of a number of 
 fmall ftarres; not feene 
 afunder, but giuing light 
 together. So are there a 
 number of little and 
 fcarfe difcerned vertues, 
 or rather faculties and 
 cuflomes, that make men 
 fortunate. The Jtalians 
 fome of them, fuch as 
 
 ^ Rcstiuenesse. Iiitpcdinicnta, ' hindrances,' 
 ^ Sharply. Liinis Octclis,^ z.'^z.wa.'' 
 
XXXII. OF FORTUNE. 377 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 boltura,'^ partly expreffeth 
 
 them : When there be not 
 
 Stonds, nor Reftiueneffe'' 
 
 in a :Mans Nature. But that the wheeles of his 
 
 Minde keepe way, with the wheeles of his Fortune. 
 
 For fo L'niie ( 
 
 after he had defcribed Cato 
 
 Maior^ in thefe words ; In 
 
 illo vi?'0, tantum Robiir 
 
 Corporis et Aninii fidt, vt 
 
 quociinqiie loco natus effet, 
 
 Fortunam fibi facliinis 
 
 videretur \f falleth vpon 
 
 that, that he had, Vcrfa- 
 
 tile lugeniiim. Therfore, 
 
 if a Man looke Sharply,^ 
 
 and Attentiuely, he fliall 
 
 fee Fo7'tune : For though 
 
 fhee be Blinde, yet fhee is 
 
 not Inuifible. The Way 
 
 of Fortune, is like the 
 
 Mi/kcn JVay in the Skie ; 
 
 Which is a Meeting or 
 
 Knot, of a Number of 
 
 Small Stars; Not Seene 
 
 afunder, but Giuing Light 
 
 together. So are there, a 
 
 Number of Little, and 
 
 fcarfe difcerned Yertues, 
 
 or rather Faculties and 
 
 Cudomes, that make Men 
 
 Fortunate. The Italians 
 
 note fome of them, fuch as 
 
 " Deseinholt7ira in Spanish means,' airiness, impudence, confidence. 
 
 6 In that man there was such strength of body and mind, that in 7vhat- 
 ezier place he 7)tight hai'c been born, it would seem that he would liave made 
 Fortune his own. Livy. xxxix. 40. 
 
;78 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. 
 
 them; jPoco di Matto ', 
 when tliey fpeake of one 
 that cannott doe amiffe. 
 
 And certainely there be not 
 two more fortunate pro- 
 perties, then to have a 
 litle of the foole, and 
 not to much of the hon- 
 eft. Therefore extreame 
 Lovers of theire Countrye, 
 or Maiflers, were never 
 fortunate, neither can they 
 be ; For when a Man 
 placeth his thoughtes with- 
 out himfelf, he goeth not 
 his owne way. An haftye 
 Forhine maketh an Enter- 
 prifer, and Remover 
 (the French hath it better 
 Enircprenant, or Remnant,) 
 but the exercifed fortune 
 maketh the Able man ; 
 Fortune is to be honoured 
 and refpe6led and it be 
 but for her daughters, 
 Confidence and reputation, 
 for thofe two foeHcitye 
 breedeth, the firfl in 
 a Mans felf, the later in 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 a man would little thinke, 
 when they fpeake of one 
 that cannot doe amiffe, 
 they will throw in into 
 his other conditions, that 
 he hath Poco di matto. 
 And certainly, there beenot 
 two more fortunate pro- 
 perties, then to haue a 
 little [of the foole, and 
 not too much of the hon- 
 eft. Therefore extreme 
 louers of their Country, 
 or Mafters, w^ere neuer 
 fortunate, neither can they 
 bee. For when a man 
 placeth his thoughts with- 
 out himfelfe, hee goeth not 
 his owne way. An hafly 
 fortune maketh an enter- 
 prifer and remouer ; 
 (the French hath it better 
 Enterprenant, or Remnant) 
 but the exercifed fortune 
 maketh the able man. 
 Fortune is to bee honoured 
 and refpe(fted, and it 
 be but for her daughters. 
 Confidence and Reputatioii ; 
 for thofe two felicity 
 breedeth .• the firfl, within 
 a mans felfe ; the latter, 
 
 "^ Cannot doe amisse. Ciii prosJ>era7n Fortunam spondcjit, 
 they expect prosperous fortune.' 
 1" Masters. Prhicipcs, ' princes.' 
 
 *i Remouer. Nonnihil turbtile7itoSf ' somewhat restless.' 
 12 The French. . . . Reniuant. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 'for whom 
 
XXXII. OF FORTUNE. 379 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 a Man would little thinke. 
 When they fpeake of one, 
 that cannot doe amiffe,-^ 
 they will throw in, into 
 his other Conditions, that 
 he hath, Poco di Matto.^ 
 And certainly, there be not 
 two more Fortunate Pro- 
 perties ; Then to haue a 
 Little of the Foole\ And 
 not Too Much of the Hon- 
 est. I'herefore, Extreme 
 Louers of their Countrey, 
 or Maflers,^^ were neuer 
 Fortunate, neither can they 
 be. For when a Man 
 placeth his Thoughts with- 
 out Himfelfe, he goeth not 
 his owne Way. An haflie 
 Fortune maketh an Enter- 
 prifer, and Remouer,^! 
 (The French hath it better: 
 Entrep7'enant,oxRemuajitY'^ 
 But the Exercifed Fortune 
 maketh the Able^^ Man. 
 Fortu7ie is to be Honoured, 
 and Refpecled,^-* and it 
 bee but for her Daughters, 
 Confidence, and Reputation. 
 For thofe two Felicitie^^ 
 breedeth : The firfl within 
 a Mans Selfe; the Latter, 
 
 " Poco di Mntto in Italian means, a little out of his senses, a little mad. 
 
 13 Able. Prndenics et Cordaios, ' wise and judicious.' 
 
 1* Honoured and Respected. Hoiiorem iiierctur, ' deserves honour.' 
 
 15 Felicitie. Fortuiia prospera, ' favourable fortune.' 
 
?8o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. oet. 47-52. 
 
 others. 
 
 All wife Men to declyne 
 the envy of theire owne 
 vertiies vfe to afcribe them 
 to providence,and 1^'ortune, 
 for fo they may the 
 better affume them, and 
 befides it is greatnes 
 in a Man to be the Care 
 of the higher powers. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 set 5: 
 
 m others towards him. 
 All wife men to decline 
 the Enuie of their owne 
 vertueSjVfe to afcribe them 
 to prouidence,and fortune, 
 For fo they may the 
 better affume them. And 
 befides, it is greatneffe 
 in a man to bee the care 
 of the higher powers. 
 
 And it hath beene noted, 
 that thofe that afcribe 
 openly to much to their 
 owne wifedom and poli- 
 cy, end infortunate. It 
 it written, that Timothciis 
 the Athenian .,sS\.QX hee had 
 in the account he gaue 
 to the ftate of his go- 
 uernment, often interlaced 
 this fpeach. And in 
 this, fortune had no part \ 
 neuer profpered in any 
 thing he vndertooke after- 
 wards. 
 
 16 .-i//<'r Towards Him. Etrque vicisshn f'arinntAnimos et Auctoritatem, 
 ' and these in turn produce courage and influence.' ^ 
 
 1" Better Deceiitiiis et libcriits, ' more littmgly and freely. 
 
 18 Greatnesse. MajexiatciN qitandmn addit, ' adds a sort of greatness. 
 
 19 Ke the Care. Si vidcrctur C?i7'a' esse, ' if he seems to be the care.' 
 
 20 'J'o the State. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 21 Often. ^rtfm7'/w//iY/7/^, 'to hoarseness.' 
 
 22 Slide, and Easinesse. Majore ciaii facilitate JJjmnt, flow with more 
 easiness.' 
 
XXXII. OF FO R T UN E. 38 r 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 in Others towards Him.^^ 
 All Wife Men, to decline 
 the Enuy of their owne 
 vertues,vfe to afcribe them 
 toProuidence d^xi^ Fortune \ 
 For fo they may the 
 better^" aflume them : And 
 befides, it is GreatneflV^ 
 in a ]\ran, to be the Care,^^ 
 
 of the Higher Powers. So C(cfa7- faid to the Pilot in 
 the Tempefl, CccJ'ai'em portas, et Fortunam euis."^ So 
 Sy/la chofe the Name of Felix, and not of Magnus,^ 
 And it hath beene noted, 
 that thofe, that afcribe 
 openly too much to their 
 owne A\'ifdome, and Poli- 
 cie, end Infortiunite. It 
 is written,^ that Tiuwtheus 
 the AtJienian, after he had, 
 in the Account he gaue 
 to the State,-^ of his "Go- 
 uernment, often-^ inter- 
 laced this Speech ; And in 
 this Fortune had no Part, 
 neuer profpered in any 
 Thing he vndertooke after- 
 wards. Certainly, there be, whofe Fortunes are like 
 Homers Verfcs, tliat haue a Slide, and Eafmeffe,^^ 
 more then the A^erfes of other Poets : As Plutarch 
 faith '^ of Timoleons Fortune, in refpedl of that of 
 Agefdaus, or Epaminondas. And that this fhould be, 
 no doubt it is much, in a Mans Selfe. 
 
 " TJuru carriest Ccesnr atid his fori laics. Plutarch. Cessar. xxxviii. 
 
 * Plutarch. SyUa. x.xxiv. 
 
 * Pluurch. SyUa. vi. 5. * Plutarch. Tintolcon. xx.w. i. 
 
j82 a harmony of the £SSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 
 
 Harlcian MS. 5106. 
 
 33. ©i |3catl). 
 
 En feare death 
 as Children feare 
 to goe m the 
 darke ; and as 
 that naturall feare in 
 Children is encreafed with 
 Tales, fo is the other. 
 Certainely the feare 
 
 of death in contempla- 
 cion of the caufe of it, 
 and the yffue of it 
 is religious, but the 
 feare of it for it felf 
 is weake. 
 Yet in religious medita- 
 cions there is 
 mixture of vanitye and of 
 SuperfLition. You fhall 
 reade in fome of the 
 Ffryers Bookes of INIortifi- 
 cacion, that a Man fhould 
 thinke with himfelf what 
 the payne is, if he have 
 but his fingers end preffed, 
 or tortured, and thereby 
 imagine what the paynes 
 of death are, when the 
 whole body is corrupted, 
 and diffolved; when manie 
 tymes death paffeth with 
 leffe payne then the tor- 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 2. Of peatl). 
 
 En feare death, 
 as Children feare 
 to goe in the 
 darke : and as 
 that naturall feare in 
 Children is encreafed with 
 tales ; fo is the other. 
 Certainely the feare 
 
 of death in contempla- 
 tion of the caufe of it, 
 and the iffue of it, 
 is religious : but the 
 fear of it, for it felfe, 
 is weake. 
 Yet in religious medita- 
 tions there is 
 
 mixture of vanitie, and of 
 fuperflition. You fliall 
 reade in fome of the 
 Friers Bookes of INIortifi- 
 cation, that a man fliould 
 thinke with himfelfe, what 
 the paine -is, if he haue 
 but his fingers end preffed, 
 or tortured; and thereby 
 imagine what the paines 
 of Death are, when the 
 whole body is corrupted 
 and diffolued : when many 
 times. Death paffeth with 
 leffe paine, then the tor- 
 
 l^C. Variations in postljumous Hatin Etiition of 1638. 
 1 Tales. Fabidosis quibusdam Terriculaineiitis, ' by fictitious terrors.' 
 
XXXIII. OF DEATH. 383 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 2. ©f pcatlj. 
 
 I En feare Death, 
 
 as Children feare 
 
 to goe in the 
 
 darke : And as 
 that Naturall Feare in 
 Children, is increafed with 
 Tales,^ fo is the other. 
 Certainly, the Contempla- 
 tion of Death, as the luages 
 of finne, and Paffage to 
 another world, is Holy, 
 and Religious ; But the 
 Feare of it, as a Tribute 
 due vnto Nature, is weake.^ 
 Yet in Religious Medita- 
 tions, there is fometimes, 
 Mixture of Vanitie, and of 
 Superflition. You fhal 
 reade, in fome of the 
 Friars Books of Mortifi- 
 cation, that a man fliould 
 think e with himfelfe, what 
 the Paine is, if he haue 
 but his Fingers end Preffed, 
 or Tortured; And thereby 
 imagine, what the Paines 
 of Death are, when the 
 whole Body, is corrupted 
 and diffolued; when many 
 times. Death paffeth with 
 leffe paine, then the Tor- 
 
 2 Weake. Infinna et inanis, ' weak and empty.' 
 
584 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 tiire of a ly mm e. Ffor th e 
 mofl vitall partes are not 
 the quickefl of fence. And 
 
 to fpeake 
 as a Philofopher, or 
 naturall Man it was well 
 faied Pompa Mortis^ magis 
 itTj'ct, qitam mors ipfa; 
 Grones, and convulfions, 
 and a difcolored face, 
 and frendes weeping, and 
 Blackes, and obfequies, 
 and the like fliewe death 
 terrible. It is worthie the 
 obferving that theare is noe 
 paffion in the minde of 
 Man fo w^eake, but 
 
 mafters the 
 feare of death; and there- 
 fore death is noe fuch 
 enimye when a 
 Man hath fo manie follow- 
 ers about him, that cann 
 Wynne the Combate of it. 
 Revenge triumphes over 
 death, love elleemes it 
 not. Honour aspireth to it, 
 delivery from ignominie 
 chufeth it, greif flyeth 
 to it, feare preoccu- 
 pateth it, Nay wee fee 
 after Otho 
 
 had flaine himfelf, 
 pittie which is the tender- 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 ture of a limme. For the 
 mofL vitall parts are not 
 the quickefl of fence. And 
 
 to fpeake 
 as a Philofopher or 
 naturall man, it was well 
 faid, Pompa mortis magis 
 terrd^ quam mors ipfa. 
 Grones, and Conuulfions, 
 and a difcoloured face, 
 and friends weeping, and 
 Blackes and obfequies, 
 and the like, fhew death 
 terrible. It is worthie the 
 obferuing, that there is no 
 paffion in the minde of 
 man fo weake, but 
 
 maflers the 
 feare of death ; and there- 
 fore death is no fuch 
 enemy, when a 
 man hath fo many follow- 
 ers about him, that can 
 winne the combat of him, 
 Rcucnge triumphes ouer 
 death, Lone efleemes it 
 not, Honour afpireth to it, 
 deliuery from Ignominy 
 chufeth it, Gricfe flieth 
 to it : Feare preocu- 
 pateth it; nay we fee 
 after Otho 
 
 had flain himfelfe, 
 pitty (which is the tendr- 
 
 5 Groanes. Geinitus et Smsiiltus, ' groans and sighs.' 
 

 XXXIII. 
 
 OF DEA TIL 
 
 385 
 
 V. 
 
 
 1625. 
 
 aet. 65. 
 
 ture of a Limme / For the 
 mofl. vitall parts, are not 
 thequickeflof Senfe. And 
 by him, that fpake onely 
 as a Philofopher, and 
 Naturall j\Ian, it was well 
 faid ; Pompa Alortis magls 
 terref, quam Mors ipfa.^^ 
 Groanes'^ and Conuulfions, 
 and a difcoloured Face,* 
 and Friends weeping, and 
 Blackes, and Obfequies, 
 and the hke, fhew Death 
 Terrible. It is worthy the 
 obferuing, that there is no 
 paffion in the minde of 
 man, fo weake, but it 
 Mates, and Maflers, the 
 Feare of Death : An d there- 
 fore Death, is no fuch 
 terrible Enemie, when a 
 man hath fo many Atten- 
 dants, about him, that can 
 winne the combat of him. 
 Reuejige triumphs ouer 
 Death\ Lone flights it; 
 Ho7iour afpireth to it ; 
 
 Griefe flieth 
 to it; Feare pre-occu- 
 pateth it ; Nay we reade, 
 after Otho the Emper- 
 our had flaine himfelfe, 
 Pitty (which is the tender- 
 
 * The pomps of death frighten more than Death itself, 
 
 * Discoloured Face. Oris pallor, ' paleness of the face.' 
 
 2 B 
 
:S6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. Rit. 47-52. 
 
 refl of affections provoked 
 manie to dye. 
 
 Seneca fpeaketh of 
 niceneffe. Cogita quant dm 
 eadeni feceris, Mori vclle 
 non tantiini fortis aid 
 mifer, fed etiani fajlidiofus 
 poteji. 
 
 It is no leffe worthie to 
 obferve how litle altera- 
 cion in good fpirittes the 
 approaches of death 
 make, but they are 
 
 the fame 
 till the lafl. Augiipis 
 Ccefa?' dyed in a Comple- 
 ment, 
 Tiberius in difhmulacion, 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 a left. 
 
 Vefpafian in 
 
 cet. 52 
 
 efl of affedlions) prouoked 
 many to die. 
 
 Seneca fpeaketh of 
 niceneffe : Cogita qiiam diu 
 eadeni feceris; Mori velle 
 non t ant am fortis^ ant 
 niifer, fed etiam fajlidiofus 
 potefl. 
 
 It is no leffe worthy to 
 obferue how little altera- 
 tion in good fpirits the 
 approaches of death 
 make : but they are 
 
 the fame 
 till the lafl. Aiigufius 
 Ccefar died in a comple- 
 ment, 
 Tiberius in diffimulation. 
 
 Galba 
 
 with a fentence. 
 
 a left, 
 
 Vefpafian in 
 Galba 
 
 with a fentence, 
 Septimus Seuerus in dif- 
 patch ; 
 
 5 Good Spirits. Aniino j^encroso etforti, 'a. noble and brave mind.' 
 
 6 The same Men. Kindeiii etiim genmt Honiiiies illi Spirittcs, ' for those 
 in»*n bear the same spirits.' 
 
XXXllI. OF DEATH. 38? 
 
 V. 1625. act. 65. 
 
 eft of Affections) prouoked 
 
 many to die, out of meere compaffion to their Soiier- 
 aigne, and as the trueft fort of Followers. Nay 
 Seneca addes Niccncjj'e and 
 Saciety ; Cogita qjtam diU 
 eadem fece?'is ; Mori velle, 
 7wn iantiim Fortis^ ant 
 Mifer.fed etiavi Fajlidiofiis 
 
 potejl."- A man would die, though he were neither 
 valiant, nor miierable, onely vpon a wearineffe to doe 
 the fame thing, fo oft ouer and ouer. 
 It is no leffe worthy to 
 obferue, how little Altera- 
 tion, in good Spirits,^ the 
 Approaches of Death 
 make; For they appeare, 
 to be the fame Men,*^ till 
 the laft Inftant. Augujliis 
 CcEfar died in a Comple- 
 ment ; Liuia, Co7iiu(^ij 7iop'i memor, vine et valeJ> 
 Tiberius in diffmiulation ; As Tacitus faith of him ; 
 lam Tiberium Vires, et Co?'pus, iion Difsimulatio, 
 deferebants Vefpafian in 
 a left ; Sitting vpon the Stoole, 
 Vt puto DeusfioA Galba 
 
 with a Sentence ; Feri, fi ex re fit populi Romani ;' 
 Holding forth his Necke. Scptimius Seuerus in dif- 
 patch ; ^Adejle.fi quid viihirejlat agendum/ 
 
 ° Cofisider how often thou dost the same thing. Not only a strong matt 
 or an avaricious man, but also a fastidious man is able to -wish for death. 
 Seneca. Epistles, x. i. (6). ., ,. , , r, c . ■ 
 
 b Livia, mindfil of our marriage life, live and farewell, buetonius. 
 
 " ^^At'leii^h!^strength and his body failed Tiberius, not his dissimulation. 
 Tacitus, Annals, vi. 50. , , ^ . 7 a 4 
 
 d As / think [The play is on the double sense o\ Puto: to cleanse, and to 
 think\, I ain becoming a God. Sucton'ms. Vespasian, c. 2:^. 
 
 ^ Strike, if it be for the benefit of the Roman People. 1 aciius. History. 
 
 '' / Come here, if anything remains for me to do. Dion Cassius. Ixxvi. 17. 
 
3S8 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ES S A Y S. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 and the like. Certainly 
 the Stoikes bellowed too 
 mil ch C oil vp n n d eath , an d 
 bytheiregreatpreparacions 
 made it appeare more 
 fearefull. Better faieth he 
 Qui fiiiein vitce. cxtre?mwi 
 inter mimera ponat^ na- 
 turce. It is as naturall to 
 dye, as to be borne, and 
 to a litle Infant perhaps, 
 the one as painefull, as 
 the other. 
 
 *i* 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. get. 52. 
 
 and the like. Certainely 
 the Stoikes bellowed too 
 much cofL vpon death, and 
 by their great preparations 
 made it appeare more 
 fearefull. Better faith he. 
 Qui finem vitce extixmiim 
 inter mimera p07iat na- 
 tures. It is as naturall to 
 die, as to bee borne ; and 
 to a little Infant perhaps, 
 the one as painefull, as 
 the other. 
 
 7 Cost vpon Death. Itt Solatia Mortis, * on the consolations of death.' 
 
XXXIII. OF DEATH. 389 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 And the like. Certainly, 
 
 the Stoikes beflowed too 
 
 much coil vpon Death,'' and 
 
 by their great preparations, 
 
 made it appeare more 
 
 fearefull. Better faith he, 
 
 Qui Fincm Vitce extj'cmum 
 
 inter Miincra ponat Na- 
 
 iiiroe.^ It is as Naturall to 
 
 die, as to be borne ; And 
 
 to a little Infant, perhaps, 
 
 the one, is as painfull, as 
 
 the other. He that dies in an earnefl Purfuit, is hke 
 
 one that is wounded in hot Bloud; who, for the time, 
 
 fcarce feeles the Hurt ; And therefore, a Minde fixt, 
 
 and bent vpon fomewhat, that is good, doth auert the 
 
 Dolors of Death : But aboue all, beleeue it, the 
 
 fweetefl Canticle is, A^une diviittis f when a Man hath 
 
 obtained worthy Ends, and P2xpeclations. Death 
 
 hath this alfo ; That it openeth the Gate, to good 
 
 Fame, and extinguiflieth Enuie. 
 
 Extiii^us amabitur idem.'' 
 
 "' Or rather ; Qui spatinin zntce extreimnn ititcr jniivern f>onii 
 
 Natures. Juvenal, Satires, x. 357. 
 
 ' Who lays down the last end of life among the Offices of Nature ;' or, as 
 Dryden has put it; A soul that can securely death defy, 
 
 And count it Nature s priz'i lege to die.' 
 Dacon writes: "And it seemeth to me, that most of the doctrines of the 
 I'hilosophers are more fearefull and cautionary' then the Nature of things 
 requireth. So haue they encrcased the feare of death, in offering to cure it. 
 For, when they would haue a mans whole life, to be but a discipline or pre- 
 jiaration to dye : they must needes make men thinke, that it is a terrible 
 Enemy, against whom there is no end of preparing. Better saith the Poet, 
 Quijineni, cy'c." Adv. 0/ Learning. Bk. \\.Jol. 75. Ed. 1605. 
 
 " Luke ii. 29. 
 
 ^ Fhe satne {i.e. the envied one] being dead "will be loved. Horace. 
 Epistles, ii. i. 15. 
 
390 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 III. 
 
 34, 
 
 1607-12. ret. 47-52. 
 
 Harleia7i MS. 5106. 
 
 in State 
 monlye 
 
 \This Effay does ?iot occur 
 iti the 16 12 Edition.^ 
 
 Heapardes of peo- 
 ple had neede 
 knowe the Kalen- 
 ders of Tempefles 
 , which are com- 
 greatefl when 
 thinges growe to equaUtie, 
 as naturall Tempefles are 
 greateft about the ceqiii- 
 noBia; And as there are 
 certaine hollowe blaftes, 
 
 and fecrett fwell- 
 inges of Seas before Tem- 
 pefles, fo are therein States. 
 ccecos in- 
 Jlare ticnmltiis 
 Scepe viojiet, fraudefqiie, 
 et operta tuniefcere hella. 
 Certainly, Libells and 
 licentious difcourfes 
 
 are amongst the fignes of 
 troubles, Virgile giveinge 
 the pedegreeof fame, faieth 
 fliee was fifler to the 
 Gyantes. 
 
 ITC. ITnriations in postfjumous Uatin lEtjitton of 1638. 
 
 1 After Winde. Et veluti e lo7t!^inqno, ' and as if from afnr off.' 
 
 2 In States. Ingrnentibns Proccllis pollticis, ' when political storms an 
 approaching.' 
 
 3 Licentious Discourses. Licetitiosi et mordaces Scrmo)ies in Status 
 Sca7idahan, 'licentious and calumnious discourses to the scandal of the State.' 
 
 IV. 16 1 2. agt. 52. 
 
 ©f ^cbitiottiS aitb 
 S^rottble^. 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 391 
 
 V. 1625. a?t. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 15. ©f ^ciJitioii^ aui) STroubU^. 
 
 \HcpJicards oi Peo- 
 ple, had need 
 know the Kalen- 
 ders of Tempejls 
 in Siaie \ which are com- 
 monly greatefl, when 
 Things grow to EquaUty; 
 As Naturall Tempefls are 
 greateft about the ^(jiii- 
 no^ia. And as there are 
 certaine hollow Blafls of 
 Winde/ and fecret SweU- 
 ings of Seas, before a Tem- 
 ped, fo are there in States : "^ 
 
 Ilk ctiam cceeos in- 
 
 Jlare TiumUtiis 
 Scepe vionef, Ffaiidefque, 
 et operta tumefcere Bella J^ 
 Libels, and 
 licentious Difcourfes"^ againd the State, when they are 
 frequent and open ; And in like fort, falfe Newes, 
 often running vp and downe,^ to the difaduantage of 
 the State,^ and haflily embraced \^ 
 are amongfl the Signes of 
 Troubles. Virgil giuing 
 the Pedegre of Fa?Jie^ faith 
 She icas fijler to the 
 Giants. 
 
 * He [i.e. The Sun] also ofteri ivarfis of threatening hidden tumults; and 
 treacheries, and of secret wars swelling to a head. Virgil. Georgics. i. 465. 
 
 * Often running vp and downe. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 5 After State. Undique jaciati, ' cast about everywhere.' 
 
 6 After Embraced. A Fopulo, ' by the people.' 
 
392 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 I//am terra parens ira 
 
 irritata dcorum 
 Extremam vt perhibe?it 
 Cceo Enceladoqiie foro- 
 re??i 
 Frogenuif. 
 As if fames and Rumours 
 were the Reliques of Se- 
 ditions paft, but they are 
 no leffe the pre- 
 
 ludes of Seditions to come. 
 But he notes it 
 
 right, that feditions, tum- 
 ultes, and feditious fames, 
 differ noe more, but as 
 Mafcu- 
 line, and feminine. 
 
 Alfo that kinde of obedi- 
 ence (which Tacit us diQicnh- 
 eth in an Army) is to be 
 
 IV. 1612. jet. 52. 
 
 \^T/ns Effay does not occur 
 in the 161 2 Editiofi.^ 
 
 ' If it come. Ifigrat<escat Maliun, ' the evil grows worse.' 
 
 8 Checks them. E^'ancsciint, ' they vanish.' 
 
 9 Going about. Cotiatits scdiilus, ' diligent endeavours.' 
 
 10 Wonder. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 393 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 IUa??i Terra Parens ird 
 irritata Deoru/n, 
 
 Extremam {vt perhibent) 
 Cceo Eiiceladoqiie foro- 
 rem 
 
 Progemiit — ^ 
 As if Fames 
 
 were the Reliques of Se- 
 ditiojis pafl ; But they are 
 110 leffe, indeed, the pre- 
 ludes of Seditions to come. 
 Howfoeuer, he noteth it 
 right, that Seditious Tinn- 
 idts, and Seditious Fames, 
 (Hffer no more, but as 
 Brother and Sifter, Mafcu- 
 
 Hne and Feminine ; Efpecially, if it come' to that, that 
 the bed Actions of a State, and the mofl plaufible, and 
 which ought to giue greateft Contentment, are taken 
 in ill Senfe, and traduced : For that fhewes the Enuy 
 great, as Tacitus faith ; Conflata magna Inuidia, feu 
 l^enh^ feu male, gejla premunt.^ Neither doth it follow, 
 that becaufe thefe Fames, are a figne of Troubles, that 
 the fuppreffmg of them, with too much Seuerity, fhould 
 be a Remedy of Troubles. For the Defpifmg of them, 
 many times, checks them^ befl; and the Going about^ 
 to flop them, doth but make a Wonder ^"^ Long-liued. 
 Alfo that kind of Obedi- 
 ence, which Tacitus fpeak- 
 eth of, is to be 
 
 " Her, Paretit Earth, furious luith tJievengeattce of the Gods, brought forth ; 
 tJie youngest sister of Cccus and E7iceladus. Virgil. JEneid. iv. 179. "In Hea- 
 then Poesie, wee see the exposition of Fables doth fall out sometimes with great 
 felicitie, as in the Fable that the Gyants beeing ouerthrowne in their warre 
 against the Gods, the Earth their mother in reuenge thereof brought forth Fame. 
 
 1 1 la in terra Parens Ss^c. 
 Expounded that when Princes & Monarches haue suppressed actual and open 
 Rebels, then the malignitie of people, which is the mother of Rebellion.) doth 
 bring forth Libels & slanders, and taxations of the states, which is of the 
 same kind with Rebellion, but more Feminine." Adv. of Leartiing. ii.fo/. 
 19. Ed. 1605. 
 
 * Great envy luas excited, whet/ier affairs tvent well or ill. Tacitus. 
 History i. 7. 
 
394 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS- 
 
 III. 1607-12. xt. 47-52. 
 
 held fiifpe6led Ei-ant in 
 officio, fed tanien qui mallent 
 mandafa Iniperantium in- 
 terprctari, quam exeqiii 
 When Mandates fall to 
 be difputed and diflin- 
 guiflied and new fences 
 given to them, it is the 
 firfl Effay of disobeying. 
 
 Alfo as Machauuell well 
 notes When Princes that 
 ought to bee common 
 Fathers make themfelvesas 
 a partie, and leane to a 
 fide in the eflate, it is 
 as a boate that tiltes afide 
 before it overthrowes. 
 
 Alfo when difcordes, and 
 quarrel Is, and factions 
 are carryed openly and 
 audacioufly, it is a signe 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 a^t. 52. 
 
 \This Effay does not occur 
 ill the 161 2 Edition.^ 
 
 11 Directions. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^2 After Disputings. Circa Matidata, ' concerning mandates.' 
 1^ Audaciously. Aicdaci7is et coutuinaciits, 'too boldly and obsti- 
 nately.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 395 
 
 1625. ac't. 6 
 
 D- 
 
 held fufpected; Era?it in 
 officio, fed tame n qui m alien t 
 inandata Imperatitiuin in- 
 terpret ari, quam exeqiei ;^ 
 DifputingjExcufing, Cauill- 
 ing vpon Mandates and 
 Direcflions,^^ is a kinde of 
 fhaking oft the yoake, and 
 
 Affay of difobedience : Efpecially, if in thofe difputings/^ 
 they, which are for the direction, fpeake fearefully, and 
 tenderly; And thofe that are againll it, audacioufly.i^ 
 
 Alfo, as Macciauelno\.t\h 
 well;'^ when Princes, that 
 ought to be Common Par- 
 ents, make themfelues as 
 a Party, and leane to a 
 fide,i* ' it is 
 
 as a Boat that 
 
 is ouerthrowen, 
 by vneuen weight, on the one Side ; As was well feen, 
 in the time of Henry the third of France : For firfl, 
 himfelfe entred^^ League for the Extirpation of the 
 ProteJIants ; and prefently after, the fame League was 
 turned vpon Himfelfe. For when the Authority of 
 Princes, is made but an Acceffary to a Caufe ; And 
 that there be other Bands, that tie falter, then the 
 Band of Soueraignty, Kings begin to be put almofl 
 out of Poffeffion.i'^ 
 
 Alfo, when Difcords, and 
 Quarrells, and FacSlions, 
 are Carried openly, and 
 audacioufly; it is a Signe, 
 
 " T/iey zi-ere in office, but yet xvould rather question tJu orders of the 
 commanders, than fer/orm them. Tacitus. History, ii. 39. 
 6 Macchiavelli. Discorsi sopra la Prima Deca de Tito Livio. iii. 07. 
 
 1* Leane to a side. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1'' Entred. ^^^ r^f/>/ zv/w//", ' wished to be received into.' ^ 
 
 16 Possession. Possessiotie Aitctoritatis, 'possession of authority. 
 
396 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. 
 
 the reverence of governe- 
 ment is lofl. 
 
 And reverence is that 
 wherewith Princes are girt 
 from God, who threatn- 
 eth the diffolving thereof, 
 as one of his great ludge- 
 mentes. 
 
 Soliiam cingida Reguin. 
 
 So when anie of the 
 fower Pillars of governe- 
 ment aremainelyfliakened, 
 or weakened, which are 
 Religion, luflice, Councell 
 and Treafure, Men had 
 neede to pray for faier 
 weather. But let vs leave 
 the part of predic- 
 tions, 
 
 IV. 
 
 t6i2. set. 52. 
 
 and fpeake 
 
 the Materialls, 
 
 of. 
 
 \TJds Effay does not ocatr 
 ill the 16 1 2 Edition.'] 
 
 17 Gouernment. Ef-gn rrindpein, ' toward the sovereign.* _ 
 
 IS Highest Motion. Motum privii Mobilis, the motion of the frwium 
 
 " 19 Great Ones. Viri Priiiiores et Nobiles, ' chiefs and noble men.' 
 
XXXIV. OP SEDITIONS AiVD l^ROUBLES. 397 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 the Reuerence of Gouern- 
 
 menti" is loft. For the Motions of the greateft per- 
 fons, in a Gouernment, ought to be, as the Motions of 
 the Planets, under Primum Mobile ; (according to the 
 old Opinion : which is, That Euery of them, is carried 
 fwiftly, by the Higlieft Motion,!^ and foftly in their 
 owne Motion. And therfore, when great Ones, ^^ in 
 their owne particular Motion, moue violently, and, as 
 Tacitus expreffeth it well, Liberius.qiiam vt Imperantiiim 
 nmniniffait ;'' It is a Signe, the Orbs are out of Frame. 
 For Reuerence is that, 
 wherwith Princes are girt 
 from God ; Who threaten- 
 eth the diffoluing thereof; 
 
 Solua7?i cingula Regum} 
 
 So when any of the 
 foure Pillars of Gouern- 
 ment, are mainly fliaken, 
 or weakned (which are 
 Religion, lujlice, Coimfcll, 
 and Treafure^ Men had 
 need to pray for Faire 
 Weather. But let vs paffe 
 from this Part of Predic- 
 
 tions,2o Concerning which,-i neuertheleffe, more light 
 may be taken, from that which followeth ;) 
 And let vs fpeake firft of 
 the Materials of Seditions \ 
 
 " More freely than -was grateful to the ntlers. Incorrectly quoted from 
 Tacitus. Aniials. iii. 4. 
 ^ Is. xlv, I. 
 
 20 Predictions. Prog?iosiica Seditiotnc/n, 'predictions of sedition.' 
 
 21 Concerning which. Circa quce*nihilo>iniiiis iiitert'cnient tionnitlla, 
 quae iis tractandis vtnjoret)i Litcctn prcebere possirit, ' concerning which, 
 nevertheless, several things will occur which will afford greater light in treat- 
 in 2: of them.' 
 
598 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. XL 47-52- 
 
 and the canfes, 
 and the remedyes. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 vet. S2. 
 
 [T/iis Effay does not occur 
 in the 1 6 1 2 Edition.'] 
 
 The matter of feditions is 
 of two kindes, Much pov- 
 ertye and much discontent 
 Certainely, fo manie 
 overthrown e eftates, fo 
 manie votes for troubles; 
 Lucan, noteth well the 
 flateof the tymesbeforethe 
 Civill Warre, 
 
 Hinc vfura vorax, Rapid- 
 unique in tempore foenus, 
 Hi?ic co7icuffa - jides^ et 
 mult is vtile beiluni. 
 This fame Multis vtile 
 helium, is an affured, and 
 infaUible figne of a 
 State difpofed to troubles, 
 and feditions. 
 
 For difcontentes, 
 they are the verie humours 
 
 22 Motiues. Caussis et FlabeUis, ' causes and motives : i.lit. fans.)' 
 2^ 4//t'r Prepared. Flaviina-, 'for the flame. 
 
 2* Come. Einicare possint,'c7m%\(\\\^.'' ^ j ^ r? *. ..^ 
 
 25 Overthrowne Estltes. Hominnm res attritce, et dccoctce Fortuva. 
 •impaired estates of men, and bankrupt fortunes. 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 399 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Then of the Motiucs 2- of them ; And thirdly of the 
 
 Remedies. 
 
 Concerning the ^faferiaHs of Seditions. It is a 
 
 I'hing well to be confidered : For the furefl way to 
 
 preuent Seditiofis, (if the Times doe beare it,) is to take 
 
 away the Matter of them. For if there be Fuel) pre- 
 pared,-^ it is hard to tell, whence the Spark Ihall 
 
 come,-* that fliall fet it on Fire. 
 
 The Matte?' of Seditions is 
 
 of two kindes ; ATiich Pou- 
 
 ert}\ and Afuch Difcontent- 
 
 ment. Itiscertaine,fomany 
 
 Ouerthrowne EJiates,-'^ fo 
 
 many Votes for Troubles. 
 
 Liecan noteth well the 
 
 State of Rome, before the 
 
 Ciuill Warre. 
 
 Hinc Vfura vorax, rapid- 
 unique in tempore Feenus, 
 
 Hinc conciiffa Fides, et 
 multis vtile Belluni. 
 This fame Multis vtile 
 
 Bellum, is an affured and 
 
 infallible-'^ Signe, of a 
 
 State, difpofed to Seditions, 
 
 and Troubles. And if this Poueiiy, and Broken Eflate, 
 
 in the better Sort, be ioyned with a Want and Xeceffity, 
 
 in the meane People, the danger is imminent and 
 
 great. For the Rebellions of the Belly-' are the worfl. 
 
 As for Difco7itentments^'^ 
 
 they are 
 
 " Hence devouring usury, and interest greedy of time j 
 Hence credit shaken, and -uiar profitable to many. 
 
 Lucaii. P/iarsaiia. i. i8i, 2. 
 
 26 Infallible. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 2' Of the Belly. Qua a Fentre ortum habcnt, ' which ri:;e from the belly.' 
 -3 Discontentments. Aiifnationes Aniniorum,et Tcediitnt Kemm prcesen- 
 tiiiin; ' the alienation of minds, and discontent with the present state.' 
 
40O 
 
 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. iL't. 47-52. 
 in the politique body 
 
 apt to 
 gather a preternaturall 
 heate, and to inflame; 
 And let not Princes meafure 
 the danger of them by 
 this whether they are iuft, 
 or vniufl, For that were 
 to imagine people 
 to reafonable ; 
 
 nor 
 yet by this, w^hether the 
 greifes Wherevponn they 
 arrife be in true proporcion 
 great, or fmale; for they 
 are the mofl dangerous 
 kindes of discontentes, 
 where the feare is greater, 
 then the feelinge. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 [T/iis EJfay does not- occur 
 in the 16 12 Edition?^ 
 
 29 Humours. //7imor7tm Mai^i£-m'cf'!(m,'ma.\\gn7mthurno\irs.' 
 
 30 Them. ///« ^u^ Afiimos FoJ>ult alienant, ' what alienates the minds 
 of the people.' 
 
 !5i Be secure. 7I//«?«/^«f/(?z", 'consider of less account.' 
 32 Concerning Discontentments. Alieiiationejit Aiiunortivi, et Invidiam 
 grassantem, ' the alienation of minds and the increase of envy.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES, ^o\ 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 in the Politique Body, 
 like to Humours ^^ in the 
 Naturall, which are apt to 
 gather a preternatural! 
 Heat, and to Enflame. 
 And let no Prince meafure 
 the Danger of them,-^^ by 
 this ; whether they be lufl, 
 or Vniufl ? For that were 
 to imagine People to be 
 
 too reafonable ; who doe often fpurne at their owne 
 Good : Nor 
 
 yet by this : whether the 
 Griefes, wherupon they 
 rife, be in fa6t, 
 
 great or fmall : For they 
 are the mofl dangerous 
 Difcontentments^ 
 where the Feare is greater 
 
 then the Feeling. Dolendi Modus ^ Timendi noii item. 
 Befides, in great Oppreffions, the fame Things, that 
 prouoke the Patience, doe withall mate the Courage : 
 But in Feares it is not fo. Neither let any Prince, or 
 State, be fecure^^ concerning Difcoiitentmeids^'''- becaufe 
 they''^ haue been often, or haue been long and yet no 
 Periir^"* hath enfued ; For as it is true, that euery Vapor, 
 or Fume,-^^ doth not turne into a Storme ; So it is, 
 neuertheleffe, true, that Stormes, though they blow 
 ouer diuers times, yet may fall-^*^ at lafl; And as the 
 
 83 They. IllafastidiaAnimorum, 'these dislikes.' 
 
 3* Penll. Detrivienti Respublica cepit, ' the State has received no 
 damage.' 
 
 35 Or Fume. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 86 Fall. Clomerantur et 7nu7it, ' collect and fall.* 
 
 2 C 
 
402 A II A R U O N Y OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. xt 47-52. IV 
 
 The caufes and mot- 
 ives of Sedition, are 
 Religion, 
 Taxes, alteracions of 
 lawes and Cuflomes, 
 breakeing priuiledges, 
 generall opprefiion, Ad- 
 vauncement of vnworthie 
 perfons, Straimgers, 
 
 Dearthes. 
 
 And whatfoever in offend- 
 ing people ioyneth 
 
 them in a Com- 
 mon Caufe. 
 
 for the remedyes there 
 maie be fome generall 
 prefervatives, 
 
 the Cure mufl 
 
 aunfweare to the particuler 
 difeafe. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 [T/iis Effay does not occur 
 in the 16 12 Edition?^ 
 
 31^ And Motiues. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 38 Taxes. 7V//'?<i'rt ^/ Civ/57/.f, 'tributes and taxes.' 
 
 39 Priuiledges, Iminuuitatinn et Frivilcgiorum, ' immunities and privi- 
 leges.' , 
 
 *" 4/?^rAduancement. Adkonorcset Magistratus, 'to honours and offices. 
 *i Dearths. Crtr//rt^ .'i;/;/^wrt', ' dearth of provi.sions.' 
 *2 Disbanded Incuriose dimissi, ' carelessly disbanded.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 403 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 SpaniHi Prouerb noteth well ; The cord brcaketh at the 
 lajl by the wcakejl pull. 
 
 The Caufes and Mot- 
 iue^^ of Seditions are ; 
 Innoiiatio7i in Religion ; 
 Taxes ;^^ Alteration of 
 Lazues and Cujlonies ; 
 Breakiiig of Priu Hedges ;^^ 
 Generall Opprcfsion; Ad- 
 naiicement^^ of V7iworthy 
 pcrfons ; Strangers ; 
 
 Dearths f^ Difba?ided^^ Souldiers ; FaHions growne def- 
 And whatfoeuer in offend- perate ; 
 
 ing People, ioyneth and 
 knitteth^^ them, in a Com- 
 mon Caufe. 
 
 Y ox \\\t Remedies \T\\^XQ. 
 may be fome generall'*^ 
 Preferuatiues, whereof wee will fpeake ; As for 
 the iufl Cure, it mufl 
 anfwer to the Particular 
 Difeafe : And fo be left to Counfell, rather then Rule. 
 
 The firfl Remedy or preuention,"^^ is to remoue by 
 all meanes**^ poffible, that materiall Caiife of Sedition, 
 wherof we fpake ; which is WaJit and Fouerty m the 
 EJlate. To wliich purpofe, ferueth the Opening, ant/ 
 well Ballancing of Trade ;'*'' the Cherilhing"*^ of Man 
 
 •♦s Knitteth. Conspirarefacit, ' makes them conspire ' 
 ** Generall Confuse, et in genere, posswit assignari, 'maybe assigned 
 confusedly and generally.' 
 
 *5 y4/'/t'r Preuention. Contra seditiones, 'against seditions.' 
 
 ** ^Ieanes. Opera et diligcntia, ' means and diligence.' 
 
 *7 Trade. Commercii rationes, ' the conduct of trade ' 
 
 *8 Cherishing. Introducere, et/overe, ' introducing and cherishing.' 
 
404 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 1 IV. 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 [T/iis Effay does not occur 
 in the 161 2 Edition?^ 
 
 o Manufactures. Artificis et Manufacttiras, 'artisans and manufac- 
 tures.' , 
 
 50 Idlenesse. Dcsidiam et Otiian, ' idleness and ease. 
 
 61 Improuemeot and Husbanding. Culhcra lucrosissima subigere, ' to 
 work with the most profitable cultivation.' 
 
 62 Soyle. Sohiin et agros, ' the soil and the fields.' 
 
 63 Reckoned. Utrtnn siiperjlua sit, necne, ' whether it is too abundant 
 or not.' 
 
 61 More. Pecicnias, 'money.' 
 
 65 Stocke. Sorti ReipiibliccB, ' to the stock of the State ' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 405 
 
 V. 1625. a't. 65. 
 
 iifa(5lures ;^^ the Banifliing of Idleneffe;^^ the Repref- 
 fing of wafLe and Exceffe by Sumptuary Lawes ; the 
 Improuement and Husbanding^^ of the Soyle ;^- the 
 Regulating of Prices of things vendible ; the Mode- 
 rating of Taxes and Tributes ; And the like. 
 Generally, it is to be forefeene, that the Population of 
 a Kingdome, (efpecially if it be not mowen downe by 
 warrs) doe not exceed, the Stock of the Kingdome, 
 which Ihould maintaine them. Neither is the Popu- 
 lation, to be reckoned,'^^ onely by number : For a 
 fmaller Number, that fpend more,^"* and eame leffe, 
 doe weare out an ERate, fooner then a greater Num- 
 ber, that Hue lower, and gather more. Therefore the 
 Multiplying of Nobilitie, and other Degrees of Quali- 
 tie, in an ouer Proportion, to the Common People, 
 doth fpeedily bring a State to Neceffitie : And fo doth 
 likewife an ouergrowTie Clergie ; For they bring no- 
 thing to the Stocke f" And in like manner, when more 
 are bred Schollers, then Preferments'''^ can take off.^^ 
 
 It is likewife to be remembred, that for as much as 
 the increafe of any Eftate,^^ mufl be ^^ vpon the For- 
 rainer, (for whatfoeuer is fome where gotten, is fome 
 where loft) There be but three Things, which one 
 Nation felleth vnto another ; The Co7nmoditie^^ as 
 Nature yeeldeth it ;^^ The J/^?;////^^//?'^; and the Veclure 
 or Ca?'riage. So that if thefe three wheeles goe, 
 Wealth will flow as in a Spring tide. And it commeth 
 many times to paffe, that^^' Matci'iavi fuperabit Opus;'^ 
 I'hat the Worke, and Carriage, is more worth, then 
 
 " The ivork will surpass tJie material. Ovid. Metamorphoses, ii. 5. 
 
 Sfi Preferments. Vocationis Civilcs, ' civil duties.' 
 
 *" Take off. Victuin suppeditarc, 'supply living to.' 
 
 58 Estate. PubliccE Opiiientice, ' public wealth.' 
 
 5^ Be. Lucrijieri, ' be gained.' 
 
 '^o Commoditie. Maieriam Mercium, ' the material of merchandise.* 
 
 61 As Nature yeeldeth it. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 62 Opus. £>e qtio loquitur poeta, ' of which the poet speaks.' 
 
4o6 .A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 ^11. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 3et. 52. 
 
 \_T/iis Effay does not occur 
 in the 161 2 Edition?^ 
 
 To give moderate liber- 
 tye for greifes 
 
 fi'J Mines. Fodinas, non snbtcrrancas illas, ' mines not underground.' 
 
 <>* Good Policie . . . vsed. A'lVi/i antcm prhis debet esse ant consjilthis 
 quam nt videat Ma^istratman Prudefitia, ' nothing, moreover, ought to be 
 sooner or more thought of tlian that the foresight of the magistrates should see. 
 
 65 In a State. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 65 Spread. Per Terrain dispei-gatiir, ' spread on the earth.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 407 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 the Materiall, and enricheth a State more ; As is 
 notably feene in the Loic- Count rey-Meji, who haue the 
 befl Mines,^^ aboue ground, in the World. 
 
 Aboue all things, good Policie is to be vfed,^^ that 
 the Treafure and Moneyes, in a State,^^ be not 
 gathered into few Hands. For otherwife, a State may 
 haue a great Stock, and yet flarue. And Money is 
 like Muck, not good except it be fpread.*^^ This is 
 done, chiefly, by fuppreffmg, or at the leafl, keeping a 
 flrait Hand, vpon the Deuouring Trades of Vfurie, 
 y^Jig^ofshig, great Pajliwages^^'' and the like. 
 
 For^ Remouing Difcoiitentments^ or at leaft, the 
 danger of them;*^^ There is in euery State (as we know) 
 two Portions of Siibiecls ; The Nobleffe, and the Com- 
 7nonaltie. When one of thefe is Difcontejit, the danger 
 is not great ; For Common People, are of flow ]\Io- 
 tion, if they be not excited, by the Greater Sort ; 
 And the Greater Sort are of fmall flrength, except 
 the Multitude, be apt and ready, to moue of them- 
 felues. Then is*^^ the danger, when the Greater Sort 
 doe but wait for the Troubling of the Waters, amongfl 
 the Meaner, that then they may declare themfelues.'^^ 
 The Poets faigne, that the reft of the Gods, would 
 haue'^ bound lupiter ; which he hearing of, by the 
 Counfell of Pallas^ fent for Briareus^ with his hundred 
 Hands, to come in to his Aid. An Embleme, no 
 doubt, to fhew, how fafe"^ it is for ]Monarchs, to make 
 fure"'^ of the good Will of Common People. 
 
 Togiue moderate Liber- 
 ty, for Griefes, and Difcon- 
 
 ^' Great Pasturages. Latifundiorum in Pascua conversorum, ' changing 
 farms into pasturages.' 
 
 ** Of them. Quce ab Us provenijoit, 'which come from them.' 
 
 *3 Is. Revera ingntit, ' truly approaches.' 
 
 "<* Themselues. Anivtos exulceratos, ' their wounded minds.* 
 
 ^1 Would haue. Conjurasse, 'conspired.' 
 
 '- Safe. Tutufft et sahitare, ' safe and wholesome.' 
 
 '3 Make sure. Coficiiiare et retinere, ' gain and keep.' 
 
4o8 A HARMONY OF THE i:SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. i IV. 
 
 i 
 
 to evaporate, 
 fo it be without bravery 
 or importunitye, is a 
 fafe way, fFor hee that 
 tourneth the humour , 
 or makes the wound 
 bleede inwardes, endaun- 
 gereth maHgne vlcers and 
 pernicious impofluma- 
 cions ; 
 
 Alfo the part ef Epime- 
 theus may become 
 Pi'OJiietheus in this Cafe; 
 
 1612. set. 52. 
 
 Hee when greifes andevills 
 liewe abroade, 
 yet kept hope in 
 
 the bottome of the Veffell. 
 The pohtike, 
 and artificiall nourifhing 
 of fome degree of hopes, 
 
 is one of 
 the befl Antidotes againft 
 the poyfon of difcontentes ; 
 and it is a cer- 
 tain e figne of a Wife go- 
 vernement, 
 
 if it can hold 
 by hope, where it 
 
 \This Effay does not occiw 
 m the 1 6 1 2 Edition.'] 
 
 7* Discontentments. Animis gravnte affectis et inalevolis, indnlgerc, ui 
 ebnlliant co7-iim Dolores, et iiifuinos aheajit, ' to indulge ill affected and male- 
 volent minds, that their griefs may evaporate and go off in smoke.' 
 
 l^ Safe Way. l/ti/e, ' useful.' 
 
 "^ Inwards. lu viscera, ' into the bowels.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 409 
 
 ^' 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 t ait in ait s"'^ to euaporate, 
 (fo it be without too great 
 Infolency or Brauery) is a 
 fafe Way.''^ For he that 
 tiirneth the Humors backe, 
 and maketh the Wound 
 bleed inwards/'^ endanger- 
 eth maligne ^" Vlcers, and 
 pernicious Impofluma- 
 tions. 
 
 The Part of Epime- 
 theiis, mought well become 
 
 Promethais, in the cafe of Difcontaiimcnts ;''^ For 
 there is not a better prouifion againft them. 
 Epi?nctheus, when Griefes and Euils 
 flew abroad, at lafL"^ fhut 
 the lid, and kept Hope in 
 the Bottome of the Veffell. 
 Certainly, the Politique 
 and Artificiall Nourifhing, 
 and Entertaining of Hopes, 
 and Carrying men from 
 Hopes to Hopes ; is one of 
 the befl Antidotes, againft 
 the Poyfon of Difcontent- 
 vients. And it is a cer- 
 taine Signe, of a wife Go- 
 uernment, and Proceeding, 
 when it can hold ]Mens 
 hearts ^^ by Hopes, when it 
 
 '" Maligne. Mortifera, ' deadly.' 
 
 '8 In the case of Discontentments. Ad tnolUendos exncoh.itos et maU- 
 volos Aniinos, 'to soothe embittered and evil-disposed mind?.' 
 "9 At last. Fesiinus, ' in haste.' 
 8' Hearts. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
4IO A H A R M O N Y OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. j IV. 
 cannott by Satiffaccion. 
 
 1612. aet. c;2. 
 
 Alfo the forefight 
 
 and prevencion, that there 
 be noe likely or fitt head 
 wherevnto difcontentes 
 may refort, and 
 vnder whom they may 
 ioyne, is a knowne, but 
 an excellent pointe of 
 caution. I vnderftand a 
 iitt head to be one that 
 hath greatneffe and re- 
 putacion, that hath Con- 
 fidence with the difcon- 
 tented partie, and vponn 
 whom they tourne theire 
 eyes, and that is thought 
 (lifcontent in his par- 
 ticular. 
 
 [T/iis Effay does not occur- 
 in the 161 2 Edition^ 
 
 81 Also, the foresight . . . Preuention. Trita sane est, sed prcpcelletts 
 Pericnlot'iim, qnce Malevolentice viinntitur, Cantio, nt prcevideatnr, ' it is 
 known but un excellent caution against the dangers threatened by discontent 
 to take care.' 
 
 8- Likely or fit. Omitted in the Latin. , , • j i 
 
 83 Discontented. I nscnsns ct exacerbates, ' ho.stile and embittered. 
 
 8-t Vnder whom. S7d> ciijiis prcrsidio, ' under whose protection.' 
 
 »5 Ioyne. J n Corpus aliqitod coire, 'join into a body.' 
 
 36 Head. Caput . . . et Ducem idotieutii,''^-"'^ 
 
 ' head and suitable leader.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 411 
 
 V. 1625. a3t. 65. 
 
 cannot by Satisfaction : And when it can handle 
 things, in fuch manner, as no Eiiill fhall appeare fo 
 peremptory, but that it hath fome Out-let of Hope: 
 Which is the leffe hard to doe, becaufe both particu- 
 lar Perfons, and Fa6tions, are apt enough to flatter 
 themfelues, or at leafl to braue that, which they be- 
 leeue not. 
 
 Alfo, the Forefight,^! 
 and Preuention, that there 
 be no likely or fit^- Head, 
 whereunto DifcojiteJited^^ 
 Perfons may refort, and 
 vnder whom*"'^ they may 
 ioyne,^^ is a knowne, but 
 an excellent Point of 
 Caution. I vnderfland a 
 fit Head,^^ to be one, that 
 hath Greatneffe, and Re- 
 putation ; That hath^'^ Con- 
 fidence^^ with the Difcon- 
 tented Party; and vpon 
 whom they tume their 
 Eyes;^^ And that is thought 
 difcontented in his own par- 
 ticular; which kinde of Perfons, are either to be 
 wonne,®'' and reconciled to the State, and that in a 
 fad and true^^ manner ; Or to be fronted, with fome 
 other, of the fame Party, that may oppofe them, and 
 
 87 Hath. Celebraitir, 'is known for.' 
 
 ^3 Confidence. Acceptus est et gratiosus, ' is acceptable and influential 
 with.' 
 89 Eyes. Ora et Oculos, ' faces and eyes.' 
 *> Wonne. Omitted in the Latin. 
 91 Fast and true. N071. perfimctorie, sed solide; ' not sUghtly, but firmly.' 
 
412 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. xt. 47-52. I IV. 
 
 1612. £et. 52. 
 
 Alfo the deviding 
 
 and breaking of anie 
 Conibinacion, that 
 adverfe to the State 
 
 IS 
 
 is none of the worfl 
 
 Remedies. For it is a def- 
 
 perate cafe if the true parte 
 
 of the 
 
 State be full of difcord 
 
 and faction, and the 
 
 falfe, 
 
 entyer and vnyted. 
 
 [ T/iis Effay does not occur 
 in the 1612 Edit ion ?\ 
 
 3- Diuide. hi divcrsn trnhnt et secet, ' divide and cut.' 
 ^'' Reputation. Gratiam popiclarcm, ' popular favour.' 
 s* (Generally. Ubiqiie hoc obtinef, 'wherever this obtains.' 
 '■'^ lireaking. Omitted in the Latin. 
 8<» Factions. Faciiosas Potcutias, ' factious powers.' 
 
 9" Aduerse to the State. Q7ue coiitf-a Gjibernationcjn Imperii Frontem 
 contrnhuiit, ' whicii frown at the government of the State.' 
 ''8 Setting them at distance. Omitted in the Latin. 
 !'9 Distrust. Dissidciitiani seviinnre, ' sow discord.' 
 luo Worst. Hand coniemneiidiim, ' not to be despised.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 413 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 fo diuide ^-the reputation. ^^ 
 
 Generally,-'^ the Diuiding 
 
 and Breaking^^ of all Faclions,^^ and 
 
 Combinations that are 
 
 aduerfe to the State/-*" and fettingthem at diflance, or^^ 
 
 at leafl diflrufl amongfl themfelues,®^ 
 
 is not one of the worfl^*^^ 
 
 Remedies. For it is a def- 
 
 perate Cafe, if thofe, that hold with the Proceeding 
 
 of the 
 
 State, be full of Difcord 
 
 and Fa6lion;i^^ And thofe 
 
 that are againfl^°- it, be 
 
 entire and vnited.^*^-^ 
 
 I haue noted, that fome witty and fharpe Speeches, 
 which haue fallen^*^* from Princes., haue giuen fire to 
 Seditions. Ccsfar did himfelfe infinite Hurt, in that 
 Speech ; Sylla nefciiiit Liter as ^ non potuit diclare :°- For 
 it did, vtterly, cut off that Hope., which Men had en- 
 tertained, that he would, at one time or other, giue 
 ouer his Di6tatorfhip. Galba vndid himfelfe by that 
 Speech; Legi a fe Mil it em., noji emi:^ For it put the 
 Souldiers, out of Hope, of the Donatiue. Probiis 
 likewife,^^^ by that Speech ; Si vixero, non opus erit 
 amplius Romano Imperio militibus.'^ A Speech of great 
 Defpaire, for the Souldiers : And many the like. Surely, 
 Princes had need, in tender Matters, and Ticklifh 
 Times, to beware what they fay ; Efpecially in thefe 
 
 * Sylla kiieiv not letters, lie was not able to dictate. Suetonius. Juliiis 
 Ccesar. 77. 
 
 " Csesar would say of Sylla, for that hee did resigne his Dictatorship : 
 That hee was ignorant of letters, he could not dictate." Lord Bacon s 
 Apofihth. No. T35. Ed. 1625. 
 
 *> The soldiery was li-:'ied by hirn, not bought. Tacitus. History, i. 5. 
 
 " J/ 1 liz>e, there shall be no longer need/or soldiers to the Roman Empire. 
 Fla\nus Vopiscus. Probus. 20. 
 
 ^0^ Faction. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 102 Against. In/ensi, et tnnligni, ' hostile and evil disposed.' 
 
 103 Entire and vnited. Arete conjioigantur, ' be strictly united.' 
 IW After Fallen. Improviso, ' at random. 
 
 ^^^ Likewise. Item interiit, ' likewise perished.* 
 
414 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. 
 
 Lafllie lett Princes againfl 
 all eventes not be without 
 fome great perfon 
 of Militarye valew neare 
 vnto them for the repref- 
 fniGT of seditions in theire 
 begininges. For without 
 that, there vfeth to be more 
 trepidacion in Courtes 
 vponn the breaking out 
 of troubles then were fitt, 
 and the State runneth the 
 daunger of that which Tad- 
 ius faieth Atqtie is habitus 
 animonim fuit vt peffimwn 
 /acinus audercnt pauci, 
 plures 7.>el/cut, omnes pat- 
 erentur. I)Ut lett fuch one, 
 be an affured one, and 
 
 not popular, and holding 
 good CoiTefpondence 
 
 with the gowne Men ; 
 orels the remedy is 
 worfe then the difeafe. 
 
 lY. 
 
 1612. set. 52, 
 
 \This Effay does not occur 
 in the 161 2 Edition?^ 
 
 if'6 Large. Longiores ct productiores, 'longer and more protracted.' 
 107 Military Valour. Militia et Fortituditie si>ectatas, ' tried in war and 
 valour.' 
 
 i<^'8 Court. A ulis Principuin, ' the courts of princes.' 
 
XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBIES. 415 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 fliort Speeches, which (lie abroad Hke Darts, and are 
 thought to be Ihot out of their fecret Intentions. For 
 as forlarge^^'^ Difcourfes, they are flat Things, and not fo 
 much noted. 
 
 Laflly,letPrinces,again(l 
 all Euents, not be without 
 fome Great Perfon, one, or rather more^ 
 of Military Valour^^" neere 
 vnto them, for the Repref- 
 fmg of Seditions, in their 
 beginnings. For without 
 that, there vfethto be more 
 trepidation in Court,!^^ 
 vpon the firfl Breaking out 
 of Troubles, then were fit. 
 And the State runneth the 
 danger of that, which Taci- 
 tus faith ; Atque is Habitus 
 animorum fuit,vt pefsivium 
 facinus auderent Paicci^ 
 Plures vellent, Onuies pat- 
 ereutur.'' But let fuch 
 
 Military Perfons, be Affured, and well reputed of, 
 rather then Factious, 
 and Popular ; Holding 
 alfo good Correfpondence, 
 with the other Great Men in the State; 
 Or elfe the Remedie, is 
 worfe then the Difeafe. 
 
 " And this was tite disposition of their minds, that afe^u dared to ai tempt 
 the greatest viUnny, that more desired it, and tluit all tolerated in it. 
 Tacitus. History, i. 28. 
 
4i6 
 
A HARMONY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Third Group 
 
 OF 
 
 Six 
 
 E S S A VS. 
 
 35. Of Religion. 
 
 T^ie title was afterwards changed to 
 
 Of Unity in Religion. 
 
 36. Of Cunning. 
 
 37. Of Love. 
 
 38. Of Judicature. 
 
 39. Of Vain-Glory. 
 
 40. Of the True Great- 
 ness OF Kingdoms. 
 
 First PzLblishcd in 1 6 1 2. 
 
 Collated with subsequent editions. 
 
 2 D 
 
. TiOTT'Ot ■* C^T'» t^-: 
 
 {. 
 
 r): 
 
 i 
 
 ki 
 
 |(t 
 afi, 
 
 af 
 
 
 THE 
 
 ESSAIES 
 
 OF S' Francis 
 
 Bacon Knight, the 
 Kings Solliciter 
 
 General!. 
 
 Sm^WW^^^^-^^^- 
 
 ^^ 
 
 i 
 
 Imprinted at London by 
 
 lOHN Be ALE, 
 T 6 T 2 
 
The Epiftle Dedicatorie. 
 
 TO MY LOVING BROTHER, 
 
 S' loHN Constable Knight. 
 
 Y lajl EJfaies I dedicated to my deare 
 brother Mafler Anthony Bacon, who 
 is with God. Looking amongji my 
 papers this vacatio?i, I found others 
 of the fame Nature : which if I my 
 felfe fJiall not fiiffer to be lofl, it 
 fee met h the J J 'or id ici/l not ; by the often printing of 
 the former. Mifsing my Brother^ y found you next ; 
 /;/ refpeH: of bojid of neare alliance^ and of flraight 
 friendfJiip and focietie, and particularly of communica- 
 tion in flu dies. Wherein I mufl ack?wwledge my felfe 
 beholding to you. For as my bufineffe found refl 
 i?i my contemplations ; fo my contemplations euer found 
 refl in your louing conference ind iudgement. So will- 
 ing you all good, 1 7'emaine 
 
 Your louing brother and friend, 
 
 Fra. Bacon. 
 
The Table. 
 
 I 
 
 ^ 2 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 Of Religion. 
 
 Of Death. 
 
 Of Good tit s and goodues of nature. 
 
 Of Cunning. 
 
 Of Marriage and fingle life. 
 
 Of Parents and Chilircn. 
 
 Of Nobilitic. 
 
 Of Great place. 
 
 Of Empire. 
 
 Of Counfdl. 
 
 Of D if patch. 
 
 Of Loue. 
 
 Of FriendfJiippe. 
 
 Of Atheifme. 
 
 Of Superflition. 
 
 Of IVifdonie for a Mans f elf e. 
 
 Of Regiment of Health. 
 
 Of Expences. 
 
 Of Difcourfe. 
 
 Of Seeming wife. 
 
 Of Riches. 
 
 Of Ambition. 
 
 Of Young men and age. 
 
 Of Beautie. 
 
 Of Deformitie. 
 
 Of nature in Men. 
 
 Of Cuflome and Education. 
 
 Of Fortune. 
 
 Of Studies. 
 
 Of Ceremonies and rcspe<fls. 
 
 Of Sutors. 
 
 Of Followers. 
 
 Of Negociating 
 
 Of Faction. 
 
 OfPraife. 
 
 Of ludicature. 
 
 Of vaine glory. 
 
 Of great nes of Kingdomes. 
 
 Of the puhlikes .* 
 
 Of War re and peace. * 
 
 [already printed at] 
 
 r. 
 
 9 
 o 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 -.24 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 ^29 
 
 30 
 31 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 34 
 
 35 
 36 
 37 
 38 
 39 
 40 
 
 [* These Essays — if ever any were sepintely written, under l!iese titles— 
 are not found in the Text, nor in any other of Bacon's known writings. The 
 Titles are most probably but sub-titles of No. 38. Oj greainesoj Kiitgdotnes.\ 
 
 . • . T1V0 Essays, ivJtich 7uere at this time in existence, -iuere not included 
 in this Edition, viz.: Of Honour and Reputation, and Uf Seditions and 
 Troubles.] 
 
 382.] 
 198.] 
 
 264.] 
 
 272.] 
 18S.I 
 278.] 
 294.1 
 
 310I 
 242.] 
 
 1 60. J 
 
 330] 
 342.] 
 182] 
 
 57-1 
 
 5I-] 
 
 I5-] 
 
 214. J 
 
 230.] 
 
 222.] 
 
 256.] 
 
 208.] 
 
 250.1 
 
 358.] 
 
 366.] 
 
 374-] 
 
 7-] 
 
 251 
 
 41] 
 
 33-1 
 
 87.] 
 
 77] 
 
 350.] 
 
422 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 ait. 52. 
 
 1. ®l SleUigiott. 
 
 He quarrels, and diuifions for Religion, were 
 euils vnknowne to the Heathen : and no 
 maruell ; 
 
 for it is the 
 true God that is the iealous God ; 
 
 and the gods of the Heathen were good fellowes. But 
 
 yet the bonds of rehgiousvnity,are fo tobeflrengthened, 
 as the bonds of humane society be not diffolued. 
 
 1 Title. Religion. Ecclestee, 'of the church.' 
 
 2 Happy thing. Far est, 'it is right.' 
 
 3 Within tlie .... of Vnity. Dcbitis vercE Vniiatls et Charitatis vin- 
 culis, ' by the proper bands of true unity and charity.' 
 
 ■* Quarrels. C)niitted in the Latin. 
 
 5 The Reason was, because, A'ec minim, cum, * nor was it strange, since.' 
 
 s Ceremonies. Cnltic Dcorum externo, ' outward worship of the gods.' 
 
 7 Hcleefe. Confcssionc, ct Fide, 'confession and beHef.' 
 
 8 What the Meancs. Quibus doiique Modis cojicilietiir, ' and lastly, by 
 what means it is preserved.' 
 
 ^ Fruits. F7-}ictiis p7-aripui,' z\\\Qi{x\\\\.~,.^ 
 10 Scandals. luEcclesia Scandula, ' scandals in the church.' 
 
XXXIX. OF UNITY IN RELIGION 423 
 V. 1625. act. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 3. Of ^nitti in glcUgion.^ 
 
 \FJi^^icvi being the chiefe Band of humane 
 Society, it is a happy thing,- when it felfe, is 
 well contained, within the tnie Band of 
 Vtiity? The Quarrels,'* and Diuifions about 
 Ke.ligion^ were Euils vnknowne to the Heathen. The 
 Reafon was, becaufe^ the Rdigioji of the Heathen, con- 
 fifled rather in Rites and Ceremonies;^ then in any 
 conflant BeleefeJ For you may imagine, what kinde 
 of Faith theirs was, when the chiefe Doctors, and 
 Fathers of their Church, were the Poets. But the 
 true God hath this Attribute, That he is a Jealous God -/^ 
 And therefore, his worfhip ^xid Re/igio7t,\\\\\ endure no 
 Mixture, nor Partner. 
 
 We fhall therefore fpeake, a few words, concerning 
 the Vnity of the Church ; What ai'e the Fruits thereof; 
 what the Bounds ; A /id what the Aleanes}^ 
 
 The Fruits^ of Vfiity (next vnto the well Pleaiing of 
 God, which is All in All) are two ; The One, towards 
 thofe, that are without the Church ; The Other, towards 
 thofe, that are within. For the Former ; It is certaine, 
 that Herefies, and Schifmes, are of all others, the 
 greatefl Scandals ;^'^ yea more then Corruption of 
 Manners. For as in the Natural 1 Body, a Wound or 
 Solution of Continuity, is worfe then a Corrupt Humor; 
 So in the Spirituall.^^ So that nothing, doth fo much 
 keepe Men out of the Church,^- and^-^ driue Men out 
 of the Church, as Breach of Vftity: And therefore, 
 
 " Exodus XX. 5. 
 
 ^^ So in the Spirituall. Sivtiiis est Corporis Spirituaiis ratio, ' the natur 
 of the spiritual body is similar.' 
 
 ^2 Keepe Men out of the Church. Hottiities, ab itigressu in Ecclesiam 
 absterreat, 'frighten men from entering the church.' 
 
 " After hxi^. Jam receptos, 'when already received." 
 
424 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 IV. 1612. £t. 52. 
 
 " The Propriety of whose Vocation. Ciijus Vocatio et Missio, propria 
 et donaiidnta, ' whose peculiar vocation and mission, entrusted to him.' 
 
 15 Without. Extra Ecclcsiniit, 'without the church.' » _ _ 
 
 16 Discordant and Contrary Opinions. Lites, et OJ>iniomivi Ditnicationes, 
 ' dispute-, and contests of opinion.' 
 
 1" Morris daunce. Saltationes Florales et Gcsticitlaiioites, 'floral dances 
 and gestures.' 
 
 IS Diuers Posture. Peculiareiu qiiendain inottan Corporis ridiculu7n, 
 ' some peculiar ridiculous motion of the body.' 
 
XXXIX. OF UNITY IN RELIGION. 425 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 whenfoeuer it commeth to that paffe, tliat one faith, 
 Ecce in Deferto\^ Another faith, Ecce in pcnctralibus;'' 
 That is, when fome Men feeke Chrifl, in the Conuen- 
 ticles of Heretikes, and others, in an Outward Face of 
 a Church, that voice had need continually to found in 
 Mens Eares, Nolite exire, Goe not out.^ The Do6lor of 
 the Gentiles (the Propriety of whofe Vocation,^* drew 
 him to haue a fpeciall care of thofe wit/wicty^ faith; 
 If an Heathen come in., and heare you fpeake with 
 feuerall Tongues, Will he not fay that you are madl^ 
 And certainly, it is little better, when Atheifls, and 
 prophane Perfons, do heare of fo many Difcordant, 
 and Contrary Opinions ^^ in Religion ; It doth auert 
 them from the Church, andmaketh them. To fit downe 
 in the chair e of the Scorners.'^ It is but a light Thing, 
 to be Vouched in fo Serious a Matter, but yet it ex- 
 preffeth well the Deformity. There is a Mafler of 
 Scoffing ; that in his Catalogue of Books, of a faigned 
 Library, fets Downe this Title of a Booke ; The morris 
 daunce^'^ of Heretikes.'^ For '.indeed, euery Se61 of 
 them, hath a Diuers Poflure,^^ or Cringe ^'-^ by them- 
 felues, which cannot but Moue Derifion, in Worldlings, 
 and Depraued Politickes, who are apt to contemne 
 Holy Things. 
 
 As for the Fruit -^ towards thofe-^ that are ^aithin ; 
 It is Peace; which containeth infinite Bleffings : It 
 eflablifheth Faith ; It kindleth Charity ; The outward 
 Peaceof the Church, DifLilleth intoPeaceof Confcience; 
 And it- turneth the Labours, of Writing, and Reading 
 of Controuerfies, into Treaties of Mortification, and 
 Deuotion. 
 
 " Matthew xx^i. 26. (Vulgate). 
 
 ^ I Cor. xiv. 23. 
 
 " Ps. i. I. 
 
 «* I,a Morisqne des hereticqiies. Rabelais. Patttagntel. u. 7. 
 
 19 Cringe. Gestus Dcforiiiitatej7i, ' deformity of carriage.' 
 
 20 Fruit. Fructus Vnitatis, 'fruit of unity." 
 
 • 21 Towards those. Qui ad cos . . . redtindat, ' which abounds to- 
 wards those.' 
 
426 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 22 Bounds. Terviinos et Liinites, 'honni^?' :md\\TCi\i?,.* _ ' 
 
 23 True. Vera procnldiibio etjiista, 'doubtless the true and right.' 
 
 24 Iniporteth. Ad omnia in Religione, ' to every thing connected with 
 
 religion.' ^ . . 1 j • c 
 
 2o Extremes. In iis siatiicndis videntitrjicri, seem to be made in nx- 
 
 ins them.' ,. . , 
 
 26 After Luke-warme. In causis Rcligionts, m matters of religion. 
 
 27 The two crosse Clauses. Clansnlis Hits, qtia />riino intniiu, inter se 
 opponi vidcntiir, ' those clauses, which at firat sight, seem to be opposed. 
 
XXX V. OF UNITY IN R E L I G 1 O N. 427 
 
 V. 1625. act. 65. 
 
 Concerning tlie Bounds-^ of Vnify ; The true^' 
 Placing of them, importeth-"^ exceedingly. There 
 appeare to be two extremes.-^ For to certaine Zc/ants 
 all Speech of Pacification is odious. Is it peace, le/iu? 
 W/iat hajl thou to doe with peace ? tiirne thee behinde jue.'^ 
 Peace is not the Matter, but Following and Party. 
 Contrariwife, certaine Laodiccans, and Luke-warme^*^ 
 Perfons, thinke they may accommodate Points of Re- 
 ligiofi, by Middle Wales, and taking part of both ; And 
 witty Reconcilements ; As if they would make an 
 Arbitrement, betweene God and Man. Both thefe 
 Extremes are to be auoyded; which will be done, if 
 the League of ChriRians, penned by our Sauiour him- 
 felfe, were in the two croffe Claufes-" thereof, foundly 
 and plainly expounded; He that is 7iot with vs, is 
 agaijijl vs :^ And again e ; He that is not agai?i/i vs, is 
 with z's:^ That is, if the Points Fundamental! and of 
 Subflance in Religion, were truly difcerned and dif- 
 tinguiflied, from Points not meerely of Faith, but of 
 Opinion, Order, or good Intention.-^ This is a Thing, 
 may feeme to many, a Matter triuiall, and done 
 already -r^ But if it were done leffe partially/'*^ it would 
 be embraced more generally. 
 
 Of this I may giue onely this Aduice, according to 
 my fmall Modell. Men ought to take heede, of rend- 
 ing Gods Church, by two kinds of Controuerfies. 
 The one is, when the Matter of the Point contro- 
 uerted, is too fmall and light, not worth the Heat,^^ 
 and Strife about it, kindled onely by Contradiction. 
 For, as it is noted^^ by one of the Fathers ; Chrijh 
 
 ° 2 Kings ix. 18. 
 
 '' Malt. xii. 30. 
 
 '^ Mark ix. 40. 
 
 28 Points . . . good Intention. QitcBnonsunt ex Fide,sedexOpin^onfpro- 
 bab^li, et Intetttione sane in, propter ordinc7n, et Ecclcsiie politiam, saiicittt, 
 ' which are not of faith, but of probable opinion, aud ratified by a holy inten- 
 tion, for the sake of order and the government of the church.' 
 
 2'^ And done already. In quo quis actum agat: ' in which to act.* 
 
 30 Partially. Minore partium studio, ' with less party zeal. 
 
 31 Heat. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *2 Noted. Acute, et elegantcYy 'acutely and elegantly.' 
 
428 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 83 Of Iiidgement. Doctits, 'learned.' 
 
 8* Differ. De aliqjia Qjioestione, inter selitigantes, ' disputing about .some 
 
 question.' . • . n 
 
 :*5 Meane one thing. Idem re ipsa sentire, et tn laumt conveiiire, really 
 
 think the .same, and meet in one point.' . . , 
 
 a« Distance. Exisiia ilia Judicii disparitate, ' \\\ that httle disparity of 
 
 judgment.' , 
 
 '^'> Knowes. Scrntatnr et novit, searches and knows. 
 
 38 Nature. Natiira et Character, ' nature and character.' 
 
 39 Put. Effingunt et citdunt, ' fashion and stamp.' 
 
 <o Fi.xed. Fixa et invariabilia, 'fixed and unvarying.' 
 <i There be also. Siint etiavt, ui Controversiariivi, ' there be also, as o 
 controversies.' 
 
XXXV. OF UNITY IN RELIGION. 429 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Coat, i?idccd, had no fcame: But the Churches Ve/ijire 
 was of diners colours;"- wliereupon he faith, /;/ vejle 
 varictas fit, Sciffura noji ft; 'riiey be two Things, 
 Vnity, and Vniformity. The other is, when the flat- 
 ter of the Point Controuerted is great ; but it is driuen 
 to an ouer-great Subtilty, and Obfcurity ; So that it 
 becomnieth a Thing, rather Ingenious, then Subflan- 
 tiall. A man that is of Judgement ^^ and vnderfland- 
 ing, fliall fometimes heare Ignorant Men differ,"'* 
 and know well within himfelfe, that thofe which fo 
 differ, meane one thing,^^ and yet they tliemfelues 
 would neuer agree. And if it come fo to paffe, in 
 that difl.ance'^'^ of ludgement, which is between e Man 
 and Man ; Shall wee not thinke, that God aboue, that 
 knowes the Heart,^" doth not difcerne, that fraile ^Ten, 
 in fome of their Contradictions, intend the fame thing; 
 and accepteth of both? The Nature ^^ of fuch Contro- 
 uerfies, is excellently exprelTed, by S'. Paul, in the 
 Warning and Precept, that he giueth, concerning the 
 fame, Deiiita profaiias vocuvi Nouitates, et Oppoftioiies 
 falf Nominis ScienticES Men create Oppofitions, which 
 are not ; And put them^^ into new termes, fo fixed, ^^ 
 as whereas the Meaning ought to gouerne the Terme, 
 the Temie in effe6l gouerneth the Meaning. There 
 be alfo^i two falfe Peaces f- or Vnities ;^'^ The one, when 
 the Peace is grounded but vpon an implicite ignor- 
 ance ; For all Colours will agree in the Darke: The 
 other, when it is peeced vp,^** vpon a direct Admif- 
 fion of Contraries,^^ in Fundamentall Points. For 
 Truth and Fahhood, in fuch things, are like the Iron 
 
 °- The allusion is to Ps. xlv. 14, where, instead of 'in raiment of needlework,' 
 the Vulgate has circvmniiiictn varietatibus, 'enveloped with varieties.' 
 
 *> In rnivient let there be variety, but not rents. St. Bernard. Ad Cuillc- 
 luvi Atbateii) Apologia, pp. 983, 4. Ed. 1640. 
 
 •^ I lim. vi. 20. 
 
 <2 Peaces, or. Omitted in the Latin. 
 <3 Vnities. Vnitatis Species, ' kinds of unity.' 
 ** Peeced ^^). Cousuta et sarciia, 'sewn together and patched* 
 ■♦5 Admission of Contraries JT.t j>o.i7twn:t-riS f.': di-irnrin/ mUf ae con 
 trnnrs, •troui posuions unectly contradictory.' 
 
430 A HARMONY OF T H E ESSA Y S. 
 IV. 1612. set 52. 
 
 Lucre- 
 tiiis the Poet, when hee beheld the a6l of Agamemnon, 
 induring and affifling at the facrifice of his daughter, 
 concludes with this verfe ; 
 
 Tantum relligio potnit fuadere maloi'um. 
 
 But what would hee haue done, if he had knowne the 
 maffacre of France, or the powder treafon of E?ig/ajid? 
 Certainly he would haue beene feuen times more 
 Epicure and Atheifl then he was. Nay, hee would 
 rather haue chofen to be one of the Mad men of 
 
 *^ Be. Rccipijininr, 'are received.' 
 
 *'' In the maintenance of Religion. In Religione Christiana proptig- 
 nanda, et p7-otcgetida, ' in defending and protecting the christian religion.' 
 
 ^^ Ouert. Aperti, ct i>isole?ttis ; ' overt and insolent.' 
 
 ^^ Intermixture. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 60 Subuersion of all Gouernment. Ad Majestatevi ImpcTii mitniejidain, 
 et Aiictoritatevt Alngistratuum lahefactandam, 'to dimiiiish the majesty 
 of government, and subvert the authority of magistrates.* 
 
XXXY. OF UNITY IN RELIGION. 431 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 and, Clay, in tjie iocs of Nabiuadnczars Image f They 
 may Cleaue, but they will not Incorporate. 
 
 Concerning the Mcancs of procuring Vnify ; Men 
 mull beware, that in the Procuring, or Muniting, of 
 Religious Vnity, they doe not Diflblue and Deface the 
 Lawes of Charity, and of humane Society. There be^^ 
 two Swords amongfl Chriflians ; the Spiritual!, and 
 Temporall ; And both haue their due Office, and place, 
 in the maintenance of Religion.^'' But we may not 
 take vp the Third fword, which is Mahomets Sword, 
 or like vnto it ; That is, to propagate Religion, by 
 Warrs, or by Sanguinary Perfecutions, to force Con- 
 fciences ; except it be in the cafes of Ouerf*^ Scandall, 
 Blafphemy, or Intermixture^^ of Pradlize, againfl the 
 State ; Much leffe to Nourifh Seditions ; To Authorize 
 Confpiracies and Rebellions ; To put the Sword into 
 the Peoples Hands ; And the like ; Tending to the 
 Subuerfion of all Gouernment,''^ which is the Ordi- 
 nance of God.^^ For this is, but to dafh the firfl 
 Table,^- againfl the Second \^ And fo to confider Men 
 as ChriRians, as we forget that they are Men. Lucre- 
 tius the Poet, when he beheld the Acl of Aga7nemnon, 
 that could endure-^^ the Sacrificing of his owne Daughter, 
 exclaimed ; 
 
 Tantum Relligio potuit fuadere malorum.^ 
 
 What would he haue faid, if he had knowne of the 
 Maffacre in France, or the Powder Treafon of Eng- 
 land? He would haue beene, Seuen times more 
 Epicure and Atheifl, then he was. For as the tem- 
 porall Sword, is to bee drawne,^"* with great circum- 
 
 ** Daniel, ii. 33. 
 ^ Exodus, xxxii. 19. 
 
 " To such a decree is Religion capable 0/ occasioning^ evils. Lucretius. De 
 rerum Natura. i. 102. 
 
 51 Ordinance of God. Cuvt tamen ouinis Lcgitiina J>oicsias sit a Deo 
 orditintn, ' since all lawful power is ordained by God.' 
 »- Table. Tabulis legis, ' tables of the law.' 
 53 Endure. Omitted in the Latin. 
 5* After Drawne. Non tcinere, sed, * not rashly, but ' 
 
432 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 IV. 1612. eet. 52. 
 
 Munjlcr, then to haue beene a partaker of thofe Coun- 
 fels. For it is better that Religion fliould deface 
 mens vnderftanding, then their piety and charitie; 
 retaining reafon onely but as an Engine, and Cliarriot 
 driiLcr of cruelty, and malice. 
 
 It was a great blafphemie, when the Diuell faid ; / will 
 afcend, and be like the highejl: but it is a greater blaf- 
 phemie, if they make God to fay; 
 / will defcend, and bee like the Frinceof Dai'kneffe: and 
 it is no better, when they make thecaufe oi Religion 
 defcend, to the execrable accions of mur- 
 thering of Princes, butchery of people, and firing 
 of States. Neither is there fuch a 
 finne againfl the perfon of the holy Ghofl, (if one fhould 
 take it literally) as in flead of the likenes of a Done, to 
 bring him downe in the liken effe of a Vulture, or Rauen\ 
 nor fuch a fcandall to their Church, as out of the 
 Barke of Saint Peter, to fet forth the flagge of a Barge 
 of Pirats and Affafjins. Therefore fmce thefe things 
 are the common enemies of humane fociety ; Princes by 
 their power: C7/?/;r//^x by their Decrees; and 
 all learning, Chriflian, morall, of what foeuer fe6l, or 
 opinion, by their M er curie xod.\ ought to ioyne in the 
 damning to Hell for euer, thefe fa6ls, and their fup- 
 ports : 
 
 and in all Counfels concerning Re- 
 ligion, that Counfell of the Apoftle, would be prefixed, 
 J7'a honiinis non implet iujlitiani Dei. 
 
 55 Personate. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 66 Descend. Descctuiai, et prcccipitetiir, ' descend and be cast down.' 
 6" States. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 68 Most necessary. Jnstian est, et idi/isuvt necessitas TemportunJJagitat, 
 ' it is just, and the necessity of the times demands it.' 
 
 59 Christian. Keiigiosce, ' religious.' 
 
 60 Prefi.ved. Ante ocnlos Hoviinnvi, 'before the eyes of men.' 
 
 61 And it was. Ut vere dicnmus, ' to speak the truth.' 
 
 62 Notable Obseruation. Optune, et prudentissiine observatiii7t, 'verv 
 well and wisely ohservid ' _ . • «u 
 
 fi* A Ai.^e /atner. Ao nno ex ratribus, profuiidcB sapientice viro; by 
 one of the Fathers, a man of deep wisdom.' 
 
XXXV. OF UNITY IN RELIGION 
 
 433 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 fpe(flion,in Cafes oi Rtiigio?r, So it is a thing monflrous, 
 to put it into the hands of the Common People. Let 
 that bee left vnto the Anabaptifls, and other Furies. 
 
 It was great Blafphemy, when the Deuill faid ; / will 
 afcend, and be like the Highcjl\'^ But it is greater Blaf- 
 phemy, to perfonate^^ God, and bring him in faying ; 
 / ivill defceiid^ and be like the Prince of Darkneffe ; And 
 what is it better, to make the caufe of Religion, to 
 defcend,^*^ to the cruell and execrable Actions, of Mur- 
 thering Princes, Butchery of People, and Subuerfion 
 of States,^'^ and Gouernments ? Surely, this is to 
 bring Downe the Holy Ghofl, 
 
 in flead of the Likneffe of a Doue, 
 in the Shape of a Vulture, or Rauen : 
 And to fet, out of the 
 Barke of a Chriilian Church, a Flagge of a Barque 
 of Pirats, and AJfafsins. Therefore it is moft ne- 
 ceffary,^*^ that the Church 
 
 by Doctrine and Decree; Princes by their Sword; And 
 all Learnings, both Chriflian^^ and Morall, 
 
 as by their Mercury Rod ; Doe Damne and 
 fend to Hell, for euer, thofe Fa6\s and Opinions, tend- 
 ing to the Support of the fame ; As hath beene already 
 in good part done. Surely in Counfels, Concerning Re- 
 ligion, that Counfel of the Apoflle would be prefixed j*^^ 
 Ira hominis non implct lujliciani Dei.^ And it was^^ a 
 notable Obferuation,^- of a wife Father,*^^ And no lefle 
 ingenuoufly'^^ confeffed f'^ That thofe, which held and 
 pcrf'ii'aded, preffur'e of Co?ifciences, were commonly in- 
 ter effed t her in, themf clues, for their oivne ends.^^ 
 — t:n-.^— 
 
 " Isaiah xiv. 14. 6 James i. 20. 
 
 6* Ingenuously. Ingenue, et sincere, ' ingenuously and sincerely.* 
 
 65 Confessed. Prolatitm, et evulgatum, ' uttered and published.' 
 
 66 Interessed therin . . . owne ends. Sub illo Dogmate, Cupiditates 
 suas subtexere, illntnque rem sua interesse, putare, 'cover their dcbires with 
 this doctrine, and consider themselves interested therein.' 
 
 2 £ 
 
434 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 4. ©f (Uttttninig. 
 
 EE take Cunning for a fmifler or crooked 
 Wifdonie : and certainely there is a great 
 difference betweene a cunning man, and a 
 wife man : not onely in point of honefty, 
 but in point of ability. There be that can pack the 
 cards and yet cannot play well. So there are fome, 
 that are good in canuaffes and facSlions, that are 
 otherwife weake men. Againe, it is one thing to 
 vnderfland perfons, and another thing to vnderfland 
 matters : for many are perfecSl in mens humors, 
 that are not greatly capable of the reall part of bufi- 
 neffe ; which is the conflitution of one, that hath 
 fludied men more then bookes. Such men are fitter 
 for pra(Slife, then for counfell, and they are good 
 but in their owne Alley; turne them to new men, 
 and they haue loft their aime. So as the old rule 
 to know a foole from a wife man ; Mitte ambos nudos 
 ad ignoios et videbis ; doth fcarce hold for them. 
 
 yni. Uariations in poglbumntig Eatin lEtiftion of 1638. 
 
 1 Factions. J^ach'om'dus re^'eridzs, ' ruVin^ {a.ctions.' 
 
 "^ Persons. Persotiarian Naturas et Mores, ' the natures and manners of 
 persons.' 
 
 "* Humours. Aditibus, et Teviporibics, "accessibilities and time.' 
 
 * Alley. Viis, quas soepe contriverunt, ' the ways which they have often 
 trod.' 
 
XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 435 
 
 V. 1625. 8tt. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 22. Of Cunning. 
 
 E take Ciovi'nig for a Sinifler or Crooked 
 Wifedome. And certainly, there is great 
 difference, between a Cinining Man, and a 
 Wife Man ; Not onely in Point of Honefly, 
 but in point of Ability. There be that can packe the 
 Cards, and yet cannot play well ; So there are fome, 
 that are good in Canuaffes, and Faclions,^ that are 
 otherwife Weake Men. Againe, it is one thing to 
 vnderfland Perfons,"^ and another thing to vnderfland 
 Matters ; For many are perfect in Mens Humours,'^ 
 that are not greatly Capable of the Reall Part of Bufi- 
 neffe ; Which is the Conflitution of one, that hath 
 fludied Men, more then Bookes. Such Men are fitter 
 for Pracftife, then for Counfell ; And they are good 
 but in their own Alley :^ Turne them to New Men, 
 and they haue loft their Ayme f So as the old Rule, 
 to know a Foole from a Wife Man ; Mitte ambos ?mdos^ 
 adig/iotos, et videbis ;'' doth fcarce hold for them. And 
 becaufe thefe Cunning Men, are like HaberdaOiers of 
 Small Wares, it is not amiffe to fet forth their Shop. 
 
 It is a point of Cunning) to wait vpon him, with 
 whom you fpeake, with your eye; As the lefuites giue 
 it in precept : For there be many Wife Men, that haue 
 Secret Hearts, and Tranfparant Countenances. Yet 
 this would be done, with a demure Abafmg of your 
 Eye fometimes, as the lefuites alfo doe vfe. 
 
 Another is, that when you haue any thing to obtaine 
 
 ° A saying of Aristippus. Place both naked before unk7iown persons, and 
 you ivili see. Diog. Laertes, ii. 73. 
 
 " One of the Philosophers was askt ; IVkat a tvise Man differed from a 
 Foole ? He answered ; Send them both naked, to t/iose that know them not, 
 ayid you luill perceiiie." Lord hdiCon' s Apophth. No. 255. Ed. 1625. 
 
 5 Ayme. Artibus. 'skill.' 
 
 * Kudos. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
436 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS, 
 IV, i6i2. aet. 52. 
 
 'Dispatch. Aliqtiid proJ>e7-e, et facile obtinere et expedire cupias, 'you 
 desire to obtain and despatch any thing speedily and easily.' 
 
 8 Obiections. Objectiones et Scrupulos, ' objections and scruples.' 
 
 ^ Estate. Rebus Status gravioribus, ' about weightier matters of state.' 
 
 ^o One was about to say. Sennonis, ' talk.' 
 
 ^1 Tooke himselfe vp. Deprehenderet, et cotitineret, ' took himself up 
 and restrained himself 
 
XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 437 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 of prefent difpatch/ you entertaine, and amiife the 
 party, with whom you deale, with fome other Difcourfe; 
 That he be not too much awake, to make ObiecSlions.'^ 
 I knew a Coinifdlor and Secretary^ that neuer came to 
 Qiieene Elizabeth of England., with Bills to figne, but 
 he would alwaies firfl put her into fome difcourfe of 
 Eflate,^ that fhe mought the leffe mind the Bills. 
 
 The like Surprize, may be made, by Mouing things, 
 when the Party is in hade, and cannot flay, to confi- 
 der aduifedly, of that is moued. 
 
 If a man would croffe a Bufmeffe, that he doubts 
 fome other would handfomely and effeclually moue, 
 let him pretend to wifh it well, and moue it himfelfe, 
 in fuch fort, as may foile it. 
 
 The breaking off, in the midft of that, one was 
 about to fay,^^ as if he tooke himfelfe vp,^^ breeds a 
 greater Appetite in him, with whom you conferre, to 
 know more. 
 
 And becaufe it workes better, when any thing 
 feemeth^- to be gotten from you by Queflion, then if 
 you offer it of your felfe, you may lay a Bait for a 
 Queflion, by fhewing another Vifage and Countenance, 
 then you are wont ; To the end, to giue Occafion, for 
 the party to aske, what the Matter is of the Change ?^^ 
 As Nehemias did ; And I had not before that time been 
 fad before the Kiug.^ 
 
 In Things, that are tender and vnpleafmg, it is good 
 to breake the Ice,^^ by fome whole Words are of leffe 
 weight, and to referue^^ the more weighty Voice, to 
 come in, as by chance, fo that he may be asked the 
 
 ° Nehemiah. ii. l. 
 
 ^2 Seemeth. Omitted in the Latin. 
 ^3 Change. Oris mutntio, ' change of [your] face.' 
 
 ^* Breake the Ice. Initia,deiis Sermonem infcrtndi,alictti alitri dfptt- 
 tare, ' to entrust the beginning of the talk about them to some other.' 
 ^* Reserue. In SubsidiU reservare, ' reserve as a support.* 
 
458 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 16 Others. Qtii ab altero i?ijecius est, ' which was thrown out bv the 
 other. ^ 
 
 ^' Seen in, himselfe. Quas a se amoliri quis citpiat, ' which a person 
 wishes to be removed from him.' 
 
 18 A point of Cunning. AW itiutile, ' not.useless.' 
 
 19 Point. Species satis vnfra, 'subtle enough kind.' 
 
 20 Take Aduantage. Alterum irretiat et subruat, 'ensnare and under- 
 mine the other.' 
 
 ^1 Good Quarter betweene. Imncejn amice, ' friendlj' together.' 
 
 22 It. ///?<«' 6>««j //(?;/^r/j, ' that kind of honour.' 
 
 33 Caught vp. Bofiajide arripuit, ' caught up in good faith.' 
 
XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 439 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Queflion vpon the others^^ Speech. As Narciffus did, 
 in relating to Claudius^ the Marriage of Mcffaiina and 
 Silius.^ 
 
 In things, that a Man would not be feen in, him- 
 felfe ■}~ It is a Point of Ciuining,^^ to borrow the 
 Name of the World; As to fay; The World f ayes, Or, 
 There is a fpcech abroad. 
 
 I knew one, that when he wrote a Letter, he would 
 put that which was mofl Materiall, in the Pojt-fcript, 
 as if it had been a By-matter. 
 
 I knew another, that when he came to haue Speech, 
 he would paffe ouer that, that he intended mofl, and 
 goe forth, and come backe againe, and fpeake of it, as 
 of a Thing, that he had almofl forgot. 
 
 Some procure themfelues, to be furprized, at fuch 
 times, as it is like, the party that they work vpon, will 
 fuddenly come vpon them : And to be found with a 
 Letter in their hand, or doing fomewhat which they 
 are not accuflomed ; To the end, they may be appofed 
 of thofe things, which of themfelues they are defirous 
 to vtter. 
 
 It is a Point^^ of Cimiwi^, to let fall thofe Words, 
 in a Mans owne Name, which he would haue another 
 Man learne, and vfe,*and thereupon take Aduantage.^^ 
 I knew two, that were Competitors, for the Secretaries 
 Place, in Qiieene Elizabeths time, and yet kept good 
 Quarter betweene-^ themfelues ; And would conferre, 
 one with another, vpon the Bufmeffe ; And the one of 
 them faid, That to be a Secretary, in the Declination 
 of a Monarchy, was a Ticklifh Thing, and that he did 
 not affecl: it:-- The other, Rraight caught vp-'^ thofe 
 
 " By first employing the Emperor's two chief mistresses, "Calpurnia, there- 
 fore, for that was the name of the courtesan, upon the first occasion of privacy, 
 falling at the emperor's feet, exclaimed ' that Messalina had married Silius ; ' 
 and at the same time asked Cleopatra [the other rnistress], who purposely 
 attended to attest it, ' whether she had not found it to be tnie ?' Claudius, 
 upon a confirmation fiom Cleopatra, ordered Narcissus to be called," &*c. 
 Tacitus. Annais. xi. 30. 
 
440 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 IV. i6i2. aet. 52. 
 
 21 Those Words. Ferl-a ilia, callide proiata, 'those words, craftily 
 
 uttered.' t -r i_ 
 
 ^5 After the Queene. Tanqttam scilicet ab altera prolata, as if they 
 had been vttered by the other.' 
 
 26 4/?^r Monarchy. Cum ipsa se vigetitem repiitaret, ' sinc& she consi- 
 dered herself flourishing.' 
 
 27 Cunning. Astutice Gefnis, 'Mmd oi cnnmng.'' 
 
 28 Call. Satis absurde diciticr, ' is called, absurdly enough.' 
 
 29 Cat (cate). /<>/(?;«, 'cat.' , 
 80 Make It appeare. Probare et verificare,'-^rQv^zx^Aye.r\l^. 
 8^ A way. Artijiciic7n i?i usu, ' an artifice in use.' 
 
XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 441 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Words,^* and difcoiirfed with diners of his Friends, that 
 he had no reafon to defire to be Secretary, in the Dc- 
 difiation of a Monarchy. The firfl Man tooke hold of 
 it, and found ^leanes, it was told the Quccney^ Who 
 hearing of a Deciifiatio?i of a Monarchy ^^^ tooke it fo 
 ill, as file would neuer after heare of the others Suit. 
 
 There is a Cunning^'^ which we in Eng/and call,^^ 
 The Turning of the Cat~^ i?i the Pan ; which is, when 
 that which a Man fayes to another, he laies it, as if 
 Another had faid it to him. And to fay Truth, it is 
 not eafie, when fuch a Matter paffed between two, to 
 make it appeare,^^ from which of them, it firfl moued 
 and began. 
 
 It is a way,^^ that fome men haue, to glaunce and 
 dart at Others, by luflifying themfelues, by Negatiues; 
 As to fay, This I doe not : As Tigilliims did towards 
 Bnrrhus ;^'^ Se nan diuerfas fpes, fed Incohuiiitateni 
 hiiperatoris funpliciter fpedare. ^ 
 
 Some haue in readineffe, fo many Tales and Stories, 
 as there is Nothing, they would infmuate, but they can 
 wrap it into a Tale ; which ferueth both to keepe 
 themfelues more in Guard,^^ and to make others carry 
 it,^"* with more Pleafure. 
 
 It is a good Point of Cnnjiing, for a Man, to fhape 
 the Anfwer he would haue, in his owne Words, and 
 Propofitions f^ For it makes the other Party flicke 
 the leffe. 
 
 It is flrange, how long fome Men will lie in wait, to 
 fpeake fomewhat, they defire to fay ; And how farre 
 about they will fetch ; And how many other Matters 
 
 '^ He entertained not di^erent hopes [Ynniinz^^^i Biirrhus did] but simply 
 consulted the safety 0/ the Emperor. Tacitus. Annals, xiv. 57. 
 
 82 After Burrhus. Sugillando, 'suggesting.' 
 
 83 y}/?fr Guard. Quasi nihil diserte affirmantes, * as saying nothing ex- 
 pressly.' 
 
 8* Carry it. Rem ipsntn majore cum voluptate spar^, ' make the thing 
 be spread with more pleasure.' 
 
 35 Words, and Propositions, Conceptis verbis, ' in words conceived by 
 himself.' 
 
442 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 IV. i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 \See funilar paragraph below^ 
 
 Euen in bufmeffe there are fome that know the reforts 
 and fals of bufmes, that cannot fmke into the 
 maine of it : like a houfe that hath conuenient 
 flaires and entries, but neuer a faire roome. There- 
 fore you fhall fee them finde out pretty loofes in the 
 conclufion, but are no waies able to examine or 
 debate matters : and yet commonly they take ad- 
 uantage of their inability, and would be thought wits 
 of dire6lion. Some build rather vpon abufmg 
 
 others, and as wee now fay, putting trickes vpon 
 them, then vpon foundneffe of their owne proceed- 
 ings. But Salomoji faith, Prudens aduertit ad 
 greffus fuos : Jlidtus dmertit ad dolos. 
 
 Very many are the differences betweene cunning 
 and wifdome : and it were a good deed to fet them 
 downe : for that nothing doth more hurte in flate then 
 that cunning men paffe for wife. 
 
 
 36 Vnexpected. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 3^ List. Uberioreni Catalog7tvi, ' fuller list.' 
 
 38 Maine. Viscera, et mteriora, ' body and interior.' 
 
 39 Conclusion. Coficlusionibits Deliberationuiii, ' conclusions of delibera- 
 tions." 
 
XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 443 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 they will beat oner, to come neare it. It is a Thing 
 of great Patience, but yet of much Vfe. 
 
 A fudden, bold, and vnexpe6ted^'' Queflion, doth 
 many times furprife a Man, and lay him open. Like 
 to him, that hauing changed his Name, and walking 
 in Pauls, Another fuddenly came behind him, and 
 called him by his true Name, whereat flraightwaies 
 he looked backe. 
 
 But thefe Small Wares, and Petty Points of Cu?ming, 
 are infinite : And it were a good deed, to make a Lifl^" 
 of them: For that nothing doth more hurt in a State, 
 then that Cunfiitig Mm paffe for Wife. 
 
 But certainly, fome there are, that know the Reforts 
 and Falls of Bufineffe, that cannot fmke into the 
 Maine^^ of it: Like a Houfe, that hath conuenient 
 Staires, and Entries, but neuer a faire Roome. Ther- 
 fore, you fhall fee them finde out pretty Loofes in the 
 Conclufion,^^ but are no waies able to Examine, or 
 debate Matters. And yet commonly they take ad- 
 uantage of their Inability, and would be thought Wits 
 of direction.'*^ Some build rather vpon the Abufmg 
 of others, and (as we now fay ;) Piitibig Ti'icks vpou 
 them ;"*^ Then vpon Soundneffe of their own proceed- 
 ings.*^ But Salomo7i faith : Prudetis adiiertit ad 
 Grejfus fuos : Stidtus d inert it ad Dolos.^ 
 
 
 •* Prov. xiv. 15. 
 
 «> After Direction. Potuis quam DisputaHdum, ' rather than of dis- 
 cussion.' 
 
 <i Some build .... vpon them. Sunt qui magis itinitutttur Doits, guos 
 aliis strtiunt, ' some rather lean upon snares which they lay for others.' 
 
 •*2 Proceedings. Qttant Consiliis solidiis et sanis, ' than upon solid smd 
 sound counsels.' 
 
444 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1612. 
 
 set. 52, 
 
 12. (Bt fotte. 
 
 Oue is the argument alwaies of Comedies^ and 
 many times of Ti^agedies. Which flievveth 
 well, that it is a paffion generally light, and 
 fometimes extreme. 
 
 Extreame It may well bee, fmce the fpeaking in a per- 
 petuall Hypej'bole, is comely in nothing but Loue. 
 Neither is it meerely in the phrafe. For whereas it 
 
 UB. Uariaticns in postbitmnua Eatin lEuition of 1638. 
 
 1 Law-giuer. Legislatorutn inter Romafios Principem, ' the chief of 
 Roman law-givers.' 
 
XXXVII. OF LOVE. 445 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 10. ©f JDouc. 
 
 HE Stage is more beholding to Loue, then the 
 Life of Man. For as to the Stage, Lone is 
 euer matter of Comedies, and now and then 
 of Tragedies: But in Life, it doth much 
 mifchiefe : Sometimes Uke a Syren ; Sometimes Uke a 
 Fury. You may obferue, that amongfl all the great 
 and worthy Perfons, (whereof the memory remaineth, 
 either Ancient or Recent) there is not One, that hath 
 beene tranfported, to the mad degree of Loue: which 
 fhewes, that great Spirits, and great Bufmeffe, doe 
 keepe out this weake Paffion. You mufl except, 
 neuertheleffe, Marcus Antonius the halfe Partner of 
 the Empire of Rojiie ; and Appius Claudius the Decem- 
 uir, and Law-giuer •} Whereof the former, was indeed 
 a Voluptuous Man, and Liordinate ; but the latter, 
 was an Auflere, and wife man : And therefore it 
 feemes (though rarely) that Loue can finde entrance, 
 not only into an open Heart ; but alfo into a Heart 
 well fortified ; if watch be not well kept. It is a 
 poore^ Saying of Epicurus ; Satis magjtum Alter Alteri 
 Theatrum fumus :'' As if ?^Ian, made for the contem- 
 plation of Heauen, and all Noble Obiecls,^ fhoulddoe 
 nothing, but kneele before a Httle Idoll, and make 
 himfelfe fubiedl, though not of the Mouth (as Beafts 
 are) yet of the Eye ; which was giuen him for higher 
 Purpofes. It is a ftrange Thing, to note the Exceffe 
 of this Paffion ; And how it braues, the Nature, and 
 value of things ; by this, that the Speaking in a Per- 
 petuall Hyperbole, is comely in nothing, but in Loue. 
 Neither is it meerely in the Phrafe ; For whereas it 
 
 " We are a sufficiently great tJieaier, the otie to the other. Seneca. 
 Epistles, i. 7. 
 
 2 Poore. Abjectuvt, et piisiUajiiviHin, ' mean and small-minded.' 
 8 Noble Obiects. Cuelestiuni, 'heavenly things.' 
 
446 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 IV, 1612. set. 52. 
 
 hath beene well faid, that the Arch-flatterer with 
 whom al the petty-flatterers haue intelHgence, is a 
 Mans felfe, certainely the louer is more. For there 
 was neuer proud Man thought fo abfurdly well of 
 himfelfe, as the louer doth of the perfon loued.- and 
 therefore it was well faid, that it is impoffible to loue, 
 .and to bee wife. Neither doth this weakenes appeare 
 to others only, and not to the party loued, but to 
 the loued moft of all, except the loue bee reciproque, 
 For it is a true rule, that loue is euer rewarded 
 either with the reciproque, or with an inward and 
 fecret contempt. But how much the more, men 
 ought to beware of this paffion, which lofeth not onely 
 other things, but it felfe. As for the other loffes, the 
 Poets relation doth wel figure them : That hee that 
 preferred Helena, quitted the gifts of luno and Pallas. 
 For whofoeuer efteemeth too much of amorous affec- 
 tion, quitteth both riches and wifdome. This paf- 
 fion hath his flouds in the verie times of weakeneffe ; 
 Which are great profperity, and great aduerfitie. 
 (though this latter hath beene leffe obferued) Both 
 which times kindle loue and make it more feruent, 
 and therefore fhewe it to be the childe of folly. They 
 doe beft that make this 
 
 afifedion keepe quarter, and feuer it wholly from their 
 ferious affaires and actions of their life. For if it 
 checke once with bufmeffe, it troubleth Mens fortunes, 
 and maketh Men, that they can no waies be true to 
 their own endes. 
 
 * Well said. Rede Hague receptum est ilhid Diverbinm, ' rightly there- 
 fore, has that saying been received.' 
 
 5 histead ^/I'hat it is impossible to loue, and to be wise. Amare et sapere 
 vix Deo conceditur, ' to love and be wise is scarcely allowed to a God.' 
 
XXXVII. OF LOVE. 447 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 hath beene well faid,^'^ that the Arch-flatterer, with 
 whom all the petty Flatterers haue Intelligence, is a 
 Mans Selfe ; Certainly, the Loner is more. For there 
 was neuer Proud Man, thought fo abfurdly well of 
 himfelfe, as the Louer doth of the Perfon Zoned: And 
 therefore, it was well faid; That it is impofsible to lone, 
 and to be wife. ^^ Neither doth this weakneffe appeare 
 to others onely, and not to the Party Loned ; But to 
 the Loned, mofl of all : except the Lone be reciproque. 
 For, it is a true Rule, that Lone is euer rewarded, 
 either with the Reciproque, or with an inward, and 
 fecret Contempt. By how much the more, Men 
 ought to beware of this Paffion, which lofeth not only 
 other things, but it felfe. As for the other loffes, the 
 Poets Relation, doth well figure them ; That he that 
 preferred LLe/ena, quitted the Gifts of Lnno, and Pallas. 
 For whofoeuer efteemeth too much of Amorous Affec- 
 tion, quitteth both Riches, and Wifedome. This Paf- 
 fion, hath his Flouds, in the very times of Weakneffe; 
 which are, great Pi'ofperitie \ and great Adnerfitie; 
 though this latter hath beene leffe obferued. Both 
 which times kindle Lone, and make it more feruent, 
 and therefore fhew it to be the Childe of Folly. They 
 doe befl, who, if they cannot but admit Lone, yet 
 make it keepe Quarter: And feuer it wholly, from their 
 ferious Affaires, and Actions of life : For if it 
 
 checke once with Bufineffe,it troubleth Mens Fortunes,^ 
 and maketh Men, that they can, no wayes be true, to 
 their owne Ends. 
 
 I know not how," but Martiall Men, are giuen to 
 Loue: I thinke it is, but as they are giuen to IV me; 
 
 " Plutarch. De Adidatore et Ainico. xi. 
 * Publius Syrus. Sententia. xv. 
 
 ® Mens Fortunes. OwwiVz, 'everything.' 
 
 7 I know not how. Quiquid in re sit, ' However it may be.' 
 
448 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 8 Friars. Monachis, 'Monks.' 
 
XXXVII. OF LO VE. 
 
 449 
 
 V. 1625. OCt. 65. 
 
 For Perils, commonly aske, to be paid in Plca- 
 furcs. There is in ]\Ians Nature, a fecret Inclination, 
 and Motion, towards lone of others; which, if it be not 
 fpent, vpon fome one, or a few, doth naturally fpread 
 it felfe, towards many; and maketh men become 
 Humane and Charitable; As it is feene fometime in 
 Friars.^ Nuptiall lone maketh Mankinde; Friendly 
 loue perfecleth it; but Wanton loue Corrupteth, and 
 Imbafeth it. 
 
 2 F 
 
450 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 IV. 1612. ^t. 52. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 36. 0i Itttiicatixre. 
 
 ■Vdges ought to remember that their office is 
 lus dicere, and not J^i/s dare ; to interprete 
 law, and not to make law, or giue Law ; 
 Elfe will it be like the prefumption 
 of the Church of Rome, which vnder pretext of expofi- 
 tion of Scripture, vfurpeth and pradifeth an authority 
 to adde and alter; and to pronounce that which 
 they doe not finde, and by colour of Antiquity to 
 introduce nouelty. Judges ought to be more learned 
 men then wittie; more reuerend then plaufible, 
 and more aduifed then confident, Aboue all things 
 integrity is their portion and proper vertue. Ciirfcd 
 (faith the Law) isheethatremooudhthe Land-marke. The 
 miilaier of a Meereflone is too blame. But it is the 
 yniuft ludge that is the capitall remouer of Land- 
 markes, when hee defineth amilTe of lands and pro- 
 perty. One foule fentence doth more hurt, then 
 many foule examples; for they doe but corrupt 
 the ftreame ; the other corrupteth the fountaine. 
 So faith Salomon ; Fons turhatus et vena corrupta eft 
 i lift us cad ens in cauftl fiid coram aducrfario\ The 
 office of ludges may haue reference vnto the 
 parties that fue ; vnto the Aduocates that pleade; vnto 
 the Clerkes and Minifters of luftice vnderneth them ; 
 and to the Soueraigne or State aboue them. 
 
 There be 
 
 (faith the Scripture) that turne iiidgcment into uwrme- 
 iimd\ and furelie there be alfo that turne it into 
 vinegar: For iniuftice maketh it bitter, and delaies 
 
 HE. Variations in postf)ttmous ILnttn Ecition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Officio Indicis, 'of the judge's office.' 
 
 2 Or Giue Law. Omitted in the Latin. . 
 
 ■■'' Meere Stone. Lapidcm, Fines distingtcentem, a stone marking boun- 
 daries.* 
 
XXXVIII. OF JUDIC A TURE, 451 
 
 Y. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 66. ©f 3ul)icature.^ 
 
 Vdges ought to remember, that their Office is 
 Jus dicei'e^ and not lus dare; To Literpret 
 Za'ic, and not to Make Laiv^ or Giiie Laii'? 
 Klfe will it be like the Authority, claimed by 
 the Church of Ronu \ which vnder pretext of Expofi- 
 tion of Scripture, doth not flicke to 
 
 Adde and Alter; And to Pronounce that, which 
 they doe not Finde ; And by Shezu of Antiquitie, to 
 introduce Noueltie. Judges ought to be more Learned, 
 then Wittie ; More Reuerend, then Plaufible ; 
 And more Aduifed, then Confident. Aboue all Things, 
 Integritie is their Portion, and Proper Vertue. Curfed 
 (faith the Law) is hee that I'cmoueth the Land-niarke."- 
 The IMiflaier of a Meere Stone^ is to blame. But it is the 
 Vniufl Judge, that is the Capitall Remouer of Land- 
 markes, when he Defineth amiffe of Lands and Pro- 
 pertie. One Foule Sentence, doth more Hurt, then 
 many Foule Examples. For thefe doe but Corrupt 
 the Streame; The other Corrupteth the Fountaine. 
 So faith Saloinoii ; Fo7is turbatus, et Vena corrupta, ejl 
 Jujlus cadens in caufd fud coram Aduerfario.'^ The 
 Office of Judges, may haue Reference, Vnto the 
 Parties that fue ; Vnto the Aduocates that Plead] Vnto 
 the Clerkes and AJinisters of Justice vnderneath them ; 
 And to the Soueraigne or State aboue them. 
 
 Firft, for the Caufes or Parties that Sue. There be 
 (faith the Scripture) that turjie Judgeuioit i?ito JFor/uc- 
 7i'Ood;'-' And furely, there be alfo, that turne it into 
 Viucgar ; For Iniuflice maketh it Bitter, and Delaies 
 
 " Deut. xxvii. 17. 
 * Prov. XXV. 26. 
 " Amos V. 7. 
 
452 A II A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 IV. 1612. aet. 52. 
 
 make it fowre. The principall duty of a ludge, is to 
 fupprefle force and fraude ; wherof force is the more 
 pernitious, the more open ; and fraud the more 
 clofe and difguifed. Adde thereto contentious fuites, 
 which ought to be fpewed out as the furfet of Courts. 
 A ludge ought to prepare his way to a iufl fentence, 
 as God vfeth to prepare his wa}-, by raifmg valleis 
 and taking downe hils : So when their appeareth 
 on either fide an high hand, violent profecution, 
 running aduantages taken, combination, power, 
 great counfell, then is the vertue of a ludge feene, to 
 make inequahty equall; that he may plant his iudge- 
 ment as vpon an euen ground. Qui foi iter cmnngit, 
 elicit fanguincm ; And where the winepreffe is hard 
 wrought, it yeelds a harfli wine that tafl.es of the 
 grapeflone. Judges mufl. beware of hard conflruc- 
 tions and fl.rained inferences; for there is no ivorfe 
 torture then the torture of lawes.- fpecially in cafe 
 of Lawes penall ; they ought to haue care that that 
 which was meant for terrour, be not turned into 
 rigour ; and that they bring not vpon the people 
 that fhower whereof the Scripture fpeaketh ; Pluet 
 fiiper eos laqiieos : For penall lawes preffed, are a 
 fhowre of fnares vpon the people. 
 
 In caufes of life and death, ludges ought as farre 
 (as the law permitteth) in iufl.ice to remember mercy ; 
 
 * ludjje. yiidex strevuiis, 'an active judge.* 
 
 5 There appeareth. Videt judex, ' the judge sees.' 
 
 6 Power. Patrocitiio potcntuvi, ' patronage of powerful men.' 
 
 7 Great Counsel. Advocatontm Disparitateyet Similibtis, 'disparity of 
 counsel, and the like.' 
 
 8 Constructions. Intcrpretationihis Lcgtim, ' constructions of the laws.' 
 
XXXVIIT. OF JUDICATURE. 453 
 
 V. 1625. £et. 65. 
 
 make it Soiire. The Principall Dutie of a ludge,'^ is to 
 fuppreffe Force and Fraud; whereof Force is the more 
 Pernicious, when it is Open ; And Fraud, when it is 
 Clofe and Difguifed. Adde thereto Contentious Suits, 
 which ought to be fpewed out, as the Surfet of Courts. 
 A Ii/dge ought to prepare his Way to a lufl Sentence, 
 as God vfeth to prepare his Way, by Raiftng Valleys., 
 and Taking downe Hills :^ So when there appeareth^ 
 on either fide, an High Hand ; Violent Profecution. 
 Cunning Aduantages taken, Combination, Power,*^ 
 Great Counfell," then is the Vertue of a Iiidge feene, to 
 make Inequalitie Equall ; That he may plant his Judge- 
 ine7it, as vpon an Euen Ground. Quifofiiter emiuigil, 
 elicit fangHinem\^ And where the Wine-Preffe is hard 
 wrought, it yeelds a harfh Wine, that tafles of the 
 Grape-flone. Judges mufl beware of Hard Conflruc- 
 tions,^ and Strained Inferences ; For there is no Worfe 
 Torture, then the Torture of Lawes. Specially in cafe 
 of Lawes Penall, they ought to haue Care, that that 
 which was meant for Terrour, be not turned into 
 Rigour; And that they bring not vpon the People, 
 that Shower, whereof the Scripture fpeaketh ; Pluei 
 fuper eos Laqueos :^ For Penall Lawes PrelTed,^ are a 
 Shower of Snares vpon the People. Therefore, let 
 Pejiall Lawes., if they haue beene Sleepers of long, or 
 if they be growne vnfit for the prefent Time, be by 
 Wife fudges confined in the Execution ; 
 
 ludicis OfficiujH eji, vf Res, ita Tempora Rerum, &c.'^ 
 In Caufes of Life and Death ; Judges ought (as farre 
 as the Law permitteth) in luflice to remember Mercy; 
 
 " Isaiah, xl, 4. 
 * Prov. XXX. 33. 
 <^ Ps. xi. 6. 
 
 <* It is a duty of a judge to enquire not only as to tJte fact, but also as to 
 the circinttstances. Ovid. Tristia. i. i. 37. 
 
 9 Pressed. Si sez'ere Executioni detnandentur, ' if severely put in e.\c- 
 cution.' 
 
454 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 IV. 1612. ast. 52. 
 
 and to cafl a sen ere eie vpon the example, but a 
 mercifull eie vpon the perfon. 
 
 Patience and grauity of hearing is an effential part 
 of iuflice, and an ouerfpeaking lodge is no well tuned 
 Cymball. It is no grace to a ludge, firfl to finde 
 that which hee might haue heard in due time from 
 the Barre ; or to fliew quickneffe of conceit in cutting 
 of counfell or euidence too fliort ; or to preuent 
 information by queflions, though pertinent. The 
 j)artes of a ludge are foure ; to dire(fl the 
 
 euidence ; to moderate length, repetition, or im- 
 pertinency of fpeech; to recapitulate, fele6l, and 
 collate the materiall points of that which hath beene 
 faid; and to giue the rule or fentence. What- 
 foeuer is aboue thefe, is too much ; and proceedeth 
 either of glory and willingneffe to fpeake, or of impa- 
 tience to heare, or of fliortneffe of memory, or of want 
 of a ftaid or equall attention. It is a flrange thing to 
 fee, that the boldnelTe of Aduocatesfhouldpreuaile with 
 ludges; whereas they fliould imitate God, in whofe feate 
 they fit, who repreffeth the prefumptuous, and giueth 
 grace to the modeft. But it is more flrange, that the 
 cullome of the time doth warrant ludges to haue 
 noted fauourites, which cannot but caufe multipli- 
 cation of fees, and fufpition of by-waies. 
 Hiere is due from the ludge to the Aduocate, 
 fome commendation and gracing, where caufes are 
 well handled and faire pleaded ; f])eciallie towards 
 the fide which obtain eth not ; For that vpholds in 
 
 10 Finde. In Causa inveuint, et arripiat, ' find and lay hold of in the 
 canse.' 
 
 11 Heard. Melius atidire, ' better heard.' 
 
 1- Length. Advocatoriun, et Testitciii, Frolixiiate/n, 'length of advo- 
 cates and witnesses.' 
 
 1^ Rule. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1' Cjiueth Grace. Erigerc, ' raise.' 
 
 15 Noted Fauourites. Advocatis quibitsdani prcB cceteris immoderate et 
 
XXXVIII. OF JUDICATURE. 455 
 
 "V. 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 And to Cafl a Seiiere Eye vpon the Example, but a 
 Mercifull Eye vpon the Perfon. 
 
 Secondly, for the Aduocates and Coiuifell that Plead : 
 Patience and Grauitie of Hearing, is an Effentiall Part 
 of luftice ; And an Oiier-fpeaking Judge is no 7i'ell timed 
 Cymbal/.^ It is no Grace to a Judge, firfl to finde^^ 
 that, which hee might haue heard,^^ in due time, from 
 the Barre ; or to fliew Quickneffe of Conceit in Cutting 
 off Euidence or Counfell too fliort; Or to preuent 
 Information, by Queflions though Pertinent. The 
 Parts of a Judge in Hearing are Foure : To dire6l the 
 Euidence ; To Moderate Length,^" Repetition, or Im- 
 pertinency of Speech ; To Recapitulate, Select, and 
 Collate, the Materiall Points of that, which hath beene 
 faid; And to Giue the Rule^^ or Sentence. Whatfo- 
 euer is aboue thefe, is too much ; And proceedeth. 
 Either of Glory and willingneffe to Speake; Or of Impa- 
 tience to Heare, Or of Shortneffe of Memorie; Or of Want 
 of a Staidand Equall Attention. It isaStrange Thing to 
 fee, that the Boldneffe oi Aduocates, fhould preuaile with 
 Judges \ Whereas they fhould imitate God, in whofe Seat 
 they fit ; who reji-effeth the Prefumptuous, and giueth 
 Gj'ace^"^ to the Mode/I.^ But it is more Strange, that 
 
 Judges fhould haue 
 Noted Fauourites ; 1-^ Which cannot but Caufe Multipli- 
 cation of Fees,^''' and Sufpicion of By-waies.^''' 
 There is due from the Judge, to the Aduocate, 
 fome Commendation and Gracing, where Caufcs are 
 well Handled, and fa ire Pleaded ; Efpecially towards 
 the Side which obtaineth not ; For that vpholds, in 
 
 ** Ps. cl. 5. (Prayer Book version). 
 ^ James, iv. 6. 
 
 aperte favere, 'should immoderately and openly favour some advocates 
 above the others.' 
 
 1^ Multiplication of Fees. Merces Advocatonim attgeat et itiultiplicet, 
 'increases and multiplies the fees of advocates.' 
 
 1" By-waies. Comtptiotiis et obliqui ad Judices aditus, ' of corruption 
 and byways to the judges.' 
 
456 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 IV. 1612. ?et. 52. 
 
 the Client the reputation of his counfel, and beats 
 down in him the conceit of his caufe. There is 
 likewife due to the publike a ciuill reprehenfion of 
 Aduocates, where there appeareth cunning coinifell, 
 groffe neglect, flight information, indifcreet preffmg, 
 or an ouerbold defence. 
 
 The place of luflice is an hallowed place; and there- 
 fore not onely the bench, but the footepace and pre- 
 cin6ts and purprife thereof ought to bee preferued 
 without fcandall and corruption. For certain ely 
 Grapes (as the Scripture faith) wi// not be gathered of 
 thorjies or thijiles \ neither can luftice yeeld her 
 fruit with fweetneffe, amongfl the briers and bram- 
 bles of chatching and poling Clearkes and Minifters. 
 The attendance of Courts is fubie6t to foure bad in- 
 flruments ; Firft, certaine perfons that are fowers of 
 fuits, which make the Court fwel, and the Country 
 pine. The fecond fort is of thofe that ingage Courts 
 in quarrels of lurifdidlion, and are not truly, Amici 
 CuriiE, but Parafiti Curies, in puffing a Court vp be- 
 yond her bounds for their own fcrappes and nduantage. 
 The third fort is of thofe that may bee accounted the 
 left hands of Courts, perfons that are full of nimble 
 and finifler trirkes and fliiftes, whereby they 
 peruert the plaine and diredl courfes of Courts, and 
 
 18 Let not the Counsel. Advocatns autem illud tribnat Judici, 'let the 
 advocate moreover allow this to the judge.' 
 
 !'•' Hulfe-Way. JSIcdice, et nullateiuis perorates, 'half-way and not heard 
 throughout.' 
 
 '-^ Say. Co7iqnerntiir, 'complain.* 
 
 21 Heard. Ad pleiunn noa anditas, 'not fully heard.' 
 
XXXVIII. OF JUDICATURE. 457 
 
 V. 1625. n2t. 65. 
 
 the Client, tlie Reputation of his CounfcU, and beats 
 downe, in him, the Conceit of his Caiife. There is 
 hkewife due to tlie Piibiique, a Ciuill Reprehenfion of 
 Aduocatcs, where there appeareth Cunning Counfel, 
 GrolTe Negle6l, Shght Information, Indifcreet Preffmg, 
 or an Ouer-bold Defence. And let not the Counfell^^ 
 at the Barre, chop with the ludge, nor winde himfelfe 
 into the handHng of the Caiife anew, after tlie ludge 
 hath Declared his Sentence : But on the other fide, 
 Let not the ludge meet the C^/(/^' halfe Way;i^ Nor 
 giue Occafion to the Partie to fay;-*^ His Coinifell or 
 Proofts were not heardP- 
 
 Thirdly, for that that concerns Clerks, and Ministers. 
 The Place of lufliee, is an Hallowed Place ; And 
 therefore, not only the Bench, but the Foot-pace, and 
 Precincls, and Purprife- thereof, ought to be preferued 
 without Scandall and Corruption. For certainly, 
 Grapes, (as the Scripture faith) will not be gathered of 
 Thornes or Thiflles :"■ Neither can lujlice yeeld her 
 Fruit with Sweetneffe, amongft the Briars and Bram- 
 bles, of Catching and Poling ^^ Clerkes and Minijlcrs. 
 The Attendance of Courts is fubie6l to Foure bad In- 
 flruments. Firfl, Certaine Perfons, that are Sowers of 
 Suits ; which make the Court fwell, and the Country 
 pine. The Second Sort is of thofe, that ingage Courts, 
 in Quarrels of lurifdiction, and are not truly Amici 
 Curies, but Parafiti Curice \^ in puffing vp a Court be- 
 yond her Bounds, for their owne Scraps, and Aduantage. 
 The Third Sort is of thofe, that may be accounted, the 
 Left Hands of Courts; Perfons that are full of 
 Nimble and SiniRer--^ Trickes and Shifts, whereby they 
 peruert the Plaine and Direct-^ Courfes of Courts, and 
 
 " Matt. vii. 16. 
 
 *> Hot Jrte/ids hut parasites of the Court. 
 
 22 Purpnse. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 23 Poling. Lucris inhiatttiiivi, ' gapingr for gain.* 
 2* Nimble and sinister. (Jniitted in the Latin. 
 
 25 Plaine and Direct. Lcgitinios, 'lawful.' 
 
45S A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 bring iufLice into oblike lines and labirinthes. And 
 the fourth is the Poler and exacter of fees, which 
 iuftifies the common refemblance of the Courts of 
 luftice, to the bufli, wherunto while the fheepe flies 
 for defence in weather, hee is fure to lofe part of his 
 fleece. On the other fide an ancient Clearke, skilfull 
 in prefidents, wary in proceeding, and vnderftanding 
 in the buflneffe of the Court, is an excellent finger of 
 a Court, and doth many times point the way to the 
 ludge himfelfe. 
 Lallly, 
 
 Judges ought aboue al to remember the 
 conclufion of the Roman twelue Tables; Saliis poptdi 
 fiiprcma lex, and to know that Lawes, except they 
 bee in order to that ende are but things captious, 
 and Oracles not well infpired. Therefore it is an 
 happy thing in a State, when Kings and States doe 
 often confult with ludges ; and againe, when Judges 
 doe often confult with the King and State; the one, 
 when there is matter of Law interuenient in bufmeffe 
 of State; the other when there is fome confideration 
 of State interuenient in matter of Lawe. For many 
 times the thing deduced to Judgement, may bee 
 wcuni et tiiwn, when the reafon and confequence 
 thereof may trench to point of eflate; I call matter 
 of eflate not only the parts of Soueraignty, but 
 whatfoeuer introduceth any great alteration or 
 dangerous prefident or concerneth manifeftly any 
 great portion of people. And let no man weakely 
 conceiue that iufl lawes, and true pollicy, haue any 
 antipathy. For they are like the fpirits, and finewes 
 
 2* Parts of Souereignty. Quid ad yura Regalia impetenda sfectel, 
 ' what tends to attack royal rights.' 
 
XXXVfll. OF JUDICATURE. 459 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 bring lujl'ue into Oblique Lines and Labyrinths. And 
 the Fourth is, the Poler and Exacter of Fees ; which 
 iullifies the Common Refemblance of the Courts of 
 lufticc, to the Biis/i, whereunto while the Sheepe flies 
 for defence in Wether, hee is fure to loofe Part of his 
 Fleece. On the other fide, an Ancient Gierke, skilfull 
 in Prefidents, Wary in Proceeding, and Vnderllanding 
 in the Buftucffe of the Court, is an excellent Finger of 
 a Court ; And doth many times point the way to the 
 Iud<^e himfelfe. 
 
 Fourthly, for that which may concerne the Soueraigne 
 and Estate, fudges ought aboue all to remember the 
 Conclufion of the Roman Tu>elue Tables ; Salus Populi 
 Suprema Lex f And to know, that Lawes, except they 
 bee in Order to that End, are but Things Captious, 
 and Oracles not well Infpired. Therefore it is an 
 Happie Thing in a State, when Kings and States doe 
 often Confult with Judges; And againe, when Judges 
 doe often Confult with the A7;/^and State: The one, 
 when there is Matter of Law, interuenient in Bufnieffe 
 of State ; The other, when there is fome Confideration 
 of State, interuenient in Matter of Law. For many 
 times, the Things Deduced to Judgement, may bee 
 Meum and Tuujh, when the Reafon and Confequence 
 thereof, may Trench to Point of Eflate : I call Matter 
 of Eflate, not onely the parts of Soueraigntie^-'^ but 
 whatfoeuer introduceth any Great-' Alteration, or 
 Dangerous prefident ; Or Concerneth manifeflly any 
 great Portion of People. And let no Man weakly 
 conceiue, that lufl Laws, and True Policie, haue any 
 Antipatkie: For they are like the Spirits, and Sinewes, 
 
 " Not the laws of the Twelve Tables, but Cicero. De Lcglbus. iii. 3. The 
 welfare of the people is tlie higlust law. 
 
 27 Great. Minus tutatn, 'unsafe.' 
 
46o A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS, 
 
 IV. 1 612 aet. 52. 
 
 that one moues with the other. 
 
 Neither ought Judges to be fo ignorant of their owne 
 right, as to thinke there is not left to them as a 
 principall part of their office, a wife vfe and appHca- 
 tion of Lawes. For they may remember what the 
 Apoflle faith of a greater law then theirs, jVos 
 fciinus^ quia lex bona eji, mo do quis ea vtatur legitime. 
 
 28 Right, yuris et Prcros;atk'(P, 'right and prerogative,' 
 23 Theirs. Unniiuiis legibus, ' human laws.' 
 
XXXVIII. OF JUDICATURE. 461 
 
 Y. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 that One moues with the Other. Let Judges alfo 
 remember, that Salomons Throne, was fupported by 
 Lions, on both Sides f Let them be Lions, but yet 
 Lions vnder the Throne ; Being circumfpe6t, that they 
 doe not checke, or oppofe any Points of Soueraig7itie. 
 Let not Judges alfo, be fo Ignorant of tlieir owne 
 Right,-^ as to thinke, there is not left to them, as a 
 Principall Part of their Office, a Wife Vfe, and appli- 
 cation of Lawes. For they may remember, what the 
 Apostle faith, of a Greater La^c, then theirs ;-''^ JVos 
 fcimus quia Lex bona ejl, modo quis ea vtatur Legitime.^ 
 
 n'^s^J^^ 
 
 /^ 
 
 
 ^% 
 
 ^^ 
 
 " I Kings, X. 20. 
 
 6 I Tim. i. 8 (Vulgate . 
 
462 A HARMONY OF THE ^SSAVS. 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 37. Gt 13ainc=iglorji. 
 
 'T was pretily deuifed of y^fop, The Flie fate 
 Tpon the Axktree of the Chariot ivheeie, and 
 faid^ What a dufl doe I raife ? So there are 
 fome vaine perfons, that whatfoeuer goeth 
 alone, or moues vpon greater meanes, 
 
 they thinke it is they that 
 cany it. They that are glorious muft needs be 
 fadtioLis ; for all brauery flands vpon comparifon?. 
 They muft needes be violent to make good their owne 
 vaunts. Neither can they bee fecret, and therefore 
 not effecluall ; but according 10 the French prouerb, 
 Bcaucoup de bniit et pen de fruity Much bruit, little 
 fruit. Yet certainely there is vfe of this quality in 
 ciuill affaires. Where there is an opinion and fame 
 to bee created, either of Vertue or Greatneffe : thefe 
 men are good Trumpeters. Again, as Titus Linius 
 noteth in the cafe of Antiochus and the yEtolians, 
 There are foindiines greate effects of croffe lies ; as if 
 a man that fliould interpofe himfelfe to negotiate 
 between two, 
 
 fhould to either of them feuerally 
 pretend, more interefl then he hath in the other. 
 And in this and the like kind, it often fals out, 
 that fomewhat is produced of nothing. For lies are 
 fufhcient to breed opinion, and opinion brings on 
 
 I'L Variations in postiiumous ILattn lEtJilion of 1638. 
 
 1 Vaine. Futi/es ct Vani, ' worthless and vnin.' 
 - C:irry it. JSlachinnvi totniii vcrtcre, ' turn the whole machine.' 
 3 Created. Fama excitaitda sit, vcl OJ>ifiio late sj>a>geuda, ' fame to be 
 raised or opinion to be widely spread.' 
 
XXXIX. OF VAIN-GLORY. 463 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 Btllish Museum Copy. 
 
 54. ©f Dainc-(!r>lor2. 
 
 T was prettily Dcuifed of jEfope ; The Fly fate 
 vpon the Axle-tree of the Chariot wheele, and 
 faid, What a Dust doe I raife'i So there are 
 fome Vaine^ Peffons, tliat whatfoeiier goeth 
 alone, or moueth vpon greater Means, if they haue 
 neuer fo little Hand in it, they thinke it is they that 
 carry it.- They that are Glorious, mufl needs be 
 Faflious; For all Eraiiery flands vpon Comparifons. 
 They mufl needs be Violent, to make good their owne 
 Vaunts. Neither can they be Secret, and therefore 
 not Effe6luall; but according to the Freiich Prouerb; 
 Beau CO up de Bruit, peu de Fruit : Much Bruit, little 
 Fruit. Yet certainly there is Vfe of this Qualitie, in 
 Ciuill Affaires. Where there is an Opinion, and Fame 
 to be created,^ either of Vertue, or Greatneffe, thefe 
 Men are good Trumpetters. Againe, as Titus Liuiics 
 noteth, in the Cafe of Antiochus, and the yFtoliajts ; 
 There are fonietinies great Efje^s of Crofjfl^ Lies -."^ As if 
 a Man, that Negotiates 
 
 between Two Princes, to draw them to ioyne in 
 a Warre againfl the Third, doth extoll the Forces 
 of either of them, aboue Meafure,^ the One to the 
 Other: And fometimes, he that deales between Man 
 and Man, raifeth his owne Credit, with Both, by 
 l)retending greater Interefl, then he hath in Either. 
 And iri thefe, and the like Kindes, it often falls out, 
 that Somewhat is produced of Nothing: For Lies are 
 fufficient to breed OjMnion, and Opinion brings on 
 
 ° Livy. xxxvii. 48. 
 
 ♦ Crosse. Rec'procn, et ex ittraqiie parte, 'reciprocal and on both sides.' 
 5 Measure. Modnin, et Veritatcin, ' measure and truth.' 
 
464 A HARMONY OF T HE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. 161 2, set. 52. 
 
 fubflance. 
 
 But principally cafes of great enterprife,vpon charge 
 and aduenture fuch compofition of glorious natures 
 doth put life into bufmes, and thofe that are of 
 folid and fober natures haue more of the ballafl, 
 then of the fade. 
 
 Certainely Vaine-glory 
 helpeth to perpetuate a mans memory, and Vertue 
 was neuer fo beholding to humane nature, as it re- 
 ceiued his due at the fecond hand. Neither had the 
 fame of Cicero., Se?ieea, Pliniiis Secundiis, borne her 
 age fo well, if it had not beene ioined with fome 
 vanity in themfelues ; like vnto varnifli, that makes 
 feelings not onely fliine, but lad. But all this 
 while, when I fpeake of Vaine-glory, I meane not of 
 that property that Tacitus doth attribute to Miicianus, 
 Omimim (]ua. dixerat feceratqiie arte quadavi osten- 
 tator. For that proceedes not of vanity, but of a na- 
 tural magnanimity and difcretion; and in fome 
 perfons is not onely comely, but gracious. For 
 exufations, ceffions, modefLy it felfe well go- 
 
 ^ Substance. Rem et Sjibsta7itia7n, * matter and substance.* 
 
 7 Sharpeneth. Acjumtiir, et excitantiir, ' sharpen and stir up.' 
 
 8 Learning. Doctriiice et Litej-arjiiu, ' learning and literature.' 
 
 " The Flight will be slow. Non voUtabit Favia illius per Ora Virum, 
 neque bene A lata erit, ' the fame thereof will not fly through the mouths of 
 men, nor will it be well winged.' 
 
 10 A/ter Galan. [Magna A'(W««(7,) '( great names.)* 
 
 11 Perpetuate. Propagandain ctperpetiiandain, 'spread and perpetuate.' 
 
 12 And Vertue . . . Second Hand. Neque Virtus ipsa, tafitum 
 Hujna7ice Naturce debet, propter Nominis S7(i Celebratione77i, quantum 
 sibiipsi, ' nor does virtue itself owe as much to human nature for the cele- 
 bration of its name as to itself.' 
 
 13 Borne her Age. Ad himc risque die^n vix d7irasset, aut saltei7t non 
 tarn vegeta, ' would not have lasted till this time, or at least, not so fresh.' 
 
XXXIX. OF VAIN- GLORY. 465 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Subflance.^ In i\Iilitar[y] Commanders and Soldiers, 
 Vaiiic-GIory is an ElTential Point; For as Iron 
 fharpens Iron, fo by Glory one Courage fliarpneth'^ 
 another. In Cafes of great Enterprife, vpon Charge 
 and Aduenture, a Compofition of Glorious Natures, 
 doth put life into Bufmeffe ; And thofe that are of 
 Solide and Sober Natures, haue more of the Ballafl, 
 then of the Saile. In Fame of Learning,^ the Flight 
 will be llow^, without fome Feathers of OJleniatioji. 
 Qui de coiitemjienda Gloria Libros fcrihunt, Nonien 
 fiiiun iufcribiint.'^ Socrates^ AriJIoile, Galen, ^^ were 
 Men full of OJlentation. Certainely Vaiiie-Glory 
 helpeth to Perpetuated^ a Mans jNIemory; And Yertue 
 was neuer so Beholding to Humane Nature, as it re- 
 ceiued his due at the Second Hand.^^ Neither had the 
 Fame of Cicero, Seneca, Plinius Seciindus, borne her 
 Age^"'" fo well, if it had not been ioyned, with fome 
 Vafiity^'^ in themfelues : Like vnto Varnifh, that makes 
 Seelings^^ not onely Shine, but Laft. But all this 
 while, when I fpeake of Vaine-Glofy, I meane not of 
 that Property, that Tacitus doth attribute to Mucianus\ 
 Omnium, quoe dixe?'at, feceratque, Arte qua dam OJlin- 
 tator:^ For that proceeds not of Vanity, but of Na- 
 turalP^ Magnanimity, and difcretion.^^And in fome 
 Perfons,^^ is not onely Comely, but Gracious. For 
 ExcufationSji'^ Ceffions,-*^ Modefly it felfe well Go- 
 
 * TJwse who write books in contetnpt of glory, "wrote their own najnes. 
 Cicero. Tusctilajimn Difputatioties. i. 15. 
 
 * TJie manifestor, by a certain art, 0/ all things tJiat he had said and 
 done. Tacitus. History, ii. 80. 
 
 1* Vanity. Vanitate etjactantia, 'vanity and boastfulness.' 
 
 ^5 Seelings. Ligna, ' wood-work.' 
 
 ifi Naturall. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^'^ Discretion. Arte et prudcntia, ' art and wi.sdom.' 
 
 18 After Pcrson.s. Qui natura veluti couiparati ad earn sjint, ' who are 
 fitted for this by nature.' 
 
 19 E.xcusations. Excusationes decone, ' comely excusations,' 
 -*' Cessions. Concessiones tempestiva, ' timely cessions.' 
 
 2 G 
 
466 A HARMONY OF THE i:SSA VS. 
 
 IV. 1612. cTt. 52. 
 
 uerned are but arts of oflentation : and amongft 
 thofe Arts there is none better, then that which 
 PUnins Smindus fpeaketh of, which is to be hberall 
 of praife and commendation to others, in that 
 wherein a mans felfe hath any perfection. For faith 
 Plinie very wittily ; /// commending another, you do 
 your felfe right ; for hee that you commend, is either 
 fupcrior to you in that you commend, or inferiour. 
 If he be inferiour if he be to be commended ; you much 
 more : if he be fuperiour if hee be not commended \ 
 you much leffe. 
 
 2^ Liberall. Liheraliter et copiose, ' Hberall}- and abundanUy.* 
 
 " Commendation. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 -3 In that you Commend. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 -* Idols. PracUe et Escce, ' booty and baits.' 
 
XXXIX. OF rAJX- GLORY, 467 
 
 V. u .25. an. 65. 
 
 uenicd, are but Arts of 0:.r::f.i/;<-/t. And aniongll 
 thote Arts, there is none better, then that which 
 Piinius Secttmius fpeakeih of; which is to be Liberall-* 
 of Pmife and Commendation*'- to others, in that, 
 wherein a Mans Selfe hath ajiy Perfection. For faith 
 Pliny ven* Wittily ; /// wmmcniihig Atwther^ you doe 
 yo' '.'' ; For he that you Commend, is either 
 
 Str 7/. in that you Commendr^ or Jnferiour. 
 
 If he be Inferiour^ if he he to be Commended^ you ntueh 
 more: If he be Su/srriour, if he be not to be eom mended, 
 you much letfe. G/orious Men are the Scome of Wife 
 A[en ; the Admiration of Fooles; The Idols-* of Para- 
 fites ; And the Slaues of their own Vaunts.^ 
 
 • Pliny. E/istia. vi. 17 
 
 '*^ Their own Vaunts. Sifii^'s ft Gtorkt vtaut, ' thetnselre? .wd their 
 vain glorj-.' 
 
468 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 IV. 1612. 93t. 52. 
 
 38. Ot i\)t igrtatnc^^c ot l^ittQbome^. 
 
 He fpeech of TheniiJIocIes^ which 
 
 was arrogant in challenge, 
 
 is profitable in cenfure. 
 Defired at a banquet to touch a Lute, 
 hee faid, He could not fiddle ; but he could make a 
 fviall Towne to become a great Citie. This fpeech at a 
 time of folace, and not ferious, was vnciuill, and at no 
 time could be decent of a mans felfe. But it may haue 
 a pretie application : For to fpeake truly of poHtikes and 
 Statefmen, there are fometimes, though rarely, thofe 
 that can make a fmall eflate great, and cannot 
 fiddell. And there bee 
 
 many that can fiddell very cunningly, and yet 
 the procedure of their Art is 
 
 to make a 
 flourifliing eflate ruinous and diilreffed. 
 For certainly thofe degenerate Arts, 
 whereby diuers politikes and Gouernors doe gaine 
 both fatisfa6tion with their Maflers, and admiration 
 with the vulgar, deferue no better name then fidling ; 
 
 if they adde nothing to the fafetie, flrength, and 
 amplitude of the States they goueme. 
 
 l^E. Uariations in postljitmous ILattn lEliition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Proferendis Fi7iilms Imperii, ' of extending the bounds of 
 
 empire.' ,- • , 
 
 '■^ Metaphore. Ad Soisinn politicnm translata, transferred to apolitical 
 
 meaning.' ,,,,■, . 
 
 •> Expresse. Optime describuni, et distingiiuni, well describe and 
 define.' . , 
 
 * Estate. RcrT.m C7uber7incnln trnctnnt, 'who manage the helm of affairs. 
 
XT,, or THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &-c. yg 
 V. 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 29. ©f tl)c true (Gi'catncjj^c of Jiinsbomc^ anb (!3$tatc^.^ 
 
 He Speech of Themijlodes the Athenian, which 
 was Haughtie and Arrogant, in taking fo 
 much to Himfelfe, had been a Graue and 
 Wife Obferuation and Cenfure, apphed at 
 large to others. Defired at a Feafl to touch a Lute, 
 he faid ; He could not fiddle, hut yet he could make a 
 fmall Towne, a great Citty.^ Thefe Words (holpen a 
 Httle wuth a Metaphore)'- may expreffe-^ two differing 
 Abihries, in thofe that deale in Bufineffe of Eflate."* 
 For if a true Suruey be taken, of Counfellours^ and 
 Statefmen, there may be found (though rarely) thofe, 
 w4iich can make an Small State^ Great, and yet cannot 
 Fiddle : As on the other fide, there -will be found a 
 great many, that can fiddle very cunningly,"^ but yet 
 are fo farre from being able, to make a Small State 
 Great, as their Gift lieth the other way; To bring a 
 Great and Flourifliing Eflate fo Ruine and Decay. 
 And certainly, thofe Degenerate Arts and Shifts, 
 whereby many Counfellours and Gouernours, gaine 
 both Fauour with their Maflers, and Eflimation with 
 the Vulgar, deferue no better Name then Fidling; 
 Being Things, rather pleahng for the time, and graceful! 
 to themfelues onely, then tending^ to the Weale and 
 Aduancement of the State, which they feme. There 
 are alfo (no doubt) Counfellours and Gouernours, 
 which may be held fufficient, {Ncgotijs pares ^ Able to 
 mannage Affaires, and to keepe them from Precipices, 
 
 " Plutarch. Theiiiistocles. ii. Cimon. 7. 
 
 5 Counsellours. Regjmt Consiliarios, Senatores, aliosqite ad Ne^^oiia f>nb- 
 lica adniotos, qui iisqiiain /iiermit, ' councillors of kings, senators, and 
 others applied to public business, who have lived anywhere.' 
 
 <» State. Regnnju n7ct Civitntein, ''kingdQy.n OT st:xiz.' 
 
 7 Cunningly. In Cythara, aid Lyra {hoc est Aitlicis tricis] miri Arti- 
 fices. ' wonderful players on the lute or Ij-re ^that is, in court tricks,'. 
 
 * Tending. Utiles, ant Accoinmodce, ' profitable or fit.' 
 
470 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 The greatnes of a State in bnlke or territory, 
 doth fall vncler meafure ; and the greatnes of fin- 
 ances and reiienew, doth fall vnder computation ; 
 the poj^ulation may appeare by Mufters, and the 
 number and greatneffe of Cities and Towns by 
 Carts and Mappes : but yet there is nothing 
 among ciuill affaires more fubiedl to error, then 
 tlie right valuacion and true iudgement concerning 
 the greatnes of an eflate. Certainly there is a kind of re- 
 femblance betweene the Kingdome of heauen, and the 
 Kingdomes vpon the earth. The Kingdome of heauen 
 is compared not to any great kernell, or nut ; but to a 
 grain e of Muflerd ; which is one of the leaft of graines, 
 but hath in it a propertie and fpirit haflily to get vp 
 and fpread. So are there States that are great in Terri- 
 tory, and yet not apt to conquer or inlarge .• and 
 others that haue but a fmall dimention or ftemme, and 
 yet apt to be the foundation of great Monarchies. 
 
 ^ Power, Mcanes, and Fortune. Omitted in the Latin. 
 I'J Meanes. Quibns A7-tibiis obtitieri possit, ' by what means it can be 
 obtained.' 
 11 Great and Mightie. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^- After Hand. Et diligentey- nieditoitii}', ' and carefully to consider.' 
 ^•' Leese. hnpHcent, ^\nvo\\r&.' 
 
 ^^ Vaine. Vaiiis ct nimis Arduis, ' vain and too difficult.' 
 '•'' F"iiiances. Omitted in the Latin. 
 !•' lud.^mcnt. Omitted in the Latin. 
 1' Nut. N'/tcinlicuii^rn>idio>-i,'&ny\'\vz<ir.\.\t.' 
 'S Sprc.id. Latins diffnudat, ' spread wi.'cly.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &-c. 471 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 and manifefl Inconueniences ; which neuertheleffe, are 
 tarre from the Abihtie, to raife and AmpHfie an Eflate, 
 in Power, Meanes, and Fortune.^ But be the worke- 
 men what they may be, let vs fpeake of the Worke ; 
 'J'hat is ; The true Greatfieffe of Kmgdomcs and 
 Estates ; and the Meanes^^ thereof. An Argument, fit 
 for Great and Mightie^^ Princes, to haue in their 
 hand;^- To the end, that neither by Ouer-meafuring 
 their Forces, they leefe^^ themfelues in vaine^^ Enter- 
 prifes ; Nor on the other fide, by vnderualuing them, 
 they defcend to Fearefull and Pufillanimous Counfells. 
 The Greatneffe of an Eflate in Bulke and Te^ritorie, 
 doth fall vnder Meafure ; And the Greatneffe of Fin- 
 ances'^ and Reuenew doth fall vnder Computation. 
 The Population may appeare by Muflers : And the 
 Number and Greatneffe of Cities and Townes, by 
 Cards and Maps. But yet there is not any Thing 
 amongft Ciuill Affaires, more fubiecl to Errour, then 
 the right valuation, and true Judgement,'*^ concerning 
 the Power and Forces of an Eflate. 
 
 The KiJigdomeoi Heaueii 
 is compared, not to any great Kernell or Nut,'" but to a 
 Graifieoi Afustard-feedf which is one of the leafl Graines, 
 but hath in it a Propertie and Spirit, haflily to get vp 
 and fpread.'^ So are there States,'^ great in Terri- 
 torie,2°and yetnotapt to Enlarge,-' or Command ;^2 And 
 fome, that haue but a fmall Dimenfion of Stemme.--^ and 
 yet apt to be the Foundations of Great Monarchies.--* 
 
 " Matt. xiii. 31. 
 
 19 States. Regna et status, ' kingfdoms and states.' 
 
 20 Territorie. Anibituguidem et Kegionum yrac/w, 'in circumference and 
 extent of country.' 
 
 ^1 Enlarge. Ad Fines ulteriiis prqferendos, 'to extend their boundaries 
 further.' 
 
 -'- Command. Latins imperatidum, ' command more widely.' 
 
 23 Of Stemme. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 -■* Of Great Monaichies. In qiiibus tnaxiiiux Monarchice ineedi/icentur, 
 ' on which great mon.nrchies can be built.' 
 
472 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 IV. t6i2. set. 52, 
 
 Walled Towns, flored Arcenals and Armories, goodly 
 Stables, Elephants (if you wil) Maffeof treafure, Number 
 in Armies, Ordinance, and Artillerie, they are all but a 
 Sheep in a Lions skin, except the breed and difpofition 
 of the people be militarie. 
 
 25 Armouries. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 26 Ordnance, Artillery. Machi)tce atque Tonnenta Bellica ovinige7in, 
 ' all kinds of military machines and engines.' , , ur 1 > 
 
 27 Weake Courage. Ivibelles, et ignavi, ' unwarlike and slothful. 
 
 28 Sea of People. Oculis Maccdouuni, tmiqiinin vastnni Hoiinnuin Pela- 
 gus, szibjicicbatur, ' lay before the eyes of the Macedonians like a vast sea 
 of people.' , 
 
 2y Easie. Opinionefacilior, ' easier than he thought. 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, 6-r. 473 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Walled Townes, Stored Arcenalls and Armouries,-'' 
 Goodly Races of Horfe, Chariots of Warre, Elephants, 
 Ordnance, Artillery,-*^ and the like : All this is but a 
 Sheep in a Lions Skin, except the Breed and difpofition 
 of the People, be flout and warlike. Nay Number (it 
 felfe) in Armies, importeth not much, where the People 
 is of weake Courage i^*" For (as F/r^// faith) // neuer 
 troubles a JVo/fe, how ifiany theJJieepe be."- The Armie 
 of the Perfians^ in the Plaines of Arbela, was fuch a 
 vaR Sea of People,-^ as it did fomewhat aflonifh the 
 Commanders in A/exajiders KnwiQ ; Who came to him 
 therefore, and wiflit him, to fet vpon them by Night ; 
 But hee anfwered, He would not pilfer the Victory.^ 
 And the Defeat was Eafie."^^ When Tigranes the 
 Armeuia?i, being incamped vpon a Hill, with 400000. 
 Men, difcouered the Armie of the Romans^ being not 
 aboue 14000. Marching towards him, he made himfelfe 
 Merry with it, and faid ; Yonder Men, are too AIa?iy 
 for an Ambaffage, and too Feiv for a Fight. But before 
 the Sunne fett, he found them enough, to giue him the 
 Chace, with infinite Slaughter. Many are the Examples, 
 of the great oddes between Number and Courage : So 
 that a Man may truly make a Judgement ;'^^ That the 
 Principal Point of Greatiieffe'^^ in any State, is to haue 
 a Race of Military Men.^^ Neither is Money the 
 Sinewes of Warre, (as it is triuially faid)'^^ where the 
 Sinewes of Mens Armes, in Bafe and Effeminate 
 People, are failing. For Solon faid well to Crafus 
 (when in Oflentation he (hewed him his Gold) Sir, if 
 
 " Virgil. Bucolics, vii. 52. 
 * Plutarch. Alexander, xxxi. 
 
 30 So that a Man .... aludgement. Pro re certissitna, et e.v/>loratissima 
 decertiatitr, et statiiatur; ' it may be determined and set down as a most 
 certain and ascertained fact.' 
 
 •*^ Of Greatiiesse. Omnium, qucs ad Mngnitndinem Regni aut status 
 spectent, ' of all things which belong to the greatness of a kingdom or state.' 
 
 32 Race of Military Men. Ut popnlns ipse sit stirpe et In-^enio bcUicosus, 
 ' that the people themselves should be warlike in race and disposition.' 
 
 "^- Neither is . . . (as it is triuially said;. Atqtie illud iiuigis tritum, 
 gitam verum, 'and that is more trite than true.' 
 
474 A H A R M O N Y O F T HE £SSA VS. 
 'IV. l6i2. set. 52. 
 
 The helpe is mercenary aides. But a Prince or State 
 that refleth vpon waged Companies of forraine Amies, 
 and not of his owne Natiues, may fpread his feathers 
 for a time, but he will mew them foone after. 
 
 The bleffmg of I 11 da h and Iffachar will neuer 
 meet, to be both the Lions whelpe,and the Affe laid 
 betweene burthens : Neither will a people ouer 
 charged with tributes, bee euer fit for Empire. 
 
 Nobilitie and Gentlemen multiplying in too great a 
 proportion, maketh the common fubiecl grow to bee a 
 
 3* Except his Militia of Natiues. Cajns suhditi Nativi et hidigeucp, 
 HOii S7t>it, 'whose natural and native subjects are not.' 
 
 •*5 In this Case. Cii/ii Copicc Nativa: dcsint, ' when native forces fail.' 
 ■ifi Or Prince. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 37 Feathers. Pennns, Nido iitajores, ' wings beyond his nest.' 
 
 38 Abate. Dcjicere, etdcpritnei-e, qitnincjjia' ex Impet-io inero indicuntiir, 
 "casL down and depress less than those which are imposed by a mere command. 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF A7A uDOMS, cr-r. 475 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 (7;/y Other come, that hath better Iron then you, he will 
 he Majler of all this Gold.'' llierfore let any Prince or 
 State, thinke foberly of his Forces, except his Militia'^^ 
 of Natiues, be of good and Valiant Soldiers. And let 
 Princes, on the other fide, that haue Subiecls of 
 Maniall difpofition, know their owne Strength ; vn- 
 leffe they be otherwife wanting vnto Themfelues. As 
 ioT Mercenary Forces, (which is the Helpe in this Cafe)-^^ 
 all Examples fliew; That whatfoeiier Eflate or Prince^*^ 
 doth reft vpon them ; Hee may fpread his Feathers^'^ 
 for a time, bnt he "u^ill mew them foone after. 
 
 The Blefsifigoi ludah and Iffachar will neuer meet; 
 That the fa me Feople or Nation, fJiould be both The Lions 
 whelpe, and the Affe betiveene Burthens :^ Neither will 
 it be, that a People ouer-laid with Taxes, fhould euer 
 become Valiant, and Martiall. It is true, that Taxes 
 leuied by Confent of the Eflate, doe abaters :Mens 
 Courage leffe ; As it hafh beene feene notably, in the 
 Excifes of the Lo7u Countries ; And in feme degree, in 
 the Suhfidies of England. For you muR note, that we 
 fpeake now, of the Heart, and not of the Pmfe. So 
 that, although the fame Tribute and T^lv,-'^ laid by 
 Confent, or by Impofmg, be all one to the Purfe,-^*^ yet 
 it workes diuerfly vpon the Courage.-*^ So that you 
 may conclude ; That no People, ouer-charged with 
 Tribute, is fit for Ejupire, 
 
 Let .States-^- that aime at Greatneffe, take heed how 
 their Nobility^'^ and Gentlemen, doe multiply too fafl. 
 For that maketh the Common Subiecl, grow to be a 
 
 " Lucian. Chnrci. 
 ^ Gen. xlix. 9, 74. 
 
 39 The same Tribute and Tax. Tribnta, ' tributes.' 
 
 ■l" To the Purse. Quoad Opes exhauriendas, ' as to the exhaustion of 
 wealth.' 
 
 *' Courage. .i4«/w^j .S'z/^rt'/Vi'r?//;/, 'courage of the subjects.' 
 
 ■*- States. Rcgiiis et Stntibns, ' kingdoms and states.' 
 
 ■*3 Nobility. Nohilcs et Patricii, ati]ue [quos vocamus) Getierosi, ' nobles 
 and patricians, and those we call gentlemen.' 
 
476 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 IV. 1612. jet, 52. 
 
 pefant and bafe fwaine driuen out of heart, and 
 
 but the Gentlemans laborer : 
 like as it is in copices, where if you leaue your fladdels 
 too thick, you flial neuer haue cleane vnderwood, but 
 flirubbes and buflies. 
 
 And take away the middle 
 people, and you take away the infantery, which is the 
 nerue of an Armie : and you bring it to this, that not 
 the hundreth pole will be fit for a helmet, and fo 
 great population and Httle ftrength. 
 
 Certainely Virgil coupled Armes and the Plough to- 
 gether well in the conftitution of ancient Italy \ 
 
 Terra potens arniis atque vbcre glebcB : 
 For it IS the Plough that yeeldeth the befl fouldier ; 
 
 ** A Peasant and base Swaine. Hnviilis et ahjecta, ' low and base.' 
 
 ^5 Driuen out of Heart. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *'' Labourer. Nobiliuvi Mancipia et Operai-ii, ' tlie nobles' slaves and 
 labourers.' 
 
 *' Staddles. Cmidicuin, sive A rboruvi umjornm, ' trunks or greater trees.' 
 
 *^ Cleane. Sinccrn et picra, ' sound and clean.' 
 
 *3 But Shrubs and pjiishes. Scd major pars in Vepres et Duinos degerie- 
 rabit, ' but the .<;reater part will degenerate into shrubs and bushes.' 
 
 *" Base. Vilis and is^nnva, ' base and sluggish.' 
 
 51 Poll. Caput, 'head.' 
 
 82 Nerue. Kobnr pr.vcipunm, ' chief strength.' 
 
 53 After Ouerniatch. Fere semper hi Bellis, 'almost always in war.' 
 
 5* Middle People. Coloni, ct ii//er:oris Qrdines Hojuines, ' farmers and 
 men of the lower order.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREA TNESS OF KINGDOMS, d-r. 477 
 
 V. 1625. ajt. 65. 
 
 Peafant, and Bafe Swaine,-*-* driuen out of Heart,'*-^ and 
 in eftect but the GcnilcuiansL^xhowx^x}'' Euen as you 
 may fee in Coppice Woods; If yoii ieaiie your Jladdles^' 
 too thick, you JJiall iieucr haue clcane^^ Vndericood, but 
 S/i?'ubs and Bujhcs.'^^ So in Countries, if the Gentlc- 
 7JienhQ too many, the Coifunojis \\'\\\ he bafe;^^ And 
 you will bring it to that, that not the hundred poll,^^ 
 will be fit for an Helmet : Efpecially as to the Itifantery, 
 which is the Nerue^- of an Army: And fo there will be 
 Great Population, and Little Strength. This, which I 
 fpeake of, hath been no where better feen, then by 
 comparing of England and France ; whereof Englajid^ 
 though farre l^iie in Territor\- and Population, hiith 
 been (neuertheleffe) an Ouermatch ;^^ In regard, the 
 Middle People'^^ o{Engla7id, make good Souldiers, which 
 the Pea/ants of France doe not. And herein, the de- 
 uice of King Hemy the Seuenth, (whereof I haue 
 fpoken largely in the Hijlory of his Life) was Profound,^-^ 
 and Admirable ; In making Farmes,^*^ and houfes of 
 Husbandry, of a Standard; That is, maintained with 
 fuch a Proportion of Land vnto them, as may breed a 
 Subiecl, to liue in Conuenient Plenty, and no Seruile 
 Condition ;^" And to keepe the Plough in the Hands 
 of the Owners, and not meere Hirelings.^^ And thus 
 indeed, you fliall attaine to Virgils Chara6ler, which 
 he giues to Ancient Italy. 
 
 — Terra pot ens Arviis atque vhere Glebce.'^ 
 Neither is that State (which for any thing I know, is 
 
 "^ laiid powerful in artns and fruii/ul 0/ soil. ^ field, i. 531. 
 
 55 Profound. Profunda pntdentia excogitatiim, ' devised with profound 
 wisdom.' 
 
 5® Farmes. Prcedia vtinora, ' smaller farms.' 
 
 *' Standard. . . . .Seruile Condition. Quee habcant certiun, euinquf 
 Medlocrem Agri Modut/i anncxuiu, qui distrain non possit ; Kcfne, ut ad 
 Victutn liberaliorcm suf/lciat, ' which i.hould have a certain and moderate 
 amount of land annexed to them, which might not be divided, that it might 
 suffice for liberal iivmg.' 
 
 58 And to keepe .... Hirelings. Utque Agricultura ab its exerceretnr, 
 qui Doviifiifuerint Fundi, ant saltern Usnfructuarii, non Conductitii, aut 
 Atercetutrii, ' so that husbandry might be exercised by the owners, or at 
 least holders of the farm, and not by hired or paid men.' 
 
478 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 but how? maintained in plentie and in the hand of 
 owners, and not of meere laborers. 
 
 \_The germ of the entire paragraph on the oppofite page^ 
 —from By all meanes down to publilhed, appeareth. 
 on p. 481 — will be found on p. 492.] 
 
 ^' Free Seniants . . . Noblemen and Gentlemen. Fa7mili scilicet 
 
 Nolnliiiiii, ' 1 mean the servants of noblemen.' 
 <'0 Armcs. Peditatum, 'infantry.' 
 
 ^1 --4y?t'r Hospitality. Atgue Famulitia, ' and household servants.' 
 ^2 Close. Obsc7irn, ct vtagis prizinta, ' obscure and more private.' 
 ^^ Liberall of. Facile ct libcnter largiiintur, 'easily and freely bestow.' 
 ^■* Empire. Imperii Mngnitiidiiietit, ' greatness of empire.' 
 65 Embrace. I»iJ>erii Jugo cohibere atid franare, 'hold and govern by 
 
 the yoke of empire.' 
 
 ^'^ It will faile suddainly. Diuturnitatem Jubc res non assequitur, 'this 
 
 will not have long duration.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREA TNESS OF KINGDOMS, ^c. 479 
 
 V. 1625. ret. 65. 
 
 almofl peculiar to E/h^Iaiid, and hardly to be found 
 any where elfe, except it be perhaps in Poland) to be 
 palled ouer ; I meane the State of Free Seniants and 
 Attendants \T^ox\ Noblenieji and Gentlemen -J-^"^ which are 
 no waies inferioLir, vnto the Yeomanry^ for Armes.^^ 
 And therefore, out of all Queflion, the Splendour, and 
 Magnificence, and great Retinues, and Hofpitality^^ 
 of Noblemen, and Gentlemen, receiued into Cuftome, 
 doth much conduce, vnto Martiall Greatneffe. Wh ereas, 
 contrariwife, the Clofe*^- and Referued liuing, oi Noble- 
 me?i, and Gentlemen^ caufeth a Penury of Military 
 Forces. 
 
 By all meanes, it is to be procured, that the Triinck 
 oi Nebuchadnezzars Tree oi Monarchy, be great enough, 
 to beare the Branches, and the Boughes; That is. 
 That the JVatin-all Subiecls of the Crowne or State, 
 beare a fufificient Proportion, to the Stranger Subiecls, 
 that they gouerne. Therfore all States, that are 
 liberall of^^ Naturalization towards Strangers, are fit 
 for Empire.^"^ For to thinke, that an Handfull of 
 People, can, with the greatefl Courage, and Policy in 
 the World, embrace *^^ too large Extent of Dominion, it 
 may hold for a time, but it will faile fuddainly.*^*^ The 
 Spartans were a nice *^'' People, in Point of Naturaliza- 
 tion ;'^^ whereby, while they kept their Compaffe,^^ 
 they flood firme;'^ But when they did fpread, and 
 their Boughs were becommen too great, for their Stem, 
 they became a Windfall vpon the fuddaine."^ Neuer 
 
 *^ Nice. Parci and difficilcs, ' sparing and difficult.' 
 
 68 Naturalization. hicooptandis7iovisCivibus, ' in receiving new citizens.' 
 
 ®9 Conipasse. Intra parvos Liiniies do7ni>iaii sufii, ' ruled within small 
 boundaries.' 
 
 "0 Firme. Res eorumJirjneB /uentnt, et stabiles, 'their affairs were firm 
 and stable.' 
 
 ^1 But when they did spread . . . .suddaine. At postquaut Liinites 
 stws ccepissent pro/err e, et latins domiiiari, qiiani iit Stirps Spartanorinn, 
 Turbatn Exterorum, Iiiipcrio comiiiodc coercerc posset, Potciitia eorimt 
 corrmt, 'but when they began to extend their bouiid.s, and to rule so widely, 
 that the Spartan race could not easily govern the crowd of foreigners, their 
 power fell to pieces.' 
 
48o A II A R M O N Y O F T M E E SSA Y S. 
 
 IV. 1612. set. 52. 
 
 \TJie germ of the paffage on the oppofite page will he 
 Jowid at p. 492.] 
 
 Sedentary and wldiin-doores 
 
 ?2 Romanf?. ResfyjihUca Romania, ' the E.oman Republic. 
 '3 It sorted with ihem accordingly. Par crat, InstitiUo tarn prudenti, 
 Forttifia, ' their fortune sorted with this wise ordinance.' 
 
 "* Greatest. Toto Orbc aiitplissunwii, ' greatest in the whole world.' 
 
 ?5 Honoruin. Petitionis sive Ilonoriim, ' right of holding office.' 
 
 ^•^ Nations, /ft^gj^rts Nad'cnid/ts, ' entire nationa.' 
 
 f' Clrcntnesse. /Vr7/^n'«rt'z' /w/^r//, ' extending empire.' 
 
 "** Dominions. Regnn et Provincias, ' kingdoms and provinces.* 
 
 7" Whole Compasse of Spaine. HispanUi' ips<s, ' Spain itself.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, ^c. 4S1 
 
 V. 1625. a^t. 65. 
 
 any State was, in this Point, fo open to receiue 
 Strangers, into their IJody, as were tlie Romans ?'- 
 Therefore it forted with them accordingly ; "^ For they 
 grew to the greatefl""* Monarchy. Their manner was, 
 to grant Naturalization, (which they called I us Ciui- 
 tatis) and to grant it in the highefl Degree ; That is, 
 Not onely lus ComnierciJ, Ins Connubij, Ins Hcsredi- 
 tatis ; But alfo, lus Suffragij\ and lus Honorump 
 And this, not to Singular Perfons alone, but likewife 
 to whole Families ; yea to Cities, and fometimes to 
 Nations."'^ Adde to this, their Cullome of Plantation 
 of Colonies ; whereby the Roman Plant, was remoued 
 into the Soile, of other Nations. And putting both 
 Conflitutions together, you will fay, that it was not the 
 Romans that fpred v-pon the World ; But it was the 
 JVorld, that fpred vpon the Roma?is : x\nd that was 
 the fure Way of Greatnef/'e." I haue marueiled fome- 
 times at Spaifie, how they clafpe and containe fo large 
 Dominions,"^ with fo few Naturall Spaniai-ds: But fure, 
 the whole Compaffe of Spaine,''-* is a veiy Great Body 
 of a Tree ; Farre aboue^*^ Rome, Sparta, at the firfL 
 And befides, though they haue not had that vfage, to 
 Naturalize liberally ; yet they haue that, which is next 
 to it; That is, To employ, abnojl indiffere7itly, all 
 Nations, ifi their Militia of ordinary Soldiers : yea, and 
 fometimes in their Highefl Commands. ^'^ ^'ay, it 
 feemeth at this inflant, they are fenfible of this want 
 of Natiues;^- as by the Pragmaticall Sanction, now^^ 
 publifhed, appeareth. 
 
 It is certaine, that Sedentary, and Within-doore^ 
 
 80 Far aboue. Cum longe ampliiyrem amtineant Regionum Tracium 
 quant, ' as it contains a much larger extent of countries, than. 
 
 81 And. . . commands. QiiinetiavtjSutnmum Belli Intperium,haudraro, 
 ad Duces, Natione non Hispanos, de/erunt, ' nay also, they not seldom en- 
 trust the chief command of a war to generals not Spaniards by birth.' 
 
 82 After Natiues. Eique succurrere cupiisse, ' and desire to remedy it.' 
 
 83 Xow. //oc aufio, ' in this jear.' 
 
 8* Within-doore. Qiuz non szth Dio, sed sub Tecto exercentur, ' which are 
 practised not in the open air, but in a house.' 
 
 2 U 
 
482 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 IV. 1612. xt. 52. 
 
 Arts, and nice maniifadlures, that require rather 
 the finger then the hand or arme, haue in their nature 
 a contrariety to a difpofition niiHtar[y] : and generally, 
 all warlike people are a little idle, and loue danger 
 better then pain ; neither mud they be too much 
 broken of it, if they (liall be preferued in vigor. 
 
 88 Arts. Arfes Mechanicas, ' mechanical arts. 
 
 8" Idle. y'>r/rtr?^rt?<(/c'«/, ' enjoy being idle.' 
 
 8" They. .r-/w/w<7.y />>wr«;«, 'their spirits.' ^ 
 
 88 Slaues. No7i hi^cfuios, sed Servos, ' not freeborn but slaves. 
 
 89 Did rid. Qnoricm Laboribus . . . expediebantur, by whose toil 
 were despatched.' , 
 
 90 That. Maiicipioriiin nsus, ' the use of slaves. . 
 
 91 By the Christian Law. Post legem Christianam receptam, since the 
 Christian law has been received.' , ^ , 1 
 
 9^ For that purpose. Propterea allicietidi, aut, for that purpose to be 
 invited, or.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &^c. 48J 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Arts,^'-" and delicate jManufaclures (that require rather 
 the Finger, then the Arme) haue, in their Nature, 
 
 a Contrariety, to a MiHtary difpofition. And generally, 
 all Warlike People, are a little idle f^ And loue Danger 
 better then Trauaile ; Neither mufl they be too much 
 broken of it, if they^'^ fliall be preferued in vigour. 
 Therefore, it was great Aduantage, in the Ancient 
 States of Sparta, Athens, Rome, and others, that they 
 had the vfe of Slaues,^^ which commonly did rid**^ 
 thofe Manufactures. But that^^ is abolifhed, in 
 greateft part, by the Chrijlian Law^^ That which 
 commeth neareft to it, is, to leaue thofe Arts chiefly 
 to Strangers, (which for that purpofe^^ are the more 
 eafily to be receiued) and to contame, the principall 
 Bulke^^ of the vulgar Natiues, within thofe three kinds, 
 Tillers of the Ground ; Free Seruants ; and Handy- Crafts- 
 Men, of Strong, and Manly Arts,^^ as Smiths, Mafons, 
 Carpenters, &c ; Not reckoning Profeffed Souldiers. 
 
 But aboue all, for Empire and Greatneffe,^"" it im- 
 porteth moft ; That a Nation doe profeffe Armes, as 
 their principall Honour, Study, and Occupation.^^ 
 For the Things, which we formerly haue f]3oken of, 
 are but Habilitations towards Armes : And Vvhat is 
 Ilabilitation without Intention and Act I Romulus, 
 after his death (as they report, or faigne) fent a Prefent 
 to the Romans ; That, aboue all, they fliould intend 
 Armes ; And then, they fliould proue the greatefl 
 Empire^'^ of the World. The Fabrick^s ^f t^^ State 
 
 93 Principall Bulke. Plebs, ' commonalty.' 
 
 9* Manly Arts. Quorum Opera Robur et Lacertos viriles postulant, 
 ' whose work demands strength and manly arms.' 
 
 ss Empire and Greatnesse. Ivipcrii inagnitudineni, ' greatness of 
 Empire.' 
 
 '**' Study and Occupation. Itistitiituvi Vitce priviariuvt, et in prcecipuo 
 Honore habiium, ' their principal mode of life and held in the highest honour.' 
 
 s" Greatest Empire, /n Cap7it Orbis Tcrrarjtm Urbs eorum insurgerei, 
 ' their city should rise to the head of the world.' 
 
 5"* Fabrick. Fabrica universa, ' the whole fabric' 
 
484 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 IV. 161 2, ^t. 52. 
 
 99 A/;(er End. Ui Cives S7ii Belligeratores essent, ' that their citizens 
 should be warriors.' 
 
 100 Flesh. Ide/n crat htstitiitmn, sed 71071 ta7Ji co7ista7is ant di7it7irn7ivz, 
 'had the same custom, but not so constantly nor so long.' 
 
 101 Turks. Lcgcs7ta pmilitlii7tiexti7/mlati, 'urged on a little by their law.' 
 
 102 Haue it. Jlliid adliuc rctmet at p7-ofitctu7-, ' still retain and profess it.' 
 
 103 Plaine. Lu^uida, et 7ita7iifesta, ' clear and plain.' 
 
 104 Intendeth. In quo plurimujit ij>ij>e7idit Studii, 'in the study which 
 he most considers.' 
 
 lOo It needeth not to be Stood v^ow. Vei-bis 7ion i7idigcat, ' does not 
 need words.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, ^c. 485 
 
 V. 1625. jet. 65. 
 
 of S/arfa, was wholly (though not wifely) framed, and 
 compofed, to that Scope and End.^^ The Ferftaiis 
 and Macedonians, had it for a flafli.ioo The Galls, 
 Germans, GotJis, Saxons, N'or7nans, and others, had it 
 for a Time. The Tiirks^^^ haue it, at this day, though 
 in great Declination. Of ChriRian Europe, diey that 
 haue it,i^- are, in effecft, onely the Spaniards. But it is 
 fo plaine,'^^^ That euery Man profiteth in that hee mojl 
 intendeth}^^ that it needeth not to be flood vpon.^^^ 
 It is enough to point at it ; That no Nation, which 
 doth not directly profeffe Armes,i°'^ may looke to haue 
 Greatneffe fall into their Mouths. ^^^ And, on the 
 other fide, it is a mofl Certaine Oracle of Time ; That 
 thofe States, that continue long in that Profeffioni^? (as 
 the Romans and Turks principally haue done) do 
 wonders.i°^ And thofe, that haue profeffed Armes^i^* 
 but ^ for an Age, haue notwithflanding, commonly, 
 attained that Greatneffe in that Age, which main- 
 tained them long after, when their Profeffion and 
 Exercife^ii of Armes hath growen to decay. 
 
 Incident to this Point is ; For a State, to haue thofe 
 Lawes or Cuflomes, which may reach forth vTito them, 
 iuft Occafions (as may be pretended) of Warre. For 
 there is that luflice^^- imprinted, in the Nature of Men, 
 that they enter not vpon Wars (whereof fo many 
 Calamities doe enfue) but vpon fome, at the leafl 
 Specious,ii3 Grounds and Quarells. The Turke, hath 
 
 ^ 106 Amies. Artna et Militiam, Usque prcecipue stttdeat et incumbat, 
 arms and warfare, and principally studies and pays attention thereto.' 
 
 107 Greatnesse fall into their Mouths. Insignem aliqtim Iviperii Mag- 
 nitndiJievi, 'any remarkable greatness of empire.' 
 
 108 Profession. ProfessioHc et studiis, ' profession and study.' 
 
 109 Wonders. Miros in Imperio atnpUJicando facere Progressus, 'make 
 wonderful progress in increasing their empire.' 
 
 "0 Professed Armes. Bellica Gloria Jlontere, ' flourished by waHike 
 
 glory. 
 
 Ill Profession and Exercise. Discip/ina, ' train'mg.' 
 
 11- Justice. JustiticB Apprehensio, ' understanding of justice.' 
 
 113 At the least Specious. Gravem ob Caussam, saltern speciosain, ' for 
 
 a serious ground or at least a specious one.' 
 
4S6 A HARMONY OF THE jESSAVS. 
 
 IV. 1612. ^t. 52. 
 
 No body can be healthfull without exercife, neither 
 naturall body, nor politikey and to the pohtike body of a 
 Kingdome or eflate, 
 
 a ciiiill warre is as the heate 
 of a feuer; but an honourable forraine warre is hke 
 
 11* Sit. Torpeat, aid ta^'det, ' be sluggish or slow.' 
 11^ Aids. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &-c. 4S7 
 
 V. 1625. oet. 65. 
 
 at hand, for Caufe of Warre, the Propagation of his 
 Law or Se6l; A Quarell that he may ahvaies Com- 
 mand. The Romans, though they efleemed, the Ex- 
 tending the Limits of their Empire, to be Great 
 Honour to their Generalls, when it was done, yet 
 they neuer refled vpon that alone, to begin a Warre. 
 Firft therefore, let Nations, that pretend to Greatnejfe, 
 haue this ; That they be fenfible of Wrongs, either 
 vpon Borderers, Merchants, or Politique Miniflers ; 
 And that they fit^^"* not too long vpon a Prouocation. 
 Secondly, let them be prefl, and ready, to giue Aids^^-^ 
 and Succours, to their Confederates : As it euer was 
 with the Romans: In fo much, as if the Confederate, 
 had Leagues Defenfiue with diuers other States, and 
 vpon Inuafion offered, did implore their Aides feuer- 
 ally, yet the Romaiis \vould euer bee the formofl, and 
 leaue it to none Other to haue the Honour. As for 
 the Warres, which were anciently made, on the be- 
 halfe, of a kinde of Partie, or tacite Conformite of 
 Eflate, I doe not fee how they may be well iuflified : 
 As when the Romans made a Warre for the Libertie 
 of Grecia : Or when the Lacedemonians^ and Atheniaiis, 
 made Warres, to fet vp or pull downe Democracies, and 
 Oligarchies: Or when Warres were made by For- 
 rainers,^^*^ vnder the pretence of Iuflice,ii'^ or Pro- 
 tecftion, to deliuerthe Subiects of others, from Tyrannie, 
 and Oppreffion ; And the like.iis Let it fuffice. That 
 no Eflate expect to be Gi-eat, that is not awake, vpon 
 any iuft Occafion of Arming. 
 
 No Body can be healthfuU without Exercife, neither 
 Naturall Body, nor Politique : And certainly, to a 
 Kingdome or Eflate, a luR and Honourable Warre, 
 is the true Exercife. A Ciuill Warre, indeed, is like 
 the Heat of a Feauer ; But a Forraine Warre, is like 
 
 1^6 Forrainers. Rcbitspiiblicis aiit Principibus, 'states or princes.' 
 
 117 lustice. Omitted in the Lutiii. 
 
 118 Oppression ; And the like. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
488 A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAYS. 
 
 IV. 1612. ast. 52. 
 
 the heate of exercife. At leafl, difcoueries, nauiga- 
 tions, honourable fuccours of other States may keepe 
 health : For in a flothfuU peace, both courages 
 will effeminate, and maners corrupt 
 
 "9 Slothfull. Deside atqiie tor/ente, ' Slothful and torpid.* 
 
 1-^ Tired out. Dclassnssct, ct attrivissct, ' tired and worn out.' 
 
 121 See. Ex tiiultis ExempUs patet, ' is clear from many exarnples.' 
 
 1'-- Arrested the greatnesse of the Turke. 
 possuit, ' put a ring ni the nose of the Turk.' 
 1-3 Princes or States. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 Circuluvi ill ISiaribjis Turca 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, 6-r. 4S9 
 
 V, i<325. aet. 65. 
 
 the Heat of Excrcife^ 
 
 and ferueth to keepe the Body 
 in Health: For in a Slothfull^i^ Peace, both Courages 
 will efteminate, and Planners Corrupt. But howfoeuer 
 it be for Happinelfe, without all Queflion, for Great- 
 fieffe^ it maketh, to bee flill, for the mod Part, in 
 Amies : And the Strength of a Veteran Armie, (though 
 it be a chargeable Bufineffe) ahvaies on Foot, is that, 
 which commonly giueth the Law; Or at leafl the 
 Reputation amongfl all Neighbour States ; As may 
 well bee feenein Spaiiie; which hath had, in one Part 
 or other, a Veteran Armie, almofl continually, now by 
 the fpace of Six-fcore yeeres. 
 
 To be Mafler of the Sea, is an Abridgement of a 
 Monarchy. Cicero writing to Atticus, of Pompey his 
 Preparation againft Ccefar, faith ; Cojifdium Pompeij 
 plane Thcmistocleum est ; Put at enim, qui Mari potitiir, 
 eiim Reriim potiri.'^ And, without doubt, Pompey had 
 tired out^-*^ Ccefar, if vpon vaine Confidence, he had 
 not left that Way. We fee^-^ the great Effects of 
 Battailes by Sea. The Battaile of Acliiiin decided 
 the Empire of the World. The Battaile of Lepa?ito 
 arrefled the Greatneffe of the Tiirke}-- There be 
 many Examples, where Sea-Fights haue beene Finall 
 to the warre j, But this is, when Princes or States,i--^ 
 haue fet vp their Refl, vpon the Battailes.^-^ But 
 thus much is certaine ; That hee that Commands the 
 Sea, is at great liberty, and may take as much, and as 
 little of the Warre, as he will. Whereas thofe, that be 
 flrongefl by land, are many times neuertheleffe in 
 great Straights. Surely, at this Day, with vs of 
 Europe, the Vantage of Strength at Sea (which is one 
 
 " T/ie counsel of Pompey is evidently tJiat of Themistocles : for he thinks 
 that Ju wJio is master oj the sea will rule all things. Cicero. Ad A tticunt. 
 X. 8. 
 
 124 Set vp their Rest, vpon the Battailes. Alece hujusmodi Prceliomm, 
 totius Belli Fortiina coniinissa est, ' the whole fortune of war is set upon 
 battles of this kind.' 
 
490 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 IV. i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 ^-5 Great. Snmwi, nJ Rc7-2nn Fasti^ia, mo7Jtenti, 'of great importance 
 
 for attainiiT^ the highest place.' 
 
 i-'j Wealth. TJicsaiiri et Opes, * treasures and wealth.' 
 
 1-" Martiall Encouragement. Ad Atiiinos facieudos, * to give courage.' 
 
 ^-* Some Degrees, and Orders of Cliiualry. Oniines grcosdain Honorificos 
 
 Militia;, ' some honourable orders of knighthood.' 
 
 ^^'•^ Conferred promiscuously. Coniimines, ' common to.' 
 
 130 Soldiers, and no Soldiers. Arinis et Togce, ' arms and the gown.' 
 
 ^''1 Maimed. Eincritis ct Mutilatis, ' worn out and maimed.' 
 
 132 Monuments. JMotiiiineiifa niag7iifica, ' magnificent monuments.' 
 
 133 Crowns and Garlands Personal. Coro7ia Civicce, JSIilitai-es, singulis 
 concessce, ' civic croTcns ; military crowns conferred on individuals.' 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &'c. ^91 
 
 V. T625. ait. 65. 
 
 of the Principall Dowries of this Kingdome of Grcal 
 Brittainc) is Great -y^ Eoth becaufe, Moft of the King- 
 domes of Europe, are not meerely Inland, but girt 
 with the Sea, moft part of their Compaffe; And be- 
 caufe, the Wealthi-'^ of both Indies, feemes in great 
 Part, but ^n Acceffary, to the Command of the Seas. 
 
 The Warres of Latter Ages, feeme to be made in 
 the Darke, in Refpea of the Glory and Honour, 
 which refleraed vpon Men, from the IVarres in 
 Aiicient Time. There be now, for :\Iartiall Encour- 
 agement,^-' fome Degrees and Orders of Chiualry f-^ 
 which neuertheleffe, are conferred promifcuoully,i-'^ 
 vpon Soldiers, and no Soldiers f'^ And fome Remem- 
 brance perhaps vpon the Scutchion ; And fome 
 Hofpitals for Maimed^^i Soldiers; And fuch like 
 Things. But in Ancient Times; The Trophies 
 ereded vpon the Place of the Vidory ; The Funerall 
 Laudatiues and Monuments^^^ for thofe that died in 
 the Wars; The Crowns and Garlands Perfonal ;^3-^ 
 The Stile of Emperour, which the Great Kings of the 
 World after borrowed •}'^^ The Triumphes^^^ of the 
 Generalls vpon their Retume f'^ The great Donatiues 
 and LargeiTes vpon the Disbanding of the Armies ; 
 were Things able to enflame all Mens Courages. i"^' 
 But aboue ali. That of the Triumph, amongfl the 
 Romans, was not Pageants or Gauderie, but one of 
 the WifefL and Noblefl Inftitutions, that euer was. 
 For it contained three Things ; Honour^"^ to the 
 Generall ; Riches to the Treafury out of the Spoiles ; 
 
 ^3* After Borrowed. A Belli Dncibiis, ' from commanders in war.' 
 135 Triumphes. Celebres Triumphi, ' crowded triumphs.' 
 1"6 Of Generalls vpon their Retume. Kedeuntiutn Ducum, BclUs pros- 
 pere coufcctis, ' of generals returning after successfully finishing a war.' 
 
 137 Enflame all Mens Courages. Hwc {inqnavi) tot et tantn Jiwrunt, et 
 tatn insigni sple7tdore coniscantia, ut Pectoribus Mortalimn etiam ntaxime 
 conglaciatis, Igniculos subdere, eaquc ad Bflliim injlatnare potiierint. 
 ' these, I say, were so many and so great, and shone with so much splen- 
 dour, that they could set fire to the minds of mortals, however frozen, and 
 inflnme them to war.' 
 
 1^8 Honour. Decus et gloriam, 'honour znd g\oTy.' 
 
492 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 V. i6i2. set. 52. 
 
 States liberall of naturalization, are capable of great- 
 neffe ; and the iealous flates that refl vpon the firfl 
 tribe and ftirpe, quickly want body to carrie the 
 boughes and branches. 
 
 Many are the ingredients into the receit for great- 
 neffe. No man can by care taking adde a cubit to 
 his flature, in the little modell of a mans body. But 
 certainly in the great frame of Kingdomes and Com- 
 monwealths, it is in the power of Princes or Eftatesby 
 ordinances and confLitutions, and manners which they 
 may introduce, to fowe greatneffe to their pofteritie 
 and fucceffion. But thefe things are commonly left 
 to chance. 
 
 139 Actuall Triumphs. Honorem ipsius TrinvtpJii, ' the honour of an 
 actual triumph.' 
 
 FINIS. 
 
XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, o-r. 493 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 And Donatiues to the Army. But that Honour, per- 
 haps, were not fit for Monarchies; Except it be in the 
 Perfon of the Monarch himfelfe, or his Sonnes ; As it 
 came to paffe, in the Times of the Roman Enipcronrs^ 
 who did impropriate the Acluall Triumphs ^^^ to Them- 
 felues, and their Sonnes, for fuch Wars, as they did 
 atchieue in Perfon : And left onely, for Wars atchieued 
 by Subiecls, fome Triumphall Garments, and Enfignes, 
 to the Generall. 
 
 \Expanded in 1625 Edition^ and tranfpofed to pp. 
 479, 481.] 
 
 To conclude; No Man can, by Care taking (as the 
 Scripture faith) adde a Cubite to his Stature; in this 
 little ]\[odell of a Mans Body : But in the Great Frame 
 of Kingdonies, and Common Wealths^ it is in the Power 
 of Princes, or Eflates, to adde Amplitude and Great- 
 neffe to their Kingdomes. For by introducing fuch 
 Ordinances, Conflitutions, and Cuflomes, as we haue 
 now touched, they may fow Grcatnejfe, to their 
 Pofteritie, and Succeffion. But thefe Things are com- 
 monly not Obferued,^^*^ but left to take their Chance. 
 
 "^^^ After Obicrued. A/>i(d Priticipes, ' by princes.' 
 
494 
 
A HARMONY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Fourth Group 
 
 OF 
 
 Eighteen 
 
 E S S A vs. 
 
 41. Of Truth. 
 
 42. Of Revenge. 
 
 43. Of Adversity. 
 
 44. Of Simulation 
 
 Dissimulation. 
 
 45. Of Envy. 
 
 46. Of Boldness. 
 
 47. Of Travel. 
 
 48. Of Delays. 
 
 49. Of Innovations. 
 
 50. Of Suspicion. 
 
 and 
 
 51- 
 
 Of Plantations. 
 
 52. 
 
 Of Prophecies. 
 
 53- 
 
 Of Masques and 
 
 
 Triumphs. 
 
 54- 
 
 Of Usury. 
 
 55- 
 
 Of Building. 
 
 56. 
 
 Of Gardens. 
 
 57- 
 
 Of Anger. 
 
 58. 
 
 Of Vicissitudes 
 
 
 Things, 
 
 OF 
 
 Firsi published in 1625. 
 Collated with the posthumous Latin Edition of 163S. 
 
 To which is added 
 A Fragment of an Essay, 
 Of Fame. 
 
 First pnbUshcd ill Resuscilatio, in 1 65 7. 
 
THE 
 
 ESSAYES 
 
 OR 
 
 COVNSELS, 
 
 CIVILE AND 
 
 MORALL, 
 o F 
 
 FRANCIS LO. VERVLAM, 
 VISCOVNT S'. A LEAN. 
 
 Newly written. 
 
 I 
 
 LONDON, 
 
 Printed by I o ii n Haviland for 
 
 H A X N A Barret. 
 1625. 
 
 2 I 
 
V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 The Epistle Dedicatorie. 
 
 T O 
 
 THE RIGHT HONORABLE 
 
 MY VERY GOOD Lo. THE DVKE 
 
 of Btickinghani his Grace, Lo. 
 
 High Admirall of Efigland. 
 
 Excellent Lo. 
 
 Alomon faies; A good Name is as 
 a precious oynt7nent\ And I affure 
 my felfe, fuch wil your Graces 
 Name bee, with Poileiitie. For 
 your Fortune, and Merit both, haue 
 beene Eminent. And you haue 
 planted Things, that are Hke to 
 lall. I doe now pubUfli my Eff ayes', 
 which, of all my other workes, haue beene moll Cur- 
 rant: For that, as it feemes, they come home, to Mens 
 Bufmeffe, and Bofomes. I haue enlarged them, both 
 in Number, and Weight ; So that they are indeed a 
 New AVorke. I thought it therefore agreeable, to my 
 Affedlion, and Obligation to your Grace, to prefix 
 your Name before them, both in Englifli, and in 
 Latine. For I doe conceiue, that the Latine 
 Volume of them, (being in the Vniuerfall Language) 
 may laft, as long as Lookes lafl. INfy J njlauration, 1 
 dedicated to the King: My Historic of Henry i/w 
 Setient/i, (which I haue now alfo tranflated into Latine) 
 and my Portions of Naturall History, to the Irince: 
 And thefe I dedicate to your Grace; lieing of the befl 
 Fruits, that by the good Encreafe, which God giues to 
 my Pen and Labours, I could yeeld. GW leade your 
 (Jrace by the Hand. 
 
 Your G?'aces inojl obliged and faith full Seruajit, 
 
 F R. St. A LB AN. 
 
XLI. OF TRUTH. 499 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 1. ©f (Tnitl). 
 
 ^"^Hat is Truth) faid ]^'^\Vig Pilate;'^ And would 
 not flay for an Anfwer. Certainly there be, 
 that delight in Giddineffe ; And count it a 
 Bondage, to fix^ a Beleefe ; Affecting Free- 
 will in Thinking, as well as in Acting. And though 
 the Seels of Philofophers of that Kinde be gone, yet 
 there remaine certaine difcourfmg- Wits, which are of 
 the fame veines, though there be not fo much Bloud in 
 them, as was in thofe of the Ancients. But it is not 
 onely the Difficultie, and Labour, which Men take in 
 finding out of Truth ; Nor againe, that when it is found, 
 it impofeth^ vpon mens Thoughts; that doth bring 
 Lies in fauour: But a naturall, though corrupt Loue, 
 of the Lie it felfe. One of the later Schoole of the 
 Grecians, examineth the matter, and is at a (land, to 
 thinke what fhould be in it, that men fhould loue Lies; 
 Where neither they make for Pleaiure, as with Poets ; 
 Nor for Aduantage, as with the Merchant ; but for the 
 Lies fake. But I cannot tell : This Hime Truth, is a 
 Naked, and Open day light, that doth not fhew, the 
 Mafques, and Mummeries, and Triumphs'* of the world, 
 halfe fo Stately, and daintily, as Candlelights.-' Truth 
 may perhaps come to the price of a Pearle, that fheweth 
 bed by day : But it will not rife, to the price of a Dia- 
 mond, or Carbuncle, that flieweth beft in varied lights. 
 A mixture of a Lie doth euer adde Pleafure. Doth 
 
 " John xviii. 38. 
 
 I'L I'ariattons in posthumous Untin Etiition of 1638. 
 
 1 Fix. Fide Jixa ant Axioinatibus Consta/itidus, coiistringj, ' to be re- 
 strained by a fixed faith or constant axioms.' 
 
 2 Discoursinij. i'entosa ct Discttrsnntia., ' windy and discoursing.' 
 
 3 Imposeth. Q/ue. iinposiitur Captivitas, 'the captivay that it 
 
 imposeth.' 
 
 ■* Triumphs. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 5 Candlelights TtBtUe, Lucermeque Xocturtue, ' torches and nocturnal 
 lamps.' 
 
500 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. Kt. 65. 
 
 any man doubt, that if there were taken out of Mens 
 Mindes, Vaine Opinions, Flattering Hopes, Falfe valua- 
 tions. Imaginations as one would, and the like ; but it 
 would leaue the Mindes, of a Number of Men, poore 
 fnrunken Things ; full of IMelancholy, and Indifpolition, 
 and vnpleafmg to themfelues? One of the Fathers, 
 in great Seuerity, called Poefie, Vinum DiJimomim ;" 
 becaufe it filleth the Imagination, and yet it is, but with 
 the fliadow of a Lie. But it is not the Lie, that paffeth 
 through the Minde, but the Lie that fmketh \\\^^ and 
 fetleth in it, that doth the hurt, fuch as we fpake of 
 before. . But howfoeuer thefe things are thus, in mens 
 depraued ludgements, and AffecSlions, yet Truth, which 
 onely doth iudge it felfe, teacheth, that the Inquirie of 
 Truth, which is the Loue-making, or Wooing of it; 
 The knowledge of Truth, which is the Prefence of it ; 
 and the Beleefe^ of Truth, which is the Enioying^ of 
 it ; is the Soueraigne Good of humane Nature. The 
 firfl Creature of God, in the workes of the Daves, was 
 the Light of the Senfe ; The lafl, was the Light of 
 Reafon ; And his Sabbath Worke, euer fmce, is the 
 Illumination of his Spirit. Firfl he breathed Light, 
 vpon the Face, of the Matter or Chaos ; Then he 
 breathed Light, into the Face of Man ; and flill he 
 breatheth and infpireth Light, into the Face of his 
 Chofen. Tlie Poet, that beautified the Se6l, that was 
 otherwife inferiour to the rell, faith yet excellently well : 
 9// is a picafure to Jlaiid vpon tJie JJiore, and tofceJJiips 
 tojl vpon the Sea :■ A pleafure to Jland in the wiiuiow of 
 a Cajlle, and to fee a Battaile, and the Aduentures thereof 
 below : But no pleafwe is comparable, to the flanding, 
 vpon the vantage ground of Truth : (A hill not to be 
 
 " It is not certain to whom Bacon alludes ; probably either Jerome, Letters 
 to DamasHs, 146 ; or Augustine, Con/essio, i. 16. — See ]\Ir. W. A. Wright's 
 note at length at p. 289 o\ his edition. 
 
 6 Sinketh in. Quod a Mente imbibittir^ ' wliich is drunk in by the mind.' 
 
 7Be- " ■■ ■ " ■ ' ' ' . . . ., •., 
 
 8F.1 
 
 i), 
 tion from Lucretius, De ;v;-/<;« Natura, ii. i. 
 
XLI. OF TRUTH. 501 
 
 V. 1625. ast. 65. 
 
 commanded, and where tlie Ayre is ahvaies cleare and 
 ferene ;) And to fee the Errours^ and ll'andrhr^s, and 
 Mijh, and Tcmpejh, in the vale below : So ahvaies, that 
 this profpecl, be with Pitty, and not with Swelling, or 
 Pride. Certainly, it is Heauen vpon Earth, to haue a 
 Mans Minde Moue in Charitie, Reft in Proudience, 
 and Turne vpon the Poles of Truth. 
 
 To paffe from Theologicall, and Philofophicall Truth, 
 to the Truth'^'^ of ci-^iU Bufmeffe ; It will be acknow- 
 ledged, euen by thofe, that practize it not, that cleare 
 and Roundel dealing, is the Honour^- of ^Mans Nature ; 
 And that Mixture of Falfliood, is like Allay ^^ in- Coyne 
 of Gold and Siluer;^-^ which may make the Metall 
 worke the better, but it embafeth it. For thefe winding, 
 and crooked courfes, are the Goings of the Serpent ; 
 which goeth bafely^^ vpon the belly, and not vpon the 
 Feet. "There is no Vice, that doth fo couer a Man 
 with Shame, as to be found falfe, and perfidious. And 
 therefore Mountai,^ny faith prettily,i^ when he enquired 
 the reafon, why the word of the Lie, fliould be fuch a 
 Difgrace, and fuch an Odious Charge ? Saith he, If it 
 be well weighed, To fay that a man lieth, is as much to 
 fay, as that he is braue towards God, and a Coward 
 towards men.^ For a Lie faces God, and flirinkes from 
 Man. Surely the Wickedneffe of Falfliood, and Breach 
 of Faith, cannot poffibly be fo highly expreffed, as in 
 that it fliall be the lafl Peale, to call the Judgements of 
 God, vpon the Generations of Men, It being foretold 
 that when Chrifl. commeth, He fliall not findc Faith 
 vpon the Earth.^ 
 
 » Montaigne, Essais, ii. i8. p. . * Luke xviii. 8. 
 
 1'^ Truth of ciuil business). Veritatem, autpotuis V'eracitatem, 'truth, or 
 rntlier truthfuhiess.' 
 
 11 Round. Mhiimefucatnm, ' not painted (counterfeit).' 
 1- H nour. Prcecif>ittin Dccits. ' chief honour.' 
 13 Allay. Plnmbcie Materice, ' kadcn matter.' 
 1-* Coin of Gold and Siluer. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 15 p.asely. Omitted in the Latin 
 
 16 Prettily. Acntissinte, ' most acutely.' 
 
502 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S, 
 
 V. 1625. set 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 4. ©f Jlcuencje. 
 
 Eucnge is a kinde of Wilde I u (lice ; which 
 die more Mans Nature runs lo, die more 
 ought Law^ to weed it out. For as for the 
 fira Wrong, it doth but offend the Law ; but 
 tlie Reueiige of that wrong, putteth the Law out of 
 Office.2 Certainly, in taking Reuenge, A Man is but 
 euen with his Enemy; But in paffmg it ouer, he is 
 Superiour : For it is a Princes part to Pardon. And 
 Salomon, I am fure, faith, It is the glory of a Man to 
 paffe by an offence.'' That which is paR, is gone, and 
 Ip-euocable ;^ And wife Men haue Enough to doe, 
 with things prefent, and to come : Therefore, they doe 
 but trifle with themfelues,^ that labour in pafL matters. 
 I'here is no man, doth a wrong, for the wrongs fake ; 
 But therby to purchafe himfelfe. Profit, or Pleafure, or 
 Honour, or the like.^ Therfore why lliould I be angry 
 with a Man, for louing himfelfe better then niee ? And 
 if any Man fliould doe wrong, meerely out of ill nature, 
 why? yet it is but like the Thorn, or Bryar, which prick, 
 and fcratch, becaufe they can doe no other. *^ The 
 moft Tolerable Sort of Reiienge, is for thofe wrongs 
 Avhich there is no Law to remedy : But then, let a man 
 take heed, the Reucnge be fuch, as there is no law to 
 
 " Prov. xix. II. 
 
 JPE. Uariations in postijumotis Eatin Edition of 1638. 
 
 1 Law. Lcgibits severis, ' severe laws.' 
 
 2 Putteth out of Office. A uctorltate sjia plane spoliat, ' clearly strips it of 
 its aiithoritv. , 
 
 i (;one and irreuocable. /« intcgriun 7-estitni non potest, cannot be 
 restored entirely.' 
 
 ■1 'I'hercforc, they doe . . . with thcmselnes. Nui^antiir igttur.et sejrustra 
 coiiturbaut 'they trifle therefore, and disturb themselves to no purpose.' 
 
 5 Or the like. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 « Because they can do no other. Quia natura sua ntiintitr, because 
 they act according to their nature.' 
 
XLII. OF REVENGE. 503 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 lainifli : Elfe, a Mans Enemy, is flill before hand, And 
 it is two for one." Some, when they take Rcuengc, are 
 I )efirous the party fliould know, whence it commeth : 
 'i'his^ is the more Generous. For the Delight feemeth 
 lo be, not fo much in doing the Hurt, as in Making 
 the Party repent : Biit Bafe and Crafty Cowards, are 
 Hke the Arrow, that flyeth in the Darke. Cofimis 
 Duke of Florence., had a Defperate Saying,^ againfl 
 Perfidious or Neglecting Friends, as if thofe wrongs 
 were vnpardonable :^^ YouJJialh-eade (faith he) that we 
 are coniDiaiided to forgiue our Enemies ; But you neuer 
 read., that wee are conwianded^ to forgiue our Friends. 
 But yet the Spirit of /^^, was in a better tune •,^^ Shall wee 
 (faith he) take good at Gods Hands ^ and not be content to 
 takeeuill alfol^ And fo of Friends in a proportion. Tliis 
 is certaine ; That a Man that fludieth Rcuenge., keepes 
 his owne Wounds greene,^- which otherwife would 
 heale, and doe well. Publique Reuenges., are, for the 
 mofl part, Fortunate ; As that for the Death of Ccefar; 
 For the Death oi Pcrtinax; for the Death oi Henry 
 the Third ^^ of France ; And many more. But in pri- 
 uate Reuenges it is not fo. Nay rather, Vindictiue 
 Perfons liue the Life of Witches ; who as they are 
 Mifchieuous, So end ^^ they Infortunate. 
 
 * Job ii. 10. 
 
 7 Two for one. ipse sibi Paetiam condupUcat, ' he doubles the punishment 
 for himself.' 
 
 ^ This, fsfe affect7ts, 'this disposition.' 
 
 !* Had a Desperate Saying. Acutissitnum ielum vibravit, 'brandished a 
 very sharp weapon.' 
 
 10 As if those wrongs were vnpardonable. Omitted in Latin. 
 
 11 Was in a better tune. Lpqititur tneliora, ' says what is better.' 
 
 12 Keep green. Re/ricare, ' nib open .again.' 
 
 13 Henry the Third. Qttarti, ' fourth.' 
 
 1 ' After End. Pletumque, ' gcnerallv.' 
 
504 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British INIuseum Copy. 
 
 5. Qi ^Dutr^itie. 
 
 ^jT was an high fpeech^ of Seneca^ (after the 
 manner of the Stoickes) That the good things, 
 which belong to Profperity, are to he wijiied; 
 but the s,ood things, that belong to Adiierfity, 
 are to be admired. Bona Rerum Secimdaruin, Optabilia; 
 Adiicrfarum, Mirabilia.^ Certainly if Miracles, be the 
 Command ouer Nature, they appeare mofl in Adiier- 
 fity. It is yet a higher fpeech of his, then the other, 
 (much too high for a Heathen) // is true greatneffe, to 
 haue in one, the Frailty of a Man, and the Security of a 
 God. Vere magnum, habere Fragilitateni Hominis, 
 Securiiatem Dei.^ This would haue done better in 
 Poefy; where Tranfcendences are more allowed. And 
 the Poets indeed, haue beene bufy with it;^ For it is, 
 in effect, the thing, which is figured in that Strange 
 Fiction, of the Ancient Poets, which feemeth not to 
 be without myflery ; Nay, and to haue fome approach, 
 to^ the State of a Chrillian : That Hercules, whe/i hee 
 lucnt to vnbinde Prometheus, (by whom Human Nature 
 is reprefented)y^//^^///^ length of the great Ocean, in an 
 Earthen Pot, or Pitcher: Liuely defcribing Chriflian 
 Refolution; that faileth, in the fraile Barke of the 
 Flefli, thorow the Wanes'* of the World. But to fpeake 
 in a Meane.^ The Vertue of Profperitie, is Temper- 
 
 " Seneca, Epistles, Ixvi. ^ Seneca, Epistles, liii. 
 
 U2. ITariations in postljumaiis ILatin lEUition of 1633. 
 
 1 High speech. Grande prorsits !>onabat . . . ciim diceret, 'struck a 
 high note . . . wlicn he said.' 
 
 '^ Becne busy with it. Intactinn iion rcliquemnt, ' have not left tliis un- 
 touched.' 
 
 ^ Approach, to. Non obscit7-e re/erre, 'refers to not oljscurely.' 
 
 •i Waves. Fluciiis, iiiidiqne circumfusos, ' waves surrounding it on every 
 side.' 
 
 8 Speake in a Meane. l/t n Grnnditate verhorniii, ad Mediocritatein de- 
 iceiidannis, ' to descend from grandeur of words to a mean.' 
 
XLIII. OF ADVERSITY 505 
 
 V. 1625. get. 65. 
 
 ance ; The Vertiie of Aditcrfit}\ is Fortitude : which in 
 Morals is the more Hcroicall Vertue. rrofpcrity is the 
 Bleffing*^ of the Old Teflament ; Aduerfity is the Blef- 
 ling of the New -^ which carrieth the greater Benedic- 
 tion,^ and the Clearer Reuelation of Gods Fauour. 
 Yet, eiien in the old Teflament, if you Liflen to 
 Daiiids Harpe, you fliall heare as many Herfelike 
 Ayres, as^ Carols : And the Pencill of the holy GhoR, 
 hath laboured more, in defcribing, the Affli(Slions of 
 lob, than the Felicities of Salomon. Frofperiiy is not 
 without many Feares and DiflafLes ; And Aduerfity is 
 not without Comforts and Hopes. Wee fee in Nee'dle- 
 workes, and Imbroideries,^*^ It is more pleafmg, to haue 
 a Liuely Worke, vpon a Sad and Solemne^^ Grounde;^^ 
 then to haue a Darke and Melancholy Worke,^'^ vpon 
 a Lightfome Ground : Judge therfore, of the Pleafure 
 of the Heart, by the Pleafure of the Eye. Certainly, 
 Vertue is like pretious Odours, mofl fragrant, when 
 they are incenfed, or cruflied : For Profpcrity doth befl 
 difcouer Vice; But Aduerfity doth beft difcouer Vertue. 
 
 6 Is the Blessing. Ad Bencdictuvtcs pertinent, ' belongs to the blessings.' 
 
 7 Blessings of the New. NoTt bentitudines, ' beatitudes of the New.' 
 
 8 Which carrieth the greater Benediction. Qme, et reipsa ntajores sunt, 
 ' which [the beatitudes] are in themselves greater. 
 
 9 As many Hersclike ayers, as. J'iures invenias Threnos, qnam, ' you will 
 find more dirges than' 
 
 It* Imbroideries. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 '^ Sad and Solemne. Coloris vingis opnci, ' of a darker colour.' 
 
 12 Ground. S tauten telie, ' the warp of the web.' 
 
 •^ \Vorke. Imagines, ' figiires.' 
 
5o6 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 6. <&i Simulation anti pi^^imitlatioit. 
 
 Tf simulation is but a faint kincP of Policy, or 
 Wifdome ;^ For it asketh a ftrong Wit, and 
 a flrong Heart, to know, when to tell Truth, 
 and to doe it.^ Therfore it is the weaker 
 Sort of Politicks, that are the great Diffemblers. 
 
 Tacitus ^ faith ; Liuia foj'tcd wdl^ with the Arts of 
 her Husband, and Difsiniuhition of her Sonne :'^ Attri- 
 buting Arts or Policy'^ to A uguflus, anADifsiniuIatioji to 
 Tiberius.^ And againe, when Mucianus encourageth*^ 
 Vefpafian, to take Arms again fl Vitei/ius, he faith; We 
 rife not, agaiufl the Piercing Judgment of Auguftus, nor 
 the Extreme Caution or Chfcneffe' of Tiberius} Thefe 
 Properties of Arts or Policy,^ and Difsimulation or 
 Clofeneffe,^ are indeed Habits and Faculties, feuerall,!*- 
 and to be diflinguilbed. For if a Man, haue tha^ 
 Penetration of ludgment,!^ as he can difcerne, wha^ 
 Things are to be laid open, and what to be fecretted? 
 and what to be fliewed at Halfe lights, and to whom> 
 
 " Tacitus. Annals, v. i. * Tacitus. History, ii. 76. 
 
 yC. Variations m posH)umous ILatin EOition of 1638. 
 
 1 Faint kind. Compendium quoddain, et Pars itijinnior, " a kind of short- 
 ening and weaker part of.' 
 
 2 Policy or Wisdome. Ariiitin Ciznlium, 'of political arts.' 
 •^ Doe it. Id face re nrcdcat, ' to dare to do it.' 
 
 4 Tacitus. Quod Discrinien^ bene apud Tacitutn, Co'sarem Ati^tstuin 
 inter, et Tiberiuni, adnotatum est. Etrnini de Lizna sic ait, ' The differ- 
 ence between Caisar Augustus, and Tiberius is well marked in Tacitus, for 
 he says thus of Livia.' 
 
 •'' Arts or Policy. Artes imperii, 'arts of government.' 
 
 •> Wiien Mucianus encourageth. Mucianum inducit .... hortantem, 
 'he brin;;s in Muci.anus, encouraging.' 
 
 " E.xtremc Caution or Closenesse. Cautissima»t sencctutetn, 'e.xtremeiy 
 cautious old age.' 
 
 8 Arts or Policy. Artium Civiliuni, 'political arts.' 
 
 ^ Dissimulation or Closenesse. Simulation7<ni, ' simulation.' 
 
 1*' Habits and Faculties, seuerall. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 11 Penetration of ludgment. Ftpiicis Acuminis, tantccque Perspicacice, 'of 
 such happy sharpness and penetration.' 
 
XL IV. OF SIMULA TIOxV ^^ DISSIMULATION. 507 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 and when, (wliich indeed are Arts of State, and Arts 
 of Life,^- as Tacifus^ well calleth them) to him, A Habit 
 o( Difsimu/atiori, is a Hinderance, and a PooreneffeJ-* 
 But if a Man cannot obtaine to that ludgment,^* then 
 it is left to him,^^ generally, to be Clofe, and a Dif- 
 femblcr. For where a Man cannot choofe, or vary^^ 
 in Particulars, there it is good to take the fafefl and 
 wariefl Way^" in generall ; Like the Going foftly by one 
 that cannot well fee. Certainly the ablefl Men, that 
 euer were, haue had all an Openneffe, and Franck- 
 neffe of dealing; And a name of Certainty, ^^ and 
 Veracity ; But then they were like PJorfes, well man- 
 naged ; For they could tell paffmg well, when to flop, 
 or tume : And at fuch times, when they thought the 
 Cafe indeed, required Difsimulatio?!^'-^ if then they 
 vfed it, it came to paffe, that the former Opinion, fpred 
 abroad of their good Faith, and Clearneffe of dealing, 
 made them almofl Inuifible. 
 
 There be three degrees, of this Hiding, and Vailing 
 of a Mans Selfe.-^ The firR C'ofmeffe, Rcferuation, 
 2lX\(\. Secrecy y^ when a Man leaueth himfelfe without 
 Obferuation, or without Hold to be taken, what he is.^'^ 
 The fecond Difsi??iu/atio7i, in the Nci^atiue ; when a 
 man lets fall Signes, and Arguments, that he is not, 
 
 " Mr. \V. \. Wright in his edition states, 'It is difficult to say whether 
 Bacon had in his mind the egre^iuni publicum et boiias donti artes of Tac. 
 Ann. iii. 70. or the studia fori et civiliuvi artius decns of Agr. c 39.' 
 
 J2 Arts of State, and Arts of Life. Artes Politicce, et Civiles. 
 
 13 Ptxirencsse. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 14 That ludgment. Nunc ludicii et Discretionis Graduin, ' to this degree 
 of judgment and discretion.' 
 
 ••'' l^cft to him. Tatiquam tutissimutn, 'as the safest course.' 
 
 1' Or vary. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 17 Take the safest and wariest Way. Caute insistere tutissimutn est, ' it 
 i.s safest to proceed cautiously.' 
 
 l** Name of Certainty. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1^ Dissimulation. Dissimulationem Fro/undnm. ' profound dissimulation-' 
 
 2'' ,\Ians Selfe. Consilia et Metitem, ' plans and mind-' 
 
 '1 Ktseruation and Secrecy. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^ When a Man leaueth himsclfe. . . . what he is. Cum quis sensus 
 Animi sui premit, adeogue relinquit in eequilibrio, ut in quavt partem pro- 
 pendent, ncmo/odltconjecerit, ' When a man represses his opinions, and leaves 
 it so evenly balanced that no one can easily guess to which side be is inclined.' 
 
5o8 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. cct. 65. 
 
 that he is. And the third Sinuilatiou^ in the Affirma- 
 tiue ; when a Man induflriouily, and expreffely,-'^ faigns, 
 and pretends to be, that he is not. 
 
 For the firfl of thefe, Secrecy : It is indeed, the 
 Vertue of a Confeffoiir ; And affuredly, the Secret Man, 
 heareth many Confeffions ; For who will open himfelfe, 
 to a Blab or a Babler? But if a Man be thoiig;ht 
 Secret^ it inuiteth Difcouerie ;'^^ As the more Clofe 
 Aire, fucketh in the more Open : And as in Confeffion, 
 the Reiiealing is not for worldly vfe, but for the Eafe 
 of a Mans heart, fo Secret Men come to the Know- 
 ledge of Many Things, in that kinde ; while Men 
 rather difcharge their Mindes, then impart their 
 Mindes. In few words, Mylleries are due to Secrecy. 
 Befides (to fay Truth) Nakediieffe is vncomely,-^ as 
 well in Minde, as Body; and it addeth no fmall 
 Reuerence, to Mens Manners, and Adlions, if they be 
 not altogether Open. As for Talkers and Futile 
 Perfons, they are commonly Vaine, and Credulous 
 withall. For He that talketh, what he knoweth, will 
 alfo talke, what he knoweth not. Therfore fet it 
 downe ; That an Habit of Secrecy., is both Politick, 
 and Moi'all. And in this Part,-^ it is good, that a Mans 
 Face, giue his Tongue, leaue to Speake. For the Dif- 
 c:ouery, of a Mans Selfe,-" by the Tra61s of his Coun- 
 tenance,-^ is a great Weakneffe, and Betraying ; By 
 how much, it is many times, more marked and beleeued, 
 then a Mans words. 
 
 For the Second, which is D if simulation. It followeth 
 many times vpon Secrecy., by a neceffity : So that, he 
 
 2'J Tndustriously, and expressely. Afierte, 'openly. 
 
 2^ Invitetli Discoucric. Facile aliormn Ajii/nos 7-eserabit, ' He will easily 
 unlock the minds of others.' 
 
 ^•■5 Vnconicly. Dcformis et invcmisia, 'shapeless and uncomely.' 
 2f> And in this Part. 1 lliid addendum est, 'it must be added.' 
 
 27 Mans Selfe. Aniiiii, 'mind.' 
 
 28 Tracts of his Countenance. Ex Vitltn, ant desiti *by his countenance 
 or gesture.' 
 
X L I \'. OF SIMULA TION 6- DISSIMULA TION: 509 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 that will be Secret, mufl be-^ a Diffetnhler, in fomt- 
 degree. For Men are too cunning, to fuffer a Man, 
 to keepe an indifferent carriage, betweene both, and to 
 be Secret?"^ without Swaying the Ballance,^^ on either 
 fide. They will fo befet a man with Queflions,^" and 
 draw him on, and picke it out of him, that without an 
 abfurd^^ Silence, he mufl fliew an Inclination,-^^ one 
 way ; Or if he doe not, they will gather as much by 
 his Silence, as by his Speech. As for Equiuocations, 
 or Oraculous Speeches, they cannot hold out long. So 
 that no man can be fecret, except he giue himfelfe a 
 little Scope oi Dif simulation) which is, as it were, but 
 the Skirts or Traine of Secrecy. 
 
 But for the third Degree, which is Simulation, and 
 falfe Profeffion ; That I hold more culpable, and leffe 
 politicke; except it be in great and rare Matters."'^ 
 And therefore a generall CufLome of Simulation (which 
 is this lad Degree) ^^ is a Vice, rifmg either of a naturall 
 Falfeneffe, or Fearfulneffe ; Or of a ]SIinde, that hath 
 fome maine Faults y~' which becaufe a man mufl needs 
 difguife, it maketh him practife^^ Simulation, in other 
 things, left his Hand fliould be out of vre.^^ 
 
 The great Aduaiitages of Simulation and Dif simula- 
 tion are three. Firfl to lay afleepe'^^' Oppofition, and 
 to Surprize. For where a Mans Intentions, are pub- 
 liflied, it is an Alarum, to call vp, all that are againfl 
 
 29 After Must be. Vel nolens, ' even if unwilling.* 
 3" And to Le .Secret. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 31 Swaying the Hallance. Inciinationis suce declaratiofu, ' any declara- 
 tion of his inclining.' 
 3'- Questions. Qncestionibns suhtUibits, 'subtle questions.' 
 
 33 Absurd Oljfirninto et absiirdo, ' obstinate and absurd' 
 
 34 Shewan Inclination, oneway. .SV«fl//;///t////'o</t'M%' betray himself a little.' 
 •*5 Great and rare Matters. jV/si forte :!ii;inis vindicc Nodus incident, 
 
 ' Unless perchance .a dilT;culty happens worih^' of the c'cliverer.' 
 
 3*> (Which is this last Degree ) Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 3" iliiide, . . . maine Faults Anind Constitutionc,qiup V'itio nUijno inag- 
 iu> iinhtita est, 'constittion of mind, which is tainted with some groat fault.' 
 
 3^ Practise. Aiilubcre ct cxcrcere, 'apply and practise.' 
 
 ^^ Hand should be out of vre. Habitus ipse intercidat, ' lest the habit be lost' 
 
 •*" Liy asleewe. Amolialur, ' remove.* 
 
5IO A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 V. i'J25. set. 65. 
 
 them. The fecond is, to referue to a Mans Selfe, a 
 faire Retreat :'*^ For if a man engage himfelfe, by a 
 manifefl Ueclaration,'^^ he mufL goe through, or take a 
 Fall.^"^ The third is, the better to"** difcouer the Minde 
 of another. For to him that opens himfelfe, Men will 
 hardly fhew themfelues aduerfe ; but will (faire) let him 
 goe on, and turne th^ir Freedome of Speech, to Free- 
 dome of thought. And therefore, it is a good flirewd 
 Prouerbe of the Sp^.niard ; Te//a lye, andfindea Troth. 
 As if there were no way of Difcouery, but^^ by Simida- 
 fion. There be alfo three Difaduaufages, to fet it euen. 
 The firR, That Simulation and Difsimiilation, com- 
 monly carry with them, a Shew of Fearfulneffe, which 
 in any Bufmeffe, doth fpoile the Feathers, of round 
 Hying vp to the Man^.'^'^ The fecond, that it pufleth and 
 perplexeth the Conceits of many ;'^'^ that perhaps would 
 otherwife co-operate with him ;'^^ and makes a Man 
 walke, almoft aloi;^ to his owne Ends. The third, 
 and greatefl is, that it depriueth a Man, of one, of the 
 mofl principall Inflruments for Action; which is Trujl 
 and Bclecfe.^^ The befl. Compofition, and Temperature 
 is, to haue Openucffe in Fame and Opinion ;^^ Secrecy 
 in Habit ; Difsiniulation in feafonable vfe ; And a 
 Power to faigne, if there be no Remedy. 
 
 ^^'^■S5^i?a?SX- -71 
 
 41 Faire Retreat. Ut pedevi referat, et se absque Existimationis suep 
 jactiira de Negotio subducot, ' to retreat and retire from the business without 
 loss of reputation.' 
 
 ■^ A/ier Manifest Declaration. Is ciateis quasi i»i/>actis iiiclitdiiur, 'he 
 is shut in, as if by wedges driven home.' 
 
 43 'J'ake a F'all. Tnrfiiter desistetidiim, 'leave off with disgrace.' ^" 
 
 44 The better to. Qitod vimn a/>criat, ' because it opens the way to.' 
 
 45 No way of Discouery, but. Clavis ad Secreta reseranda, ' a key to 
 unlock secrets.' 
 
 46 Round. Perniciter, ' swiftly.' 
 
 47 Pusleth and pcrple.xeth . . . many. In anripiies Cogitationes Am'- 
 mos coujiciant, ' casts minds into doubtful thought.' 
 
 48 ^{/A'r Co-operate with him. Et studio sito ronprovtottiri, ' and promote 
 the matter by their zeal.' 
 
 49 Alone. Sine socia et arnica opera . . . solus, 'without the help of 
 companions and friends — alone.' 
 
 50 Trust and Beleefe Eide, ' faith.' 
 61 Opinion. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
XLIV. OF EXVY. 511 
 
 V. 1625. aet 65. 
 
 Here, be none of the Ajffiflums, which 
 h:iae beene noted to fafdnate, or bewitch,'' 
 but LauCj and Enuy. They both haue* 
 vehement wiflies; They firame themfelues 
 readily into Imaginations, and Suggeftions ; And they 
 come eafily into the Eye ; efpecially upon the piefence 
 of the Obiects ; which axe the Points, that conduce to 
 Fafdnationy if any fuch Thing there be. We fee like- 
 wife, the Scripture calleth £/nij. An MuiU Eye : And 
 the Aflrologers, call the euiil Ini3uences of the Starrs, 
 Euill AfpeHs-j So that ftill, there feemeth to be acknow- 
 ledged, in the Act of Envy, an Ejaculation, or Iiradia- 
 tion of the Eye. Nay fome haue beene fo curious, as 
 to note, that the Times, when the Stroke, or PercuP 
 fion of an Eniatms Eye doth mod hurt, are, when the 
 Party muied is beheld in Glory, or Triumph ; For that 
 fets an Edge vpon Enuy ; And belides, at fuch times, 
 the Spirits of the f erf an EnumL, doe come forth, moll 
 into die outward Parts, and fo meet the Blow. 
 
 But lea\Tng thefe Curiofities, (though not vnworthy, 
 to be thought on, in fit place), wee wiU handle,' what 
 Pa-Jims are api la Enuy others ; What perfons are mojl 
 Subiecl ta be Enukd themfdres; And, Wluit is the 
 Difference between Publique, and private Enuy. 
 
 A man, that hath no vertue in himfelfe. ever enuieth 
 Vertue in others^ For Mens Mindes, will either feed 
 vpon* their owne Good, or vpon others Euill; And who 
 
 1:1. Y"arial£wB5 ia yJHwws ^jJImi Sfcitiwi »f IOSl 
 
 ^ Bewiscli. Oodtted in the LatiB. 
 
 * Uaoc Prs^gmii, ' produce.* 
 
 * W<3e via handle. TmcAatimua imc irm, * we shall handle these dnee 
 
 * Feed Tptm. Sr/turmmi, et deircimmttrr, ' feed opoa and drljghl in.* 
 
512 A HARMONY OF T li E E SSA Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 waiiteth the one/'' wil prey vpon the other ; And who 
 fo is ont of Hope to attaine to anothers Vertue, will feeke 
 to come at euen hand, by Deprefhng an others 
 Fortune. 
 
 A man that is Bufy, and Inquifitiiie, is commonly 
 Enuious : For to know much of other Mens Matters, 
 cannot be, becaufe all that Adoe may concerne his 
 owne Eflate : Therfore it mufl needs be, that he taketh 
 a kinde of plaie-pleafure, in looking vpon the Fortunes 
 of others ; Neither can he, that mindeth but his own 
 Bufmeffe, finde much matter for Enuy.^ For Enuy is a 
 Gadding Pafiion, and walketh the Streets, and doth 
 not keepe home ; JVon e/l airiofiis, qiiin idem fit male- 
 uolus. 
 
 Men of Noble birth, are noted, to be amioiis towards 
 New Men, when they rife. For the diflance is altered ; 
 And it is like a deceipt of the Eye, that when others 
 come on, they thinke themfelues goe backe. 
 
 Deformed Perfons, and Eunuches, and Old Men, 
 and Baftards, are Enuious : For he that cannot poffibly 
 mend his owne cafe, will doe what he can to impaire 
 anothers; Except thefe Defects light, vpon a verybi'aue, 
 and Heroicall Nature ; which thinketh to make his 
 Naturall Wants, part of his Honour : In that it fliould 
 be faid, that an Eunuch, or a Lame Man, did fuch 
 great Matters ; Affedling the Honour of a Miracle ; as 
 it was in Narfcs the Eunuch, and Agefdaus, and Tam- 
 be?'lancs, that were Lame men. 
 
 The fame, is the Cafe of Men, that rife after Calami- 
 ties, and Misfortunes ; For they are, as Men follen out 
 with the times ; And thinke other Mens Harmes, a 
 Redemption, of their owne Sufferings. 
 
 They, that deftre to excell in too many Matters, out 
 
 ' The one. Priiiio AliineJito, ' the former nourishment.' 
 *> Mailer for Enuy. Hcgctem Invidice, ' crop of envy.' 
 
XLV. OF ENVY. 513 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 of Lenity, and Vaine glory, are euer Enuious ; For they 
 cannot want worke ; '^ It being impoffible, but many, 
 in fome one of thofe Things, fliould furpaffe them. 
 Which was the CharacSler of Adrian the Kmperoiir, 
 that mortally Emiicd Poets, and Painters, and Artificers, 
 in Works, wherein he had a veine to excell, 
 
 LafLly, neare Kinsfolks, and Fellowes in Office, and 
 thofe that haue beene bred together, are more apt to 
 Enuy their Equals, when they are raifed. For it doth 
 vpbraid vnto them, their owne Fortunes ; And pointeth 
 at them, and commeth oftner into their remembrance, 
 and incurreth likewife more into the note of others : 
 And Emiy euer redoubleth ^ from Speech and Fame. 
 Caijis E?itiy, was the more vile, and ]VIalignant, towards 
 his brother Abel; Becaufe, when his Sacrifice was better 
 accepted, there was no Body to looke on. Thus much 
 for t/iofe that are apt to Enuy, 
 
 Concerning thofe that are more or Icfi'e fiibiecl to 
 Emiy : Firfl, Perfons of eminent Vertue, when they are 
 aduanced, are leffe enuied. For their Fortune feemeth 
 but due vnto them \ and no man Emiieth the Payment 
 of a Debt, but Rewards, and Liberality^ rather. 
 Againe, Enuy is euer ioyned, with the Comparing of a 
 Mans Selfe \ ^^ And where there is no Comparifon, no 
 Enuy; And therfore Kings, are not enuied, but by 
 Kings. Neuertheleffe. it is to be noted, that vnworthy 
 Perfons, are mofl enuied, at their firfl comming in, and 
 afterwards ouercome it better ; ^^ wheras contranwife, 
 Perfons of Worth, and Merit, are moft. enuied, when 
 their Fortune continueth long. For by that time, 
 though their Vertue be the fame, yet it hath not the 
 
 7 For they cannot want worke. Uhique enim occumtnt Ohjecta Invidue, 
 *fur objects of envy everywhere meet them.' 
 
 * Redoubleth .KeJJectitur, et conduplicatur, ' is reflected and redoubled.' 
 
 8 Rewards, and Liberality. Largitioni supra Meritum, ' liberality above 
 desert.' 
 
 10 Of a Mans Selfe. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 11 Ouercome it better. Postea vero mintts, ' but afterguards less.* 
 
 2 K 
 
514 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. ?eL 65. 
 
 the fame Zi/JIre ; For frelh Men grow vp, that darken 
 it. 
 
 Perfons of Noble Bloud, are leffe enuied, in their 
 Rifmg:^- For it feemeth, but Right, done to their 
 Birth. ^^ Befides, there feemeth not much added to 
 their Fortune ; And Eiiuy is as the Sunne Beames, 
 that beat hotter, vpon a Bank or fleepe rihng Ground;^'* 
 then \-pon a Flat.** And for the fame reafon, thofe that 
 are aduanced by degrees, are leffe enuied^ then thofe 
 that are aduanced fuddainly,^^ d^nd. per fait urn. ^ 
 
 Thofe that haue ioyned with their Honour, great 
 Trauels, Cares, or Perills, are leffe fubie6l to Enuy. 
 For Men thinke, that they earne their Honours liardly, 
 and pitty them fometimes ; And Pitty^ euer healeth 
 Rjuiy: Wherefore, you fhall obferue that the more 
 deepe, and fober fort of Politique perfons, in their 
 Greatneffe, are euer bemoaning themfelues, what a 
 Life they lead ; Chanting a Quanta patimurS' Not 
 that they feele it fo, but onely to abate the Edge of 
 Emiy. But this is to be vnderflood, of Buhneffe, that 
 is laid vpon Men, and not fuch as they call vnto them- 
 felues. For Nothing increafeth Emiy more, then an 
 vnneceffary, and Ambitious Ingroffmg of Bufmeffe. 
 And nothing doth extinguifli Emiy more, then for a 
 great Perfon, to preferue all other inferiour Officers, in 
 their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their Places. ^*5 
 For by that meanes, there be fo many^'' Skreenes 
 betweene hhii, and Enuy. 
 
 " This passage is transferred from tJie Essay Of Nobility z"« tJie 1612 
 edition. — See pp. 190, 191, 194. 
 ^ At a bound. " How great things do we suffer. 
 
 12 Rising. Cum Honoribus cumulantur, ' when they are laden with 
 honours.' 
 1^ Birth. JlTaj'oribjts S7tis, ' Xo iheiT (orc(:\.l\\ers.^ 
 !■* Steepe rising Ground. Omitted in the Latin. 
 1^ Suddainly. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 16 Prescrue ... in their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their 
 Places. Nihil detrahat, ' detract nothing from.' 
 
 17 So many. Quot illi J\Iijiistri sufit, tot, 'as many as there are officers, 
 so many.' 
 
XLV. OF ENVY. 515 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Aboue all, thofe are mofl fubiect to^^ Eniiy^ which 
 carry the Greatneffe of their Fortunes, in an infolent 
 and proud Manner: Being neuerwell,^^ but while they 
 are Ihewing, how great they are. Either by outward 
 Pompe, or by Triumphing ouer all Oppofition, or Com- 
 petition ; whereas Wife men will rather doe facrifice to 
 Enuy\ in fuffering themfelues, fometimes of purpofe to 
 be crofl, and ouerborne-^ in things, that doe not much 
 concerne them. Notwithflanding, fo much is true ; 
 That the Carriage of Greatneffe, in a plaine and open 
 manner (fo it be without Arrogancy, and Vaine glory) 
 doth draw leffe Enuy\ then if it be -^ in a more crafty, 
 and cunning fafliion. For in that courfe, a Man doth 
 but difauow Fortune ; And feemeth to be confcious, 
 of his owne want in worth ; And doth but teach ^^ 
 others to Enuy him. 
 
 Laflly, to conclude this Part ; As we faid in the 
 beginning, that the Act of Enuy, had fomewhat in it, 
 of Witchcraft ; fo there is no other Cure of Enuy, but 
 the cure of Witchcraft : ^^ And that is, to remoue the 
 Lot (as they call it) and to lay it vpon another. For 
 which purpofe, the wifer Sort of great Perfons, bring 
 in euer vpon the Stage, fome Body, vpon whom to 
 deriue-* the Emiie, that would come vpon themfelues ; 
 Sometimes ^^ vpon Miniflers and Seruants ; Sometimes 
 vpon Colleagues and Affociates ; and the like ; And 
 for that turne, there are neuer wanting, fome Perfons 
 of violent and vndertaking Natures, who fo they may 
 haue Power, and Bufmeffe, will take it at any Cofl.-^ 
 
 18 Subiect to. In se concitani, 'excite against themselves.' 
 
 19 Well. Sibi placcntes, ' pleasing to themselves.' 
 
 20 Crost, ard ouerborne. Viyici, ' overcome.' 
 
 -1 Then if it be. Quavi si se nota: subtrnhat, ' than if it withdraws itself 
 from notice.' 
 
 2- Teach. Stintulat, 'provoke.' 
 
 23 Cure of Witchcraft. Venejlcii, et Incatitationis, ' witchcraft and 
 charming.' 
 
 --* Deriue. Derivent, ' tunv off.' 
 
 2a Sometimes. Qua7tdoque . . . earn reiicientes, ' sometimes casting 
 it off.' ' . ^ 
 
 -<» Take it at any cost. Quovis periculo mcrcari, ' buy it for any danger.' 
 
5i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Now tc fpeake of Publique Emiy. There is yet 
 fome good in Publique E?iuy ; whereas in Priuate, 
 there is none. For Publique E7iuy is as an Ostracifme^'^ 
 that ecHpfeth jNIen, when they grow too great. And 
 therefore it is a Bridle alfo to Great Ones, to keepe 
 them within Bounds. 
 
 This Enuy^ being in the Latine word Piuidia, goeth 
 in the Moderne languages, by the name of Dif content- 
 ment : Of which we fliall fpeake in handling Sedition. 
 It is a difeafe, in a State,-^ like to Infe6lion. For as 
 Infection, fpreadeth vpon that, which is found, and 
 tainteth it ; So when Enuy^ is gotten once into a State, 
 it traduceth euen the befl Actions ^^ thereof, and 
 turneth them into an ill Odour. And therefore, there 
 is little won by intermingling of plaufible ^^ Actions. 
 For that doth argue, but a Weakneffe, and Feare of 
 Enuy^ which hurteth fo much the more, as it is like- 
 wife vfuall in Inf colons \ which if you feare them, you 
 call them vpon you.'^^ 
 
 This publique Enuy, feemeth to beat ^^ chiefly, vpon 
 principall Officers, or Miniflers, rather then vj^on Kings, 
 and Eflates ^^ themfelues. But this is a fure Rule, that 
 if the Ejiuy vpon the Minifler, be great, when the caufe 
 of it, hi him, is fmal ; or if the Enuy be generall, in a 
 manner, vpon all the Minifters of an Eftate ; then the 
 Enuy (though hidden) is truly vpon the State it felfe.^^ 
 And fo much oi publike enuy or difcontcntment, and the 
 difterence therof from Priuate Enuy ,\^\\\qX\ was handled 
 in the firfl place. 
 
 2" Ostracisme. Salnhris Otrncis7ni, ' a salutary ostracism.* 
 
 28 State. Kcg^nis ct RehuspubUcis, ' kinj;doms and states.' 
 
 29 Actions. I\!a>iiiata et Instituta, ' laws and ordinances.' 
 
 30 Plausible. Actionesg7-atns et poptilares,odiosis, ' pleasing and popular 
 actions with disagreeable ones.' 
 
 !^i Call them vpon you. Facilius imtunt, ' they attack you more easily.' 
 
 32 Secmeth to beat. Involat, ' flies at.' 
 
 83 And Estates. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^ State it selfe. Rcgem, a7it Statum ipsian, ' the king or state itself.' 
 
XLV. OF ENVY. 517 
 
 V. 1625. ret. 65. 
 
 We will adde this, in generall, touching the Affection 
 oi Euuy; that of all other Afteclions, it is the mofl 
 importune, and continuall. For of other Aj^cHioJis,^'^ 
 there is occafion giuen, but now and then : And there- 
 fore, it was well faid, Inuidia festos dies 710J1 agit.^ For 
 it is euer working vpon fome, or other. ^^ And it is 
 alfo noted, that Loiee and Eiiuy, doe make a man pine, 
 which other Affections doe not ; becaufe they are not 
 fo continuall. It is alfo the vilefl Affection, and the 
 mofl depraued ; For which caufe, it is the proper 
 Attribute, of the Devill, who is called ; T/ie Emiious 
 Man, that fowcth tares amongst the wheat by 7iight} As 
 it alwayes commeth to paffe, that E?iny worketh fub- 
 tilly, and in the darke ; And to the preiudice of good 
 things, fuch as is the Wheat. 
 
 ,4k 
 
 ^1 
 
 "« i^- 
 
 ° Jealousy keeps net holidays. 
 ^ Matt. xiii. 25. 
 
 35 For of other Affections. Aliis Affectihus exciiandis, ' of exciting oiiif r 
 affections.' 
 
 ^t) For it is euer working \-pon some or other. Qin'a setnpcr Materium 
 se exercettdi reperit, ' for it always finds material on which to work.' 
 
5i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 12. ©t 5?olt)ite^^c. 
 
 T is a triuiall Grammar Schoole Text, but yet 
 worthy a wife Mans Confideration. Qiief- 
 tion was asked of Dcmojlheiics \ What was 
 the Chicfe Part of an Oratour'^ He an- 
 fwered, AHion; what next? A^ion-, what next again? 
 ABioii.^ He faid it, that knew it beft ; And had by 
 nature, himfelfe. no Aduantage, in that he commended. 
 A flrange thing, that that Part of an Oratour, which is 
 but fuperficiall, and rather the vertue of a Player; 
 fliould be placed fo high, aboue thofe other Noble 
 Parts, oi Liucntioii^ Elocution^ and the reft : Nay almoft 
 alone, as if it were All in All. But the Reafon is 
 plaine. There is in Humane Nature, generall}^, more 
 of the Foole, then of the Wife ; And therfore thofe 
 faculties, by which the Foolifli part of Mens Mindes 
 is taken, are moft potent. Wonderfull like is the Cafe^ 
 of Boldneffe, in Ciuill Bufmeffe ; What firft ? Boldneffe ; 
 What Second, and Third ? Boldneffe. And yet Bold- 
 nejfe is a Childe of Ignorance, and Bafeneffe, farre 
 inferiour to other Parts.^ But neuertheleffe, it doth 
 fafcinate, and binde hand and foot, thofe, that are 
 either fliallow^ in Judgment; or weake^^ in Courage, 
 which are the greateft Part ; Yea and preuaileth with 
 wife men, at weake times.^ Therfore, we fee it hath 
 done wonders,^ ni Popular States ; but with Senates 
 
 " Cicero, Briittcs, xxxviii. 
 
 HI. Uariations in pos(i)umaus Hatin Etiitt'on of 1638. 
 
 ^ Wonderfull like is the Case. JSIirc coiiveiiit, et quasi parnllela est, 
 'agrees wonderfully, and is as it were parallel.' 
 
 - Other parts. Cknlis Sciciituc Partibus, ' parts of political science.' 
 
 3 Shallow. Itifiriiii, ' weak.' 
 
 * Weake. Tiinidiores, ' more timid.' 
 
 s At weake times. Cnvi Aniiiiis vacilleni, 'when they waver in their 
 minds.' 
 
 *> Done wonders. Plurimum vahiisse, ' has been most strong.' 
 
XLVI. OF BOLDXESS. 519 
 
 V. 1625. cct. 65. 
 
 and Princes leffe ; And more euer vpon the firfl en- 
 trance of Bold Fcrfous into Aclion, then foone after ; 
 For Boldjieffe is an ill keeper of promife. Surely, as 
 there are Moiintcbanqtics for the Naturall Body:^ So 
 are there MountdnDujues for the Politique Body : Men 
 that vndertake great Cures ; And perhaps have been 
 Lucky, in two or three Experiments, but want the Grounds 
 of Science ; And therfore cannot hold out.^ Nay you 
 fhall fee a Bold Fellow, many times, doe Mahotnets 
 Miracle. Mahomet made the People beleeue, that he 
 would call an Hill to him ; And from the Top of it, 
 offer vp his Praiers, for the Obferuers of his Law. The 
 People aflembled ; Mahomet cald the Hill to come to 
 him, againe, and againe ; And when the Hill flood 
 Hill, he was neuer a whit abafhed, but faid ; If the Hill 
 will not co77ie to Mahomet, Mahomet wil go to the hil. 
 So thefe ]\len, when they haue promifed great Matters, 
 and failed mod fhamefuUy, (yet if they haue the per- 
 feclion of Boldneffe) they will but flight it ouer, and 
 make a turne, and no more adoe. Certainly, to Men 
 of great Judgment, Bold Perfons, are a Sport to be- 
 hold ; Nay and to the Vulgar alfo, Boldneffe hath 
 fomewhat of the Ridiculous. For if Abfurdity be the 
 Subiecl of Laughter, doubt you not, but great Bold- 
 neffe is feldome ^^ithout fome Abfurdity. Efpecially, 
 it is a Sport to fee, when a Bold Fellow is out of 
 Countenance; For that puts his Face, into a moll 
 Shruncken, and woodden Poflure ;^ As needes it 
 mufl. ; For in Baflifulneffe, the Spirits doe a Httle goe 
 and come ; but with Bold Men, vpon like occafion, 
 they fland at a flay \^^ Like a Stale at Cheffe, where 
 
 7 For the Naturall Body. Qui Corpori Naturali jticderi profitentur, 
 "who profess to heal the natural body.' 
 
 8 Cannot hold out. Scppiits excidunt, ' often fail.' 
 
 9 Shruncken and woodden Posture. In se reductum, sed de/omtiier, 
 ' drawn back into it.self, but ill-favouredly.' 
 
 10 Sund at a stay. Aitoniti fuereni, ' they stick, astounded.' 
 
520 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 it is no ]\Iate, but yet the Game cannot flirre. But 
 this lafl, were fitter for a Satyre, then for a ferious 
 Obferuation. This is well to be weighed ; That BoM- 
 nejfe is euer bUnde : For it feeth not dangers, and In- 
 conueniences. Therfore, it is ill in Counfell, good in 
 Execution : So that the right Vfe of Bold perfons is, 
 that they neuer Command in Chiefe, but be Seconds, 
 and vnder the Dire6lion of others. For in Counfell, 
 it is good to fee dangers ; And in Execution, not to 
 fee them, except they be very great. 
 
 
XLVII. OF TRAVEL. 521 
 
 V. 1625. Kt. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 18. ©£ eTrariallc.i 
 
 \RauaiIe, in the younger Sort, is a Part of 
 Education ; In the Elder, a Part of Experi- 
 ence. He that trauaikth into a Country,- 
 before he hath fome Entrance into the Lan- 
 guage, goeth to Schoole, and not to Traiiaile. That 
 Young Men trauaile vnder fome Tutor, or graue •' Ser- 
 uant, I allow well ; So that he be fuch a one, that hath 
 the Language, and hath been in the Country before ; 
 whereby he may be able to tell them, what Things are 
 worthy to be feene^ in the Country where they goe ; 
 what Acquaintances^ they are to feeke ; What Exer- 
 cifes or difcipline the Place yeeldeth. For elfe young 
 Men fhall goe hooded, and looke abroad little. It is 
 a flrange Thing, that in Sea voyages, where there is 
 nothing to be feene, but Sky and Sea, Men fliould 
 make Diaries; but in Lmid-Trauaile., wherin fo much 
 is to be obferued, for the mofl part, they omit it ; As 
 if Chance, were fitter to be regiftred, then Obferuation. 
 Let Diaries, therefore, be brought in vfe. The Xhings 
 to be feene and obferued are : The Courts of Princes, 
 fpecially when they giue Audience*^ to Ambaffadours.'^ 
 The Courts of luflice, while they fit^ and heare Caufes; 
 And fo of Confiftories Ecclefiaflicke : The Churches, 
 and Monafleries, with the Monuments which are there- 
 in. Variations in posthumous ILatin lECttion of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De Peregriiiatione in Partes F.xteras, ' of travel into foreign 
 parts.' 
 
 2 Country. Partes Exteras, ' foreign parts.' 
 
 3 Graue. Expcrto, 'experienced.' 
 
 * Seene. Spectatit et cognitii, ' seen and noticed.' 
 
 6 Acquaintances. Aviicitite et Familiaritates , 'friendships and ac- 
 quaintances.'- 
 
 6 Giue Audience. Admittiint, 'admit.' 
 
 ' Ambassadours. Legatos Exteros, ' foreign ambassadors.' 
 
 8 While they sit. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
522 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 in extant : The Wals and Fortifications of Cities and 
 Townes ; And fo the Hauens and Harbours : Antiqui- 
 ties, and Ruines : Libraries ; CoUedges, Difputations, 
 and Le6lures, where any are : Shipping and Nauies : 
 Houfes, and Gardens of State, and Pleafure, neare 
 great Cities : Armories : Arfenals : Magazens :^ Ex- 
 chancres : Burfes : Ware-houfes : Exercifes of Horfe- 
 man-fliip ; Fencing; Trayning^^ of Souldiers; and the 
 Hke : Comedies; Such wherunto the better Sort of 
 perfons doe refort ; Treafuries of Jewels, and Robes ; 
 Cabin ets,^^ and Rarities : And to conckide, whatfoeuer 
 is memorable ^^ in the Places; where they goe. After 
 all which, the Tutors or Seruants, ought to make dili- 
 gent Enquirie. As for Triumphs ; Mafques ; Feafts , 
 Weddings ; Funeralls ; Capitall Execu[ti]ons ; and fuch 
 Shewes ; Men need not to be put in minde of them ; 
 Yet are they not to be neglected. If you will haue a 
 Young Man, to put his Traiiaile^'^ into a little Roome, 
 and in fliort time, to gather much, this you mufl doe. 
 Firfl, as was faid, he muft haue fome Entrance into 
 the Language, before he goeth. Then he mufl haue 
 fuch a Seruant, or Tutor, as knoweth the Country, as 
 was likewife faid. Let him carry with him alfo fome 
 Card "or Booke defcribing the Country, where he tra- 
 uelleth; which will be a good Key to his Enquiry. 
 Let him keepe alfo a Diary. Let him not flay long in 
 one Citty, or Towne ; More or leffe as the place de- 
 ferueth, but not long : Nay, when he flayeth in one 
 City or Towne, let him change ^^ his Lodging, from 
 one End^^ and Part of the Towne, to another; which 
 
 8 Magazens. Cellce et Horrea pjiblica, ' public stores and granaries.' 
 
 ^" Trayning. Delectus et Instriictio, ' levying and training.' 
 
 ^^ Cabinets. Cicriositatcs, ' curiosities.' 
 
 1- Memorable. Celebrc ant viemorabile, ' remarkable or memorable.' 
 
 l-^ Trauaile. Fructmn PeregHnationis, ' the fruit of his travel.' 
 
 ^* Change. Af?(tet scppiiis, ' change often.' 
 
 15 End. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
X L V I I. OF TRA VE L. 
 
 V. 1625. £Ct. 65. 
 
 is a great Adamant ^"^ of Acquaintance. Let him 
 fequefler himfelfe from the Company of his Country 
 men, and diet in fuch Places, where there is good 
 Company of the Nation, where he trauaileth. Let 
 him vpon his Remoues, from one place to another, 
 procure Recommendation, to fome perfon of Qualit}% 
 refiding in the Place, whither he remoueth ; that he 
 may vfe his Fauour,^'' in thofe things, he defireth to fee 
 or know. Thus he may abridge ^'^ his T?'anaile, with 
 much profit. As for the acquaintance,^^ which is to be 
 fought in Traiiaik; That which is mofl of all profit- 
 able, is Acquaintance with the Secretaries, and Employd 
 ]\Ien of Ambaffadours ; For fo in Traiiailing in one 
 Country he fliall fucke-^ the Experienced^ of many. 
 Let him alfo fee and vifit. Eminent Perfons, in all 
 Kindes, which are of great Name abroad ; That he 
 may be able to tell, how the Life-- agreeth with the 
 Fame. For Quarels,-^ they are with Care and Dif- 
 cretion to be auoided : They are, commonly, for 
 .MiRrefTes ;24 Healths ;25 Place; and Word s. --^ ' And 
 let a Man beware, how he keepeth Company, with 
 Cholerick and Quarelfome-'' Perfons; for they will 
 engage him into their owne Quarels. When a Tra- 
 iiailcr returneth home, let him not leaue the Countries, 
 where he hath Traiiailed^ altogether behinde him ; 
 
 ^* A/ierAdamax\t. Attraliendi Fatniuaritates, et Consuetudines Hommuni 
 compiiiriiim, ' for attracting acquair.tances and friendships with many men.' 
 1'' Fauour. Fn7>ore et opera, ' favour and help.' 
 1* Abridge. Vtilitate7?i accelerare, ' hasten the profit.' 
 '' Acquaintance. Familiaritateset Ajtiicitias, ' acquaintances and friend- 
 ships. ' 
 
 ■-'■' Sucke. Ad se attraJut, et siiget, ' draw to himself and suck.' 
 21 E.\perience. Notitiain et Experientiain, ' knowledge and experience.' 
 -- Life. Os, zniltiis, et Corporis Litienvtetttn et Motus, ' face, counten- 
 ance, and lineaments and movements of the body.' 
 
 '-■'• Quarels. Rixas et Sivtnltates, ' quarrels and disputes.' 
 2* Mistresses. Amores, 'loves.' 
 
 25 Healths. Compotaiiones, ' drinking bouts.* 
 
 26 Words. Verba cotitumeliosa, ' insulting words.' 
 
 -' Quarelsome. Qtii facile Inimicitias snscipiuni, ' who easily take up 
 enmities.' 
 
524 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 But maintain e 2^ a Correfpondence, by letters, with 
 thofe of his Acquaintance, which are of mofl Worth. 
 And let his Trauaiie appeare rather in his Difcourfe, 
 then in his Apparrell, or Geflure : And in his Difcourfe, 
 let him be rather aduifed in his Anfwers, then forwards-^ 
 to tell Stories ; And let it appeare, that he doth not 
 change his Country Manners, for thofe of Forraigne 
 Parts ; But onely, prick in fome Flowers, of that he 
 hath Learned abroad, into the Cuflomes of his owne 
 Country. 
 
 e^ 
 
 28 Maintaine. Conservet. et colat, ' maintain and cultivate.' 
 
 29 Forwards. F'aci/is ei promts, ' ezsy and disposed,' 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 21. @f Pelage^.i 
 
 Ortune is like the Market ; Where many times, 
 if you can flay a little, the Price will fall. 
 And againe, it is fometimes like Sybillas 
 Offer ; which at firft oftereth the Commo- 
 dity at full, then confumeth part and part, and flill 
 
 U5. Uartationg in postljumous Eatin lEtiition of 1638. 
 1 Title. De Mora, ' of delay.' 
 
XLVIII. OF DELAYS. 525 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 holdeth vp the Price. For Occafton (as it is in the 
 Common verfe) titnuih a Bald Noddle, after JJie haih 
 prefentcd her locks in Front, ajid 110 hold taken: Or at 
 lead tumeth the Handle of the Bottle, firil to be 
 receiued, and after the Belly, which is hard to clafpe. 
 There is furely no greater Wifedome, then well to time 
 the Beginnings, and Onfets of Things. Dangers are 
 no more light, if they once feeme light : And more 
 dangers haue deceiued Men, then forced them. Nay, 
 it were better, to meet fome Dangers halfe way, though 
 they come nothing neare,^ then to keepe too long a 
 watch,^ vpon their Approaches f For if a Man watch 
 too long, it is odds he will fall afleepe. On the other 
 fide, to be deceiued, with too long Shadowes, (As 
 fome haue beene, when the Moone was low, and fhone 
 on their Enemies backe) And fo to flioot off before 
 the time ; Or to teach dangers to come on, by ouer 
 early Buckling towards them, is another Extreme. 
 The Ripeneffe, or Vnripeneffe, of the Occafion (as we 
 faid) muft euer be well weighed ; And generally, it is 
 good, to commit the Beginnings of all great Adlions, 
 to Argos with his hundred Eyes; And the Ends to 
 Briareus with his hundred Hands : Firfl to Watch, 
 and then to Speed. For the Helmet of Pinto, which 
 maketh the Politicke Man goe Inuifible, is, Secrecy in 
 the Counfell, and Celerity in the Execution. For when 
 Thingsare once come to the Execution, there is woSccrecy 
 comparable to Celerity; Like the Motion of a Bullet in 
 the Ayre, which flyeth fo fwift, as it out-runs the Eye. 
 
 - Though they come nothing neare. Omitted in the Latin. 
 8 Watch. Perpctuo iiiquircre, et obscrvare, ' coniinunlly to seek out and 
 watch. ' 
 ■* Approaches. Motus^et Appropittquatiotum, ' movements and approach.' 
 
526 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 24. ©f Innouatxonjf. 
 
 S the Births of Liuing Creatures,^ at firfl, are 
 ill fliapen : So are all In?iotiatio?is, which 
 are the Births of Time. Yet notwithfland- 
 ing, as Thofe that firfl bring Honour into 
 their Family, are commonly more worthy, then moft 
 that fucceed : So the firft Prefident ^ (if it be good) is 
 feldome attained ^ by Imitation.^ For 111, to Mans 
 Nature, as it flands peruerted,^ hath a Naturall Motion, 
 flrongefl in Continuance : But Good, as ^ a Forced 
 Motion, flrongefl at firft. Surely euery Medicine is an 
 Innouation ; And he that will not apply New Remedies, 
 muft expe6l New Euils : For Time is the greatefl. 
 Innouatour : And if Time, of courfe, alter Things to 
 the worfe, and Wifedome, and Counfell fliall not alter 
 them to the better, what fhall be the End ? ^ It is 
 true,^ that what is fetled by CufLome, though it be not 
 good, yet at leafl it is fit.^ And thofe Things, which 
 haue long gone together,i^ are as it were confederate 
 within themfelues : Whereas New Things peece ^^ not 
 fo well ; But though they helpe by their vtiUty, yet 
 
 irj. Uarfations in postf)umous Hatin lEtjttion of 1638. 
 
 1 Births of Liuing Creatures. Parhis recens editi, ' recent births.' 
 
 2 First President. Exc7npla7-ia,et Primordia, 'precedents and beginnings.' 
 
 3 Seldome attained. Phir'ninun, stiperant, ' mostly surpass.' 
 
 4 Imitation. Ijnitationejii ^Etatis seqiientis, ' imitation of the succeeding 
 age.' 
 
 5 As it stands peruerted. Omitted in the Latin. , 
 
 6 As. Ut fieri n7iiat, ' as is usually done.' 
 
 I End. Finis Mali, ' end of the evil.' 
 
 8 True. Co7icedi prorsus debet, ' must be granted.* 
 
 9 Fit. Aptiiin . . . Teiiiporihis. ' fit for the times.' 
 
 10 Cone together. Uno quasi Alveo Jluxenint, ' have flowed as it were 
 in one bed.' 
 
 II Peece. Veteribus . . . cohtzreant, ' cohere with the old.' 
 
 12 Inconformity. Novitate tamen et Inconforvtitate, ' by their newness 
 and inconformity.' 
 
XLIX. OF INNOVATIONS. 527 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 they trouble, by their Inconformity.^- Befides, they^^ 
 are X-^^ Strangers -^^ more Admired, and leffe Fauoured. 
 All this is true, if Time flood Hill ; which contrariwife 
 moueth fo round, that a Froward ^^ Retention of Cuf- 
 tome, is as turbulent a Thing, as an Innoiiatmi : And 
 they that Reverence too much Old Times, are but a 
 Scorne to the New. It were good therefore, that Men 
 in their Imiouaiio?is^ would follow the Example of Time 
 it felfe; which indeed Innoitateth greatly, Ijut quietly, 
 and by degrees, fcarce to be perceiued : ^'^ For other- 
 wife, whatfoeuer is New, is vnlooked for;i^ And euer 
 it mends Some, and paires^^ Other: And he that is 
 holpen, takes it for a Fortune, and thanks the Time ; 
 And he that is hurt, for a wrong, and imputeth it to 
 the Author. It is good alfo, not to try Experiments ^^ 
 in States;-^ Except the Neceffity be Vrgent, or the 
 vtility Euident: And well to beware, that it be the 
 Reformation,^! that draweth on the Change; And not 
 the defire of Change, that pretendeth the Reformation. 
 And laflly, that the Nouelty,^'^ though it be not reiecled, 
 yet be held for a Sufpecl; And, as the Scripture faith; 
 T/iat we make ajland Tpon the Ancient Way, and then 
 looke about us, and difcoiier, what is the Jlraight, and 
 right way, andfo to ivalke in it.^ 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 " Jer. vi. 16. 
 
 ^3 They. Noviiates, ' novelties.' 
 
 1* Strangers. Advence aid pcrcgrini, ' newcomers or foreigners.* 
 
 1^ Froward. hitportmia et Morosa, ' unsuitable and frdward.' 
 
 1^ After Perceiued. Illnd enim f>ro ccrto habeas, ' be assured of this.' 
 
 17 Vnlooked for. Prcpter Spetn et Expeciationetn accedere, 'comes, con- 
 trary to hope and expectation.' 
 
 18 Paire.s. Eri/>ere, ' takes away from.' 
 
 1^ E.xperiments. Experiinentis Novis, ' new experiments.' 
 20 States. In Cofporibus Poiiticis viedendis, 'in reforming political 
 bodies.' 
 
 -1 Reformation. Eeforvtationis stud'nim, ' desire of reformation.' 
 '■^2 The Nouelty. Omnis Nm'itas, ' every novelty.' 
 
528 A HARMONY OF THE ESSJVS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 31. (Bt ^^ttisjpidott. 
 
 Vfpicions amongfl Thoughts, are Hke Bats 
 amongft Birds, they euer fly by Twi- 
 hght. Certainly, they are to be repreffed, 
 or, at the lead, well guarded: For they 
 cloud the Minde; theyleefe Frends; and they checke 
 with Buhneffe, whereby Buhneffe cannot goe on, cur- 
 rantly, and conilantly. They difpofe Kings to Tyranny, 
 Husbands to lealoufie, Wife Men to Trrefolution and 
 Melancholy. They are Defects, not in rhe Heart, but 
 in the Braine; For they take Place in the Stoutefl 
 Natures : As in the Example of Hcfii-y the Seuenth of 
 England: There was not a more Sufpicmis Man, nor 
 a more Stout. And in fuch a Compofition, they doe 
 fmall Hurt. For commonly they are not admitted, 
 but with Examination, whether they be likely or no ? 
 But in fearefull Natures, they gaine Ground too fafl. 
 There is Nothing makes a Man SiifpcH: much, more 
 then to Know little : And therefore Men fliould remedy 
 Sufpidcvi, by procuring to know more,^ and not to keep 
 their Sufpicions in Smother.^ What would Men haue ? 
 Doe they thinke, thofe they employ and deale with, 
 are Saints ? ^ Doe they not thinke, they will haue 
 their owne Ends, and be truer to Themfelues, then to 
 them ? Therefore, there is no better Way to moderate 
 Sufpicions, then to account vpon^ fuch Sufpicions as 
 true, and yet to bridle them, as falfe. For fo farre, a 
 
 U5. Variations in posthumous Uattn lEtiition of 1638. 
 1 Procuring to know more. Ut quis Inqulsitionem urgeat, ' to press 
 
 inquiry.' ... , ^ ■ ^ n^ i • 
 
 '^ And not to keep their Suspicions in smother. Fiaiio enim et 1 enebns 
 
 aluntur Siispiciones, ' for suspicions are nourished by smoke and darkness. 
 3 Saints. Angelas esse, ant Safictos ? ' are angels or saints ?' 
 * Account vpon. Remedia parare, 'prepare remedies.' 
 
L. OF SUSPICION. 529 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Man ought to make vfe of Sufpicmis, as to prouide, as 
 if that fliould be true, that he Siifpccls, yet ic may doe 
 him no Hurt. Sufpicious, that the Minde, of it felfe, 
 gathers, are but Buzzes;^ But Siijpicions, that are arti- 
 ficially nouriflied, and put into :Mens Heads, •^ by the 
 Tales, and Whifprings of others," haue Stings. Cer- 
 tainly, the befl ^leane, to cleare the Way, in this fame 
 Wood^ oi Siifpicioiis, is franckly to communicate them,^ 
 with the Partie, that he Sufpccls : For thereby, he fliall 
 be fure, to know more of the Truth of them, then he 
 did before ; And withall, fliall make that Party, more 
 circumfpect,^^ not to giue further Caufe of Sufpicion. 
 But this would not be done to Men of bafe^^ Natures: 
 For they, if they finde themfelues once fufpected, will 
 neuer be true. The Italian faies: Soj petto Iiccntia fede.^ 
 As if Sufpicion did giue a Pafport to Faith: But it 
 ought rather to kindle it, to difcharge it felie. 
 
 " Suspicion gives a passport to trust. 
 
 5 Buzzes. I unites Bombi, ' empty buzzes.* 
 
 * Heads. Anijuis, 'minds.' 
 
 f Others. Famigeratorum, ' talebearers.' 
 
 8 Same Wood. Ivtpedita Sylva, ' tangled wood.' 
 
 9 Franckly to communicate them. Lil'crn qicadam et aperta illarum 
 Declnrntio, ' a free and open declaration of them.' 
 
 10 Circumspect. Cautum magis et circumspection, ' more careful and 
 circumspect.' 
 
 11 Base. Pravce, et Degenerist 'bad and base.' 
 
 2 L 
 
530 A II A R M O X Y OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 33. ©i plantations;.! 
 
 Lantaiions'^ are^ anion gfl Ancient, Primi- 
 tiue,* and Heroicall Workes. When the 
 World was young, it begate more Chil- 
 "^ dren ; But now it is old, it begets fewer : 
 For I may iuflly account new Plantations, to be the 
 Children of former Kingdomes. I like a Plantation 
 in a Pure Soile ; that is, where People are not Dif- 
 planicd^^ to the end, to Plant in Others. For elfe, it is 
 rather an Extirpation, then a Plantation. Planting of 
 Countries, is like Planting of Woods ; For you mufl 
 make account, to leefe almofl^ Twenty yeeres Profit, 
 and expect your Recompence,'^ in the end. For the 
 Principall Thing, that hath beene the Deflruction of 
 mofl Plantations^ hath beene the (Bafe, and Haftie 
 drawing of Profit, in the firfL Yeeres. It is true, Speedie 
 Profit ^ is not to be neglected, as farre as may (land, 
 with the Good of the Plantation, but no further. It is 
 a Shamefull and Vnbleffed Thing, to take the Scumme 
 of People, and Wicked Condemned ^^ Men, to be the 
 People with whom you Plant : And not only fo, but it 
 fpoileth ^^ the Plantation ; For they will euer Hue like 
 Rogues, and not fiill to worke, but be Lazie, and doe 
 
 re. i'artations in postljumous ILatin ISnitton of 163S. 
 
 I Title. De Plantationibtis Popidortiiii, et Coloniis, 'of plantations of 
 peoples and colonies.' 
 
 - Plantations. Colonicp, 'colonies.' 
 3 Are. Etiiinoit, ' are prominent.' 
 * Primitiuc. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 5 Displanted. Destrniiiir, ' destroyed.' 
 
 6 Make account to leese almost .... Profit De Utilitate caf'ienda 
 nihil cpgitafidian ante. ' there must be no thought of geitins profit before.' 
 
 7 Recompence. Fructus nber et locnples, ' abundant and rich fruit.' 
 
 8 Plantations. Colouias, alias bene succcssnras, ' plantations, which 
 otherwise would have succeeded well.' 
 
 ^ Profit. Litcri Sei;ete7n, ' crop of profit.' 
 
 ^0 Wicked Condcnnied. Exulcs,ctDa)iniati, 'exiles and condemned men.' 
 
 II Spoilcth. Corriii7ipit et />erdit, ' spoils and destroys.' 
 
L. OF PLANTATIONS. 531 
 
 V. 1625. ?et. 65. 
 
 Mifchiefe, and fpend Vi6luals, and be quickly wean,^- 
 and dien Certifie ^"'^ ouer to their Country, to the Dif- 
 credit^'* of the Plaritation. The People wherewith you 
 Plant, ought to be Gardners,^' Ploughmen, Labourers, 
 Smiths, Carpenters, loyners, Fiflier-men, Fowlers, with 
 fome few ^^ Apothecaries, Surgeons, Cookes, and 
 Bakers.^" In a Country of Plantation., firR looke about, 
 what kinde of ViclualV*^ the Countrie yeelds of it felfe, 
 to Hand : ^^ As Cheflnuts, Wall-nuts, Pine-Apples, Oliues, 
 Dates, Plummes, Cherries, Wilde-Hony, and the like : 
 and make vfe of them. Then confider, what Victuail 
 or Efculent Things there are, which grow fpeedily, and 
 Avithin the yeere; As Parfnips, Carrets, Turnips, Onions, 
 Radilli,-'^ Artichokes of Hierufalem, ]\Iaiz, and the like. 
 For Wheat,-^ Early, and Oats, they aske too much 
 Labour: But with Peafe, and Beanes, you may begin ; 
 Both becaufe they aske leffe Labour, and becaufe they 
 feme for Meat, as well as for Bread. And of Rice 
 like wife commeth a great Encreafe, and it is a kinde 
 of Meat. Aboue all, there ought to be brought Store 
 of Bisket, Oat-meale, Flower, Meale, and the like, in 
 the beginning, till Bread may be had. For Beafls, or 
 Birds, take chiefly fuch, as are leafl, Subiecl to Difeafes, 
 and Multiply faflefl : As Swine, Goats, Cockes, Hennes, 
 Turkies, Geefe, Houfe doues,^^ and the like. The 
 Vidluall in Plantations., ought to be expended, almofl 
 as in a Belieged Towne; 'Fhat is, with certaine Allow- 
 ance. And let the ]\Iaine Part of the Ground employed 
 
 12 Wenry. Colonioe Fnstidio, 'weary of the colony.' 
 
 1^ Ccnilie. Nuncios et Literc.s juitlcnt, ' will send messengers and letters." 
 
 l-* Discredit. Frcpjiidiciiini et dcdccvs, ' prejudice and di>cr(.dit.' 
 
 15 Before Gardners. FrcrciJ'ue Artijiccs gcy.crutn sequoitiuiii, 'chiefly 
 ariisan.s of the following kinds.' 
 
 '•» With some few. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1" After Bakers. Cere7'isiarii\ et hiijnsiuodi, 'brewers and the like.' 
 
 18 Victuail. Esculetitorittn et I'oculetttoruin, ' eatables and' drinkables.' 
 
 ^' To Hand. Hine atitiira, 'without liiliii;.;.' 
 
 ■■'0 After Radish. Meiones, Pefones, Cucui:teres, ' melons, pumpkins, 
 cucumbers.* 
 
 *i After Wheat. Siliqiiam, 'pulse.' 
 
 2- After Hoube-doues. Cu/iicitU, " rabbits.' 
 
532 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 to Gardens or Corne, bee to a Common Stocke ; -^ 
 And to be Laid in, and Stored vp,^* and then Deliuered 
 out in Proportion ; Befides fome Spots of Ground, that 
 any Particular Perfon, Avill Manure, for his owne 
 Priuate.-^ Confider Hkewife, what Commodities the 
 Soile, where the Plantation is,-*^ doth naturally yeeld, 
 that they may fome way helpe to defray the Charge of 
 the Plantation:-"^ So it be not, as was faid, to the 
 vntimely Preiudice, of the maine Bufmeffe:-^ As it 
 hath fared with Tobacco in Virginia."' "W^ood -'-' commonly 
 aboundeth but too much ; And therefore, Timber ^^ is 
 fit to be one.^^ If there be Iron Vre, and Streames 
 whereupon to fet the Milles ; Iron is a braue ^- Com- 
 moditie, where AVood aboundeth. Making ^^ of Bay 
 Salt, if the Climate be proper for it, would be put in 
 Experience. Growing Silke '^^ likewife, if any be, is a 
 likely ^^ Commodilie. Pitch and Tarre,^*^ where ftore 
 of Firres and Pines are, will not faile. So Drugs, and 
 Sweet Woods, where they are, cannot but yeeld great 
 Profit. Soape A flies ^^ likewife, and other Hiings, that 
 
 " In the Latin this clause precedes the one before it in the text, and reads 
 thus : — 'Charge of the Plantation, As it hath fared with Tobacco in Virginia, 
 So it be not, as was said, to the vntimely Preiudice of the maine Businesse. 
 Wood, commonly,' S:c. 
 
 23 Common Stocke. Hor7-cis fiuhlicis, ' public granaries.' 
 2-* Stored vp. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 25 That any Particular Person . . . ownepriuate. Inqtiibns Indiistria 
 
 siiigulorimt se cxerceat, 'on which the industry of individuals may be 
 
 2'« Soile, where the Plantation is. /^e^/^^ zY/rt, ' that district.' [exercised.' 
 
 27 That they may .... Plantation. I'i Ex/>07-tntio enrinn, in loca 
 7ihi mnxiine in />n'tio sunt, sn7nptus iez'ct, ' that their exportation to places 
 where they are of most value, may lessen tlie expense.' 
 
 28 Maine Businesse. Colonice i/istJis, ' the plantation itself.' 
 
 29 After Wood. In Rei;iohi/>7is descrtis, 'in uninhabited countries.^ 
 
 "0 'limber. Ligna, ad Jlidijicia, Naves, ant cjnsinodi iisjis apta, ' timber, 
 fit for building houses and .ships or .similar purpo.ses.' 
 
 ^1 To be one. Inter pnccipuas JSIcrces jnii;iC7-anda, 'to be counted among 
 the chief articles of traffic' 
 
 =^2 Braue. Qiucstnosix, 'profitable.' 
 
 33 Making. Con/ectio per Calorcni Solis, ' making by the heat of the sun.' 
 
 34 Silke. ^ S'ericnin vegetabile, ' vegetable silk.' 
 
 35 Likely. Lncrosa, ' profitable.' 
 
 36 Pitch and 'J'ai re. Fix cnjnscnnquc generis, ' pitch of all kinds.' 
 
 37 Soape Ashes. Cineres.qicibitsadSapain ntnntnr,non nicdicnvi Utilitatis 
 afferc}ii, ' ashes, which are used for soap, will bring no little advantage.' 
 
L. OF PL A N TA TI O N S. 533 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 may be thought of. But moile not too much vnder 
 Ground :"^ For the Hope''-^ of Mines is very Vncertaine,^^ 
 and vfeth to make the Planters^^ Lazie, in other Things. 
 For Gouernment, let it be in the Hands of one, affifled 
 with fome Counfell : And let them haue Gommiffion, 
 to exercife Martiall Lawes, with fome limitation. And 
 aboue all, let Men make that Profit of being in the 
 Wilderneffe, as they haue God alwaies, and his Seruice 
 before their Eyes. Let not the Gouernment of the 
 Plantation^ depend vpon too many Counfellours, and 
 Vndertakers, in the Countrie that Platitct/i, but vpon 
 a temperate Number ;^2 And let thofe be, rather Noble- 
 men, and Gentlemen, then Merchants : For they looke 
 euer to the prefent Gaine. Let there be Freedomes 
 from Cuftome,"*^ till the Plantatioii be of Strength : 
 And not only Freedome from CuRome,"*^ but Free- 
 dome to Carrie their Commodities, where they may 
 make their Beft of them, except there be fome fpeciall 
 Caufe of Caution. Gramme ^^ not in People, by fend- 
 ing too fafl. Company, after Company ; But rather 
 hearken how they wafle,^*^ and fend Supplies propor- 
 tionably ; But fo, as the Number may hue well, in the 
 
 38 Moile nnt . . . ^ound. Venanfodiiiis ne coitfidns niiiiium prceser- 
 titn a p7-incipio, ' but trust not too much to mines, especially in the beginning.' 
 
 39 Hope. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^® Vncertaine. Failaces ct sicj)i/>t7tosce, ' deceiving and expensive.' 
 *i Vseth to make tlie Planters. Spe pulclira lactaiites, Colotws reddutit, 
 'and alluring the planters with fair hopes, make them.' 
 
 *- Let not the Gouernment . . . Number. Rtiistis, Colonia, a nu- 
 merosioreConcilio' Intelligo in Rcgioiie. fllatfc Colo/tice, rcsidoite) no n pot- 
 dent ; Ncc ob Contribtitioites exiguas Miiltitudinitiijtiice sttl'jiciatur; Sed sit 
 NitvicrKS eomim, qui Ncgotin Coloitite procurnni et ordiutiitt, moderatus : 
 'again let not the colony depend on a too numerous council, residing in the 
 mother country, nor let it be subject to too great a multitude on account of 
 small contributions, but let the nusnber of those who manage and order the 
 business of the colony be moderate.' 
 
 ■*" Custome. Vectignlil'its ct Portoriis, ' ta.xcs and customes.' 
 ■*"' Custome. Sohttionibus Pecnniarinn, ' payment of money.' 
 ■*5 Gramme. Farcins n7it srcperofietvs, ' cram or overload.' 
 <6 Waste. Qnot Capita de tempore in teinpiis tninnantur, ' how the num- 
 ber is diminished from time to time.' 
 
534 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. 3et. 65. 
 
 Plantaiion, and not by Surcharge ^^ be in Penury. It 
 hath beene a great Endangering, to the Health of fome 
 Plantations, that they haue built along the Sea, and 
 Riuers, in MariOi and vnwholefome*^ Grounds There- 
 fore, though you begin there, to auoid Carriage, and 
 other like Difcommodities, yet build ftill, rather upwards, 
 from the Streames, then along.*'^ It concerneth like- 
 wife, the Health of the Plantation, that they haue good 
 Store of Salt with them, that they may vfe it, in their 
 Victualls, when it fliall be neceffary.^" If you Plant, 
 where Sauages are, doe not onely entertaine them 
 with Trifles, and Gingles ; But vfe them iuflly, and 
 gratioufly, with fufficient Guard neuertheleffe : And doe 
 not winne their fauour, by helping them to inuade their 
 Enemies, but for their Defence ^^ it is not amiffe. And 
 fend oft of them, ouer to the Country, that Plants, that 
 they may fee a better Condition ^- then their owne, and 
 commend ^'^ it when they returne. When the Planta- 
 tion grows to Strength, then it is time, to Plant with 
 Women,^^ as well as with Men ; That the Plantation 
 may fpread into Generations, and not be euer peeced^-^ 
 from A\ithout It is the fmfullefL Thing in the world, 
 to forfake or defLitute a Plantation,^ once in Forward- 
 neffe: For befides the Diflionour, it is the Guiltineffe 
 of Bloud,'^*^ of many Commiferable Perfons. 
 
 *" Surcharge. Omitted in the Latin. 
 *8 Vnwholesome. Aqtiosis, 'watery.' 
 
 49 Then along. Oniiited in the Latin. 
 
 50 Necessary. Qnos ^•crisiinile est />7ttHdos aliier sape fntjiros, ' which 
 (the victuals) will probably otherwi.-e be often putrid.' 
 
 51 Defence. Sed Aiixiliis De/etisivis noii inconniiodum crit subvenire, 
 ' but to help them by aid for their defence will not be amiss.' 
 
 5- Condition. Cotiditiones hoiiii/nnn, ' condition of men.' 
 
 53 Commend. Divulgent, 'publish.' 
 
 5-1 Plant with Women .... Men. Mtdieres siivunittere, ' send 
 women also.' 
 
 65 Be . . . peeced. Pendent, 'depend.' 
 
 50 Guiliinesse of Bloud. Proditio mera Pro/usioqtte Satiguinis, 'simple 
 betrayal and shedding of blood.' 
 
LII. OF PROPHECIES. 535 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 35. 0f |)ropl)ccic^. 
 
 ^Vlcane not to fpeake of Diiiine Prophecies \ 
 Xor of Heathen Oracles ; Nor of Naturall 
 Prediclions ; But only of Prophecies, that 
 haue beeiie of certaine Memory, and from 
 Hklden Caufes. Saith the Pythoniffa to Saul; To 
 Morro'iL' thou and thy fonne JJiall he luith me."- Mojjier 
 hath thefe Verfes. 
 
 At Domiis ^n€a3 cimflis domi?mbititr Oris, 
 Et Nati Nat or inn, et qui nafceiitur ab illis:^ 
 
 A Prophecie, as it feemes, of the Roman Empire. 
 Seneca the Tragedian hath thefe Verfes. 
 
 Venient Annis 
 
 Secula fe?-is, quibus Oceamcs 
 Vincuhi Rcruni laxet, et ingens 
 Patcat Tellus, Typhifque nouos 
 Detegat Orbes ; nee jit Terris 
 Vltima Thule :'^ 
 
 A Prophecie of the Difcouery of America. The 
 Daughter of Poly crates dreamed, that lupittr bathed 
 her Father, and Apollo annointed him : And it came 
 to paffe, that he was crucified in an Open Place, 
 where the Sunne made his Bodie runne with Sweat, 
 and the Raine waflied it.'^ Philip oiMacedon dreamed, 
 He fealed vp his Wiues Belly: Whereby he did ex- 
 pound it, that his Wife fliould be barren : But Aris- 
 
 " I Sam. xxviii. 19. 
 
 *> But the fauiily of j^neas shall rule oz>er all lafids. A iid his children's 
 children and those that shall be I'oru of them. Virgil. yEneid. iii. 97. which 
 are adapted from Homer. Iliad, xx. 307, 8. 
 
 ^ There shall come a titne in the series of years, in 'which the Ocean shall 
 unloose the I'ounds of things and a vast earth shall appear; also ancther 
 Typhys shall disclose 7tew worlds, neither shall Thule be the farthest land. 
 Seneca. Medea, ii. 375-380. 
 
 <* Herodotjis. iii. 
 
 Cljis dcssag is not inclutirt in tijc poslbumous ILatin Euition of 1638. 
 
536 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. Det. 65. 
 
 tander the Soothfa3'er, told him, his Wife was with 
 Childe, becaufe Men doe not vfe to Seale Veffells that 
 are emptie.^ A Phantafme, that appeared to M. 
 B?'jdiis in his Tent, faid to him; Philippis iteriim me 
 viikbis.^ llbcrms faid to Galba. Til quoqiie Galba 
 degujiabis Impej'iumS In VefpafiansT'wno.., there went 
 a Prophecic in the Eafl ; That tliofe that flioiild come 
 forth of ludea, Ihould reigne oner the World: which 
 though it may be was meant of our Sauioiir, yet 
 Tacitus expounds it of Vefpafian.'^ Doniitian dreamed, 
 the Night before he was flaine, that a Golden Head 
 was growing out of the Nape of his Necke :^ And in- 
 deed, the Succeffion that followed him, for many 
 yeares, made Golden Times. Henry the Sixt oi Eng- 
 land, faid oi Henj-y the Seuenth, when he was a Lad, 
 and gaue him Water ; This is the Lad, that JJiall enioy 
 the Crowne, for ivhich me Jlriiie/ AMien I was in 
 Fi'ance, I heard from one Di\ Pena, that the Q. Mother, 
 who was giuen to Cm-ious Arts, caufed the King her 
 Hufbands Natiuitie, to be Calculated, under a falfe 
 Name ; And the Aflrologer gaue a Judgement, that 
 he fliould be killed in a Duell ; At which the Queene 
 laughed, thinkmgher Husband, to be aboue Challenges 
 and Duels : but he was flaine, vpon a Courfe at Tilt, 
 the Splinters of the Staffe of Mongomcry, going in at 
 his Beuer. The triuiall PropJiecie, which I heard, when 
 I was a Childe, and Queene Elizabeth was in the 
 Flower of her Yeares, was ; 
 
 When Honpe is fponne; 
 Enghind's done. 
 
 "' Plutarch. Alexa7tdcr. ii. 
 
 ^ Thozi shalt see me again at Philippi. Appian. De Bellis Civilibus. 
 iv. 134. 
 
 '^ Thoii also ivilt taste of Empire. Suetonius. Galba. iv. tells it of 
 Augustus. 
 
 <* Tacitus. History, v. 13. 
 
 * Suetonius. Domitian. xxiii. 
 
 / Holinshed. iii. 678. b. Ed. 1587. 
 
LII. OF FROPIIECIES. S37 
 
 V. 1625. cet. 65. 
 
 Whereby, it was generally conceined, that after the 
 Pri/urs had Rci.!j;ned, which had the Principiall 
 Letters, of that \\'ord Hcmpe, (which were Henry, 
 Edward, Mary, FJiilip, Elizabeth) England fliovild 
 come to vtter Confufion .• Which, thankes be to God, 
 is verified only, in the Change of the Name : For that 
 tlie Kings Stile, is now no more of En'^land, but of 
 Britaine. There was alfo another Fropheeie, before 
 the year of 88. which I doe not well vnderfland. 
 
 There JJi all he feene vpon a day, 
 Betiveene the Baugh, and the May, 
 The B la eke Fleet of Korivay. 
 When that that is come and gone, 
 England build Houfes of Lime and Stone 
 For after Warres Jfliall you haue None. 
 
 It was generally conceiued, to be meant of the Spanifh 
 Fleet, that came in 88. For that the A7;/<; of Spaines 
 Surname, as they fay, is N'orway. The Prediction of 
 Regiomontanus ; 
 
 Oflogefsimus oflauus mi rah His Annus ^^ 
 
 Was thought likewife accompliflied, in the Sending of 
 that great Fleet, being the greateft in Strength, though 
 not in Number, of all that euer fwamme vpon the Sea. 
 As for Cleons Ureame, I thinke it was a left. It was, 
 that he was deuoured of a long Dragon; And it was 
 expounded of a Maker of Saufages, that troubled him 
 exceedingly.'^ There are Numbers of the like kinde ; 
 Efpecially if you include Dreames, and Predictions of 
 Aftrologie. But I haue fet downe thefe few onely of 
 certaine Credit, for Example. My ludgement is, that 
 they ought all to be Defpifed \ And ought to ferue, 
 but for Winter Talke, by the Fire fide. Ihough when 
 I fay Defpifed, I meane it as for Beleefe : For other- 
 
 " Eighty Eight, a year of wonders. 
 ^ Aristophanes. Knights. 195. 
 
53S A II A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 wife, the Spreading or Publifhing of them, is in no 
 fort to be Defpifed. For they haue done much Mif- 
 chiefe : And 1 fee many feuere Lawes made to fuppreffe 
 them. That, that hath giuen them Grace, and fome 
 Credit, confifleth in tliree Things. Firfl, that Men 
 marke, when they hit, and neuer marke, when they 
 miffe : As tliey doe, generally, alfo of Drcames. The 
 fecond is, that Probable Coniedlures, or obfcure 
 Traditions, many times,, turne themfelues into Pro- 
 phecies : AMiile the Nature of Man, which coueteth 
 Diumation, thinkes it no Perill to foretell that, which 
 indeed they doe but colle6l. As that of Seneca's 
 Verfe. For fo much was then fubiecSl to Demonflra- 
 tion, that the Globe of the Earth, had great Parts beyond 
 the Atlanticke; which raought be Probably conceiued, 
 not to be all Sea : And adding thereto, the Tradition 
 in Plato's Timeus, and his Atlaiiticus, it mought en- 
 courage One, to turne it to a Prediclioii. The third, 
 and LafL (which is the Great one) is, that almoft all 
 of them, being infinite in Number, haue beene Impof- 
 tures, and by Idle and cra^tie Braines, meerely con- 
 triued and faigned, after the Euent Pad. 
 
 i^' ;-^ 
 
LI II. OF MASQUES AND TRIUMPHS. 539 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 I British Museum Copy. 
 
 37. Of flita^quc^ anti (Tvumipl)^. 
 
 Hefe Things are but Toycs, to come amongft 
 fuch Serious Obferuations. But yet, fince 
 Princes will haue fuch Things, it is better, 
 they fliould be Graced with Elegancy, then 
 Daubed with Cofl. Dancing to Song, is a Thing of 
 great State, and Pleafure. I vndeifland it, that the 
 Song be in Quire, placed aloft, and accompanied with 
 fome broken Muficke : And the Ditty fitted to the 
 Deuice. Acling in Song, efpecially in Dialogues, hath 
 an extreme Good Grace : I fay A^ing, not Dancing, 
 (For that is a Meane and Vulgar Thing;) And the 
 Voices of the Dialogue, would be Strong and Manly, 
 (A Bafe, and a Tenour ; No Treble ;) And the Ditty 
 High and Tragicall; Not nice or Dainty. Seuerall 
 Quires, placed one ouer againfl another, and taking 
 the Voice by Catches, Ant heme wife, giue great Plea- 
 fure. Turning Dances into Figure, is a childifh 
 Curiofity. And generally, let it be noted, that thofe 
 Things, which I here fet downe, are luch, as doe na- 
 turally take the Senfe, and not refpecl Petty Wonder- 
 ments. It is true, the Altei-ations of Scenes, fo it be 
 quietly, and without Noife, are Things of great Beauty, 
 and Pleafure: For they feed and relieue the Eye, 
 before it be full of the fame Obie6t. Let the Scenes 
 abound with Light, fpccially Coloured and Varied : 
 And let the Mafquers, or any other, that are to come 
 down from the Scene, haue fome jMotions, vpon the 
 Scene it felfe, before their Comming down : For it 
 drawes the Eye flrangely, and makes it with great 
 pleafure, to defire to fee that, it cannot perfe6lly 
 difcerne. Let the Songs be Loud, and Cheerefull, and 
 
 Cijis lissag is not induticti in tfje posthumous ILatin IZUition of 1638. 
 
540 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 not Chirpings^ or Pidings. Let the ATiiftcke likewife, 
 be Sharpe, and Loud, and Well Placed. The Colours, 
 that fhew befl by Candlelight, are ; White, Carnation, 
 and a Kinde of Sea- Water-Greene ; And Oes, or 
 Spa Jigs, as they are of no great Coft, fo they are of 
 moft (ilory. As for Rich Embroidery, it is lofl, and 
 not Difcerned. Let the Butes of the Mafqucrs, be 
 Gracefull, and fiich as become the Perfon, when the 
 Vizars are oif : Not after Examples of Knowne Attires; 
 Turks, Soldiers, Mariners, and the like. Let Anti- 
 mafques not be long : They haue been commonly of 
 Fooles, Satyres, Baboones, Wilde-Men, Antiques, 
 Beafts, Sprites, Witches, Ethiopes, Pigmies, Turquets, 
 Nimphs, Ruflicks, Cupids, Statua's Mouing, and the 
 like. As for Angels, it is not Comicall enough, to put 
 them in A?iti-AIafques ; And any Thing that is hideous, 
 as Deuils, Giants, is on the other fide as vnfit. But 
 chiefly, let the Mufuke of them, be Recreatiue, and 
 with fome flrange Changes. Some Siveet Odours, 
 fuddenly comming forth, without any drops falling, 
 are, in fuch a Company, as there is Steame and Heate, 
 Things of great Pleafure ; and Refrefliment. Double 
 Mafques, one of Men, another of Ladies, addeth State, 
 and Variety. But All is Nothing, except the Roome be 
 kept Cleare, and Neat. 
 
 For lujls, and Tourneys, and Barriers ; The Glories 
 of them, are chiefly in the Chariots, wherein the 
 Challengers make their Entry ; Efpecially if they be 
 drawne with Strange Beafls ; As Lions, Beares, Cam- 
 mels, and the like : Or in the Deuices of their En- 
 trance ; Or in the Brauery of their Liueries ; Or in the 
 Goodly Furniture of their Horfes, and Armour. But 
 enough of thef6 Toyes. 
 
LIV. OF USURY. 541 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 41. Of Dsitric.^ 
 
 jl \ny haue made Wittie Inue6\iues againfl 
 Vfuricr- They fay, that it is Pitie, the 
 Deuill fhould haue Gods part, which is the 
 Tithe. That the Vfwer is the greatefl 
 Sabbath Breaker, becaufe his Plough goeth euery 
 Sunday.'^ That the Vfurcr is the Droane, that Virgil 
 fpeaketh of : 
 
 Ignauum Fiicos Peats a prcefepibus arcent.^^ 
 That the Vfiirer breaketh the Firft Law, that was 
 made for Alankinde, after the Fall ; which was, In 
 Judo7'c Viiltus till eomedes Paiiem tinim ', 1>\0\., Pi fudo?'e 
 Vidtus a/iejii.^ That Vfiirers fhould haue Orange- 
 tawney Bonnets, becaufe they doe hidaize. That it 
 is againfl Nature, for Money to beget Money ; And the 
 like. I fay this onely, that Vfiiry is a Conceffiim 
 propter Duritieni Cordis f For lince there mufl be 
 Borrowing and Lending,^ and Men are fo hard of Heart, 
 as they will not lend freely, Vfiiry mufl be permitted. 
 Some Others haue made Sufpicious, and Cunning 
 Propofitions, of Bankes,^ Difcouery of Mens Eflates, 
 and other Inuentions. But few haue fpoken of Vjury 
 vfefully.*^ It is good to fet before vs, the Picoinmodities., 
 and Conunodities of Vfury ; That the Good may be, 
 
 * They drive away the drones, a slothful race, from the hives. VirgiL 
 Georgics. iv. 168. 
 
 *• In the sweat 0/ thy face, shall thou eat thy bread [Gen. iii. 18], not in 
 the s-iveat of another' s face. 
 
 '^ A concession oti account of the hardness of the heart. 
 
 re. I'ariations in postlmmous ILatin lEUition of 1C38. 
 
 1 Title. De Vsura sive Foenorc, " of uMiry or interest.' 
 
 2 Vsurie. /''icneraiores, ' usurers.' 
 
 3 Euery Sund;iy. Sal'bathis, ' on Sabbaths.' 
 
 * Borrowing and Lending, l/t Pecimias tnutuo dent, et accipiant, ' that 
 men should give and receive money on loan.' 
 
 » Bankes. Argetitariis, et Kxcainhiis pnblicis, ' banks and public 
 exchanges.' | 
 
 6 VsefuUy. S elide et utiliter, 'solidly and usefully.' 
 
542 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 either Weighed out, or Culled out ; And warily to 
 prouide, that while we make fortli, to that which is 
 better, we meet not, with"^ that which is worfe. 
 
 The Difcommodities of Vfiiry are : Firfl, that it 
 makes fewer Merchants. For were it not, for this 
 Lazie Trade of Vfiiry^ Money would not lie flill,^ but 
 would, in great Part, be Imployed vpon Merchandizing; 
 Which is the Vena Porta of Wea-lth^*^ in a State. The 
 Second, that it makes Poore Merchants. For as a 
 Farmer cannot hufband his Ground fo welV^ if he fjt 
 at^^ a great Rent ; So the Merchant cannot driue his 
 Trade fo well,!^ if he fit at^* great 'Vfury. The Third 
 is incident to the other two; And that is, the Decay 
 of Cuflomes of Kings or States, ^^ which Ebbe or flow 
 with Merchandizing. The Fourth, that it bringeth the 
 Treafure^^ of a Realme or State, into a few Hands. 
 For the Vfiircr^'^ being at Certainties, and others at 
 Vncertainties, at the end of the Game ;^^ Moft of the 
 Money will be in the Boxe;^^ And euer a State 
 flouriflieth, when Wealth is more equally ^^ fpread.^^ 
 The Fifth, that it beats downe the Price of Land: 2^' 
 For the Employment of Money, is chiefly, either 
 
 7 Meet not with. Intercipiauinr et incidaimis, 'are intercepted by and 
 fall into.' 
 
 8 Trade of Vsury. PecicnicE in Fcenus Ey-ogatio, ' giving out of money at 
 interest,' 
 
 3 Lie still. DeUiescc7-cnt fy-a Soco7-dia, ' be hidden away from idleness.' 
 10 Of Wealth. Ad Opes ititi-odiccendas, ' for bringing in wealth.' 
 ^1 So well. Ha frnctitose, 'so fruitfully.' 
 
 12 Sit at. Soh'at, ' pay.' 
 
 13 So well. Tani covnnode ct liicrose, ' so conveniently and profitably.' 
 1* If he sit at. Si Pcciniiii Foc7io7-e swnptis, negotietiir, ' if he do business 
 
 with money taken up at interest.' 
 
 15 Customesof Kings or States. Portorioru7}iet Vcciigaliuin pt(blicorum, 
 ' public customs and taxes.' 
 
 "' Treasure. Tlicsaia-um, et Pecwiias, ' treasure and money.' 
 
 17 Vsurer. Fcencraioris Liicrmn, ' the usurer's gain.' 
 
 i-'5 After Game. Proutjit scrpe in A lea, ' as often happens at dice.' 
 
 19 The P.oxe. Promo, ' the keeper.' 
 
 20 Equally. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 21 Spread. Dispergantitr, n07i coacerrirntrir, ' spread not heaped up.' 
 
 22 Land. Term et Prcediornm, ' land and farms.' 
 
LIV. OF USURY. 543 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Merchandizing, or Purcharing;^^ And F///;^ Way-layes 
 both. The Sixth, that it doth Dull and Dampe all 
 InduRries, Improuements, and new Iniientions, wherin 
 Money would be Stirring, if it were not for this Slugge. 
 The Lafl, that it is the Canker and Ruine of many 
 Mens Eflates ; Which in proceffe of Time breeds a 
 Publike Pouertie. 
 
 On the other fide, the Commodities of Vfiiry are. 
 Firfl, that howfoeuer Vfury in fome refpecl hindercth 
 ]\IerchandiziDg, yet in fome other it aduanceth it : For 
 it is certain, that the Greatefl Part of Trade, is driuen 
 by Young IMerchants, vpon Borrowing at Intereft : So 
 as if the Vfinrr, either call in, or keepe backe his 
 Money, there will enfue prefently a great Stand -^ of 
 Trade. The Second is, That were it not, for this eafie 
 borrowing vpon Inta-tjl, IMens neceffities would draw 
 vpon them, a moll fudden vndoing ; In that they 
 would be forced to fell their Meanes (be it Lands or 
 Goods) farre vnder Foot ^--^ and fo, whereas Vfury 
 doth but Gnaw vpon them, Bad Markets -'^ would 
 Swallow them quite vp. As for Mortgaging,-" or 
 Pawning, it will little mend the matter ; For either 
 Men will not take Pawnes without Vfe\ Or if they 
 doe, they will looke precifely for the Forfeiture.-^ I 
 remember a Cruell Moneyed Man, in the Country, that 
 would fay: The Deuill take this Vfury ^ it keepes vs 
 from Forfeitures, of Mortgages, and Bonds. The third 
 and Lafl is ; That it is a Vanitie to conceiue, that 
 there would be Ordinary Borrowing without Profit : 
 
 23 Purchasing. Pra'ciiomm Coevt/h'ofies, ' purchasing (arms.' 
 
 2* Stand. C lades, ' de.*>tniction.' 
 
 -^ Farre vnder Foot. Nititis vili pretio, ' at too low a price.' 
 
 "'' Bad .Markets. Pistractiones, '.^clling piecemeal.' 
 
 -^ Mortsiaging. Ea gucE a Jureconsuitis appeUimUir Mortua vadia, 
 ' what are called by lawyers mortgages.' r 
 
 ^ Forfeiture. Sohiiioiie ad diem mitiiiue pnpstita, smmnojiire agent, 
 ' if payment is not made at the day, they will act according to the extremity 
 of liie law.' 
 
544 A HARMONY OF THE Z^: S S A V S. 
 
 V. J625. ast. 65. 
 
 And it is impoffible to conceiue, the Number of Incon- 
 ueniences, that will enfue, if Borrowing be Cramped. 
 Therefore, to fpeakeof the Abolifliingof Vfiiry is Idle. 
 All States haue euer had-^ it, in one Kinde or Rate, 
 or other. So as that Opinion mufl be fent to Vtopia. 
 
 To fpeake now, of the Reformation and Rciglement 
 of Vfury ; How the Difcoinnwdiiles of it may be befl 
 auoided, and the Commodities retained. It appeares 
 by the Ballance, of Commodities^ and Difcommodities of 
 Vfiny, Two Things are to be Reconciled. The one, 
 that the Tooth of Vfurie be grinded, that it bite not 
 too much : The other, that there bee left open a 
 ]\Ieanes, to inuite Moneyed Men, to lend to the 
 Merchants, for the Continuing and Quickning^^ of 
 Trade. This cannot be done, except you introduce, 
 two feuerall Sorts of Vfury ; A Lef/'e, and a Greater. 
 For if you reduce Vjury. to one Low Rate, it will 
 eafe the common '^^ Borrower, but the Merchant wil 
 be to feeke for Money. And it is to be noted, that 
 the Trade of Merchandize, being the moft Lucratiue, 
 may beare Vfu7y at a good Rate ; Other Contra6ls 
 not fo. 
 
 To ferue both Intentions, the way would be briefly 
 thus. That there be Two Rates of Vfury, The one 
 Free, and GeneralP^' for All; The other vnder Licence 
 only, to Certaine Perfons, and in Certaine Places of 
 Merchandizing?'^ FirfL therefore, let Vfury, in general!, 
 be reduced to Fine in the Hundred -^"^^ And let that Rate 
 be proclaimed to be Free and Current ;^^ And let the 
 
 29 Had. Tolcrnrit7tt, ' hnve tolerated.' 
 
 30 Continuing and Qiiicknin;^. Ne Coiinncrciitin hiteixidat ant latigtiescat, 
 'that trade may not be interrupted or grow slack.' 
 
 •^1 Common. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 "- Free, and Generall. Pcrinitfattn', ' be permitted.' 
 
 ■^•' Certaine Pl.ices of Merchandizing. Kcipitblica- iocis, iibi Mercatii7-a 
 /errct, ' places of the State, where commerce i.s bri.ik.' 
 
 "•• Fine in the Hundred. Partem vicesiinatn . . . in Anuutii, ' the 
 twentieth part for a year.' 
 
 '^'•' Free and Current. Libera omuibtts, 'free to all.' 
 
LIV. OF USURY. 545 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 State^^ fhut it felfe out, to take any Penalty for the 
 fame.^'' This will preferue Borrowing from any generall 
 Stop or Drineffe.^^ This will eafe infinite 13orrowers 
 in the Countrie. This will, in good Part, raife the 
 Price of Land, becaufe Land purchafed at Sixteene 
 yeares Purchafe, wil yeeld Six in the Hundred, and 
 fomewhat more, whereas this Rate of Interefl, Yeelds 
 but Fiue.^^ This, by like reafon, will Encourage and 
 edge, Induflrious and Profitable Improuements \^^ 
 Becaufe ]\lany will rather venture in that kinde, then 
 take Fiue in the Hundred,"^^ efpecially hauing beene 
 vfed to greater Profit. Secondly, let there be Certaiiie 
 Perfons liccnfed to Lend, to k?w70?ie Merchants,^''- vpon 
 Vfury at a Higher Rate ; and let it be with the Cau- 
 tions following. Let the Rate be, euen with the 
 Merchant himfelfe,'^^ fomewhat more eafie, then that 
 he vfed formerly to pay: For, by that Meanes, all 
 Borrowers"*^ fhall haue fome eafe, by this Reformation, 
 be he Merchant, or whofoeuer. Let it be no Banke or 
 Common Stocke, but euery Man be Mafler of his owne 
 Money: Not that I altogether Miflike Banks, but they 
 will hardly be brooked, in regard of certain fufpicions.'*-^ 
 
 36 State. Princess sive Respublica, ' prince or state.' 
 
 37 Shut it selfe . . . same. Mulctce omni retntnciet, ' renounce all fines.' 
 
 38 Drinesse. Difficultate majore, ' greater difficulty.' 
 
 39 Because Land . . . but Fiue. Qicmidoqiiidein annuus Valor prce- 
 (iiorum, hie apiid Nos in Anglia, cxcedet illavi Faenoris, ad hanc Propor- 
 tionent redacti ; Quantum annuus Valor sex Libranun, excedit illutn 
 guinque tafitum, 'since the yearly value of land, with us here in England, 
 will exceed that of interest, reduced 10 this rate : as the yearly value of £6 
 exceeds that of ^5.' 
 
 *<> Industrious and Profitible Improuements. Industrias Hominum, ad 
 ntilia et lucrosa Inventa, ' the industries of men to useful and profitable 
 inventions.' 
 
 *^ Fiue in the Hundred. Lucro tain exili, quale dixitnus, ex Vsuns, 
 ' such a small profit, as we have said, from usury.' 
 
 *- After Knowne Merchants. Et Tion aliis quibuscunque Hominibus, 
 ' and to no other men.' 
 
 ■'^ Euen with the Merchant himselfe. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ** Borrowers. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^* Let it be no Banke . . . certain suspicions. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 2 M 
 
546 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS, 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Let the State*^ be anfwered, fome fmall Matter, for the 
 Licence, and the refl^^ left to the Lender : For if the 
 Abatement be but fmall,^^ it will no whit difcourage 
 the Lender. For he, for Example, that tooke^^ before 
 Ten or Nine in the Hundred, wil fooner defcend to 
 Eight in the Hundred, then giue ouer his Trade of 
 V/i/7y ; And goe from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of 
 Hazard. ^"^ Let thefe Licenfed Lenders be in Number 
 Indefinite, but retrained to Certaine Principall Cities 
 and Townes of Merchandizing : For then they will be 
 hardly able, to Colour other Mens Moneyes,^^ in the 
 Country: So as the Licejice of Ni?ie,^'-^ will not fucke 
 away the current Rate of Fine : For no Man will fend 
 his Moneyes farre off, nor put them into Vnknown 
 Hands. 
 
 If it be Obie6led, that this doth, in a Sort, Authorize 
 
 Vfury, which before was, in fome places, but Permif- 
 
 fiue: The Anfwer is; That it is better, to Mitigate 
 
 Vfiiry by Dedaratio^i, then to fuffer it to Rage by 
 
 Con?iiuence.^'^ 
 
 *" State. Princeps sive Respublica, 'prince or state. 
 
 *^ The rest. Reliquum Lucri, ' the rest of the profit.* 
 
 ** Abatement be but small. Liicrian Fooicratoris Icviter tantum viinu- 
 
 atur, ' the gain of the lender be only slightly lessened.' 
 
 *9 Tooke. Quoiafuiis accipere solcbnt, ' was wont to take yearly.' 
 
 ^^ Goe from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of Hazard. Certa cunt Incertis 
 
 covtmutabit, ' change certainties for uncertainties.* 
 
 51 Colour other Mens Moneyes. Proctexiii Licetitianetit, Opportunitatem 
 nott habebunt pecuniae aliorion pro snis commodaiidi, ' will not have oppor- 
 tunity, under the pretext of their licence, of lending other men's money as 
 their own.' 
 
 52 Nine. Novein met octo Librarum Proportio, Licentia miitiita, 'the 
 rate of ^9 or £2, fortified by a licence.' 
 
 6<* If it be Obiected . . . Conniuance. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
LV. OF BUILDING. 547 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 45. €)f JJuilMng.i 
 
 ^Oufcs are built to Line in, and not to Looke 
 on : Therefore let Vfe bee preferred before 
 Vniformitie ;^' Except -svhere both may be 
 had. Leaue the Goodly P^abrickes of 
 HouJ'es, for Beautie only,^ to the Enchanted Pallaces of 
 the Poets: Who build them with fmall Cofl. Hee 
 that builds a faire Houfe, vpon an /// Seat., commiteth 
 Himfelfe to Prifon. Neither doe I reckon it an ill 
 Seat, only, where the Aire is Vnwholfome ; But like- 
 wife where the Aire is vnequall ; As you fhall fee 
 many fine Seats,^ fet vpon a knap of Ground, Enuir- 
 oned-^ with Higher Hilles round about it: whereby the 
 Heat of the Sunne is pent in, and the Wind gathereth*^ 
 as in Troughes ; So as you fhall haue as great Diuer- 
 fitie of Heat and Cold, as if you Dwelt in feuerall 
 Places. Neither is it /// Ai?'e onely, that maketh an 
 /// Seat, but 111 wayes," 111 Markets ; And, if you will 
 confult with Momiis, 111 Neighbours. I fpeake not of 
 many More : Want of Water ; AVant of Wood, Shade, 
 and Shelter f Want of Fruitfulneffe, and mixture of 
 Grounds of feuerall Natures ; Want of Profpecl ; Want 
 of LeuelP Grounds; Want of Places, at fome neare 
 Diflance, for Sports of Hunting, Hauking, and Races; 
 Too neare the Sea, loo remote; Hauing the Commo- 
 
 rC. Tariations in posthumous ILatin iEtJition of 1638. 
 
 1 Title. De yEdifuiis, ' of buildings.* 
 - Vniformitie. Pulckritttdini, 'beauty.' 
 
 3 Fur Beautie only. Qucb Admiratiojiem incufiuni, 'which strike us with 
 admiration.' 
 
 * File Seats. yEdes, ' house.' 
 
 =' Enuironed. Cincto undiqtte, more Theatri, ' girt on all sides like a 
 theatre.' 
 
 6 Gathereth. Variis astibiis reciprocantur, ' are moved backwards and 
 forwards in various tides.' 
 
 7 Wayes. P'iaruni et Adituunt Incornnoditas, 'inconvenience of roads 
 and approaches.' 
 
 * Shelter. Focmn, 'fuel.' 4 
 ^ Leuell. Plana et aqunbilis, ' level and even.' 
 
54S A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. Det. 65. 
 
 ditie^^ of Nauigable Riuers, or the difcommoditie of 
 their Ouerflowing ; Too farre off from great Cities, 
 which may hinder Bufmeffe ; Or too neare them, 
 which Lurcheth all Prouifions, and maketh euery 
 Thing deare ; Where a Man hath a great Lining laid 
 together/i and where he is fcanted:^- All which, as it 
 is impoffible, perhaps, to finde together, fo it is good 
 to know them, and thinke of them, that a IMan may 
 take as many as he can ■}^ And if he haue feuerall 
 Dwellings,!-^ that he fort them fo, that what he wanteth 
 m the One, hee may finde in the Other. LiicuUus 
 anfwered Pompey well ; Who when hee faw his Stately 
 Galleries, and Roomes, fo Large and Lightfome, in 
 one of his Houfes, faid ; Siirely, an excellent Place for 
 Summer, bnt how doe you in Winter'^ Lucullus 
 anfwered : Why, doe you not think me as Wife, as 
 fame Foicle are, that euer change their Aboad towards 
 the Winter 1 
 
 To paffe from the Seat, to the Houfe it felfe ; We 
 will doe as Cicero doth, in the Oratours Art ; Who 
 writes Bookes De Oratore, and a Booke entitled 
 Orator : Whereof the Former deliuers the Precepts of 
 the Art) And the Latter the PeifcBion. We will 
 therefore defcribe a Princely Pallace, making a briefe 
 Modell thereof For it is flrange to fee, now in 
 Europe, fuch Huge Buildings, as the Vatican, and 
 Efcuriall, and fome Others be, and yet fcarce a very 
 Faire Roome in them. 
 
 Firft therefore, I fay, you cannot haue a Perfedl 
 
 10 Hailing the Commoditie. NiiUa comvwditas, ' no commod\ty.' 
 
 11 Great Lining laid together. Latifitndia nvtpla possideat, ant acqui- 
 rere possit, 'possesses or can acquire large estates.' ^ 
 
 12 Scanted. yv««rt.r f.r/^;/(y^rt'«^5'7/t?rt/', ' cannot extend his wings. 
 
 13 All which, as it is impossible . . . many as he can. Qua- singula viinunc 
 eo anivio cniivieravius, acsi Domiis aliqua his hicovuiiodis oiinubus rmcare 
 possit verinn nt tot ex iUis evitcmns, qi(ot cvita^i concedatnr, ' which we 
 have not enumerated, as if any house could be without all these disadvantages, 
 bui that we should avoid as many of them as possible.' 
 
 14 Haue seuerall Dwellings. Domos plures <edijicet, 'build several 
 Louses* 
 
L V. OF BU I LDJ N G. 549 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 ralhicc, except you haue two feuerall Sides ; A Side 
 for the Banquet, as is fpoken of in the Booke of 
 Hejler; And a Side; for the Boii/Iiold-}'^ The One 
 for Feafls^'^ and Triumphs, and the Other for DwelHng. 
 I vnderfland both thefe Sides, to be not onely 
 Returnes,!" ^^t Parts of the Fro?ii ; And to be vni- 
 forme without, though feuerally Partitioned^^ within ; 
 And to be on both Sides, of a Great and stately Tower, 
 in the MiddefL of the Front; That as it were, ioyneth 
 them together, on either Hand. I would haue on 
 the Side of the Banquet, in Front, one only Goodly 
 Roo7ne, aboue Staires, of fome Fortie^^ Foot high ; And 
 vnder it, a Roome,-*^ for a Drefsing or Preparing Place, 
 at Times of Triumphs.-^ On the other Side, which is 
 the Houjliold Side, I wifh it diuided at the firfl, into a 
 Hall, and a Chappell, (with a Partition betweene ;)-"^ 
 Both of good State, and Bigneffe : And thofe not to 
 goe all the length, but to haue, at the further end, a 
 Winter, and a Summer Parler, both Faire.-^ And 
 vnder thefe Roomes,-^ A Faire and Large Cellar,-'"" 
 funcke vnder Ground : And likewife,-^ fome Priuie 
 Kitchins, with Butteries, and Pantries, and the like. 
 As for the Tower, I would haue it two Stories, of 
 Eighteene-" Foot High a peece, aboue the two Wings; 
 
 15 Houshold. iI/rt«j/W«JJtz'^yrtw///df', 'dwelling or household.' 
 
 16 Feasts. Magnijicentias et Celebritates, ' splendours and celebraUons.' 
 1" Returnes. Latcra Vomits, ' sides of the house,' 
 
 18 Seuerally Partitioned. Longe diversas, ' far different.' 
 
 19 Fortie. Quuiqtiaginta pedes ad viitius, ' fifty feet at least.' 
 
 20 A Koome. Cameram item alteram, similis longititdinis et lati- 
 tudinis, ' another room of the same length and width.' 
 
 21 Times of Triumphs. Festa, Ludos, et ejitsmodi Magnijicentias ; Adores 
 etiatn dum se ornent et parent, commode recipiat, ' feasts, plays, and such 
 magnificences, and to receive conveniently the actors while dressing and 
 preparing.' . . , t • 
 
 2- (With a Partition betweene ;) Omitted in the Latm. 
 
 23 Both Faire. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 2< After Vnder these Roomes. Excepto sacello, ' except the chapel.' 
 
 25 Faire and Large Cellar. Amplas CeUas , ' large cellars.' 
 
 2C And likewise. Quce inserriant, ' which may serve for.' 
 
 27 Eighteene. Quindecim, ' fifteen.' 
 
550 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 # 
 
 V. 1625. a3t. 65. 
 
 And a Goodly-^ Leads vpon the Top, railed widi'^^ 
 Statua's inrerpofed; And die fame Tower to bee diui- 
 ded into Roomes, as fhall be thouglit fit.^*^ The 
 Staires Hkewife, to the vpper Roomes, let them bee 
 vpon a Faire open Newei/,^^ and finely raild in, with 
 Images of Wood, cafl into a Braffe^"^ Colour/ And a 
 very faire^^ Landing Place at the Top. But this is to 
 be, if you doe not point, any of the lower Roomes, 
 for a Dining Place of Seruants. For otherwife,^* you 
 fhall haue the Seruants Dinner, after your owne: For 
 the Steame of it will come vp as in a Tunnell. And 
 fo much for the Fro7it. Only, I vnderfland the Height 
 of the firR Staires, to be Sixteene^^ Foot, which is the 
 Height of the Lower Roome. 
 
 Beyond this Front, is there to be a Faire^*^ Court, 
 but three Sides of it, of a Farre Lower building, then 
 the Front. And in all the foure Corners of that Court, 
 Faire Staire Cafes,^'^ caft into Turrets, on the Outfide, 
 and not within the Row of Buildings themfelues. But 
 thofe Tozvcrs, are not to be of the Height of the Front; 
 But rather Proportionable to the Lower Building. 
 Let the Court not be paued,^*^ for that flriketh vp a 
 great Heat in Summer, and much Cold in Winter. 
 
 28 Goodly, y^qriabili, ' even.' 
 
 29 Railed with. Per fulcra Laterutn, ' by the rails of the sides.' 
 so As shall be thought fit. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 2^ A Faire open Newell. Apertos esse, et in se revertentes, ct per Senos 
 stibinde divisos, ' open, turning back, and divided into sixes.' 
 
 ■^2 Brasse. Iiiattratis, vel saltern aiiei coloris, ' gilded, or at least of a 
 brass colour.' 
 
 a3 Very faire. Spatiosa et lata, ' roomy and wide.' 
 
 s* For otherwise . . . your owne. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 35 Si.xteene. Vighiti, ' twenty.' 
 
 36 Faire. Spntiosavt, ' roomy.' 
 
 37 Faire Staire .... Buildings. Turres extrunntiir, Altitndinem 
 Laternnt Pncdictoriim notniikil superantes, ad Gradus, qiiibus in s7iperio7-a 
 asceudntiir, capiendos : Qitce Ticrres iion recif>iantiir in Planani wdijicii \ 
 Sed extra p7-o)nineattt, ' towers should be built, not exceeding the height of 
 the said sides, to hold staircases to ascend to the upper rooms ; which towers 
 must not be received into the level of the building but stand beyond it.' 
 
 38 Paued. Lapidilms latis qitadrangiilis snbsternatnr, ' be paved with 
 broad square stones.' 
 
LV. OF BUILDING. 551 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 But onely fome Side Alleys,^^ with a Croffe, and the 
 Quarters to Graze, being kept Shorne, but not too 
 neare Shorne. The Ro^v of Rduriief^ on the Ba?iquei 
 Side, Let it be all Stately ^^ Galleries ; In which Gal- 
 leries, Let there be"^^ three, or hue, fine Cupola's, in 
 the Length of it, placed at equall diftance: And fine 
 Coloured JVi;ido7i>es of feuerall workes.-*^ On the 
 Houfhold Side,^^ Chainbers of Prefence, and Ordinary 
 Entertainments, with fome Bed-eha?Jibe?'s ; And let all 
 three Sides, be a double Houfe, without Thorow 
 Lights, on the Sides,^^ that you may haue Roomes 
 from the Sunne,"**^ both for Fore-noone, and After- 
 noone. Caft it alfo, that you may haue Roomes,^' 
 both for Summer, and Winter : Shadie for Summer, 
 and Warme^^ for Winter. You fhall haue fometimes 
 Faire Houfes, fo full of Glaffe,^^ that one cannot tell, 
 where to become, to be out of the Sunne, or Cold : 
 For Inbozved''^ Windowes, I hold them of good Vfe ; 
 (In Cities indeed, ^pright''^ doe better, in refpect of 
 the Vniformitie towards the Street;) For they bee 
 Prettie Retiring Places for Conference ; And befides, 
 they keepe both the Wind, and Sunne o^: For that 
 
 39 Alleys. Avibiilacra,ex ejusmodi Lapidibiis, 'walks of this kind of stone.' 
 
 *o The Row of Returne. Latus U7iiversuiii Arece, 'the whole side of the 
 court.' 
 
 ■*! Stately. Spatiosce et speciosce, ' roomy and fair. 
 
 42 Let there be. St/ii iti Laquearibus, ' let there be in the ceilings.' 
 
 ■*3 Of seuerall workes. Ubi pingantnr CohntincB, Imngmes omnigetia,^ 
 Flores, et similia, ' where columns, images of all kinds, flowers and the like 
 ''je painted.' 
 
 4* After Household Side. Si7md cunt Latere tertio e redone Frontis, 
 ' together with the third side towards the front.' 
 
 •*^ Without Thorow Lights, on the Sides. Non transhicida, sedex altera 
 tantum parte fenestrata, ' without through lights, but windowed only on 
 one side.' 
 
 *6 From the Sunne. In quas sol fion ititret, ' in which the sun may not 
 enter.' 
 
 •»" Roomes. Cubiaila et Cavteree, ' bedrooms and chambers. 
 
 4^ Warme. Ad/rig^tts arcendutn, ' to keep out the cold.' 
 
 •*9 Glasse. Vitro et Fenesirts, ' glass and window.-..' 
 
 50 Inbowed. PromiHe7ites si^e nrcuntas, ' projecting or embowed.' 
 
 51 Vpright. Ad Planum yEdiJicti, et viinnne ^rotuberantes, 'in the 
 plane of the buildings and not projecting.' 
 
;52 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 which would llrike almofl thorow the Roome, doth 
 fcarce paffe the JVmdow. But let them be but few, 
 Foure in the Coiu't, On the Sides onely.^^ 
 
 Beyond this Court, let there be an Inward Court of 
 the fame Square, and Height; Which is to be enuir- 
 oned, with the Garden, on all Sides : And in the 
 Infide, Cloiflered on all Sides, vpon Decent and 
 BeautifuU Arches, as High as the firfl Story. On the 
 Vnder Siory,^"^ towards the Garden, Let it be turned'^'* 
 to a Grotta,^^ or Place of Shade, or Efliuation. And 
 onely haue opening and Windowes towards the Gar- 
 den; And be Leuell vpon the Floare, no whit funke 
 vnder Ground, to auoid all Dampiflineffe.^*^ And let 
 there be a Fountaine,^'^ or fome faire Worke of Statua's-, 
 in the Middefl of this Court ; And to be Paued as the 
 other Court was. Thefe Buildings to be for Priuic 
 Lodgings,^^ on both Sides ; And the End,^^ for Priuie 
 Galleries. Whereof, you mufl fore-fee, that one of 
 them,'^*^ be for an Infirmary, if the Prince, or any 
 Speciall Perfon fhould be Sicke, with Chambers,^^ 
 Bed-chamber, Anticamej-a, and Recamera, ioyning to it. 
 This vpon the Second Story. Vpon the Ground 
 
 ^' On the Sides onely. D71(e scilicet, ex utroqne Latere Arcce, ' two, that 
 is, on each side of the court.' 
 
 53 Vnder Story. Pars aiitejn exterior Solarll Inferlorls, ' the external 
 part of the lower story.' 
 
 5* Turned. Qnataius ad duo Latera, C07ivertatur, ' turned, as to two 
 sides.' 
 
 55 Grotta. Speciim slve Cavcrnam, [grottain Modernl vocant), ' cave or 
 cavern (grotto, the moderns call it).' 
 
 56 To auoid all Dampishnesse. £t elegaiitl Pavhnetito strata, ad Terr(e 
 Vapores excliidendos, ' and paved with a fair pavement to keep off the 
 vapours of the earth.' 
 
 57 Fountaine. Fons splendldus, 'splendid fountain.' 
 
 58 Lodgings. Cnii/crls, ct Conclavibus, ' chambers and closets.' 
 
 59 End. Latus transversiim, ' cross side.' 
 
 60 One of them. Aligner, tarn ex Ceuneris et Conclavibus, qnam ex. 
 Porticihus, ' some, as well of the chambers and closets, as of the galleries.' 
 
 ci With Chambers. Habeant autetn Portiones slnguhe ccgris destinatff 
 {ut modernl loqutintur), ' let also each portion, intended for the sick, have 
 what the moderns call.' 
 
LV. OF B U J LD 1 N G. 55; 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Story, ^' a Faire Gallery, Open, vpon Pillars: And 
 vpon the Third Storey^^ likewife, an Open Gallery vpon 
 Pillars, to take the Profpecl, and Frefhneffe of the 
 Garden. At both Corners of the further Side, by wa y 
 of Returne,^'* Let there be*^^ two DeHcate or Rich 
 Cahinets,^'"^ Daintily Paued, Richly Hanged, Glafed 
 with Crystalline Glajfe, and a Rich Cupola in the ^fid- 
 defl ; And all other Elegancie that may be thought 
 vpon.^^ In the Vpper Gallery too, I wifh that there 
 may be, if the Place will yeeld it, fome Fountaines^^ 
 Running, in diuers Places, from the Wall, with fome 
 fine Auoidances.*^^ "^ And thus much, for the Modell 
 of the Pallace:'^ Saue that, you mufl haue, before you 
 come to the Front, three Courts. A Gree?ie~'^ Court 
 Plain, with a \\'all about it : A Second Court"^'^ of the 
 fame,""* but more Garnifhed, with Little Turrets, or 
 rather Embellifliments, vpon the Wall : And a Third 
 
 *- Vpon the Ground Storj'. At Laius tra7tsi'ersiivi Solarii inferioris, 
 7'ersus Hortiim coiivertatur in Porticuvi, ' but let the transverse side of the 
 >iround story towards the garden be converted into a gallery.' 
 
 63 Third Storey. Supra Solariutn tertitivt, ex omnibus tribus Laterribus, 
 ' on the third story on all three sides.' 
 
 ** By way of Retume. In Solaria secundo, ' on the second stor^'.' 
 
 65 Let there be. Acco7n7nodentur et oriuntur, ' let there be fitted and 
 furnished.' 
 
 6* Cabinets. Conclavia [Cahinettos Modemi vacant] ; * closets .the 
 moderns call them cabinetsV 
 
 67 And all other Elegancie that may be thought vpon. Sint autem Con- 
 clavia ilia, rebus curiosis oinnigenis, et sfiectatrt dignis, referta, ' let those 
 closets be filled with curious things of all kinds worth looking at.' 
 
 68 Fountaines. Fonticulos qttosdam aquam emittentes, ' some fountains 
 discharging water.' 
 
 69 With some fine Auoidances. Qui per secretos Tubas iterunt transeant, 
 ' which may cross again by secret tubes.' 
 
 '^ After Auoidances. Interior autem pars, in Solarin superiore, z>ersus 
 Aream, /onnetur in I'artic7(s et Ambulacra, bene 7iiuiiiia et obditcta, ad 
 USU771 Convalesce/itium, ' let the inner part, in the upper story, towards the 
 area, be formed into galleries and walls, well walled and covered, for the use 
 of convalescents.' 
 
 71 After Of the Pallace. Nam de Balneis, et Piscinis nan, loquar, ' for I 
 say nothing of the baths and ponds.' 
 
 7'i Greene. Viridis, gra7ni7ie vestita, 'green, clothed with grass.' 
 
 73 Second Court. Etjuxta Faricte77t Arboribus,ordineposiiii,sata a7ea 
 altera, ' and another area with trees planted in order near the walL' 
 
 7* Of the same. Ejusdetn amplitudinis, ' of the same size.' 
 
554 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Courf, to make a Square with the J^?'07it, but not to be 
 built,'^ nor yet enclofed with a Naked Wall, but en- 
 clofed with Tarraffes, Leaded ^^ aloft, and fairely gar- 
 niflied,^^ on the three Sides ; And Cloiflered on the 
 Infide, with Pillars, and not with Arches Below. As 
 for Offices:^^ let them ftand at Diftance,'^ with fome 
 Low^^ Galleries, to paffe from them to the Pallace it 
 Selfe. 
 
 75 Built. Mdificio aliq^io ciranndatam, ' surrounded with a building.' 
 
 76 Leaded. Flumbo, vel Lapide Quadrato, coopertis, ' covered with lead 
 or square stones.' 
 
 '7 Garnished. Elef;antibns Statiiis parvis, cenei colo7-is, vnimtis, gar- 
 nished with fair small statues of a brazen colour.' 
 
 '* Offices. AdALdificiaom7iia,qii(B7isibjisfniniliarib2ismscrvin7it, 'all 
 the buildings which serve for household purposes.' 
 
 '9 Distance. Distantiain, a Palatio ipso, ' distance from the palace itself." 
 
 8f Low. Hu7niliores et obtecta, ' low and concealed.' 
 
LVI. OF GARDENS. 555 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 46. ©f 6arbcn^. 
 
 ilOD Almightie^ firfl Planted a Garden. And 
 indeed, it is the Purefl of Humane pleafure. 
 ^j^^^ It is the Greatefl RefreOiment- to the 
 Spirits of Man ; Without which, Buildings 
 and Pallaces are but Groffe^ Handy-works : And a 
 Man fhall euer fee, that when Ages grow to Ciuility 
 and Elegancie, Men come to Build Stately^ fooner 
 then to Garde?i Finely :'^ As if Gaj'dening'^ were the 
 Greater Perfection. I doe hold it, in the Royall 
 Ordering of*" Gafdens, there ought to be Gardens, for 
 all the Moneths in the Yeare: In which, feuerally, 
 Things of Beautie, may be then in SeafonJ For 
 December, and Ia?iuary, and the Latter Part of Nouein- 
 ber^ you muft take fuch Things, as are Greene all 
 Winter : Holly ; luy ; Bayes ; luniper ; Cipreffe 
 Trees; Eugh;^ Pine-Apple-Trees; Firre-Trees; Rofe- 
 Mary; Lauander; Periwinckle, the White, the Purple, 
 and the Blene;^ Germander; Flagges;^*^ Orenge-Trees; 
 Limon-Trees ; And Mirtles, if they be ftirred -p- And 
 Sweet Marioram warme fet.^^ There followeth, for the 
 latter Part of Ia?iuary, and February, the Mezerion^^ 
 
 FC. Tariations in posthumous ILatin lEtiition of 1638. 
 
 * God Almightie. Dens ipse, ' God himself.' 
 
 2 Is the greatest Refreshment. Re/icit et oblectat, ' restores and delights.' 
 
 3 Grosse. JVec sapiunt Naturmn, ' and have no savour of nature.' 
 
 ■* Garden Finely. Ad HortoritniElegantiavt et Amceidtateni, 'to elegance 
 and pleasantness o!" gardens.' 
 
 ^ Gardening. Elegantia ilia Hortonttn, ' that elegance of gardens.' 
 
 ^ Ordering of. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ' Things of Beautie, may be then in Season. PlantcB, quce illo Mense 
 florent et vij{ent, producantur, ' plants, which flourish and bloom in that 
 month, may be grown.' 
 
 * After Eugh. Buxus, ' box.' 
 
 3 Blene. [A misprint for blue.] C <en(leo, 'h\uG.' 
 
 ^^ Flagges. J rides quoad Folia, ' flags for the leaves.' 
 
 11 If they be stirred. .S"; Calidariis conserz>entnr, ' if they be stoved.' 
 
 1- Warnie set. Jtixta Parieiem et versus Solent sat us, ' set near the wall 
 
 and towards the suii.' 
 
 !■* Mezerion. Arbustti»i Cha>tioelecE Gertnanicce, siz'e Mezereontis. [John 
 
 Gerard, M.D., in his Herball, p. 1216. Ed. i S97, /ol. calls this "The 
 
 Spurge Flaxe, or the Dwarfi"e Bay. . . . Which the Dutch men caU 
 
 Mezereon, is a small shrub about two cubits high."] 
 
556 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A V S. 
 
 V. 1625. vet. 65. 
 
 Tree, which then bloffomes ; Crocus Yerniis, both the 
 Yellow, and the Gray; Prime-Rofes; Anemones; The 
 Pearly Tulippa ; Hiacynthus Orientalis ; Camairis ; 
 Frettellaria. For March, There come Violets, fpecially 
 the Single Blew, which are the Earlieft ; The Yellow 
 Daffadill; The Dazie ; The Almond-Tree in BlolTome; 
 The Peach-Tree in Bloffome ; The Cornelian-Tree in 
 Bloffome ; Sweet-Briar. In ^//-///follow, The Doubk 
 white Violet; The Wall-flower ;i4 The Stock-Gilly- 
 Flower;!^ The Couflip ; Flower-De-hces, and Tillies 
 of Natures ; Rofe-mary Flowers ; The Tulippa ; The 
 Double Piony; The Pale^*^ Daffadill; The French^' 
 Honny-Suckle ; The Cherry-Tree in Bloffome ; The 
 Dammafm, and Plum^^-Trees in Bloffome ; The White- 
 Thorne^^ in Leafe ; The Lelacke Tree. In May, and 
 Iiuie, come Pincks of all forts, Specially the Blufh 
 Pincke ; Rofes of all kinds, except the Muske, which 
 comes later ; Hony-Suckles ; Strawberries ; Bugloffe ; 
 Columbine; The French Mary-gold ;^° Flos Africanus ;'2i 
 Cherry-Tree in Fruit; Ribes; Figges in Fruit; Rafpes; 
 Vine Flowers ; Lauender in Flowers ; The Sweet Sa- 
 tyrian, with the White Flower ; Herba Mufcaria ; 
 Lilium Conuallium ; The Apple-tree in Bloffome.22 
 In Inly, come Gilly-Flowers of all Varieties ; Muske 
 Rofes ; The Lime-Tree in bloffome ; Early Peares, 
 and Plummes in Fruit ;2^ Ginnitings ; Quadlins.^-^ In 
 AtigiiJI, come Plummes of all forts in Fruit,-^ Peares ; 
 Apricockes ; Berberies ; Filberds ; Muske-Melons ; 
 
 1* Wall-flower. Parictnria liitcn, ' yellow wallflower.' 
 
 1= Stock-Gilly-Flower. Lezicoiiun, ' white violet.' 
 
 15 Pale. Vents, ' true.' 
 
 i" French. Sal'aitdicicvt, * oi Suvoy' 
 
 18 Plum. Friimis divcrsi generis, ' plum.s of various kinds.' 
 
 i** White-']"horne. Aavithits. 
 
 20 French Mary-Gold. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 21 After Flos Africanus. Simplex, et 7nultiplex, ' single and doubJc' 
 " .'{//'t'r Apple-tree in Blossonie. J^ios Cynneus, 'corn-flower.' 
 
 23 In Fruit. Omitted in the Latin. 
 2* Ginnitlings; Ouridlins. Pojtia, 'apples.' 
 .25 In Fruit. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
LVI. OF GARDENS. 557 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Monks Hoods,-^ of all colours. In September, come 
 Grapes ; Apples ; Poppies of all colours ; Peaches ; 
 Melo-Cotones ; Nectarines ; Cornelians ; Wardens ; 
 Quinces. In October, and the beginning of Nouember, 
 come Seruices ; Medlars ; Bullifes ; Rofes Cut or 
 Remoued to come late ;-" Hollyokes ;-^ and fuch like. 
 Thefe Particulars are for the Clunate of Loudon ; But 
 my meaning is Perceiued, that you may haue Wer Per- 
 petiium,^ as the Place affords. 
 
 And becaufe, the Breath of Flowers, is farre Sweeter 
 in the Aire, (where it comes and Goes, like the Warb- 
 ling of Mufick) then in the hand,-^ therfore nothing 
 is more fit for that delight,^^ then to know, what be 
 the Flowers, and Plants ^^^ that doe befl perfume the 
 Aire.^- Rofes Damask and Red,^^ are fall Flowers of 
 their Smels;^'^ So that ; you may walke by a whole 
 Row of them, and finde Nothing of their Sweetneffe ; 
 Yea though it be, in a Mornings Dew\ Bayes likewife 
 yeeld no Smell,"^ as they grow. Rofemary little ; Nor 
 Sweet-Marioram That, which aboue all Others, yeelds 
 the Siueetejl Smell m. the Aire, is the Violet; Specially 
 the White-double-Violet, which comes "'^ twice a Yeare; 
 About the middle of Aprill, and about Bartholottieiv- 
 tide?~ Next to that is, the Muske-Rofe. Then the 
 
 ° A perpetual spring. 
 
 26 Monks Hoods. Delphinuin, sive Consolida Regalis, 'wolf's bane.' 
 
 27 Cut or Remoued to come late. Serce, ' late.' 
 
 28 Hollyokes. Malvce arboresceiites Jlore Rosea, ' hoUyoaks with rose- 
 coloured flowers.' 
 
 29 In the hand. £os decerpas nianii, ' you pluck them with your hand.' 
 80 Delight. Delectatiotiem illa7n,quce ex Odore Florimi percipitur, 'that 
 
 delight which is received from the scent of flowers.' 
 
 31 Plants. Flantas, qtice adhuc crescentes, nee avulsce, ' plants which arc 
 still growing and not plucked.' 
 
 32 Perfume. Maxime eiiiitUtnt Auras sitaves, et Aerem Odore per/nn- 
 ditnt, ' mostly emit sweet breath and perfume the air.' 
 
 33 After Red. Ditin crcscunt, ' while they grow.' 
 
 3* After Smell. Nee Aeron tiugiiftt, ' and do not afi"ecl the air.' 
 
 35 No Smell. Odoris pariiiu, ' little smell.' 
 
 36 Comes. Floret, ' flowers ' 
 
 3" Bartholomew-tide. Finevt Augusti, ' end of August.' 
 
558 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 Strawberry Leaues dying, which [yeeld] a moll Excell- 
 ent Cordiall Smell Then the Flower of the Vines; 
 It is a little dufl, like the dull of a Bent,^^ which 
 growes vpon tlie Clufler, in the FirfL comming forth. 
 Then Sweet Briar. Then Wall-Flowers, which are 
 very Delightfull, to be fet vnder a Parler, or 
 Lower Chamber Window. Then Pincks, fpecially 
 the Matted Pinck, and Clone Gilly-flower.^^ Then 
 the Flowers of the Lime tree. Then the Hony- 
 Suckles, fo they be fomewhat a farre off.'^*^ Of Beane 
 Flowers I fpeake not, becaufe they are Field Flowers. 
 But thofe which Perfume the Aire moft delightfully, 
 not paffed by as the reft,^^ but being Troden vpon and 
 Ci'uJJied, are Three : That is Burnet, Wilde-Time, and 
 Water-Mints. Therefore, you are to fet whole Allies of 
 them, to haue the Pleafure, when you walke or tread."^- 
 For Gardefis, (Speaking of thofe, which are indeed 
 Princedike^ as we haue done o^Buildmgs) the Contents, 
 ought not well to be, vnder Thirty Acres of Gi'ound\ 
 And to be diuided into three Parts : A G?'eejie in the 
 Entrance ; A Heath^'^ or Defai't in the Going forth j 
 And the Garden in the middeft; Befides Alleys, 
 on both Sides. And I like well, that Foure Acres of 
 Ground, be affigned to the Greene; Six to the Heath ; 
 Foure and Foure to either Side f^ And Twelue to the 
 Maine Garden. The Greene hath two pleafures ; The 
 one, becaufe nothing is more Pleafant to the Eye, then 
 Greene Graffe kept finely fliorne ; The other, becaufe 
 it will giue you a faire Alley in the midfl, by which 
 you may go in front vpon a Stately Hedge, which is to 
 
 38 Bent, hi canle Plantaginis, ' on the stalk of a plantain.' 
 
 39 Specially the Matted Pinck, and Clone Gilly-flovver. Tarn vtinores, 
 qiinin majores, 'both small and large.' 
 
 *o After A farre off. Thjji /lores lavendulce, 'the lavender flowers.' 
 *i Not passed by as the rest. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ^2 Tread. Vt Odorevi eoruin calcajido exprhnas, ' that you may press 
 out their smell by treading on them.' 
 ■'3 Heath. Fniticetiivt, ' thicket.' 
 ** After to either Side. Ad Avibulacra, ' for walks planted with trees.' 
 
LVI. OF GARDENS. 559 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 inclofe the Garden. But, becaufe the Alley will be 
 long, and in great Heat of the Yeare, or Day, you 
 ought not to buy the (hade in the Garden, by Going 
 in the Sunne thorow the Greene, therefore you are, of 
 either ^ide the Greene, to Plant a Couert Alley, vpon ' 
 Carpenters Worke, about Twelue Foot in Height, by 
 which you may goe in Shade, into the Garden, As 
 for the Making of Knots, or Figui'es, with Diners 
 Coloured Earths, that they may lie vnder the Win- 
 dowes of the Houfe, on that Side, which the Garden 
 flands, they be but Toyes : You may fee as good 
 Sights,"*^ many times, in Tarts. The Garden is befl to 
 be Square ; Incompaffed, on all the Foure Sides, with 
 a Stately Arched Hedge. The Arches to be vpon 
 Pillars, of Carpenters Worke, of fome Ten Foot high, 
 and Six Foot broad: And the Spaces between, of the 
 fame Dimenfion, with th.Q Breadth of ihe Arch. Ouer 
 the Arches, let there bee an Efitire Hedge, of fome 
 F'oure Foot High, framed "^"^ alfo vpon Carpenters 
 Worke : And vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery Arch, 
 a little Turret, with a Belly, enough to receiue a Cage 
 of Birds : And ouer euer^' Space, betweene the Arches, 
 fome other little Figu?-e,^~ with Broad Plates of Round 
 Coloured Glaffe, gilt,^^ for the Su?me, to Play vpon. 
 But this Hedge I en tend to be, raifed vpon a Bancke, 
 not Steepe, but gently Slope, of fome Six Foot, fet all 
 with Flowers. Alfo I vnderfland, that this Square of 
 the Garden, fhould not be the whole Breadth of the 
 Ground, but to leaue, on either Side, Ground enough, 
 for diuerfity of Side Alleys: Vnto which, the Two 
 Couert Alleys of the Greene, may deliuer you. But 
 there mufl be, no Alleys with Hedges, at either End, 
 
 *5 As good Sights. Talia, 'such things.' 
 
 ♦s Framed. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 *" Little Figure. Figiirce inauratce, ' gilt figiires.* 
 
 •*8 Gilt. Omitted in the Latin. . 
 
56o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 of this great Tnclofiire :'^'^ Not at the Hither Ejid,^^ 
 for letting your Profpe6l vpon this Faire Hedge from 
 the Gi'ecne\ Nor at the Further Endy^ for letting your 
 Profpedl from the Hedge,^^ through the Arches, vpon 
 the Heath. 
 
 For the Ordering of the Ground, within the Great 
 HedgeJ'"^ I leaue it to Variety of Deuice; Aduifmg 
 neuertheleffe, that whatfoeuer forme you caft it into, 
 firft it be not too Bufie, or full of Worke. Wherein I, 
 for my part, doe not like Images Gut out in hmiper^ or 
 other Garden Jlnffe: They be for Children. Little tow 
 Hedges, Round, like VVelts,^^ with fome Pretty Pyra- 
 mides, I like well: And in fome Places, 7^z/;r Coliuimes''^'^ 
 vpon Frames of Carpenters Worke. ^'^ I would alfo, 
 haue the Alleys, Spacious and Faire. You may haue 
 Clofer'^'^ Alleys vpon the Side Gi'oimds, but none in the 
 Maine Gar den. ^'^ I wifh alfo, in the very Middle, a 
 Faire Mount, with three Afcents, and Alleys, enough 
 for foure to walke a breaft ; Which I would haue to 
 be Perfe6l Circles, without any Bulwarkes,^^ or Imbof- 
 ments ^^^ And the Whole Mount, to be Thirty Foot 
 high ; And fome fine Banquetting Houfe, with fome 
 Chimneys neatly caft, and without too much Glaffe. 
 
 For Fo2tntaines, they are a great Beauty, and Re- 
 frefliment; But Fooles marre all, and make the Garden 
 
 ■*' Either end, of this great Inclosure. Ad hUroihtm et Exltinii Po7ti, 
 ' at the entrance and outlet of the garden.' 
 5*^ Hither End. liit7-oitu, ' entrance.' 
 51 Further End. Exitii, ' outlet.' 
 5- From the Hedge. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 53 Great Hedge. Clajtstrmn sepis, ' boundary of the hedge.' 
 
 54 Welts. Fimbriarmn, 'a fringe [or border].' 
 
 55 Faire Columnes. Coliivnias etiam, et J'yrajnides nUas, 'high columns 
 also and pyramids.' 
 
 5t' After Carpenters Worke. In aliqiiibus locis sparsas, Sepibics vestitas, 
 ' set apart in places covered with hedges.' 
 
 5" Closer. Angiisiiora et obtectiorn, ' narrow and more concealed.' 
 
 58 Maine Garden. In Foincerio Horti prcecipiii, ' in the outside of the 
 main garden.' 
 
 5» Kulwarkes. Fi,s:iiris Prop7tgiiaculortnn, ' figures of bulwarks.' 
 
 "'^ Iinbosments. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
LVI. OF GARDE /VS. 561 
 
 V. 1625. fet. 65. 
 
 vnwholefome, and full of Flies, and Frogs. Fountaiiics 
 I intend to be of two Natures : The One, that 
 Spriuckldh ox Spoiiieth Water -^^^ The Other a Faire 
 Receipt of Water ^^'- of fome Thirty or Forty Foot 
 Square, but without Fifli, or SHme, or Mud. For the 
 firft, the Or?iame?its of Images Gilt, or of Marble, which 
 are in vfe, doe well : But the maine Matter is fo to 
 Conuey the Water, as it neuer Stay,*^-' either in the 
 Bowles, or in the Ceflerne ; That the Water be neuer 
 by Reft D if coloured, Greene, or Red, or the like ; Or 
 gatlier any Mofsineffe or Piitrefaclion. Befides that, it 
 is to be cleanfed euery day^^ by the Hand. Alfo 
 fome Steps vp to it, and fome Fifie Pauement about it, 
 doth well. As for the other Kinde of Foinitaiiie, 
 which we may call a Bathing Poole, it may admit 
 much Curiofity, and Beauty; wherewith we will not 
 trouble our felues : As, that the Bottorae be finely 
 Paued,^^ And with Images: The fides like\\afe; And 
 withall Embellifhed with Coloured Glaffe, and fuch 
 Things of Luflre ; Encompaffed alfo, with fine Railes'^'^ 
 of Low Statua's. But the Maine Point, is the fame, 
 which we mentioned, in the former Kinde of Foiin- 
 taine ; which is, that the JFater be in Perpetuall Motion, 
 Fed by a Water higher then the Poole, and Deliuered 
 into it by faire Spouts, and then difcharged away 
 vnder Ground, by fome Equalitie of Bores, that it flay 
 little. And for fine Deuices, of Arching Water with- 
 out Spilling, and Making it rife in feuerall Formes, 
 (of Feathers, Drinking Glaffes, Canopies, and the like,^") 
 
 *i After Spouteth Water. Citm Craieribus sui's, ' with its basins.' 
 
 82 Water. Aq nee puree, 'pure water.' 
 
 53 Neuer Stay. Perpettio Jluat, Nee consistat, ' flows continuously and 
 does not stay.' 
 
 6* Euery day. Quotidie, ut mtiiieat limpida, ' every day, that it may 
 remain clear.' 
 
 65 Finely Paued. ZJ^rt^ra/KW, 'adorned with.' 
 
 66 Fine Kailes. Claiisitra, ' enclosure.' 
 
 8" And the like. CavtpanaT-iivi et sitnilmin ; Etiam ntpes artiJiciosas,et 
 kujusmodiy ' bells and the like ; also, artificial rock and tlie like. ' 
 
 2 N 
 
562 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. , 
 
 V. 1625. £tt. 65. 
 
 they be pretty things to looke on, but Nothing to 
 Health and Sweetneffe. 
 
 For the Heath, which was the Third Part of our 
 Plot, I wifh it to be framed, as much as may be, to a 
 Naturall wildncffe. Trees I would haue none in it;^^ 
 But fome Thickets, made onely of tSweet- Briar, and 
 Honiiy-fuckle, and fome Wilde Vi7ie amongfl ; And the 
 Ground fet with Violets, Strawberries, and Pj'ime-Rofes. 
 For thefe are Sweet,*^'-^ and profper in the Shade. And 
 thefe to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any 
 OrderJ^ I like alfo little Heaps, in the Nature of 
 Mole-hils, (fuch as are in Wilde Heaths) to be fet, fome 
 with Wilde Thyme; Some with Pincks; Some with 
 Germander, that giues a good Flower to the Eye ; 
 Some with Periwinckle ; Some with Violets ; Some 
 with Strawberries; Some with Couflips; Some with 
 Daifies; Some with Red-Rofes; Some with Lilium Con- 
 uallium ; Some with Sweet-Williams Red; Some with 
 Beares-Foot ; And the like Low Flowers, being withal 
 Sweet, and Sightly. Part of which Hcapes, to be 
 with Standards, of little BuJJies,"'^ prickt vpon their 
 Top, and Part without. The Standards to be Rofes ; 
 Tuniper; Holly; Beare-berries (but here and there, 
 becaufe of the Smell of their Bloffome;)'^ Red 
 
 68 After None in it. Nisi qttod in aliguilnts locis, erigi prcecipio A rborum 
 series, qiiee in Vertice A vibulacra contineant, Rainis A rborjnn coopcrtn, cum 
 Fenestris. Subjnceat atitem Pars Soli Floribits Odoris suavis abundc con- 
 sita, qni Auras in sjiperins exhalent ; Alias Friiticctiim aperUan esse sine 
 Arboribus velim, 'except that in some places I should direct rows of trees to 
 be planted, which may cover the paths with their top branches, leaving 
 openings : a part, moreover, should be exposed to the sun, and plentifully- 
 planted with flowers of sweet odours, to exhale their breath above. Other- 
 wise, I should have the heath open without trees.' 
 
 fii* Sweet. Jucnnduin spirant Odorevt, 'breathe a pleasant smell.' 
 
 "'^ And these are to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any Order. 
 Dumeta autctn, et A7nbulacra super Arborcs,spargi voliimus ad placituvt, 
 iioti ordine aliquo collocari, ' thickets and the walks without the trees, I 
 would have scattered according to pleasure, not placed in any order.' 
 
 "1 Standards, of little Bii.shes. Frutices, ' shrubs.' 
 
 "2 Smell of their Blossome. Odoris ^avitatem, ' strength of their smell.' 
 
LVI. OF GARDENS. 56- 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 Ciirrans; Goofe-berries ; Rofe-Mary; Bayes ; Sweet- 
 liriar ; and fuch like. But thefe Standards, to be 
 ke]Jt with Cutting, that they grow not out of Courfe. 
 
 For the Side Grounds, you are to fill them with 
 Varictie of Alleys, Priuate, to giue a full Shade ; Some 
 of them, wherefoeuer the Sun be. You are to frame 
 fome of them likewife for Shelter, that when the \<\m\ 
 blows Sharpe, you may walke, as in a Gallery. And 
 thofe Alleys mufl be likewife hedged, at both Ends, to 
 keepe out the Wind ; And thefe Clofer Alleys, mufl 
 bee very finely Grauelled, and no Graffe, becaufe of 
 Going wet. In many of thefe Alleys likewife, you are 
 to fet Fru it-Trees of all Sorts ; As well vpon the 
 Walles, as in Ranges. And this would be generally 
 obferued, that the Borders,"^ wherin you plant your 
 Fridt-Trees, be Faire""* and Large, and Low, and not 
 Steepe ; And Set with Fine Flowers, but thin and 
 fparingly,""^ left they Deceiue'^'^ the Trees. At the End 
 of both the Side Grounds, I would haue a Mount of 
 fome Pretty Height, leauing the Wall of the Enclofure, 
 Brcfl high, to looke abroad into the Fields. 
 
 For the Maine Garden, I doe not Deny, but there 
 fhould be fome Faire" *" Alleys, ranged on both Sides, 
 with Fruit Trees', And fome Pretty Ti//ts of Fruit 
 Trees, And Arbours with Seats, fet in fome Decent 
 Order ; But thefe to be, by no Meanes, fet too thicke ; 
 But to leaue the Maine Garden, fo as it be not clofe, 
 but the Aire Open and Free. For as for Shade, I 
 would haue you refl, vpon the Alleys of the Side 
 Grounds, there to walke, if you be Difjiofed, in the 
 Heat of the Yeare,"'^ or day; But to make Account, 
 
 73 Borders. Term eh'7'nfn, ' raised ground.' 
 
 74 Faire. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 '5 Sparing;ly. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 "'' Deceiue. Siicco dejrnmiciit, ' rob of moisture.' 
 
 77 p'aire. Miiiiiirc niigiista, ' not narrow.' 
 
 '8 After Of the Veare. Veriias et nutuinnaUs, ' spring and autumn.' 
 
564 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 that the Maine Garden., is for the more Temperate 
 Parts of the yeare ; And in the Heat of Summer, for 
 the Morning, and the Euening, or Ouer-cafL Dayes. 
 
 For Aniaries, I hke them not, except they be of that 
 Largeneffe, as they may be Turffcd, and haue Liu'uig 
 Plants, and BnJJies, fet in them ; That the Birds may 
 haue more ScopeJ^ and Natural Nefthng,^*^ and that 
 no Fouleneffe appeare, in the Floare of the Auiary.^^ 
 So I haue made a Platform of a Princely Garden., 
 Partly by Precept, Partly by Drawing, not a Modell, 
 but fome generall Lines of it f^ And in this I haue 
 •fpared for no Cofl. But it is Nothing, for Great 
 Princes., that for the moft Part, taking Aduice with 
 AVorkmen,^^ with no Leffe Cofl,^^ fet their Things 
 together ; And fometimes adde Statnds, and fuch 
 Things, for State, and Magnificence, but noihing to 
 the true Pleafure^^ of a Garden. 
 
 ^' Scope. Liherius volite/it, et se Per dh'crsa ohlcctare, ' fly about freely 
 and enjoy themselves in divers ways.' 
 
 ^f' Naturail Nestling. Compoiiere, 'settle.' 
 
 ^1 This pnrag7-aph follows (if tc7- K\\\':vcy. Qiiaiitmii vc7-o ad Ambulacra 
 in Clivis, ct variis AscensibiO amanis coiificienda, ilia fiaturce Dona sunt, 
 ncc nbiqtie cxtriii possnnt : Nos aidcm ea posnimns, qiicc 07iini loco con- 
 ve7iiit7it, ' as to walks to be made on a slope, and with various pleasing 
 ascents, these are the gifts of nature, and cannot be made everywhere. We, 
 however, have mentioned what suits every place.' 
 
 **- l>y Drawing, not a Modell, but some generall Lines of it. Partii/t 
 viodnlo gc7icrnli, scd 7iii7ii7/ie accurato, ' partly by a general model but not 
 a detailed one.' 
 
 8'' Workmen. Hortjdanos, 'gardeners.' 
 
 8* Cost. Su7>7pt», par7i7n C71771 j7uiicio, 'cost, with little judgment.' 
 
 86 Pleasure, l^oluptatem et Atnceniiatem, ' pleasure and delight.' 
 
LVJI. OF AXGEK. 565 
 
 V. 1625. Kt. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 67. ©f ^ngcr. 
 
 0,feeke to extinguifli Anger vtterly, is but a 
 Pirauery of the Stoickes. We haue better 
 Oracles : Be Angry, but Slnne not. Let not 
 the Sienne goe down vpon your Anger. ^ An- 
 ger mufl be limited, and confined/ both in Race, and 
 in Time. We will firfl fpeake, How the Naturall In- 
 clination, and Habit, To be Angry, may be attempred, 
 and calmed. Secondly, How the Particular Motions 
 of Anger, may be repreffed, or at leafl refrained from 
 doing Mifchiefe. Thirdly, How to raife Anger, or 
 appeafe Anger in Another. 
 
 For the firfl ; There is no other Way, but to Medi- 
 tate and Ruminate- well, vpon the Effects^ of Anger, 
 how it troubles'* Mans life. And the beft Time, to 
 doe this, is, to looke backe vpon ^;/i,'-^r, when the Fitt 
 is throughly ouer. Seneea faith well; T/uit Anger is 
 like Ruine, which breakes'^ it Selfe, vpon that itfalVs.^ 
 The Scripture exhorteth vs; To poffcffe our Souks in 
 Patience.'^ Whofoeuer is out of Patience, is out of Pof- 
 feffion of his Sou/e. Men mufl not turne*^ Pees ; 
 Animafque in vulnei'e ponunt.^ 
 
 Anger is certainly a kinde of Bafeneffe -? As it ap- 
 peares well, in the Weakneffe of thofe SubiecSls, in 
 
 " Ephes. iv. 26. 
 
 ^ Seneca. De Ira. i. i. 
 
 " Luke. .\xi. 19 
 
 d And lay down their lives iti the wound. Virgil. Georgics. iv. 238. 
 
 rC. Variations in postJ^umous ILatin lEoition of 1638. 
 
 ^ Limited, and confined. Limites Irce aJ>/>o>iendi sunt, ' limits must be 
 set to anger.' 
 
 - Meditate and Ruminate. Serio in animo revoh>as, ' turn over seriously 
 in yinir mind.' 
 
 ■' EfTccts. Mala et Calamitates, ' evils and disasters. 
 
 * Trouoles. Vehementer pertnrbat et infestat, 'violently troubles and 
 attack^.' 
 
 ^ Breakes. Comminuit etfrangit, ' splits and breaks.' 
 
 *• Turne. Imitari, ' imitate.' 
 
 7 Basenesse. A'^* humilis est. et infra Dignitatem Hontinis, ' is a base 
 thing and beneath the dignity of man.' 
 
566 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. 
 
 V. 1625. Kt. 65. 
 
 whom it reignes:^ Children, "Women, Old Folkes, 
 Sicke Folkes. Onely Men mufl beware,-' that they 
 carry their Anger, rather with Scorne, then with 
 Feare :^^* So that they may feeme rather, to be aboue 
 the Iniury, then below it : which is a Thing eafily 
 done, if a Man will giue Law to himfelfe in it.^^ 
 
 For the Second Point; The Caiifes and Motiiies of 
 A7ige?', are chiefly three. Firfl, to be too Senftble of 
 Hurt : For no Man is Angjy, that Feeles not himfelfe 
 Hurt : And therefore Tender and Delicate Perfons, 
 mufl needs be oft Az/gry ; They haue fo many Things 
 to trouble them ; Which more Robuft Natures haue 
 little Senfe of. The next is, the Apprehenfion and 
 Conftru^lion, of the Iniury ofifred,^^ to be, in the Cir- 
 cumllances thereof, full of^*^ Conteinpt. For Con- 
 tempts^ is that which putteth an Edge vpon^^ Anger, as 
 much,!*^ or more, then the Hurt it felfe. And there- 
 fore, when Men are Ingenious, in picking out Circum- 
 flances of Contenipt}~ they doe kindle their Anger 
 much. Laflly, Opinion of the Touch of a Mans 
 Reputation}'^ doth multiply and fliarpen Anger. 
 ^^'herein the Remedy^^ is, that a Man fliould haue, as 
 
 8 As it appeares . . . reignes. Hoc liqiicbit, si illos intueavnir, in 
 qiiibus Ira rcgtiatl Qjii pleniinqtie ex InJir7niorib7is sinit, 'this will be 
 plain, if we look at those in whom anger reigns, who are generally of the 
 weaker sort.' 
 
 "^ Beware. Cian irasci cotitigerit, caveant Hojuhies {si modo Digiiitaiis 
 sua: veliiit esse memorcs,), 'inen must beware, when they happen to be angry, 
 if at least they wish to remember their dignity.' 
 
 I'' Feare. Metii eoruni qiiibjis irascuiitiir, ' fear of those with whom they 
 are angry.' 
 
 11 Giue Law to himselfe in it. Irani S7iam, pauhtlum regat, ct iiifiectat, 
 ' will gradually rule and bend his anger.' . 
 
 1- Apprehension and Construction, of the Iniury oflred. Si qrtis CjtrinsJis 
 et po'spicax sit, in Iiiterpreiatione Injiiricr illatic, ' if one is particular and 
 sharpsighted in the interpretation of an injury offered to him.' 
 
 !•' Full of. Spira7ct, ' breathe.' 
 
 ^■^ Contempt. Opinio conicinptiis, ' opinion of contempt.' 
 
 15 Putteth an Edge vpon. E.vcitat et aciiit, ' rouses and shai-pens.' 
 
 16 As iiuich. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 1" In picking out Circumstances of Contempt. Ad ista, 'in that.' 
 18 Opinion . . . Reputation. Opinio ContiiDtclio', si7>e quod Existinta- 
 tio Hoinims per conscqiicntiaiii Iccdatur et perstringaticr, 'opinion of insult, 
 or that the reputation of the man will be in consequence hurt and dulled.' 
 i'-" Kenedy. Kijiudii.jn /laniiit.tiii.i/., ' jrc:ci,i }tmtc j.' 
 
LVII. OF A NGER. 567 
 
 V. 1625. at. 65. 
 
 Confaluo was wont to fay, Tchwt Honoris crafsio?'C7n.^ 
 But in all Refrain ings of Anger, it is the beft. Remedy 
 to win Time; And to make a Mans Selfe beleeue, that 
 the Opportunity of his Reuenge is not yet come: But 
 that he forefees a Time'-^^ for it ; And fo to ftill Him- 
 felfe'-^ in the meane Time, and referue it.-" 
 
 To containe A/igcr from Mifchicfc^-'^ though it take 
 hold of a Man, there be two Things, whereof you 
 mufl haue fpeciall Caution. The one, of extreme 
 Bitiei'neffe of Words ; Efpecially, if they be Aculeate, 
 and Proper :-■* For Communia Ma/edicla^' are nothing 
 fo much :--^ And againe, that in A?ig€r, a Man reueale 
 no Secrets: For that makes him not fit for Society. 
 The other, that you doe VloX. pcrenipiorily hreake off, in 
 any Bufmeffe, in a Fit of Anger : But howfoeuer you 
 JJieu' Bitternes,-*^ do not Act any thing, that is not 
 Reuocable. 
 
 For Raifing and Appeafing Anger in Another ; 
 It is done chiefly, by Ckoofmg'^~ of Times. When 
 Men are frowardeR and worfl difpofed, to incenfe 
 them.-^ Againe, by gathering-^ (as was touched 
 before) all that you can finde out, to aggrauate^*^ the 
 CoTitempt. And the two Remedies^^ are by the Con- 
 
 ° A thicker iveb of honour. 
 * Commo7i revilings. 
 
 2" Foresees a Time. Sed itistare, quasi ad vianiim, Opportitnitatevt 
 aliquatn inajorevt, ' but that a greater opportunity is just at hand.' 
 
 21 HiiBselfe. iI/<7/«;« rtw/w/, * the working of his mind.' 
 
 2- Reserue it. Se in Tempus alitid servare, ' reser\-e himself for another 
 time.' 
 
 23 Containe Anger from Mischiefe. Ut citra noxam ert(7npat, ' that it 
 may break out without doing mischief.' 
 
 -* Aculeate and Proper. Acideatornm et ei, qiiem feriinits, proprioruvi, 
 ' stinging and appropriate to him whom we attack.' 
 
 25 Are nothing so much. Mordent iniims, ' bite less.' 
 
 26 Shew Bitternes. I rcp frceimin laxet, ' loose the bridle of anger.' 
 2" Choosing. Electionem pr7tdentc7n, ' wi.se choosing.' 
 
 23 To incense them. Teinpus est iratn inceiidendi, ' is the time to kindle 
 anger.' 
 
 29 Gathering. Ut antea dixiinus, decerpendo et inculcando, ' as we have 
 said before by gathering and insisting on.' 
 
 <*** Aggrauate. A7-g7tere ant aggravare, ' prove or aggravate. ' 
 
 31 The two Remedies. Jra sedatnr, ' anger is calmed.' 
 
568 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 traries. The Former, to take good''- Times, when 
 firft to relate to a Man, an Aiigry'^'^^vXw^^iiQ : For the 
 firfl Impreffion is much ; And the other is, to feuer, as 
 much as may be, the Conftrudlion of ^^ the Iniury, 
 from the Point of^^ Contempt : Imputing it, to Mifun- 
 derflanding, Feare, Paffion,^*^ or what you will. 
 
 32 Good, Serena, et ad Hi!a)-itate7n prona, ' calm and disposed to clieer- 
 fulness.' 
 
 ■^"* Angry, higratiim, et ad Iraciiiidiavi provoca}is, ' unpleasant and pro- 
 vocative of anger.* 
 
 '•'^ The Construction of. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 "5 The Point of. Omitted in the L;nii. 
 
 ''*' Passion. Animi Concitssioni repent ince, ' sudden excitement of the 
 mind.' 
 
LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF TIIIXGS. 569 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 British Museum Copy. 
 
 58. ©f Dici^^itubc of (Ll)inc50. 
 
 g Alo ]M0N faith ; Thei'c is no New Thing vp07i 
 the Earth."^ So that as F/ato had an Ima- 
 gination ; That all Knoivledge was bnt Re- 
 membrance: So Salomon giueth his Sentence; 
 That all Noiteltie is but Obliidon.^ "Whereby you may 
 fee, that the Riuer of Lethe, runneth as well aboue 
 Ground, as below. There is an abflrufe^ AfLrologer 
 that faith ; If it were not, for iiao things, that are Con- 
 Jlant; i^The one is, that the Fixed Starres euer Jland at 
 like diflajice, one from another, and 7ieiter come fiearer 
 together, nor goe f mi her af under ; The other, that the 
 Diurnall Motion perpetually keepeth Time :~) No Indiui- 
 duall would lafl one Moment. Certain it is, that the 
 Matter, is in a Perpetuall Flux, and neuer at a Stay. 
 The great Winding-fheets, that burie all Things in 
 Obliuion, are two ; Deluges, and Earth-quakes. As 
 for Conflagrations, and great Droughts, they doe not 
 meerely difpeople, and deftroy.-^ Fhaetons Carre went 
 but a day.'* And the Three yeares Drought, in the 
 time of Elias, was but Particular, and left People^ 
 Aliue. As for the great Burnings by Lightnings, 
 which are often in the West Indies, they are but nar- 
 row.^ But in the other two Deftruclions, by Deluge, 
 and Earth-quake, it is further to be noted, that the 
 Remnant of People, which hap to be referued, are 
 commonly Ignorant and Mountanous People, that can 
 
 " Eccles. i. 9. 
 
 6 P/icednts. 72 6. Menee. 81 d. 
 
 1 Abstruse. A dsir7is?es, ei ^at^nn nof us, ' ahstruae and little known.' 
 - Perpetually keepeth Ti'ue. IVou varict. ' does not vary.' 
 
 2 And destroy. Aiti destricunt, ' or destroy.' 
 
 * Phaetons Carre went but a day. Fabttla Phaetontis, Brevitatent Con- 
 yia^ratiotiis, ad uniiis tantinn Diei sputiuiit, refirerscniavit, ' the fable of 
 
 Phaeton represented the shortness of a conflagration, lasting only for one day.' 
 
 * People. Mitltos, ' many.' 
 
 ® Ajicr Narrow. Nee inaicna spatia occupant. Pestiloitias etiatn 
 prceterco, quia ncc iUee totaliter ahsorbcut, ' nor occupy a great space. 
 Pestilences also 1 pass over, as they do not totally destroy.' 
 
570 A IT A R xM O N Y OF THE ESSAYS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 giiie no Account/ of the Time pafL: So that the Ob- 
 huion is all one, as if none had beene left. If you con- 
 fider well, of the People of the IV^ Lidies^^ it is very 
 jorobablc, that they are a Newer, or a Younger People, 
 then the People of the Old World. And it is much 
 more likely, that the Deflruction, that hath heretofore 
 been there, was not by Earth-quakes., (As the yEgyp- 
 tian Priefl told &olon^ concerning the Ifland of 
 Atlantis; That it 7vas /wallowed by an Earth-quake-^ 
 Put rather, that it was defolated,^ by a Particular 
 Deluge. For Earth-quakes are feldome in thofe Parts. 
 Put on the other fide, they haue fuch Poivri7ig^^ 
 Riuers, as the Riuers of Afia, and Affrick, and 
 Europe, are but Prookes to them. Their Andes like- 
 wife, or Mountaines, are farre higher, then thofe with 
 us ; Whereby it feemes, that the Remnants of Gene- 
 ration of ]\Ien, were, in fuch a Particular Z>.!'///^7', faued. 
 As for the Obferuation, that Maeciauel hath, that the 
 Icaloufie^'^ of Scfls, doth much extinguifli the iMemory 
 of Things i'^ Traducing Gregory the Great., that he did, 
 what in him lay, to extinguifh all Heathen Antiquities; 
 I doe not finde, that thofe Zeales, doe any great 
 IuTc61s, nor lafL long : As it appeared in the Succef- 
 fion oi Salnnian, who did reuiue the former Antiquities.^^ 
 The Vieifsitude or Mutations., in the Super iour 
 Globe, are no fit JMatter, for this prefent Argument. 
 It may be, Plata's great Yeare, if the World fhould 
 lafL fo long,^^ would haue fome Effedl ; Not in renew- 
 
 " Macchiavelli. Discorsi sop7-a la p7-ima Dccn di Tito Livio. ii. 5. 
 
 ' Giue no Account. Mcinoriam Posteris iradcj-e, 'hand down the re- 
 collection to their descendants.' 
 
 « Of the People of the West Indies. Indo7-ian Occidctitaliuin Cond.- 
 tionein, ' condition of the West Indians.' 
 ^ Desolated. Omitted in the Latin. 
 ^^ Powring. Iiinnniiia et vnsta, ' strong and great.' 
 11 lealousie. Zeloty/^iaiii ct Aiiiiiilnticncni, 'jealousy and rivalry.' 
 ^- ^yVfr Former Antiquities. Tvm vcro f>roliil<ita, licet Tcnch-is coofie7-ta, 
 obrefimt taiticn, ct siias )ianci^c7t7itiir Periodos, ' then, indeed, what is for- 
 bidden, even if covered in darkncs.s, creeps out and has its time.' 
 
 1"^ Last so long. Nisi I\hi!id7isa7itc Dissoliitio7u esset desti7iattcs, 'unless 
 the world is destined to dissolution before that.' 
 
LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF THINGS. 571 
 
 V. 1625. aet. 65. 
 
 ing the State of like Indiuiduals (for that is the Fiime^-' 
 ofthofe, that conceiue the Celefliall Bodies, haue 
 more accurate Influences, vpon thefe Things below, 
 then indeed they haue) but in groffe.^^ Comets^ out of 
 quellion, haue likewife Power and Effecl,^^ ouer the 
 Groffe and Maffe of Things:^' l>ut they are rather 
 gazed vpon, and waited vpon in their lourney, then 
 wifely obferued in their Eftecls;^^ Specially in their 
 Refpecliue Effects ; That is, what Kinde of Comet, for 
 iNlagnitude, Colour,^'^ Verfion of the Beames, Placing 
 in the Region of Heauen,-^ or LafLing, produceth what 
 Kinde of Ettecls. 
 
 There is a Toy, which I haue heard, and I would 
 not haue it giuen ouer, but waited vpon a little. 
 They fay, it is obferued, in the Loiu Countries (I know 
 not in what Part^i) that Euer}- Fine and Thirtie years, 
 The fame Kinde and Sute of Years and Weathers, 
 comes about againe: As Great Frofls, Great Wet. 
 Great Droughts, Warme Winters, Summers with little 
 Heat, and the like: And they call it the Prime.- It 
 is a Thing, I doe the rather mention, becaufe com- 
 puting backwards, I haue found fome Concurrence.--^ 
 
 But to leaue thefe Points of N'atiire, and to come 
 to Mcji. The greatefl Vicifsitiide of Things amongfl 
 
 !■* Fume. Funnis et Vanitas, ' fume and vanity.' 
 15 (irosse. Sinnmis et massis re-niin, ' the sum and mass of things.' 
 1^ Haue . . . Power and Effect. Aliquid operaritur, ' work bomething.' 
 1" ^y/i-r Masse of Things. Verum Hainities, ut nunc est, itidiiigentts, nut 
 crtriosi, circa eos sunt, ' but men at present are not careful or curious about 
 them.' 
 
 1* But they are rather ... in their Effects. Eosque potius viira- 
 
 bundi spectaiit ; Atqtie Itincraria eorundetn conjiciitnt. quain EJFecius 
 
 cortiin prndcnter et sobrie notant, ' and they rather gaze at them with -voiider 
 
 and make records of their path, than wisely and soberly observe their effects.' 
 
 1' Colour. Coloris et Litcis, ' colour and light.' 
 
 -o .After Heauen. Tempestatts Anni ; Seniitce aut Cursus, ' the season of 
 the year : the path or course.' 
 
 21 I know not in what Part. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 22 It the Prime. Hiijusniodi Circuluin Annontjn, Primatii, 'this kind 
 of circle of the years — the prime.' 
 
 2^ Concurrence. Cotigritentiatn ; haud exactant sane, scd non mnltuni 
 discrcpaiitem, ' concurrence ; not really exact, but not very different' 
 
572 A II A R M O X V OF THE E SSA VS. 
 
 y. T625. a3t. 65. 
 
 Mcn^ is the Vicifsitude of Sccls^ and Religious. For 
 thofe Orbs rule in Mens Minds moll. The True 
 Religion is built vpon a Rocke; The Reft are toft vpon 
 the Wanes of Time. To fpeake therefore, of the 
 Caufes of New Sefts\ And to giue fome Couufell qqw- 
 cerning them ; As farre, as the Weakneffe of Humane 
 Judgement, can giue ftay-^ to fo great Reuolutions. 
 
 When the Religion formerly-^ receiued, is rent by 
 Difcords; And when the Holineffe of the Profeffours 
 of Religion is decayed, and full of Scandall ; And 
 withall the Times be Stupid, Ignorant, and Barbarous; 
 you may doubt -*^ the Springing vp of a New Se5l\ If 
 then alfo there fhould arife, any Extrauagant and 
 Strange-'' Spirit, to make himfelfe Author thereof.-^ 
 All which Points held, when Mahomet publiflied his 
 Law. If a New Secl"^^ haue not two Properties, feare 
 it not : For it will not fpread. The one is, the Sup- 
 planting, -^^ or the oppofmg, of Authority eftabliftied : 
 For Nothing is more Popular then that.^^ The other 
 is, the Giuing Licence"^ to Pleafures, and a Voluptu- 
 ous Life. For as for Speculatiue Herefies (fuch as were 
 in Ancient Times the Arrians, and now the Arniinia/is) 
 though they worke mightily vpon Mens Wits, yet they 
 doe not produce any great Alterations in States : ex- 
 cept it be by the Helpe of Ciuill Occafions. There 
 be three Manner of Plantations of New SrHs. By the 
 Power of Signes^^ and Miracles: By the Eloquence 
 and Wifcdome of Speech and Perfivafion'.^^ And by 
 
 -^ Giue stay. Moras injicere, ant Rc7nedia exhibere, ' give stay or apply 
 remedies.' 
 
 25 Formerly. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 26 Doubt. Mctitciuhiin, 'fear.' 
 
 -^ Strangle. Paradoxa spiralis, ' breathing paradoxes.' 
 
 28 To make himselfe Author thereof. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 29 New Sect. Hecta nova, licet pulliilet, ' a new sect though it is pro- 
 duced.' 
 
 "" .Supplanting, Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 "1 Then that. Quaiii Priiicipatiis, et Politias, co>ivcllere, 'than to attack 
 sovereignties and governments.' 
 82 Giuing Licence. Porta aperta, ' an open gate.' 
 33 Signes. Omitted in the Latin. 
 8* And Wisedome of Speech and Perswasion. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF THINGS. 573 
 
 V. 1625. £et. 65. 
 
 the ^word. ¥oy Marfvrdonies, I reckon them amongft 
 JMiradcs; Becaufe they feeme to exceed, the Strength 
 of Human Nature: And I may doe the Hke oi Siipcr- 
 latiuc and Admirable HolincfJ'e of Life. Surely, there 
 is no better Way, to flop the Rifmg oi New Sccis, and 
 Sc/iifnies; then To reforme Abufes; To compound 
 the fmaller Differences; To proceed '^'^ mildly, and not 
 with Sanguinary Perfecutions; And rather to take off^'^ 
 the Principall Authours, by Winning and Aduancing 
 them, then to enrage them by Violence and Ijitterncffe. 
 The C/ia//ges and Vifcifsitude in IVarrcs are many : 
 But chiefly in three Things ; In the Seats or Stagei'' 
 of the Warre ; In the Weapons ; And in the Maunei' 
 of the Condull.^'^ IVarres in ancient Time, feemed 
 more to moue from Eajl Xo Wejl : For the Perjiaiis, 
 A f Syrians.^ Arabians, T^zr/^rj, (winch were thelnuaders) 
 were all Eafterne People. It is mie, the Gaulcs were 
 Weflerne : But we reade but of two Incurfions of 
 theirs; The one to Ga/lo-Grecia, the other to Rome. 
 But Eaji ViV\d IVeJi haue no certaine Points of Heauen : 
 And no more haue the JVa7'j'es, either from the Eaji, 
 or IVe/I, any Certainty of Obferuation. But North 
 and South are fixed i'^'-' And it hath feldome or neuer 
 been feene, that the farre Southern People haue 
 inuaded the Northern, but contrariwife. Whereby it 
 is manifell, that the NortJicrn Tract of the World, is in 
 Nature the more JMartiall Region : Be it, in refpecSl 
 of the Stars of that Hemifphere ; Or of the great Con- 
 tinents that are vpon the North, whereas the South 
 Part, for ought that is knowne, is almofl all Sea ; Or 
 (which is mofl apparent) of the Cold of the Northern 
 Parts, which is tliat, which without Aid of Difcipline,"*^ 
 
 35 Proceed. A principio proccde7-e, 'proceed from the beginning.' 
 <*s Takeoff. ISloUirc atque aUiccre, 'soothe and entice.' 
 
 37 Or Stages. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 38 Manner of the Conduct. Discipluin vtiUtari, ' military training.' 
 '9 Fixed. Nnturafixi, ' fixed by nature.' 
 
 *0 Without Aid of Discipline. Absque alia Caussa qiiacjinque, 'without 
 any other cause.' 
 
574 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. 
 
 V. 1625. set. 65. 
 
 doth make the Bodies harded, and the Courages 
 warm e ft. "^^ 
 
 Vpon the Brealwig and Shiuering of a great State^'^ 
 and Empire, you may be fure to haue JVarres. For 
 great Empires, while they ftand, doe eneruate and 
 deftroy the Forces of the Natiues, which they haue 
 fubdued, refting vpon their owne Protecting Forces : 
 And then when they faile alfo, all goes to ruine, and 
 they become a Prey.*^ So was it, in the Decay of 
 the Roman Empire-, And likewife, in the Empire of 
 Almaigne, after Charles the Great, euery Bird taking a 
 Fether ; And were not unlike to befall to Spaine, if it 
 ihould break."^^ The great Accefsions^^ and Vnions of 
 Kingdomcs, doe likewife ftirre vp Warres. For when 
 a State growes to an Ouer-power, it is like a great 
 Floud,'^'^ that will jbe fure to ouerflow. As it hath 
 been feene, in the ^Jltes of Rome, Turky, Spaine, and 
 others. Looke when the World hath fewefL Bar- 
 barous Peoples,^" but fuch as commonly will not marry 
 or generate, except they know meanes to liue,"^'^ (As 
 it is almoft euery where at this day, except Tartary) 
 there is no Danger of Inundations'^^ of People: But 
 when there be great Shoales of People, which goe on 
 to populate, without forefeeing^^ Meanes of Life^^ and 
 Suftentation, it is of Neceffity, that once in an Age or 
 
 *i After Warmest. Ut liquet in popnlo A raiicensi; qui ad iiUeriora 
 Aiistri fiositi, njnnihis Peruvietisibus Fortitudijte longe prcecelhint, 'as is 
 seen 111 the penple of Araiico, who seated at the farthest east, far surpass all 
 the Peruvians in courage.' 
 
 *- State. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 ■is Prey. A His Goitibns in pr(edain, ' a prey to other nations.' 
 
 •** Break, l^iribits dccideret, ' fail in strength.' 
 
 ■*^ Accessions. Accessiones Ditionuin, ' accessions of dominion.' 
 
 *'' Great Floud. Flu7<io inticinesccnti, 'a swelling Hood.' 
 
 *" After Barbarous Peoples. Sed Civiliores fere sunt, ' but are mostly 
 more civdizcd.' 
 
 •** Line. Faniiliavt alendi, aut saltein Victuvi parattdi, ' raise a family 
 or at least get food.' 
 
 ■*'-• Inundations. Inundationibus aut Migratiotiibus, 'inundations or 
 migrations.' 
 
 50 Without foreseeing. In futurnin viinitne solliciti, ' not careful for the 
 future.' 
 
 *i Meanes of Life. Fortiiuis, 'fortunes." 
 
LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF THINGS. 575 
 
 V. 1625. CCt. 65. 
 
 two, they difcharge a Portion of their People vpon 
 other Nations :^- Wliich the ancient No?-tha-n People^ 
 were wont to doe by Lot: CafLing Lots, what Part 
 llioiild flay at home, and what fhiould feeke their 
 I'^ortunes.^^ When a Warre-like State growes Soft 
 and E if emulate, they may be fure of a IVarre.^^ Eor 
 commonly fuch States are growne rich, in the time of 
 their Degenerating ; And fo the Prey inuiteth, and 
 their Decay in Valour encourageth a Warre. 
 
 As for the lVeaJ>ons,^'^ it^*^ hardly falleth vnder Rule 
 and Obferuation: yet we fee, euen they haue Retiwues 
 and Vicifsitiides. For certain it is, that Ord/ia7ice^'^ 
 was known ^s in the Citty of the Oxidj^akes \n India; 
 And was that, which the Macedonians called-"^^ Thunder 
 and Lightning, and Magicke. AnJ \t is well knownc, 
 that the vfe of Ordnajice^^ hath ^Kif in C/iina, aboue 
 2000. yeares. The Conditions W^^^^7/(?;/i-, and their 
 Improuement are; Firft, the Fetching a farre of:'^^ 
 For that outruns the Danger i*^^ As it is feene in 
 Ordnance 2iX\([ Muskets. Secondly, the Strength of the 
 Percuffion; wherin likewife Ordnance doe exceed all 
 Arietations,^^ and ancient Inuentions. The third is, 
 the commodious*^* vfe of them : As that they may 
 
 52 Discharge . . . nations. Exonere)it, et novas Sedes qitce7-nnt ; et 
 sic alias Nationes invadant, 'discharge, and seek new settlements, and so 
 invade other nations.' 
 
 *"i Seeke their Fortunes. Alio viigraret, 'migrate elsewhere.' 
 
 5* A Warre. Gentes alias, ad eosdem invadendos, ' other nations to in- 
 vade them.' 
 
 55 Weapons. Arinorian et teloruvi genus, 'the kind of arms and missile 
 weapons.' 
 
 5s It. lUoruin inntationes, ' their changes.' 
 
 5" Ordnance. Tormenta ALnea, ' brass ordnance.' 
 
 58 Known. Tempore Alexandri Magni cogtiita, 'known in the time of 
 Alexander the Great.' 
 
 5'-* Called. Habita et appellata, ' considered and called.' 
 
 fif" Ordnance. Pitlveris Pyrii, et Torvieniot'itin ignconaii, * gunpowder 
 and fire-arms.' 
 
 61 Fetching a farre off. Ad Distantiam viajorevt fcriaut, 'striking at a 
 greater distance.' 
 
 62 Danger. Pericjtlnvt, ab Hostili parte, 'danger from the enemy.' 
 •8 Arietations. Arietaiiones. 
 
 6* Commodious. Commodior et facilior sit; Id quod etiam Torutcntis 
 Igneis Majoribus competit, ' more commodious and easy; which also belongs 
 to ordnance.' 
 
576 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 
 
 V. ^ 1625. set. 65. 
 
 feme in all Wethers ; That the Carriage may be Light 
 and Manageable ; and the like. 
 
 For the Conducl of the Warre : At the firfl:, IMen 
 refied extremely vpon Number: They did put the 
 Warres likewife vpon Maine Force, and Valour ^ 
 Pointing Dayes*^^ for Pitched Fields, and fo trying it 
 out, vpon an euen Match : And they were more 
 ignorant in J^a?igi?ig and ArrayiJig their Battailes. 
 After they grew to reft vpon Number, rather Compe- 
 tent, then Vafl: They grew to Aduantages of Place, 
 Cunning Diucj'ftons, and the like : And they greA\' 
 more skilful in the Ordering of their Battailes. 
 
 In the \outhoi a State, Amies doe flourifh : In 
 the Middle Age of a State, Learning; And then both 
 of them together -'Mr a time : In the Declining Age of 
 a State, Afeclianiqi^mrts and Merchandize. Learning 
 hath his Infancy,^Wien it is but beginning,^*^ and 
 almofl Childifh : Then his Youth, when it is Luxu- 
 riant and luuenile ; Then his Strength of yeares, when 
 it is Solide and Reduced : And lafLly, his old Age, 
 when it waxeth Dry and Exhauft.'^'' But it is not 
 good, to looke too long, vpon thefe turning^^ Wheeles 
 of Vicifsitude, left we become Giddy. As for the 
 Philology of them,^^ that is but a Circle of Tales,"*^ and 
 therefore not fit for this Writing. 
 
 65 Pointing Dayes. Dies ct loca constituebant, ' appointing days and 
 places.' 
 
 ^6 Beginning. Leviiisc7iIoe, 'trifling.' 
 
 67 After Exhaust. Mattente etiam Garridiiate, ' the loquaciousness also 
 remaining.' 
 
 68 Turning. Omitted in the Latin. 
 
 69 Of them. Qucr in hoc Argumento, ut plurimu7H, versatur, 'which 
 is much used on this subject.' 
 
 '0 Circle f)f Tales Na7-ratiimcularjait et Obser7iationnm futilitivi Con- 
 geries qua'diDti, 'a mass of tales and useless observations.' 
 
 FLNLS. 
 
V. 
 
 l62^. 
 
 cet. 65. 
 
 The Table. 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 F Truth. . . , Page 
 
 2 Of Death. . 
 
 3 0/ Viiiiie in Religion 
 
 4 Of Reiienge. 
 
 5 Of Adue)fitie. 
 
 6 6y" Simulation and Difsinmlation. 
 
 7 Of Pare?its and Children. 
 
 8 Of Marriage and Single I^ 
 
 9 Of Enuic. 
 
 10 Of Loue. 
 
 1 1 (y Great Place. 
 
 12 Of Boldneffe. . 
 
 13 (9/ Goodne//e, and Goodneffe of Nature. 
 
 14 Of A'obilitie. . 
 
 15 0/ Seditions and 'Troubles. 
 
 16 Of Atheifme. . 
 
 1 7 6y SuperjUtion. 
 
 18 0/ Trauaile. . 
 
 19 Of Empire. 
 
 20 Cy Cou?ifcll. . 
 
 21 Of Delaics. 
 2 2 (^ Cunning. . 
 
 23 (?/ Wif dome for a Mans Selfe. 
 
 24 Of Injiouations. 
 
 25 Of D if patch. . 
 
 26 Of Seeming Wife. 
 
 27 Of Frendfhip. . 
 
 28 Of Expence. 
 
 2 u 
 
 I 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 ^9 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 32 
 36 
 40 
 
 50 
 54 
 62 
 66 
 72 
 76 
 90 
 96 
 100 
 
 '-5 
 
 f2S 
 127 
 
 139 
 
 142 
 
 146 
 149 
 1C4 
 
 499. 
 .383. 
 
 L423 
 
 502_ 
 
 504 
 506^ 
 
 273 
 265 
 
 445. 
 279 
 
 .51S 
 
 .199. 
 189; 
 
 391] 
 331. 
 343 
 .521 
 
 ,295, 
 .311 
 
 524J 
 
 435 
 
 ,183 
 526^ 
 
 243 
 
 ,2i5J 
 161 
 
 . y' 
 
 / 
 
V. 
 
 29 
 
 3o 
 31 
 
 32 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 36 
 37 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 '*^47 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 50 
 51 
 52 
 53 
 54 
 55 
 56 
 57 
 5S 
 
 1625. 
 
 The Table. 
 
 0/ the true Greatnejfe of Kbigdomes 
 
 and EJtates. 
 Of Regiment of Health. 
 Of SufpicioJi. . 
 Of Difconrfe. . 
 Of Plantations. 
 Of Riches. 
 Of Prophecies. 
 Of Ambition. . 
 Of Maskes and Triumphs 
 Of Nature in Men. . 
 Of Cuftome afid Education 
 Of Fortune 
 Of Vfury. 
 Of Youth and^ge. 
 Of Beautie 
 Of Deforniit, 
 Of Building. 
 Of Gaj'dens. 
 Of Negotiating. 
 Of Followers and Frends, 
 Of'^utours. 
 Of Studies. 
 Of Fa^io7i. 
 
 Of Ceremonies afid Refpe^s. 
 Of Praife. 
 Of Vain-Glo?-} 
 Of Honour a7id Reputation. 
 Of Judicature. 
 Of Anger. 
 Of Viciffitude of Things. 
 
 act. 65. 
 
 nd As:e. 
 
 . 167 
 
 469 
 
 . 187 
 
 . 57. 
 
 . 191 
 
 528' 
 
 . 194 
 
 . 15. 
 
 . T98 
 
 ,530. 
 
 . 205 
 
 231 
 
 212 
 
 .535. 
 
 . 218 
 
 223 
 
 . 223 
 
 539. 
 
 227 
 
 359 
 
 . 231 
 
 367 
 
 . 235 
 
 .375. 
 
 • 239 
 
 .541. 
 
 . 247 
 
 ,257. 
 
 . 251 
 
 209 
 
 • 254 
 
 "252' 
 
 . 257 
 
 .547. 
 
 . 266 
 
 555. 
 
 , 280 
 
 ; 87 
 
 . 284 
 
 . 33 
 
 . 288 
 
 41 
 
 292 
 
 7 
 
 296 
 
 77 
 
 . 300 
 
 . 25. 
 
 . 304 
 
 -351. 
 
 . 308 
 
 463 
 
 . 312 
 
 :67; 
 
 . 316 
 
 451 
 
 . 325 
 
 56K 
 
 . 329 
 
 569 
 
 Of Fame ^ a fragment 
 
 [579] 
 
First published by Dr. Ka7vley in Rcsuscitatio. 1637./. 281. 
 
 m^^M^mmm. 
 
 FRAGMENT OF AN ESSAY, 
 
 OF FA M E. 
 
 He Poets make Favie a Monjier. Th ey 
 defcribe her, in Part, finely, and 
 elegantly; and,' in part, graiiely, and 
 fententioufly. They fay, look how 
 many Feathers (he hath, fo many 
 Eyes Hie hath vnderneath / So many 
 Tongues; ^^^ny Voyces; She 
 pricks up ^c^^^P Ears. 
 This is 2^ floiii-iJJL : There foliWBccellent Parables;, 
 As that, Hie gathereth flrength in going; That fhe 
 goeth upon the ground, and yet hideth her head in the 
 Clouds. That, in the day time, flie fitteth in a WateJi 
 Tower, and tiyeth, moil, by night / That flie mingleth 
 Things done, with things not done : And that flie is a 
 Terrour to great Citties : But that, which paffeth all 
 the refl, is / They do recount, that the Earth, Mother 
 of the Gyajits, that made War againfl Jupiter, and 
 were by him deflroyed, thereupon, in an anger, brought 
 forth Fame : For certain it is. That Rebels, figured by 
 the Gyajits, and Seditious Fames, and Libels, are but 
 Brothers, and Sijlers; Mafeulitie, and Feminine. But 
 now, if a Man can tame this Monjler, and bring her to 
 feed at the hand, and govern her, and with her fly 
 other ravening Fowle, and kill them, it is fomewhat 
 worth. But we are infe6ted, with the Rile of the Poets. 
 T.o fpeak now, in a fad, and ferious manner : There is 
 not. in all the Politiques, a Place, leffe handled, and 
 
58o OF FAME. 
 
 more worthy to be handled, then this of Fame. We 
 will, therefore, fpeak of thefe points. What are falfe 
 Fames ; And what are true Fames ; And how they 
 may be beft difcerned ; How Fames, may be fown, and 
 raifed ; How they may be fpread, and multiplyed; And 
 how they may be checked, and layed dead. And 
 other Things, concerning the A^///r^ oi Fame. Fa?ne, 
 is of that force, as there is, fcarcely, any great A6lion , 
 wherein, it hath not, a great part ; Efpecially, in the 
 War. Mncianus undid Vitellius by a Fame., that he 
 fcattered ; That Vitellius had in purpofe, to remove 
 the Legiojis oi Syria, into Germany \ And the Legions 
 of Germany, into Syria : whereupon the Legions of 
 Syria were infinitely inflamed. Julius Ca^far, took 
 Pompey unprovided, and layed afleep his induflry, and 
 preparations, by a Fame^\^'^^, he cunningly gaue out; 
 How Ccvfars own^uldiers loved him not ; And being 
 wearied with the ^^^ and Laden with the fpoyles of 
 Gaul, would forlHHRm, as foon as he came into 
 Italy. Livia, fetlecl all things, for the Succeffion, of 
 her Son llberius, by continuall giving out, that her 
 husband Augujlus, was upon Recovery, and amend- 
 ment. And it is an ufuall thing, with the Bafjliawes, 
 to conceale the Death of the Great Turk from the 
 yannizaries, and men of War, to fave the Sacking of 
 Conjlantinople, and other Towns, as their Manner is. 
 ThcmiJJoeles, made Zerxes, king of Ferfia poafl apace 
 out of Graeia, by giving out, that the Grcecians, had a 
 purpofe, to break his Bridge, of Ships, which he had 
 made athwart Hellejpofit. There be a thoufand fuch 
 like Examples ; And the more they are, the leffe they 
 need to be repeated; Becaufe a Man, meeteth with 
 them, every where : Therefore, let all Wife Gover?iors, 
 have as great a watch, and care, ouer Fames, as they 
 have, of the Anions, and Defignes themfelves. 
 
 The rejl was not Finijlied. 
 
Additional \otks 
 
 refpec^ing 
 
 LORD BACON AND HIS WRITINGS. 
 
 We fairly despair of givinsj any adequate representation of either the 
 Author or his Works. Some vital contemporary testimony has been adduced 
 at //. xi.-xxi. ; and the few following notes, which are all our space will 
 admit, may be taken simply as a handful of gleanings out of a vast harvest. 
 
 1558. p.oh. 17. 1ili?abrt|) surrrctJS to t\)t ri)ronf. 
 
 1560- Jan. 22. Francis Bacon is bom at York House. 
 
 1576. Nov. 21. Bacon becomes an 'Ancient' of Gray's Inn. Harl. MS. 
 
 1912. 
 1579. He becomes a Student of his Inn. Harl. iMS. \gi2. 
 
 1582. Jlne 27. He becomes an 'Utter Barrister.' Hail. MS. \()\-z. 
 1586- Hebecome«aBencherof Gray's Inn. Ilaileian MS.it^x-z. 
 
 1588. Heisappointeda 'Reader'of his Inn.' HarieianxMS. ig\2. 
 
 1592. Mr. Spedding edited, ''n 1S70, for his Grace the Duke of 
 
 Northumberland, 'A Con/cjcncc of Pleasure, composed for 
 some festive occasion about the year 1592.' The original title of the partiallly 
 burnt MS. is Mr.ffr. Bacon 0/ tribute or giuiiig that ivhick is due. i. The 
 prai.se of the worthiest vertue [Fortitude]. 2. Th^ praise of the worthiest 
 afteciion [Love]. 3. The praise of the worthie>t»ower [Knowledge]. 4. 
 The praise of the worthiest person [Queen ^MizabKh]. The first two are 
 quite new. V W 
 
 1596. Jf.NE 2. Remedies agaiust Discontent, S^c. is registered at Sta- 
 tioners' Hall: seep. xi. 
 1596. July 31. The Earl of Lincoln and suite were away from England on 
 Oct. 7. an embas.>;y to the Landgrave of Hesse. An account of the 
 journey was immediately written bj- one of the suite, Edward 
 Monings. and published in October or November, under the the title of The 
 Landgrave 0/ Hessen, his prince lie receiuing oj" her Maiesties Embassador. 
 [There is a copy in the Grenville Collection, No. 2938.] 
 Oct. 26. It is thus entered in the Stationers" Register C./ol. 15. 
 26 October. 
 Robert Robinson Entred for his copie in th[e] and of Mr. Hartwell"i 
 
 and the Wardens a booke intituled The langraue f_ -^ 
 of Hessen his princelye Receavinge of her ma'** I ■' 
 ambassadors. J 
 
 This work is connected with the Essays, through the following undoubt- 
 able plagiarism from the Essay on ' Studie.s,' at//, 6-10; as yet in MS. 
 
 " His education prince-like, generally' knowen in all things, and excellent 
 in many, seasoning his graue and inor[e] important studies for ability in 
 iudgment, with studies of pa.stime for retiring, as in poetrie, musike, and the 
 Mathematikes, and for ornament in discourse in the languages, French, 
 Italian, and English, wherein he is expert reading much, conferring and 
 w ritting much he is a full man, a readie man, an exact man, and so excellent 
 a Prince that a man may say of him without flatterie as Tullie did of 
 Ponipey Z'nus in quo summa sunt omnia, and for my priuate opiniori I 
 thinke there are but fewe such men in the world." /. 21. 
 
 It was such 'garnishment' as this, that induced Bacon to publish his 
 Essays, as he states in his dedicatory letter to his brother Anthony, see p. 4. 
 
 1597- J.AN- 30. Date of Bacon's dedication to his brother Anthony, Jd'd'/. 4. 
 1597- Feb. 5. The first Edition of the Essayes is registered at Stationers' 
 
 Hall. The entry at the top of fol. 18. of Register C. 
 
 [1595-1620 A.D.J is as follows. 
 
582 ADDITIONAL NOTES, cSr-r. 
 
 1596. Anno Reginae. Eliz. xxxix°. 
 5 1""eb. 
 Henry Hooper. Entered for his copie vnder th[e] hands of Mr Fr. \ 
 Bacon Mr D. Stanhope Mr Barlow, and Mr Warden I 
 Dawson, a booke intituled Essaies Religious Medita- V vjd 
 tions, Places of perswasion and disswasion by Mr Yx. ( 
 Bacon. ) 
 
 We haue here given the entry as it stands : because the regnal year cor- 
 rects the date. The 5th of P'ebruary in 39. Eliz. was the 5 Feb. 1597 : or as 
 it is more technically written 1596/7. 
 
 Feb. 7. The " Essayes " thus registered were published immediately. 
 
 At the top of the title-page of the Museum copy (C. 21. a) is 
 
 written Septimo die Ffelu-juirii 39. E. R. prctiiiin x.\ii. [The 
 
 seventh day of February in the 39th of Queen Elizabeth : price Twenty 
 
 pence.] It is interesting thus to learn from this early purchaser, the price of 
 
 the first publication of the great English Philosopher. 
 
 1600- Bacon is appointed a " Double Reader " of his Inn. Harl. 
 
 1912. 
 
 1600. This year appeared Essayes by Sir W. Cornwallis. 
 
 1601. There appeared this year, a small book by Robert Johnson, 
 gent, entitled Essaies, or rather I mperfect Ojffers. A work 
 reprinted in 1604, 1621, and 1630. 
 
 1603. fiflar. 24. Samrs C. surcrrlis to tije Ccnglisf) tfirone. 
 
 1603. July 23. Bacon is knighted by King James. 
 
 1604. Aug. 25. Sir F. Bacon is made King's Counsel. 
 
 1605. Sept. 19. The Two Bookcs of the P7oficie>ui' and Aduancemeni m^ 
 
 thus regmered in the Stationers' Register B. [1595-1630J 
 
 fol.. 129. 1J tf| 
 
 Mr Ockold. " EnteredWor Wf, copie vnder the hande of my Lo. 
 
 rrp, . , Byscnop oT London and the Wardens a booke as- 
 
 *■ ^' x^A f v^iiW in Latyn as in Englysh called The Second V xij"' 
 
 Vr n- 1 [?tvvo] book of frauncis Bacon of the proficience an-^ ' 
 
 Henry lomes.l ^ ■, ^ ^ c\ n.- j u • .. 
 
 ■' advancement 01 learninge Uivine and humaine. 
 
 This was simply a license to publish it in Latin: into which language it 
 was not as yet translated. 
 
 1605. Nov. 7. John Chamberlain informs Dudley Carleton of 'Sir F. 
 Bacon's new book on Learning.' Orig. in S. P. Office. 
 
 1607- June 25. Sr F. Bacon is made Solicitor General. 
 
 16C8. This year appeared Essayes Politicke and 3Iorrall. by D. 
 
 T[ewell] gent. 
 
 1610. A second part of Sir W. Cornwallis' Essays appeared. 
 
 1612. Oct. 12. Klfol. 227 of Stationers' Registers, is the following register 
 in the year 1612. 10 James, of Text V in this Reprint. 
 12 October. 
 
 William Hall. Entered for their copy vnder the hande of my Lo. \ 
 
 John Beale. Bysshopp of London and the Wardens a book called f ,• 
 The Essays of Sr. ffr. Bacon Knight the Kings SoUici- 1 ■'^ 
 tor Generail. J 
 
 For this edition, he wrote the dedication on /. 158 to Prince Henry: 
 
 but on 
 
 1612. Nov. 3. Prince Henry died. 
 
 Nov. Bacon then wrote a fresh dedication to his brother-in-law 
 
 Sir John Constable, see /. 420, beginning thus — " My last 
 Essaies I dedicated to my deare brother Master Anthony 
 
 Bacon" It is therefore clear that he himself looked on this edition, as a 
 
 second and revised Text. 
 
 1612. Dec. 17. Nicolas Chamberlain writing on this day to Sir Dudley 
 Carleton says, ' Sir Francis Bacon hath set out new Essays, 
 where, in a chapter of Deformity, the world takes notice 
 
 that he paints out his little cousin [Robert Cecil, Earl of Salisbury] to the 
 
 life.' Court and Times of James 1 . i. 214. Ed. 1848. 
 
ADDITIONAL NOTES, ^c. 5S3 
 
 1613. Oct. 27. Sir F. Bacon is made Attorney General. 
 
 1615. Nicholas Breton published his "■ Characters 7ipon Essnies 
 Morrall and Diuinc, and dedicates them to Sir Francis Bacon. 
 
 1616. JuN'E 9. Sir F. Bacon is made a Privy Councillor. 
 
 1617. M.\R. 3. Sir F. Bacon is promoted to be Lord Keeper. 
 
 1619. J.\N. 4. Sir V. Bacon is made Lord Chancellor. 
 JiLV II. Sir F. Bacon is made Baron Verulani. 
 
 1620. Bacon publishes his great work histauratio Magna. 
 
 The geniuses laughed at it, and men of talent and acquirement, whose 
 studies had narrowed their minds into particular channels, incapable of un- 
 derstanding its reasonings, and appreciating its originality, turned wits for 
 the purpose of ridiculing the new publication of the philosophic Lord Chan- 
 cellor. Dr. Andrews, a forgotten wit of those days, perpetrated a vile pun 
 upon the town and title of St Alban's, by saying, some doggerel verses that 
 it was on the high road to Dunce table, i.e. Dunstable, and therefore appro- 
 priate to the author of such a book. Air. Secretary Cuffe said it was ' a book 
 which a fool could have written, and a wise man would not.' King James 
 declared it was like the Peace of God — 'it passeth all understanding.' 
 Coke wrote, under a device on the title page, of a ship passing through the 
 pillars of Hercules 
 
 "It deserveth not to be read in schools 
 But to be freighted in the ship of fools." 
 
 — Quoted dy A. S. AUibone. Crit. Diet. i. 91. Ed. 1859. 
 
 1621. J.\N'. 22. Lord Verulam is created Viscount St Alban. 
 
 His patent was drawn in the most flattering terms, and the Prince of 
 Wales signed it as a witness. The ceremony of investiture was performed 
 with great state at Theobalds, and Buckingham condescended to be one of 
 the chief actors. Lord Macaulay. Ed. Rev. No. 132, p. 48. July 1837. 
 
 1621. M.\Y 3. He is sentenced by the House of Lords. 
 1623. Mar. 23. Bacon writing at this day to Conway, the Secretary of 
 State, thus finishes his letter, which is now in the State 
 Paper Office. 
 "I was looking over some short papers of mine touching usury, how to 
 grind the teeth of it, and yet to make it grind to his Majesty's mill in good 
 sort, without discontent or perturbation: if you think good 1 will perfect it, 
 as I send it to his Maiesty as some fruits of my leisure. But yet I would 
 not have it come from me, not from any tenderness in the thing, but because 
 I know well in the courts of princes it is usual non res, sed displicet 
 Anctor. Fr. St. Alban." Qiwted by Mr Dixon in Personal History 0/ 
 Lord Bacon, p. 296. Ed. 1861. 
 
 About this time then. Bacon wrote the Essay on Usury, ?,g& pp. 541-6. 
 1625. [1624 Dec. 15] Bacon published The translation o/Certaine Psalme 
 into English verse. 410. It is thus dedicated : 
 To his very good f rend. Mr George Herbert. 
 The paines, that it pleased you to take, about some of my Writings, I can- 
 not forget ; which did put mee in minde, to dedicate to you, this poore 
 Exercise of my sicknesse. Besides, it being my manner for Dedications, to 
 choose those that T hold most fit for the Argument, I thought in respect of 
 Diuinitie and Poesie, met, (whereof the one is the Matter, the other the 
 Stile of this little Writing) I could not make better choice. So, with signifi- 
 cation of my Loue and Acknowledgement I euer rest. 
 
 Your affectionate Frend, F R. S' Alban. 
 
 1625. [1624 Dec] There appeared this year. Lord Bacon's ' ApophtJiegmes 
 Neiu and Old' with the following preface. 
 Ivlius Ccrsar, did write a Collection of Apophthegines, as appeares in an 
 Epistle of Cicero. I need say no more, for the worth, of a Writing, of that na- 
 ture. It is pitie his Booke is lost: for I imagine, they were collected, with 
 Judgement, and Choice: whereas that o{ Plutarch, and Stohaus, and much 
 more, the Modertte ones, draw much of the dregs. Certainly, they are of ex- 
 cellent vse. They are, Mucrones Verbonnn, Pointed Speeches. Cicero pret- 
 tily cals them, Salinas, Salt pits: that you may e.xtract salt out of, and sprinkle 
 it, where you will. They serue, to be interlaced, in continued Speech. 
 
584 ADDI TIO NA L NOTES, &-c. 
 
 They serue, to be recited, vpon occasion of themselues. They serue, if vou 
 take out the kernell of them, and make them your owne. I ^" 
 recreation, in my sicknesse, fann'd the Old ; Not omitti y 
 
 are vulgar ; (for many vulgar ones are excellent good :; .v,an- 
 
 nesse of the Person; but because they are dull, and flat: ±.. ^^^. .a many 
 New, that otherwise would haue died. 
 
 1625. Mar. 13. The final English edition of the Essays was thus regis- 
 tered ox\/ol. 97 of the Stationers Register, D. [1620-1645] on 13 
 Mar. 1624, 22 James I. {i.e. 13 Mar. 1625I. 
 Mr. Whitacre. Entered for their copie vnder the hande of the Lo. \ 
 Hanna Barrett. B. of London and Mr. lownes warden The Essayes \ -^ 
 and Counsell morrall and Civill of Francis lo. Verulam C^^ 
 vicount St. Alban. } 
 
 Two title pages are found to this Edition. The first corresponding to the 
 above entry, r/w Esxayes or Covnseh, civill and Diorall, 0/ Francis Lo. 
 Verz'layii, Viscount St. Alban. New enlarged. London, Printed by lo/tn 
 Haviland /or Hniuia Bari-et, ajid Richard Wiiitaker, and are to be sold 
 at the signe of the Kings head in PanPs Chnrch-yat-d. 1625. 
 
 On a copy with this title in Cambridge Univ. Library (xv'ir. 36. 14.) Mr. 
 W. A. Wright states is the memorandum Jo: Finch 30° Martij. 1625 ex dono 
 Anthoris. From which it is clear that the final English edition was issued 
 between 13-30 March 1625. The second title page is reprinted at /. 497: 
 the first in Mr Wright's Edition. 
 
 1625. Mar. The dedication on /. 498 was clearly written in the reign of 
 
 James. 
 
 1625. £Har. 27. Cljarlrs £. became Bing. 
 
 1626. Apr. 9 {Easter Sunday). Lord St. AUxin dies. 
 
 1644- [i.e. 1645 On this day appeared in London : Memorials of God- 
 J.'VN. 3J. lincsse' and Christianitie. Part L 0/ 7naking Religion 
 one's Businesse. This was written by the Rev. Herbert 
 Palmer, B.D. \b. 1601] at this time President of Queen's 
 College, Cambridge, [which office he held till his death on 13. August 1647. J 
 1645. [Jlly 24.]There appeared a 12 paged surreptitious tract entitled. The 
 Character of a Belie7iing Christia7i. Set fo7'th in Para- 
 doxes and seeming Contradictions. There is a copy in 
 the British Museum [Press mark E. 1182.]. 
 1645. July 25. The next day is the date of Mr V^lvc^^x's Address To the 
 Christian Reader in Part II of the Memorials, i^c. in 
 which occurs the following passage. 
 " There is offered thee a second part of Memorials of Godlinesse and 
 Christiafiity : smal indeed for bulk but more sutable for that to the title 
 and the lesse burthensome to thee. Withall I must needs say, I meant thee 
 somewhat more: but whilest (in the midst of many employments) I was 
 getting it ready, a strange hand was liked to haue robbed me of the greatest 
 part of this, by putting to the presse (unknown to me) an imperfect copy of 
 the Paradoxes. This made me hasten to tender a true one, and to content 
 myself for the present with the addition of the other lesser pieces, which 
 here accompany them." 
 
 1647. Aug. 13. Rev. H. Palmer, B.D. died. 
 
 1648. lu this year was published Remaines, being Essaies and 
 several Letters of Lord Bacon : of unknown and almost 
 valueless Editorship ; in which 'J'he Paj-adoxes of Herbert 
 
 Palmer appear as a writing of Lord Bacon : and as such, have been repeated 
 in many later editions of his Works. It is to Rev. A. B. Grosart in his 
 privately printed ' Lord Bacon, not the author of 7'he Christian Paradoxes,'' 
 1865, that we are indebted to the rectification of this ' two-century-old 
 literary error, if not fraud.' 
 
 Muir <Sr» Paterson, Printers, Edinburgh. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 NOV 19 19^5 8 3 
 
 ■n mW^-j^! Loaii 
 
 INSTAC I CS 
 
 ism 
 
 K0V5- 19C5 
 
 ^^f^ ~ 3 RECD 
 
 T £CC< R AUa 71901 
 
 FEB 17 1966 6 
 
 i-EB 1 8 1987 
 
 1^* ^;Aacs 
 
 RECEIVED 
 
 Il.l f; ms 
 
 -\m V.\ 1HRR 
 
 C; tpClll AXIOM DEPT. 
 
 ^ 
 
 9»'66 *•** 
 
 M Ki; 
 
 ^c)f;T ^9 
 
 MAR 1 2 ^^ S7 
 
 ma 
 
 m ^'t»s 
 
 LD 2lA-60m-3.'65 
 (F2336sl0)476B 
 
 General Library 
 University of Califv 
 Berkeley 
 
BDOO'lbSMSS 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 iU 
 

 »• -v, w:*.- 
 
 ■♦. 6 »,-j-:*- "^' '.,,■ 
 
 ►t .■.'"•1'r:-p'»